ESCHELON TELECOM INC
S-1/A, 2000-05-04
TELEPHONE COMMUNICATIONS (NO RADIOTELEPHONE)
Previous: NATIONAL EQUITY TRUST LOW FIVE PORTFOLIO SERIES 32, S-6/A, 2000-05-04
Next: WMC SECURED ASSETS CORP WMC MORT PASS THR CERT SER 2000-A, 8-K, 2000-05-04



<PAGE>

      AS FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION ON MAY 4, 2000



                                                      REGISTRATION NO. 333-34870

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
                           --------------------------


                                AMENDMENT NO. 1
                                       TO
                                    FORM S-1
                             REGISTRATION STATEMENT
                                     UNDER
                           THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

                           --------------------------

                             ESCHELON TELECOM, INC.
                  (FORMERLY ADVANCED TELECOMMUNICATIONS, INC.)
             (Exact Name of Registrant as specified in its charter)


<TABLE>
<S>                                 <C>                                 <C>
             DELAWARE                              4813                             41-1843131
 (State or other jurisdiction of       (Primary Standard Industrial               (IRS Employer
  incorporation or organization)       Classification Code Number)           Identification Number) `
</TABLE>


                         730 SECOND AVENUE, SUITE 1200
                          MINNEAPOLIS, MINNESOTA 55402
                                 (612) 376-4400
    (Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code
                  of registrant's principal executive offices)
                           --------------------------

                              CLIFFORD D. WILLIAMS
                      CHAIRMAN AND CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER
                             ESCHELON TELECOM, INC.
                         730 SECOND AVENUE, SUITE 1200
                          MINNEAPOLIS, MINNESOTA 55402
                                 (612) 376-4400
            (Name, address, including zip code and telephone number,
                   including area code of agent for service)
                           --------------------------

                                   COPIES TO:

<TABLE>
<S>                                                   <C>
           EDWIN M. MARTIN, JR., ESQUIRE                          JOHN D. WATSON, JR., ESQUIRE
             THOMAS L. HANLEY, ESQUIRE                                  LATHAM & WATKINS
         PIPER MARBURY RUDNICK & WOLFE LLP                          1001 PENNSYLVANIA AVENUE
               1200 19(TH) STREET, NW                                      SUITE 1300
                WASHINGTON, DC 20036                                  WASHINGTON, DC 20004
                   (202) 861-3900                                        (202) 637-2200
</TABLE>

                           --------------------------

    APPROXIMATE DATE OF COMMENCEMENT OF PROPOSED SALE TO THE PUBLIC: As soon as
practicable after this Registration Statement becomes effective. If any of the
securities being registered on this form are to be offered on a delayed or
continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, as
amended (the "Securities Act") check the following box.  / /

    If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering
pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and
list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective
registration statement for the same offering.  / / _________
    If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c)
under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act
registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement
for the same offering.  / / _________
    If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d)
under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act
registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement
for the same offering.  / / _________
    If delivery of the prospectus is expected to be made pursuant to Rule 434,
please check the following box.  / /
                           --------------------------

                        CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                PROPOSEDMAXIMUM
                   TITLE OF EACH CLASS OF                          AGGREGATE             AMOUNT OF
                SECURITIES TO BE REGISTERED                   OFFERING PRICE(1)(2)  REGISTRATION FEE(3)
<S>                                                           <C>                   <C>
Common Stock, par value $.01 per share......................     $172,500,000             $45,540
</TABLE>


(1) Includes shares of common stock which may be purchased by the underwriters
    to cover over-allotments, if any.

(2) Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee
    pursuant to Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act.


(3) Previously paid


    THE REGISTRANT HEREBY AMENDS THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT ON SUCH DATE OR
DATES AS MAY BE NECESSARY TO DELAY ITS EFFECTIVE DATE UNTIL THE REGISTRANT SHALL
FILE A FURTHER AMENDMENT WHICH SPECIFICALLY STATES THAT THIS REGISTRATION
STATEMENT SHALL THEREAFTER BECOME EFFECTIVE IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 8(A) OF
THE SECURITIES ACT, OR UNTIL THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT SHALL BECOME EFFECTIVE
ON SUCH DATE AS THE COMMISSION, ACTING PURSUANT TO SAID SECTION 8(A), MAY
DETERMINE.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE>
                              [INSERT FINANCIALS]

                                    PART II

                     INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

13. OTHER EXPENSES OF ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION

    The following table sets forth the various expenses payable by us in
connection with the sale and distribution of the securities offered hereby,
other than underwriting discounts and commissions. All of the amounts shown are
estimated except the Securities and Exchange Commission registration fee, the
National Association Securities Dealers, Inc. filing fee and the Nasdaq National
Market listing fee.

<TABLE>
<S>                                                           <C>
Securities and Exchange Commission registration fee.........  $45,540
National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. filing
  fee.......................................................   17,750
Nasdaq National Market listing fee..........................        *
Transfer agent's and registrar's fees.......................        *
Printing expenses...........................................        *
Legal fees and expenses.....................................        *
Accounting fees and expenses................................        *
Blue Sky filing fees and expenses...........................        *
Miscellaneous expenses......................................        *
                                                              -------
  Total.....................................................        *
                                                              -------
</TABLE>

- ------------------------

*   To be filed by amendment.

14. INDEMNIFICATION OF OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS

    Section 145 of the Delaware general corporation law ("Section 145") permits
indemnification of directors, officers, agents and controlling persons of a
corporation under certain conditions and subject to certain limitations. Our
bylaws include provisions to require us to indemnify our directors and officers
to the fullest extent permitted by Section 145, including circumstances in which
indemnification is otherwise discretionary. Section 145 also empowers us to
purchase and maintain insurance that protects our officers, directors, employees
and agents against any liabilities incurred in connection with their service in
such positions.

    At present, there is no pending litigation or proceeding involving any of
our directors or officers as to which indemnification is being sought nor are we
aware of any threatened litigation that may result in claims for indemnification
by any officer or director.

15. RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES

    During the last three years, we have issued unregistered securities in the
transactions described below. These securities were offered and sold by us in
reliance upon the exemptions provided for in Section 4(2) of the Securities Act,
relating to sales not involving any public offering, Rule 506 of the Securities
Act relating to sales to accredited investors and Rule 701 of the Securities Act
relating to compensatory benefit plans and contracts relating to compensation.
The sales were made without the

                                      II-1
<PAGE>
use of an underwriter and the certificates representing the securities sold
contain a restrictive legend that prohibits transfer without registration or an
applicable exemption.

1)  In August 1997 and December 1997, we issued series A convertible
    subordinated promissory notes in the aggregate principal amount of
    $3,153,677 to Stolberg Partners, L.P. and certain employees.

2)  In December 1997, we issued series B convertible subordinated promissory
    notes in the aggregate principal amount of $2,500,000 to Stolberg, Meehan &
    Scano II, L.P. and Stolberg Partners, L.P.

3)  In July 1998, we issued 296,160 shares of common stock in consideration for
    the merger of Tele-Contracting Specialists, Inc. with and into American
    Telephone Technology, Inc.

4)  In October 1998, in connection with a loan guaranteed by Stolberg Partners,
    L.P., we issued 39,960 shares of common stock Stolberg Partners, L.P. In
    January 1999, in connection with loans guaranteed by Stolberg Partners,
    L.P., we issued 58,920 shares of common stock to Stolberg Partners, L.P.

5)  In October 1998, we issued 360 shares of our common stock in consideration
    of contribution for retention bonuses to Artesian Capital and two other
    investors.

6)  In December 1998, in connection with the merger of One Call Telecom, Inc.,
    with and into Cady Communications, Inc. we issued 468,000 shares of our
    common stock to former One Call shareholders.

7)  In December 1998, we granted to Mr. Moses, a member of our board of
    directors, options to purchase 58,800 shares of our common stock at an
    exercise price of $2.85, in connection with his service as a member of our
    board of directors.

8)  In July 1998, we granted options to purchase 30,000 shares of common stock
    to one of our executive officers at an exercise price of $2.17 per share.

9)  In February 1998, we granted options to purchase 9,000 shares of common
    stock to one of our executive officers at an exercise price of $2.03 per
    share.

10) In December 1999, we granted options to purchase 90,000 shares of common
    stock to one of our executive officers at an exercise price of $5.00 per
    share.

11) In February 1998, we granted options to purchase 52,800 shares of common
    stock to one of our executive officers at an exercise price of $2.08 per
    share.

12) In December 1999, we granted options to purchase 30,000 shares of common
    stock to one of our executive officers at an exercise price of $5.00 per
    share.

13) In October 1998, we granted options to purchase 96,000 shares of common
    stock to our president and chief operating officer at an exercise price of
    $2.08 per share.

14) In January 1999, we issued 39,960 shares of our common stock to two
    stockholders as part of the consideration for the merger of One Call Telecom
    merger consideration.

15) In January 1999, we issued 18,960 shares of our common stock to Stolberg
    Meehan & Scano, II, L.P. in consideration of a $500,000 guarantee of our
    indebtedness to Imperial Bank.

16) In February 1999, we issued 88,260 shares of common stock to a stockholder
    in exchange for cash and 17,640 shares of common stock to one of our
    directors as compensation for serving on our board.

17) In February 1999, we granted options to purchase 64,020 shares of common
    stock to our president and chief operating officer at an exercise price of
    $2.83 per share.

                                      II-2
<PAGE>
18) In February 1999, we granted options to purchase 9,000 shares of common
    stock to one of our executive officers at an exercise price of $2.68 per
    share.

19) In March 1999, we issued 32,520 shares of common stock to Stolberg Partners,
    L.P. and Stolberg Meehan & Scano II. L.P. in connection with a guaranty of
    indebtedness to Imperial Bank.

20) In March 1999, we issued series B convertible subordinated promissory notes
    to our president and chief operating officer in the aggregate principal
    amount of $200,000.

21) In April 1999, we issued a warrant to acquire 12,000 shares of our common
    stock to one of our lenders.

22) In April 1999, we granted options to purchase 90,000 shares of common stock
    to one of our executive officers at an exercise price of $5.00 per share.

23) In May 1999, we issued 36,000 shares of common stock to Stolberg Partners,
    L.P. and Stolberg, Meehan & Scano II, L.P. in connection with a $1,000,000
    guaranty of our indebtedness to one of our lenders.

24) In July 1999, we issued a warrant to acquire 428,500 shares of common stock
    to one of our lenders.

25) In August 1999, we granted options to purchase 60,000 shares of common stock
    to our president and chief operating officer at an exercise price of $5.00
    per share.

26) In August 1999, we granted options to purchase 33,000 shares of common stock
    to one of our executive officers at an exercise price of $.01 per share.

27) In August 1999, we granted options to purchase 90,000 shares of common stock
    to one of our executive officers at an exercise price of $5.00 per share.

28) In August 1999, we issued 76,260 shares of common stock to former One Call
    Telecom stockholders in connection with the merger of One Call
    Telecom, Inc. with and into Cady Communications, Inc.

29) In August 1999, we issued 11,880 shares of common stock pursuant to an
    earnout provision under the merger agreement with Tele-Contracting, Inc. and
    American Telephone Technology, Inc. and us.

30) In September 1999, we granted options to purchase 60,000 shares of common
    stock to one of our executive officers at an exercise price of $5.00 per
    share.

31) In September 1999, we issued 8,576,000 shares of our series C convertible
    preferred stock to a group of accredited investors at a price per share of
    $5.00.

32) In September 1999, we issued 1,349,506 shares of series B1 convertible
    preferred stock, 1,552,154 shares of series B2 convertible preferred stock,
    1,296,704 shares of series B3 convertible preferred stock and 294,254 shares
    of series B4 convertible preferred stock to a group of 24 accredited
    investors.

33) In November 1999, we issued 114,300 shares of common stock to One Call
    Telecom shareholders in connection with the merger of One Call
    Telecom, Inc. with and into Cady Communications.

34) In December 1999, we issued 580,000 shares of series C convertible preferred
    stock to Stolberg, Meehan & Scano II, L.P.

35) In January 2000, we granted options to purchase 45,000 shares of common
    stock to one of our executive officers at an exercise price of $6.00 per
    share.

                                      II-3
<PAGE>
36) In January 2000, we issued an aggregate of 1,684,634 shares of series C1
    convertible preferred stock issued to a group of accredited investors at an
    exercise price of $6.00 per share.

37) In January 2000, we issued 569,166 shares of our common stock to
    shareholders of Fishnet.com in connection with our acquisition of them.

38) In January 2000, we issued an aggregate of 40,000 shares of common stock to
    two members of our board of directors at a price per share of $6.00.

39) In March 2000, we granted options to purchase 378,575 shares of common stock
    to our chairman and chief executive officer at an exercise price of $6.00
    per share.

40) In March 2000, we granted options to purchase 378,525 shares of common stock
    to our president and chief operating officer at an exercise price of $6.00
    per share.

41) In March 2000, we granted options to purchase 250,000 shares of common stock
    to our chief financial officer at an exercise price of $6.00 per share.

42) In March 2000, we granted options to purchase 20,000 shares of common stock
    to one of our executive officers at an exercise price of $6.00 per share.

43) In October 1999, we granted options to purchase 60,000 shares of common
    stock to our president and chief operating officer at an exercise price of
    $5.00 per share.

44) In March 2000, we granted options to purchase 20,000 shares of common stock
    to one of our executive officers at an exercise price of $6.00 per share.

45) In April 2000, we issued an aggregate of 480,206 shares of common stock to a
    group of investors at a price of $6.54 per share.

                                      II-4
<PAGE>
16. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

    (A) EXHIBITS


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
EXHIBIT NO.                                     DESCRIPTION
- -----------                                     -----------
<S>                     <C>
  1.1*                  Form of Underwriting Agreement
  2.1.1**               Agreement and Plan of Merger Dated July 14, 1998 by and
                        among Eschelon Telecom, American Telephone Technology, Inc.,
                        Tele-Contracting Specialists, Inc.
  2.1.2**               Agreement and Plan of Merger by and among Eschelon Telecom,
                        One Call Acquisition Corp and One Call Telecom, Inc. dated
                        June 22, 1998
  2.1.3**               Agreement and Plan of Merger by and among Eschelon Telecom,
                        Cady Communications, Inc. and One Call Telecom, Inc. dated
                        June 22, 1998
  2.1.4**               Agreement and Plan of Merger by and among Eschelon Telecom,
                        Fishnet Acquisition Corp., Fishnet.com, Inc. and Steven S.
                        Solbrack, Steven Holland and Steven G. Kolar dated
                        December 23, 1999
  3.1.1**               Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation
                        dated December 10, 1999
  3.1.2**               Certificate of Amendment to Second Amended and Restated
                        Certificate of Incorporation, dated April 14, 2000
  3.1.3*                Form of Third Amended and Restated Certificate of
                        Incorporation (to be effective immediately after the closing
                        of this offering)
  3.1.4**               Bylaws dated September 21, 1999
  3.1.5**               First Amendment to Bylaws dated September 30, 1999
  3.1.6*                Second Amendment to Bylaws dated    , 2000
  3.1.7*                Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws (to be effective
                        immediately after the closing of this offering)
  4.1*                  Specimen stock certificate for shares of common stock
  5.1*                  Form of opinion of Piper Marbury Rudnick & Wolfe LLP,
                        regarding legality of securities being registered
 10.1.1**               Amended and Restated Stockholders Agreement dated
                        September 30, 1999 by and among Eschelon Telecom and certain
                        stockholders listed therein.
 10.1.2**               Baker Center Lease of Office Space dated August 14, 1996
                        between St. Paul Properties, Inc. and Eschelon Telecom
 10.1.3**               First Amendment to Baker Center Lease dated September 5,
                        1996 between St. Paul Properties, Inc. and Eschelon Telecom
 10.1.4**               Baker Center Lease of additional office space dated
                        January 22, 1997 between St. Paul Properties and Eschelon
                        Telecom
 10.1.5**               Baker Center Amendment of Lease dated May 15, 1997 between
                        St. Paul Properties and One Call Telecom, Inc.
 10.1.6**               Baker Center Second Lease of additional office space dated
                        August 4, 1997 between St. Paul Properties, Inc. and
                        Eschelon Telecom
 10.1.7**               Baker Center Lease dated September 15, 1997 between
                        St. Paul Properties and Eschelon Telecom
 10.1.8**               Baker Center Second Amendment of Lease dated October 15,
                        1998 between St. Paul Properties, Inc. and Eschelon Telecom
 10.1.9**               Lease Agreement between Denver FDS, L.P. and Eschelon
                        Telecom, Inc. dated November 29, 1999
 10.1.10**              Lease Agreement between Alco Investment Company and Eschelon
                        Telecom, Inc. dated November 29, 1999
 10.1.11**              Lease Agreement between SOFI-IV SIM Office Investors II,
                        Limited Partnership and Eschelon Telecom dated December 1,
                        1999
</TABLE>


                                      II-5
<PAGE>


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
EXHIBIT NO.                                     DESCRIPTION
- -----------                                     -----------
<S>                     <C>
 10.1.12**              Lease Agreement between Seattle Telecom LLC and Eschelon
                        Telecom dated December   , 1999
 10.1.13**              Lease Agreement between Parkside Salt Lake Corporation and
                        Eschelon Telecom dated December 28, 1999.
 10.1.14**              Lease Agreement between Timeshare Systems, Inc, and Eschelon
                        Telecom
 10.1.15                Series C Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement dated as of
                        September 30, 1999 by and among Eschelon Telecom and the
                        purchasers named therein.
 10.1.16**              Loan and Security Agreement dated as of July 16, 1999 among
                        ATI Operating Company, as Borrower, Eschelon Telecom and
                        Certain Operating Subsidiaries of Eschelon Telecom as
                        Guarantors, NTFC Capital Corporation, as Lender, the other
                        Lenders party hereto and General Electric Capital
                        Corporation as Administrative Agent
 10.1.17**              Stock Purchase Warrant Agreement dated as of July 19, 1999,
                        by and between Eschelon Telecom and General Electric Capital
                        Corporation
 10.1.18**              General Electric Capital Corporation Warrant Certificate
 10.1.19**              Form of Non-competition Agreement
 10.1.20                1996 Second Amended and Restated Employee Stock Option Plan
 10.1.21**              Employment Agreement dated July 1, 1996 between Eschelon
                        Telecom and Clifford D. Williams
 10.1.22**              Employment Agreement dated April 15, 1999 between Eschelon
                        Telecom and Satish C. Tiwari
 10.1.23**              Employment Agreement dated August 4, 1999 between Eschelon
                        Telecom and Michael J. Robinson
 10.1.24**              Employment Agreement dated March 19, 1999 between Eschelon
                        Telecom and David A. Kunde
 10.1.25**              Employment Agreement dated July 16, 1999 between Eschelon
                        Telecom and John E. Beesley
 10.1.26**              Employment Agreement dated March 7, 2000 between Eschelon
                        Telecom and Geoffrey M. Boyd
 10.1.27**              Employment Agreement dated July 19, 1999 between Eschelon
                        Telecom and Steven K. Wachter
 10.1.28**              Employment Agreement dated June 4, 1998 between Eschelon
                        Telecom and Richard A. Smith
 10.1.29**              Amendment to Employment Agreement dated March 10, 1999
                        between Eschelon Telecom and Richard A. Smith
 10.1.30**              Advisory Agreement dated as of September 30, 1999 by and
                        among Eschelon Telecom, Bain Capital Partners VI, L.P. and
                        Stolberg Partners, L.P.
 10.1.31+               Master Purchase and Services Agreement dated June 1, 1999
                        between Eschelon Telecom and Nortel Networks Inc.
 10.1.32                Series C1 Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement dated as of
                        December 13, 1999 by and among Eschelon Telecom and the
                        investors named therein
 10.1.33                Common Stock Purchase Agreement dated as of March 31, 2000
                        by and among Eschelon Telecom and the investors named
                        therein
 10.1.34                Amendment No. 2 to Amended and Restated Stockholders
                        Agreement dated March 31, 2000 by and among Eschelon
                        Telecom and certain stockholders listed therein
 10.1.35                Interconnection Agreement by and between American Telephone
                        Technology, Inc. and US WEST Communications, Inc. for the
                        state of Washington
 10.1.36                Interconnection Agreement by and between Electro-Tel, Inc.
                        and US WEST Communications, Inc. for the state of Colorado
 10.1.37                Interconnection Agreement by and between Eschelon Telecom
                        and US WEST Communications, Inc. for the state of Utah
</TABLE>


                                      II-6
<PAGE>


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
EXHIBIT NO.                                     DESCRIPTION
- -----------                                     -----------
<S>                     <C>
 10.1.38                Resale and Unbundling Agreement by and between American
                        Telephone Technology Inc. and GTE Northwest Incorporated for
                        the state of Washington
 10.1.39                Interconnection Agreement by and between American Telephone
                        Technology, Inc. and US WEST Communications, Inc. for the
                        state of Oregon
 10.1.40                Interconnection Agreement by and between Cady
                        Telemanagement, Inc. and US WEST Communications, Inc. for
                        the state of Minnesota
 10.1.41                Interconnection Agreement by and between Eschelon Telecom
                        and NEVADA BELL for the state of Nevada
 10.1.42                Interconnection Agreement by and between Eschelon Telecom
                        and US WEST Communications, Inc. for the state of Arizona
 21**                   Subsidiaries of Eschelon Telecom
 23.1**                 Consent of Ernst & Young LLP
 23.2*                  Consent of Piper Marbury Rudnick & Wolfe LLP (included as
                        part of Exhibit 5.1 hereto)
 24.1**                 Power of Attorney (included in signature pages)
 27**                   Financial Data Schedule
</TABLE>


- ------------------------

*   To be filed by amendment


**  Previously filed



+   Portions of this exhibit were omitted and have been separately filed with
    the Secretary of the Commission pursuant to the Registrant's Application
    Requesting Confidential Treatment under Rule 406 of the Securities Act.


    (B) FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES:

    Schedules have been omitted because the information required to be shown in
the schedules is not applicable or is included elsewhere in our financial
statements or the notes thereto.

17. UNDERTAKINGS

    The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriter
at the closing specified in the Underwriting Agreement certificates in such
denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to
permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

    Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act
may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the
Registrant pursuant to the provisions of its Charter or Bylaws or the Delaware
General corporation Law or otherwise, the Registrant has been advised that in
the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is
against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore,
unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such
liabilities (other than the payment by the Registrant of expenses incurred or
paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the Registrant in the
successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such
director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being
registered, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter
has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate
jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public
policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final
adjudication of such issue.

    The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes that:

(1) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the
    information omitted form the form of prospectus filed as part of this
    registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of
    prospectus filed by the Registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or

                                      II-7
<PAGE>
    497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this
    registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

(2) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each
    post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed
    to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered
    therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to
    be the initial BONA FIDE offering thereof.

                                      II-8
<PAGE>
                                   SIGNATURES


    Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, the Company has duly
caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the
undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Minneapolis, Minnesota,
on the 4th day of May, 2000.


<TABLE>
<S>                                                    <C>  <C>
                                                       ESCHELON TELECOM, INC.

                                                       By:                      *
                                                            -----------------------------------------
                                                                       Clifford D. Williams
                                                                    CHAIRMAN OF THE BOARD AND
                                                                     CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER
</TABLE>


    Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this
Amendment to Registration Statement has been signed below by the following
persons in the capacities and on the date indicated.



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                        NAME                                      TITLE                    DATE
                        ----                                      -----                    ----
<S>                                                    <C>                          <C>
                     *                                 Chairman of the Board and       May 4, 2000
- -------------------------------------------              Chief Executive Officer
Clifford D. Williams                                     (Principal Executive
                                                         Officer)

/s/ RICHARD A. SMITH                                   President and Chief             May 4, 2000
- -------------------------------------------              Operating Officer
Richard A. Smith

                     *                                 Chief Financial Officer         May 4, 2000
- -------------------------------------------              (Principal Accounting and
Geoffrey M. Boyd                                         Financial Officer)

                     *                                 Director                        May 4, 2000
- -------------------------------------------
Tansukh V. Ganatra

                     *                                 Director                        May 4, 2000
- -------------------------------------------
Michael A. Krupka

                     *                                 Director                        May 4, 2000
- -------------------------------------------
Marvin C. Moses
</TABLE>


                                      II-9
<PAGE>


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                        NAME                                      TITLE                    DATE
                        ----                                      -----                    ----
<S>                                                    <C>                          <C>
                     *                                 Director                        May 4, 2000
- -------------------------------------------
Mark E. Nunnelly

                     *                                 Director                        May 4, 2000
- -------------------------------------------
E. Theodore Stolberg

                     *                                 Director                        May 4, 2000
- -------------------------------------------
Peter M. Van Genderen
</TABLE>



<TABLE>
<S>    <C>                                            <C>
*By:               /s/ RICHARD A. SMITH
           -------------------------------------
                     Richard A. Smith
                     Attorney-In-fact
</TABLE>


                                     II-10
<PAGE>
                                 EXHIBIT INDEX


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
EXHIBIT NO.                                     DESCRIPTION
- -----------                                     -----------
<S>                     <C>
  1.1*                  Form of Underwriting Agreement
  2.1.1**               Agreement and Plan of Merger Dated July 14, 1998 by and
                        among Eschelon Telecom, American Telephone Technology, Inc.,
                        Tele-Contracting Specialists, Inc.
  2.1.2**               Agreement and Plan of Merger by and among Eschelon Telecom,
                        One Call Acquisition Corp and One Call Telecom, Inc. dated
                        June 22, 1998
  2.1.3**               Agreement and Plan of Merger by and among Eschelon Telecom,
                        Cady Communications, Inc. and One Call Telecom, Inc. dated
                        June 22, 1998
  2.1.4**               Agreement and Plan of Merger by and among Eschelon Telecom,
                        Fishnet Acquisition Corp., Fishnet.com, Inc. and Steven S.
                        Solbrack, Steven Holland and Steven G. Kolar dated
                        December 23, 1999
  3.1.1**               Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation
                        dated December 10, 1999
  3.1.2**               Certificate of Amendment to Second Amended and Restated
                        Certificate of Incorporation, dated April 14, 2000
  3.1.3*                Form of Third Amended and Restated Certificate of
                        Incorporation (to be effective immediately after the closing
                        of this offering)
  3.1.4**               Bylaws dated September 21, 1999
  3.1.5**               First Amendment to Bylaws dated September 30, 1999
  3.1.6*                Second Amendment to Bylaws dated    , 2000
  3.1.7*                Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws (to be effective
                        immediately after the closing of this offering)
  4.1*                  Specimen stock certificate for shares of common stock
  5.1*                  Form of opinion of Piper Marbury Rudnick & Wolfe LLP,
                        regarding legality of securities being registered
 10.1.1**               Amended and Restated Stockholders Agreement dated
                        September 30, 1999 by and among Eschelon Telecom and certain
                        stockholders listed therein.
 10.1.2**               Baker Center Lease of Office Space dated August 14, 1996
                        between St. Paul Properties, Inc. and Eschelon Telecom
 10.1.3**               First Amendment to Baker Center Lease dated September 5,
                        1996 between St. Paul Properties, Inc. and Eschelon Telecom
 10.1.4**               Baker Center Lease of additional office space dated
                        January 22, 1997 between St. Paul Properties and Eschelon
                        Telecom
 10.1.5**               Baker Center Amendment of Lease dated May 15, 1997 between
                        St. Paul Properties and One Call Telecom, Inc.
 10.1.6**               Baker Center Second Lease of additional office space dated
                        August 4, 1997 between St. Paul Properties, Inc. and
                        Eschelon Telecom
 10.1.7**               Baker Center Lease dated September 15, 1997 between
                        St. Paul Properties and Eschelon Telecom
 10.1.8**               Baker Center Second Amendment of Lease dated October 15,
                        1998 between St. Paul Properties, Inc. and Eschelon Telecom
 10.1.9**               Lease Agreement between Denver FDS, L.P. and Eschelon
                        Telecom, Inc. dated November 29, 1999
 10.1.10**              Lease Agreement between Alco Investment Company and Eschelon
                        Telecom, Inc. dated November 29, 1999
 10.1.11**              Lease Agreement between SOFI-IV SIM Office Investors II,
                        Limited Partnership and Eschelon Telecom dated December 1,
                        1999
 10.1.12**              Lease Agreement between Seattle Telecom LLC and Eschelon
                        Telecom dated December   , 1999
 10.1.13**              Lease Agreement between Parkside Salt Lake Corporation and
                        Eschelon Telecom dated December 28, 1999.
 10.1.14**              Lease Agreement between Timeshare Systems, Inc, and Eschelon
                        Telecom
</TABLE>


<PAGE>


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
EXHIBIT NO.                                     DESCRIPTION
- -----------                                     -----------
<S>                     <C>
 10.1.15                Series C Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement dated as of
                        September 30, 1999 by and among Eschelon Telecom and the
                        purchasers named therein.
 10.1.16**              Loan and Security Agreement dated as of July 16, 1999 among
                        ATI Operating Company, as Borrower, Eschelon Telecom and
                        Certain Operating Subsidiaries of Eschelon Telecom as
                        Guarantors, NTFC Capital Corporation, as Lender, the other
                        Lenders party hereto and General Electric Capital
                        Corporation as Administrative Agent
 10.1.17**              Stock Purchase Warrant Agreement dated as of July 19, 1999,
                        by and between Eschelon Telecom and General Electric Capital
                        Corporation
 10.1.18**              General Electric Capital Corporation Warrant Certificate
 10.1.19**              Form of Non-competition Agreement
 10.1.20                1996 Second Amended and Restated Employee Stock Option Plan
 10.1.21**              Employment Agreement dated July 1, 1996 between Eschelon
                        Telecom and Clifford D. Williams
 10.1.22**              Employment Agreement dated April 15, 1999 between Eschelon
                        Telecom and Satish C. Tiwari
 10.1.23**              Employment Agreement dated August 4, 1999 between Eschelon
                        Telecom and Michael J. Robinson
 10.1.24**              Employment Agreement dated March 19, 1999 between Eschelon
                        Telecom and David A. Kunde
 10.1.25**              Employment Agreement dated July 16, 1999 between Eschelon
                        Telecom and John E. Beesley
 10.1.26**              Employment Agreement dated March 7, 2000 between Eschelon
                        Telecom and Geoffrey M. Boyd
 10.1.27**              Employment Agreement dated July 19, 1999 between Eschelon
                        Telecom and Steven K. Wachter
 10.1.28**              Employment Agreement dated June 4, 1998 between Eschelon
                        Telecom and Richard A. Smith
 10.1.29**              Amendment to Employment Agreement dated March 10, 1999
                        between Eschelon Telecom and Richard A. Smith
 10.1.30**              Advisory Agreement dated as of September 30, 1999 by and
                        among Eschelon Telecom, Bain Capital Partners VI, L.P. and
                        Stolberg Partners, L.P.
 10.1.31+               Master Purchase and Services Agreement dated June 1, 1999
                        between Eschelon Telecom and Nortel Networks Inc.
 10.1.32                Series C1 Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement dated as of
                        December 13, 1999 by and among Eschelon Telecom and the
                        investors named therein
 10.1.33                Common Stock Purchase Agreement dated as of March 31, 2000
                        by and among Eschelon Telecom and the investors named
                        therein
 10.1.34                Amendment No. 2 to Amended and Restated Stockholders
                        Agreement dated March 31, 2000 by and among Eschelon
                        Telecom and certain stockholders listed therein
 10.1.35                Interconnection Agreement by and between American Telephone
                        Technology, Inc. and US WEST Communications, Inc. for the
                        state of Washington
 10.1.36                Interconnection Agreement by and between Electro-Tel, Inc.
                        and US WEST Communications, Inc. for the state of Colorado
 10.1.37                Interconnection Agreement by and between Eschelon Telecom
                        and US WEST Communications, Inc. for the state of Utah
 10.1.38                Resale and Unbundling Agreement by and between American
                        Telephone Technology Inc. and GTE Northwest Incorporated for
                        the state of Washington
 10.1.39                Interconnection Agreement by and between American Telephone
                        Technology, Inc. and US WEST Communications, Inc. for the
                        state of Oregon
 10.1.40                Interconnection Agreement by and between Cady
                        Telemanagement, Inc. and US WEST Communications, Inc. for
                        the state of Minnesota
 10.1.41                Interconnection Agreement by and between Eschelon Telecom
                        and NEVADA BELL for the state of Nevada
</TABLE>


<PAGE>


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
EXHIBIT NO.                                     DESCRIPTION
- -----------                                     -----------
<S>                     <C>
 10.1.42                Interconnection Agreement by and between Eschelon Telecom
                        and US WEST Communications, Inc. for the state of Arizona
 21**                   Subsidiaries of Eschelon Telecom
 23.1**                 Consent of Ernst & Young LLP
 23.2*                  Consent of Piper Marbury Rudnick & Wolfe LLP (included as
                        part of Exhibit 5.1 hereto)
 24.1**                 Power of Attorney (included in signature pages)
 27**                   Financial Data Schedule
</TABLE>


- ------------------------

*   To be filed by amendment


**  Previously filed



+   Portions of this exhibit were omitted and have been separately filed with
    the Secretary of the Commission pursuant to the Registrant's Application
    Requesting Confidential Treatment under Rule 406 of the Securities Act.


<PAGE>
                                                      Exhibit 10-1-15
                                                      Execution Copy



- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------



                     ADVANCED TELECOMMUNICATIONS, INC.




                               ____________________


                           SERIES C PREFERRED STOCK
                              PURCHASE AGREEMENT



                               ____________________






                         Dated as of September 30, 1999


- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------


<PAGE>


                                       INDEX


                                                                      Page

SECTION 1.  PURCHASE AND SALE OF SHARES .................................1
    1.1.    SALE OF SHARES AT INITIAL CLOSING ...........................1
    1.2.    SALE OF SHARES AT SECOND CLOSING ............................1
    1.3.    SALE OF SHARES AT SUBSEQUENT CLOSING ........................2
    1.4.    INITIAL CLOSING .............................................2
    1.5.    SECOND CLOSING ..............................................2
    1.6.    SUBSEQUENT CLOSINGS .........................................2
    1.7.    USE OF PROCEEDS FROM INITIAL CLOSING ........................3
    1.8.    USE OF PROCEEDS FROM SECOND CLOSING .........................3
    1.9.    USE OF PROCEEDS FROM SUBSEQUENT CLOSINGS ....................4


SECTION 2.  REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE COMPANY ...............4
    2.1.    ORGANIZATION.................................................4
    2.2.    SUBSIDIARIES ................................................4
    2.3.    AUTHORIZATION ...............................................5
    2.4.    NO CONFLICTS: APPROVALS .....................................5
    2.5.    CAPITALIZATION ..............................................6
    2.6.    FINANCIAL STATEMENTS; FINANCIAL CONDITION ...................6
    2.7.    ABSENCE OF CHANGES ..........................................7
    2.8.    TITLE TO PROPERTIES .........................................8
    2.9.    ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE .........................................9
    2.10    INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY .......................................9
    2.11.   CONTRACTS, ETC. ............................................10
    2.12.   LABOR MATTERS ..............................................13
    2.13.   EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS .....................................13
    2.14.   CUSTOMERS AND SUPPLIERS ....................................15
    2.15.   LITIGATION .................................................15
    2.16.   CONFORMITY WITH LAW ........................................15
    2.17.   ENVIRONMENTAL MATTERS ......................................16
    2.18.   TAXES ......................................................17
    2.19.   YEAR 2000 ..................................................18
    2.20.   BOOKS AND RECORDS ..........................................18
    2.21.   GOVERNMENTAL REGULATIONS ...................................18
    2.22.   BROKERS AND FINDERS ........................................19
    2.23.   AFFILIATE TRANSACTIONS .....................................19
    2.24.   CERTAIN CONTRACTS ..........................................19
    2.25.   NO ILLEGAL PAYMENTS, ETC....................................19

                                        -i-

<PAGE>

    2.26.   PURCHASE AND SALE AGREEMENTS ...............................19
    2.27.   AVAILABILITY INCREASE DATE .................................20
    2.28.   POWERS OF ATTORNEY .........................................20
    2.29.   DISCLOSURE .................................................20

SECTION 3.  REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF PURCHASERS................20
    3.1.    ORGANIZATION AND STANDING ..................................20
    3.2.    NONCONTRAVENTION ...........................................20
    3.3.    CONSENTS AND APPROVALS .....................................21
    3.4.    BROKER .....................................................21
    3.5.    AUTHORIZATION ..............................................21
    3.6.    ACCREDITED INVESTORS .......................................21
    3.7.    OWN ACCOUNT ................................................21
    3.8.    TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS ......................................21
    3.9.    PRIVATE PLACEMENT ..........................................22

SECTION 4.  CONDITIONS TO THE CLOSINGS .................................22
    4.1.    INITIAL CLOSING ............................................22
    4.2.    SECOND CLOSING .............................................24
    4.3.    SUBSEQUENT CLOSINGS ........................................24
    4.4.    CONDITIONS OF THE COMPANY'S OBLIGATIONS AT EACH CLOSING.....25

SECTION 5.  CERTAIN AGREEMENTS OF THE PARTIES ..........................26
    5.1.    EXPENSES ...................................................26
    5.2.    FINANCIAL STATEMENTS .......................................26
    5.3.    BUDGET AND OPERATING FORECAST ..............................27
    5.4.    VISITS AND DISCUSSIONS .....................................27
    5.5.    ADVERSE CHANGE: LITIGATION .................................27
    5.6.    OTHER INFORMATION ..........................................28
    5.7.    MAINTENANCE OF CORPORATE EXISTENCE AND PROPERTIES ..........28
    5.8.    PAYMENT OF TAXES ...........................................29
    5.9.    HOLDING COMPANY STRUCTURE ..................................29
    5.10.   RICHARD SMITH EXECUTION OF STOCKHOLDERS AGREEMENT ..........29
    5.11.   REPURCHASE OF CAPITAL STOCK ................................29
    5.12.   FILING FOR INTERNATIONAL LONG DISTANCE
            SECTION 214 CERTIFICATE.....................................29

SECTION 6.  DEFINITIONS ................................................29
    6.1.    CERTAIN MATTERS OF CONSTRUCTION ............................29
    6.2.    CROSS REFERENCE TABLE ......................................30
    6.3.    CERTAIN DEFINITIONS ........................................31

SECTION 7.  INDEMNIFICATION ............................................36
    7.1.    SURVIVAL OF REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES, COVENANTS AND
            INDEMNITIES ................................................36


                                        -ii-


<PAGE>

    7.2.    INDEMNIFICATION.............................................37

SECTION 8.  GENERAL ....................................................38
    8.1.    AMENDMENTS, WAIVERS AND CONSENTS ...........................38
    8.2.    SURVIVAL OF COVENANTS: ASSIGNABILITY OF RIGHTS .............38
    8.3.    SECTION HEADINGS ...........................................38
    8.4.    COUNTERPARTS ...............................................38
    8.5.    NOTICES AND DEMANDS ........................................39
    8.6.    SEVERABILITY ...............................................40
    8.7.    CONSTRUCTION ...............................................40
    8.8.    INCORPORATION OF EXHIBITS, ANNEXES AND SCHEDULES ...........41
    8.9.    GOVERNING LAW ..............................................41
    8.10.   CONSENT TO JURISDICTION ....................................41
    8.11.   WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL .......................................42
    8.12.   EXERCISE OF RIGHTS AND REMEDIES ............................42


<PAGE>


                                       SCHEDULES


Schedule 2.1         -             Organization
Schedule 2.2         -             Subsidiaries
Schedule 2.4.1       -             No Conflicts
Schedule 2.4.2       -             Approvals
Schedule 2.5.1       -             Capitalization Tables
Schedule 2.5.2       -             Capitalization - Rights
Schedule 2.6(a)      -             Financial Statements
Schedule 2.6(b)      -             Financial Statements - Other Liabilities
Schedule 2.6(c)      -             Financial Statements - Debt Schedule
Schedule 2.7         -             Absence of Changes
Schedule 2.10        -             Intellectual Property
Schedule 2.10(a)     -             Confidentiality and Non-Compete Agreements
Schedule 2.11.1      -             Contracts - Liability Policies
Schedule 2.11.2      -             Contracts - Other Contracts
Schedule 2.12        -             Labor Matters
Schedule 2.13        -             Employee Benefit Plans
Schedule 2.14        -             Customers and Suppliers
Schedule 2.15        -             Litigation
Schedule 2.16        -             Permits
Schedule 2.18.1      -             Taxes
Schedule 2.22        -             Brokers and Finders
Schedule 2.23        -             Affiliate Transactions
Schedule 2.26        -             Purchase and Sale Agreements


                                       EXHIBITS

Exhibit A            -             Purchasers and Shares
Exhibit B            -             Amended Charter
Exhibit C            -             Operational and Financial Targets
Exhibit D            -             Base Market Value
Exhibit E            -             Form of Stockholders Agreement
Exhibit F            -             Form of Confidentiality and
                                   Non-Compete Agreement
Exhibit G            -             Form of Opinion of Piper & Marbury L.L.P.
Exhibit H            -             Form of Stock and Stock Option
                                   Repurchase Agreement
Exhibit I            -             Form of Consent and Amendment No. 1 to
                                   Loan and Security Agreement
Exhibit J            -             Form of Amendment to Stock Purchase
                                   Warrant Agreement
Exhibit K            -             Form of Amendment to Nortel Master
                                   Purchase Services Agreement

                                       -iv-

<PAGE>

                     SERIES C PREFERRED STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT

     This Series C Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement is made as of September
30, 1999 by and among the following:

     (i)   Advanced Telecommunications, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the
           "COMPANY"); and

     (ii)  each of the Persons named in EXHIBIT A, hereto (each, individually
           a "PURCHASER," and collectively, the "PURCHASERS").

     Certain capitalized terms are used in this Agreement as specifically
defined herein. These definitions are set forth or referred to in Section 6
hereof.

                                  WITNESSETH:

     WHEREAS, on the conditions and subject to the terms set forth in this
Agreement, the Purchasers have agreed to invest up to $75,400,000 in the
Company; and

     WHEREAS, the Company and the Purchasers wish to set forth their
understanding with respect to certain aspects of such investment.

     NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and the mutual
covenants and agreements set forth below, the parties hereto hereby agree as
follows:

SECTION 1. PURCHASE AND SALE OF SHARES

     1.1  SALE OF SHARES AT INITIAL CLOSING.  The Company shall adopt and
file with the Secretary of State of Delaware on or prior to the Initial
Closing (as defined in Section 1.4) an Amended and Restated Certificate of
Incorporation in the form attached hereto as EXHIBIT B ("AMENDED CHARTER").
Subject to all of the terms and conditions of this Agreement, and based on
the representations and warranties contained herein, each Purchaser agrees,
severally, to purchase, and the Company agrees to issue and sell to each
Purchaser at the Initial Closing, that number of shares of the Company's Series
C Preferred Stock set forth in the column Initial Closing opposite each
Purchaser's name on EXHIBIT A hereto at the per share purchase price of $5.00
(the "PURCHASE PRICE"). The shares of Series C Preferred Stock sold to the
Purchasers pursuant to this Agreement are hereinafter referred to as the
"SHARES." The Shares and the Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the
Shares are hereinafter collectively referred to as the "SECURITIES."

     1.2  SALE OF SHARES AT SECOND CLOSING.  Subject to all of the terms and
conditions of this Agreement and based on the representations and warranties
contained herein, upon approval of the Phase II Plan by the Company's board of
directors, Stolberg agrees to

<PAGE>

purchase, and the Company agrees to sell and issue to Stolberg at the Second
Closing (as defined in Section 1.5), that number of Shares set forth in the
column Second Closing opposite Stolberg's name on EXHIBIT A hereto at the
per share purchase price of $5.00.

     1.3  SALE OF SHARES AT SUBSEQUENT CLOSINGS.  Subject to all of the terms
and conditions of this Agreement and based on the representations and
warranties contained herein, at any time after March 31, 2000 and prior to
September 30, 2001, at the option of the Company and upon not less than ten
Business Days prior written notice to the Bain Purchasers, the Bain
Purchasers will purchase at not more than four subsequent closings (each a
"SUBSEQUENT CLOSING") at a per share purchase price of $5.00 (or such other
per share purchase price as shall be agreed to in writing by the Majority
Bain Purchasers and a majority of the disinterested members of the Company's
board of directors) a number of Shares not exceeding 6,000,000 shares;
PROVIDED that in addition to the conditions set forth in Section 4.3 hereof,
the following conditions have been met: (a) the Company shall have achieved
the operational and financial targets set forth on EXHIBIT C hereto and (b)
the CLEC Basket Market Value shall be greater than 11.2, as calculated on
EXHIBIT D hereto (the "BASE MARKET VALUE"); PROVIDED, HOWEVER that in the
event that one or more of the Designated CLECs ceases to be a publicly traded
company trading under the ticker symbol under which it is trading as of
Initial Closing, the Base Market Value shall be recalculated in good faith to
exclude such Designated CLEC from the calculation.

     1.4  INITIAL CLOSING.  The initial purchase of Shares hereunder (the
"INITIAL CLOSING") shall take place at the offices of Ropes & Gray, One
International Place, Boston, Massachusetts at 10:00 a.m., on September 30,
1999, or at such other time and place as the Company and the Majority
Purchasers mutually agree upon. At the Initial Closing, the Company shall
deliver to each Purchaser a certificate representing the Shares which such
Purchaser is purchasing at the Initial Closing against delivery to the
Company by such Purchaser of a check or wire transfer in the amount of the
purchase price therefor.

     1.5  SECOND CLOSING.  A second purchase of shares hereunder (the
"SECOND CLOSING") shall take place at the offices of Ropes & Gray, One
International Place, Boston, Massachusetts at 10 a.m., on the date ten days
after the Company's board of directors approves the Phase II Plan, or at such
other time and place as the Company and Stolberg mutually agree upon. At the
Second Closing, the Company shall deliver to Stolberg a certificate
representing the Shares which Stolberg is purchasing at the Second Closing
against delivery to the Company by Stolberg of a check or wire transfer in the
amount of the purchase price therefore.

     1.6  SUBSEQUENT CLOSINGS.  Subsequent Closings shall take place at the
offices of Ropes & Gray, One International Place, Boston, Massachusetts at
10:00 a.m., on each date specified with notice given pursuant to Section 1.3,
or at such other time and place as the Company and the Majority Bain
Purchasers mutually agree upon. At each Subsequent Closing, the Company
shall deliver to each Bain Purchaser a certificate representing the Shares

                                  -2-
<PAGE>

which such Bain Purchaser is purchasing at such Subsequent Closing against
delivery to the Company by such Bain Purchaser of a check or wire transfer in
the amount of the purchase price therefor.

     1.7  USE OF PROCEEDS FROM INITIAL CLOSING.  The Company covenants that
it will apply the $42,730,000 in cash proceeds from the sale of the Shares at
the Initial Closing solely for the following lawful corporate purposes:

          1.7.1  $28,646,980.83 of the cash proceeds shall be used in
furtherance of the execution of the Phase I Plan, and to pay third party fees
and expenses associated with the Initial Closing (other than the fees
described in Section 1.7.3);

          1.7.2  $9,595,000 of the cash proceeds shall be used in furtherance
of the execution of the Phase II Plan; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that such amount
shall be deposited in a separate account at the Closing and invested in
United States Treasury bills or similar liquid securities intended to provide
for the preservation of principal and shall not be used by the Company unless
and until such time as (a) the Phase II Plan has been approved by the
Company's board of directors and (b) the Second Closing has occurred;

          1.7.3  $2,146,876.17 of the cash proceeds shall be used to pay the
fees of BancBoston Robertson Stephens, Inc. ("BancBoston");

          1.7.4  $1,561,143 of the cash proceeds shall be used to repurchase
from Paul Cady 129,500 shares of Series A Preferred Stock (previously
designated Preferred Stock) of the Company, options to purchase 125,280 shares
of Common Stock of the Company, 94,743 shares of Series B1 Preferred Stock of
the Company, and 7,293 shares of Series B4 Preferred Stock of the Company; and

          1.7.5  $780,000 of the cash proceeds shall be used to repurchase
from Sheldon Allen 160,000 shares of Common Stock of the Company.

     1.8  USE OF PROCEEDS FROM SECOND CLOSING.  The Company covenants that it
will apply the $2,900,000 in cash proceeds from the sale of the Shares at the
Second Closing solely for the following lawful corporate purposes:

          1.8.1  $2,755,000 of the cash proceeds shall be used in furtherance
of the execution of the Phase II Plan, and to pay third party fees and
expenses associated with the Second Closing (other than the fees described in
Section 1.8.2); and

          1.8.2  $145,000 of the cash proceeds shall be used to pay the fees
of BancBoston.

                                  -3-
<PAGE>

     1.9  USE OF PROCEEDS FROM SUBSEQUENT CLOSINGS.  The Company covenants
that it will apply the cash proceeds from the sale of Shares at the
Subsequent Closings in furtherance of the execution of the Phase II Plan, to
pay the fees of BancBoston, to pay other third party fees and expenses
associated with the Subsequent Closings and for such other purposes as may be
approved by the Company's board of directors.

SECTION 2.  REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE COMPANY.

     In order to induce the Purchasers to enter into and preform this
Agreement and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby, the Company
hereby severally represents and warrants to each Purchaser that:

     2.1.  ORGANIZATION.  The Company is a corporation duly organized,
validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of
Delaware. The Company is duly authorized, qualified, licensed and in good
standing under all applicable Legal Requirements, to carry on its business in
the places and in the manner as now conducted, except where the failure to be
so authorized, qualified, licensed or in good standing has not had and would
not have a material adverse effect on the business (as presently conducted
or proposed to be conducted), operations, prospects, assets, properties or
condition (financial or otherwise) of the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken
as a whole (a "MATERIAL ADVERSE EFFECT"). The Company has delivered to the
Purchasers a true, complete and correct copy of each of the Company's charter
and bylaws, each as in effect on the date hereof before the filing of the
Amended Charter (collectively, the "COMPANY CHARTER DOCUMENTS"). The
Company is not in default under its charter documents or, in any material
respect, its bylaws. There exists no condition, event or act which after
notice, lapse of time, or both, could constitute such a default by the Company
under the Company Charter Documents. SCHEDULE 2.1 sets forth (a) the
directors and officers of the Company and (b) each jurisdiction in which the
Company is qualified to do business as a foreign corporation.

     2.2  SUBSIDIARIES.  SCHEDULE 2.2 sets forth: (a) the name and
jurisdiction of incorporation of each Subsidiary of the Company, (b) the
directors and officers of each such Subsidiary and (c) each jurisdiction in
which each such Subsidiary has qualified to do business as a foreign
corporation. Each Subsidiary of the Company is a corporation duly organized,
validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of
its incorporation. Each Subsidiary of the Company is duly authorized, qualified,
licensed and in good standing under all applicable Legal Requirements, to
carry on its business in the places and in the manner as now conducted,
except where the failure to be so authorized, qualified, licensed or in good
standing has not had and would not have a Material Adverse Effect. The
Company has delivered to the Purchasers true, complete and correct copies of
the respective charter and bylaws of each of its Subsidiaries, each as in
effect on the date hereof (collectively, the "SUBSIDIARY CHARTER DOCUMENTS").
None of the Subsidiaries is in default under its charter documents or, in any
material respect, its bylaws. There exists no condition, event or act

                                  -4-
<PAGE>

which after notice, lapse of time, or both, could constitute such a default
by any Subsidiary under the Subsidiary Charter Documents.

     2.3  AUTHORIZATION.  The Company has all corporate power and authority
to enter into and perform this Agreement, the Stockholders Agreement (as
defined in Section 4.1.5) and the other documents and instruments to be
delivered pursuant to this Agreement, and to consummate the transactions
contemplated hereby and thereby. The execution and delivery by the Company of
this Agreement, the Stockholders Agreement and each other document and
instrument to which it is a party and the consummation by the Company of the
transactions contemplated hereby and thereby have been duly and validly
authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of the Company and
its directors and stockholders. This Agreement, the Stockholders Agreement
and each other document and instrument to which the Company is a party have
been duly and validly executed and delivered by the Company and each
constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligation of the Company and is
enforceable against the Company, in accordance with its terms.

     2.4  NO CONFLICTS: APPROVALS.

          2.4.1  Except as set forth on Schedule 2.4.1, neither the
execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement or the Stockholders
Agreement by the Company nor the consummation by the Company of the
transactions contemplated hereby will (a) conflict with or result in a breach
of any provision of the Company Charter Documents or the Subsidiary Charter
Documents, (b) result in any conflict with or breach of any of the terms,
conditions or provisions of, or default or event that with the passage of
time would be a default (or give rise to any right to termination,
cancellation or acceleration or loss of any right or benefit) under, any
Contractual Obligation (or, in the case of the consummation by the Company of
the merger effected for purposes of reincorporating in Delaware, any material
Contractual Obligation) to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is a
party or by which it or its respective properties or assets is subject or
bound, (c) result in the imposition of a Lien upon or with respect to any
assets of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, or (d) violate any Legal
Requirement applicable to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, or by which
it or its properties or assets is subject or bound.

          2.4.2  Expect as set forth on Schedule 2.4.2, no authorization,
action, consent, approval or other order of, declaration to, or filing by
the Company with, any federal, state, municipal, foreign or other court or
governmental body or agency, or any other regulatory body, or any other
person or entity is required in connection with the valid and lawful
authorization, execution, delivery and performance by the Company of this
Agreement or the Stockholders Agreement or the valid and lawful consummation
by the Company of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, except any
filing, consent or approval that has been made or obtained.

                                  -5-

<PAGE>

     2.5.  CAPITALIZATION

           2.5.1  The authorized and issued capital stock of the Company and
each of its Subsidiaries is as set forth on SCHEDULE 2.5.1.  SCHEDULE 2.5.1
also lists all shares of capital stock which have been reserved for issuance.
All shares of capital stock of the Company and each of its Subsidiaries
outstanding immediately prior to the Closing are duly authorized, validly
issued and fully paid and non-assessable, and were not issued in violation of
any law or the preemptive right (or similar right) of any Person, and all
such shares of capital stock of the Company and its Subsidiaries are owned
beneficially and of record by the Persons set forth on SCHEDULE 2.5.1.  When
issued, sold and delivered in accordance with the terms of this Agreement,
the Shares will be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid, nonassessable
and free and clear of all Liens of any kind created by the Company other than
as set forth in the Stockholders Agreement.

           2.5.2  Except as set forth in the Amended Charter or the
Stockholders Agreement or on SCHEDULE 2.5.1 or SCHEDULE 2.5.2, there is no
warrant, right, option, conversion privilege, stock purchase plan, put, call
or other Contractual Obligation relating to the offer, issuance, purchase or
redemption, exchange, conversion, voting or transfer of any shares of capital
stock or indebtedness of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or other
securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for capital stock
or indebtedness of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries (now, in the future,
or upon the occurrence of any contingency), or that provides for any stock
appreciation or similar right.  Under the Company's Second Amended and
Restated Stock Option Plan of 1996, the board of directors has authority to
grant options under which not more than an aggregate of 2,400,000 shares of
Common Stock may be issued, including options granted prior to or as of the
date hereof.  Other than as set forth in the Stockholders Agreement, the
Amended Charter or SCHEDULE 2.5.2. (a) there are no existing rights with
respect to registration or sale or resale under the Securities Act of 1933,
as amended (the "SECURITIES ACT") or the securities or blue sky laws of any
state or jurisdiction, of any securities of the Company or of any Subsidiary
of the Company, (b) there are no preemptive rights (or similar rights) with
respect to the issuance or sale of the capital stock of the Company or any of
its Subsidiaries, (c) no securities issued by the Company or any of its
Subsidiaries have anti-dilution protections or contain similar provisions, and
(d) there are no restrictions on the transfer of the Company's capital stock
other than those arising from federal and state securities laws.  Neither the
Company nor any of its Subsidiaries controls directly or indirectly, or has
any direct or indirect equity participation or ownership interest in, any
Person that is not a Subsidiary of the Company.

           2.6.  FINANCIAL STATEMENTS: FINANCIAL CONDITION.  Attached as
SCHEDULE 2.6(a) are copies of the following financial statements of the
Company (the "FINANCIAL STATEMENTS"):

                 (a)  the audited combined balance sheets for the Company and
its Subsidiaries for the years ended December 31, 1998 (the "BALANCE SHEET")
and December 31,

                                       -6-
<PAGE>

1997, and the related statements of income and cash flows for each of the
years then ended, including in each case the notes thereto; and

                 (b)  the unaudited balance sheet of the Company as of
July 31, 1999 and the related statement of income and cash flows for the
seven-month period then ended (the "INTERIM FINANCIALS").

The Financial Statements have been prepared in accordance with generally
accepted accounting principles ("GAAP") applied on a consistent basis
throughout the periods indicated above.  The Financial Statements present
fairly the consolidated financial condition of the Company and its
Subsidiaries at the respective dates thereof and the results of its operations
for the periods covered thereby in conformity with GAAP, except, in the case
of the Interim Financials, for the absence of notes and normal year-end
adjustments.  Except as set forth in SCHEDULE 2.6(b), to the knowledge of the
Company, the Company does not have any material Liability, except for (a)
Liabilities set forth on the face of the Balance Sheet (rather than in any
notes thereto), (b) Liabilities that have arisen after the date of the
Balance Sheet in the Ordinary Course of Business of the Company and its
Subsidiaries in connection with the sale of goods and services to customers
and purchases of goods and services from suppliers, and (c) other Liabilities
that have arisen in the Ordinary Course of Business for the Company and its
Subsidiaries under the Contracts (none of which Liabilities referred to under
subsections (b) and (c) of this Section 2.6 results from, arises out of,
relates to, is in the nature of, or was caused by any breach of contract,
breach of warranty, (on infringement or violation of law).  SCHEDULE 2.6(c)
sets forth a list, including dollar amounts, of all Indebtedness (in amounts
in excess of $10,000) of the Company and its Subsidiaries.

           2.7.  ABSENCE OF CHANGES.  Since December 31, 1998, each of the
Company and its Subsidiaries has operated its business in the Ordinary Course
of Business; and, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, except as
set forth on SCHEDULE 2.7. there has not been:

                 (a)    any Material Adverse Effect or any event or events
which individually or in the aggregate would have a Material Adverse Effect;

                 (b)    any damage, destruction or loss (whether or not
covered by insurance) affecting the material properties of the Company or its
Subsidiaries or assets of the Company or its Subsidiaries;

                 (c)    prior to or as of July 31, 1999, any increase in the
compensation, bonus, commissions or fee arrangement (other than fringe
benefits) payable or to become payable by the Company or its Subsidiaries to
its officers, directors, employees, consultants, agents or stockholders,
other than in the Ordinary Course of Business of the Company and its
Subsidiaries, and after July 31, 1999, any such material increase;

                                       -7-
<PAGE>

          (d)      any sale, assignment or transfer, or any agreement to
sell, assign or transfer, any material asset, Liability, property, obligation
or right of the Company or its Subsidiaries to any Person;

          (e)      except as specifically set forth in the Financial
Statements or on SCHEDULE 2.23, any obligation or Liability incurred, or any
loans or advances made, by the Company to any of its Affiliates, other than
for the reimbursement of expenses in the Ordinary Course of Business of the
Company and its Subsidiaries;

          (f)      any purchase or acquisition of, or agreement, plan or
arrangement to purchase or acquire, any material property, rights or assets
other than in the Ordinary Course of Business of the Company and its
Subsidiaries;

          (g)      any assignment, lease or other transfer or disposition, or
any other agreement or arrangement therefor by the Company or its Subsidiaries
of any property or equipment having a value in excess of $50,000;

          (h)      any capital expenditure (or series of related expenditures)
by the Company or its Subsidiaries involving more than $50,000;

          (i)      any waiver of any material rights or claims of the Company
or any of its Subsidiaries;

          (j)      any written or enforceable oral agreement or commitment by
the Company or any of its Subsidiaries to do any of the foregoing or any
transaction by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries outside the Ordinary
Course of Business of the Company and its Subsidiaries;

          (k)      any Lien upon or adversely affecting any material property
or other assets of the Company; or

          (l)      any dividend or distribution of any kind in respect of the
capital stock of the Company.

     2.8.  TITLE TO PROPERTIES.  Each of the Company and its Subsidiaries has
good and marketable title to, or, in the case of property held under lease or
other Contractual Obligation, a valid or enforceable right to use all of its
properties, whether real or personal and whether tangible or intangible
(collectively, the "ASSETS"), free and clear of all Liens, except as have not
had and would not have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse
Effect.  Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries owns, nor has it ever
owned, real property.  The Assets constitute all properties, rights and assets
necessary for the conduct of business of the Company as currently conducted,
although additional Assets will be necessary for the conduct of the business of
the Company as proposed to be conducted.  Neither the Company

                                  -8-
<PAGE>

nor any of its Subsidiaries is in default under any lease of real or personal
property to which the Company or its Subsidiaries is a party, nor to the
knowledge of the Company is any other party to any such lease in default
thereunder, which default has had or would have a Material Adverse Effect.
Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries has knowledge of any
circumstances that challenge the Company's or its Subsidiaries' peaceful and
undisturbed possession of the subject matter of any such lease. To the
Company's knowledge, neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries is in
violation of any zoning, building or safety ordinance, regulation or
requirement or other law or regulation applicable to it or to the operation
of its owned or leased tangible properties except such violations that have
not and would not have a Material Adverse Effect. Neither the Company nor any
of its Subsidiaries has received any notice of violation with which it has
not complied, in any case in which the consequences of such violation, if
asserted by the applicable regulatory authority, would have a Material
Adverse Effect. For purposes of this Section 2.8, "tangible properties"
specifically excludes patent, trademark, copyright, trade secret and other
proprietary rights.

     2.9  ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE. All accounts receivable of the Company and its
Subsidiaries reflected on the Balance Sheet and the Interim Financials arose
from the sale of products and services in the Ordinary Course of Business of the
Company and its Subsidiaries, and are valid and binding claims of the Company
and its Subsidiaries for payment for goods and sold or services rendered by it
in the Ordinary Course of Business.

     2.10. INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY. Each of the Company and its Subsidiaries has
ownership of, or the right to use, all Intellectual Property used in its
business as currently conducted or presently proposed to be conducted. SCHEDULE
2.10 sets forth a list of each patent, patent application, registered trademark
and registered copyright owned or used by the Company and its Subsidiaries as
well as a list of each license or other Contractual Obligation under which the
Company and its Subsidiaries has the right to use Intellectual Property
(collectively, the "LICENSES"). Each item of Intellectual Property owned or
used by the Company and its Subsidiaries in its business immediately prior to
the Closing will be owned or available for use by the Company and its
Subsidiaries on identical terms and conditions immediately subsequent to the
Closing. Except as set forth on SCHEDULE 2.10, each of the Company and its
Subsidiaries has taken all reasonable steps necessary and desirable to maintain
and protect each item of Intellectual Property that the Company and its
Subsidiaries owns or uses. With respect to each License relating to Intellectual
Property:

          (a)  the License relating to Intellectual Property covering the item
is a legal, valid, binding and enforceable obligation of the Company and its
Subsidiaries, and is in full force and effect;

          (b)  the License will continue to be a legal, valid, binding and
enforceable obligation of the Company or such Subsidiary, and will continue to
be in full force and effect on identical terms following the consummation of the
transactions contemplated hereby;

                                            -9-
<PAGE>
          (c)  to the Company's knowledge, no party to the License is in
breach or default, and no event has occurred that with notice or lapse of time
would constitute a breach or default or permit termination, modification, or
acceleration thereunder;

          (d)  with respect to each sublicense of Intellectual Property, the
representations and warranties set forth in subsections (a) through (c) above
are true and correct in all material respects with respect to the underlying
license; and

          (e)  neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries has granted
any sublicense or similar right with respect to any License relating to
Intellectual Property.

There has not been in the last two years prior to the date hereof and there is
not now pending any claim, and there is no claim overtly threatened, that the
Company or any of its Subsidiaries has or is infringing any patent,
copyright, trade secret, trademark or other proprietary right of any other
person or entity, except where it has not and would not have a Material
Adverse Effect. To the knowledge of the Company, the activities of the
employees of the Company and its Subsidiaries on behalf of the Company and
its Subsidiaries do not violate any agreements or arrangements that any such
employees of the Company or its Subsidiaries have with former employers. To
the knowledge of the Company, no other person is infringing any Intellectual
Property of the Company or its Subsidiaries. SCHEDULE 2.10 sets forth a list
of each person employed by the Company or its Subsidiaries that has executed
and delivered to the Company a confidentiality and non-compete agreement in
substantially the form attached hereto as EXHIBIT F (the "IDENTIFIED
EMPLOYEES"). To the Company's knowledge, no present or former employee has
breached any of the agreement referenced in the preceding sentence.

     2.11.  CONTRACTS, ETC.

          2.11.1  INSURANCE.  Set forth on SCHEDULE 2.11.1 is a list of all
liability (including, without limitation, public liability, products
liability and automobile liability) policies that are in effect (the
"LIABILITY POLICIES"), true and complete copies of which have been furnished
to the Purchasers, and all outstanding liability claims thereunder. Since
January 1, 1999, there have been no liability claims made against the Company
or its Subsidiaries or, to the knowledge of the Company, any occurrence that
would reasonably be expected to give rise to any such claim against the
Company or its Subsidiaries, except claims made for workers' compensation
that, to the knowledge of the Company, are not expected to exceed workers'
compensation coverage maintained by the Company or its Subsidiaries.
Statutory workers' compensation has been maintained on all employees of the
Company and its Subsidiaries and all such policies currently in effect were
written by insurers with a rating of A or higher by A.M. Best Company, Inc.
The premiums for all Liability Policies and workers' compensations policies
have been fully paid to the extent due. Set forth on SCHEDULE 2.11.1 is a
list of all insurance policies of the Company and its Subsidiaries currently
in effect other than the Liability Policies and the workers' compensation
policies (together with the Liability

                                         -10-

<PAGE>

                 (c)    to the Company's knowledge, no party to the License
is in breach or default, and no event has occurred that with notice or lapse
of time would constitute a breach or default or permit termination,
modification, or acceleration thereunder;

                 (d)    with respect to each sublicense of Intellectual
Property, the representations and warranties set forth in subsections (a)
through (c) above are true and correct in all material respects with respect
to the underlying license; and

                 (e)    neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries has
granted any sublicense or similar right with respect to any License relating
to Intellectual Property.

There has not been in the last two years prior to the date hereof and there
is not now pending any claim, and there is no claim overly threatened, that
the Company or any of its Subsidiaries has or is infringing any patent,
copyright, trade secret, trademark or other proprietary right of any other
person or entity, except where it has not and would not have a Material
Adverse Effect.  To the knowledge of the Company, the activities of the
employees of the Company and its Subsidiaries on behalf of the Company and
its Subsidiaries do not violate any agreements or arrangements that any such
employees of the Company or its Subsidiaries have with former employers.  To
the knowledge of the Company, no other person is infringing any Intellectual
Property of the Company or its Subsidiaries.  SCHEDULE 2.10 sets forth a list
of each person employed by the Company or its Subsidiaries that has executed
and delivered to the Company a confidentiality and non-compete agreement in
substantially the form attached hereto as EXHIBIT F (the "IDENTIFIED
EMPLOYEES").  To the Company's knowledge, no present or former employee has
breached any of the agreements referenced in the preceding sentence.

     2.11.  CONTRACTS, ETC.

            2.11.1 INSURANCE.  Set forth on SCHEDULE 2.11.1 is a list of all
liability (including, without limitation, public liability, products
liability and automobile liability) policies that are in effect (the
"LIABILITY POLICIES"), true and complete copies of which have been furnished
to the Purchasers, and all outstanding liability claims thereunder.  Since
January 1, 1999, there have been no liability claims made against the Company
or its Subsidiaries or, to the knowledge of the Company, any occurrence
that would reasonably be expected to give rise to any such claim against the
Company or its Subsidiaries, except claims made for workers' compensation
that, to the knowledge of the Company, are not expected to exceed workers'
compensation coverage maintained by the Company or its Subsidiaries.
Statutory workers' compensation has been maintained on all employes of the
Company and its Subsidiaries and all such policies currently in effect were
written by insurers with a rating of A or higher by A.M. Best Company, Inc.
The premiums for all Liability Policies and workers' compensation policies
have been fully paid to the extend due. Set forth on SCHEDULE 2.11.1 is a
list of all insurance policies of the Company and its Subsidiaries currently
in effect other than the Liability Policies and the workers' compensation
policies (together with the Liability

                                       -10-

<PAGE>

Policies and the worker's compensation policies, the "INSURANCE POLICIES"),
summaries of which have been furnished to the Purchasers.

            2.11.2 CERTAIN CONTRACTUAL OBLIGATIONS.  Set forth on SCHEDULE
2.11.2 hereto is a true and complete list of all of the following Contractual
Obligations and, to the extent noted below, Informal Arrangements of the
Company or its Subsidiaries:

                 (a)  All collective bargaining agreements and other labor
            agreements, all employment agreements (other than non-binding offer
            letters) or consulting agreements, and all other plans, agreements,
            arrangements, practices or other Contractual Obligations or Informal
            Arrangements (other than any Employee Plan) that constitute
            compensation or benefits, including post retirement benefits, to any
            of the officers or employees or former officers or employees (or any
            spouse or family member of any such current or former officer or
            employee) of the Company or its Subsidiaries.

                 (b)  All Contractual Obligations or Informal Arrangements
            under which the Company or its Subsidiaries is or may become
            obligated to pay any legal, accounting, brokerage, finder's or
            similar fees or expenses in connection with, or has incurred any
            severance pay or special compensation obligations that would
            become payable by reason of this Agreement or the consummation of
            the transactions contemplated hereby.

                 (c)  All Contractual Obligations (including, without
            limitation, options) to sell or otherwise dispose of any assets of
            the Company or its Subsidiaries having a value in excess of
            $10,000, except in the Ordinary Course of Business.

                 (d)  Other than the stock option grants set forth on
            SCHEDULE 2.5.1, all Contractual Obligations or Informal Arrangements
            under which the Company or its Subsidiaries has or will after the
            Closing have any Liability or obligation in excess of $5,000 to or
            for the benefit of any Stockholder or any Affiliate of any
            Stockholder.

                 (e)  All Contractual Obligations under which the Company or
            its Subsidiaries has any Liability or obligation constituting or
            giving rise to a guarantee of any Liability or obligation of any
            Person, or under which any Person has any Liability or obligation
            constituting or giving rise to a guarantee of any Liability or
            obligation of the Company (including, without limitation,
            partnership and joint venture agreements).

                 (f)  All Contractual Obligations under which the Company or
            its Subsidiaries is or may become obligated to pay any amount in
            respect of

                                       -11-

<PAGE>

            indemnification obligations, purchase price adjustment or otherwise
            in connection with any (i) acquisition or disposition of assets or
            securities, (ii) merger, consolidation or other business
            combination, or (iii) series or group of related transactions or
            events of a type specified in subclauses (i) and (ii).

                 (g)  All distributorship agreements, commercial agency
            agreements, agreements with sales representatives and all other
            Contractual Obligations and Informal Arrangements (other than such
            agreements, purchase orders and sales orders entered into in the
            Ordinary Course of Business) with distributors, suppliers, vendors,
            or other suppliers of goods or services.

                 (h)  All purchase obligations (whether or not in the
            Ordinary Course of Business) that require minimum purchases by the
            Company or its Subsidiaries.

                 (i)  All interconnection agreements, resale agreements,
            services agreements and similar Contractual Obligations and Informal
            Arrangements with distributors, suppliers, vendors, or other
            suppliers of goods or services, including without limitation any
            preliminary drafts or forms of any such agreements that have not
            yet been finalized.

                 (j)  All standard forms of purchase orders and sales orders.

                 (k)  All non-terminable Contractual Obligations involving
            consideration to or Liabilities of the Company in excess of $10,000.

                 (l)  All Contractual Obligations or Informal Arrangements
            with customers of the Company involving consideration in excess of
            $50,000 in any twelve (12) month period.

                 (m)  All Contractual Obligations (other than purchase
            orders, sales orders or operating expenses incurred in the Ordinary
            Course of Business) not required to be listed on SCHEDULE 2.11.2
            pursuant to clauses (a) through (l) above that individually involve
            Liabilities of the Company in excess of $50,000.

The Company has heretofore delivered to the Purchasers a true and complete
copy of each of the Contractual Obligations (or narrative descriptions of
each Informal Arrangement and of each of those Contractual Obligations that are
not in writing) listed on SCHEDULE 2.11.2, each as in effect on the date
hereof, including, without limitation, all amendments thereto (the "LISTED
CONTRACTS").  The Listed Contracts, together with the Insurance Policies,
the Licenses and leases to which the Company is a party, are hereinafter
referred to as the "CONTRACTS."

                                       -12-

<PAGE>

     2.11.3  NATURE OF CONTRACTUAL OBLIGATIONS ETC.  Each Contractual
Obligation in respect of the Listed Contracts is, and after giving effect to
the Closing hereunder and the consummation of the transactions contemplated
hereby will be, enforceable by the Company or the Subsidiary of the Company
party thereto except for such failures to be so enforceable as do not and
will not, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect.
No breach or default by the Company or the Subsidiary of the Company party
thereto under any of the Contractual Obligations in respect of the Listed
Contracts has occurred and is continuing, and no event has occurred that with
notice or lapse of time would constitute such a breach or default or permit
termination, modification or acceleration by any other Person under any of
the Contractual Obligations, other than such breaches, defaults and events as
have not had and will not have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material
Adverse Effect.  To the knowledge of the Company, no breach or default by any
other Person under any of the Contractual Obligations has occurred and is
continuing, and no event has occurred that with notice or lapse of time would
constitute such a breach or default or permit termination, modification or
acceleration by the Company or the Subsidiary of the Company party thereto
under any of such Contractual Obligations, other than breaches, defaults and
events that have not had and will not have, individually or in the aggregate,
a Material Adverse Effect.

     2.12.  LABOR MATTERS.  SCHEDULE 2.12 sets forth, as of July 31, 1999, a
list of all employees of the Company and its Subsidiaries and their annual
salary and date of hire.  To the knowledge of the Company, no Identified
Employee of the Company or any Subsidiary has given the Company or any
Subsidiary notice of any present intention of terminating his or her
employment therewith nor does the Company or any Subsidiary have any present
intention of terminating any such employment.  Except as set forth on
SCHEDULE 2.12, neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries is bound by or
subject to (and none of its assets or properties is bound by or subject to)
any arrangement with any labor union.  Except as set forth on SCHEDULE 2.12,
no employee of the Company or its Subsidiaries is represented by any labor
union or covered by any collective bargaining agreement nor, to the Company's
knowledge, is any campaign to establish such representation in progress.
There is no pending or, to the Company's knowledge, threatened labor dispute
of any kind involving the Company and any group of employees, and the Company
has not experienced any labor interruptions over the past three years.  The
Company and each Subsidiary has complied in all material respects with all
applicable federal, state and local laws and regulations respecting
employment and employment practices, terms and conditions of employment,
wages and hours and other laws related to employment, and there are no
arrears in the payments of wages, withholding, unemployment insurance
premiums or other similar obligations.

     2.13.  EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS.  SCHEDULE 2.13 sets forth all Employee
Plans to which the Company contributes or is obligated to contribute, or
under which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries has or may have any
liability for premiums or benefits, or which benefits any employee, former
employee, director or independent contractor of the Company or any dependent
or beneficiary of such individual (a "COMPANY PLAN").  For purposes of this
Agreement, the term "EMPLOYEE PLAN" means any plan, program, agreement,
policy or

                                       -13-

<PAGE>

arrangement, whether or not reduced to writing and whether covering a single
individual or a group of individuals, that provides for material fringe
benefits beyond regular cash salary or wages (including, without limitation,
each "employee benefit plan" within the meaning of Section 3(3) of the
Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 as amended ("ERISA")).  With
respect to each Company Plan, the Company has provided to the Purchasers
accurate, current and complete copies of each of the following: (a) where the
plan has been reduced to writing, the plan document together with all
amendments; (b) where the plan has not been reduced to writing, a written
summary of all material plan terms; (c) trust agreements, insurance policies,
administration agreements or similar agreements (if applicable); (d) summary
plan descriptions, employee handbooks or similar employee communications; (e)
the most recent determination letter from the Internal Revenue Service ("IRS")
(if applicable); (f) a copy of the two (2) most recently filed Forms 5500,
with schedules attached (if applicable); and (g) any notices, letters or
other correspondence from the IRS or the United States Department of Labor
("DOL") relating to the plan.

                 2.13.1 PLAN QUALIFICATION: PLAN ADMINISTRATION.  Each
Company Plan that is intended to be qualified under Section 401(a) of the
Code is so qualified.  Each Company Plan has been administered in accordance
with its terms and with applicable Legal Requirements, including, without
limitation, ERISA and the Code, except where the failure to do so has not and
would not have a Material Adverse Effect.  All contributions required by law
or by the terms of each such Company Plan to have been made to any fund or
trust established thereunder or in connection therewith have been made by the
due date thereof and there are no unfunded liabilities of the Company or any
Subsidiary or any other deficiency with respect to any Company Plan.

                 2.13.2 TITLE IV OF ERISA, ETC. No Employee Plan that is
maintained by the Company or by any entity that is considered to be a single
employer with the Company under Sections 414(b) or 414(c) of the Code (a
"RELATED ENTITY") is or ever has been subject to Title IV of ERISA.  No
Company Plan or Employee Plan maintained by a Related Entity is a
multi-employer plan, nor does the Company or a Related Entity have any
contingent liability with respect to such plan.

                 2.13.3 CLAIMS.  There are no pending, or to the knowledge of
the Company, threatened lawsuits, claims or other controversies relating to a
Company Plan, other than claims for routine benefits in the normal course.
No Company Plan is the subject of an audit or examination by a government
agency or the subject of a filing or application under a government-sponsored
voluntary compliance, amnesty or similar program.

                 2.13.4 RETIREE BENEFITS: CERTAIN WELFARE PLANS.  Other than as
required under Section 601 et seq. of ERISA, no Company Plan that is a
Welfare Plan (within the meaning of Section 3(1) or ERISA) provides benefits
or coverage following retirement or other termination of employment.  Nothing
has occurred with respect to any Employee Plan described in Section 4980B of
the Code that could subject the Company to a tax under Section 4980B of the
Code.

                                       -14-

<PAGE>

     2.14.  CUSTOMERS AND SUPPLIERS.  Except as set forth on SCHEDULE 2.14,
since December 31, 1998, (a) no significant customer (or group of customers
that in the aggregate is significant) of the Company or its Subsidiaries has
given the Company or its Subsidiaries overt notice or, to the knowledge of
the Company, has taken any other action that has given the Company or its
Subsidiaries any significant reason to believe that such customer (or group
of customers) will cease to purchase products or services or reduce
significantly the amount of products and services purchased from the Company
or its Subsidiaries, and (b) no significant supplier or vendor (or group of
suppliers or vendors that in the aggregate is significant) of the Company or
its Subsidiaries has given the Company or its Subsidiaries notice or, to the
knowledge of the Company, has taken any other action that has given the
Company or its Subsidiaries any reason to believe that such supplier or
vendor (or group of suppliers or vendors) will cease to supply, restrict the
amount supplied, or adversely change its price or terms to the Company or its
Subsidiaries, of any products or services.

    2.15.  LITIGATION.  No judgment, decree or order of any governmental
authority or any arbitrator has been issued against the Company or any of its
Subsidiaries, or, to the knowledge of the Company, any other Person that has
had, or would have, a Material Adverse Effect.  Except as set forth on Schedule
2.15, there is no Action or, to the knowledge of the Company, investigation
pending against the Company or any of its Subsidiaries.  Except as set forth
on Schedule 2.15, to the knowledge of the Company, there is no such Action or
investigation that is threatened against the Company or any of its
Subsidiaries, or that is pending or threatened affecting the Company or any
of its Subsidiaries or any of its properties or assets, or that is pending or
threatened against any officer or key employee of the Company or any of its
Subsidiaries, or that is pending or threatened and has a reasonable
possibility of calling into question the validity, or materially hindering
the enforceability or performance of this Agreement, any other document or
instrument to be delivered pursuant to this Agreement, or any action taken or
to be taken pursuant hereto.

     2.16  CONFORMITY WITH LAW; PERMITS.  Neither the Company nor any of its
Subsidiaries is in default under any applicable Legal Requirement, except
where such default has not had, and would not have, a Material Adverse
Effect.  There exists no condition, event or act which after notice, lapse of
time, or both, could constitute such a default by the Company or any
Subsidiary.  Each of the Company and its Subsidiaries has conducted and is
conducting its business in compliance with all applicable Legal Requirements
and is not in violation of any of the foregoing, except where such
non-compliance or violation has not had, and would not have, a Material
Adverse Effect. The Company and each of the Subsidiaries has all franchises,
permits, licenses, consents, concessions, variances, exemptions, orders and
other authorizations of governmental, regulatory or administrative agencies
or authorities, whether foreign, federal, state or local, including without
limitation all permits, licenses, authorizations or approvals from the
Federal Communications Commission and any state public utilities commissions
or agencies (collectively, "PERMITS"), required to own and lease its
properties and assets and to conduct its business as now conducted, including
without

                                       -15-

<PAGE>

limitation to provide local, local access and intrastate long distance
service, except where failure to have such Permits would not have a Material
Adverse Effect.  All Permits related to the telecommunications business in
effect on the date hereof are described on SCHEDULE 2.16.  The Company and
each of the Subsidiaries is in compliance with the terms of the Permits,
except to the extent that the failure to be in compliance would not have a
Material Adverse Effect, and no revocation, limitation or non-renewal of any
Permit is pending or threatened, except to the extent that the failure to
renew would not have a Material Adverse Effect.  No event has occurred, and
there is no event or transaction contemplated by this Agreement, which (i)
could result in the Company or any of its Subsidiaries being found unqualified
to hold, or which permits, or after notice or lapse of time would permit,
the revocation or termination of any of the Permits or the denial of an
application for the renewal thereof, or (ii) would result in any impairment
of the rights of the Company or any such Subsidiary as holder of any such
Permits, except where such failure to hold, revocation, termination, denial
of renewal or impairment would not have a Material Adverse Effect on the
Company or such Subsidiary.  The Company and its Subsidiaries are registered
as competitive local exchange carriers in each state or jurisdiction in which
such registration is required in order for the Company and its Subsidiaries to
own and lease its properties and assets and to conduct its business as now
conducted, including without limitation to provide local, local access and
intrastate long distance service, and have filed or will file applications to
register as such in each state or jurisdiction where such registration is
required for the Company and its Subsidiaries to conduct its business as
presently proposed to be conducted.  A Regulatory Event will not occur solely
by reason of the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this
Agreement.

     2.17  ENVIRONMENTAL MATTERS.  Each of the Company and its Subsidiaries
has conducted and is conducting its business in compliance with all applicable
Environmental Laws except to the extent that the failure to be in compliance
would not have a Material Adverse Effect.  There are at the date hereof no
pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened actions or proceedings
against the Company or any of its Subsidiaries by any governmental authority
or other third party relating, directly or indirectly, to the release of
Hazardous Materials on, at or migrating to or from any property presently
owned, occupied or operated by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or
relating to any violation by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries of any
Environmental Laws.  All environmental notices, permits or similar
authorizations, if any, required to be obtained or filed by the Company and
its Subsidiaries including, without limitation, those addressing treatment,
storage, disposal or release of Hazardous Materials or solid waste into the
environment, have been duly obtained or filed and are in full force and effect,
except where the failure to obtain or file such notices, permits or similar
authorizations has not and would not have a Material Adverse Effect.  Neither
the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries has any material obligations or
Liabilities, whether absolute, contingent or otherwise and whether due or to
become due, with respect to the clean-up of the presence or release of
Hazardous Materials into the environment, and to the knowledge of the Company,
there are no underground storage tanks located on any property presently or
formerly owned, operated or occupied by the Company or it Subsidiaries.

                                       -16-

<PAGE>

     2.18  TAXES

                 2.18.1  SCHEDULE 2.18.1 lists all federal, state, local and
foreign income Tax Returns filed with respect to the Company and its
Subsidiaries for taxable periods ended on or after December 31, 1995,
indicates those Tax Returns that have been audited and indicates those Tax
Returns that currently are the subject of audit.  The Company has delivered
to the Purchasers correct and complete copies of all federal, state and local
income Tax Returns, examination reports, and statements of deficiencies
assessed against or agreed to by the Company or its Subsidiaries for taxable
periods ended on or after December 31, 1995.  Other than as disclosed in
SCHEDULE 2.18.1 (a) all Tax Returns required to be filed by the Company and
its Subsidiaries have been filed by or on behalf of it and all such Tax
Returns were correct and complete in all material respects, (b) each of the
Company and its Subsidiaries has paid all Taxes (whether or not shown on any
Tax Return) in respect of all periods ending on or prior to July 31, 1999 (c)
no Tax Return referred to in clause (a) has been the subject of examination by
the IRS or the appropriate state, local or foreign taxing authority, of which
written notice was received by the Company or its Subsidiaries, (d) no
deficiencies have been asserted or assessments made as a result of any
examinations of the Tax Returns referred to in clause (a) by the IRS or the
appropriate state, local or foreign taxing authority, (e) no action, suit,
proceeding, audit, claim, deficiency or assessment is pending (or, to the
knowledge of the Company, threatened) with respect to any Taxes of the
Company or its Subsidiaries, (f) each of the Company and its Subsidiaries has
withheld from its employees, customers, and other payees (and timely paid to
the appropriate governmental authority) all amounts required by the Tax
withholding provisions of applicable federal, state, local, and foreign laws
(including, without limitation, income, social security, and employment Tax
withholding for all types of compensation, sales and use Taxes and
withholding on payments to non-United States persons) for all periods, (g)
there has not been filed a consent under Code section 341(f) concerning
collapsible corporations with respect to the Company or its Subsidiaries, (h)
neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries has made any payment, nor is
obligated to make any payment, or is a party to any agreement that could
obligate it to make any payment that will not be deductible under Code
section 280G or will be subject to the excise tax of Code section 4999, (i) no
claim has ever been made by any authority in a jurisdiction where the Company
or its Subsidiaries does not file Tax Returns that it is or may be subject to
tax by that jurisdiction, of which written notice was received by the Company or
its Subsidiaries, (j) there are no other Taxes that would be due if asserted by
a taxing authority, except with respect to which the Company or its Subsidiaries
is maintaining adequate reserves to the extent currently required, (k) there are
no Liens in respect of Taxes on any assets of the Company or any of its
Subsidiaries other than for Taxes not yet due and payable, (l) neither the
Company nor any of its Subsidiaries has granted any waiver of any statute of
limitations with respect to, or any extension of a period for the assessment of,
any Tax, (m) neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries has any Liability
for the Taxes of any other person as a result of Treasury Regulation Section
1.1502-6 or otherwise, and (n) neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries
is a party to any Tax sharing or allocation agreement.

                                       -17-

<PAGE>

          2.18.2  Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries has been a
United States real property holding corporation (as defined in Section
897(c)(2) of the Code) during the applicable period specified in Section
897(c)(1)(A)(ii) of the Code. Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries
owns any property of a character, the possible indirect transfer of which as a
result of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, would give rise to
any material documentary, stamp or other transfer Tax.

     2.19.  YEAR 2000.  Except to the extent that the failure to be Year 2000
compliant would not have a Material Adverse Effect, all computer programs
(source code and/or object code), firmware or hardware used by the Company
and its Subsidiaries in the conduct of its business as presently conducted
and as proposed to be conducted, including without limitation the SciCom and
Titan information systems, are Year 2000 compliant in that they: (i)
consistently handle date information before, during and after January 1,
2000, including but not limited to accepting date input, providing date
output, and performing calculations on dates or portions of dates: (ii)
function accurately in accordance with all applicable specifications and
documentation and without interruption before, during and after January 1,
2000, without any change in operations associated with the advent of the new
century; (iii) respond to two-digit date input in a way that resolves any
ambiguity as to century in a disclosed, defined and predetermined manner;
(iv) store and provide output of date information in ways that are
unambiguous as to century, and (v) yield data that is compatible with both
Year 2000 compliant and non-Year 2000 compliant computer programs, firmware
and hardware.

     2.20.  BOOKS AND RECORDS.  The minute books of the Company and of each
of the Subsidiaries contain, in all material respects, true, complete and
accurate records of all meetings and other corporate actions of each of their
respective stockholders, partners, members, board of directors and all
committees, if any, appointed by its board of directors in each case, since
the later of (x) the formation of the Company or such Subsidiary or (y)
January 1, 1995. The stock ledger or stock record book of the Company and of
each of the Subsidiaries are true, complete and accurate and reflect all
issuances, transfers, repurchases and cancellations of shares of capital
stock and of each of the Company and the Subsidiaries of which the Company
has been notified. Copies of the minute books and the stock ledgers or stock
record books of the Company and each Subsidiary have been delivered to the
Purchasers. The books of account, ledgers, order books, records and
documents of the Company and those of each of the Subsidiaries accurately and
completely reflect in all material respects all material information relating
to their respective businesses, the nature, acquisition, maintenance,
location and collection of their respective assets and the nature of all
transactions giving rise to their respective obligations and accounts
receivable.

     2.21.  GOVERNMENTAL REGULATIONS.  Neither the Company nor any of its
Subsidiaries is a "holding company," or a "subsidiary company" of a "holding
company" or an "affiliate" of a "holding company," as such terms are defined
in the Public Utility Holding Company Act of 1935, as amended, nor is the
Company or any of its Subsidiaries an "investment company," or

                                       -18-
<PAGE>

an "affiliated person" or a "principal underwriter" of an "investment
company," as such terms are defined in the Investment Company Act of 1940, as
amended. Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries is now, nor has it
been within the past five years, a "United States real property holding
corporation" as defined in Section 897 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986,
as amended.

     2.22.  BROKERS AND FINDERS.  Except as set forth on SCHEDULE 2.22,
neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries nor any officer, director, or
employee of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries has incurred any
Liabilities for any financial advisory fees, brokerage fees, commissions or
finder's fees in connection with this Agreement or any of the transactions
contemplated hereby.

     2.23.  AFFILIATE TRANSACTIONS.  Other than the stock option grants set
forth on SCHEDULE 2.5.1 and the employment agreements set forth on SCHEDULE
2.11.2 and except as set forth in SCHEDULE 2.23, neither the Company nor any
of its Subsidiaries is a party to or bound by any Contractual Obligation or
Informal Arrangement with, and does not have any obligation owing from or to,
any of the stockholders, directors, officers or employees of the Company or
its Subsidiaries or any of their Affiliates, which Contractual Obligation or
Informal Arrangement involves consideration in excess of $5,000. All
transactions between each of the Company and its Subsidiaries and any of its
Affiliates that occurred during the periods covered by the Financial
Statements are reflected in the Financial Statements.

     2.24.  CERTAIN CONTRACTS.  To the knowledge of the Company, neither the
Company nor any of its Subsidiaries is currently a party to any covenant
limiting in any material respect the ability of the Company to engage in the
business of providing telecommunications services or compete in such business
with any person in any area of the world.

     2.25.  NO ILLEGAL PAYMENTS, ETC.  Neither the Company or its
Subsidiaries, nor any of their directors, officers, employees or agents, has
(a) directly, or indirectly given or agreed to give any illegal gift,
contribution, payment or similar benefit to any supplier, customer, governmental
official or employee or other person who was, is or may be in a position to help
or hinder the Company or any of its Subsidiaries (or assist in connection with
any actual or proposed transaction) or made or agreed to make any illegal
contribution, or reimbursed any illegal political gift or contribution made by
any other person, to any candidate for federal, state, local or foreign
public office (i) which might subject any of the Company and its Subsidiaries
to any damage or penalty in any civil, criminal or governmental litigation or
proceeding or (ii) the non-continuation of which has had or might have,
individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect or (b)
intentionally established or maintained any unrecorded fund or asset or made
any false entries on any books or records for any purpose.

     2.26.  PURCHASE AND SALE AGREEMENTS.  There have not been and are not any
claims made by or against the Company under any agreements relating to
acquisitions or dispositions of the Company's assets, mergers or other
material transactions (the "PURCHASE AND SALE

                                       -19-
<PAGE>

AGREEMENTS"). Except as set forth on SCHEDULE 2.26, there are no additional
payments, whether in cash or equity of the Company, owing the Company or its
Subsidiaries to any party under the Purchase and Sale Agreements. SCHEDULE
2.26 sets forth the maximum number of shares of the Company's capital stock
due or to become due to any party to the Purchase and Sale Agreements.

     2.27.  AVAILABILITY INCREASE DATE.  As of the Initial Closing, the
"Availability Increase Date" as defined in the Loan and Security Agreement dated
July 16, 1999 by and among the Company, General Electric Capital Corporation and
the other parties thereto (the "GECC LOAN AGREEMENT") shall have occurred.

     2.28.  POWERS OF ATTORNEY.  There are no outstanding powers of attorney
executed on behalf of the Company in respect of the Company, its assets,
Liabilities or business.

     2.29.  DISCLOSURE.  This Agreement, the schedules attached hereto and
furnished contemporaneously herewith, the Stockholders Agreement and each
other agreement, document, certificate or written statement, including
without limitation the Private Placement Memorandum dated May 27, 1999,
previously furnished or to be furnished to the Purchasers through any Closing
Date by or on behalf of the Company or any Subsidiary in connection with the
transactions contemplated hereby, taken as a whole, do not contain any untrue
statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to
make the statements contained therein or herein in light of the circumstances
in which they were made not misleading.

SECTION 3.  REPRESENTATION AND WARRANTIES OF PURCHASERS

     In order to induce the Company to enter into and perform this Agreement
and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby, each Purchaser
hereby severally represents and warrants (solely as to itself) to the Company
that:

     3.1.  ORGANIZATION AND STANDING.  Each Purchaser is a corporation or
other entity duly organized and validly existing, and has the power and
authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and all other documents,
certificates and instruments contemplated hereby, and to carry out
transactions contemplated hereby and thereby.

     3.2.  NONCONTRAVENTION.  The execution, delivery and performance by each
Purchaser of this Agreement and all other documents, certificates and
instruments contemplated hereby, the fulfillment of and compliance with the
respective terms and provisions hereof and thereof, and the consummation by
each Purchaser of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby do not
and will not conflict with, or violate any provision of, any legal
requirement having applicability to such Purchaser.

                                       -20-
<PAGE>

     3.3.  CONSENTS AND APPROVALS.  No consent, approval, authorization or
determination of, or declaration, filing or registration with, or other
action by, any governmental entity or any other person is required to be made
or sought by a Purchaser in connection with the execution, delivery and
performance of this Agreement or any other document, certificate or
instrument executed or delivered pursuant to this Agreement, and the
consummation by such Purchaser of the transactions contemplated hereby and
thereby.

     3.4.  BROKER.  Each Purchaser represents that it has no contract,
arrangement or understanding with any broker, finder or similar agent with
respect to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

     3.5.  AUTHORIZATION.  The execution, delivery and performance of this
Agreement, the Stockholders Agreement and the documents and instruments
executed pursuant hereto have been duly authorized by all necessary action on
the part of such Purchaser, and this Agreement and each other document and
instrument which it is required to deliver hereunder constitutes the valid,
legal and binding obligation of such Purchaser, enforceable in accordance
with its terms.

     3.6.  ACCREDITED INVESTORS.  Such Purchaser is an "accredited investor"
as such term is defined under Rule 501 under the Securities Act. The
Purchaser's investment decisions are made by persons having such knowledge
and experience in business and financial matters as to be capable of
evaluating the merits and risk of the investment contemplated hereby.

     3.7.  OWN ACCOUNT.  The Purchaser is acquiring the Securities for its own
account, for investment, and not with a view to any "distribution" thereof
within the meaning of the Securities Act.

     3.8.  TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS.  Such Purchaser understands that the Company
may, as a condition to the transfer of any of the Securities, require that the
request for transfer be accompanied by an opinion of counsel, in form and
substance satisfactory to the Company, to the effect that the proposed
transfer does not result in violation of the Securities Act, unless such
transfer is covered by an effective registration statement under the
Securities Act or by Rule 144(k) of the Securities Act. Such Purchaser
understands that each certificate representing the Securities will bear the
following legend or one substantially similar thereto:

          The securities represented by this certificate were issued in a
          private placement, without registration under the Securities Act of
          1933, as amended (the "Act"), and may not be sold, assigned,
          pledged or otherwise transferred in the absence of an effective
          registration under the Act covering the transfer or an opinion of
          counsel, satisfactory to the issuer, that registration under the
          Act is not required.

                                       -21-
<PAGE>

     3.9.  PRIVATE PLACEMENT.  Such Purchaser has been advised that the
Securities have not been and are not being registered under the Securities
Act, and that the Company in issuing the Securities is relying upon, among
other things, the representations and warranties of each Purchaser contained
in this Section 3 in concluding that the offer and sale of the Securities
shall be exempt from the provisions of Section 5 of the Securities Act.

SECTION 4.  CONDITIONS TO THE CLOSINGS.

     4.1.  INITIAL CLOSING.  The obligations of each of the Purchasers under
Section 1 of this Agreement to purchase Shares at the Initial Closing is
subject to the fulfillment on or before the Initial Closing of each of the
following conditions unless waived in accordance with Section 8.1:

          4.1.1  REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES.  The representations and
warranties of the Company contained in Section 2, shall be true and correct
in all material respects on and as of the date of the Initial Closing with
the same effect as though such representations and warranties had been made
on and as of the date of the Initial Closing and the Purchasers shall have
received a certificate of the Chief Executive Officer or Chief Financial
Officer of the Company to that effect.

          4.1.2  PERFORMANCE.  The Company shall have performed and complied
with all agreements, obligations, and conditions contained in this Agreement
that are required to be performed or complied with by it on or before the
Initial Closing.

          4.1.3  FILING OF AMENDED CHARTER.  The Company shall have filed
with the Secretary of State of Delaware the Amended Charter in the form
attached hereto As EXHIBIT B and the Amended Charter shall have become
effective.

         4.1.4  QUALIFICATIONS.  All authorizations, approvals, or permits,
if any, of any governmental authority or regulatory body of the United States
or of any state that are required in connection with the lawful issuance and
sale of the Shares to the Purchasers or the execution, delivery and
performance by the Company of this Agreement and the Stockholders Agreement
shall have been duly obtained and shall be effective on and as of the Initial
Closing.

          4.1.5  STOCKHOLDERS AGREEMENTS.  An Amended and Restated
Stockholders Agreement in the form attached hereto as EXHIBIT E (the
"STOCKHOLDERS AGREEMENT") shall have each been executed and delivered by the
parties thereto (other than the Purchasers in their capacity as such), no
such party shall be in breach or default thereof and the Stockholders
Agreement shall be in full force and effect as of the Initial Closing.

          4.1.6  CONFIDENTIALITY AND NON-COMPETE AGREEMENTS.  The Identified
Employees shall have executed a Confidentiality and Non-Compete Agreement in
the form attached hereto as EXHIBIT F.

                                       -22-
<PAGE>
          4.1.7  OPINION OF COMPANY COUNSEL.  The Purchasers shall have
received from Piper & Marbury L.L.P., counsel for the Company, an opinion in
substantially the form attached hereto as EXHIBIT G.

          4.1.8  SECRETARY'S CERTIFICATE.  The Secretary of the Company shall
have delivered to the Purchasers at the Initial Closing a Certificate, dated
as of the Initial Closing, certifying: (a) that attached thereto is a true
and complete copy of the by-laws of the Company as in effect on the date of
such certification; (b) that attached thereto is a true and complete copy of
all resolutions adopted by the board of directors of the Company authorizing
the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the
Stockholders Agreement and the issuance, sale and delivery of the Shares, and
that all such resolutions are in full force and effect and are all the
resolutions adopted in connection with the transactions contemplated by this
Agreement and the Stockholders Agreement; (c) that attached thereto is a true
and complete copy of the charter of the Company as amended by the Amended
Charter and (d) to the incumbency and specimen signature of certain officers
of the Company.

          4.1.9  THIRD PARTY CONSENTS.  The Company and each Subsidiary shall
have received all required third party consents necessary to the consummation
of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

          4.1.10  EXCHANGE OF NOTES.  Each holder of the Company's Series A
8% Convertible Subordinated Promissory Notes ("SERIES A NOTES") and each
holder of the Company's Series B 8% Convertible Subordinated Promissory Notes
("SERIES B NOTES" and together with the Series A Notes, the "NOTES") shall
have either (a) exchanged such holder's Notes for shares of the Company's
Series B Preferred Stock, (b) been paid in full by the Company for the
principal and accrued interest of such holder's Notes, or (c) waived any and
all of such holder's rights under the Note Purchase Agreement dated February
7, 1997, as amended, relating to the Series A Notes and the Note Purchase
Agreement dated as of August 15, 1997 relating to the Series B Notes
(collectively, the "NOTE PURCHASE AGREEMENTS") and consented to the amendment
of each Note Purchase Agreement to delete Articles 6 and 7, and Section 9.8
thereof.

          4.1.11  STOCK AND STOCK OPTION REPURCHASE AGREEMENT.  The Stock and
Stock Option Repurchase Agreement in the form attached hereto as EXHIBIT H
shall have been executed and delivered by the parties thereto.

          4.1.12  AMENDMENT TO GECC AGREEMENTS.  A Consent and Amendment No.
1 to Loan and Security Agreement in the form attached hereto as EXHIBIT I
shall have been executed and delivered by the parties thereto. An Amendment
to Stock Purchase Warrant Agreement in the form attached hereto as EXHIBIT J
shall have been executed and delivered by the parties thereto.

                                 -23-


<PAGE>

          4.1.13  AMENDMENT TO NORTEL AGREEMENT.  An Amendment to Nortel
Master Purchase Services Agreement in the form attached hereto as EXHIBIT K
shall have been executed and delivered by the parties thereto.

          4.1.14  PROCEEDINGS AND DOCUMENTS.  All instruments and legal,
governmental, administrative, corporate and partnership proceedings in
connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the
Stockholders Agreement shall be reasonably satisfactory in form and substance
to the Purchasers, and the Purchasers shall have received copies of all
documents, including, without limitation, records of corporate or other
proceedings, and any consents, licenses, approvals, permits and orders
required to be secured by the Company in connection with the transactions
contemplated herein or which any Purchaser may have reasonably requested in
connection therewith.

     4.2  SECOND CLOSING.  The obligations of Stolberg under Section 1 of
this Agreement to purchase Shares at the Second Closing are subject to the
fulfillment on or before the Second Closing of the following condition unless
waived in accordance with Section 8.1.

          4.2.1  PHASE II PLAN: BOARD DETERMINATIONS.  The board of directors
of the Company shall have approved the Phase II Plan and all issuances of
Shares at the Second Closing, and determined that the financing to be
provided by the issuance and sale of Shares at such Second Closing is
necessary or desirable in connection with the funding of the business of the
Company and its Subsidiaries.

     4.3  SUBSEQUENT CLOSINGS.  The obligations of each of the Bain
Purchasers under Section 1 of this Agreement to purchase Shares at each
Subsequent Closing are subject to the fulfillment on or before each
Subsequent Closing of each of the following conditions unless waived in
accordance with Section 8.1:

          4.3.1  REPRESENTATIVES AND WARRANTIES.  The representations and
warranties of the Company contained in Section 2 shall be true and correct in
all material respects on and as of the date of each Subsequent Closing with
the same effect as though such representations and warranties had been made
on and as of the date of such Subsequent Closing and the Bain Purchasers
shall have received a certificate of the Chief Executive Officer or Chief
Operating Officer of the Company to that effect.

          4.3.2  PERFORMANCE.  The Company shall have performed and complied
with all agreements, obligations, and conditions contained in this Agreement
and the Stockholders Agreement that are required to be performed or complied
with by it on or before such Subsequent Closing.

          4.3.3  BOARD DETERMINATIONS.  The board of directors of the Company
shall have approved all issuances of Shares at such Subsequent Closing and
determined that the financing to be provided by the issuance and sale of
Shares at such Subsequent Closing is

                                       -24-

<PAGE>

necessary or desirable in connection with the funding of the business of the
Company and its Subsidiaries.

                 4.3.4  CONTINUED FULFILLMENT, ETC.  The conditions set forth
in Sections 4.1.4, 4.1.5 and 4.1.6 shall continue to have been fulfilled at
each such Subsequent Closing.  There shall have been no change in the facts
certified by the Secretary of the Company in the certificate delivered
pursuant to Section 4.1.8 and the Bain Purchasers shall have received a
certificate of the Secretary of the Company to that effect.

                 4.3.5  QUALIFICATIONS.  All authorizations, approvals, or
permits, if any, of any governmental authority or regulatory body of the
United States or of any state that are required in connection with the lawful
issuance and sale of Shares to the Bain Purchasers or the execution, delivery
and performance by the Company of this Agreement and the Stockholders
Agreement shall have been duly obtained and shall be effective on and as of
each Subsequent Closing, other than those which are not required to be
obtained before each Subsequent Closing.

                 4.3.6  OPINION OF COMPANY COUNSEL.  The Purchasers shall
have received from Piper & Marbury L.L.P., counsel for the Company, an
opinion substantially in the form (other than paragraph 3) attached hereto
as EXHIBIT G.

                 4.3.7  THIRD PARTY CONSENTS.  The Company and each
Subsidiary shall have received all required third party consents necessary to
the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

                 4.3.8  PROCEEDINGS AND DOCUMENTS.  All instruments and
legal, governmental, administrative, corporate and partnership proceedings in
connection with the issuance of Shares, this Agreement and the Stockholders
Agreement shall be reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to the Bain
Purchasers, and the Bain Purchasers shall have received copies of all
documents, including, without limitation, records of corporate or other
proceedings, and any consents, licenses, approvals, permits and orders
required to be secured by the Company in connection with the issuance of
Shares, this Agreement and the Stockholders Agreement or which any Purchaser
may have reasonably requested in connection therewith.

           4.4  CONDITIONS OF THE COMPANY'S OBLIGATIONS AT EACH
CLOSING.  The obligations of the Company to each Purchaser under this
Agreement are subject to the fulfillment on or before each Closing of each of
the following conditions, the waiver of which shall not be effective unless
consented to in writing by the Company.

                 4.4.1  REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES.  The representations
and warranties of each Purchaser contained in Section 3 shall be true and
correct in all respects on and as of the date of each Closing with the same
force and effect as though such representations and warranties had been made
on and as of such date of such Closing.

                                       -25-

<PAGE>

                 4.4.2  PAYMENT OF PURCHASE PRICE.  The Purchasers shall have
delivered the applicable purchase price specified in Section 1.

                 4.4.3  STOCKHOLDERS AGREEMENT.  The Company, each Purchaser
and the other parties thereto shall have entered into the Stockholders
Agreement.

SECTION 5.  CERTAIN AGREEMENTS OF THE PARTIES

     5.1.  EXPENSES.  The Company shall pay all reasonable costs and
expenses, including without limitation the $45,000 filing fee under the
Hart-Scott-Rodino Antitrust Improvements Act of 1976 (the "HSR FEE"),
incurred by the Purchasers with respect to the negotiation, execution,
delivery, performance of and ongoing operations and matters arising under
this Agreement, the Stockholders Agreement and any related documents and the
investments in the Company made pursuant hereto including, without
limitation, the Purchasers' reasonable legal, accounting and other
out-of-pocket fees and expenses; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that (i) the
out-of-pocket expenses of the Bain Purchasers for out-of-pocket expenses
through the Initial Closing other than legal and accounting fees shall not
exceed $40,000, (ii) the out-of-pocket expenses of Stolberg for out-of-pocket
expenses through the Initial Closing other than legal and accounting fees
shall not exceed $40,000, and (iii) the Purchasers shall provide estimates of
all such fees and expenses to the Company approximately 72 hours prior to the
applicable Closing Date.

     5.2.  FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.  After the Initial Closing and until such
time that the Company shall have a class of stock registered pursuant to the
provisions of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Company and its
Subsidiaries will maintain an adequate system of internal accounting
controls, keep full and complete financial records, and furnish to the
Purchasers (a) within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year, a copy of
the consolidated balance sheet of the Company and its Subsidiaries as of the
end of such year, together with a consolidated statement of income and cash
flows of the Company and its Subsidiaries for such year, certified by
independent public accountants of recognized national standing prepared in
accordance with GAAP consistently applied, each of the foregoing balance
sheets and statements to set forth in comparative form the corresponding
figures for the prior fiscal year and the Budget, (b) within 45 days after
the end of the first three quarters of each fiscal year, a copy of the
consolidated balance sheet of the Company and its Subsidiaries as of the end
of such quarter, and statements of the consolidated income and cash flows of
the Company and its Subsidiaries for the fiscal quarter and for the portion
of the fiscal year ending on the last day of such quarter, each of the
foregoing balance sheets and statements to set forth in comparative form the
corresponding figures for the same period of the prior fiscal year and the
Budget, to be in reasonable detail (PROVIDED, HOWEVER, such interim financial
statements need not contain all footnotes required under GAAP) and to be
certified, subject to normal year-end audit adjustments, by the Chief Financial
Officer of the Company that they have been prepared in accordance with GAAP
consistently applied, except for footnotes and normal year end

                                       -26-

<PAGE>

adjustment, and fairly present the consolidated financial position of the
Company and its Subsidiaries as of the date thereof and the results of their
operations for the periods covered thereby, (c) within 45 days after the end of
each month that is not the end of a fiscal quarter, a copy of the
consolidated balance sheet of the Company and its Subsidiaries as of the end
of such month, and statements of the consolidated income and cash flows of
the Company and its Subsidiaries for the month and for the portion of the
fiscal year ending on the last day of such month, each of the foregoing
balance sheets and statements to set forth in comparative form the
corresponding figures for the same month of the prior fiscal year and the
Budget, to be in reasonable detail (PROVIDED, HOWEVER, such interim financial
statements need not contain all footnotes required under GAAP) and to be
certified, subject to normal year-end audit adjustments, by the Chief
Financial Officer of the Company that they have been prepared in accordance
with GAAP consistently applied, except for footnotes and normal year end
adjustment, and fairly present the consolidated financial position of the
Company and its Subsidiaries as of the date thereof and the results of their
operations for the periods covered thereby, and (d) within twenty (20) days of
receipt by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, any management letters
from its accountants.

     5.3.  BUDGET AND OPERATING FORECAST.  The management of the Company and
its Subsidiaries will prepare and submit to the board of directors of the
Company a budget for each fiscal year of the Company and its Subsidiaries at
least thirty (30) days prior to the beginning of such fiscal year, together
with management's written discussion and analysis of such budget.  The budget
shall be accepted as the budget for the Company and its Subsidiaries for such
fiscal year when it has been approved by at least two-thirds (66.67%) of the
full board of directors of the Company (the "BUDGET").  Management shall
review the budget monthly, and shall advise the Purchasers at such time and
the full board of directors of all material changes therein, and all
material deviations therefrom.  The Company will furnish to the Purchasers
copies of all financial projections and updates of such projections provided
by the Company to General Electric Capital Corporation.

     5.4.  VISITS AND DISCUSSIONS.  The Company and its Subsidiaries will
permit each of the Bain Purchasers and Stolberg and the authorized
representatives of the Bain Purchasers and Stolberg and one representative of
the Other Purchasers, at all reasonable times during normal business hours
and as often as reasonably requested, to visit and inspect, at the expense
of such Purchaser, any of the properties of the Company and its Subsidiaries,
including its books and records and lists of security holders and to make
extracts therefrom and to discuss the affairs, finances, and accounts of the
Company with its officers.

     5.5.  ADVERSE CHANGE LITIGATION.  The Company will promptly advise each of
the Purchasers in writing of each suit or proceeding commenced or overtly
threatened against the Company or any Subsidiary which, if adversely
determined, would result in a Material Adverse Effect on the condition or
business, financial or otherwise, of the Company and its Subsidiaries and of
any facts that come to the Company's attention which would lead it to

                                       -27-

<PAGE>

believe that the representations and warranties contained herein were not
true and correct in all material respects when made.

     5.6.  OTHER INFORMATION.  The Company will also furnish to each of the
Purchasers with reasonable promptness, upon the request of the Bain
Purchasers or Stolberg, (a) financial statements by business segment, (b)
internal management reports including without limitation legal reports, (c)
all regular or special reports which the Company or its Subsidiaries shall
file with any governmental, regulatory or administrative agencies or
authorities, including the Federal Communications Commission or any state or
local public utilities commission, (d) financial statements, material reports
and other information distributed by the Company or its Subsidiaries to its
creditors, General Electric Capital Corporation or the financial community in
general, (e) all press releases issued by the Company or it Subsidiaries, and
(f) such other information and data with respect to the Company or any
Subsidiary as the Purchasers may from time to time reasonably request.

     5.7.  MAINTENANCE OF CORPORATE EXISTENCE AND PROPERTIES.

          5.7.1  The Company and each of its Subsidiaries will at all times
do or cause to be done all things necessary to maintain, preserve and renew
its corporate charter and its leases, privileges, franchises, qualifications
and rights that are necessary in the ordinary conduct of its business as
presently conducted or as proposed to be conducted in an orderly and
efficient manner in accordance with good business practices.

           5.7.2  The Company and each of its Subsidiaries will provide or
cause to be provided for itself insurance against loss or damage of the kinds
customarily insured against by corporations similarly situated, with
reputable insurers, in such amounts, with such deductible and by such methods
as shall be adequate, and in any event in amounts not less than amounts
generally maintained by other companies engaged in similar businesses.

           5.7.3  The Company and each of its Subsidiaries will keep true
books of records and accounts in which full and correct entries will be made
of all its business transactions, and will reflect in its financial statements
adequate accruals and appropriations to reserves, all in accordance with
generally accepted accounting principles.

           5.7.4  The Company and each of its Subsidiaries will comply with
all applicable statutes, rules, regulations, orders and restrictions of the
United States of America, foreign countries, states and municipalities and of
any governmental department, commission, board, regulatory authority, bureau,
agency, and instrumentality of the foregoing, and of any court, arbitrator or
grand jury, in respect of the conduct of its business and the ownership of its
properties, except such as are being contested in good faith and except where
the failure to comply will not have a Material Adverse Effect.

                                       -28-


<PAGE>

     5.8.  PAYMENT OF TAXES. The Company and each of its Subsidiaries will
pay or discharge, at or before maturity or before becoming delinquent all
taxes, levies, assessments and other governmental charges which may be
imposed or which may become a lien upon any property owned by the Company or
any such Subsidiary or arising with respect to the occupancy, use, possession
or leasing thereof; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that such payment and discharge shall
not be required with respect to any such tax, assessment charge, levy or
claim so long as the validity or amount thereof shall be contested in good
faith by appropriate proceedings and the company and its Subsidiaries, as
applicable, shall have set aside on its books adequate reserves with respect
thereto in accordance with GAAP and such contest operates to suspend
collection of the contested obligation, tax, assessment or charge and
enforcement of a Lien.

     5.9.  HOLDING COMPANY STRUCTURE.  At such time as the Majority Bain
Purchasers shall reasonably request, the Company shall form a holding company
through a merger whereby all of the then outstanding Common Stock and Preferred
Stock of the Company will be exchanged for common stock of the new holding
company.

     5.10.  RICHARD SMITH EXECUTION OF STOCKHOLDERS AGREEMENT.  The Company
shall use all commercially reasonable efforts to cause Richard Smith to
execute the Stockholders Agreement within five Business Days after the
Initial Closing.

     5.11.  REPURCHASED OF CAPITAL STOCK.  The Company shall repurchase
options and shares of the Company's capital stock from Paul Cady and Sheldon
Allen pursuant to Sections 1.7.3 and 1.7.4 contemporaneously with the
Initial Closing.

     5.12.  FILING FOR INTERNATIONAL LONG DISTANCE SECTION 214 CERTIFICATE.
Immediately following the Initial Closing hereunder, the Company and each of
its Subsidiaries providing the resale of international telecommunications
services shall file for an International Long Distance Section 214
Certificate from the Federal Communications Commission.

SECTION 6.  DEFINITIONS

     For purposes of this Agreement.

           6.1.  CERTAIN MANNERS OF CONSTRUCTION.  In addition to the
definitions referred to as set forth below in this Section 6.

           6.1.1.  The words "hereof" "herein," "hereunder" and words of similar
import shall refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular
Section or provision of this Agreement except as expressly provided in this
Agreement, and reference to a particular Section of this Agreement shall
include all subsections thereof.

                                       -29-

<PAGE>

           6.1.2  The words "party" and "parties" shall refer to each of the
Purchasers and the Company.

           6.1.3  Definitions shall be equally applicable to both the singular
and plural forms of the terms defined, and references to the masculine,
feminine or neuter gender shall include each other gender.

           6.1.4  Accounting terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein
are used herein as defined by GAAP in the United States in effect as of the
date hereof.

     6.2.  CROSS REFERENCE TABLE.  The following terms defined elsewhere in
this Agreement in the Sections set forth below shall have the respective
meanings therein defined.


               TERM                                    SECTION

     Amended Charter                                      1.1
     Assets                                               2.8
     Balance Sheet                                        2.6(a)
     Base Market Value                                    1.3
     Budget                                               5.3
     Company                                              Preamble
     Company Charter Documents                            2.1
     Company Plan                                         2.13
     Contracts                                            2.11.2
     DOL                                                  2.13
     Employee Plan                                        2.13
     ERISA                                                2.13
     Financial Statements                                 2.6
     GAAP                                                 2.6
     GECC Loan Agreement                                  2.27
     HSR Fee                                              5.1
     Identified Employees                                 2.10
     Initial Closing                                      1.4
     Interim Financials                                   2.6(b)
     Insurance Policies                                   2.11.1
     IRS                                                  2.13
     Liability Policies                                   2.11.1
     Licenses                                             2.10
     Listed Contracts                                     2.11.2
     Material Adverse Effect                              2.1
     Note Purchase Agreements                             4.1.10
     Notes                                                4.1.10
     Permits                                              2.16


                                       -30-

<PAGE>

     Purchase Price                                       1.1
     Purchaser(s)                                         Preamble
     Purchase and Sale Agreements                         2.26
     Qualified Public Offering                            7.1.1
     Related Entity                                       2.13.2
     Second Closing                                       1.5
     Securities                                           1.1
     Securities Act                                       2.5.2
     Series A Notes                                       4.1.10
     Series B Notes                                       4.1.10
     Shares                                               1.1
     Stockholders Agreement                               4.1.5
     Subsequent Closing                                   1.3
     Subsidiary Charter Documents                         2.2


     6.3.  CERTAIN DEFINITIONS.  The following terms shall have the following
meanings:

     "ACTION" shall mean any claim, action, cause of action or suit (in
contract or tort or otherwise), arbitration or proceeding by or before any
governmental authority.

     "AFFILIATE" shall mean, as to any specified Person at any time (i) any
other Person that directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries
controls, or is controlled by, or is under common control with, such
specified Person (for the purposes of this definition, "control" (including,
with correlative meanings, the terms "controlling," "controlled by" and
"under common control with"), as used with respect to any Person, means the
possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the
direction of the management or policies of such Person, whether through the
ownership of voting securities, by agreement or otherwise), (ii) any Person
that is or has been within two (2) years prior to the time in question an
officer, director, or direct or indirect beneficial interest of at least five
percent (5%) of the outstanding capital stock or other evidence of beneficial
interest of such specified Person and the Members of the Immediate Family of
each such officer, director or holder (and, if such specified person is a
natural person, of such specified Person) and (iii) each Person of which such
specified Person or an Affiliate (as defined in clauses (i) or (ii) above)
thereof shall, directly or indirectly, beneficially own at least five percent
(5%) of the outstanding capital stock or other evidence of beneficial
interest at such time.

     "AGREEMENT" shall mean this Series C Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement
as amended and in effect from time to time.

     "BAIN PURCHASERS" shall mean Bain Capital Fund VI, L.P., BCIP Associates
II, BCIP Trust Associates II, BCIP Associates II-B, BCIP Trust Associates
II-B, BCIP Associates II-C, PEP Investments PTY Ltd., Sankaty High Yield
Asset Partners, L.P and RGIP, LLC.

                                       -31-

<PAGE>

     "BUSINESS DAY" shall mean any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or other
day on which banks are required or authorized to be closed for business in
Boston, Massachusetts.

     "CLEC BASKET MARKET VALUE" shall mean, at any point in time, (a) the
aggregate sum of the Total Enterprise Value of each Designated CLEC, divided
by (b) the aggregate sum of the Last Twelve Months Net Revenue of each
Designated CLEC.

     "CLOSING" shall mean the Initial Closing, Second Closing or any
Subsequent Closing, as applicable based upon the context in which it is used.

     "CLOSING DATE" shall mean the date of the Initial Closing, the Second
Closing or any Subsequent Closing, as applicable based upon the contest in
which it is used.

     "CODE" shall mean the federal Internal Revenue Code of 1986 or any
successor statute, and the rules and regulations thereunder, and in the case of
any referenced section of any such statute, rule or regulation, any successor
section thereto, collectively and as from time to time amended and in effect.

     "COMMON STOCK" shall mean the Company's Common Stock, par value $0.01
per share.

     "CONTRACTUAL OBLIGATION" shall mean, with respect to any Person, any
written contract, agreement, understanding, deed, mortgage, lease, license,
commitment, undertaking, arrangement or understanding or other document or
instrument including, without limitation, any document or instrument
evidencing or otherwise relating to any indebtedness but excluding the charter
and by-laws of such Person, to which or by which such Person is a party or
otherwise subject or bound, or to which or by which any property or right of
such Person is subject or bound.

     "DESIGNATED CLEC" shall mean each of the following Persons:  Allegiance
Telecom, Inc., MGC Communications, Inc., US LEC Corp., McLeodUSA
Incorporated, ICG Communications, Inc., Electric Lightwave, Inc., e.spire
Communications, Inc., GST Telecommunications, Inc., Intermedia Communications,
Inc., ITC DeltaCom, Inc. Covad Communications Group, Inc., NorthPoint
Communications Group, Inc., NEXTLINK Communications, Inc., Hyperion
Telecommunications, Inc. and CapRock Communications Corp; PROVIDED, HOWEVER,
that in the event that one or more of the Persons listed above ceases to be a
publicly traded company trading under the ticker symbol under which it is
trading as of Initial Closing, such Person or Persons shall be excluded from
the definition of "Designated CLEC."

     "ENVIRONMENTAL LAW" shall mean any applicable federal, state or local
law, statute or regulation, or any judgment, decree, order, arbitration
award, or any license or permit issued

                                       -32-

<PAGE>

by any federal, state or local governmental authority relating to
occupational health and safety or pollution or protection of the environment.

     "HAZARDOUS MATERIALS" shall mean any hazardous substance, hazardous or
solid waste, pollutant, contaminant or toxic chemical, including petroleum or
fraction thereof, as such terms are defined in or regulated pursuant to any
applicable Environmental Law.

     "INDEBTEDNESS" shall mean, with respect to any Person, all obligations
contingent or otherwise, in respect of: (a) borrowed money; (b) indebtedness
evidenced by notes, debentures or similar instruments; (c) capitalized lease
obligations; (d) the deferred purchase price of assets, services or
securities, including related non-competition, consulting and stock
repurchase obligations (other than ordinary trade accounts payable within six
(6) months after the incurrence thereof in the Ordinary Course of Business);
(e) conditional sale or other title retention agreements; (f) reimbursement
obligations, whether contingent or matured, with respect to letters of
credit, bankers' acceptances, surety bonds, other financial guarantees and
interest rate protection agreements (without duplication of other
indebtedness supported or guaranteed thereby); (g) dividends payable; and (h)
interest, premium, penalties and other amounts owing in respect of the items
described in the foregoing clauses (a) through (g).

     "INFORMAL ARRANGEMENT" shall mean an unwritten arrangement between or
among the Company and any other Person or Persons.

     "INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY" shall mean all proprietary rights in Technology,
including all patents, copyrights, mask works, and any applications or
registrations therefor, trade secrets, licenses and propriety information,
whether existing now or in the future.

     "LAST TWELVE MONTHS NET REVENUE" of a Person as of a specified date
shall mean such Person's net revenue, as reported on such Person's annual
reports on Form 10-K and quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, for the 12-month
period ended on the date of such Person's most recently filed annual report
on Form 10-K or quarterly report on Form 10-Q as the case may be.

     "LEGAL REQUIREMENT" shall mean any United States federal, state, local
or foreign law, statute, standard, ordinance, code, order, rule, regulation,
resolution or promulgation, or any order, judgment or decree of any
governmental authority, or any license, franchise, permit or similar right
granted under any of the foregoing, or any similar provision having the force
and effect of law.

     "LIABILITY" shall mean any liability or obligation of any kind of nature
(whether known or unknown, whether asserted or unasserted, whether absolute or
contingent, whether liquidated or unliquidated, whether incurred or
consequential, and whether due or to become due), including without
limitation any liability for Taxes.

                                       -33-

<PAGE>

     "LIEN" shall mean any mortgage, pledge, lien, security interest, charge,
claim, equity, encumbrance, adverse claim restriction on transfer (excluding,
in the case of property constituting a contract listed on a schedule hereto
and furnished to the Purchasers, restrictions on transfer of the contract
contained in the terms of the contract itself), conditional sale or other
title retention device or arrangement (including, without limitation, a
capital lease but excluding any lessor's interest in the leased property
under any operating lease), transfer for the purpose of subjection to the
payment of any indebtedness, or restriction on the creation of any of the
foregoing, whether relating to any property or right or the income or profits
therefrom; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that the term "Lien" shall not include (i)
statutory liens for Taxes to the extent that the payment thereof is not in
arrears or otherwise due, (ii) encumbrances in the nature of zoning
restrictions, easements, rights or restrictions of record on the use of real
property, if the same do not materially detract from the value of such
property or materially impair its use in the Company's business as currently
conducted, (iii) statutory or common law liens to secure landlords, lessors or
renters under leases or rental agreements confined to property on the premises
rented to the extent that no payment or performance under any such lease or
rental agreement is in arrears or is otherwise due, (iv) deposits or pledges
made in connection with, or to secure payment of, worker's compensation,
unemployment insurance, old age pension programs mandated under applicable
Legal Requirement or other social security, and (v) statutory or common law
liens in favor of carriers, warehousemen, mechanics and materialmen, statutory
or common law liens in favor of carriers, warehousemen, mechanics and
materialmen, statutory or common law liens to secure claims for labor,
materials or supplies and other like liens that secure obligations, to the
extent that payment thereof is not in arrears or otherwise due.

     "MAJORITY BAIN PURCHASERS" shall mean Bain Purchasers who hold a
majority of the outstanding securities held by the Bain Purchasers determined
by vote.

     "MAJORITY PURCHASERS" shall mean Purchasers who hold a majority of the
outstanding securities held by the Purchasers determined by vote.

     "NASD" shall mean The National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc.

     "ORDINARY COURSE OF BUSINESS" with respect to a Person shall mean the
ordinary course of business in accordance with past practice of such Person
or of other companies in the industry of such Person.

     "OTHER PURCHASERS" shall mean BancBoston Robertson Stephens Inc.,
Bayview 99 I, L.P., Bayview 99 II, L.P., Clark Callander and Richard
Innenberg.

     "PERSON" shall mean any individual, partnership, corporation,
association, trust, joint venture, unincorporated organization or other
entity, and any government, governmental department or agency or political
subdivision thereof.

                                       -34-

<PAGE>

     "PHASE I PLAN" shall mean the Company's installation of voice and data
switches in Seattle, Washington; Portland, Oregon; Denver, Colorado; and
Minneapolis, Minnesota, along with related workforce build-out in such cities
and in Reno, Nevada.

     "PHASE II PLAN"  shall mean the Company's installation of voice and data
switches in such cities other than the Phase I cities as determined by the
Company's board of directors, along with related workforce built-out.

     "REGULATORY EVENT"  shall mean any of the following events; (a) any
Purchaser becomes subject to regulation as a "carrier," a "telephone
company," a "common carrier," a "public utility" or otherwise under any
applicable law or governmental regulation, federal, state or local, solely as
a result of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or (b) the
Company or any of its Subsidiaries becomes subject to regulation by any
governmental authority in any way that is materially different from the
regulation existing at the date hereof and that has a Material Adverse Effect
or (c) the Federal Communications Commission or any public utilities commission
for a state or jurisdiction in which all or any part of a telecommunications
system of the Company and its Subsidiaries is located issues an order revoking,
denying or refusing to renew, or recommending the revocation, denial or
non-renewal of, any Permit that has a Material Adverse Effect.

     "STOCKHOLDER" shall mean any holder of shares of the Company's capital
stock.

     "STOLBERG" shall mean Stolberg, Meehan & Scano II, L.P.

     "SUBSIDIARY" means with respect to any Person: (a) any corporation at
least a majority of whose outstanding voting stock is owned, directly or
indirectly, by such Person or by one or more of its Subsidiaries, or by such
Person and one or more of its Subsidiaries, (b) any general partnership,
joint venture or similar entity, at least a majority of whose outstanding
partnership or similar interests shall at the time be owned by such Person, or
by one or more of its Subsidiaries, or by such Person and one or more of its
Subsidiaries, and (c) any limited partnership of which such Person or any of its
Subsidiaries is a general partner. For the purposes of this definition,
"voting stock" means shares, interests, participations or other equivalents
in the equity interest (however designated) in such Person having ordinary
voting power for the election of a majority of the directors (or the
equivalent) of such Person, other than shares, interests, participations or
other equivalents having such power only by reason of contingency.

     "TAXES" shall mean any federal, state, local, foreign, or other tax,
fee, levy, assessment or other governmental charge, including without
limitation, any income, franchise, gross receipts, property, sales, use,
services, value added, withholding, social security, estimated, accumulated
earnings, alternative or add-on minimum, transfer, license, privilege,
payroll, profits, capital stock, employment, unemployment, excise, severance,
stamp,


                                       -35-
<PAGE>

occupancy, customs or occupation tax, and any interest, additions to tax and
penalties in connection therewith.

     "TAX RETURNS" shall mean all returns, amended returns, declarations,
reports, estimates, information returns and statements regarding Taxes that
are or were filed or required to be filed under applicable Legal Requirements,
whether on a consolidated, combined, unitary or individual basis.

     "TECHNOLOGY" shall mean all computer programs and related documentation
and technical specifications and all other inventions, discoveries,
innovations, know-how, information and all other forms of technology,
including improvements, modifications, derivatives or changes, whether
tangible or intangible, embodied in any form, including without limitation
documents, technical data, computer programs, documentation, hardware,
databases, integrated circuits, net lists and schematics, whether or not
protectable or protected by patent, copyright, mask work right, trade secret
law or otherwise.

     "TOTAL ENTERPRISE VALUE" of a Person as of a specified date shall mean
(a) the number of fully-diluted shares of such Person's common stock
outstanding on such date, multiplied by the average closing share price of
such Person's common stock for the twenty trading days ending on the day
immediately preceding such date, plus (b) the amount of long term debt,
including the current portion of long-term debt, of such Person outstanding
as of such date, minus (c) the amount of cash, cash equivalents and marketable
securities of such Person as of such date.

SECTION 7.  INDEMNIFICATION

     7.1  SURVIVAL OF REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES, COVENANTS AND
INDEMNITIES.

          7.1.1  REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES, COVENANTS AND INDEMNITIES OF
THE COMPANY.  All of the representations and warranties of the Company
(except for those contained in Sections 2.1 (Organization), 2.2
(Subsidiaries), 2.3 (Authorization), 2.5 (Capitalization), 2.7(1) (absence of
dividends) and 2.18 (Taxes)) contained herein or in any document,
certificate or other instrument required to be delivered hereunder, and the
related indemnities of the Company for breach or inaccuracy of such
representations and warranties, shall survive the Closing and continue in
full force and effect until the earlier of (i) sixty (60) days after delivery
of the Company's audited financial statements for the fiscal year ending
December 31, 2000 or (ii) the closing of a public offering pursuant to the
Securities Act of 1933 as in effect from time to time (other than a public
offering or sale pursuant to a registration statement on Form S-8 or comparable
form), in which the aggregate price to the public of all Common Stock sold in
such offering shall exceed $30,000,000 (a "QUALIFIED PUBLIC OFFERING"). The
representations and warranties of the Company contained in Sections 2.1
(Organization), 2.2 (Subsidiaries), 2.3 (Authorization), 2.5
(Capitalization), 2.7(1) (absence of dividends) and 2.18 (Taxes), and the
related indemnities of the Company for breach or inaccuracy of such
representations and warranties, shall survive the Closing, and


                                       -36-
<PAGE>


shall continue in full force and effect without limit as to time (subject to
any applicable statutes of limitations and any extensions or waivers thereof
with respect to Tax matters and employee benefit matters). The termination of
any such representation and warranty, however, shall not affect any claim for
any breach of any representation or warranty if (i) written notice thereof is
given to the breaching party or parties prior to such termination date, or
(ii) such breach is a result of fraud or the violation of any criminal law. All
covenants of the Company in this Agreement or in any document, instrument or
certificate delivered in connection herewith shall, unless otherwise
specifically provided herein or therein, remain in full force and effect (x) as
to the Bain Purchasers, until such time as the Bain Purchasers and their
Affiliates hold less than 354,000 Shares (including shares of Common Stock
issued upon conversion of Shares held by the Bain Purchasers, and subject to
adjustment for stock splits, stock dividends, and the like), (y) as to
Stolberg, until such time as Stolberg and its Affiliates hold less than 523,280
Shares (including shares of Common Stock issued upon conversion of Shares held
by Stolberg, and subject to adjustment for stock splits, stock dividends, and
the like), (z) as to the Other Purchasers, until the closing of a Qualified
Public Offering. All other indemnities of the Company in this Agreement or in
any document, instrument or certificate delivered in connection herewith
(except for indemnities with respect to any breach of the representations and
warranties) shall, unless otherwise specifically provided herein or therein,
remain in full force and effect until the closing of a Qualified Public
Offering.

          7.1.2  REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES, COVENANTS AND INDEMNITIES OF
THE PURCHASERS.  All of the representations and warranties of the Purchasers
contained in Section 3 shall survive the Closing and shall continue in full
force and effect without limit as to time. All covenants and indemnities of
the Purchasers in this Agreement or in any document or certificate delivered
hereunder shall, unless otherwise specifically provided herein or therein,
remain in full force and effect forever.

     7.2  INDEMNIFICATION.  The Company hereby agrees to indemnify each of
the Purchasers and its Affiliates (each in its capacity as indemnified party,
an "INDEMNITEE") and hold each of the Purchasers and such Affiliates harmless
from, against and in respect of the following (herein called a "LOSS" or
"LOSSES"): any and all actual and established damages, deficiencies, claims,
actions, charges, suits, proceedings, demands, assessments, judgments, orders,
decrees, awards, penalties, fines, amounts paid in settlement, losses,
including, without limitation, any diminution in value, costs, expenses,
fees, obligations and liabilities, including, without limitation, costs of
collection and attorneys' fees and expenses arising from or related to any of
the following: (i) any breach of or inaccuracy in any representation or
warranty made by or on behalf of the Company or its Subsidiaries in this
Agreement (including, without limitation, the Schedules hereto) or any
document, instrument or certificate delivered pursuant hereto or (ii) any
breach or violation of any covenant or agreement made by or on behalf of the
Company in this Agreement (including, without limitation, the Schedules which
relate to such Sections).


                                       -37-
<PAGE>

SECTION 8. GENERAL

     8.1.  AMENDMENTS, WAIVERS AND CONSENTS.  For the purposes of this
Agreement and all agreements, documents and instruments executed pursuant
hereto, except as otherwise specifically set forth herein or therein, no
course of dealing between the Company and any Purchaser and no delay on the
part of any party hereto in exercising any rights hereunder or thereunder
shall operate as a waiver of the rights hereof and thereof. No covenant or
other provision hereof or thereof may be waived otherwise than by a written
instrument signed by the party so waiving such covenant or other provision;
PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that except as otherwise provided herein or therein, the
written consent of the Majority Purchasers and the Company shall be required
for changes in or additions to, and any consents required by this Agreement,
and omissions or waivers of compliance with any term, covenant, condition or
provision set forth herein (either generally or in a particular instance, and
either retroactively or prospectively); PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that,
notwithstanding the foregoing proviso, (i) the written consent of the Majority
Bain Purchasers and the Company shall be required for changes in or additions
to, and any consents required by this Agreement, and omissions or waivers of
compliance with any term, covenant, condition or provision set forth herein
(either generally or in a particular instance, and either retroactively or
prospectively) which materially adversely affects the rights of the Majority
Bain Purchasers as such, and (ii) the written consent of Stolberg and the
Company shall be required for changes in or additions to, and any consents
required by this Agreement, and omissions or waivers of compliance with any
term, covenant, condition or provision set forth herein (either generally or
in a particular instance, and either retroactively or prospectively) which
materially adversely affects the rights of Stolberg as such. Any amendment or
waiver affected in accordance with this paragraph shall be binding upon each
holder or any Securities purchased under this Agreement at the time
outstanding.

     8.2.  SURVIVAL OF COVENANTS; ASSIGNABILITY OF RIGHTS.  All covenants,
agreements, representations and warranties of the Company made herein, except
as provided otherwise in this Agreement, shall survive the delivery of the
Securities and shall bind the Company and their respective successors and
assigns, whether so expressed or not, and, except as otherwise provided in
this Agreement, all such covenants, agreements, representations and
warranties shall inure to the benefit of the Purchasers' successors and
assigns and to transferees of the Stock, whether so expressed or not.

     8.3.  SECTION HEADINGS.  The descriptive headings in this Agreement have
been inserted for convenience only and shall not be deemed to limit or
otherwise affect the construction of any provision thereof or hereof.

     8.4.  COUNTERPARTS.  This Agreement may be executed simultaneously in
any number of counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered
shall be taken to be an original; but such counterparts shall together
constitute but one and the same document.

                                      -38-
<PAGE>

     8.5.  NOTICES AND DEMANDS.  All notices, requests, payments,
instructions or other documents to be given hereunder shall be in writing or
by written telecommunication, and shall be deemed to have been duly given if
(i) delivered personally (effective upon delivery), (ii) mailed by certified
mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid (effective two (2) business
days after dispatch), (iii) sent by a reputable, established courier service
that guarantees next business day delivery (effective the next business day),
or (iv) sent by telecopier followed within twenty-four (24) hours by
confirmation by one of the foregoing methods (effective upon receipt of the
telecopy in complete, readable form), addressed as follows (or to such other
address as the recipient may have furnished for the purpose pursuant to this
Section 7.7):

          if to the Company, to:

                    Advanced Telecommunications, Inc.
                    730 2nd Avenue South
                    Suite 1200
                    Minneapolis, MN 55402
                    Attention: Chief Executive Officer

               with a copy to:

                    Piper & Marbury
                    1200 Nineteen St., N.W.
                    Washington, DC 20036-2430
                    Attention: Edwin M. Martin, Esq.

               and with a copy to:

                    Robins, Kaplan, Miller & Ciresi L.L.P.
                    2800 LaSalle Plaza
                    800 LaSalle Avenue
                    Minneapolis, MN 55402-2015
                    Attention: David L. Mitchell, Esq.

          If to a Bain Purchaser, to:

                    c/o Bain Capital, Inc.
                    Two Copley Place, 7th Floor
                    Boston, MA 02116
                    Attn: Michael A. Krupka

               with a copy to:

                                      -39-
<PAGE>

                    Ropes & Gray
                    One International Place
                    Boston, MA 02110
                    Attn:  Philip J. Smith, Esq.

          if to Stolberg, to:

                    c/o Stolberg Partners, L.P.
                    370 17th Street
                    Suite 4240
                    Denver, CO 80202
                    Attention:  Peter Van Genderen

               with a copy to:

                    Holland & Hart
                    555 Seventeenth Street, Suite 3200
                    P.O. Box 8749
                    Denver, CO 80201
                    Attention:  Betty Arkell, Esq.

          if to an Other Purchaser, to it at the address set forth in the
stock record book of the Company; and

          if to a permitted assignee of a Purchaser, to its address as
designated to the Company in writing (or if none, to the last address of the
assignor given to the Company pursuant to this Section 8.5).

     8.6.  SEVERABILITY.  Whenever possible, each provision of this
Agreement shall be interpreted in such a manner as to be effective and valid
under applicable law, but if any provision of this Agreement shall be deemed
prohibited or invalid under such applicable law, such provision shall be
ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or invalidity, and such
prohibition or invalidity shall not invalidate the remainder of such
provision or the other provisions of this Agreement.

     8.7.  CONSTRUCTION.  The parties hereto have participated jointly in the
negotiation and drafting of this Agreement. In the event an ambiguity or
question of intent or interpretation arises, this Agreement shall be
construed as if drafted jointly by the parties hereto, and no presumption or
burden of proof shall arise favoring or disfavoring any party by virtue of
the authorship of any of the provisions of this Agreement. Any reference to
any federal, state, local, or foreign statute or law shall be deemed also to
refer to all rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, unless the context
requires otherwise. The word "including" shall mean including without
limitation. The parties hereto intend that each representation,

                            -40-
<PAGE>

warranty, and covenant contained herein shall have independent significance.
If any party hereto has breached any representation, warranty, or covenant
contained herein in any respect, the fact that there exists another
representation, warranty, or covenant relating to the same subject matter
(regardless of the relative levels of specificity) that the party has not
breached shall not detract from or mitigate the fact that the party is in
breach of the first representation, warranty, or covenant.

     8.8.  INCORPORATION OF EXHIBITS, ANNEXES AND SCHEDULES.  The exhibits,
annexes and schedules identifies in this Agreement are incorporated herein by
reference and made a part hereof.

     8.9.  GOVERNING LAW.  This Agreement shall be governed by and construed
in accordance with the domestic substantive laws of the State of Delaware
without giving effect to any choice or conflict of laws provision or rule that
would cause the application of the domestic substantive laws of any other
jurisdiction.

     8.10.  CONSENT TO JURISDICTION.   Each party to this Agreement, by its
execution hereof, (a) hereby irrevocably submits to the exclusive
jurisdiction of the state courts of the State of Delaware sitting in the
County of Wilmington or the United States District Court for the District of
Delaware for the purpose of any action, claim, cause of action or suit (in
contract, tort or otherwise), inquiry, proceeding or investigation arising
out of or based upon this Agreement or relating to the subject matter hereof,
(b) hereby waives to the extent not prohibited by applicable law, and agrees
not to assert, and agrees not to allow any of its subsidiaries to assert, by
way of motion, as a defense or otherwise, in any such action, any claim that
it is not subject personally to the jurisdiction of the above-named courts,
that its property is exempt or immune from attachment or execution, that any
such proceeding brought in one of the above-named courts is improper, or that
this Agreement or the subject matter hereof or thereof may not be enforced in
or by such court and (c) hereby agrees not to commence or maintain any
action, claim, cause of action or suit (in contract, tort or otherwise),
inquiry, proceeding or investigation arising out of or based upon this
Agreement or relating to the subject matter hereof or thereof other than before
one of the above-named courts nor to make any motion or take any other action
seeking or intending to cause the transfer or removal of any such action,
claim, clause of action or suit (in contract, tort or otherwise), inquiry,
proceeding or investigation to any court other than one of the above-named
courts whether on the grounds of inconvenient forum or otherwise.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent that any party hereto is or
becomes a party in any litigation in connection with which it may assert
indemnification rights set forth in this agreement, the court in which such
litigation is being heard shall be deemed to be included in clause (a) above.
Each party hereto hereby consents to service of process in any such
proceeding in any manner permitted by Delaware law, and agrees that service
of process by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, at its
address specified pursuant to Section 8.5 hereof is reasonably calculated to
give actual notice.

                                      -41-
<PAGE>

    8.11.  WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL.  TO THE EXTENT NOT PROHIBITED BY APPLICABLE
LAW WHICH CANNOT BE WAIVED, EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY WAIVES AND COVENANTS
THAT IT WILL NOT ASSERT (WHETHER AS PLAINTIFF, DEFENDANT OR OTHERWISE) ANY
RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY FORUM IN RESPECT OF ANY ISSUE OR ACTION, CLAIM,
CAUSE OF ACTION OR SUIT (IN CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE), INQUIRY, PROCEEDING
OR INVESTIGATION ARISING OUT OF OR BASED UPON THIS AGREEMENT OR THE SUBJECT
MATTER HEREOF OR IN ANY WAY CONNECTED WITH OR RELATED OR INCIDENTAL TO THE
TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY, IN EACH CASE WHETHER NOW EXISTING OR
HEREAFTER ARISING. EACH PARTY HERETO ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT HAS BEEN INFORMED
BY THE OTHER PARTIES HERETO THAT THIS SECTION 8.11 CONSTITUTES A MATERIAL
INDUCEMENT UPON WHICH THEY ARE RELYING AND WILL RELY IN ENTERING INTO THIS
AGREEMENT. ANY PARTY HERETO MAY FILE AN ORIGINAL COUNTERPART OR A COPY OF
THIS SECTION 8.11 WITH ANY COURT AS WRITTEN EVIDENCE OF THE CONSENT OF EACH
SUCH PARTY TO THE WAIVER OF ITS RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY.

    8.12. EXERCISE OF RIGHTS AND REMEDIES.  No delay of or omission in the
exercise of any right, power or remedy accruing to any party as a result of
any breach or default by any other party under this Agreement shall impair
any such right, power or remedy, nor shall it be construed as a waiver of or
acquiescence in any such breach or default, or of any similar breach or
default occurring later; nor shall any such delay, omission nor waiver of any
single breach or default be deemed a waiver of any other breach or default
occurring before or after that waiver.



         [The remainder of this page has been intentionally left blank]

                                       -42-

<PAGE>

                                   Series C Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement
                                                            September 30, 1999
                                                            ------------

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Agreement as a
sealed instrument as of the day and year first above written.

THE COMPANY:                           ADVANCED TELECOMMUNICATIONS, INC.

                                       By: /s/ Cliff D. Williams
                                           ----------------------
                                           Name: Cliff D Williams
                                           Title: CEO


                  [Signatures continue on following page]


<PAGE>

                                   Series C Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement
                                                            September 30, 1999
                                                            ------------

THE BAIN PURCHASERS:                      BAIN CAPITAL FUND VI, L.P.
                                          By: Bain Capital Partners VI, L.P.,
                                              its general partner

                                          By: Bain Capital Partners VI, Inc.,
                                              its general partner

                                          By: /s/ Michael A. Krupka
                                              ----------------------
                                              Name: Michael A. Krupka
                                              Title: Managing Director

                                          BCIP Associates II
                                          BCIP Trust Associates II
                                          BCIP Associates II-B
                                          BCIP Trust Associates II-B
                                          BCIP Associates II-C

                                          By: Bain Capital, Inc.,
                                              their Managing Partner

                                          PEP Investments PTY Ltd.
                                          By: Bain Capital, Inc.,
                                              its attorney-in-fact

                                          By: /s/ Michael A. Krupka
                                              ---------------------
                                              Name: Michael A. Krupka
                                              Title: Managing Director

                                          RGIP, LLC

                                          By: ______________________
                                              Name:
                                              Title:

                    [Signatures continue on following page]
<PAGE>

                                   Series C Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement
                                                             September 30, 1999
                                                             ------------

THE BAIN PURCHASERS:                     BAIN CAPITAL FUND VI, L.P.
                                         By: Bain Capital Partners VI, L.P.,
                                             its general partner
                                         By: Bain Capital Investors VI, Inc.,
                                             its general partner

                                         By ______________________________
                                            Name: Michael A. Krupka
                                            Title: Managing Director

                                         BCIP Associates II
                                         BCIP Trust Associates II
                                         BCIP Associates II-B
                                         BCIP Trust Associates II-B
                                         BCIP Associates II-C
                                         By: Bain Capital, Inc.,
                                             their Managing Partner

                                         PEP Investment PTY Ltd.
                                         By: Bain Capital, Inc.,
                                             its attorney-in-fact

                                         By: ______________________
                                             Name: Michael A. Krupka
                                             Title: Managing Director

                                         RGIP, LLC

                                         By: /s/ R. Bradford Malt
                                             ---------------------
                                             Name: R. Bradford Malt
                                             Title: Managing Member


                      [Signatures continue to following page]


<PAGE>

                                   Series C Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement
                                                            September 30, 1999
                                                            ------------

THE BAIN PURCHASERS (CONTINUED):       SANKATY HIGH YIELD ASSET PARTNERS, L.P.

                                         By: /s/ Jonathan S. Lavine
                                             -------------------------
                                             Name: Jonathan S. Lavine
                                             Title: Managing Director


                      [Signatures continue to following page]


<PAGE>

                                   Series C Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement
                                                            September 30, 1999
                                                            ------------

OTHER PURCHASERS:                      BANCBOSTON ROBERTSON STEPHENS INC.

                                       By: /s/ David Weldon
                                           ---------------
                                           Name: David Weldon
                                           Title: Chief Administrative Officer

                                       Bayview 99 I, L.P.

                                       By: Bayview 99 GP, LLC,
                                           its General Partner

                                       By: /s/ David Weldon
                                           ------------------
                                           Title: Authorized Signatory

                                       Bayview 99 II, L.P.

                                       By: Bayview 99 GP, LLC,
                                           its General Partner

                                       By: /s/ David Weldon
                                           ------------------
                                           Title: Authorized Signatory


                                           ______________________
                                           Clark Callander


                                           ______________________
                                           Richard Innenberg


                    [Signatures continue on following page]




<PAGE>

                                    Series C Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement
                                                             September 30, 1999
                                                             ------------

OTHER PURCHASERS:                   BANCBOSTON ROBERTSON STEPHENS, INC.

                                    By:
                                       ----------------------------------------
                                       Name:
                                       Title:

                                    BAYVIEW 99 I, L.P.

                                    By:  Bayview 99 GP, LLC,
                                         its General Partner

                                    By:
                                       ----------------------------------------
                                       Title:  Authorized Signatory

                                    BAYVIEW 99 II, L.P.

                                    By:  Bayview 99 GP, LLC,
                                         its General Partner

                                    By:
                                       ----------------------------------------
                                       Title:  Authorized Signatory


                                         /s/ Clark Callander
                                       ----------------------------------------
                                       Clark Callander

                                         /s/ Richard Innenberg
                                       ----------------------------------------
                                       Richard Innenberg

                     [Signatures continue on following page]

<PAGE>

                                    Series C Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement
                                                             September 30, 1999
                                                             ------------

STOLBERG:                           STOLBERG, MEEHAN & SCANO II, L.P.
                                    By:  Stolberg, Meehan & Scano LLC,
                                         its general partner


                                    By:  /s/  Peter Van Genderen
                                       ----------------------------------------
                                       Name: Peter Van Genderen
                                       Title: Partner








<PAGE>

                                                                 Exhibit 10.1.20
                        ADVANCED TELECOMMUNICATIONS, INC.

                             FIRST AMENDMENT TO THE

              SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED STOCK OPTION PLAN OF 1996

                               (November 19, 1999)

RECITALS:

A.       The Advanced Telecommunications, Inc. Stock Option Plan of 1996 (the
         "Plan") as originally adopted by the Board ofDirectors of Advanced
         Telecommunications, Inc. (the "Company'~) on July 1, 1996, and as
         amended and restated to date, is now in full force and effect.

B.       On May 27, 1999, the Board of Directors approved a 60 to 1 stock split
         of the Company's common and preferred stock, which stock split became
         effective upon the filing of the Fifth Articles ofAmendment to the
         Articles oflncorporation with the Minnesota Secretary of State on July
         15, 1999.

C.       Effective September 30, 1999, the Company was reincorporated as a
         Delaware corporation by merger of the Company with and into a
         wholly-owned Delaware subsidiary. Pursuant to the merger, each share of
         the Company's Class A common stock was converted into a share of the
         surviving Delaware corporation's common stock.

D.       After giving effect to the stock split and the reincorporation, the
         total number of shares of the Company's common stock set aside for
         issuance upon exercise of options granted under the Plan was 2,400,000.

E.       On November 17, 1999, the Board of Directors unanimously approved an
         increase in the number of shares of the Company's common stock set
         aside for issuance upon exercise of options granted under the Plan from
         2,400,000 to 4,400,000.

F.       By Written Consent effective November 19, 1999, stockholders holding a
         majority of the issued and outstanding capital stock of the Company
         approved the increase in the number of shares of the Company's common
         stock set aside for issuance upon exercise of options granted under the
         Plan from 2,400,000 to 4,400,000.

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing, the Plan is amended as
follows:

1.       Section 3 of the Plan is amended to read in its amended form as
         follows:

         "3. AUTHORITY TO GRANT OPTIONS.

         Subject to adjustment as provided in Section 11 of the Plan, the Board
         of Directors of


<PAGE>

                        ADVANCED TELECOMMUNICATIONS, INC.

         the Company, or the Committee, if created, may from time to time in its
         discretion grant to Eligible Recipients of the Company or its
         Subsidiary Corporations (whether now existing or hereafter acquired)
         options under which up to, but not more than, an aggregate of Four
         Million Four Hundred Thousand (4,400,000) shares of the Company's
         Common Stock, $0.01 par value per share, may be issued, such options
         to contain the terms and be subject to the conditions hereinafter
         provided.

                  The shares shall be made available from authorized and
         unissued common stock or from Common Stock issued and held in the
         Treasury of the Company, as shall be determined by the Board
         of Directors."

2.       This First Amendment to the Advanced
         Telecommunications, Inc. Second
         Amended and Restated Stock Option              Chief
         Plan of 1996 is effective as of                Executive
         November 19, 1999.


ATTEST:

    David L. Mitchell, Secretary


<PAGE>

                        ADVANCED TELECOMMUNICATIONS, INC.

                        ADVANCED TELECOMMUNICATIONS, INC.
              SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED STOCK OPTION PLAN OF 1996
                         (DATED AS of JANUARY 25, 1999)

1.       PURPOSE.

                  This Stock Option Plan (the "Plan") is intended to enable
Advanced Telecommunications, Inc. (the "Company") and its Subsidiary
Corporations (now existing or hereinafter acquired or created) to attract and
retain persons of ability to perform services for the Company and its Subsidiary
Corporations by providing an incentive to such individuals through equity
participation in the Company and by rewarding such individuals who contribute to
the achievements by the Company of its economic objectives. The purpose of the
Plan Will be accomplished through the granting of stock options as herein
provided, which may be issued in a form to qualify as "incentive stock options"
within the meaning of the provisions of Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code
of 1986, as amended ("Incentive Options"), or as stock options not within the
meaning of such section ("Nonqualified Option"), in the discretion of the Board
of Directors of the Company or the Committee.

                  This Plan amends and restates in its entirety the Company's
Incentive Stock Option Plan of 1996.

2.       DEFINITIONS.

                  Whenever used in this Plan, the following terms shall have the
respective meanings set forth below, unless the context clearly requires
otherwise, and when the defined meaning is intended, the term is capitalized:

                  (a)      "Code" shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986,
         as amended.

                  (b)      "Committee" shall mean the Committee provided for by
         Section 4 hereof.

                  (c)      "Parent Corporation" shall have the meaning set forth
         in Code Section 424(e), with the Company being treated as the employer
         corporation for purposes of said definition.

                  (d)      "Subsidiary Corporation" shall have the meaning set
         forth in Code Section 424(f), with the Company being treated as the
         employer corporation for purposes of said definition.

                  (e)      "Significant Shareholder" means an individual who
         within the meaning of Code Section 422(b)(6) owns stock possessing more
         than ten percent


<PAGE>

                        ADVANCED TELECOMMUNICATIONS, INC.
         (10%) of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of
         Subsidiary Corporation. In determining whether an individual is a
         Significant Shareholder, an individual shall be treated as owning stock
         owned by certain relatives of the individual and certain stock owned by
         corporation in which the individual is a shareholder, partnerships in
         which the individual is a partner, and estates or trusts of which the
         individual is a beneficiary, all as provided in Code Section 424(d).

                  (f)      "110% Five Year Option" means an option (i) that has
         an option price of at least 110% of the price of the stock subject to
         such option on the date such option is granted, and (ii) that by its
         terms is not exercisable after the expiration of five (5) years from
         the date such option is granted.

                  (g)      "Participant" means an Eligible Recipient who
         receives one or more options under the Plan.

3.       AUTHORITY TO GRANT OPTIONS.

                  The Board of Directors of the Company, or the Committee, if
created, may from time to time in its discretion grant to Eligible Recipients of
the Company or its Subsidiary Corporations (whether now existing or hereafter
acquired) options under which up to, but not more than, an aggregate of Forty
Thousand (40,000) shares of the Company's Class A common stock, $.0l par value
(hereinafter referred to as "Common Stock") may be issued, such options to
contain the terms and be subject to the conditions hereinafter provided.

                  The shares shall be made available from authorized and
unissued common stock or from Common Stock issued and held in the Treasury of
the Company, as shall be determined by the Board of Directors.

4.       ADMINISTRATION.

                  At the discretion of the Board of Directors of the Company,
this Plan may be administered by a Committee which shall be an executive
committee of the Board of Directors of the Company consisting of not less than
two members of the Board of Directors who are nc employees of the Company. Such
Committee shall have full power and authority, subject to the limitations of the
Plan and the specific terms of any options granted under this Plan, to construe
interpret and administer this Plan and to make determinations and, by resolution
or resolution providing for the creation and issuance of any such option, to fix
the terms upon which, the time ( times at or within which, and the price or
prices at which any such shares may be purchased from the Company upon the
exercise of such option, which terms, time or times and price or prices shall in
every case, be set forth or incorporated by reference in the instrument or
instruments evidencing such option, and shall be consistent with the provisions
of this Plan. The Board of Directors may from time to time remove members from,
or add members to, the Committee. Vacancies on the Committee, howsoever caused,
shall be filled by the Board of Directors. The Committee shall select one of its
members as


<PAGE>

                        ADVANCED TELECOMMUNICATIONS, INC.
Chairman, and shall hold meetings at such times and places as the Chairman
may determine. A majority of the Committee at which a quorum is present, or
acts reduced to approved in writing by all of the members of the Committee,
shall be the valid acts of the Committee. The Board of Directors shall have
all of the enumerated powers of the Committee, but shall not be limited to
such powers. No member of the Board of Directors or the Committee shall be
liable for any action or determination made in good faith with respect to the
Plan or any option granted under it.

5.       ELIGIBILITY.

                  Employees, directors, consultants and independent contractors
of the Company or of a Subsidiary Corporation (now existing or hereafter created
or acquired) shall be eligible to participate in this Plan and will herein be
referred to as "Eligible Recipients."

6.       SIGNIFICANT SHAREHOLDERS.

                  No option shall be granted hereunder to an individual who, at
the time the option is granted, is a Significant Shareholder unless the option
is a 110% Five-Year Option or is a Nonqualified Option.

                  An option granted to a Significant Shareholder in violation of
the provisions of this section shall be void.

7.       ALLOTMENT OF SHARES.

                  Options may be allotted to such Eligible Recipients, in such
amounts, consistent with the provisions of the Code, as the Committee or Board
of Directors in its discretion may from time to time determine.

8.       TERM OF PLAN.

                  No option shall be granted pursuant to this Plan after the
expiration (the "Expiration Date") often (10) years from the earlier of the date
of its adoption prior to the Expiration Date by the Board of Directors or its
approval by shareholders, but options granted prior to the Expiration Date may
be exercisable after the Expiration Date.

9.       TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF OPTIONS.

                  Subject to the following provisions (which may be amended as
provided in Section 14 hereof), all options granted pursuant to this Plan shall
be in such form and subject to such terms and conditions, including vesting
provisions, as the Committee or the Board of Directors, in its discretion, may
from time to time determine, provided, however, that with regard to any options
intended to qualify as "incentive stock options," such terms and conditions must
be consistent with the provisions of Code Section 422.


<PAGE>

                        ADVANCED TELECOMMUNICATIONS, INC.

                  (a)      OPTION PRICE. The option price per share with respect
         to each option which is an Incentive Option shall be not less than the
         fair market value of the Common Stock (110% of the fair market value if
         granted to an individual who is a Significant Shareholder at the date
         of grant) on the date the option is granted.

                  (b)      PERIOD OF OPTION. In no event shall an option be
         exercisable after the expiration of ten (10) years from the date of
         grant thereof (five [5] years from the date of grant if granted to an
         individual who is a Significant Shareholder at the date of grant), and
         each option shall so provide by its terms.

                  (c)      PAYMENT. Payment for all shares shall be made at the
         time that an option, or any part thereof, is exercised, and no shares
         shall be issued until full payment therefor has been made. Payment
         shall be made in cash or at the discretion of the Board of Directors in
         stock of the Company, or in such other form which is acceptable to the
         Board of Directors and, in the case of Incentive Options, which does
         not prevent such options from qualifying for treatment as an "incentive
         stock option" within the meaning of the Code.

                  (d)      EXERCISE OF OPTION. Unless an option is terminated as
         provided hereunder or expires by its terms, a Participant may exercise
         his or her vested options in whole or in part at any time or from time
         to time in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Plan.

                  (e)      NON-TRANSFERABILITY OF OPTIONS. During a
         Participant's lifetime, an option, by its terms, shall be exercisable
         only by such Participant and shall not be transferable except by will
         or the laws of descent and distribution.

                  (f)      DEATH OF OPTION HOLDER. Upon the death of a
         Participant, such Participant's option privileges shall appy to those
         shares which were immediately purchasable by the Participant at the
         time of death, and such privileges shall expire unless exercised by the
         executor or administrator of the Participant's estate, or by a person
         who acquired the right to exercise such option by bequest or
         inheritance or by reason of the Participant's death, within one (1)
         year after the date of death or such shorter period as may be
         determined by the Committee or the Board of Directors; provided,
         however, that in any event the option may not be exercised after the
         expiration of term (10) years from the date the option is granted (five
         [5] years in the case of 110% Five Year Option), or such shorter
         periods as may be provided in the instrument granting the option.

                  (g)      RESTRICTION ON ISSUANCE OF SHARES. The Company shall
         not be obligated to sell or issue any shares pursuant to any stock
         option unless the shares with respect to which the option is being
         exercised are at that time effectively registered or exempt from
         registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and any
         other applicable laws. The Company may require (i) as a condition to
         the sale of shares on the exercise of any option, that the person
         exercising such


<PAGE>

                        ADVANCED TELECOMMUNICATIONS, INC.
         option give to the Company representations that the Participant (a) is
         acquiring such shares without a view to the distribution thereof,
         and (b) accepts as a condition before any transfer in connection with
         the resale of such shares, the Participant will obtain the written
         opinion of counsel for the Company, or other counsel acceptable to
         the Company, that such shares may be transferred; and (ii) that any
         stock certificate issued under this Plan have an appropriate legend
         inscribed thereon.

                  (h)      RIGHTS AS A STOCKHOLDER. A Participant shall have no
         rights as a stockholder with respect to any shares covered by an option
         until the date of issuance of a stock certificate to such Participant
         for such shares.

                  (i)      TIME OF GRANTING OPTION. Nothing contained in the
         Plan shall constitute the granting of any option hereunder. An option
         shall be granted only pursuant to a resofution of the Committee or the
         Board of Directors of the Company.

                  (j)      TERMINATION OF SERVICE. In the event of termination
         of service of a Participant, other than (a) by reason of death, or (b)
         by the Company for cause, defined as set forth in the instrument
         granting the option, the Participant may exercise such portion of the
         option as was exercisable by such Participant at the date of
         termination of service at any time within three (3) months (one (1)
         year after death in the case of a Participant whose service terminates
         by reason of death) but in no event after ten (10) years (five [5]
         years in the case of a 110% Five Year Option) from the date such option
         was granted to such Participant, or such shorter periods as may be
         provided in the instrument granting the options. Options not exercised
         within the applicable period, shall terminate. In the event a
         Participant's service is terminated by the Company for cause, any
         option or options held by the Participant under the Plan, to the extent
         not exercised before such termination, shall forthwith terminate. A
         change of duties or position within the Company or an assignment of
         employment or service in a Subsidiary Corporation of the Company shall
         not be considered a termination of service for the purposes of this
         Plan. The written option agreements may contain such provisions as the
         Committee or the Board of Directors of the Company shall approve with
         reference to the effect of approved leaves of absence upon termination
         of service.

                  (k)      $100,000 DOLLAR LIMITATION. With respect to Incentive
         Options, the aggregate fair market value (determined as of the time the
         option is granted) of the stock with respect to which options of any
         Participant are exercisable for the first time in any calendar year
         (including options granted under this Plan and under any other
         incentive stock option plan of the Company or any Parent Corporation or
         Subsidiary Corporation of the Company) shall not exceed One Hundred
         Thousand Dollars ($100,000), or any limit as may be imposed by the Code
         from time to time.

10.      RIGHT TO PROPERTY AT EXERCISE.

                                       4

<PAGE>

                        ADVANCED TELECOMMUNICATIONS, INC.

                  If approved by the Board of Directors of the Company, a
Participant may be granted the right to receive cash or property from the
Company at the time such Participant exercises an option granted hereunder;
provided, however, that if property other than cash is to be transferred to
the Participant, Section 83 of the Code must apply to the property so
transferred, as provided by Code Section 422(c)(4).

11.      ADJUSTMENT IN EVENT OF REORGANIZATION, ETC.

                  In the event of a reorganization, recapitalization, stock
split, stock dividend, combination of shares, merger, consolidation, rights
offering, or any other change in the corporate structure or shares of the
Company, the Board of Directors of the Company or the Committee shall make such
adjustment, if any, as may be appropriate in the number and kind of shares
authorized by this Plan, or in the number, option price and kind of shares
authorized by this Plan, or in the number, option price and kind of shares
covered by the options granted. Any option granted hereunder may provide that,
at the option of the Board of Directors or the Committee, (a) upon the
dissolution or liquidation of the Company, all (or portions of) options then
issued and outstanding shall either terminate or become immediately exercisable
in full, without regard to the period of continuous service to the Company
subsequent to the granting of such option, and (b) upon any merger,
consolidation, or other form of reorganization in which the Company is not the
surviving corporation, all options then issued and outstanding shall either
terminate or be immediately exercisable in full, without regard to the period of
continuous service to the Company subsequent to the granting of the options,
unless the surviving corporation or its parent corporation shall issue
substitute options for shares for the surviving corporation or its parent
corporation on similar terms and conditions as the options then outstanding.

12.      REALLOCATION OF LAPSED OPTIONS.

                  Shares covered by options which have lapsed or have terminated
may be subject to new option grants under the Plan.

13.      GOVERNMENTAL REGULATIONS.

                  This Plan, and the grant and exercise of options hereunder,
shall be subject to all applicable rules and regulations of the Federal
govemment and other applicable governmental authorities.

14.      TERMINATION AND AMENDMENT OF PLAN AND OPTIONS.

                  The Board of Directors of the Company may from time to time
alter, amend, modify or terminate this Plan, as it shall deem advisable,
provided, however, that the Board of Directors may not, without prior approval
of the holders of a majority of the issued and outstanding stock of the Company,
change the definition of persons eligible to participate in the Plan or increase
the maximum number of shares which may be issued pursuant to options granted
under the Plan, except on account of adjustments under Section 11. The Board of
Directors of the Company or the


                                        5

<PAGE>

                        ADVANCED TELECOMMUNICATIONS, INC.

Committee may amend, modify, or terminate options, provided that such
Participant's consent to such actions shall be required unless such actions are
not materially adverse to the Participant.

15.      CONTINUED SERVICE.

                  Nothing in this Plan or in any option agreement under this
Plan shall confer on any individual any right to continue in the employ or
service of the Company or its Subsidiary Corporations or affect in any way the
right of the Company or its Subsidiary Corporations to terminate his or her
employment or service at any time.

16.      EFFECTIVE DATE OF PLAN.

                  The Plan shall become effective upon the adoption thereof by
the Board of Directors of the Company. However, the Plan shall be submitted to
the stockholders of the Company for their approval within a period of not to
exceed twelve (12) months from the date of its adoption by the Board of
Directors.

17.      COMPLIANCE WITH CODE.

                  Options granted hereunder may be Incentive Options or
Nonqualified Options.

18.      NO OBLIGATION TO EXERCISE OPTION.

                  The granting of an option shall impose no obligation upon the
Participant to exercise such option.

                                        6

<PAGE>

                        ADVANCED TELECOMMUNICATIONS, INC.

                                        7

<PAGE>

                                       MASTER PURCHASE
                                             AND
                                      SERVICES AGREEMENT


<PAGE>


                                     MASTER PURCHASE AND SERVICES AGREEMENT
                                                     BETWEEN
                                         ADVANCED TELECOMMUNICATIONS INC.
                                                       AND
                                              NORTEL NETWORKS INC.


<PAGE>
                                          TABLE OF CONTENTS

ARTICLES:

Article 1 - Definitions

Article 2 - Scope of Agreement

Article 3 - Placement of Orders

Article 4 - Price and Payment

Article 5 - Shipment, Title and Risk of Loss under Product Annex

Article 6 - Commencement of Services under Services Annex

Article 7 - Testing, Turnover and Acceptance of Systems

Article 8 - Order Cancellation

Article 9 - Warranty

Article 10 - Nortel Networks' Additional Obligations

Article 11 - Software License

Article 12 - Intellectual Property Rights

Article 13 - Liability for Bodily Injury, Property Damage and Patent
             Infringement

Article 14 - Remedies and Limitation of Liability

Article 15 - Term and Termination

Article 16 - Confidentiality

Article 17 - Miscellaneous

EXHIBITS:
Exhibit A - Product Annexes including Lists of Product and Prices
          - Product Annex A.1, Attachments 1 thru 4
          - Product Annex A.2 and AccessNode Pricing

Exhibit B - Services Annex including list of Services and Prices
          - Service Annexes 1.0 thru 1.3

<PAGE>

                                       MASTER PURCHASE AND SERVICES AGREEMENT

This Master Purchase and Services Agreement ("Agreement"), effective as of
the 1st day of June, 1999, is entered into by and between Advanced
Telecommunications Inc. (hereinafter "Company"), a Minnesota corporation with
executive offices located at 730 Second Avenue South, Suite 1200,
Minneapolis, Minnesota 55402, and Nortel Networks Inc. (hereinafter "Nortel
Networks"), a Delaware corporation with offices located at 2350 Lakeside
Blvd., Richardson, Texas 75082.

WHEREAS, Company is engaged in providing communication services and
products, providing and maintaining public and private communication
networks; and

WHEREAS, Nortel Networks, in conjunction with Nortel Networks Affiliates, is
engaged in the design, development, manufacture and sale of various products
and offers services associated with such products, which can be used in
connection with the communication services, products and networks of Company;
and

WHEREAS, Company wishes to be able to purchase and/or license various
products and services for delivery and installation in the United States from
Nortel Networks, which Company will use for its own internal use and not for
resale or as stock in trade and Nortel Networks is willing to sell and/or
license such products as Company, subject to the terms and conditions of this
Agreement;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and mutual covenants and
agreements herein set forth, the parties agree as follows:

ARTICLE 1. DEFINITIONS

The following words shall have the meaning set forth below. Words in the
singular shall be held to include the plural and vice versa, and words of
gender shall be held to include the other gender as the context requires.

     1.1 "Acceptance" shall mean the either (i) Company has indicated in
writing that an ordered Product is operating substantially in accordance with
the applicable Specification; or (ii) an ordered Product or Services has been
deemed to be accepted pursuant to criteria set forth in Article 7.

     1.2 "Affiliate" shall mean, for either party, any entity in which that
party (or, in the case of Nortel Networks, its parent corporation, Nortel
Networks Corporation) owns and controls and continues to own or control more
than fifty percent (50%) of the shared entitled to elect the board of
directors of such entity. For greater clarity, "Company Affiliate" shall mean
any entity mutually agreed to by the parties and listed in Exhibit C, if any.

<PAGE>

     1.3  "Applications" shall mean any program, product, service,
development or invention developed by a party using the Building Blocks,
including any modified or created Building Blocks, created by the Company.

     1.4  "Background IPR" shall mean any Intellectual Property Rights that
are conceived, created, or developed by a party or its Affiliates prior to,
or independently of, any Services performed pursuant to this Agreement.

     1.5  "Building Block(s)" shall mean those Software files provided by
Nortel Networks with Modifiable Software that are manipulatable or which may
be created by Company with such Modifiable Software and which can be used,
created or manipulated by Company to create Applications.

     1.6  "Commencement Date" shall mean the date, as agreed to by the
parties, on which Nortel Networks is to commence performance of Services
ordered by Company pursuant to a Services Annex to this Agreement.

     1.7  "Confidential Information" shall mean all information, included
without limitation, specifications, drawings, documentation, designs, test
results, programs, know-how, pricing information and market information of
every kind or description which may be disclosed by one party to the other
party in connection with this Agreement; provided that, the disclosing party
shall clearly mark all such information disclosed in writing as the
confidential or proprietary property of the disclosing party and, in the case
of oral disclosure, the disclosing party shall identify the confidential or
proprietary nature of any such information at the time of such oral
disclosure and shall provide a written summary (labeled as confidential or
proprietary) of the orally disclosed information to the recipient within
fifteen (15) business days following such disclosure.

     1.8  "Customer" shall mean entities to whom Company provides
communication services as a result of Company's internal use of Products.

     1.9  "Customer Information" or "CI" shall mean the information provided
by Company to Nortel Networks in order for Nortel Networks to engineer and/or
provide the components of Systems.

     1.10 "Customized Service(s)" shall mean, individually and collectively,
any Services other than Standard Services, including, without limitation,
those Services described in a Services Annex, if any.

     1.11 "Documentation" shall mean the documents which Nortel Networks
generally makes available to its customers containing descriptive,
operating, installation, engineering and maintenance information for
Products, including Specifications, as such documents may be amended from
time to time.

                                       5

<PAGE>

     1.12  "Effective Date" shall mean the date this Agreement becomes
effective which shall be the date first identified above.

     1.13  "Extension" shall mean Hardware or Software which is engineered by
Nortel Networks and added to an Initial System after the Turnover Date of the
Initial System.

     1.14  "Financing Commitment" shall mean a firm written commitment to
fund monies sufficient to pay for all purchases made by the Company pursuant
to this Agreement, whether that Financing Commitment is in the form of third
party financing or a letter of credit from a financial institution,
corporation, or individual; or a lease agreement between the Company and a
third party lessee covering the Hardware and Software purchased by Company
from Nortel Networks.

     1.15  "Foreground IPR" shall mean any Intellectual Property Rights that
are conceived, created, or developed by a party or its Affiliates in the
course of performing Services pursuant to a Services Annex to this Agreement.

     1.16  "Hardware" shall mean, individually and collectively, the Nortel
Networks equipment listed in the Product Annexes of Exhibit A or otherwise
purchased by Company from Nortel Networks from time to time, and shall be
deemed to include any equipment which Nortel Networks adds to its generally
available Hardware price lists or so identifies to Company in a Quotation.

     1.17  "Hazardous Material" shall mean any pollutants or dangerous, toxic
or hazardous substances (including without limitation, asbestos) as defined
in, or pursuant to the OSHA Hazard Communication Standard (29 CFR Part 1910,
Subpart Z), the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act (15 USC Section 6901,
et seq.), the Toxic Substances Control Act (15 USC Section 2601, et seq.),
the Comprehensive Environmental Response Compensation and Liability Act (42
USC Section 9601, et seq.), and any other federal, state or local
environmental law, ordinance, rule or regulation or equivalent law or
regulation in the location to which the Product is shipped by Nortel Networks.

     1.18  "Initial System" shall mean Hardware and Software, inclusive of a
central processor unit, included in a configuration which Nortel Networks
identifies as a System and which is initially engineered by Nortel Networks
and installed at a specific Installation Site.

     1.19  "Installation Site" shall mean the location or facility identified
in an Order at which the applicable Products will be installed.

     1.20  "Intellectual Property Rights" shall mean any and all rights in
any invention, discovery, improvement, utility model, copyright trademark,
Services mark, patent, industrial design or mask work right, and any and all
rights of whatever nature in

                                       6

<PAGE>

computer software and data, Confidential Information, trade secrets or
know-how, and any and all intangible rights and privileges of a nature
similar to any of the foregoing, in every case in any part of the world and
whether or not registered, and shall include all rights in any applications
and granted applications for any of the foregoing.

     1.21  "Licensed Software" shall mean the Software which Company has
licensed pursuant to this Agreement.

     1.22  "Merchandise" shall mean any Hardware or other parts or components
which are not ordered as part of a System and with respect to which no
engineering, installation or other Services are provided by Nortel Networks.

     1.23  "Modifiable Software" shall mean Software, or a portion of Software
that is identified as such by Nortel Networks in its applicable
Documentation, which Company may have certain rights to modify and
potentially create Applications or Building Blocks in accordance with the
applicable Documentation.

     1.24  "Non-Licensed Software" shall mean Software for which Company has
not yet obtained a license nor paid applicable right-to-use fees, but which
Software may be included with Software loads delivered to Company hereunder.

     1.25  "Order" shall mean a numerically controlled purchase authorization
document issued by Company to Nortel Networks specifying the types and
quantities of Products and Services to be furnished by Nortel Networks
pursuant to this Agreement.

     1.26  "Product(s)" shall mean, individually and collectively, the
Hardware, Software, and Documentation.

     1.27  "Product Annex" shall mean, with respect to a specific Product,
additional or modified terms and conditions as set forth in Exhibit A,
inclusive of but not limited to those that may apply to any Third Party
Hardware or Third Party Software, unique to such Product.

     1.28  "Quotation" shall mean a written budgetary or firm price quotation
issued by Nortel Networks to Company for the supply of any Products or
Services pursuant to this Agreement.

     1.29  "Service(s)" shall mean, individually and collectively, any of the
Standard Services and/or Customized Services set forth in this Agreement and
Annexes that Company may acquire from Nortel Networks, including but not
limited to maintenance, engineering, installation, training, data management,
program management, project management, commissioning, testing, technical
assistance Services with respect to Products and installation, and consulting.

                                       7

<PAGE>

     1.30  "Services Annex" shall mean, with respect to a specific type of
Service, the attachment hereto documenting the terms and conditions that
relate to such type of Service.

     1.31  "Services Site" shall mean the location or facility identified
within an Order or Services Annex where the Services are to be performed.

     1.32  "Services Software" shall mean that Software and related
documentation made available by Nortel Networks which may be used by Company
for estimation, planning or information purposes.

     1.33  "Ship Date" shall mean the date as agreed to by the parties, on
which a Product ordered by Company is scheduled to be shipped from Nortel
Networks' facility or in the case of Software which is downloaded, the date
upon which such Software is to be downloaded to the System; however, Ship
Date shall not mean the date on which Non-Licensed Software is activated.

     1.34  "Software" shall mean (i) computer programs in object code form or
firmware which (a) are owned by, or licensed to, Nortel Networks, (b) reside
in Product memories, tapes, disks or other media, and (c) provide basic logic
operating instructions and user-related application instructions; and (ii)
documentation associated with such computer programs which may be furnished
by Nortel Networks to Company from time to time, including both Licensed
Software and Non-Licensed Software, but in no event shall Software include
source code.

     1.35  "Software Release" shall mean Software or revisions to Software
containing problem fixes, new features and/or enhancements.

     1.36  "Specifications" shall mean with respect to any Product the
specifications and/or practices set forth in any Nortel Networks or documents
which Nortel Networks identifies as the standard performance specifications
and practices for such Product.

     1.37  "Standard Service(s)" shall mean, individually and collectively,
any of the Services described in a Services Annex and shall be deemed to
include any similar services which Nortel Networks adds to its generally
available Services offerings or so identifies to Company in writing.

     1.38  "Statement of Work" shall mean a document that describes the
scope, activities, schedule, prices, deliverables (including, but not
limited to, any drawings, specifications, reports, designs, and test results
to be prepared or produced by Nortel Networks) related to, and/or any
additional terms and conditions pertaining to, such Customized Service(s) as
may, from time to time, be mutually agreed to in writing by Company and
Nortel Networks pursuant to this Agreement.

                                       8

<PAGE>

     1.39  "System" shall mean a configuration of Hardware and Software
providing a specified functionality and includes an Initiall System and its
Extensions, if any.

     1.40  "Third Party Hardware" shall mean any hardware not of Nortel
Networks' manufacture which Nortel Networks adds to its generally available
Third Party Hardware price lists or so identifies to Company in a Quotation.

     1.41  "Third Party Software" shall mean any Software not owned by Nortel
Networks which is included within Licensed Software or Non-Licensed Software.

     1.42  "Turnover" shall mean, with respect to any System installed by
Nortel Networks, that Nortel Networks has completed its standard
manufacturing test procedures, as applicable, and that the System is ready
for acceptance testing by Company.

     1.43  "Turnover Date" shall mean, with respect to any Product installed
by Nortel Networks hereunder, the date on which Nortel Networks provides a
notice of Turnover to Company.

ARTICLE 2. SCOPE OF AGREEMENT

     2.1   This Agreement sets forth the terms and conditions under which
Company may order Products and/or Services from Nortel Networks. Company shall
use the Products itself, including to provide services to others, subject to
the terms and conditions of this Agreement. Company expressly represents that
it is not buying Product for resale. All Products shall be delivered and
installed, and all Services shall be performed, in the United States.

     2.2  To the extent any terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement
are inapplicable to a Product or type of Service, the applicable terms and
conditions and any additional terms and conditions for such Product or type
of Services shall be set forth in the respective Product or Services Annex.
The specific terms and conditions set forth in the Products or Services Annex
shall take precedence over any conflicting terms and conditions contained in
this Agreement.

     2.3  If specified in a Product Annex as a requirement, Company shall,
fifteen (15) days prior to each calendar quarter, submit to Nortel Networks a
consolidated non-binding forecast of Products by geographic region, that
Company anticipates purchasing or licensing over the next four (4) calendar
quarters. In addition to the type, quantity and cumulative dollar amounts or
Products, the parties may agree upon additional information to be included in
such forecast.

     2.4  All references to prices, charges, fees or other amounts herein
shall be in U.S. dollars and all documentation, correspondence and
communication shall be in the English language.

                                       9

<PAGE>

     2.5  Nortel Networks and Company agree to undertake a cooperative
marketing and joint advertising campaign. The parties shall mutually agree on
the content and placement of such cooperative marketing and advertising.
Nortel Networks agrees to make a total expenditure equal to Company's
expenditures for such cooperative marketing and joint advertising.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, Nortel Networks' expenditures for such
cooperative marketing and joint advertising shall not exceed two percent (2%)
of the price of products purchased pursuant to this Agreement.

     2.6  In consideration of Nortel Networks pricing its Products and
Services as set forth and described in this Product Annex, and in order to
ensure that Nortel Networks warranty and other support obligations pursuant
to the Agreement apply to all telecommunications switching Products installed
in the Company's network, Company shall purchase, during the Term, any and
all of its requirements for telecommunications switching Products and
Services that will be used by Company for the same or similar purposes as the
telecommunications switching Products and Services currently produced by or
to be produced by Nortel Networks, including, but not limited to the
telecommunications switching Products and Services set forth in this
Agreement. In the event that there is a substantial difference in the
purchase price of the telecommunications switching Products and Services, or
Nortel Networks does not offer for sale a similar Product or Service and is
thus unable to provide such telecommunications switching Products and
Services to Company, and both parties have made a good faith effort to
negotiate a resolution, Nortel Networks will consent to Company's purchase or
substitute products from vendors.

ARTICLE 3. PLACEMENT OF ORDERS

     3.1  To order Products and/or Services, Company shall submit to such
person as Nortel Networks shall designate, an Order which shall be at a
minimum specify the following, if applicable:

          (i)   the types and quantities of Products and/or Services to be
          furnished by Nortel Networks;

          (ii)  the applicable prices, charges and fees with respect to such
          Products and/or Services as quoted to Company;

          (iii) the location or facility to which the Products are to be
          delivered or where Systems are located;

          (iv)  the incorporation by reference of this Agreement;

          (v)   the Installation Site or Services Site, if known;

                                       10

<PAGE>

          (vi)  the requested Ship Date and Turnover Date of the System or the
          requested Commencement Date of the Services; and

          (vii) any other information required under this Agreement to be
          included in an Order.

     3.2  All purchases pursuant to this Agreement shall be made by means of
Orders issued from time to time by Company and accepted by Nortel Networks in
writing within fifteen (15) days after receipt of the Order. In the event
that Nortel Networks fails to provide its acceptance of an Order in writing
within such fifteen (15) day period, such Order shall be deemed to be
accepted; provided that any additional or special terms and conditions
written on the face of or otherwise incorporated into such Order shall not be
deemed accepted except by Nortel Networks in writing, and any Order
containing additional or special terms and conditions shall not be deemed
accepted merely by the passage of time. Nortel Networks shall have the right
to reject any Order, or the applicable portion of such Order, placed hereunder
where Company has a separate agreement with Nortel Networks for the provision
of the Products or Services requested in such Order or the Order is otherwise
not in accordance with this Agreement.

     3.3  All Orders issued by Company pursuant to this Agreement shall refer
to and specifically incorporate this Agreement by reference, and the terms
and conditions herein shall govern the transaction resulting from such Order
PROVIDED THAT such Order is accepted or deemed accepted by Nortel Networks.
Preprinted terms and conditions set forth in Orders issued by Company, or in
any prior Quotations, acknowledgments or other related documentation issued by
any party, shall be considered null and void and shall have no force or
effect unless any special terms and conditions written on the face of or
otherwise incorporated into an Order are accepted by Nortel Networks, and for
such Order only such special terms and conditions shall supersede the
specific terms and conditions contained in this Agreement, including all
Exhibits attached hereto, which are in conflict, but only to the extent of
such conflict.

     3.4  Company may at any time request additions, alterations, deductions
or deviations to an Order subject to the condition that such changes and any
adjustments resulting from such changes, including, but not limited to,
schedules and prices, shall be mutually agreed upon and, if so agreed,
subsequently detailed in a written revision to the applicable Order ("Change
Order"). Company acknowledges that a premium charge may be applied by Nortel
Networks should Nortel Networks agree to process a Change Order outside of
its standard Order processing cycle for a Product or in the event that a
Change Order requires an additional amount of work (such as engineering) to
be undertaken to comply with such changes.

     3.5  If Company desires to receive a budgetary or firm Quotation from
Nortel Networks for a Product or Service, Company shall submit such request
in writing to Nortel Networks' Director, Commercial Marketing, or such other
person as designated by

                                       11

<PAGE>

Nortel Networks. The request for Quotation shall include the information
listed in Section 3.1, as applicable.

     3.6  Nortel Networks shall respond in writing to requests for budgetary
Quotations and requests for firm Quotations within thirty (30) days. Unless
otherwise specified in the firm Quotation, such firm Quotation shall be valid
for ninety (90) days from the date of such Quotation. Budgetary Quotations
shall be provided for information and planning purposes only and shall not be
a final or firm statement binding on either party. The Quotations shall
include the following information:

     (i)   Budgetary Quotations
           (a)  preliminary Hardware and Software lists;
           (b)  the estimated charges for the Products;
           (c)  the estimated charges for Services requested; and
           (d)  any other information requested by Company.

     (ii)  Firm Quotations
           (a)  the price to be paid by Company for the Products, after
                applying the applicable discounts, if any;
           (b)  fixed charges for Services requested;
           (c)  complete Hardware and Software lists and project schedules; and
           (d)  any other information requested by Company.

     3.7  If Company desires to receive a Statement of Work from Nortel
Networks for Consulting or Customized Services, Company shall submit such
request in writing to such person as Nortel Networks may designate. The
request for a Statement of Work shall include the information listed in
Section 3.1, as applicable. Nortel Networks shall prepare a Statement of Work
in response to Company's request. Any changes to the proposed Statement of
Work shall be negotiated and agreed to in writing by the parties. Any
Statement of Work and any changes to an existing Statement of Work shall not
be binding unless and until the terms are reduced to a writing signed by the
authorized representatives of both parties. Company's Order(s) for the
Consulting or Customized Services described within a Statement of Work shall
be based upon the contents of the Statement of Work as mutually agreed to by
the parties and attached to such Order(s).

     3.8  The Ship Date for Products shall be based on Nortel Networks'
standard intervals for the applicable Product; however, the parties shall
always mutually agree on the Ship Date and take into consideration any unique
aspect of the applicable project.

     3.9  The Commencement Date for ordered Services shall be based on Nortel
Networks' standard intervals for the applicable Service; however, the parties
shall always agree, in writing, on the Commencement Date taking into
consideration any unique aspect of the applicable project.

                                       12

<PAGE>

3.10  Orders may be issued either electronically, such as through electronic
data interchange, or via traditional manual methods, as mutually agreed to by
the parties.

ARTICLE 4. PRICE AND PAYMENT

     4.1  Nortel Networks shall charge Company for each Product and/or
Services ordered by Company in accordance with the prices set forth in each
accepted Order, which prices shall be based upon prices identified in one of
(i) a Product Annex; (ii) a Services Annex; (iii) a Firm Quotation; (iv)
Nortel Networks' then current prices; or (v) as specified elsewhere in this
Agreement or as otherwise mutually agreed in writing.

     4.2  Nortel Networks' prices set forth in attached Exhibits, may not be
revised during the first year of the Original Term of this Agreement.
However, in the event that there is a recognized industry-wide shortage of a
component that is incorporated in a Product, Nortel Networks may increase the
price of such Product, following the provision of written notice to Company
fifteen (15) days prior to the effective date of such increase or such
shorter date as is mutually agreed in view of the shortage. The price
increase of such Product due to a component shortage shall be limited to a
reasonable amount under the then-current circumstances having regard for
industry conditions for the period of time during which such recognized
shortage exists. Following the implementation of a price increase due to a
component shortage, the parties shall jointly review every three (3) months
or at such other time as is mutually agreed, in good faith, whether such
component shortage still exists. If the component shortage has abated, the
parties shall jointly determine whether there still is a need for such price
increase.

     4.3  Unless otherwise set forth in a Product or Services Annex or a
Statement of Work, Nortel Networks shall invoice Company for Products and
Services as follows, unless otherwise agreed to in writing:


     (i)  for Systems, whether or not installation has been ordered from
     Nortel Networks, one hundred percent (100%) of the price for such
     System(s) on the Ship Date, and one hundred percent (100%) of the price
     of the Services upon the date of completion of such Services;

     (ii)  for Merchandise or Documentation provided on a furnish-only basis,
     one hundred percent (100%) of the price on the Ship Date; and

     (iii)  for Orders covering Services only, one hundred percent (100%) of
     the price for such Services following completion of performance, except
     for recurring support Services which shall be billed quarterly in
     advance unless otherwise agreed. Some Services may be subject to monthly
     invoicing as set out in a Product Annex or Services Annex.

                                       13

<PAGE>

     4.4  Each invoice shall be paid in full within thirty (30) days after
the date of such invoice. In the event that Company does not pay an invoice
in full within such thirty (30) day period, then Nortel Networks may charge
Company interest on the outstanding portion of such invoice, from day
forty-five (45) forward, at the rate of one percent (1.0%) simple compound
interest per month, or such lesser amount as may be the maximum permissible
rate under applicable law, until such time as the outstanding invoice is
paid. In addition, Company agrees to pay all collection costs and reasonable
legal fees incurred by Nortel Networks as a result of late payment or
non-payment by Company.

ARTICLE 5.  SHIPMENT, TITLE, RISK OF LOSS, AND SECURITY INTEREST FOR PRODUCTS
PROVIDED HEREUNDER

     5.1  Prior to the Ship Date, Company shall have the right to reschedule
any pending Orders; provided that (i) a minimum period of notice prior to
such Ship Date is given to Nortel Networks by Company in accordance with the
applicable Product Annex; and (ii) the new Ship Date is within ninety (90)
days of the original Ship Date. However, each Order may only be rescheduled
once. Company shall reimburse Nortel Networks for any out of pocket storage
fees, insurance and demurrage costs incurred with respect to such rescheduled
Orders.

     5.2  Risk of loss and damage to Products shall pass to Company upon
delivery to the loading dock at the Installation Site or other delivery
location specified by Company in an Order. Company shall keep such Products
fully insured for the total amount then due Nortel Networks for such
Products. Company shall pay transportation charges, including insurance,
associated with the shipment of Products; provided however, that if the
parties agree, Nortel Networks shall prepay transportation charges, and
insurance for delivery of Product to the Installation Site or other delivery
location or other designated receiving point as specified in an Order. These
charges shall be invoiced by Nortel Networks and paid by Company to Nortel
Networks in accordance with Article 4 above.

     5.3  Good title to Hardware furnished hereunder, free and clear of all
liens and encumbrances, shall vest in Company upon full payment to Nortel
Networks of the total amount payable by Company for such Hardware and any
related Licensed Software or Services ("Total Fee") furnished by Nortel
Networks in connection with such Hardware. Prior to payment of the Total Fee
for the Products and Services in an Order, Company shall not sell or lease
the Hardware, or allow any liens or encumbrances to attach to the Hardware or
Software, or remove the Hardware or Software from the Installation Site
without the prior written consent of Nortel Networks, such consent not to be
unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed.

     5.4  If Company notifies Nortel Networks prior to a Ship Date that
Company does not wish to receive such Products on the Ship Date, or the
Installation Site or other delivery location is not prepared in sufficient
time for Nortel Networks to make delivery

                                       14

<PAGE>

in accordance with such date, or Company fails to take delivery of any
portion of the Products in an Order when shipped, Nortel Networks may place
the applicable Products in storage. In that event, Company shall be liable
for all additional costs thereby incurred by Nortel Networks. Delivery by
Nortel Networks of any Products to a storage location as provided in this
Paragraph shall be deemed to constitute delivery of the Products to Company
for purposes of this Agreement, including, without limitation, provisions for
payment, invoicing, passage of risk of loss, and commencement of the warranty
period.

     5.5  Until the Total Fee is paid, Company grants to Nortel Networks a
purchase money security interest in the Products in an Order and their
proceeds or such other similar protection a may be available in the
applicable jurisdiction. Company shall cooperate with Nortel Networks in
preserving and perfecting Nortel Networks' security interest in the Products
and Company shall promptly execute and deliver to Nortel Networks such
financing statements and such other agreements, documents and instruments as
Nortel Networks may require to perfect and maintain the validity effectiveness
and priority of the security interest created or intended to be creased by this
Agreement. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Nortel Networks
will subordinate its purchase money security interest in such equipment upon
Company's demonstration that: (i) it has obtained a financing commitment from
NTFC or other third party lender in the amount of at least Fifty Million
Dollars ($50,000,000.00); and (ii) that Company has satisfied the conditions
to funding under that financing commitment; and, (iii) Company has drawn down
at least Two Million Dollars ($2,000,000.00) of its available credit line to
repay Nortel for a working capital loan extended to Company.

     5.6  Company authorizes Nortel Networks to file to one or more financing
or continuation statements and amendments thereto, relating to all or any
part of the Products in an Order without signature of the Company where
permitted by law. A carbon, photographic or other reproduction of this
Agreement or of any financing statement covering the Products or any part
thereof shall be sufficient as a financing statement and may be filed as a
financing statement.

     5.7  Notwithstanding the foregoing, Nortel Networks obligation to ship
any Products ordered pursuant to this Agreement is contingent upon Nortel
Networks receipt of verification that Company has obtained the financing
commitment described in Section 5.5 of this Agreement and Nortel Networks
receipt of the Two Million Dollar payment referenced in Section 5.5; and
receipt of applicable executed financing statements UCC-1 filings, or other
documents necessary to perfect Nortel Networks security interest granted
pursuant to Section 5.5 and 5.6 of this Agreement.

ARTICLE 6.  COMPANY'S ADDITIONAL RESPONSIBILITIEs

     6.1  Company shall provide Nortel Networks or its subcontractors with
access to its personnel and Installation Sites, Services Site, or other
Company facilities during the times specified by Nortel Networks and as are
reasonably necessary for Nortel

                                       15

<PAGE>

Networks to perform its obligations hereunder. Nortel Networks shall comply
with Company's reasonable site and security regulations of which Nortel
Networks is informed by Company.

     6.2  All sites at which the Products shall be delivered or installed, or
at which Services shall be performed, shall be prepared by Company in
accordance with Nortel Networks' standards, including without limitation,
environmental requirements. Prior to and during installation, Company shall
ensure the timely and adequate delivery, installation and functioning of the
electrical and communications connections and other environmental
requirements, including but not limited to, HVAC systems, specified in Nortel
Networks' instructions, Specifications, Documentation, a Product or Services
Annex, or a Statement of Work.

     6.3  Company shall provide reasonable working space and facilities,
including heat, light, ventilation, telephones, electrical current, waste
removal and other necessary utilities for use by Nortel Networks personnel
performing installation or other Services and adequate secure storage space,
if required by Nortel Networks, for Products and materials. Company shall
also provide adequate security against theft, damage or other loss for the
Products while on Company's Installation Site or other delivery location
specified by Company.

     6.4  Company shall obtain all necessary governmental permits applicable
to Company in connection with the installation, operation, and maintenance of
Products furnished hereunder, excluding any applicable permits required in
the normal course of Nortel Networks' doing business. Any information which
Nortel Networks reasonably requests from Company and which is necessary for
Nortel Networks to properly install or maintain the Products shall be
provided by Company to Nortel Networks in a timely fashion and in a form
reasonably specified by Nortel Networks.

     6.5  If (a) Company notifies Nortel Networks, prior to the Commencement
Date for ordered Services, that Company wishes to postpone the commencement of
such Services, or (b) the Services Site (or other location), necessary
information or key Company representatives are not available or prepared in
sufficient time for Nortel Networks to commence such Services in accordance
with such date, then Company shall be liable for all additional costs related
to the postponed Services, including, without limitation, (i) standard rates
(including any overtime premium) for Nortel Networks' personnel and/or
contractors who travel to the Services Site or other location, and the actual
travel and living expenses (plus a fifteen percent (15%) administrative fee)
and/or relocation expenses incurred by such personnel and/or contractors, and
(ii) any costs, charges or expenses incurred by Nortel Networks under its
arrangements with third party vendors, licensors, lessors, and/or
contractors. In addition, if Company provides less than thirty (30) days'
notice of the postponement, Company shall pay to Nortel Networks a
postponement charge equal to ten percent (10%) of the Order amount for the
postponed Services.

                                       16

<PAGE>

ARTICLE 7. TESTING, TURNOVER AND ACCEPTANCE OF PRODUCTS AND SERVICES

     7.1  If installation Services are ordered by Company, Nortel Networks
shall, upon completion of such installation test the Products in accordance
with Nortel Networks' Turnover procedures to verify that such Products
function substantially in accordance with applicable Specifications. Upon
completion of such verification, Nortel Networks shall provide to Company a
written notice of Turnover. Company shall be permitted an opportunity to have
an appropriately qualified individual in attendance to observe the
performance of such tests, however, the absence of such Company individual
for any reason shall not invalidate the tests nor be a reason for Company to
withhold Acceptance.

     7.2  Within ten (10) business days after the Turnover Date, Company
shall either accept the Product by execution of a notice of Acceptance, or
notify Nortel Networks in writing, giving reasonable detail about those
particulars in which, in Company's opinion, the Product does not materially
conform to the Specifications. If neither Acceptance nor Company's written
notification to Nortel Networks detailing its basis for not accepting such
Product occurs within ten (10) days after the Turnover Date, then Acceptance
shall be deemed to have occurred.

       7.3  If Nortel Networks does not install Products furnished hereunder,
Nortel Networks shall, prior to delivery of the Products, perform such
factory tests as Nortel Networks determines to be appropriate in order to
confirm that such Products perform substantially in accordance with the
applicable Specifications. Company shall be deemed to have accepted the
Products based upon such tests and Acceptance shall be deemed to have
occurred upon the Ship Date. In the event that Company or any other entity
intends to perform installation of Products, (except for installation of
Products which are not permitted to be installed other than by Nortel
Networks, as specified in the applicable Product Annex or Documentation)
Company or such entity may be required to complete prerequisite training or
certification prior to Company being allowed to install such Products.

     7.4  In the event that Company is utilizing any Product in a
revenue-generating capacity, Acceptance shall be deemed to have occurred
without limitation or restriction, upon the date of placement of such Product
into revenue generating service.

     7.5  Products, such as Merchandise, which are purchased separately from
a System, shall be deemed accepted upon the Ship Date.

     7.6  Company shall not unreasonably withhold Acceptance. Nortel Networks
shall correct any deficiencies identified by Company as not materially
conforming to the Specifications. When Nortel Networks has corrected such
deficiencies, Company shall accept the Products in writing. Company's failure
to either accept or provide notice to

                                       17

<PAGE>

non-conformance within the timeframe from the Turnover Date, as prescribed in
Section 7.2, above, shall constitute Acceptance of the Products.

     7.7  Following Acceptance of Products, Company shall execute Nortel
Networks' Acceptance notice, confirming Acceptance without any conditions,
restrictions, or limitations of any nature whatsoever.

     7.8  Acceptance shall not be withheld or postponed due to:

          (i)  Deficiencies of such Products resulting from causes not
          attributable to Nortel Networks, such as, but not limited to (a)
          material change in or inaccuracy of Customer Information, (b)
          inadequacy or deficiencies of any materials, information,
          facilities or services provided directly or indirectly by Company
          and tested in conjunction with the applicable Products, or spurious
          outputs from adjacent material, or (c) other conditions external to
          the Products which are beyond the limits specified by Nortel
          Networks in the Specifications for the Products; or

          (ii)  Minor deficiencies or shortages with respect to such Products
          which are attributable to Nortel Networks, but of a nature that do
          not prevent operation of the Products in revenue-generating service.

     7.9  With respect to any deficiencies of the type described in Section
7.8(i), Nortel Networks shall at Company's request and expense assist Company
in the elimination or minimization of any such deficiencies. With respect to
any deficiencies or shortages as described in Section 7.8(ii), Nortel
Networks shall, at Nortel Networks' expense, correct any such deficiencies or
shortages within thirty (30) days of the date of Acceptance or as otherwise
agreed by the parties.

     7.10  In the event that Company notifies Nortel Networks of
non-acceptance of a Product and Nortel Networks personnel travels to the
Installation Site to remedy such non-acceptance and determines that
non-acceptance is due to a deficiency of the type described in Section
7.8(i), Nortel Networks will invoice Company for Nortel Networks'
investigation of the matter, consisting of the standard labor rate for Nortel
Networks' personnel who travel to the Installation Site and the reasonable
travel and living expenses incurred by such personnel.

     7.11  Services shall be deemed to be accepted upon: (i) completion of
such Services; or (ii) completion of specific milestones as may be identified
in a Services Annex or Statement of Work; or for ongoing Services purchased
on an annual basis, upon agreement of the parties in writing to purchase and
provide such Services.

ARTICLE 8. ORDER CANCELLATION

                                       18

<PAGE>

     8.1  If, prior to the Ship Date, Company cancels all or any part of an
Order, Company shall pay to Nortel Networks a cancellation charge for the
Products or each item of Third Party Hardware or Third Party Software that
has been cancelled in accordance with the schedule set forth in the
applicable Product Annex.

     8.2  Orders for Products that have been shipped may not be cancelled.
Furthermore, Orders for Products which Nortel Networks customizes in
accordance with a specific Company request may not be cancelled.

     8.3  In the event that Company cancels all or part of an Order for
Products, Company shall pay to Nortel a cancellation charge for each Product
or each item of Third Party Hardware or Third Party Software that has been
cancelled in accordance with the following schedule:

     -60 days or more prior to Ship Date    100% of Engineering Charges
     -30-59 days prior to Ship Date          25% of Order amount
     -15-29 days prior to Ship Date          35% of Order amount
     - 0-14 days prior to Ship Date          50% of Order amount

     8.4  Unless otherwise set forth in a Services Annex or Statement of
Work, in the event that Company cancels all or any part of an Order for
Services, Company shall pay to Nortel Networks a cancellation charge for the
Services that have been cancelled in accordance with the following schedule:

     - 60 or more days prior to Commencement Date     No cancellation charge
     - 45-59 days prior to Commencement Date           5% of Order amount
     - 30-44 days prior to Commencement Date          10% of Order amount
     -  0-29 days prior to Commencement Date          20% of Order amount

In addition, Company shall be liable for all additional costs related to the
cancelled Services, including, without limitation, (i) standard rates
(including any overtime premium) for Nortel Networks' personnel and/or
contractors who travel to the Services Site or other location, and the actual
travel and living expenses (plus a fifteen percent (15%) administrative fee)
and/or relocation expense incurred by such personnel and/or contractors, and
(ii) any costs, charges or expenses incurred by Nortel Networks under its
arrangements with third party vendors, licensors, lessors and/or contractors.

ARTICLE 9 WARRANTY

     9.1  Nortel Networks warrants that for a period of twelve (12) months
from the Ship Date of a System the Hardware contained in such System under
normal use and Services will be free from defective material and faulty
workmanship and shall comply with the applicable Specifications. The warranty
period for Merchandise shall be ninety (90) days from the Ship Date of such
Merchandise. The foregoing warranties shall not

                                       19

<PAGE>

apply to items normally consumed during operation of a System such as, but not
limited to, lamps and fuses.

     9.2  Nortel Networks warrants that any installation Services, Standard
Services, or Customized Services performed by Nortel Networks with respect to
a System will be free from defects in workmanship for a period of twelve (12)
months from the completion date of such Services.

     9.3  Nortel Networks warrants that any Licensed Software shall function
during the warranty period of the Hardware with respect to which such Licensed
Software is furnished without any material, service-affecting,
non-conformance to the applicable Specifications. Licensed Software that is
delivered separately from Hardware is warranted for a period of twelve (12)
months from the applicable Ship date. If the Licensed Software fails to so
function, Company's exclusive remedy and Nortel Networks' sole obligation
under this warranty is for Nortel Networks to correct such failure through,
at Nortel Networks' option, the replacement or modification of the Licensed
Software or such other actions as Nortel Networks reasonably determines to be
appropriate, all within a reasonable time having regard to all of the
circumstances and failing with the parties agree to negotiate a commercially
reasonable solution. Any modification to the Software not performed by Nortel
Networks, other than with respect to Modifiable Software, shall void this
warranty.

     9.4  If Hardware is not free from defects in material or workmanship and
fails to comply with the applicable Specifications during the warranty
period, Nortel Networks will at its sole option repair, replace or modify the
defective Hardware so that it substantially complies with the applicable
Specifications. The warranty Services shall be performed at the Installation
Site or Nortel Networks' facility as determined by Nortel Networks. If Nortel
Networks is unable to repair or modify the defective Hardware within a
reasonable period of time so that such Hardware conforms to the applicable
Specification, Nortel Networks shall replace the defective Hardware with
Hardware that conforms to such Specifications, which may be new or
reconditioned at Nortel Networks' option.

     9.5  Nortel Networks' sole obligation and Company's exclusive remedy
under the warranty provisions of this Article with respect to Hardware and
those Services specified in this Article 9 shall be limited to repair,
modification or replacement of the defective Hardware or correction of the
defective Services.

     9.6  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the warranty period of Hardware
which has been subject to repair or replacement by Nortel Networks shall
commence upon the Ship Date of the repaired or replacement Hardware to
Company and shall expire on the later of ninety (90) days or the last day of
the original warranty period with respect to Hardware which was repaired or
replaced. The warranty period of Licensed Software which has been corrected,
due to a material, service-affecting non-conformance found in such Licensed
Software, shall expire on the later of ninety (90) days from the Ship Date

                                       20
<PAGE>

of the corrected Licensed Software to Company or the last day of the original
warranty period with respect to such Licensed Software.

     9.7  Nortel Networks warrants that its Products and deliverables shall
comply in all material aspects with all applicable laws and regulations known
to Nortel Networks, which are in force on the date of acceptance of the
applicable Order therefor, which laws or regulations directly impose
obligations upon any manufacturer, seller or, if applicable, installer of
such Products.

     9.8  The performance by Nortel Networks of any of its obligations
described in this Article 9 shall not extend the applicable warranty period.

     9.9  The warranties set forth in this Article shall not apply to any
Products where the defect or non-conformance is due to (i) accident, fire,
explosion, power failure, power surge or other power irregularity, lightning,
alteration, abuse, misuse or repair not performed by Nortel Networks; (ii)
improper storage; (iii) failure to comply with all applicable environmental
requirements for the Products as specified by Nortel Networks or any other
applicable supplier, such as but not limited to temperature or humidity
ranges; (iv) improper performance of installation, maintenance, operation or
other Services in connection with the Products, provided that such Services
was not performed by Nortel Networks or on Nortel Networks' behalf; (v) use
in conjunction with an incompatible product or a product not purchased under
this Agreement; (vi) any error, act or omission by anyone other than Nortel
Networks; or (vii) where written notice of the defect has not been given to
Nortel Networks within the applicable warranty period.

     9.10  The warranties set forth in this Article shall not apply to (i)
Non-Licensed Software for which the right to use fees have not been paid; or
(ii) Third Party Software or Third Party Hardware, provided however that
Nortel Networks shall assign to Company (to the extent of Nortel Networks'
right to do so) the warranty rights granted to Nortel Networks by the
appropriate vendor of such Third Party Software or Third Party Hardware.

     9.11  Unless mutually agreed otherwise, all Hardware to be repaired or
replaced, whether in or out of warranty, shall be de-installed and packed by
Company in accordance with Nortel Networks' instructions. Nortel Networks
shall use reasonable efforts to ship repaired or replacement Hardware within
thirty (30) days of receipt of the defective Hardware. To facilitate the
processing of the defective Hardware returned hereunder, Nortel Networks
may ship replacement Hardware prior to Nortel Networks receiving the defective
Hardware. In the event that Company fails to return defective Hardware and
Nortel Networks has shipped such replacement Hardware, Nortel Networks shall
invoice Company at Nortel Networks' applicable then-current prices for such
replacement Hardware, thirty (30) days after the Ship Date of such
replacement Hardware. If mutually agreed, Nortel Networks will make repairs
on-site at Nortel Networks' then-current charge for such repairs.

                                       21

<PAGE>

     9.12  If the Hardware returned to Nortel Networks pursuant to Section
9.11 is determined by Nortel Networks to be beyond repair and is outside the
warranty period, Nortel Networks shall notify Company and if requested Nortel
Networks shall sell Company replacement Hardware at Nortel Networks'
then-current prices for such replacement Hardware.

     9.13  Company shall bear risk of loss or damage and shall pay for all
transportation charges for Hardware returned to Nortel Networks, and Nortel
Networks shall bear risk of loss or damage and pay for transportation charges
for repaired or replacement Hardware shipped to Company. Title or returned
Hardware shall pass to Nortel Networks upon receipt. Title to replacement
Hardware shall pass to Company upon receipt. Title to Hardware shipped to
Nortel Networks for repairs remain with Company at all times.

     9.14  Nortel Networks and Nortel Networks' vendors of Third Party
Hardware and Third Party Software, as appropriate, shall not have any
responsibility to Customers for warranties offered by Company to such
Customers and Company hereby indemnifies and holds harmless Nortel Networks
and Nortel Networks' vendors, as appropriate, from any claims, damages or
liabilities arising out of, or relating to, any warranties offered by Company
to such Customers.

     9.15  Nortel Networks' represents and warrants that both before and
after January 1, 2000, any software licensed by Nortel Networks to the
Company under this Agreement shall function, during the warranty period of the
product with which such software is provided, without any material,
service-affecting nonconformance to the applicable specifications. If the
software fails to so function, Company's sole remedy and Nortel Networks
sole obligation under this warranty is for Nortel Networks to correct such
failure through, Nortel Networks sole option, the replacement or modification
of the software or such other actions as Nortel Networks reasonably
determines to be appropriate.

     9.15.1  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing paragraph,
Nortel Networks products may continue to use year representations which do
not use four digits where such representations do not constitute a material,
service-affecting nonconformance to the applicable specifications. Nortel
Networks shall not be obliged to convert any time-date representations to any
arbitrary time-date representation format or standard. Nortel Networks shall
not be responsible for the failure of any Nortel Networks product to comply
with the applicable specifications if such failure was the result of (i) the
combination of Nortel Networks products with non-Nortel Products; or, (ii)
modification of a Nortel Networks product by the Company or any other third
party.

     9.16  THE WARRANTIES, CONDITIONS AND REMEDIES SET FORTH HEREIN
CONSTITUTE THE ONLY WARRANTIES, OBLIGATIONS OR CONDITIONS OF NORTEL NETWORKS
WITH RESPECT TO THE PRODUCTS AND SERVICES AND ARE COMPANY'S SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE

                                       22

<PAGE>

REMEDIES IN THE EVENT THAT SUCH WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS ARE BREACHED. THEY
ARE IN LIEU OF ALL OTHER WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS, WRITTEN OR ORAL,
STATUTORY, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED
WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. NORTEL
NETWORKS SHALL NOT BE LIABLE FOR ANY INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, PUNITIVE
OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION LOST REVENUES OR
PROFITS OR OTHER ECONOMIC LOSS, OF ANY NATURE WHATSOEVER ARISING OUT OF
NORTEL NETWORKS' BREACH OF WARRANTY OR CONDITION.

ARTICLE 10. NORTEL NETWORKS' ADDITIONAL OBLIGATIONS

     10.1  Nortel Networks shall make training available to representatives
of Company with respect to the operation, configuration, installation,
service, maintenance and support of the Products at Nortel Networks' then
current prices and at Nortel Networks' facilities, subject to course and
class availability. Nortel Networks shall provide Company with a certain
number of training credits ("Training Credits"), as set forth in the
applicable Product Annex, to be used by Company in any of Nortel Networks'
training courses related to the Products that Company has purchased. The
Training Credits for each Product may only be used in connection with such
Product and must be used within two (2) years from the date such Training
Credits were earned, after which such Training Credits will be forfeited by
Company.

     10.2  Upon request, Nortel Networks shall provide Company with copies of
its then current training catalogue. Upon the request of Company, Nortel
Networks shall provide to Company such training as Company requests, at a
time and place mutually agreed upon and at the then-current prices for such
training. The cancellation fees set forth in the training catalogues shall
apply.

     10.3  Nortel Networks shall include its standard Documentation package,
if any, with each shipment of Products. Nortel Networks shall make the
Documentation available on its choice of media, which may include CD-ROM or
other electronic media. Nortel Networks shall provide Company with any other
Documentation that is ordered at its then-current prices therefor.
Documentation provided via Nortel Networks' CD-ROM media may be printed and
copied and Documentation provided in paper format may be copied only to the
extent such printing or copying is necessary for the operation and
maintenance of the Products to which the Documentation pertains, and only to
the extent allowed in the Documentation. However, Company may not press or
burn any copies of CD-ROM discs.

     10.4  During the term of this Agreement, Company may receive various
support Services from Nortel Networks in connection with the Products
Company acquires from Nortel Networks under this Agreement. These Services
may include, but are not limited to the following: technical assistance
Services, installation Services, Hardware

                                       23


<PAGE>

maintenance Services, Software maintenance Services and parts repair and
replacement Services. The various support Services that Company may obtain
and the manner in which they will be provided are set forth in a Services
Annex, which is attached hereto and incorporated herein. The fees for these
Services, if available upon execution of this Agreement, are set forth in
Exhibit B. Fees for any support Services not specified in Exhibit B shall be
provided on an as-quoted basis or in a Statement of Work pursuant to Nortel
Networks' applicable terms and conditions.

     10.5  For the period following the Ship Date of a System as specified in
the applicable Product Annex, Nortel Networks shall make replacement parts, or
their functional equivalent, available for purchase by Company. Nortel
Networks shall also make available to Company such information as is
reasonably required in order to allow functionally equivalent spare parts to
perform with Products previously delivered to Company. The prices charged for
the spare parts shall be Nortel Networks' then current published list price
or its then current policy.

     10.5.1 In the event Nortel Networks intends to discontinue the
availability of, or support Service for, a major module of a Product, Nortel
Networks shall provide Company with at least ninety (90) days prior written
notice of such event and the applicable Product or support Service shall be
considered manufacture discontinued or discontinued, respectively, after such
ninety (90) day period. Nortel Networks shall have no obligation to provide
notice of manufacture discontinue if only components and individual circuit
packs of a Product are being discontinued or replaced.

ARTICLE 11. SOFTWARE LICENSE

     11.1  Company acknowledges that the Software may contain programs which
have been supplied by, and are proprietary to, Third Party Software vendors.
In addition to the terms and conditions herein, Company shall abide by any
additional terms and conditions specified in a Product Annex with respect to
any Software provided by any Third Party software vendor.

     11.2  Upon Company's payment to Nortel Networks of the applicable fees
with respect to any Software furnished to Company pursuant to this Agreement,
Nortel Networks hereby grants to Company, subject to the applicable terms and
conditions of this Article 11, a personal, non-transferable, non-assignable,
and non-exclusive, right and license to use the Licensed Software furnished to
Company, but only in conjunction with Company's use of the Hardware and/or
the Documentation with respect to which such Licensed Software was furnished.
The duration of such right to use shall last (i) with respect to Licensed
Software furnished in connection with Hardware, for the life of that Hardware
as it may be repaired or modified, and (ii) with respect to Licensed Software
furnished otherwise, for the duration of Company's right to use the Licensed
Software as demonstrated in the appropriate license. Company shall be granted
no title or ownership rights to the Software, which rights shall remain in
Nortel Networks or its suppliers.


                                       24

<PAGE>

     11.3 As a condition precedent to this license and to the supply of
Software by Nortel Networks pursuant to this Agreement, Nortel Networks
requires Company to give proper assurances to Nortel Networks for the
protection of the Software. Accordingly, all Software supplied by Nortel
Networks under or in implementation of this Agreement shall be treated by
Company as the exclusive property, and as proprietary and a trade secret, of
Nortel Networks and/or its suppliers, as appropriate, and Company shall:
(i) hold the Software, including, without limitation, any methods or concepts
utilized therein, in confidence for the benefit of Nortel Networks and/or its
suppliers, as appropriate; (ii) not provide or make the Software available to
any person except to its employees on a 'need to know' basis and then only
under confidentiality obligations; (iii) not reproduce, copy, or modify the
Software in whole or in part except as specifically authorized in writing by
Nortel Networks; (iv) not attempt to decompile, reverse engineer,
disassemble, reverse translate, or in any other manner decode the Software;
(v) issue adequate instructions to all persons, and take all actions
reasonably necessary, to satisfy Company's obligations under this license;
and (vi) forthwith return to Nortel Networks, or with Nortel Networks'
consent destroy (a) upon termination of the license for any reason, or (b)
upon receipt of replacement, modified, or updated Software, any magnetic
tape, disc, semiconductor device or other memory device or system memory
and/or Documentation or other material, including, but not limited to all
printed material furnished by Nortel Networks to Company. An appropriate
officer or other authorized representative of Company shall certify in
writing to Nortel Networks that all copies of material in the possession or
control of Company have been destroyed as required in this Paragraph.

     11.4 The obligations of Company hereunder shall not extend to any
information or data relating to the Software which: (a) was known by Company
prior to disclosure, as evidenced by its business records; (b) was lawfully
in the public domain prior to its disclosure, or becomes publicly available
other than through a breach of this Agreement; (c) was disclosed to Company
by a third party provided such third party, or any other party from whom such
third party receives such information, is not in breach of any
confidentiality obligation in respect of such information; (d) is
independently developed by Company, as evidenced by its business records; or
(e) is disclosed when such disclosure is compelled pursuant to legal,
judicial, or administrative proceedings, or otherwise required by law,
subject to Company using reasonable efforts to provide prior notice to Nortel
Networks to allow it to seek protective or other court orders.

     11.5 Nortel Networks may issue updates to the Software from time to
time, and upon Company's payment of any applicable right to use fees shall
license such updates to Company. The right to use fees for such updates do
not include the price of any associated Hardware that may be required to use
such updates.

     11.6 Neither Company nor any successor to Company's title in the
applicable Hardware shall have the right to (i) assign this license as to the
applicable Licensed Software to any other person who acquires legal title to
such Hardware; or (ii) sublicense

                                       25

<PAGE>

the rights herein granted as to such Licensed Software to any other person
who subsequently acquires the right to use such Hardware, unless agreed to in
writing by Nortel Networks, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld.

     11.7 Company shall indemnify and hold Nortel Networks and its suppliers,
as appropriate, harmless from any loss or damage resulting from a breach of
this Article 11. The obligations of Company under this Article 11 shall
survive the termination of the Agreement and shall continue after the
Software is removed from service.

NON-LICENSED SOFTWARE

     11.8 Certain Software delivered by Nortel Networks may include
Non-Licensed Software. Non-Licensed Software includes (i) any Software for
which the applicable right to use fees have not been paid; and (ii) Software
for which a periodic right to use fee has expired and the applicable
additional periodic right to use fees have not been paid. Company shall
submit to Nortel Networks an Order for any Non-Licensed Software that Company
desires to license or renew.

     11.9 When Non-Licensed Software is placed into service, even without the
submission of an Order, the applicable right to use fees shall be payable.
Company shall also have the option to pay the applicable right to use fees
for any Non-Licensed Software upon installation of a Software load containing
such Non-Licensed Software.

     11.10 To ensure Company's proper activation and/or usage of only the
appropriate Software, Company shall complete the appropriate form designated
by Nortel Networks prior to the activation and/or usage by Company of any
Non-Licensed Software. Company shall identify all Software desired to be
activated and/or used (including the number of lines or other units
activated, if applicable) in each System and shall transmit such form to
Nortel Networks.

     11.11 Nortel Networks shall promptly review any form submitted pursuant
to Section 11.10 and respond in writing, identifying whether (i) any
applicable prerequisite Hardware or Software is required by Company prior to
activation and/or usage of the applicable Software; or (ii) whether the use
of such Software requires Nortel Networks to determine whether the current
System configuration will require additional elements, such as Hardware,
other hardware and/or System memory, prior to activation and/or usage; or
(iii) whether Company can use such Software without any additional Hardware
or Software.

     11.12 Nortel Networks reserves the right to access by remote polling any
site in which Software has been installed to determine which Software has
been activated. Such polling shall be done so as not to unreasonably
interfere with Company's use of the Products.

                                      26

<PAGE>

     11.13 Nortel Networks shall issue invoices to Company, in addition to
those amounts previously invoiced, for amounts payable as a result of
Company's activation and/or usage of any Software which Nortel Networks
determines as a result of the remote polling of a site and for which Company
has not previously paid the appropriate right to use fee.

     11.14 The warranty period for Software activated later than the original
Ship Date of the Software load shall be for the same period as such original
Software load and shall not be extended to provide for an additional period of
warranty based upon the date individual features or units are activated
and/or utilized by Company or the date Company pays any applicable right to
use fees.

     11.15 Nortel Networks shall provide the Software support Services
specified in Article 10 or in a Services Annex, provided that Company
operates the Software at Nortel Networks' current Software release level or
within at least two (2) previous Software release levels, unless otherwise
specified in the Product or Services Annex.

MODIFIABLE SOFTWARE

     11.16 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary above, upon payment to
Nortel Networks of the applicable fees, Nortel Networks hereby grants to
Company, subject to the applicable terms and conditions of this Article 11, a
personal, non-transferable, non-assignable and non-exclusive right and
license to modify Licensed Software which Nortel Networks identifies as
Modifiable Software.

     11.17 Upon the modification or creation of any Applications, or the
modification or creation of any Building Blocks, Nortel Networks shall have
no obligations with regard to warranty under Article 9 or indemnity under
Article 12 for such Applications or Building Blocks.

     11.18 Nothing contained in this Section 11.16 shall transfer, or be
deemed to transfer, or contemplate the transfer of, any rights in or to the
Software other than those rights specifically granted herein, and in
particular but without restricting the generality of the foregoing, Nortel
Networks does not in any way transfer any right, title or interest in or to
the Software or any element constituting a portion thereof to Company, other
than the right of Company to modify or create Building Blocks and
Applications.

     11.19 For any Building Blocks and Applications created solely by
Company, and with respect to only the modified portions of all
Company-modified portions of the Nortel Networks-provided Building Blocks,
Company shall own all forms of intellectual property rights (including but
not limited to patent, trade secret, copyright and mask rights) pertaining to
such Applications, Building Blocks or portions thereof and shall have the
right to file for or otherwise secure and protect such rights. For all such
Company created Applications or Building Blocks or modified portions of
Building Blocks, the parties shall, on a case by case basis, negotiate in
good faith to determine

                                  27

<PAGE>

whether Company may desire to license any such Applications or Building Blocks
to Nortel Networks, such license to be at no charge to Nortel Networks as long
as Company is licensed hereunder.

     11.20  For any Applications created solely by Nortel Networks, and for
the Nortel Networks-provided Building Blocks, Nortel Networks shall own all
forms of intellectual property rights (including but not limited to patent,
trade secret, copyright and mask rights) pertaining to such Applications or
Building Blocks and shall have the right to file for or otherwise secure and
protect such rights. For all such Nortel Networks Applications or Building
Blocks, Company may license any such additional Nortel Networks Products upon
Nortel Networks making such software generally available to its customers.

     11.21  In the event that Company and Nortel Networks intend to jointly
create Applications or Building Blocks, the parties shall mutually agree in
writing as to applicable terms and conditions.

SERVICES SOFTWARE

     11.22  With respect to Services Software, Company shall: (i) utilize
such Services Software and the results thereof solely for the purposes
described in Section 1.32; and (ii) comply with additional terms, if any,
applicable to such. Services Software as specified in a Product Annex. Nortel
Networks may, at any time and without liability or obligation to Company,
modify the Services Software, any computer equipment of Nortel Networks or
suppliers used in connection with such Services Software, and identification
codes, manuals or other information or Documentation used in connection with
the Services Software.

     11.23 SERVICES SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED AS IS AND WITHOUT WARRANTY OR
CONDITION OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED
TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
PURPOSE. NORTEL NETWORKS DOES NOT AND CANNOT WARRANT THE PERFORMANCE OR
RESULTS THAT MAY BE OBTAINED BY USING SERVICES SOFTWARE. COMPANY ASSUMES SOLE
RESPONSIBILITY FOR THE SELECTION OF THE SERVICES SOFTWARE TO ACHIEVE
COMPANY'S INTENDED RESULTS, AND FOR THE INSTALLATION, USE, AND RESULTS
OBTAINED FROM THE SERVICES SOFTWARE. IN NO EVENT SHALL NORTEL NETWORKS BE
LIABLE FOR ANY INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, PUNITIVE OR CONSEQUENTIAL
DAMAGES, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION, LOST REVENUES OR PROFITS OR OTHER
ECONOMIC LOSS, OF ANY NATURE WHATSOEVER ARISING OUT OF COMPANY'S USE OF
SERVICES SOFTWARE.

                                      28

<PAGE>

ARTICLE 12. INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS

     12.1   The Services performed by Nortel Networks and its Affiliates
pursuant to this Agreement (and any deliverables provided to Company in
connection therewith) are not "works for hire".

     12.2   All Background IPR of a party or its Affiliate shall remain the
exclusive property of such party or its Affiliate, and the information
contained therein shall be deemed to be Confidential Information of such
party or its Affiliate.

     12.3   With respect to any Background IPR of Company disclosed to Nortel
Networks, its Affiliates, and/or its contractors in connection with this
Agreement, Company hereby grants to Nortel Networks, Nortel Networks'
Affiliates, and Nortel Networks' contractors a non-exclusive, royalty-free,
worldwide right to make, use, and reproduce such Background IPR, but only to
the extent that such right is necessary for the performance of Nortel
Networks; obligations under this Agreement and the Services contemplated
hereunder.

     12.4   With respect to any Foreground IPR of Nortel Networks and its
Affiliates which is incorporated or contained within, or which is required
for the implementation of, any recommendations(s) or conclusions(s) advanced
by Nortel Networks in the course of performing Services under this Agreement,
Nortel Networks hereby grants to Company a non-exclusive, royalty-free,
worldwide right to use and disclose such Foreground IPR, but only to the
extent necessary for Company to implement such recommendations(s) or
conclusions(s) in the implementation, operation and maintenance of Company's
communications network or in Company's provision of communications services.

     12.5   With respect to any Background IPR of Nortel Networks and its
Affiliates which is incorporated or contained within, or which is required
for the implementation of, any recommendations(s) or conclusions(s) advanced
by Nortel Networks in the course of performing Services under this Agreement,
Nortel Networks will grant to Company, upon reasonable commercial terms, a
non-exclusive, worldwide right to use and disclose such Background IPR, but
only to the extent necessary for Company to implement such recommendations(s)
or conclusions(s) in the implementation, operation and maintenance of
Company's communications network or in Company's provision of communications
services. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the grant to Company of rights in the
Background IPR of Nortel Networks and its affiliates shall not include
product design information of Nortel Networks and its Affiliates, but shall
be limited to that Background IPR within the scope of the technical
information to be included within the deliverables.

     12.6   Prior to disclosing to any third party any Foreground IPR or
Background IPR of Nortel Networks and its Affiliates pursuant to Sections
12.2 or 12.5. Company shall (i) advise such third party in writing of the
confidential and proprietary nature and the limitations on use of the
information to be disclosed, as set forth in Sections 12.4 and

                                      29

<PAGE>


12.5, and shall (ii) obtain from such third party a written undertaking to
respect such obligations.

     12.7   Nothing contained in this Agreement shall transfer, or be deemed
to transfer or contemplate the transfer of, any Intellectual Property Right
other than those rights specifically granted herein, and in particular but
without restricting the generality of the foregoing, Nortel Networks does not
in any way grant any license in, to, or under any of its Intellectual
Property Rights.

     12.8   Nothing contained in this Agreement shall prevent, or be deemed
to prevent, Nortel Networks or its Affiliates from providing to any third
party the same or similar Services (including the same or similar
recommendations or conclusions) as may be provided to Company pursuant to
this Agreement.

ARTICLE 13.  LIABILITIES FOR BODILY INJURY, PROPERTY DAMAGE AND PATENT
             INFRINGEMENT

     13.1   A party hereto shall defend the other party against any suit,
claim, or proceeding brought against the other party for direct damages due
to bodily injuries (including death) or damage to tangible property which
allegedly result from the negligence or willful misconduct of the defending
party in the performance of this Agreement. The defending party shall pay all
litigation costs, reasonable attorney's fees, settlement payments and such
direct damages awarded or resulting from such suit, claim or proceeding.

     13.2   Nortel Networks shall defend Company against any suit, claim or
proceeding brought against Company alleging that the sale to, or use by
Company of, any Products, excluding Third Party Hardware or Third Party
Software, furnished hereunder infringes any patent ("Infringement Claim").
Nortel Networks shall pay, subject to Section 13.3 below, all litigation
costs, reasonable attorney's fees, settlement payments and damages awarded or
resulting from any such suit, claim or proceeding. With respect to Third
Party Hardware or Third Party Software, Nortel Networks shall assign any
rights with respect to infringement of patents granted to Nortel Networks by
the supplier of such items to the extent of Nortel Networks' right to do so.

     13.3   Nortel Networks' cumulative liability, pursuant to this Article
13 and including its costs and expenses incurred in satisfying its
obligations set forth below, shall not exceed one hundred percent (100%) of
the purchase price of the Products or Services giving rise to the
Infringement Claim. Nortel Networks shall not be liable and Company shall
indemnify Nortel Networks for any costs incurred by Nortel Networks or
liabilities of Nortel Networks arising under this Article in excess of the
amounts so stated above.

     13.4   Nortel Networks shall have no liability, in respect of any
Infringement Claim based on the use of a Product in the event that such
Product: (i) is manufactured,


                                      30

<PAGE>

designed or supplied by Nortel Networks in accordance with any design or any
special instruction furnished by Company; (ii) is used by Company in a manner
or for a purpose not contemplated by this Agreement; (iii) is used by Company
in combination with other products not provided or approved by Nortel
Networks, including, without limitation, any software developed solely by
Company through the permitted use of Products furnished hereunder, provided
that the Infringement Claim arises from such combination or the use thereof;
or (iv) is modified by Company where such modification is not authorized by
Nortel Networks.  In these cases, Company shall indemnify and hold Nortel
Networks harmless against any loss, cost, expense, damage, settlement or
other liability, including, but not limited to, attorneys' fees, which may be
incurred by Nortel Networks with respect to any suit, claim, or proceeding
described in this Section 13.5.  Company shall waive any and all claims that
Company may have against Nortel Networks that Company may have due to any use
by Company of Modifiable Software and any modification Company may have made
to a Product as a result of such use.  Further, Company shall be responsible
for any additional hardware, software or services required as a result of
such use.

     13.6   Nortel Networks may provide Company with notice of an actual or
potential Infringement Claim.  Nortel Networks shall consult with Company
regarding the Infringement Claim and the course of action to be pursued as a
result thereof.  In the event that the parties fail to agree on a
satisfactory course of action for dealing with the matter, Company may
either:  (i) return to Nortel Networks the affected portion of the Product(s)
or deliverable(s) in return for a refund of the depreciated value (as carried
on the books of Company) of the Product(s) or deliverable(s) so returned, or
terminate the Services; or (ii) continue to use the Product(s), Services, or
deliverable(s) at Company's own risk.

     13.7   Nortel Networks shall not be liable for, and Company shall
indemnify Nortel Networks in respect of, any damages awarded based on
Company's willful, knowing or deliberate infringement of a patent, copyright,
trade secret, trademark or other proprietary right where such infringement
results in a pecuniary damage award.  Nortel Networks shall not be liable
for, and Company shall indemnify Nortel Networks in respect of any
Infringement Claim(s) where Nortel Networks has provided notice to Company of
the Infringement Claim(s) and Company elects to continue its use of the
Product(s) or deliverable related to or covered by the Infringement Claim.

     13.8   If as a result of an Infringement Claim, other than those
contemplated above, an injunction is obtained against Company's use of any
Product(s), Service(s) or deliverable(s), Nortel Networks shall, at Nortel
Networks' option:  (i) procure for Company the right to continue using the
alleged infringing Product(s) or deliverable; (ii) replace or modify the same
with equivalent or better Product(s), Service(s), or deliverable(s) so that
Company's use is non-infringing; or (iii) accept return of the affected
portion of the Product(s), Service(s) or deliverable(s) and refund to Company
the depreciated value (as carried on the books of Company) of such
Product(s), Service(s), or deliverable(s) so returned.

                                      31

<PAGE>

     13.9   The defense of any claim which is predominantly covered by the
provisions of this Agreement shall be controlled by the party upon whom the
majority of the ultimate liability is likely to be imposed.  Such controlling
party shall give the other party a reasonable opportunity to participate in
negotiation or defense of the claim so that such other Party may reasonably
protect its own interests.  Neither Party shall be liable for any settlement
obligation incurred without its written consent.

     13.10   THE REMEDIES SET FORTH IN THIS ARTICLE 13 ESTABLISH THE ENTIRE
OBLIGATION OF THE PARTIES IN REGARD TO CLAIMS RELATING TO INTELLECTUAL
PROPERTY RIGHTS INCLUDING CLAIMS DIRECTED TO THE INFRINGEMENT OF PATENTS,
COPYRIGHT, TRADE SECRETS AND OTHER PROPRIETARY RIGHTS.  IN NO EVENT SHALL
EITHER PARTY BE LIABLE FOR ANY INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, PUNITIVE OR
CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION, LOST REVENUES OR PROFITS
OR OTHER ECONOMIC LOSS OF ANY NATURE WHATSOEVER, ARISING FROM SUCH
INFRINGEMENT CLAIMS AND/OR RELATED MATTERS, OTHER THAN AS SPECIFICALLY SET
FORTH HEREIN.

ARTICLE 14. REMEDIES AND LIMITATION OF LIABILITY

     14.1   Nortel Networks shall have the right to suspend its performance,
upon written notice to Company, and forthwith remove and take possession of
all Products and deliverables that shall have been delivered to Company, and
terminate any Services being provided to Company, if, prior to payment to
Nortel Networks of any amounts due pursuant to this Agreement with respect to
such Products or Services, Company shall (i) become insolvent or bankrupt or
cease to conduct business in the ordinary course, or be unable or admit in
writing its inability, to pay all debts as they mature, or make a general
assignment for the benefit of, or enter into any arrangement with,
creditors; (ii) authorize, apply for, or consent to the appointment of, a
receiver, trustee, or liquidator of all or a substantial part of its assets
or have proceedings seeking such appointment commenced against it which are
not terminated within sixty (60) days of such commencement; or (iii) file a
voluntary petition under any bankruptcy or insolvency law or under the
reorganization or arrangement provisions of the United States Bankruptcy Code
or any similar law of any jurisdiction or have proceedings under any such law
instituted against it which are not terminated within sixty (60) days of such
commencement.

     14.2   In the event of any material breach of this Agreement which shall
continue for thirty (30) or more days after written notice of such breach
(including a reasonably detailed statement of the nature of such breach) has
been given to the breaching party by the aggrieved party, the aggrieved party
shall be entitled at its option to avail itself of any and all remedies
available at law or equity, except as otherwise limited in this Agreement.

                                      32

<PAGE>

     14.3   Nothing contained in Section 14.2 or elsewhere in this Agreement
shall make Nortel Networks liable for any indirect, incidental, punitive,
special, or consequential damages of any nature whatsoever for any breach of
this Agreement whether the claims for such damages arise in tort (including
negligence regardless of degree of fault), contract, or otherwise.

     14.4   Nortel Networks shall not be liable for any additional costs,
expenses, losses or damages resulting from errors, acts or omissions of
Company, including, but not limited to, inaccuracy, incompleteness or
untimeliness in the provision of information by Company to Nortel Networks or
fulfillment by Company of any of its obligations under this Agreement.
Company shall pay Nortel Networks the amount of any such costs, expenses,
losses or damage incurred by Nortel Networks.

     14.5   Any action for breach of this Agreement or to enforce any right
hereunder shall be commenced within two (2) years after the cause of action
accrues or it shall be deemed waived and barred, except any action for
nonpayment by Company of any prices, charges, fees or other amounts payable
hereunder may be brought by Nortel Networks at any time permitted by
applicable law, and Nortel Networks may suspend performance of any of its
obligations hereunder until all such payments are made.

ARTICLE 15. TERM AND TERMINATION

     15.1   This Agreement will be in effect from the Effective Date for a
period of three (3) years.  Thereafter, this Agreement shall automatically
renew for one (1) year terms, unless either party provides the other party
with written notice of its intent not to renew at least sixty (60) days prior
to the end of the original term or any renewal term.

     15.2   Either party may delay performance under this Agreement or
terminate this Agreement, in whole or in part, in the event of a default by
the other, provided that the non-defaulting party so advises the defaulting
party in writing of the event of alleged default and the defaulting party
does not remedy the alleged default within thirty (30) days after written
notice thereof.  If the alleged default is not capable of being remedied
within thirty (30) days, the defaulting party must commence to remedy the
alleged default within such thirty (30) day period and provide to the
non-defaulting party a plan for timely remedying the alleged default in order
to avoid termination.  A default shall include:  (i) a party's insolvency or
initiation of bankruptcy or receivership proceedings by or against a party or
the execution of an assignment for the benefit of creditors; or (ii) either
party's material breach of any of the terms or conditions hereof including
the failure to make any payment when due.

     15.3   The expiration or termination of this Agreement for any cause
shall not release either party from:  (i) any obligations and duties
remaining under any Order accepted by Nortel Networks prior to such
expiration or termination, except that Nortel Networks shall not be required
to fulfil the Order if the termination is due to a breach or default by
Company; (ii) any liability which at the time of expiration or termination has

                                      33

<PAGE>

already accrued to the other party, or, which thereafter may accrue in
respect to any event prior to expiration or termination; or (iii) any
liability from any obligation specified in Section 17.18 below to survive
expiration or termination.

     15.4   Notwithstanding the foregoing, Nortel shall not be obligated to
provide any Services pursuant to this Agreement after termination of this
Agreement.  Company shall pay the full price for Services performed prior to
the Effective Date of termination plus the costs to Nortel of, and
necessarily incidental to, termination, including such other costs, charges
or expenses for which Nortel has the right to reimbursement hereunder.
Termination of this Agreement shall not entitle Company to withhold payment
of any amount due or accruing to Nortel hereunder prior to the effective date
of termination, or to reimbursement of any amount previously paid to Nortel.

ARTICLE 16. CONFIDENTIALITY

     16.1   Each party which receives the other party's Confidential
Information shall use reasonable care to hold such Confidential Information
in confidence and not disclose such Confidential Information to anyone other
than to its employees and employees of a Nortel Networks Affiliate, as
applicable, with a need to know.  A party that receives the other party's
Confidential Information shall not reproduce such Confidential Information,
except to the extent reasonably required for the performance of its
obligations pursuant to this Agreement and in connection with any permitted
use of such Confidential Information.

     16.2   Company shall take reasonable care to use Nortel Networks'
Confidential Information only for study, operating, or maintenance purposes
in connection with Company's use of Products and/or Services furnished by
Nortel Networks pursuant to this Agreement.

     16.3   Notwithstanding the foregoing, either party shall be free to use
that portion of the Confidential Information which may be retained in
intangible form by those employees who have had access to the Confidential
Information, for any purpose, including use in the development, manufacture,
marketing and maintenance of its products and services.  The marketing of any
product or service, including the dissemination of supporting documentation,
which inherently discloses the disclosing party's Confidential Information
shall not be deemed a breach by the recipient of such obligations; provided
however, that ownership of the Confidential Information and all intellectual
property rights to such Confidential Information remain with the disclosing
party.

     16.4   The obligations of either party pursuant to this Article 16 shall
not extend to any Confidential Information which a recipient can demonstrate
through written documentation was already known to the recipient prior to its
disclosure to the recipient or was known or generally available to the public
at the time of disclosure to the recipient; becomes known or generally
available to the public (other than by act of the

                                      34

<PAGE>

recipient) subsequent to its disclosure to the recipient; is disclosed or
made available in writing to the recipient by a third party having a bona
fide right to do so and without similar confidentiality obligations; is
independently developed by recipient as shown by the recipient's written
records; or is required to be disclosed by subpoena or other process of law,
provided that the recipient shall notify the disclosing party promptly of any
such subpoena or other process of law requiring disclosure and permits
(assisting where reasonably required) the disclosing party to assert its
right to protect its Confidential Information.

     16.5   Nortel Networks represents that each of its agents and employees
who provide services on Company's premises is subject to a confidentiality
agreement requiring each agent and employee to maintain Company's information
as Confidential Information.

ARTICLE 17. MISCELLANEOUS

     17.1   PUBLICITY - A party shall not release any advertising or other
publicity relating to this Agreement or the contents hereof wherein such
other party may reasonably be identified without the prior written approval
of the other party.  In addition, each party shall take reasonable
precautions to keep the existence and the contents of this Agreement
confidential so long as this Agreement remains in effect and for a period of
five (5) years thereafter, except as may be otherwise expressly provided in
this Agreement or as may be reasonably required to enforce this Agreement by
law.

     17.2   APPLICABLE LAW - The validity, construction and performance of
this Agreement shall be governed by and interpreted in accordance with the
laws of the State of Texas, except for its rules with regard to the conflict
of laws and venue portions thereof.

     17.3   EFFECTS OF HEADINGS - All headings used herein are for index and
reference purposes only, and shall not be given any substantive effect.  This
Agreement has been created jointly by the parties and no rule of construction
requiring interpretation against the drafter of this Agreement shall apply in
its interpretation.

     17.4   ASSIGNMENT - Other than as explicitly stated below, neither party
may assign or transfer this Agreement or any of its rights hereunder without
the prior written consent of the other party, such consent not to be
unreasonably withheld.  A change in control of Company shall be deemed an
assignment hereunder.  A change in control shall occur if ownership or
control of more than fifty percent (50%) of the shares of the Company
entitled to elect the board of directors changes during the term of this
Agreement.  Company's consent shall not be required for any assignment or
transfer by Nortel Networks (i) to any Nortel Networks Affiliate of all or
any part of this Agreement or of Nortel Networks' rights hereunder; or (ii)
to any third party of Nortel Networks' right to receive any monies
("Receivables") which may become due to Nortel Networks pursuant to this
Agreement.  Company hereby consents to the sale of Receivables by

                                      35

<PAGE>

Nortel Networks without the necessity for any further notice and without any
qualification on such consent.  Company grants permission for Nortel Networks
to disclose the provisions of this Agreement to purchasers and prospective
purchasers of Receivables, or their affiliates and others with a present or
prospective financial interest in such Receivables, and their respective
agents, attorneys, auditors, rating agencies and other advisors.

     17.5   SUBCONTRACTING - Nortel Networks may subcontract any of its
obligations under this Agreement, but no such subcontract shall relieve
Nortel Networks of primary responsibility for performance of its obligations.

     17.6   NON-WAIVER - The failure by either party hereto at any time to
require performance by the other party or to claim a breach of any provision
of this Agreement shall not be construed as affecting any subsequent breach
or the right to require the performance with respect thereto or to claim a
breach with respect thereto.

     17.7   RELATIONSHIP OF THE PARTIES - The provisions of this Agreement
shall not be construed to establish any form of partnership, agency or joint
venture of any kind between Nortel Networks and Company, nor to constitute
either party as the agent, employee or legal representative of the other.  To
the extent Nortel Networks provides Services under this Agreement, those
Services are provided as an independent contractor.  All persons furnished by
either party to accomplish the intent of this Agreement shall be considered
solely as the furnishing party's employees or agents and the furnishing party
shall be solely responsible for compliance with respect to its employees with
all laws, rules and regulations involving, but not limited to, employment of
labor, hours of labor, working conditions, workers' compensation, payment of
wages, and withholding and payment of applicable taxes, including, but not
limited to income taxes, unemployment taxes, and social security taxes.

     17.8   FORCE MAJEURE - If the performance by a party of any of its
obligations under this Agreement shall be interfered with by reason of any
circumstances beyond the reasonable control of that party, including without
limitation, fire, explosion, acts of God, war, revolution, civil commotion,
unavailability of supplies or sources of energy, power failure, breakdown of
machinery, delays regarding zoning, easements or deed restrictions, any legal
proceedings between parties unrelated to the parties hereto or labor
difficulties, including without limitation, strikes, slowdowns, picketing or
boycotts, then that party shall be excused from such performance for a period
equal to the delay resulting from the applicable circumstances and such
additional period as may be reasonably necessary to allow that party to
resume its performance.  With respect to labor difficulties as described
above, a party shall not be obligated to accede to any demands being made by
employees or other personnel.

     17.9   TAXES - Company shall at Nortel Networks' direction promptly
reimburse Nortel Networks or pay directly to the applicable government or
taxing authority all taxes and charges arising hereunder, including, without
limitation, penalties and interest,

                                      36

<PAGE>

except for taxes computed upon the net income of Nortel Networks.  If Company
provides Nortel Networks with a certificate of exemption for the applicable
taxes, in a timely manner, then Nortel Networks shall not invoice Company for
such taxes.  Nortel Networks will assist the Company, to the extent
permissible, with any Company tax minimization strategy made known to Nortel
Networks.

     17.10   HAZARDOUS MATERIALS - Prior to issuing any Order for Services to
be performed at Company's facilities, Company shall identify and notify
Nortel Networks in writing of the existence of all Hazardous Materials which
Nortel Networks may encounter during the performance of such Services,
including without limitation, any Hazardous Materials contained within any
equipment to be removed by Nortel Networks.  If Company breaches its
obligations pursuant to this Paragraph, (i) Nortel Networks may discontinue
the performance of the applicable Services until all the Hazardous Materials
have been removed or abated to Nortel Networks' satisfaction by Company at
Company's sole expense; and (ii) Company shall defend, indemnify and hold
Nortel Networks harmless from any and all damages, claims losses, liabilities
and expenses, including without limitation, attorney's fees, which arise out
of Company's breach of such obligations.

     17.11   NOTICE - All notices required or permitted to be given hereunder
shall be in writing and shall be deemed given when delivered (i) by hand; or
(ii) by facsimile transmission (confirming the same by mail); or (iii) by
certified or next-day mail addressed as follows:

     IF TO COMPANY:
     Advanced Telecommunications Inc.
     730 Second Avenue South, Suite 1200
     Minneapolis, Minnesota 55402
      Attention: RICHARD A. SMITH, CFO
      Facsimile: (612) 376-4411

     IF TO NORTEL NETWORKS:
     Nortel Networks Inc.
     2350 Lakeside Blvd.
     Richardson, Texas 75082
      Attention: Senior Manager, Contracts Management & Negotiations
      Facsimile: 972/685-3284

Either party hereto may change its address by a notice given to the other
party hereto in the manner set forth above.

     17.12   INFORMATION AND DOCUMENTATION - Company shall provide any
information and/or documentation that Nortel Networks reasonably requests
from Company and that is necessary for Nortel Networks to properly perform
any of its obligations hereunder.

                                      37


<PAGE>


Such information shall be provided in a form reasonably specified by Nortel
Networks by the dates specified by Nortel Networks.

     17.13  EXPORT--Company shall not export any Products or technical data
received from Nortel Networks pursuant to this Agreement, or release any such
Products or technical data with the knowledge or intent that such will be
exported or transmitted to any country or to foreign nationals of any
country, except in accordance with applicable U.S. laws and regulations
concerning exporting and with the prior written consent of Nortel Networks.
Company shall obtain all government authorizations, in accordance with
applicable law prior to exporting or transmitting any such Products or
technical data.

     17.14  SEVERABILITY--If any provision of this Agreement is declared or
judicially determined to be invalid or unenforceable under applicable law,
the remaining provisions shall continue in full force and effect and the
parties shall substitute for the invalid provision a valid provision which
most closely approximates the economic effect and intent of the invalid
provision.

     17.15  ENTIRE AGREEMENT--This Agreement, including the Exhibits,
Schedules and Annexes which are attached hereto and incorporated herein,
comprises all the terms, conditions and agreements of the parties hereto with
respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all previous negotiations,
proposals, commitments, writings, publications and understandings of any
nature whatsoever. Company hereby acknowledges and agrees that it has not
relied on any representations or warranties other than those expressly set
forth in this Agreement.

     17.16  MODIFICATION OF AGREEMENT--No addition to or modification of this
Agreement, including Exhibits, Schedules, or Annexes, shall be effective or
binding on either of the parties hereto unless reduced to writing and
executed by the respective duly authorized representatives of each of the
parties hereto.

     17.17  REGULATORY COMPLIANCE--In the event of any change in the
Specifications or Nortel Networks' manufacturing or delivery processes for
any Products as a result of the imposition of requirements by any government,
Nortel Networks may upon notice to Company, increase its prices, charges and
fees to cover the added costs and expenses directly and indirectly incurred
by Nortel Networks as a result of such change.

     17.18  SURVIVORSHIP--Any terms of this Agreement, which by their nature
are intended to survive, including but not limited to those Articles titled
"Warranty," "Intellectual Property Rights," "Liability for Bodily Injury,
Property Damages and Patent Infringement," "Remedics and Limitation of
Liability," "Confidentiality, and "Miscellaneous," as well as Section 403
("Price and Payment"), 11.3 ("Software License"), and 15.3 ("Terms and
Termination"), shall survive the termination or expiration of this Agreement.



                                      38


<PAGE>


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement.

NORTEL NETWORKS INC.                   ADVANCED TELECOMMUNICATIONS INC.

By: /s/ Patti Jacobs                   By: /s/ Richard A. Smith
   --------------------------------       ---------------------------
Name: Patti Jacobs/Jim Bartoszewicz    Name: Richard A. Smith
     ------------------------------         -------------------------
Title: Director / V.P.                 Title: Chief Financial Officer
      -----------------------------          ------------------------
Date: 6/3/99                           Date: 6/1/99
     ------------------------------         -------------------------



                                      39

<PAGE>


                                   EXHIBIT A

                               PRODUCT ANNEX A.1

                      DMS-FAMILY PRODUCTS AND STP PRODUCTS


The supplemental terms and conditions provided below take precedence over any
conflicting terms and conditions specified, in the Sections noted below or
elsewhere, in the Agreement as such terms and conditions apply to the DMS-10,
DMS-100, DMS-200, DMS-100/200, DMS-250, DMS-300, DMS-300/250, or DMS-500
Products ("DMS-Family Products") or the DMS STP or Broadband STP Products
("STP Products").

ARTICLE 2, SECTION 2.1

     2.1.1. During the Original Term, Company commits to purchase and/or
     license, as applicable, and take delivery of the Products described in
     Attachment 1, Part I (DMS-500 Initial Systems) and Part III (DMS-500
     Initial System Standard/Additional Software Features), in a minimum
     dollar amount of Ten Million Dollars ($10,000,000.00) (the "Initial
     Commitment Amount"), which amount shall include without limitation,
     no less than four (4) DMS-500 Initial Systems as described in
     Attachment 1, Part I. The prices, charges and fees for the Products
     shall be paid in accordance with Article 4 of the Agreement.


     2.1.2 From time to time during the Term, Company may license any of the
     DMS-500 Optional Software listed in Attachment 1, Part IV ("Optional
     Software"). In the event that Nortel Networks receives an Order for
     Optional Software prior to the Ship Date of a DMS-500 Initial System
     purchased hereunder, Company shall receive a *** discount off the
     licensing fees for such Optional software as set forth in Attachment I,
     Part IV. For all other Optional Software Orders issued by Company during
     the Term, Company shall receive a *** discount off the licensing fees set
     forth in Attachment 1, Part IV.

ARTICLE 2, SECTION 2.3

With regard to the subject of forecasts, the following shall apply for
DMS-250, DMS-300, DMS-300/250, or DMS-500 Products:

     Company shall submit a non-binding forecast to Nortel Networks, in
     accordance with Section 2.3 of the Agreement.

ARTICLE 2, SECTION 27

2.7  If Company purchases ports from a supplier other than Nortel ("Third
Party Ports") and installs such Third Party Ports on any DMS-500 Switching
System purchased by Company under the Agreement, Nortel will invoice Company
for the following fees

*** Confidential information has been omitted and filed separately with the
    Securities and Exchange Commission.

                                  1

<PAGE>

for use of Nortel's ENET software in connection with such Third Party Ports:
*** per port for the first three thousand (3000) DS-0 ports and *** per port
for each additional DS-0 port thereafter. Furthermore, upon the installation
of such Third Party Ports, Nortel shall suspend any service and/or
maintenance responsibilities or obligations that Nortel may then have with
regard to each DMS-500 Switching System upon which such Third Party Ports are
installed (each, an "Affected Switch"), and the Warranty provisions set forth
in the Agreement shall be suspended until such time as Nortel certification
of each Affected Switch has been completed. Company shall issue an order for
Nortel certification of each Affected Switch and shall pay to Nortel,
Nortel's then-current price for each such certification.

ARTICLE 4, SECTION 4.3(i)

With regard to the subject of invoicing for Systems, the following shall
apply for DMS-250, DMS-300, DMS-300/250, or DMS-500 Products:

     (i)  for Systems, whether or not installation has been ordered from
     Nortel Networks, *** of the price for such System(s) including Products
     and Services related thereto which are included in the price) shall be
     invoiced on the Ship Date; *** of the price for such System(s) shall be
     invoiced on the Turnover Date; and *** of the price for such System(s)
     shall be invoiced on the Acceptance Date.


ARTICLE 5, SECTION 5.1

With regard to the subject of reschedule of an Order, the following shall
apply:

     Sixty (60) days notice must be provided to Nortel Networks prior to the
     scheduled Ship Date.

ARTICLE 7, SECTION 7.3

With regard to the subject of Company performing installation of any of the
DMS-250, DMS-300, DMS-300/250, or DMS-500 Products, the following shall apply:

     Company shall not have the right to perform installation Services.

ARTICLE 7, SECTION 7.3.1

With regard to the subject of Company performing installation of any of the
DMS-10, DMS-100, DMS-200, DMS-100/200 or STP Products, the following shall
apply:

     Company shall not initially have the right to perform installation
     Services, but may obtain the right to install certain DMS-10, DMS-100,
     DMS-200, DMS-100/200 or STP Products, subject to attending applicable
     training courses,

*** Confidential information has been omitted and filed separately with the
    Securities and Exchange Commission.



                                     2

<PAGE>


     obtaining the required training certifications to perform same, and
     obtaining Nortel Networks' written concurrence to do so.

ARTICLE 9, SECTION 9.1.1

With regard to the subject of warranty, the following shall apply:

     9.1.1  Upon the expiration of the warranty for each System provided by
Section 9.1 of the Agreement, Nortel shall provide to Company, at no
additional charge, a twenty-four month Service & Support Plan with respect to
each of the Initial System(s) purchased hereunder. The Service & Support Plan
shall provide the support services described on Attachment 4 to this Exhibit
A, Product Annex A.1. Upon the expiration of the S&SP term for each System,
Company may renew the S&SP at the then-current rates for such services.

ARTICLE 10, SECTION 10.1

With regard to the subject of Training Credits, the following shall apply:

     With each DMS-250, DMS-300 Initial System purchased hereunder, Nortel
     Networks shall provide to Company a total of fifty (50) student training
     days. With each DMS-300/250 or DMS-500 Initial System purchased
     hereunder, Nortel Networks shall provide to Company a total of one
     hundred (100) student training days.

     With each DMS-100, DMS-200 or DMS-100/200 Initial System purchased
     hereunder, Supplier shall provide to Company one hundred sixty (160)
     Training Credits. No such Training Credits shall be provided for DMS-10
     Systems nor for STP Products purchased hereunder.

ARTICLE 10, SECTION 10.5

With regard to the subject of support services, the following shall apply:

     Nortel shall make available Post-Cutover Integration Services as set
forth in Attachment 3 to this Product Annex A.1.

ARTICLE 11, SECTION 11.1

With regard to the subject of Third Party Software, the following shall apply:

     With regard to Third Party Software from Glenayre Electronic, Inc.,
     ("Glenayre") including but not limited to a product referred to as
     "modular voice processing," Company shall abide by the terms and
     conditions specified in the Software License shown in Attachment 2 to
     this Product Annex A.1, in addition to the terms and conditions of this
     Agreement.

                                       3

<PAGE>

At the present time, there are no additional terms with regard to Third Party
Hardware that must be observed by Company.

ARTICLE 11, SECTION 11.5

With regard to the subject of Software updates, the following shall apply:

     Nortel Networks shall classify such updates as either (i)
     incremental Software upgrades ("ISUs"), designed to correct any
     nonconformance to the applicable Software specifications; or (ii)
     enhancements which will provide additional features or functionality
     ("Enhancements"). Updates classified as ISUs by Nortel Networks will
     be provided at no cost to Company during the warranty period for
     such Licensed Software. Updates classified as Enhancements by Nortel
     Networks will be made available to Company at Nortel Networks
     applicable right to use fees. In the event that Nortel Networks
     determines that an update includes both ISUs and Enhancements, such
     update shall be made available to Company. If Company elects to
     receive the update, Nortel Networks shall invoice Company
     only for the right to use fees applicable to the Enhancements
     contained in such update, unless the Enhancements are provided by
     Nortel Networks at no charge as described in this Product Annex A.1,
     Attachment 1, Part V, Section V.1.0.

ARTICLE 17, SECTION 17.9

With regard to the subject of taxes, the following shall apply:

     The prices do not include any applicable taxes.

                                       4

<PAGE>


                  ATTACHMENT 1 TO EXHIBIT A, PRODUCT ANNEX A.1
                       PART I. DMS-500 INITIAL SYSTEMS


                                     ***



*** Confidential information has been omitted and filed separately with the
    Securities and Exchange Commission.



<PAGE>


                  ATTACHMENT 1 TO EXHIBIT A, PRODUCT ANNEX A.1
         PART II. ADD-ON/EXTENSION PORTS AND LINK PERIPHERAL PROCESSORS
                            (DMS-500 INITIAL SYSTEMS)


                                     ***



*** Confidential information has been omitted and filed separately with the
    Securities and Exchange Commission.




<PAGE>


                  ATTACHMENT 1 TO EXHIBIT A, PRODUCT ANNEX A.1
                     PRODUCTS AND PRICING FOR DMS SYSTEMS
             PART III. DMS-500 STANDARD/ADDITIONAL SOFTWARE FEATURES


                                     ***



*** Confidential information has been omitted and filed separately with the
    Securities and Exchange Commission.



<PAGE>


                  ATTACHMENT 1 TO EXHIBIT A, PRODUCT ANNEX A.1
                     PRODUCTS AND PRICING FOR DMS SYSTEMS
                  PART IV. DMS-500 OPTIONAL SOFTWARE FEATURES


                                     ***



*** Confidential information has been omitted and filed separately with the
    Securities and Exchange Commission.

<PAGE>


                  ATTACHMENT 1 TO EXHIBIT A, PRODUCT ANNEX A.1
                     PRODUCTS AND PRICING FOR DMS SYSTEMS
                   PART V. MISCELLANEOUS PRODUCTS & SERVICES


                                     ***



*** Confidential information has been omitted and filed separately with the
    Securities and Exchange Commission.

<PAGE>


                                   EXHIBIT A
                         ATTACHMENT 2 TO PRODUCT ANNEX A.1
                             GLENAYRE SOFTWARE LICENSE


RECITALS

1.1  To enable Company to operate equipment sold by Glenayre to Company,
     Glenayre wishes to grant to Company and Company wishes to acquire from
     Glenayre a non-exclusive right to use computer software in object code
     form only, to practice inventions protected by issued patents or pending
     applications, and to use materials, subject to the provisions of this
     License Agreement. The Software Licenses, the User Material Licenses and
     the Patent Licenses granted by Glenayre under this License Agreement are
     referred to collectively as the "Licenses".

LICENSE FEES

2.1  The purchase price of the Equipment includes the fees for the Licenses
     (the "License Fees").

SOFTWARE LICENSES

3.1  Glenayre grants to Company a non-exclusive license or sublicense to use,
     in object code form only, the Software (the "Software Licenses"). The
     "Software" collectively means the software owned by Glenayre and itemized
     in Glenayre's Quotation/Sales Order Acknowledgment or contained in the
     equipment listed in Glenayre's Quotation/Sales Order acknowledgment
     (the "Equipment") and any third party owned software contained in the
     Equipment. The Software Licenses are effective upon installation of the
     Software and the Equipment and are specifically limited to Company's use
     of the Software in the Equipment in the country designated by Company
     prior to delivery. The software Licenses do not include any rights with
     respect to the source code form of the Software.

USER MATERIAL LICENSE

4.1  Glenayre may provide Company with materials, including drawings,
     diagrams, specifications, documentation, training manuals and user
     manuals, for the use and servicing of the Equipment and the Software
     (the "User Material"). Glenayre licenses or sublicenses Company the
     non-exclusive right to use the Glenayre owned User material and any
     third party owned User materials in conjunction with the use and
     servicing of Equipment and Software (the "User material Licenses").
     Glenayre and the third parties reserve all rights in their respective
     User Materials.

NO TRANSFER OF SOFTWARE OR USER MATERIALS

5.1  Company shall not assign, transfer or sublicense the Software or the
     User materials, whether separately or as part of a sale of the Equipment,
     without the prior written consent of Glenayre.


                                       1


<PAGE>


ACKNOWLEDGEMENT OF PATENT RIGHTS

6.1  Company acknowledges that various components of the Equipment and
     Software are the subject of one or more Glenayre patents or pending patent
     applications, or third party patents or pending patent applications under
     which Glenayre is licensed.

LIMITED, NON-EXCLUSIVE LICENSE UNDER PATENTS

7.1  Glenayre grants Company a non-exclusive right (the "Patent License") to
     practice the inventions protected by Glenayre patents or pending patent
     applications or third party patents or pending patent applications that
     are embodied in either the Equipment or Software.

7.2  If any improvements to the Equipment or Software are claimed in any
     patents, or any patents issuing from any pending patent applications,
     owned by or licensed to Company, Company shall grant Glenayre a
     royalty-free, transferable license to make, use or sell, and to grant
     sublicenses to make, use or sell the Equipment, Software and improvements.
     The provisions of this Paragraph 7.2 shall survive the termination of this
     License Agreement.

TERMINATION OF LICENSES

8.1  The Licenses shall terminate if:

     (a) the Equipment or Software is moved by Company outside of the country
         in which the Equipment and Software were first installed;

     (b) the Equipment is sold, except as provided in paragraph 5.1 or 8.2; or

     (c) the Software is no longer used in connection with the Equipment.

8.2  If Company purchases the Equipment from Glenayre solely to resell it to
     a third party and Company resells it to the Third party, the Licenses shall
     transfer to the third party.

PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

9.1  "Proprietary Information" means any scientific, technical or business
     information relating to Glenayre's products or business that is valuable to
     Glenayre and not generally known to those outside Glenayre, or relating to
     the third party's products or business that is valuable to the third party
     and not generally known to those outside the third party.

9.2  Company acknowledges that:


                                       2



<PAGE>


    (a) the Software and all materials supplied in connection with the Software,
        including flow charts, object code and input data formats, contained
        Proprietary Information that has been developed by Glenayre or third
        parties at great expense and considerable effort of skilled professions,
        and is entrusted by Glenayre to Company under this License Agreement for
        use only as specifically set out in this License Agreement;

    (b) to carry out the terms and conditions of this License Agreement,
        Glenayre may have to disclose to Company certain Proprietary
        Information; and

    (c) Glenayre and the third parties claim and reserve all rights in the
        Software, and all materials supplied or produced in connection with the
        Software, as an unpublished copyrighted work.

9.3 Company acknowledges the Proprietary Information has substantial value and
    that any use or disclosure of Proprietary Information by Company or its
    personnel in a manner not authorized by this License Agreement would likely
    cause Glenayre and the third parties irreparable damage that could not be
    fully remedied by monetary damages. So, Company.

    (a) shall maintain all Proprietary Information in strict confidence and
        shall neither use, copy or disclose, nor permit any Company personnel
        to use, copy or disclose, the Proprietary Information for any purpose
        not specifically authorized under this License Agreement;

    (b) shall ensure that the Software and all copies of it and User Materials,
        when not in use, are kept in a secure place, subject to restricted
        access only by those persons authorized to use and maintain the
        Equipment and Software;

    (c) shall not decode, reverse engineer, reprint, transcribe or reproduce, in
        whole or in part, the Software and User Materials without the prior
        written consent of Glenayre;

    (d) shall not in any way modify or enhance the Software without the prior
        written consent of Glenayre; and

    (e) grants to Glenayre the right to obtain injunctive  or other equitable
        relief from a court of competent jurisdiction to prevent unauthorized or
        unlawful action.

9.4 Company may make a reasonable number of copies of the object code version of
    the Software for backup purposes only.

9.5 Company's rights under this License Agreement shall terminate upon breach of
    any of the provisions set out in Section 9. The provisions of Paragraph 9.3
    shall survive termination of this License Agreement. Company shall promptly
    return all copies of

                                       3

<PAGE>


     the Proprietary Information, including the Software and all User materials
     provided for the Software, if:

     (a)  this License Agreement is terminated for any reason; or

     (b)  Company ceases control, possession or use of the Equipment, the
          Software or the User Materials.

9.6  To assist Glenayre in the protection of the proprietary rights of Glenayre
     and the third parties, Company shall permit representatives of Glenayre to
     enter Company's premises an inspect the Equipment and Software at any
     reasonable time.

INDEMNITY AGAINST INFRINGEMENT

10.1 If the Equipment or Software supplied by Glenayre is in its opinion likely
     to or does become the subject of a claim of infringement of a copyright or
     subsisting patent, Glenayre shall, at its expense, either procure for
     Company the right to continue using the equipment or Software, modify the
     Equipment or Software to make it non-infringing, or substitute other
     equipment or software of similar capability.

10.2 If a proceeding based on a claim that the Equipment or Software constitutes
     an infringement of a copyright or a subsisting patent is brought against
     Company, Glenayre shall defend or settle the claim and shall pay all
     damages and costs awarded against Company, subject to strict compliance
     with all of the following conditions:

     (a)  the Equipment or Software must have been made to Glenayre's
          specifications and used within the scope of this License Agreement;

     (b)  Company must give Glenayre prompt written notice of the claim;

     (c)  Company must give Glenayre complete authority and information to
          defend the claim;

     (d)  Company must not settle or compromise the claim without Glenayre's
          written consent;

     (e)  the claim must not be based on Company's use of an altered version of
          the Equipment or the Software, Company's use of a non-current version
          of the Software, Company's use of the Equipment or Software in
          combination with other equipment or software, or be based solely on
          Company's use of other equipment or software; and

     (f)  in no event shall Glenayre's total liability under this Section 10
          exceed the price set out in the Sales order Acknowledgment for that
          piece of Equipment, and for Software, the price of the particular item
          of Equipment that includes the Software.

                                       4

<PAGE>


10.3 THIS SECTION 10 STATES THE ENTIRE LIABILITY OF GLENAYRE WITH RESPECT TO
     INFRINGEMENT OF ANY COPYRIGHTS, PATENTS OR ANY OTHER PROPRIETARY RIGHTS OF
     THIRD PARTIES THROUGH COMPANY'S USE OF ANY PART OF THE EQUIPMENT OR THE
     SOFTWARE.

REVISED VERSIONS OF THE SOFTWARE

11.1 Company agrees that if Glenayre provides revised versions of the Software
     to use in the Equipment, the revised versions shall be covered by the
     provisions of this License Agreement.

                                       5

<PAGE>

                                    EXHIBIT A
                       ATTACHMENT 3 TO PRODUCT ANNEX A.1
                       POST CUTOVER INTEGRATION SERVICES

ARTICLE 9, SECTION 9.4

     9.4.1  Subsequent to the Turnover Date for an Initial System, Nortel
will assign one (1) technician to provide Post Cutover Integration Services
("PCI Services") at the Service Site during Normal Business Hours. PCI
Services will include testing of each Initial System to confirm that each
Initial System operates as designed ("Switch Grooming") and that the features
engineered for each Initial System operate correctly in accordance with
Nortel's standards and procedures ("Feature and Call Through Testing"). The
tests to be performed by Nortel will include, but will not be limited to, the
following:

     9.4.2  HARDWARE AND SOFTWARE TESTING

         A. Install and Test Alarms
            1)   install cross connects, datafill scan and SD points
            2)   verify operation and detection of alarms

         B. Patch Verification
            1)   verify patching of peripherals

         C. REX Testing
            1)   set up switch to test its integral parts

         D. Switch Grooming
            1)   set up switch to run Operation and Measurement ("OM") logs
            2)   set up switch to run maintenance reports
            3)   set up switch security measures

     9.4.3  TRUNK TESTING

         A. Install and Perform Transmission Tests
            1)   test Call Through Features
            2)   verify CDR trunks
            3)   verify SS7 Translations and confirm that datafill properly
                 performed

         B. Wire and Cross Connect DSX
            1)   establish links between transmission facilities with all
                 testing being performed within the switch room


                                      1


<PAGE>


                                   EXHIBIT A
                       ATTACHMENT 3 TO PRODUCT ANNEX A.1
                       POST CUTOVER INTEGRATION SERVICES

          C. Verification of DSX Cross Connect.

          D. Interconnection Testing

             1)    test Transmission and/or ROTL
             2)    test Call Through dial plan on one trunk member per card

     9.4.4 REQUIRED LINE TESTING (DMS-500)

          A. Line to Line Matching
             1)    verify NPA'S, NNX'S and AMA'S with the demarcation point for
             testing set inside the main distribution frame within the switch
             room.

     9.4.5 COMPANY'S RESPONSIBILITIES

     In order for Nortel to commence the PCI Services, Company must complete the
following activities with respect to each Initial System at a Service Site:

     A.   Ensure that all transmission links are terminated and labeled on the
          DSX or distribution frame
          blocks;
     B.   Ensure that trunk facilities are connected to the respective Local
          Exchange Carriers ("LEC") at the above sites;
     C.   Order the appropriate translations from the LEC's access tandem in
          order to translate Company's originated calls;
     D.   Establish a phone board for telephone set and feature evaluations;
     E.   Provide a test unit or equivalent for DS-1/DS-3 testing, as well as a
          PRI monitor; and
     F.   Provide a template which identifies specific cross-connect allocations
          for trunk and any line facilities.

     9.4.6 TERM

     Nortel will provide to Company at no charge, initial PCI Services ("Initial
PCI Services") for the Initial System in the total amount of two hundred forty
(240) hours. The Company may purchase Extended PCI Services in increments of
forty (40) hours. The price for the each 40-hour increment of Extended PCI
Services is Five Thousand Dollars ($5,000.00) per Initial System.

     Nortel's overtime rate for PCI Services is Two Hundred Dollars ($200.00)
per hour for each hour of PCI Services provided by Nortel after Normal Business
Hours.

                                       2

<PAGE>


                                   EXHIBIT A
                       ATTACHMENT 3 TO PRODUCT ANNEX A.1
                       POST CUTOVER INTEGRATION SERVICES

     "Normal Business Hours" are from 8:00 a.m. until 5:00 p.m. (with a one(1)
hour lunch break), from Monday through Friday, excluding Nortel's standard
holidays.










                                       3




<PAGE>

                               EXHIBIT A
                    ATTACHMENT 4 TO PRODUCT ANNEX A.1
                          SERVICE & SUPPORT PLAN


A. COVERED SYSTEM(S) AND SERVICES:

This S&SP shall include those Services described hereafter for the Initial
System(s) purchased by Company pursuant to the Master Purchase and Service
Agreement, Product Annex A.1, Section 9.1.1:


TECHNICAL ASSISTANCE (Emergency and Non-Emergency)
___________________________________________________________________________
A.1 EMERGENCY Technical Assistance*

Emergency technical assistance ("ETAS") for the Covered System(s) is included
in the S&SP, and is defined as immediate assistance for operational problems,
such as loss of call processing or loss of billing. ETAS is available 24
hours a day, seven (7) days a week. When Company places an emergency trouble
call to ETAS, ETAS technicians and engineers perform remote diagnoses of the
affected System and recommend actions to restore the System to stable
operation as quickly as possible.

Emergencies* are classified as follows:
     - E1: Critical (service degradation or outage)
     - E2: Critical (partial or potential degradation or outage)
     - E3: Critical (E1/E2 follow-up)

If the customer's switch is OUT OF WARRANTY, and they DO NOT HAVE AN S&SP,
emergency technical assistance is BILLABLE at the applicable hourly rate. If
ETA diagnoses a problem requiring on-site repairs by ETAS technicians, such
on-site support is covered by this S&SP. If Company requests on-site support
despite ETAS diagnoses that the problem is repairable remotely, Company and
ETAS shall mutually agree on the commencement of on-site repairs for which
Company will pay Nortel Networks then-current hourly rate, travel and per
diem expenses of ETAS technician(s) sent on-site.

*This description relates to Nortel Networks' ETAS organization supporting
DMS-250, DMS-300 and DMS-500 customers.

                                    1

<PAGE>

____________________________________________________________________________
A.2 NON-EMERGENCY TECHNICAL ASSISTANCE

The S&SP expands the level of technical assistance available for Covered
Systems to include "how-to" support, such as guidance in changing a tape
drive, programming or activating a feature, implementing a new application,
troubleshooting non-Nortel Networks equipment, or adding a patch to the
software. Non-emergency technical assistance also includes limited
translations support and debugging for DMS applications.

NON-EMERGENCY TECHNICAL ASSISTANCE PROVIDES:

- - Dedicated TAS and emergency response prime
- - 24x7 problem reports and inquiries
- - Standard CSR priority; customer may designate CSR as business critical
- - Review of problem status reports by Nortel Networks staff with your site
  primes
- - Non-billable emergency on-site support for product defects (non-emergency
  on-site support is billable unless Nortel Networks determines that on-site
  repairs are required)


____________________________________________________________________________
A.3 PATCH ADMINISTRATION SERVICES

The following Patch Administration Services in respect of Covered Systems are
included in the S&SP.

1.  PATCH ADMINISTRATION AND APPLICATION: The patch Operations group logs
onto each customer's DMS switch and completes an audit of the Software
Modules. A patch calculation is performed using this audit information and
the current release of the same Software Modules in the Nortel Networks
vaulted loads. Missing patches are then downloaded to each customer's DMS
switch using Turbolink or Modem.

2.  PATCH DELIVERY: Patches are downloaded to Turbolink-equipped DMS switches
on a 14-day cycle. Non-Turbolink DMS switch sites receive downloaded patches
on a 28-day cycle.

3.  EMERGENCY AND BUSINESS CRITICAL PATCHES: Once ETAS or Nortel Networks
determines a patch is required to prevent emergencies or business critical
problems, the patch is spooled to every switch requiring the resolution
within 2 working days.

4.   VERIFY (V) STATUS PATCHES: V-status patches are patches currently being
tested for resolution of known or suspected problems. Once a V-status patch
has been successfully tested, it is then moved to General Release status and
is made available for the next patch cycle.

                                       2

<PAGE>


5.   NON-CM (COMPUTING MODULE) PATCHES: Are applied to peripheral modules
(XPMs) or ISN nodes by the CSC if the customer has requested them.


- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
A.4 REPAIR AND RETURN-NORTEL NETWORKS PRODUCTS


- - Repair and/or Return of Nortel Networks ("NT") coded Provisionable Circuit
  Packs ("PCP").

- - Nortel Networks will provide a new or repaired, functionally equivalent
  replacement circuit pack (in exchange) for the customer's defective circuit
  pack.

- - ROUTINE SERVICE circuit pack Repair and Return is available 8 a.m. - 5 p.m.
  Central Time, Monday to Friday
     - Nortel Networks will ship a replacement circuit pack (in exchange)
       within 5 days after receipt of customer's request.

- - EMERGENCY SERVICE for circuit pack replacement is available 24 hours a
  day, 7 days a week
     - Nortel Networks will ship the replacement unit within 24 hours of
       request (emergency replacement order charge will apply).
     - Only parts vital to the call processing capability of the system are
       considered emergency parts. These will be replaced under the following
       circumstances:
          - The last spare of a circuit pack has been used to replace a
            defective pack in the switch, and all similar packs in the switch
            are carrying live traffic, and
          - Nortel Networks' TAS group determines that emergency service is
            required to correct the situation.

- - Emergency Replacement Order charges are $250 per emergency replacement
  module.

- - Counter-to-Counter Emergency Replacement Order charges are $250 per order,
  plus $250 per emergency replacement module.



A.5  REPAIR AND RETURN--OEM/VENDOR EQUIPMENT

- - NORTEL NETWORKS SUPPLIED OEM/VENDOR EQUIPMENT REPAIR AND REPLACEMENT:
  OEM/Vendor equipment refers to equipment manufactured by another vendor but
  purchased through Nortel Networks and serviced through Nortel Networks as an
  integral part of the system.


                                       3


<PAGE>


     - OEM/VENDOR REPAIR/REPLACEMENT. The equipment is shipped directly to the
       Nortel Networks specified location for a like-for-like replacement under
       a routine or emergency situation.

     - OEM/VENDOR TRACKING REPAIR. The equipment is shipped directly to the
       vendor who will repair it and return it to the customer address. Orders
       are tracked by Nortel Networks.

     - ON-SITE VENDOR REPAIR. The equipment is repaired by a Nortel Networks
       specified vendor on the customer's premises serviced through Nortel
       Networks as an integral part of the system.

- - MOL POLICY (MATERIAL ON LOAN): The customer will be invoiced for the
current purchase price of any defective equipment not received by Nortel
Networks within thirty (30) days after shipment of a replacement part.

NOTE: A separate order must be placed for each project number.



WARRANTY
- --------


NORTEL WARRANTS THAT ANY PCP REPAIRED PURSUANT TO THIS S&SP SHALL, UNDER
NORMAL USE AND SERVICE, BE FREE FROM THE SPECIFIC DEFECT WHICH WAS REPAIRED
FOR A PERIOD OF NINETY (90) DAYS, FROM THE DATE OF SHIPMENT OF THE REPAIRED
PCP TO COMPANY.


B. EXCLUSIONS FROM S&SP COVERAGE:
- ---------------------------------

The following equipment (whether associated with a Covered System or not) is
excluded from coverage under the S&SP. [If not covered under an existing
System warranty, repairs to such equipment are billable at the current hourly
rate plus any required travel and per diem expenses.]


     - OEM/VENDOR EQUIPMENT NOT FURNISHED BY NORTEL NETWORKS

     - CABLE PLANT, INCLUDING MDF

     - POWER EQUIPMENT
          - Fuse Panel

                                       4

<PAGE>

          - Batteries, L.V. Discharger
          - Miscellaneous hardware, racks and cabling

     - CONSUMABLE ITEMS
          - Supplies which are "used up" through normal use, i.e. printer
            ribbons, light bulbs, etc.
          - Items that have a new item replacement price low enough to make
            repair unattractive.


                                       5

<PAGE>

                                   EXHIBIT A
                       ATTACHMENT 5 TO PRODUCT ANNEX A.1
                         FORECAST OF PRODUCT PURCHASES

      Pursuant to Section 2.3 of Product Annex A.1, Company submits the
following forecast for the purchase of Nortel Networks Products:

       Company commits to purchasing four (4) DMS-500 SN70EM (11,520 ports)
Initial Systems with an Astec Power supply and Long Distance functionality,
on the following schedule and for the minimum purchase prices set forth below:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

             Switch Site                        Delivery              Purchase Price
             -----------                        --------              --------------
<S>                                            <C>                    <C>
            Minneapolis, MN                    Sept. 1999             ***
            Seattle, WA                        Dec. 1999              ***
            Portland, OR                       March, 2000            ***
            Denver, CO                         June, 2000             ***
</TABLE>

      The pricing set forth above does not include any costs for AccessNode
Products, Optional Software, additional feature functionality, extensions, or
any other Nortel Networks Products offered under the Agreement.



Signed this _______ day of ______________, 1999.


                                       ADVANCED TELECOMMUNICATIONS INC.


                                       By:
                                          -------------------------------------
                                           Richard Smith, CFO


<PAGE>


                                   EXHIBIT A
                               PRODUCT ANNEX A.2
                            S/DMS AccessNode PRODUCTS


The supplemental terms and conditions provided below take precedence over any
conflicting terms and conditions specified, in the Sections noted below or
elsewhere, in the Agreement as such terms and conditions apply to Nortel
Networks' S/DMS AccessNode Products.


ARTICLE 2, SECTION 2.1
- ----------------------

With regard to the subject of AccessNode purchasing incentives, the following
shall apply:

     2.1.3  With each DMS-500 Initial System(s) purchased hereunder, Nortel
Networks will provide to Company one AccessNode CServer plus OPC including
engineering and installation at no additional cost.


ARTICLE 2, SECTION 2.3
- ----------------------

With regard to the subject of issuing forecasts, the following shall apply:

     Company shall issue a non-binding forecast in accordance with Section 2.3
     describing the specific types and quantities of S/DMS AccessNode Products
     required.


ARTICLE 4, SECTION 4.3
- ----------------------

With regard to the subject of invoicing and payment for AccessNode products,
the following shall apply:


          4.3(i)(a) for Systems, whether or not installation has been ordered
          from Nortel, one hundred percent (100%) of the price of the Products
          on the Ship Date, one hundred percent (100%) of the price of any
          Services upon the date of completion and acceptance of such Services.
          Except for installation Services, for Services that have a duration
          of more than one (1) month to complete, Nortel may invoice Company
          monthly for that portion of such Services which have been performed
          as of such invoicing date;


ARTICLE 5, SECTION 5.1
- ----------------------

With regard to the right to reschedule an Order, the following shall apply:

     Thirty (30) days notice must be provided to Nortel Networks prior to the
     scheduled Ship Date.


ARTICLE 7, SECTION 7.3
- ----------------------

With regard to the subject of Company performing installation of any of the
S/DMS AccessNode


<PAGE>

Products, the following shall apply:

     Company shall not initially have the right to perform any installation
     services but may obtain the right to install the S/DMS AccessNode
     Products, subject to attending the applicable Nortel Networks training
     courses and obtaining the required Nortel Networks training
     certifications.


ARTICLE 8, SECTION 8.1
- ----------------------

With regard to the subject of Company's cancellation of an Order, the
following shall apply:

     In the event Company cancels all or any part of an AccessNode Order,
     Company shall pay to Nortel Networks a cancellation charge for each
     Product that has been canceled in accordance with the following schedule:

     GREATER THAN 15 days prior to Ship Date    100% of engineering charges plus
                                                10% of the Product price

     0-14 days prior to Ship Date               100% of engineering charges plus
                                                15% of the Product price


ARTICLE 10, SECTION 10.1
- ------------------------

With regard to the subject of Training Credits, the following shall apply:

     For each DMS-500 Initial System purchased pursuant to Product Annex A.1,
     for which one or more AccessNode UE9000s are purchased hereunder, Nortel
     Networks shall provide to Company a total of fifty (50) student training
     days which may be used for AccessNode training.


ARTICLE 11, SECTION 11.1
- ------------------------

     At the present time, there are no additional terms regarding Third Party
     Hardware and Third Party Software.


ARTICLE 11, SECTION 11.5
- ------------------------

With regard to the subject of Software updates, the following shall apply:

     Nortel Networks shall classify such updates as either (i) incremental
     Software upgrades ("ISUs"), designed to correct any nonconformance to the
     applicable Software specifications; or (ii) enhancements which will
     provide additional features or functionality ("Enhancements"). Updates
     classified as ISUs by Nortel Networks will be provided at no cost to
     Company during the warranty period for such Licensed Software.

<PAGE>


     Updates classified as Enhancements by Nortel Networks will be made
     available to Company at Nortel Networks' applicable right to use fees.
     In the event that Nortel Networks determines that an update includes both
     ISUs and Enhancements, such update shall be made available to Company. If
     Company elects to receive the update, Nortel Networks shall invoice
     Company only for the right to use fees applicable to the Enhancements
     contained in such update.


<PAGE>


                 ATTACHMENT 1 TO EXHIBIT A, PRODUCT ANNEX A.2
                       ACCESSNODE PRODUCTS AND PRICING

                                   ***




*** Confidential information has been omitted and filed separately with the
    Securities and Exchange Commission.

<PAGE>


                                EXHIBIT B TO
                   MASTER PURCHASE AND SERVICES AGREEMENT
                              SERVICE ANNEXES

                                   ***




*** Confidential information has been omitted and filed separately with the
    Securities and Exchange Commission.


<PAGE>




             SECOND AMENDMENT TO THE MASTER PURCHASE AND SERVICES
                                   AGREEMENT

                                    BETWEEN

                             NORTEL NETWORKS INC.

                                      AND

                       ADVANCED TELECOMMUNICATIONS INC.


          THIS SECOND AMENDMENT TO THE MASTER PURCHASE AGREEMENT is effective
as of the data executed by the latter of the parties below, (the "Second
Amendment"), is by and between Nortel Networks Inc. ("Nortel Networks") and
Advanced Telecommunications Inc. ("Company") and amends the Master Purchase
and Services Agreement dated June 3, 1999, (the "MPSA") by and between Nortel
and Company;

          WHEREAS, the parties wish to amend the MPSA Exhibit A, Product Annex
A.1 and Product Annex A.2 to reflect revisions in the "Commitment Amount" and
the per pricing under this Agreement;

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual promises and covenants
contained herein, the parties hereby amend the MPSA Exhibit A, Product Annex
A.1 and Product Annex A.2, as follows:

1.  The MPSA Exhibit A, Product Annex A.1 and Product Annex A.2 is amended as
    set forth in the attached Exhibit 1.

Except to the extent modified herein, all other terms and conditions of the
MPSA, Exhibit A, Product Annex A.1 and Product Annex A.2 shall remain
unchanged and in full force and effect.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Second Amendment to
be executed by their duly authorized representatives.


NORTEL NETWORKS INC.                           ADVANCED TELECOMMUNICATIONS INC.

By: /s/ James Bartoszewicz                     By: /s/ Richard A. Smith
   ----------------------------------             -----------------------------

Name: James Bartoszewicz                       Name: Richard A. Smith
     --------------------------------               ---------------------------
                Print                                          Print

Title: Vice-President                          Title: COO/CFO
      -------------------------------                --------------------------

Date:  11/16/99                                Date:  11/10/99
     --------------------------------               ---------------------------

                                       1

<PAGE>

                          EXHIBIT #1 TO AMENDMENT #2 TO
                      MASTER PURCHASE AND SERVICES AGREEMENT

The following amendments and modifications are made to Product Annexes A.1
and A.2 of Exhibit A to the MPSA between Nortel and Company:

A.   PRODUCT ANNEX A.1, ARTICLE 2, SECTION 2.1.1

     Article 2, Section 2.1.1 of MPSA Exhibit A, Product Annex A.1 is amended
     and restated in its entirety as follows:

          2.1.1(a) During the Original Term, Company commits to purchase
          and/or license, as applicable, and take delivery of Nortel Products
          described in the attached Product Annexes in the minimum dollar
          amount of Thirty Five Million Dollars ($35,000,000.00) (the "Initial
          Commitment Amount"). Such amounts shall include without limitation,
          no less than Ten Million Dollars ($10,000,000.00) in Carrier Network
          Switching Products as described in Product Annex A.1; and, no less
          than Ten Million Dollars ($10,000,000.00) in Nortel AccessNode
          Products as described in Annex A.2. The prices, charges and fees
          for the Products shall be paid in accordance with Article 4 of the
          Agreement.

B.   PRODUCT ANNEX A.1, ATTACHMENT 1, PART I, SECTION I.1.2

     Part I, Section I.1.2 of MPSA Attachment 1 to Exhibit A, Product Annex
     A.1 is amended and restated in its entirety as follows:

          I.1.2 DMS-500 70EM INITIAL SYSTEM (11,520 PORT MODEL) PRICING

                (a) The price for the DMS-500 70EM Initial System (11,520
          Port Model) is ***


*** Confidential information has been omitted and filed separately with the
    Securities and Exchange Commission.

<PAGE>

C.   PRODUCT ANNEX A.1, ATTACHMENT 1, PART II, SECTION II.1.2

     Part II, Section II.1.2 of Attachment 1 to Exhibit A, Product Annex A.1
     is amended and restated in its entirety as follows:

     II.1.2 DTEI ADD-ON AND EXTENSION PORT PRICES FOR WIRED AND EQUIPPED

                                   ***

D.   PRODUCT ANNEX A.1, ARTICLE 2, SECTION 2.1.2(a)

     Article 2, Section 2.1.2 of Exhibit A, Product Annex A.1 is amended to
     add the following subparagraph in its entirety:

     With regard to the Nortel Networks Product pricing set forth in
     Attachments 1 to Product Annexes A.1 and A.2, the following shall apply:

            2.1.2(a)  ***



*** Confidential information has been omitted and filed separately with the
    Securities and Exchange Commission.




<PAGE>


                                   [ATI LOGO]

                        ADVANCED TELECOMMUNICATIONS, INC.

                              ISSUANCE AND SALE OF
                            SERIES Cl PREFERRED STOCK

                                DECEMBER 13, 1999



<PAGE>


                                 AMENDMENT NO. 1

                                       TO

                   SERIES C PREFERRED STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT

     This Amendment No. 1 to Series C Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement (the
"AMENDMENT") is made as of December 13, 1999 by and among:

     (i)    Advanced Telecommunications, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the
            "Company");

     (ii)   Stolberg, Meehan & Scano II, L.P. ("Stolberg");

     (iii)  Bain Capital Fund VI, L.P. ("Bain") and the other Persons who are
            listed on the signature pages hereto as Bain Purchasers (the "BAIN
            PURCHASERS");

     (iv)   J.P. Morgan Ventures Corporation ("JP Morgan");

     (v)    Mount Washington Associates L.L.C. ("MOUNT WASHINGTON");

     (vi)   Steven M. Simon ("Simon");

     (vii)  Paul Cady ("P._Cady");

     (viii) Daniel P. Cady and Jane Maland Cady ("D. Cady"); and

     (ix)   David G. Cady and Kim S. Cady ("DG Cady").

                                    RECITALS

     1. The Bain Purchasers, Stolberg, JP Morgan, Mount Washington, Simon, P.
Cady, D. Cady and DG Cady (collectively, the "SUBSEQUENT PURCHASERS") have
agreed to purchase shares of the Company's Series Cl Preferred Stock, par value
$0.01 per share (the "SERIES Cl PREFERRED STOCK") on the conditions and subject
to the terms set forth in the Series C Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement dated
September 30, 1999 by and among the Company, the Bain Purchasers, Stolberg and
certain other Purchasers (the "STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT"), as amended by this
Amendment.

     2. The Company and the Majority Purchasers, which includes the Majority
Bain Purchasers and Stolberg, desire to amend the Stock Purchase Agreement to
include JP Morgan, Mount Washington, Simon, P. Cady, D. Cady and DG Cady as
parties thereto and to include the Series Cl Preferred Stock as Shares
thereunder. Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein shall
have the meanings ascribed to them in the Stock Purchase Agreement.


<PAGE>


                                    AGREEMENT


     Therefore, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

     1. All references in the Stock Purchase Agreement and this Amendment to the
"STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT" or the "AGREEMENT" shall be deemed to mean the Stock
Purchase Agreement, as amended by this Amendment.

     2. The defined term "SHARES" in the Stock Purchase Agreement shall be
deemed to include the shares of Series Cl Preferred Stock sold to the Subsequent
Purchasers pursuant to the Stock Purchase Agreement.

     3. The defined term "STOCKHOLDERS AGREEMENT" shall be deemed to mean the
Stockholders Agreement, as amended by Amendment No. 1 to Amended and Restated
Stockholders Agreement dated as of the date hereof by and among the Company, the
Bain Purchasers, Stolberg and certain other stockholders of the Company (the
"AMENDMENT TO STOCKHOLDERS AGREEMENT").

     4. Section 1.3 of the Stock Purchase Agreement is hereby amended by
replacing it in its entirety with the following:

          "1.3. SALE OF SHARES AT SUBSEQUENT CLOSINGS.

               1.3.1 SALE OF SHARES AT FIRST SUBSEQUENT CLOSING. The Company
          shall adopt and file with the Secretary of State of Delaware on or
          prior to the closing of the purchase of Series Cl Preferred Stock
          hereunder on December 13, 1999 (the "FIRST SUBSEQUENT CLOSING") a
          Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation in the form
          attached hereto as EXHIBIT L (the "SECOND AMENDED CHARTER").
          Subject to the terms and conditions contained herein, and based on the
          representations and warranties contained herein, each Subsequent
          Purchaser agrees, severally, to purchase, and the Company agrees to
          issue and sell to each Subsequent Purchaser on January 4, 2000, that
          number of shares of Series Cl Preferred Stock set forth in the column
          First Subsequent Closing opposite each Subsequent Purchaser's name on
          EXHIBIT A hereto at the per share purchase price of $6.00 (the "FIRST
          SUBSEQUENT PURCHASE PRICE").

               1.3.2 SALE OF SHARES AT OTHER SUBSEQUENT CLOSINGS. Subject to all
          of the terms and conditions of this Agreement and based on the
          representations and warranties contained herein, at any time after
          March 31, 2000 and prior to September 30, 2001, at the option of the
          Company and upon not less than ten Business Days prior written notice
          to the Bain Purchasers, the Bain Purchasers will purchase at not more
          than three subsequent closings (each, together with the First
          Subsequent Closing, a "SUBSEQUENT CLOSING") at a per share purchase
          price of $5.00 (or such other per share purchase price


                                      -2-
<PAGE>


          as shall be agreed to in writing by the Majority Bain Purchasers and a
          majority of the disinterested members of the Company's board of
          directors) a number of Shares not exceeding 6,000,000 shares; PROVIDED
          that in addition to the conditions set forth in Section 4.4 hereof,
          the following conditions have been met: (a) the Company shall have
          achieved the operational and financial targets set forth on EXHIBIT C
          hereto and (b) the CLEC Basket Market Value shall be greater than
          11.2, as calculated on EXHIBIT D hereto (the "BASE MARKET VALUE");
          PROVIDED, HOWEVER that in the event that one or more of the Designated
          CLECs ceases to be a publicly traded company trading under the ticker
          symbol under which it is trading as of Initial Closing, the Base
          Market Value shall be recalculated in good faith to exclude such
          Designated CLEC from the calculation."

     5. Section 4.4 of the Stock Purchase Agreement is hereby amended by
renumbering it as Section 4.5.

     6. Section 4.3 of the Stock Purchase Agreement is hereby amended by
replacing it in its entirety with the following:

               "4.3. FIRST SUBSEQUENT CLOSING. The obligations of each of the
          Subsequent Purchasers under Section 1 of this Agreement to purchase
          Shares at the First Subsequent Closing are subject to the fulfillment
          on or before the First Subsequent Closing of each of the following
          conditions unless waived in accordance with Section 8.1:

                    4.3.1. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES. The representations
               and warranties of the Company contained in Section 2, as amended
               by the amended Schedules attached hereto as EXHIBIT M (the
               "AMENDED SCHEDULES"), shall be true and correct in all material
               respects on and as of the date of the First Subsequent Closing
               with the same effect as though such representations and
               warranties had been made on and as of the date of such First
               Subsequent Closing and the Subsequent Purchasers shall have
               received a certificate of the Chief Executive Officer or Chief
               Operating Officer of the Company to that effect.

                    4.3.2 PERFORMANCE. The Company shall have performed and
               complied with all agreements, obligations, and conditions
               contained in this Agreement and the Stockholders Agreement that
               are required to be performed or complied with by it on or before
               the First Subsequent Closing.

                    4.3.3 BOARD DETERMINATIONS. The board of directors of the
               Company shall have approved all issuances of Shares at the First
               Subsequent Closing and determined that the financing to be
               provided by the issuance and sale of Shares at the First
               Subsequent Closing is necessary or desirable in connection with
               the funding of the business of the Company and its Subsidiaries.


                                      -3-
<PAGE>


                    4.3.4 FILING OF SECOND AMENDED CHARTER. The Company shall
               have filed with the Secretary of State of Delaware the Second
               Amended Charter in the form attached hereto as EXHIBIT L and the
               Second Amended Charter shall have become effective.

                    4.3.5 OUALIFICATIONS. All authorizations, approvals, or
               permits, if any, of any governmental authority or regulatory body
               of the United States or of any state that are required in
               connection with the lawful issuance and sale of Shares to the
               Subsequent Purchasers or the execution, delivery and performance
               by the Company of this Agreement and the Stockholders Agreement
               shall have been duly obtained and shall be effective on and as of
               the First Subsequent Closing, other than those which are not
               required to be obtained before the First Subsequent Closing.

                    4.3.6 AMENDMENT TO STOCKHOLDERS AGREEMENT. The Amendment to
               Stockholders Agreement in the form attached hereto as EXHIBIT N
               shall have been executed and delivered by the parties thereto
               (other than the Purchasers in their capacity as such), no such
               party shall be in breach or default thereof and the Amendment to
               Stockholders Agreement shall be in full force and effect as of
               the First Subsequent Closing.

                    4.3.7 CONTINUED FULFILLMENT. The conditions set forth in
               Sections 4.1.4, 4.1.5 and 4.1.6 shall continue to have been
               fulfilled at the First Subsequent Closing.

                    4.3.8 SECRETARY'S CERTIFICATE. The Secretary of the Company
               shall have delivered to the Subsequent Purchasers at the First
               Subsequent Closing a Certificate dated as of the First Subsequent
               Closing, certifying: (a) that attached thereto is a true and
               complete copy of the by-laws of the Company as in effect on the
               date of such certification; (b) that attached thereto is a true
               and complete copy of all resolutions adopted by the board of
               directors of the Company authorizing the execution, delivery and
               performance of this Amendment and the Amendment to Stockholders
               Agreement and the issuance, sale and delivery of the Shares, and
               that all such resolutions are in full force and effect and are
               all the resolutions adopted in connection with the transactions
               contemplated by this Agreement and the Stockholders Agreement;
               (c) that attached thereto is a true and complete copy of the
               charter of the Company as amended by the Second Amended Charter
               and (d) to the incumbency and specimen signature of certain
               officers of the Company.

                    4.3.9 OPINION OF COMPANY COUNSEL. The Subsequent Purchasers
               shall have received from Piper Marbury Rudnick & Wolfe LLP,
               counsel for the Company, an opinion substantially in the form
               (including, with respect to the Second Amended Charter, paragraph
               3) attached hereto as EXHIBIT G.


                                      -4-

<PAGE>


                    4.3.10 THIRD PARTY CONSENTS. The Company and each Subsidiary
               shall have received all required third party consents necessary
               to the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this
               Agreement.

                    4.3.11 PROCEEDINGS AND DOCUMENTS. All instruments and legal,
               governmental, administrative, corporate and partnership
               proceedings in connection with the issuance of Shares, this
               Agreement and the Amendment to Stockholders Agreement shall be
               reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to the Subsequent
               Purchasers, and the Subsequent Purchasers shall have received
               copies of all documents, including, without limitation, records
               of corporate or other proceedings, and any consents, licenses,
               approvals, permits and orders required to be secured by the
               Company in connection with the issuance of Shares, this Agreement
               and the Amendment to Stockholders Agreement or which any
               Purchaser may have reasonably requested in connection therewith.

               4.4. OTHER SUBSEQUENT CLOSINGS. The obligations of each of the
          Bain Purchasers under Section 1 of this Agreement to purchase Shares
          at each Subsequent Closing other than the First Subsequent Closing are
          subject to the fulfillment on or before each such Subsequent Closing
          of each of the following conditions unless waived in accordance with
          Section 8.1:

                    4.4.1. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES. The representations
               and warranties of the Company contained in Section 2 shall be
               true and correct in all material respects on and as of the date
               of each Subsequent Closing with the same effect as though such
               representations and warranties had been made on and as of the
               date of such Subsequent Closing and the Bain Purchasers shall
               have received a certificate of the Chief Executive Officer or
               Chief Operating Officer of the Company to that effect.

                    4.4.2 PERFORMANCE. The Company shall have performed and
               complied with all agreements, obligations, and conditions
               contained in this Agreement and the Stockholders Agreement that
               are required to be performed or complied with by it on or before
               such Subsequent Closing.

                    4.4.3 BOARD DETERMINATIONS. The board of directors of the
               Company shall have approved all issuances of Shares at such
               Subsequent Closing and determined that the financing to be
               provided by the issuance and sale of Shares at such Subsequent
               Closing is necessary or desirable in connection with the funding
               of the business of the Company and its Subsidiaries.

                    4.4.4 CONTINUED FULFILLMENT. The conditions set forth in
               Sections 4.1.4, 4.1.5 and 4.1.6 shall continue to have been
               fulfilled at each such Subsequent Closing.

                                      -5-


<PAGE>


                    4.4.5 SECRETARY'S CERTIFICATE. The Secretary of the Company
               shall have delivered to the Bain Purchasers at such Subsequent
               Closing a Certificate, dated as of such Subsequent Closing,
               certifying: (a) that attached thereto is a true and complete copy
               of the by-laws of the Company as in effect on the date of such
               certification; (b) that attached thereto is a true and complete
               copy of all resolutions adopted by the board of directors of the
               Company authorizing the issuance, sale and delivery of the
               Shares, and that all such resolutions are in full force and
               effect and are all the resolutions adopted in connection with the
               transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the Stockholders
               Agreement; (c) that attached thereto is a true and complete copy
               of the charter of the Company as amended by the Second Amended
               Charter and (d) to the incumbency and specimen signature of
               certain officers of the Company.

                    4.4.6 OUALIFICATIONS. All authorizations, approvals, or
               permits, if any, of any governmental authority or regulatory body
               of the United States or of any state that are required in
               connection with the lawful issuance and sale of Shares to the
               Bain Purchasers or the execution, delivery and performance by the
               Company of this Agreement and the Stockholders Agreement shall
               have been duly obtained and shall be effective on and as of each
               Subsequent Closing, other than those which are not required to be
               obtained before each Subsequent Closing.

                    4.4.7 OPINION OF COMPANY COUNSEL. The Purchasers shall have
               received from Piper Marbury Rudnick & Wolfe LLP, counsel for the
               Company, an opinion substantially in the form (other than
               paragraph 3) attached hereto as EXHIBIT C.

                    4.4.8 THIRD PARTY CONSENTS. The Company and each Subsidiary
               shall have received all required third party consents necessary
               to the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this
               Agreement.

                    4.4.9 PROCEEDINGS AND DOCUMENTS. All instruments and legal,
               governmental, administrative, corporate and partnership
               proceedings in connection with the issuance of Shares, this
               Agreement and the Stockholders Agreement shall be reasonably
               satisfactory in form and substance to the Bain Purchasers, and
               the Bain Purchasers shall have received copies of all documents,
               including, without limitation, records of corporate or other
               proceedings, and any consents, licenses, approvals, permits and
               orders required to be secured by the Company in connection with
               the issuance of Shares, this Agreement and the Stockholders
               Agreement or which any Purchaser may have reasonably requested in
               connection therewith."

     7. Section 6.3 of the Stock Purchase Agreement is hereby amended by
replacing it in its entirety with the following:


                                      -6-
<PAGE>


          "OTHER PURCHASERS" shall mean BancBoston Robertson Stephens Inc.,
     Bayview 99 I, L.P., Bayview 99 II, L.P., Clark Callander, Richard
     Innenberg, JP Morgan, Mount Washington, Simon, P. Cady, D. Cady and DG
     Cady."

     8. Each of JP Morgan, Mount Washington, Simon, P. Cady, D. Cady and DG Cady
shall become a party to the Stock Purchase Agreement by its execution of the
signature page hereto and shall be designated as a "Purchaser" thereunder.

     9. EXHIBIT A to the Stock Purchase Agreement is hereby amended by replacing
it in its entirety with EXHIBIT A attached hereto.

     10. The parties hereto acknowledge that Susan E. Rivera and Thomas J.
Rivera ("RIVERA") have preemptive rights under the Stockholders Agreement in
connection with the issuance of Shares at the First Subsequent Closing which
they have not exercised to date. The number of shares of Series Cl Preferred
Stock authorized in the Second Amended Charter shall be sufficient to
accommodate the issuance of Shares to Rivera in the event Rivera exercises its
preemptive rights. In the event that Rivera exercises its preemptive rights to
purchase shares of Series Cl Preferred Stock, the parties agree that Rivera may
become a party to the Stock Purchase Agreement by executing a joinder agreement
and upon execution of such joinder agreement shall be designated as a
"Purchaser" under the Stock Purchase Agreement entitled to rights and subject to
obligations applicable to a Purchaser thereunder.

     11. Except as specifically amended by this Amendment, the Stock Purchase
Agreement shall remain in full force and effect in accordance with its terms.

     12. This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of
which shall constitute an original, but all of which, taken together, shall
constitute one and the same agreement.


                                      -7-
<PAGE>


     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the undersigned has duly executed this
Amendment as of the date first written above.

THE COMPANY:              ADVANCED TELECOMMUNICATIONS, INC.


                          By: /s/ Clifford D. Williams
                              -----------------------------------------
                              Clifford D. Williams,
                              Chief Executive Officer



<PAGE>


BAIN PURCHASERS:                   BAIN CAPITAL FUND VI, L.P.
                                   By: Bain Capital Partners VI, L.P.,
                                         its general partner
                                   By: Bain Capital Investors VI, Inc.,
                                         its general partner

                                   By:  /s/  Michael A. Krupka
                                       -----------------------------------
                                   Name:   Michael A. Krupka
                                   Title: Managing Director

                                   BCIP ASSOCIATES II
                                   BCIP TRUST ASSOCIATES II
                                   BCIP ASSOCIATES II-B
                                   BCIP TRUST ASSOCIATES II-B
                                   BCIP ASSOCIATES II-C
                                   By: Bain Capital, Inc.,
                                         their Managing Partner

                                   PEP INVESTMENTS PTY LTD.
                                   By: Bain Capital, Inc.,
                                         its attorney-in-fact

                                   By:  /s/  Michael A. Krupka
                                       ------------------------------------
                                   Name:   Michael A. Krupka
                                   Title: Managing Director

                                   SANKATY HIGH YIELD ASSET PARTNERS, L.P.
                                   By  /s/ Jonathan S. Levine
                                       ------------------------------------
                                   Name:  Jonathan S. Levine
                                   Title: Managing Director

                                   RGTP, LLC

                                   By:_____________________________________
                                   Name:
                                   Title:


<PAGE>

BAIN PURCHASERS:                   BAIN CAPITAL FUND VI, L.P.
                                   By:  Bain Capital Partners VI, L.P.,
                                           its general partner
                                   By:  Bain Capital Investors VI, Inc.,
                                           its general partner
                                   By:______________________________________
                                   Name:   Michael A. Krupka
                                   Title: Managing Director

                                   BCIP ASSOCIATES II
                                   BCIP TRUST ASSOCIATES II
                                   BCIP ASSOCIATES II-B
                                   BCIP TRUST ASSOCIATES II-B
                                   BCIP ASSOCIATES II-C
                                   By: Bain Capital, Inc.,
                                         their Managing Partner

                                   PEP INVESTMENTS PTY LTD.
                                   By: Bain Capital, Inc.,
                                         its attorney-in-fact

                                   By:_______________________________________
                                   Name:   Michael A. Krupka
                                   Title: Managing Director

                                   SANKATY HIGH YIELD ASSET PARTNERS, L.P.

                                   By _______________________________________
                                      Name:
                                      Title: Managing Director

                                   RGIP, LLC

                                   By: /s/ R. Bradford Malt
                                       --------------------------------------
                                   Name: R. Bradford Malt
                                   Title: Managing Member


<PAGE>


STOLBERG:                          STOLBERG MEEHAN & SCANO II, L.P.
                                   A DELAWARE LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
                                   BY: STOLBERG MEEHAN & SCANO LLC,
                                       GENERAL PARTNER


                                   By: /s/
                                      ----------------------------------------
                                   Name:
                                   Title:




<PAGE>



JP MORGAN:                         J.P. MORGAN VENTURES CORPORATION


                                   By: /s/ John A. Mayer
                                      ----------------------------------------
                                   Name: John A. Mayer
                                   Title: Director


<PAGE>



MOUNT WASHINGTON:                  MOUNT WASHINGTON ASSOCIATES L.L.C.

                                   By: /s/ Edwin M. Martin, Jr.
                                      ----------------------------------------
                                   Name: Edwin M. Martin, Jr.
                                   Title: Managing Member



<PAGE>



SIMON:                             /s/ Steven M. Simon
                                   -------------------------------------------
                                   Steven M. Simon



<PAGE>


CADY:                              /s/ Paul Cady
                                   -------------------------------------------
                                   Paul Cady


<PAGE>


DG CADY:                           /s/  David G. Cady & Kim S. Cady
                                   -------------------------------------------
                                   David G. Cady & Kim S. Cady,
                                   as Joint Tenants


<PAGE>


D. CADY:                           /s/  Daniel P. Cady & Jane Maland Cady
                                   -------------------------------------------
                                   Daniel P. Cady & Jane Maland Cady,
                                   as Joint Tenants


<PAGE>

                                                                  Exh.10.1.33

                         COMMON STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT

                  THIS COMMON STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT (the "AGREEMENT") is made
as of March 31, 2000 by and among Advanced Telecommunications, Inc., a Delaware
corporation (the "Company"), FSC Corp. ("FSC CORP."), General Electric Capital
Corporation ("GECC"), and the other investors listed on SCHEDULE I hereto
(collectively with FSC Corp. and GECC, the "PURCHASERS" and each, a
"PURCHASER").

                  WHEREAS, the Company wishes to issue and sell to the
Purchasers an aggregate of 488,742 shares (the "PURCHASED COMMON SHARES") of the
authorized but unissued Common Stock, $0.01 par value per share, of the Company
(the "COMMON STOCK"); and

                  WHEREAS, the Purchasers wish to purchase the Purchased Common
Shares on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement;

                  NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the promises and mutual
covenants contained in this Agreement, the parties hereby agree as follows:

                                   ARTICLE I

                           THE PURCHASED COMMON SHARES

                  Section 1.1. ISSUANCE, SALE AND DELIVERY OF THE PURCHASED
COMMON SHARES. The Company agrees to issue and sell to the Purchasers, and the
Purchasers hereby agree to purchase from the Company, the number of Purchased
Common Shares set forth opposite the name of each Purchaser under the heading
"Number of Purchased Common Shares" on SCHEDULE I.

                  Section 1.2. PURCHASE PRICE OF PURCHASED COMMON SHARES. Each
Purchaser shall pay $6.54 per share for its respective number of the Purchased
Common Shares. The portion of the aggregate purchase price for the Purchased
Common Shares to be paid by each Purchaser is set forth opposite the name of the
Purchaser under the heading "Aggregate Purchase Price" on SCHEDULE I.

                  Section 1.3. CLOSING.

                  (a) The initial closing of the sale and purchase of the
Purchased Common Shares (the "INITIAL CLOSING") shall take place at the office
of Piper Marbury Rudnick & Wolfe LLP, 1200 Nineteenth Street, N.W., Washington,
D.C. 20036, at 10 a.m., on March 31, 2000, or via facsimile on that date and at
such time as the Company and the Purchasers participating in the Initial Closing
shall designate (such date is hereinafter referred to as the "INITIAL CLOSING
DATE").


<PAGE>


                  (b) The subsequent closing of the sale and purchase of the
Purchased Common Shares (the "SUBSEQUENT CLOSING") shall take place on or before
the 10th day following the Initial Closing Date. The date of the Subsequent
Closing is hereinafter referred to as the "SUBSEQUENT CLOSING DATE". Each
closing, including the Initial Closing, is hereinafter referred to as a
"CLOSING", with the respective date referred to as the "CLOSING DATE". This
Purchase Agreement shall become effective as to each Purchaser on such
Purchaser's Closing Date, which is set forth next to such Purchaser's name on
the signature pages hereto.

                  (c) As soon as practicable after each Closing, the Company
shall issue and deliver to each Purchaser a stock certificate issued in the name
of such Purchaser representing the Purchased Common Shares being purchased by
it. As payment in full for the Purchased Common Shares being purchased by it
under this Agreement, and against delivery of such stock certificate, at each
Closing each Purchaser shall deliver to the Company by certified check or wire
transfer the "Aggregate Purchase Price" set forth opposite such Purchaser's name
on SCHEDULE I.

                                   ARTICLE II

                  REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE COMPANY

                  The Company represents and warrants to the Purchaser that:

                  Section 2.1. ORGANIZATION, QUALIFICATIONS AND CORPORATE POWER.
The Company is a corporation duly incorporated, validly existing and in good
standing under the laws of the State of Delaware and is duly licensed or
qualified to transact business as a foreign corporation and is in good standing
in each jurisdiction in which the nature of the business transacted by it or the
character of the properties owned or leased by it requires such licensing or
qualification. The Company has the corporate power and authority to own and hold
its properties and to carry on its business as now conducted and as proposed to
be conducted, to execute, deliver and perform this Agreement and Amendment No. 2
to Amended and Restated Stockholders Agreement by and among the Company and
certain of the Purchasers, dated as of the date hereof ("AMENDMENT NO. 2"), and
to issue, sell and deliver the Purchased Common Shares.

                  Section 2.2. DUE AUTHORIZATION; NON-CONTRAVENTION.

                  (a) The execution and delivery by the Company of this
Agreement and Amendment No. 2, the performance by the Company of its obligations
hereunder and thereunder, and the issuance, sale and delivery of the Purchased
Common Shares (i) have been duly authorized by all requisite corporate action,
(ii) will not violate any provision of law, any order of any court or other
agency of government, the Certificate of Incorporation, as amended and in effect
on the date hereof (the "CHARTER") or the By-laws of the Company, as amended and
in effect on the date hereof, or any provision of any indenture, agreement or
other instrument to which the Company or any of its properties or assets is
bound, or conflict with, result in a breach of, constitute (with due notice or
lapse of time or both) a default under, accelerate or terminate


                                     - 2 -
<PAGE>


any such indenture, agreement or other instrument, or result in the creation or
imposition of any lien, charge, restriction, claim or encumbrance of any nature
whatsoever upon any of the properties or assets of the Company and (iii) will
not require any notice, consent or waiver under any material indenture,
agreement or other instrument to which the Company is a party or by which any of
its properties or assets are bound.

                  (b) When issued in accordance with this Agreement, the
Purchased Common Shares will be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and
nonassessable shares of Common Stock and will be free and clear of all liens,
charges, restrictions, claims and encumbrances imposed by or through the Company
except as set forth in this Agreement, that certain Amended and Restated
Stockholders Agreement by and among the Company and the stockholder parties
thereto, dated September 30, 1999 (the "STOCKHOLDERS AGREEMENT"), as amended
through Amendment No. 2, and the Charter. The issuance, sale or delivery of the
Purchased Common Shares is not subject to any preemptive right of stockholders
of the Company, or to any right of first refusal or other right in favor of any
person, which right has not been duly and validly waived.

                  Section 2.3. CONSENTS AND APPROVALS. No authorization, action,
consent, approval or other order of, declaration to, or filing by the Company
with any federal state, municipal, foreign or other court or governmental body
or agency, or any other regulatory body, or any other person or entity is
required in connection with the valid and lawful authorization, execution,
delivery and performance by the Company of this Agreement or Amendment No. 2, or
the valid and lawful consummation by the Company of the transactions
contemplated hereby or thereby, except any filing, consent or approval that has
been made or obtained, and any "blue sky" filings to be made in connection with
the issuance of the Purchased Common Shares.

                  Section 2.4. VALIDITY. This Agreement has been duly executed
and delivered by the Company and constitutes the legal, valid and binding
obligation of the Company, enforceable in accordance with its terms. Amendment
No. 2, when executed and delivered in accordance with this Agreement, will
constitute the legal, valid and binding obligation of the Company, enforceable
in accordance with its terms.

                  Section 2.5. CAPITALIZATION. As of the date hereof, the
capitalization of the Company is as set forth on SCHEDULE II hereto.

                  Section 2.5. NO MATERIAL CHANGES. There have been no material
changes to the business or to the financial condition of the Company since the
sale of Series C1 Preferred Stock of the Company on December 13, 1999 pursuant
to that certain Series C Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement by and among the
Company and the purchasers listed therein, dated as of September 30, 1999, as
amended by Amendment No. 1 to Series C Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement, by
and among the Company and the purchasers listed therein, dated as of December
13, 1999.


                                     - 3 -
<PAGE>


                                  ARTICLE III

                 REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE PURCHASER

                  Each Purchaser hereby represents and warrants to the Company
that:

                  Section 3.1. BLUE SKY MATTERS. It received any materials in
connection with the offering of the Purchased Common Shares and first learned of
such offering in the state listed as its home state set forth on SCHEDULE I
hereto, and intends that the state securities laws of that state alone shall
govern its purchase of the Purchased Common Shares.

                  Section 3.2. CERTAIN SECURITIES MATTERS.

                  (a) It has sufficient knowledge and experience in investing in
companies similar to the Company in terms of the Company's stage of development
so as to be able to evaluate the risks and merits of its investment in the
Company and it is able financially to bear the risks thereof;

                  (b) It has had an opportunity to discuss the Company's
business, management and financial affairs with the Company's management;

                  (c) The Purchased Common Shares being purchased by it are
being acquired for its own account for the purpose of investment and not with a
view to or for sale in connection with any distribution thereof, except in
accordance with the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "SECURITIES ACT")
and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder and all applicable state
securities or blue sky laws;

                  (d) It understands that (i) the Purchased Common Shares have
not been registered under the Securities Act by reason of their issuance in a
transaction exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act and
the Company's reliance on such exemption is predicated upon the Purchaser's
representations set forth in this Article III, (ii) the Purchased Common Shares
must be held indefinitely unless a subsequent disposition thereof is registered
under the Securities Act and all applicable state securities and "blue sky" laws
or unless such disposition is exempt from such registration, (iii) the Purchased
Common Shares will bear a legend to such effect and (iv) the Company will make a
notation on its transfer books to such effect;

                  (e) If it sells any Purchased Common Shares pursuant to Rule
144A promulgated under the Securities Act, it will take all necessary steps in
order to perfect the exemption from registration provided thereby, including (i)
obtaining on behalf of the Company information to enable the Company to
establish a reasonable belief that the purchaser is a qualified institutional
buyer and (ii) advising such purchaser that Rule 144A is being relied upon with
respect to such resale;


                                     - 4 -
<PAGE>


                  (f) It acknowledges and agrees that (i) a reasonable time
prior to the date hereof it received from the Company, and carefully reviewed,
certain materials prepared by the Company that describe the business and
financial condition of the Company (the "DISCLOSURE MATERIALS"), and (ii) it had
reasonable time and opportunity to ask questions and receive answers concerning
the Disclosure Materials and to obtain any additional information from the
Company that was necessary for it to verify the accuracy of the Disclosure
Materials; and

                  (g) It acknowledges and agrees that the stock certificate
representing the Purchased Common Shares shall bear the legend set forth in the
Stockholders Agreement.

                  Section 3.3. BROKERS. It has no contract, arrangement or
understanding with any broker, finder or similar agent with respect to the
transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

                  Section 3.4. INVESTMENT INTENT. It confirms that its purchase
of the Purchased Common Shares is solely for investment and that pursuant to
this Agreement the Purchaser is making an acquisition of voting securities
solely for purposes of investment in accordance with 16 CFR Section 802.9.

                                   ARTICLE IV

         CONDITIONS TO THE OBLIGATIONS OF THE PURCHASER AND THE COMPANY

                  Section 4.1. CONDITIONS TO THE OBLIGATION OF THE PURCHASER.
The obligation of each Purchaser to purchase and pay for the Purchased Common
Shares being purchased by it on the Closing Date is, at its option, subject to
the satisfaction, on or before the Closing Date, of the following conditions:

                  (a) OPINION OF COMPANY'S COUNSEL. The Purchaser shall have
received from Piper Marbury Rudnick & Wolfe LLP, special counsel for the
Company, one or more opinions dated as of the Initial Closing Date in form and
scope satisfactory to the Purchaser and its counsel.

                  (b) REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES TO BE TRUE AND CORRECT. The
representations and warranties contained in Article II shall be true, complete
and correct on and as of the Initial Closing Date with the same effect as though
such representations and warranties had been made on and as of such date, and an
authorized officer of the Company shall have certified to such effect to the
Purchaser in writing.

                  (c) PERFORMANCE. The Company shall have performed and complied
in all material respects with all agreements contained herein required to be
performed or complied with by it prior to or at the Initial Closing Date, and an
authorized officer of the Company shall have certified to the Purchaser in
writing to such effect and to the further effect that all of the conditions set
forth in this Section 4.1 have been satisfied.


                                     - 5 -
<PAGE>


                  (d) SUPPORTING DOCUMENTS. The Purchaser shall have received
copies of the following documents:

                  (i) (A) the Charter, certified as of a recent date by the
Secretary of State of the State of Delaware and (B) a certificate of said
Secretary dated as of a recent date as to the due incorporation and good
standing of the Company; and

                  (ii) a certificate of the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary
of the Company dated the Initial Closing Date and certifying: (A) that attached
thereto is a true and complete copy of the By-laws of the Company as in effect
on the date of such certification; (B) that attached thereto is a true and
complete copy of all resolutions adopted by the Board of Directors of the
Company authorizing the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement
and Amendment No. 2, the issuance, sale and delivery of the Purchased Common
Shares and that all such resolutions are in full force and effect; (C) that the
Charter has not been amended since the date of the certificate delivered
pursuant to clause (i) above; and (D) to the incumbency and specimen signature
of each officer of the Company executing this Agreement and Amendment No. 2 and
any certificate or instrument furnished pursuant hereto.

                  (e) STOCKHOLDERS AGREEMENT. The Company shall have executed
and delivered Amendment No. 2.

                  Section 4.2. CONDITIONS TO THE OBLIGATION OF THE COMPANY. The
obligation of the Company to issue the Purchased Common Shares being sold by it
on the Closing Date is, at its option, subject to the satisfaction, on or before
the Closing Date, of the following conditions:

                  (a) PURCHASE PRICE. Each Purchaser shall have paid the
aggregate purchase price for the Purchased Common Shares set forth opposite the
Purchaser's name under the heading "Aggregate Purchase Price" on SCHEDULE I.


                  (b) STOCKHOLDERS AGREEMENT. Each Purchaser who is not already
a party to the Stockholders Agreement, as amended, shall have executed and
delivered Amendment No. 2.


                                   ARTICLE V

                                  MISCELLANEOUS

                  Section 5.1. EXPENSES. Each party hereto will pay its own
expenses in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby, whether or not
such transactions shall be consummated.


                  Section 5.2. SURVIVAL OF AGREEMENTS. All covenants,
agreements, representations and warranties made herein shall survive the
execution and delivery of this Agreement and the issuance, sale and delivery of
the Purchased Common Shares.


                                     - 6 -
<PAGE>


                  Section 5.3. BROKERAGE. Each party hereto will indemnify and
hold harmless the others against and in respect of any claim for brokerage or
other commissions relative to this Agreement or to the transactions contemplated
hereby, based in any way on agreements, arrangements or understandings made or
claimed to have been made by such party with any third party.

                  Section 5.4. PARTIES IN INTEREST. All representations,
covenants and agreements contained in this Agreement by or on behalf of any of
the parties hereto shall bind and inure to the benefit of the respective
successors and assigns of the parties hereto whether so expressed or not.

                  Section 5.5. NOTICES. All notices, requests, consents and
other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be delivered in
person, mailed by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, or
sent by facsimile, telecopier or telex, addressed as follows:

                  (a) if to the Company, at 730 2nd Avenue South, Suite 1200,
Minneapolis, Minnesota 55402, Attention: Chief Financial Officer, (612) 376-4411
(facsimile), with a copy to Edwin M. Martin, Jr., Piper Marbury Rudnick & Wolfe
LLP, 1200 Nineteenth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20036, (202) 223-2085
(facsimile); and

                  (b) if to any Purchaser, at the address or facsimile,
telecopier or telex number of such Purchaser on record with the Company;

                  (c) or, in any such case, at such other address or addresses
as shall have been furnished in writing by such party to the others.

Each such notice, request, consent or other communication shall be treated as
having been given when delivered if delivered personally, or upon confirmation
of receipt if sent by facsimile, mail or overnight delivery.

                  Section 5.6. GOVERNING LAW. This Agreement shall be governed
by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware.

                  Section 5.7. ENTIRE AGREEMENT. This Agreement, including the
Schedules hereto, constitutes the sole and entire agreement of the parties with
respect to the subject matter hereof.

                  Section 5.8. COUNTERPARTS. This Agreement may be executed in
two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of
which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

                  Section 5.9. AMENDMENTS. This Agreement may not be amended or
modified, and no provisions hereof may be waived, without the written consent of
the Company and the Purchasers purchasing a majority of the Purchased Common
Shares.


                                     - 7 -
<PAGE>


                  Section 5.10. SEVERABILITY. If any provision of this Agreement
shall be declared void or unenforceable by any judicial or administrative
authority, the validity of any other provision and of the entire Agreement shall
not be affected thereby.

                  Section 5.11. TITLES AND SUBTITLES. The titles and subtitles
used in this Agreement are for convenience only and are not to be considered in
construing or interpreting any term or provision of this Agreement.


                                     - 8 -
<PAGE>


                  IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Common
Stock Purchase Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

                                      ADVANCED TELECOMMUNICATIONS, INC.

                                      By:
                                         --------------------------------------
                                      Name:                  Date
                                      Title:

                                      FSC CORP.

                                      By:
                                         --------------------------------------
                                      Name:                  Date
                                      Title:

                                      GENERAL ELECTRIC CAPITAL CORPORATION

                                      By:
                                         --------------------------------------
                                      Name:                  Date
                                      Title:


                                      -----------------------------------------
                                      Sheldon Allen          Date


                                      -----------------------------------------
                                      Gerry Boeke            Date


                                      -----------------------------------------
                                      Carol Braun            Date


                                     - 9 -
<PAGE>


                                      -----------------------------------------
                                      Janet Darkenwald       Date


                                      -----------------------------------------
                                      Arlin Goldberg         Date


                                      -----------------------------------------
                                      Greg Griffiths         Date


                                      -----------------------------------------
                                      Paul Hanser            Date


                                      -----------------------------------------
                                      Dave Kunde             Date


                                      -----------------------------------------
                                      Greg Lopata            Date


                                      -----------------------------------------
                                      Mike Lopata            Date


                                      -----------------------------------------
                                      Bill Markert           Date


                                     - 10 -
<PAGE>


                                      -----------------------------------------
                                      Marvin Moses           Date


                                      -----------------------------------------
                                      Kris Nandakumar        Date


                                      -----------------------------------------
                                      Jeff Oxley             Date


                                      -----------------------------------------
                                      Bob Pickens            Date


                                      -----------------------------------------
                                      Lynne Powers           Date


                                      -----------------------------------------
                                      Mike Robinson          Date


                                      -----------------------------------------
                                      Ninette Sandefeur      Date


                                      -----------------------------------------
                                      Bill Shanley           Date


                                     - 11 -
<PAGE>


                                      -----------------------------------------
                                      Steven Simon           Date


                                      -----------------------------------------
                                      Richard Smith          Date


                                      -----------------------------------------
                                      Bob Thompson           Date


                                      -----------------------------------------
                                      Satish Tiwari          Date


                                      -----------------------------------------
                                      Steve Wachter          Date


                                      -----------------------------------------
                                      Bill Whitney           Date


                                      -----------------------------------------
                                      Arthur H. Zeile        Date


                                      -----------------------------------------
                                      Geoffrey Boyd          Date


                                     - 12 -

<PAGE>
                                                            Exhibit 10.1.34


                                 AMENDMENT NO. 2
                                       TO
                   AMENDED AND RESTATED STOCKHOLDERS AGREEMENT

         This Amendment No. 2 to Amended and Restated Stockholders Agreement
(the "AMENDMENT") is made as of March 31, 2000 by and among:

         (i) Advanced Telecommunications, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the
"COMPANY");

         (ii) General Electric Capital Corporation ("GECC");

         (iii) FSC Corp.;

         (iv) the individual investors listed on SCHEDULE I hereto (the
"INDIVIDUAL INVESTORS");

         (v) Stolberg Partners, L.P. and Stolberg, Meehan & Scano II, L.P. (the
"STOLBERG INVESTORS"); and

         (vi) Bain Capital Fund VI, L.P. and the other Persons who are listed on
the signature pages hereto as Bain Investors (the "BAIN INVESTORS").

                                    RECITALS

         A. As of the date hereof, GECC, FSC Corp., and the Individual Investors
(collectively with GECC and FSC Corp., the "NEW STOCKHOLDERS") have purchased
shares of the Company's Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share (the "COMMON
STOCK") pursuant to a Common Stock Purchase Agreement dated as of the date
hereof between the Company and the Purchasers (as defined therein).

         B. The Company, the New Stockholders, the Stolberg Investors and the
Bain Investors desire to amend that certain Amended and Restated Stockholders
Agreement dated as of September 30, 1999, as amended and in effect on the date
hereof (the "AGREEMENT") to include the New Stockholders as parties thereto.
Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein shall have the
meanings ascribed to them in the Agreement.

                                    AGREEMENT

         Therefore, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

         1. GECC shall become a party to the Agreement by its execution of the
signature page hereto and shall be designated as a "Minority Stockholder"
thereunder.


<PAGE>

         2. FSC Corp. shall become a party to the Agreement by its execution of
the signature page hereto and shall be designated as a "Minority Stockholder"
thereunder.

         3. Each of the Individual Investors shall become parties to the
Agreement by their respective execution of the signature pages hereto, and each
shall be designated as a "Minority Stockholder" thereunder.

         4. SCHEDULE I to the Agreement is hereby amended to add GECC, FSC
Corp., and each of the Individual Investors to such Schedule.

         5. Except as specifically amended by this Amendment, the Agreement
shall remain in full force and effect in accordance with its terms.

         6. The Stolberg Investors and the Bain Investors hereby consent to this
Amendment.

         7. This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts, each
of which shall constitute an original, but all of which, taken together, shall
constitute one and the same agreement.

                        [SIGNATURES ON FOLLOWING PAGES.]


                                      -2-

<PAGE>


         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the undersigned has duly executed this
Amendment as of the date first written above.

                                       ADVANCED TELECOMMUNICATIONS, INC.


                                       By:
                                          -----------------------------
                                            Clifford D. Williams,
                                            Chief Executive Officer


                                       GENERAL ELECTRIC CAPITAL CORPORATION


                                       By:
                                          -----------------------------
                                       Name:
                                       Title:


                                       FSC CORP.


                                       By:
                                          -----------------------------
                                       Name:
                                       Title:



                                       --------------------------------
                                                Gerry Boeke



                                       --------------------------------
                                                Geoffrey Boyd



                                       --------------------------------
                                                Janet Darkenwald


                                      -3-
<PAGE>





                                       --------------------------------
                                                Paul Hanser



                                       --------------------------------
                                                Dave Kunde



                                       --------------------------------
                                                Greg Lopata



                                       --------------------------------
                                                William Markert



                                       --------------------------------
                                                Kris Nandakumar



                                       --------------------------------
                                                Jeff Oxley



                                       --------------------------------
                                                Lynne Powers



                                       --------------------------------
                                                Mike Robinson


                                      -4-
<PAGE>





                                       --------------------------------
                                                Ninette Sandefeur



                                       --------------------------------
                                                Robert Thompson



                                       --------------------------------
                                                Steve Wachter



                                       --------------------------------
                                                Arthur H. Zeile


                                      -5-
<PAGE>


BAIN INVESTORS:                        BAIN CAPITAL FUND VI, L.P.
                                       By:  Bain Capital Partners VI, L.P.,
                                                its general partner
                                       By:  Bain Capital Investors VI, Inc.,
                                                its general partner

                                       By:
                                          -----------------------------
                                       Name:  Michael A. Krupka
                                       Title:  Managing Director


                                       BCIP ASSOCIATES II
                                       BCIP TRUST ASSOCIATES II
                                       BCIP ASSOCIATES II-B
                                       BCIP TRUST ASSOCIATES II-B
                                       BCIP ASSOCIATES II-C
                                       By: Bain Capital, Inc.,
                                                their Managing Partner

                                       PEP INVESTMENTS PTY LTD.
                                       By: Bain Capital, Inc.,
                                                its attorney-in-fact

                                       By:
                                          -----------------------------
                                       Name:  Michael A. Krupka
                                       Title:  Managing Director


                                       SANKATY HIGH YIELD ASSET PARTNERS, L.P.


                                       By:
                                          -----------------------------
                                       Name:
                                       Title:  Managing Director

                                       RGIP, LLC

                                       By:
                                          -----------------------------
                                       Name:
                                       Title:


                                      -6-
<PAGE>


STOLBERG INVESTORS:                    STOLBERG PARTNERS, L.P.,
                                       By:  SGMS, L.P., General Partner
                                       By:  Stolberg Meehan & Scano, Inc.
                                               General Partner

                                       By:
                                          -----------------------------
                                       Name:
                                       Title:


                                       STOLBERG MEEHAN & SCANO II, L.P.
                                       a Delaware limited partnership
                                       By:  Stolberg Meehan & Scano LLC,
                                              General Partner

                                       By:
                                          -----------------------------
                                       Name:
                                       Title:



                                      -7-
<PAGE>


                                   SCHEDULE I

                              INDIVIDUAL INVESTORS

 Geoffrey Boyd
 Janet Darkenwald
 Paul Hanser
 Dave Kunde
 Greg Lopata
 William Markert
 Kris Nandakumar
 Jeff Oxley
 Lynne Powers
 Mike Robinson
 Ninette Sandefeur
 Robert Thompson
 Steve Wachter
 Arthur H. Zeile

<PAGE>

                                                                    Exh. 10.1.35

                                                                      ----------
                                                                       RECEIVED

                                                                      MAR 9 2000

                                                                      By________

                                                                      ----------

                                    AGREEMENT
                   FOR LOCAL WIRELINE NETWORK INTERCONNECTION
                                       AND
                                 SERVICE RESALE
                                     BETWEEN
                       AMERICAN TELEPHONE TECHNOLOGY, INC.
                                       AND
                          U S WEST COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

                           FOR THE STATE OF WASHINGTON

                                 CDS-000118-0201

[This agreement uses different types of print to indicate the origins of
different provisions. Plain language that is neither in italics nor bold
reflects: (1) language that U S WEST Communications, Inc. ("U S WEST") and AT&T
Communications of the Northwest, Inc. ("AT&T") agreed to in the interconnection
agreement that this Commission ordered on July 11, 1997 and that American
Telephone and Technology, Inc. ("ATTI") is opting into; or (2) language that U S
WEST and ATTI have agreed to. Language that is in bold refers to language that
this Commission ordered in the arbitration between U S WEST and AT&T and that
ATTI is opting into. Language that is in both bold and italics refers to
language that implements the Commission's decision issued in the Washington
arbitration between U S WEST and ATTI on February 24, 2000.

In the footnotes that appear in this agreement, "Commission Decision" refers to
the Commission's decision issued February 24, 2000. "AT&T Order" refers to the
Arbitrator's Report and Decision issued November 27, 1996 in the arbitration
between U S WEST and AT&T Communications of the Northwest, Inc.; "AT&T
Recommendations" refers to to the Arbitrator's Report and Decision issued June
6,1997 in the U S WEST/AT&T arbitration; and "AT&T Approval" refers to this
Commission's Order issued July 11, 1997 Modifying Arbitrator's Decision and
Arbitrator's Recommendations and Approving Interconnection Agreement with
Modifications."]

<PAGE>

                                TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                    CONTENTS
RECITALS ......................................................................1

SCOPE OF AGREEMENT ............................................................1

DEFINITIONS ...................................................................2

TERMS AND CONDITIONS .........................................................12

      1.   General Provisions ................................................12
      2.   Most Favored Nation Terms and Treatment ...........................13
      3.   Payment ...........................................................13
      4.   Taxes .............................................................14
      5.   Intellectual Property .............................................14
      6.   Severability ......................................................15
      7.   Responsibility for Environmental Contamination ....................15
      8.   Branding ..........................................................16
      9.   Independent Contractor Status .....................................17
      10.  Referenced Documents ..............................................18
      11.  Publicity and Advertising .........................................18
      12.  Executed in Counterparts ..........................................18
      13.  Headings Not Controlling ..........................................18
      14.  Joint Work Product ................................................19
      15.  Survival ..........................................................19
      16.  Effective Date ....................................................19
      17.  Amendment of Agreement ............................................19
      18.  Indemnification ...................................................19
      19.  Limitation of Liability ...........................................20
      20.  Term of Agreement .................................................21
      21.  Governing Law .....................................................21
      22.  Cancellation Charges ..............................................21
      23.  Regulatory Approvals ..............................................21
      24.  Compliance ........................................................22
      25.  Force Majeure .....................................................23
      26.  Escalation Procedures .............................................23
      27.  Dispute Resolution ................................................23
      28.  Nondisclosure .....................................................24
      29.  Notices ...........................................................26
      30.  Assignment ........................................................27
      31.  Warranties ........................................................27
      32.  Default ...........................................................27
      33.  Remedies ..........................................................28

<PAGE>

      34.  Waivers ...........................................................29
      35.  No Third Party Beneficiaries ......................................29
      36.  Physical Security .................................................29
      37.  Network Security ..................................................30
      38.  Revenue Protection ................................................30
      39.  Law Enforcement Interface .........................................31
      40.  Collocation .......................................................31
      42.  Number Portability ................................................50
      43.  Dialing Parity ....................................................57
      44.  Directory Listings ................................................57
      45.  Directories .......................................................60
      46.  U S WEST Dex Issues ...............................................61
      47.  Access to Poles, Ducts, Conduits, and Rights of Way ...............61
      48.  Bona Fide Request Process for Further Unbundling ..................66
      49.  Audit Process .....................................................69
      50.  Miscellaneous Services ............................................70
      51.  Unused Transmission Media .........................................86
      52.  Service Standards .................................................88
      53.  Entire Agreement ..................................................90
      54.  Reservation of Rights .............................................91

ATTACHMENTS

   Attachment 1   Rates and Charges

   Attachment 2   Resale

   Attachment 3   Unbundled Access/Elements

   Attachment 4   Interconnection

   Attachment 5   Business Process Requirements

   Attachment 6   Electronic Interfaces

   Attachment 7   Implementation Schedule

<PAGE>

      This Interconnection Agreement (this "Agreement") is made (1) by and
between American Telephone Technology, Inc., a Washington corporation ("ATTI"),
and U S WEST Communications, Inc., a Colorado corporation ("U S WEST"), to
establish the rates, terms and conditions for local interconnection, local
resale, and the purchase of unbundled network elements (individually referred to
as the "service" or collectively as the "services").

                                    RECITALS

      WHEREAS, pursuant to this Agreement, ATTI and U S WEST will extend certain
arrangements to one another within each LATA in which they both operate within
Washington. This Agreement is a combination of agreed terms and terms imposed by
arbitration under Section 252 of the Communications Act of 1934, as modified by
the Telecommunications Act of 1996, the rules and regulations of the Federal
Communications Commission (the "FCC"), and the orders, rules and regulations of
the Washington Utilities and Transportation Commission (the "Commission"); and
as such does not necessarily represent the position of either Party on any given
issue; and

      WHEREAS, the Parties wish to interconnect their local exchange networks in
a technically and economically efficient manner for the transmission and
termination of calls, so that subscribers of each can seamlessly receive calls
that originate on the other's network and place calls that terminate on the
other's network, and for ATTI's use in the provision of exchange access ("Local
Interconnection"); and

      WHEREAS, ATTI wishes to purchase Telecommunications Services for resale to
others, and U S WEST is willing to provide such services; and

      WHEREAS, ATTI wishes to purchase on an unbundled basis Network Elements,
Ancillary Services and Functions and additional features separately or in any
Combination, and to use such services for itself or for the provision of its
Telecommunications Services to others, and U S WEST is willing to provide such
services;

      Now, therefore, in consideration of the terms and conditions contained
herein, ATTI and U S WEST hereby mutually agree as follows:

                               SCOPE OF AGREEMENT

      A. This Agreement specifies the rights and obligations of each Party with
respect to the purchase and sale of Local Interconnection, Local Resale and
Network Elements in the LATAs in Washington where U S WEST operates.

      B. In the performance of their obligations under this Agreement, the
Parties shall act in good faith and consistently with the intent of the Act.
Where notice, approval or similar action by a Party is permitted or required by
any provision of this Agreement (including, without limitation, the obligation
of the Parties to further negotiate the resolution of new or open issues under
this Agreement) such action shall not be unreasonably delayed, withheld or
conditioned.

      C. U S WEST will provide ATTI with at least the level of service quality
or performance of obligations under this Agreement as U S WEST provides itself
or any other Person with respect to all Telecommunications Services, Local
Interconnection, Services for Resale, and Network Elements as applicable and
shall provide such level of service quality or performance of service
obligations in accordance with the specific requirements agreed to in Attachment
5.

      D. U S WEST shall provide to ATTI Services for Resale that are equal in
quality, subject to the same conditions (including the conditions in U S WEST's
effective tariffs which are not otherwise inconsistent with the terms and
conditions contained herein), within the same provisioning time intervals

- ----------
(1)   Per AT&T Approval at page 14, paragraph 2 (This footnote is not applicable
      to ATTI)


                                                                               1
<PAGE>

                                                                          Part A


that U S WEST provides these services to itself, its Affiliates and others,
including end users, and in accordance with any applicable Commission service
quality standards, including standards the Commission may impose pursuant to
Section 252(e)(3) of the Act.

      E. Each Network Element provided by U S WEST to ATTI shall be at least
equal in the quality of design, performance, features, functions, capabilities
and other characteristics, including, but not limited to, levels and types of
redundant equipment and facilities for power, diversity and security, that U S
WEST provides to itself, U S WEST's own subscribers, to a U S WEST Affiliate or
to any other entity.

      F. The Parties agree to work jointly and cooperatively in testing and
implementing processes for pre-ordering, ordering, maintenance, provisioning and
billing and in reasonably resolving issues which result from such implementation
on a timely basis.

      G. If a Party makes a change in its network which it believes will
materially affect the interoperability of its network with that of the other
Party, the Party making the change shall provide advance notice of such change
to the other Party in accordance with applicable FCC or Commission regulations.

      H. In accordance with Section 251(c)(5) of the Act and the rules and
regulations established by the FCC and the Commission, the Parties shall provide
reasonable notice of changes in the information necessary for the transmission
and routing of services using that local exchange carrier's facilities or
network, as well as of any other changes that would affect the interoperability
of those facilities and networks.

      I. Except as otherwise provided for in Section 8 of Attachment 2, U S WEST
shall not discontinue or refuse to provide any service required hereunder
without ATTI's prior written agreement in accordance with Section 17 of this
Part A of this Agreement, nor shall U S WEST reconfigure, reengineer or
otherwise redeploy its network in a manner which would materially impair ATTI's
ability to offer Telecommunications Services in the manner contemplated by this
Agreement, the Act or the FCC's rules and regulations. U S WEST agrees that all
obligations undertaken pursuant to this Agreement, including, without
limitation, performance standards, intervals, and technical requirements are
material obligations hereof and that time is of the essence.

                                   DEFINITIONS

      Certain terms used in this Agreement shall have the meanings set forth
herein or as otherwise elsewhere defined throughout this Agreement. Other terms
used but not defined herein will have the meanings ascribed to them in the Act
and the FCC's rules and regulations.

"911 Service" means a universal telephone number which gives the public direct
access to the Public Safety Answering Point (PSAP). Basic 911 service collects
911 calls from one or more local exchange switches that serve a geographic area.
The calls are then sent to the correct authority designated to receive such
calls.

"911 Site Administrator" is a person assigned by ATTI to establish and maintain
911 service location information for its subscribers.

"Access Services" refers to interstate and intrastate switched access and
private line transport services.

"Act" means the Communications Act of 1934 (47 U.S.C. Section 151 et seq.), as
amended by the Telecommunications Act of 1996, and as from time to time
interpreted in the duly authorized rules and regulations of the FCC or by the
Commission.


                                                                               2
<PAGE>

                                                                          Part A


"ADSL" or "Asymmetrical Digital Subscriber Line" means a transmission technology
which transmits an asymmetrical digital signal using one of several transmission
methods (for example, carrier-less AM/PM discrete multi-tone, or discrete
wavelet multi-tone).

"Affiliate" is an entity, as defined in the Act, that directly or indirectly
owns or controls, is owned or controlled by, or is under common ownership or
control with, another entity. For the purposes of this Agreement, "own" or
"control" means to own an equity interest (or equivalent) of at least ten
percent (10%), or the right to control the business decisions, management and
policy of another entity performing any of the obligations set forth in this
Agreement.

"AIN" (Advanced Intelligent Network) is a network functionality that permits
specific conditions to be programmed into a switch which, when met, directs the
switch to suspend call processing and to receive special instructions for
further call handling instructions in order to enable carriers to offer advanced
features and services.

"AIN Services" means architecture and configuration of the AIN Triggers within
the SCP as developed and/or offered by U S WEST to its customers.

"ALI" (Automatic Location Identification) is a database developed for E911
systems that provides for a visual display of the caller's telephone number and
address, and the names of the emergency response agencies responsible for that
address. The ALI also shows an Interim Number Portability (INP) number, if
applicable.

"ALI/DMS" (Automatic Location Identification/Data Management System) means the
emergency service (E911/911) database containing subscriber location information
(including name, address, telephone number, and sometimes special information
from the local service provider) used to determine to which Public Safety
Answering Point (PSAP) to route the call.

"AMA" means the Automated Message Accounting structure that initially records
telecommunication message information. AMA format is contained in the Automated
Message Accounting document, published by Bellcore as GR-1100-CORE, which
defines the industry standard for message recording.

"Ancillary Services" or "Ancillary Functions" means, collectively, the
following: (1) Collocation as described in Section 40 of this Part A of this
Agreement; (2) access to poles, ducts, conduits and rights of way as described
in Section 47 of this Part A of this Agreement; (3) unused transmission media as
described in Section 51 of this Part A of this Agreement; (4) Directory Listings
as described in Section 44 of this Part A of this Agreement; (5) E911 as
described in Section 50.1 of this Part A of this Agreement; (6) Directory
Assistance Service as described in Section 50.2 of this Part A of this
Agreement; (7) Operator Services as described in Section 50.3 of this Part A of
this Agreement; (8) Directory Assistance and Listings services requests as
described in Section 50.4 of this Part A of this Agreement; and (9) directory
assistance data as described in Section 50.5 of this Part A of this Agreement.

"ANI" (Automatic Number Identification) is a feature that identifies and
displays the number of a telephone that originates a call.

"ARS" (Automatic Route Selection) is a service feature that provides for
automatic selection of the least expensive or most appropriate transmission
facility for each call based on criteria programmed into the system.

"ASR" (Access Service Request) means the industry standard forms and supporting
documentation used for ordering Access Services. The ASR may be used to order
trunking and facilities between ATTI and U S WEST for Local Interconnection.


                                                                               3
<PAGE>

                                                                          Part A


"BLV/BLI" (Busy Line Verify/Busy Line Interrupt) means an operator call in which
the end user inquires as to the busy status of, or requests an interruption of,
a telephone call.

"Business Day" means any day Monday through Friday except for mutually agreed to
holidays.

"CABS" means the Carrier Access Billing System which is defined in a document
prepared by the Billing Committee of the OBF. The Carrier Access Billing System
document is published by Bellcore in Volumes 1, 1A, 2, 3, 3A, 4 and 5 as Special
Reports SR-OPT-001868, SR-OPT-0011869, SR-OPT-001871, SR-OPT-001872,
SR-OPT-001873, SR-OPT-001874, and SR-OPT-001875, respectively, and contains the
recommended guidelines for the billing of access and other connectivity
services.

"Calling Party Number" or "CPN" is a CCS parameter which refers to the number
transmitted through a network identifying the calling party.

"CCS" (Common Channel Signaling) means a method of digitally transmitting call
set-up and network control data over a digital signaling network fully separate
from the public switched telephone network that carries the actual call.

"Central Office Switch" means a switch used to provide Telecommunications
Services, including, but not limited to:

      (a)   "End Office Switches" which are used to terminate Customer station
            loops for the purpose of interconnecting to each other and to
            trunks;

      (b)   "Tandem Office Switches" which are used to connect and switch trunk
            circuits between and among other Central Office Switches. Access
            tandems provide connections for exchange access and toll traffic
            while local tandems provide connections for local/EAS traffic; or

      (c)   Combination End Office/Tandem Office Switches.

"Centrex", including Centrex Plus, means a Telecommunications Service that uses
central office switching equipment for call routing to handle direct dialing of
calls and to provide numerous private branch exchange-like features.

"Charge Number" is a CCS parameter which refers to the number transmitted
through the network identifying the billing number of the calling party.

"CLASS" (Bellcore Service Mark) is a set of call-management service features
that utilize the capability to forward a calling party's number between end
offices as part of call setup. Features include Automatic Callback, Automatic
Recall, Caller ID, Call Trace, and Distinctive Ringing.

"Combinations" means provision by U S WEST of two or more connected Network
Elements ordered by ATTI to provide its Telecommunication Services in a
geographic area or to a specific subscriber and that are placed on the same or
related order by ATTI, subject to restrictions, if any, imposed by the
Commission.

"Commission" means the Washington Utilities and Transportation Commission.

"Competitive Local Exchange Carrier" or "CLEC" means an entity authorized to
provide Local Exchange Service that does not otherwise qualify as an incumbent
LEC.

"Conduit" means a tube or protected pathway that may be used to house
communication or electrical cables. Conduit may be underground or above ground
(for example, inside buildings) and may contain one or more innerducts.


                                                                               4
<PAGE>

                                                                          Part A


"Confidential Information" has the meaning set forth in Section 28 of Part A of
this Agreement.

"Contract Year" means a twelve (12) month period during the term of this
Agreement commencing on the Effective Date and each anniversary thereof.

"Control Office" is an exchange carrier center or office designated as its
company's single point of contact for the provisioning and maintenance of its
portion of local interconnection arrangements.

"Custom Calling Features" is a set of call-management service features available
to residential and business subscribers including call-waiting, call-forwarding
and three-party calling.

"Customer" means a third-party (residence or business) that subscribes to
Telecommunications Services provided by either of the Parties.

"DBMS" (Database Management System) is a computer system used to store, sort,
manipulate and update the data required to provide, for example, selective
routing and ALI.

"Databases" are the Network Elements that provide the functionality for storage
of, access to, and manipulation of information required to offer a particular
service and/or capability. Databases include, but are not limited to: Number
Portability, LIDB, Toll Free Number Database, Automatic Location
Identification/Data Management System, and AIN.

"Digital Signal Level" means one of several transmission rates in the time
division multiplexing hierarchy, including, but not limited to:

      "Digital Signal Level 0" or "DS-0" means the 56 or 64 Kbps zero-level
      signal in the time-division multiplex hierarchy.

      "Digital Signal Level 1" or "DS-1" means the 1.544 Mbps first-level signal
      in the time-division multiplex hierarchy. In the time-division
      multiplexing hierarchy of the telephone network, DS-1 is the initial level
      of multiplexing.

      "Digital Signal Level 3" or "DS-3" means the 44.736 Mbps third-level in
      the time-division multiplex hierarchy. In the time-division multiplexing
      hierarchy of the telephone network, DS-3 is defined as the third level of
      multiplexing.

"Directory Assistance Database" refers to any set of subscriber records used by
U S WEST in its provision of live or automated operator-assisted directory
assistance including, but not limited to, 411, 555-1212, NPA-555-1212.

"Directory Assistance Service" provides Listings to callers. Directory
Assistance Service may include the option to complete the call at the callers
direction.

"Directory Listings" or "Listings" refers to subscriber information, including,
but not limited to, name, address and phone numbers, in Directory Assistance
Services or directory products.

"Discloser" means that Party to this Agreement which has disclosed Confidential
Information to the other Party.

"E911" (Enhanced 911 Service) means a telephone communication service which will
automatically route a call dialed "911" to a designated Public Safety Answering
Point (PSAP) attendant and will provide to the attendant the calling party's
telephone number and, when possible, the address from which the call is being
placed, and the emergency response agencies responsible for the location from
which the call was dialed.


                                                                               5
<PAGE>

                                                                          Part A


"E911 Message Trunk" is a dedicated line, trunk or channel between two central
offices or switching devices which provides a voice and signaling path for E911
calls.

"EAS" (Extended Area Service) is intraLATA traffic treated as "local" traffic
between exchanges (rather than as "toll" traffic) as established by the
Commission and as reflected in the effective U S WEST tariffs.

"Effective Date" is the date the Commission approves this Agreement.

"Emergency Response Agency" is a governmental entity authorized to respond to
requests from the public to meet emergencies.

"EMR" means the Exchange Message Record System used among LECs for exchanging
telecommunications message information for billable, non-billable, sample,
settlement and study data. EMR format is contained in BR-010-200-010 CRIS
Exchange Message Record, published by Bellcore, which defines the industry
standard for exchange message records.

"ESN" (Emergency Service Number) is a number assigned to the ALI and selective
routing databases for all subscriber telephone numbers. The ESN designates a
unique combination of fire, police and emergency medical service response
agencies that serve the address location of each in-service telephone number.

"FCC" means the Federal Communications Commission.

"FCC Interconnection Order" is the Federal Communications Commission's First
Report and Order in FCC Docket No. 96-98 released August 8, 1996, as effective.

"Fiber-Meet" means an Interconnection architecture method whereby the Parties
physically interconnect their networks via an optical fiber interface (as
opposed to an electrical interface) at a mutually agreed upon location.

"Gateway" (ALI Gateway) is a telephone company computer facility that interfaces
with ATTI's 911 administrative site to receive ALI data from ATTI. Access to the
Gateway will be via a dial-up modem using a common protocol.

"HDSL" (High-Bit Rate Digital Subscriber Line) means a two-wire or four-wire
transmission technology which typically transmits a DS1-level signal (or, higher
level signals with certain technologies), using, for example, 2 Binary / 1
Quartenary ("2B1Q").

"IDLC" (Integrated Digital Loop Carrier) means a digital subscriber loop carrier
system which interfaces with the switch digitally at a DS1 (1.544Mbps) or higher
level.

"ILEC" means an incumbent local exchange carrier.

"Information Service Traffic" means traffic which originates on a local access
line and which is addressed to an information service provider.

"INP" (Interim Number Portability) is a service arrangement whereby subscribers
who change local service providers may retain existing telephone numbers with
minimal impairment of quality, reliability, or convenience when remaining at
their current location or changing their location within the geographic area
served by the initial carrier's serving central office.

"Interconnection" is as described in the Act and refers to the connection of
separate pieces of equipment, facilities, or platforms between or within
networks for the purpose of transmission and routing of telephone exchange
service traffic and exchange access traffic.


                                                                               6
<PAGE>

                                                                          Part A


"ISDN" (Integrated Services Digital Network) means a switched network service
that provides end-to-end digital connectivity for the simultaneous transmission
of voice and data. Basic Rate Interface-ISDN (BRI-ISDN) provides for a digital
transmission of two 64 Kbps bearer channels and one 16 Kbps data channel (2B+D).
Primary Rate Interface-ISDN (PRI-ISDN) provides for a digital transmission of
twenty-three (23) 64 Kbps bearer channels and one 64 Kbps data channel (23B+D).

"IXC" (Interexchange Carrier) means a provider of interexchange
Telecommunications Services.

"LATA" means Local Access Transport Area.

"LEC" means local exchange carrier.

"LIDB" (Line Information Data Base(s)) is an SCP database that provides for such
functions as calling card validation for telephone line number cards issued by
LECs and other entities and validation for collect and billed-to-third-party
services.

"Local Interconnection" shall have the meaning set forth in the Recitals to this
Agreement.

"Local Resale", "Services for Resale" or "Resale Services" means, collectively,
Telecommunications Services and service functions provided by U S WEST to ATTI
pursuant to Attachment 2 of this Agreement.

"Local Traffic" is intraLATA traffic within an exchange that is treated as toll
free traffic as established by the Commission and as reflected in the effective
tariffs of U S WEST.

"Loop" is a transmission facility between a distribution frame, or its
equivalent, in a U S WEST central office or wire center, and the Network
Interface Device (as defined herein) or network interface at a subscriber's
premises, to which ATTI is granted exclusive use. This includes, but is not
limited to, two-wire and four-wire analog voice-grade loops, and two-wire and
four-wire loops that are conditioned to transmit the digital signals needed to
provide ISDN, ADSL, HDSL, and DS-1 level signals. A Loop may be composed of the
following components:

                  Loop Concentrator / Multiplexer
                  Loop Feeder
                  Network Interface Device (NID)
                  Distribution

"Main Distribution Frame" or "MDF" means the distribution frame of the Party
providing the Loop used to interconnect cable pairs and line and trunk equipment
terminals on a switching system or transmission facility.

"MECAB" refers to the Multiple Exchange Carrier Access Billing (MECAB) document
prepared by the Billing Committee of the OBF, which functions under the auspices
of the Carrier Liaison Committee (CLC) of the Alliance for Telecommunications
Industry Solutions (ATIS). The MECAB document, published by Bellcore as Special
Report SR-BDS-000983, contains the recommended guidelines for the billing of an
Access Service provided by two or more LECs (including a LEC and a CLEC), or by
one LEC in two or more states within a single LATA.

"MECOD" refers to the Multiple Exchange Carriers Ordering and Design (MECOD)
Guidelines for Access Services - Industry Support Interface, a document
developed by the Ordering/Provisioning Committee under the auspices of the OBF,
which functions under the auspices of the Carrier Liaison Committee (CLC) of the
Alliance for Telecommunications Industry Solutions (ATIS). The MECOD document,
published by Bellcore as Special Report SR STS-002643, establishes recommended
guidelines for


                                                                               7
<PAGE>

                                                                          Part A


processing orders for Access Service which is to be provided by two or more LECs
(including a LEC and a CLEC). It is published by Bellcore as SRBDS 00983.

"Meet-Point Billing" or "MPB" refers to an arrangement whereby two LECs
(including a LEC and ATTI) jointly provide Switched Access Service to an
Interexchange Carrier, with each LEC (or ATTI) receiving an appropriate share of
the access element revenues.

"Mid-Span Meet" is a Point of Interconnection between two networks, designated
by two Telecommunications Carriers, at which one carrier's responsibility for
service begins and the other carrier's responsibility ends.

"MSAG" (Master Street Address Guide) is a database defining the geographic area
of an E911 service. It includes an alphabetical list of the street names,
high-low house number ranges, community names, and emergency service numbers
provided by the counties or their agents to U S WEST.

"NANP" (North American Numbering Plan) means the numbering plan used in the
United States that also serves Canada, Bermuda, Puerto Rico and certain
Caribbean Islands. The NANP format is a 10-digit number that consists of a
3-digit NPA code (commonly referred to as the area code), followed by a 3-digit
NXX code and 4-digit line number.

"NENA" (National Emergency Number Association) is an association with a mission
to foster the technological advancement, availability and implementation of 911
nationwide

"Network Element" means a facility or equipment used in the provision of a
Telecommunications Service including all features, functions and capabilities
embedded in such facility or equipment.(2)

"NP" (Number Portability) means the use of the Location Routing Number (LRN)
database solution to provide fully transparent NP for all subscribers and all
providers without limitation.

"NPA" (Numbering Plan Area) (sometimes referred to as an area code) is the three
digit indicator which is designated by the first three digits of each 10-digit
telephone number within the NANP. Each NPA contains 792 possible NXX Codes.
There are two general categories of NPA, "Geographic NPAs" and "Non-Geographic
NPAs." A "Geographic NPA" is associated with a defined geographic area, and all
telephone numbers bearing such NPA are associated with services provided within
that geographic area. A "Non-Geographic NPA," also known as a "Service Access
Code (SAC Code)" is typically associated with a specialized Telecommunications
Service which may be provided across multiple geographic NPA areas; 500, 800,
900, 700, and 888 are examples of Non-Geographic NPAs.

"NXX" means the fourth, fifth and sixth digits of a ten-digit telephone number
within the NANP.

"OBF" means the Ordering and Billing Forum, which functions under the auspices
of the Carrier Liaison Committee (CLC) of the Alliance for Telecommunications
Industry Solutions (ATIS).

"Operator Services" includes, but is not limited to, (1) operator handling for
call completion (e.g., collect calls); (2) operator or automated assistance for
billing after the subscriber has dialed the called number (e.g., credit card
calls); and (3) special services (e.g., BLV/BLI, emergency agency call).

"Operator Systems" is the Network Element that provides operator and automated
call handling with billing, special services, subscriber telephone listings, and
optional call completion services.

- ----------
(2)   Per AT&T Order at page 10, Issue 18.


                                                                               8
<PAGE>

                                                                          Part A


"P.01 Transmission Grade of Service" (GOS) means a trunk facility provisioning
standard with the statistical probability of no more than one call in 100
blocked on initial attempt during the average busy hour.

"PLU" (Percent Local Usage) is a calculation which represents the ratio of the
local minutes to the sum of local and intraLATA toll minutes between exchange
carriers sent over Local Interconnection trunks. Directory assistance, BLV/BLI,
900, 976, transiting calls from other exchange carriers and switched access
calls are not included in the calculation of PLU.

"Party" means either U S WEST or ATTI and "Parties" means U S WEST and ATTI.

"Person" means, collectively, an Affiliate, subsidiary, Customer, end user and
subscriber of U S WEST.

"POI" (Point of Interconnection) means the physical point that establishes the
technical interface, the test point, where applicable, and the operational
responsibility hand-off between ATTI and U S WEST for the local interconnection
of their networks for the mutual exchange of traffic.

"Point of Interface" is the physical point where ATTI hands off transmission
media to the U S WEST provided entrance facility associated with a collocation
arrangement for the purpose of connecting the entrance facility to some point
located within U S WEST's premises.

"Pole Attachment" means the connection of a facility to a utility pole. Some
examples of facilities are mechanical hardware, grounding and transmission
cable, and equipment boxes.

"POP" means an IXC's point of presence.

"Port" means a termination on a Central Office Switch that permits Customers to
send or receive Telecommunications Services over the public switched network,
including switch features or switching functionality.(3)

"Premium Listing", such as additional, foreign, cross reference, informational,
non-listed, privacy, etc., are as described in the U S WEST general exchange
listing tariff.

"Primary Listing" (for example, main list, additional main, joint user, client
main list or answering service list) shall mean the one appearance of an end
user telephone subscriber's main telephone number and other content such as name
and address, which each ATTI residence or business subscriber is entitled to
receive in the white pages directory published by U S WEST Dex at no charge from
U S WEST Communications. Where U S WEST business end users are entitled to
receive a courtesy Listing in the yellow pages section of any directory
published on U S WEST's behalf, ATTI's business customers will receive the same
entitlement.

"Proprietary Information" shall have the same meaning as Confidential
Information.

"PSAP" (Public Safety Answering Point) is the public safety communications
center where 911 calls placed by the public for a specific geographic area will
be answered.

"Rate Center" means the geographic point and corresponding geographic area which
are associated with one or more particular NPA-NXX codes which have been
assigned to U S WEST or ATTI for its provision of basic exchange
Telecommunications Services. The "Rate Center Point" is the finite geographic
point identified by a specific V&H coordinate, which is used to measure
distance-sensitive end user traffic to/from the particular NPA-NXX designations
associated with the specific Rate Center. The "Rate Center Area" is the
exclusive geographic area identified as the area within which U S WEST or ATTI
will provide

- ----------
(3)   Per AT&T Order at page 10, Issue 18.


                                                                               9
<PAGE>

                                                                          Part A


basic exchange Telecommunications Services bearing the particular NPA-NXX
designations-associated with the specific Rate Center. The Rate Center Point
must be located within the Rate Center Area.

"Rating Point" means the point at which transport mileage is calculated for the
termination of calls. Each Party shall establish its own Rating Point(s) for its
own services.

"Real Time" means the actual time in which an event takes place, with the
reporting on or the recording of the event simultaneous with its occurrence.

"Recipient" means that Party to this Agreement (1) to which Confidential
Information has been disclosed by the other Party, or (2) who has obtained
Confidential Information in the course of providing services under this
Agreement.

"Reseller" is a category of Telecommunications Services providers who obtain
Telecommunications Services from another provider through the purchase of
wholesale priced services for resale to their end user subscribers.

"Routing Point" means a location which U S WEST or ATTI has designated on its
own network as the homing (routing) point for traffic inbound to basic exchange
Telecommunications Services provided by U S WEST or ATTI which bear a certain
NPA-NXX designation. The Routing Point is employed to calculate mileage
measurements for the distance-sensitive transport element charges of Switched
Access Services. Pursuant to Bellcore Practice BR 795-100-100, the Routing Point
may be an "End Office" location, or a "LEC Consortium Point of Interconnection."
Pursuant to that same Bellcore Practice, examples of the latter shall be
designated by a common language location identifier (CLLI) code with (x)KD in
positions 9, 10, 11, where (x) may by any alphanumeric A-Z or 0-9. The Routing
Point need not be the same as the Rate Center Point, nor must it be located
within the Rate Center Area, but must be in the same LATA as the NPA-NXX.

"ROW" (Right of Way) means the right to use the land or other property owned,
leased, or controlled by another party to place poles, conduits, cables, other
structures and equipment, or to provide passage to access such structures and
equipment. A ROW may run under, on, or above public or private property
(including air space above public or private property) and may include the right
to use discrete space in buildings, building complexes or other locations.

"SAG" (Street Address Guide) is a database containing an alphabetical list of
street names, high-low house number ranges, descriptive addresses, community
names, tax codes, subscriber names, telephone numbers, NXXs, central office
names, CLLI and other information maintained by U S WEST.

"SCP" (Service Control Point) is a specific type of Database Network Element
functionality deployed in a Signaling System 7 (SS7) network that executes
service application logic in response to SS7 queries sent to it by a switching
system also connected to the SS7 network. SCPs also provide operational
interfaces to allow for provisioning, administration and maintenance of
subscriber data and service application data (e.g., a toll free database stores
subscriber record data that provides information necessary to route toll free
calls).

"SECAB" means the Small Exchange Carrier Access Billing document prepared by the
Billing Committee of the OBF. The Small Exchange Carrier Access Billing
document, published by Bellcore as Special Report SR OPT-001856, contains the
recommended guidelines for the billing of access and other connectivity
services.

"Selective Routing" is a service which automatically routes an E911 call to the
PSAP that has jurisdictional responsibility for the service address of the
telephone from which 911 is dialed, irrespective of telephone company exchange
or wire center boundaries.


                                                                              10
<PAGE>

                                                                          Part A


"STPs" (Signaling Transfer Points) provide functionality that enable the
exchange of SS7 messages among and between switching elements, database elements
and Signaling Transfer Points.

"Switch" -- See Central Office Switch.

"Switched Access", "Switched Access Service", "Switched Exchange Access Service"
or "Switched Access Traffic" are as defined in the Parties' applicable tariffs.

"Tandem Office Switches" are Class 4 switches which are used to connect and
switch trunk circuits between and among End Office Switches and other tandems.

"Tariff Services" as used throughout this Agreement refers to the applicable
Party's interstate tariffs and state tariffs, price lists, price schedules and
catalogs.

"Technically Feasible" refers solely to technical or operational concerns,
rather than economic, space, or site considerations, in accordance with the
rules and regulations of the FCC and the Commission.

"Telecommunications" means the transmission, between or among points specified
by the user, of information of the user's choosing, without change in the form
or content of the information as sent and received.

"Telecommunications Carrier" means any provider of Telecommunications Services,
except that such term does not include aggregators of Telecommunications
Services (as defined in Section 226 of the Act). A Telecommunications Carrier
shall be treated as a common carrier under the Act only to the extent that it is
engaged in providing Telecommunications Services, except that the Commission
shall determine whether the provision of fixed and mobile satellite service
shall be treated as common carriage.

"Telecommunications Services" means the offering of Telecommunications for a fee
directly to the public, or to such classes of users as to be effectively
available directly to the public, regardless of the facilities used.

"Toll Traffic" is traffic that originates in one Rate Center and terminates in
another Rate Center with the exception of traffic that is rated as EAS.

"Transit Service" provides the ability for a Telecommunications Carrier to use
its connection to a local or access tandem for delivery of calls that originate
with a Telecommunications Carrier and terminate to a company other than the
tandem company, such as another CLEC, an existing LEC, or a wireless carrier. In
these cases, neither the originating nor terminating end user is a customer of
the tandem Telecommunications Carrier. The tandem Telecommunications Carrier
will accept traffic originated by a Party and will terminate it at a Point of
Interconnection with another local, intraLATA or interLATA network
Telecommunications Carrier. This service is provided through local and access
tandem switches.

"Transit Traffic" is any traffic, other than Switched Access Traffic, that
originates from one Telecommunications Carrier's network, transits another
Telecommunications Carrier's network, and terminates to yet another
Telecommunications Carriers network.

"TRCO" means Trouble Reporting Control Office.

"U S WEST" means U S WEST Communications, Inc. and any Affiliates, subsidiary
companies or other entities performing any of the obligations of U S WEST set
forth in this Agreement.


                                                                              11
<PAGE>

                                                                          Part A


"Voluntary Federal Subscriber Financial Assistance Programs" are
Telecommunications Services provided to low-income subscribers, pursuant to
requirements established by the appropriate federal or state regulatory body.

"Wire Center" denotes, for the purposes of collocation, a building or space
within a building, that serves as an aggregation point on a given carriers
network, where transmission facilities and circuits are connected or switched.
Wire Center can also denote a building where one or more central offices, used
for the provision of Telecommunications Services and Access Services, are
located. Wire Center shall mean those points eligible for such connections as
specified in FCC Docket No. 91-141, and rules adopted pursuant thereto.

                              TERMS AND CONDITIONS

1.    General Provisions

      1.1   Each Party is individually responsible to provide facilities within
            its network which are necessary for routing, transporting,
            measuring, and billing traffic from the other Party's network and
            for delivering such traffic to the other Party's network in the
            standard format compatible with ATTI's network and to terminate the
            traffic it receives in that standard format or the proper address on
            its network. The Parties are each solely responsible for
            participation in and compliance with national network plans,
            including the National Network Security Plan and the Emergency
            Preparedness Plan.

      1.2   Neither Party shall impair the quality of service to other carriers
            or to either Party's Customers, and each Party may discontinue or
            refuse service if the other Party violates this provision. Upon such
            violation, either Party shall provide the other Party notice of such
            violation, at the earliest practicable time.

      1.3   Each Party is solely responsible for the services it provides to its
            Customers and to other Telecommunications Carriers.

            1.3.1 The Parties recognize that equipment vendors may manufacture
                  telecommunications equipment that does not fully incorporate
                  and may deviate from industry standards referenced in this
                  Agreement. Due to the manner in which individual equipment
                  manufacturers have chosen to implement industry standards into
                  the design of their products, along with differing vintages of
                  individual facility components and the presence of embedded
                  technologies predating current technical standards, some of
                  the individual facility components deployed within U S WEST's
                  network, including, without limitation, Network Elements and
                  associated business processes and the standards associated
                  with the equipment providing such Network Elements
                  (collectively, "Network Components"), may not adhere to all
                  the specifications set forth and described in the Bellcore,
                  ANSI, ITU and other technical and performance standards
                  outlined in this Agreement. Within forty-five (45) days after
                  the Effective Date of this Agreement, the Parties will develop
                  processes by which U S WEST will inform ATTI of deviations or
                  planned deviations, and the implementation date of such
                  planned deviations, from standards referenced in this
                  Agreement for Network Components that may be ordered by ATTI.
                  In addition, the Parties agree that those deviations from such
                  standards documented by U S WEST to ATTI shall, to the extent
                  permitted by FCC and Commission rules and regulations,
                  supersede sections of this Agreement referencing technical
                  standards otherwise applicable for the affected Network
                  Elements.


                                                                              12
<PAGE>

                                                                          Part A


            1.3.2 US WEST agrees that in no event shall it intentionally allow
                  any Network Component provided by U S WEST to ATTI under this
                  Agreement to perform below the standards or deviations
                  therefrom reflected in Section 1.3.1, except where requested
                  by ATTI. U S WEST shall minimize any degradation to its
                  equipment relative to currently applicable service, where
                  reasonable in view of industry adopted performance standards
                  and technological developments. Written notice (the "Change
                  Notice") of any planned changes in standards for any Network
                  Component which could impact that Network Component will be
                  provided at least ninety (90) days (or at the make/buy point)
                  prior to the planned implementation. If ATTI notifies U S WEST
                  of how the proposed change may adversely impact ATTI or its
                  Customers within fourteen (14) calendar days after receipt of
                  U S WEST's Change Notice, U S WEST and ATTI will schedule
                  joint discussions to address and attempt to resolve the
                  matter, including without limitation consideration of proposed
                  alternatives. In addition, if U S WEST learns that any Network
                  Component purchased by ATTI under this Agreement has been
                  permitted (even if not intentionally) to fall materially below
                  the level or specification in effect as of the Effective Date
                  of this Agreement, U S WEST shall inform ATTI immediately.

            1.3.3 The Parties recognize that providing a number of the services
                  specified in this Agreement depends upon the "technical
                  feasibility" of providing that service, as that term is
                  defined under the Act and/or by FCC or Commission rules and
                  decisions. If the Parties cannot agree on whether providing a
                  service is technically feasible, the matter, including cost
                  and expenses (if any), shall be resolved through good faith
                  negotiation or the dispute resolution process outlined in this
                  Agreement.

2.    Most Favored Nation Terms and Treatment

      2.1   Until such time as there is a final court determination interpreting
            Section 252(i) of the Act, U S WEST shall make available to ATTI the
            terms and conditions of any other agreement for Interconnection,
            unbundled Network Elements and resale services approved by the
            Commission under Section 252 of the Act, in that agreement's
            entirety. After there is a final court determination interpreting
            Section 252(i) of the Act, the Parties agree to revise this Section
            2.1 to reflect such interpretation.

3.    Payment

      3.1   In consideration of the services provided by US WEST under this
            Agreement, ATTI shall pay the charges set forth in Attachment 1 to
            this Agreement. The billing procedures for charges incurred by ATTI
            hereunder are set forth in Attachment 5 to this Agreement.

      3.2   Amounts payable under this Agreement, unless reasonably disputed,
            are due and payable within thirty (30) days after the date of U S
            WEST's invoice or within twenty (20) days after receipt of the
            invoice, whichever is later. If the payment due date is not a
            Business Day, the payment shall be made the next Business Day.

      3.3   A late payment charge of 1.5% applies to all billed balances, not
            reasonably disputed, which are not paid within the applicable time
            period set forth in Section 3.2 above. To the extent ATTI pays the
            billed balance on time, but the amount of the billed balance is
            reasonably disputed by ATTI, and, it is later determined that a
            refund is due ATTI, interest shall be payable on the refunded amount
            in the amount of 1.5% per month. To the extent ATTI pays the billed
            balance on time, but the amount of the billed balance is


                                                                              13
<PAGE>

                                                                          Part A


            reasonably disputed by ATTI, and, it is later determined that no
            refund is due ATTI, no interest shall be payable on the disputed
            amount.

      3.4   Late payment charges shall not be used as a "credit" to a deposit,
            if any, without the express approval of U S WEST.

      3.5   Unless specified otherwise in this Agreement, U S WEST shall bill
            all amounts due from ATTI for each resold service in accordance with
            the terms and conditions as specified in the U S WEST tariff.

4.    Taxes

      4.1   Any federal, state or local excise, sales, or use taxes (excluding
            any taxes levied on income) resulting from the performance of this
            Agreement shall be borne by the Party upon which the obligation for
            payment is imposed under applicable law, even if the obligation to
            collect and remit such taxes is placed upon the other Party. Any
            such taxes shall be shown as separate items on applicable billing
            documents between the Parties. The Party so obligated to pay any
            such taxes may contest the same in good faith, at its own expense,
            and shall be entitled to the benefit of any refund or recovery,
            provided that such Party shall not permit any lien to exist on any
            asset of the other Party by reason of the contest. The Party
            obligated to collect and remit taxes shall cooperate fully in any
            such contest by the other Party by providing records, testimony and
            such additional information or assistance as may reasonably be
            necessary to pursue the contest. To the extent a sale is claimed to
            be for resale tax exemption, the purchasing Party shall furnish the
            providing Party a proper resale tax exemption certificate as
            authorized or required by statute or regulation by the jurisdiction
            providing said resale tax exemption. Failure to timely provide said
            resale tax exemption certificate will result in no exemption being
            available to the purchasing Party during the applicable reporting
            period.

5.    Intellectual Property

      5.1   Obligations of Party Requesting Access. As a condition to the access
            or use of patents, copyright, trade secrets, and other intellectual
            property (including software) owned or controlled by a third party
            to the extent necessary to implement this Agreement or specifically
            required by the then applicable federal and state rules and
            regulations relating to Interconnection and access to
            telecommunications facilities and services ("Third Party
            Intellectual Property"), the Party providing access may require the
            other, upon written notice from time to time, to obtain a license or
            permission for such access or use of Third Party Intellectual
            Property, make all payment, if any, in connection with obtaining
            such license, and provide evidence of such license.

      5.2   Obligations of Party Providing Access. The Party providing access
            shall provide a list of all known and necessary Third Party
            Intellectual Property applicable to the other Party, and take all
            necessary and appropriate steps to facilitate the negotiation of any
            mandatory licenses. The treatment of third party licenses shall be
            in accordance with FCC rules and regulations and/or judicial
            determinations.

      5.3   Any intellectual property jointly developed in the course of
            performing this Agreement shall belong to both Parties who shall
            have the right to grant non-exclusive licenses to third parties
            except as otherwise designated in writing by one Party to another.
            Any intellectual property which originates from or is developed by a
            Party shall remain in the exclusive ownership of that Party. Except
            for a limited license to use patents or copyrights to the extent
            necessary for the Parties to use any facilities or equipment


                                                                              14
<PAGE>

                                                                          Part A


            (including software) or to receive any service solely as provided
            under this Agreement, no license in patent, copyright, trademark or
            trade secret, or other proprietary or intellectual property
            presently or hereafter owned, controlled or licensable by a Party,
            is granted to the other Party or shall be implied or arise by
            estoppel.

6.    Severability

      6.1   In the event that any one or more of the provisions contained herein
            shall for any reason be held to be unenforceable or invalid in any
            respect under law or regulation, the Parties will negotiate in good
            faith for replacement language. If any part of this Agreement is
            held to be invalid or unenforceable for any reason, such invalidity
            or unenforceability will affect only the portion of this Agreement
            which is invalid or unenforceable. In all other respects this
            Agreement will stand as if such invalid or unenforceable provision
            had not been a part hereof, and the remainder of this Agreement
            shall remain in full force and effect.

7.    Responsibility for Environmental Contamination

      7.1   ATTI shall in no event be liable to U S WEST for any costs
            whatsoever resulting from the presence or release of any
            environmental hazard ATTI did not introduce to the affected work
            location. U S WEST shall, at ATTI's request, indemnify, defend, and
            hold harmless ATTI, and each of its officers, directors and
            employees from and against any losses, damages, claims, demands,
            suits, liabilities, fines, penalties and expenses (including
            reasonable attorneys' fees) arising out of or resulting from (a) any
            environmental hazard U S WEST, its contractors or agents introduce
            to the work location, or (b) the presence or release of any
            environmental hazard for which U S WEST is responsible under
            applicable law.

      7.2   U S WEST shall in no event be liable to ATTI for any costs
            whatsoever resulting from the presence or release of any
            environmental hazard U S WEST did not introduce to the affected work
            location. ATTI shall, at U S WEST's request, indemnify, defend, and
            hold harmless U S WEST, and each of its officers, directors and
            employees from and against any losses, damages, claims, demands,
            suits, liabilities, fines, penalties and expenses (including
            reasonable attorneys' fees) arising out of or resulting from (a) any
            environmental hazard ATTI, its contractors or agents introduce to
            the work location, or (b) the presence of release of any
            environmental hazard for which ATTI is responsible under applicable
            law.

      7.3   In the event any suspect materials within U S WEST-owned, operated
            or leased facilities are identified to be asbestos-containing, ATTI
            will ensure that, to the extent any activities which it undertakes
            in the facility disturb such suspect materials, such ATTI activities
            will be in accordance with applicable local, state and federal
            environmental and health and safety statutes and regulations. Except
            for abatement activities undertaken by ATTI or equipment placement
            activities that result in the generation of asbestos containing
            material, ATTI shall not have any responsibility for managing, nor
            be the owner of not have any liability for, or in connection with,
            any asbestos containing material. U S WEST agrees to immediately
            notify ATTI if U S WEST undertakes any asbestos control or asbestos
            abatement activities that potentially could affect ATTI equipment or
            operations, including, but not limited to, contamination of
            equipment.

      7.4   Each Party will be solely responsible, at its own expense, for
            proper handling, storing, transport and disposal of all (a)
            substances or materials that it or its contractors or agents bring
            to, create or assume control over at work locations, or (b) waste
            resulting therefrom


                                                                              15
<PAGE>

                                                                          Part A


            or otherwise generated in connection with its or its contractors' or
            agents' activities at the work locations.

8.    Branding

      8.1   Where operator, call completion, or director assistance service is
            part of the service or service package U S WEST offers for resale,
            they should be provided upon request in an unbranded status at no
            additional cost, unless U S WEST proves to the Commission that it
            lacks the capability to comply with the unbranding request. If U S
            WEST meets its burden of proof, U S WEST is relieved of its duty to
            comply with the request for unbranding.(4)

      8.2   When ATTI requests branding as its own service or unbranding of a
            service other than operator, call completion, or directory
            assistance service, ATTI shall pay for the cost of that branding or
            unbranding, unless U S WEST proves to the Commission that it lacks
            the capability to comply with the unbranding request. If U S WEST
            meets its burden of proof, U S WEST is relieved of its duty to
            comply with the request for branding or unbranding.(5)

      8.3   For those services during the provision of which U S WEST interacts
            with ATTI Customers, and which services are the subject matter of
            this Agreement, U S WEST shall, at ATTI's sole discretion, brand any
            and all such services at all points of subscriber contact
            exclusively as ATTI service, or otherwise as ATTI may specify, or
            such service shall be provided with no brand as ATTI shall
            determine, except as provided below with respect to uniforms and
            vehicles. U S WEST may not unreasonably interfere with branding by
            ATTI.(6)

      8.4   Branding includes front-end branding, back-end branding, and
            unbranding to be determined by ATTI. ATTI shall have the option of
            providing its own branding materials.(7)

      8.5   ATTI shall provide the exclusive interface to ATTI subscribers
            except as ATTI shall otherwise specify. U S WEST shall inform ATTI
            Customers that resold repair and maintenance service is being
            provided on behalf of ATTI.(8)

      8.6   Except as otherwise specifically provided herein, all forms,
            business cards or other business materials furnished by U S WEST to
            ATTI subscribers shall be provided by ATTI unless otherwise agreed
            by ATTI in its sole discretion, in which case, any such subscriber
            materials shall be subject to ATTI's prior review and approval.(9)

- ----------
(4)   Per AT&T Recommendations at pages 5-6, Issues 29-32.
(5)   Per AT&T Recommendations at page 6, Issues 29-32.
(6)   Per AT&T Recommendations at page 6, Issues 29-32.
(7)   Per AT&T Recommendations at page 6, Issues 29-32.
(8)   Per AT&T Recommendations at page 6, Issues 29-32.
(9)   Per AT&T Recommendations at page 6, Issues 29-32.


                                                                              16
<PAGE>

                                                                          Part A


      8.7   U S WEST is not required to remove the U S WEST brand from services
            offered by U S WEST to its Customers except as otherwise required by
            this Agreement.(10)

      8.8   U S WEST will not be required to rebrand uniforms and vehicles.(11)

      8.9   U S WEST shall inform ATTI customers that resold repair and
            maintenance is being provided on behalf of ATTI. ATTI shall prepare
            the printed material that provides information about ATTI's service
            that U S WEST employees leave with ATTI customers in association
            with repair and maintenance calls.(12)

      8.10  US WEST shall provide, for ATTI's review, the methods and
            procedures, training and approaches to be used by U S WEST to assure
            that U S WEST meets ATTI's branding requirements.

      8.11  This Section 8 shall confer on U S WEST no rights to the service
            marks, trademarks and trade names owned by or used in connection
            with services by ATTI or its Affiliates, except as expressly
            permitted by ATTI.

      8.12  At the request of ATTI and where technically feasible, U S WEST will
            rebrand operator services and directory assistance and announcements
            in ATTI's name.(13)

      8.13  Until such time as the Commission determines final pricing pursuant
            to its cost docket, ATTI shall pay the actual costs, if any, of
            branding or unbranding in accordance with the Act or Commission
            orders.(14)

9.    Independent Contractor Status

      9.1   Nothing contained herein shall constitute the Parties as joint
            venturers, partners, employees or agents of one another, and neither
            Party shall have the right or power to bind or obligate the other.

      9.2   Each Party is an independent contractor, and has and hereby retains
            the right to exercise full control of and supervision over its own
            performance of its obligations under this Agreement and retains full
            control over the employment, direction, compensation and discharge
            of all employees assisting in the performance of such obligations.
            Each Party will be solely responsible for all matters relating to
            payment of such employees, including compliance with social security
            taxes, withholding taxes, and other payroll taxes with respect to
            their respective employees, as well as any taxes, contributions or
            other obligations imposed by applicable state unemployment or
            workers' compensation acts and all other regulations governing such
            matters. Each Party has sole authority and responsibility to hire,
            fire and otherwise control its employees.

- ----------
(10)  Per AT&T Recommendations at page 6, Issues 29-32.
(11)  Per AT&T Order at page 21, Issue 30.
(12)  Per AT&T Order at page 21, Issue 30.
(13)  Per AT&T Order at page 21, Issue 30.
(14)  Per AT&T Recommendations at page 7, Issues 29-32.


                                                                              17
<PAGE>

                                                                          Part A


      9.3   Subject to the limitations on liability and except as otherwise
            provided in this Agreement, each Party shall be responsible for (a)
            its own acts and performance of all obligations imposed by
            applicable law in connection with its activities, legal status and
            property, real or personal, and (b) the acts of its own Affiliates,
            employees, agents and contractors during the performance of that
            Party's obligations hereunder. Except for provisions herein
            expressly authorizing one Party to act for the other, nothing in
            this Agreement shall constitute a Party as a legal representative or
            agent of the other Party, nor shall a Party have the right or
            authority to assume, create or incur any liability or any obligation
            of any kind, express or implied, against or in the name or on behalf
            of the other Party unless otherwise expressly permitted by such
            other Party. Except as otherwise expressly provided in this
            Agreement, neither Party shall undertake to perform any obligation
            of the other Party, whether regulatory or contractual, or to assume
            any responsibility for the management of the other Party's business.

10.   Referenced Documents

      10.1  All references to Sections, Exhibits, and Schedules shall be deemed
            to be references to Sections of, and Exhibits and Schedules to, this
            Agreement unless the context shall otherwise require. Whenever any
            provision of this Agreement refers to a technical reference,
            technical publication, ATTI practice, U S WEST practice, any
            publication of telecommunications industry administrative or
            technical standards, or any other document specifically incorporated
            into this Agreement, it will be deemed to be a reference to the most
            recent version or edition (including any amendments, supplements,
            addenda, or successors) or such document that is in effect, and will
            include the most recent version or edition (including any
            amendments, supplements, addenda, or successors) of each document
            incorporated by reference in such a technical reference, technical
            publication, ATTI practice, U S WEST practice, or publication of
            industry standards, unless ATTI elects otherwise.

11.   Publicity and Advertising

      11.1  Neither Party shall publish or use any advertising, sales promotions
            or other publicity materials that use the other Party's logo,
            trademarks or service marks without the prior written approval of
            the other Party.

12.   Executed in Counterparts

      12.1  This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each
            of which shall be deemed an original, but such counterparts shall
            together constitute one and the same instrument.

13.   Headings Not Controlling

      13.1  The headings and numbering of Sections, Parts, Appendices and
            Attachments in this Agreement are for convenience only and shall not
            be construed to define or limit any of the terms herein or affect
            the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.


                                                                              18
<PAGE>

                                                                          Part A


14.   Joint Work Product

      14.1  This Agreement is the joint work product of the Parties and has been
            negotiated by the Parties and their respective counsel and shall be
            fairly interpreted in accordance with its terms and, in the event of
            any ambiguities, no inferences shall be drawn against either Party.

15.   Survival

      15.1  Any liabilities or obligations of a Party for acts or omissions
            prior to the cancellation or termination of this Agreement; any
            obligation of a Party under the provisions regarding
            indemnification, confidential information, limitation of liability,
            and any other provisions of this Agreement which, by their terms,
            are contemplated to survive, or to be performed after, termination
            of this Agreement, shall survive cancellation or termination
            thereof.

16.   Effective Date

      16.1  This Agreement shall become effective upon Commission approval
            pursuant to Sections 251 and 252 of the Act.(15)

17.   Amendment of Agreement

      17.1  Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, no amendment or
            waiver of any provision of this Agreement, and no consent to any
            default under this Agreement, shall be effective unless the same is
            in writing and signed by an officer of the Party against whom such
            amendment, waiver or consent is claimed. If either Party desires an
            amendment to this Agreement during the term of this Agreement, it
            shall provide written notice thereof to the other Party describing
            the nature of the requested amendment. If the Parties are unable to
            agree on the terms of the amendment within thirty (30) days after
            the initial request therefor, the Party requesting the amendment may
            invoke the dispute resolution process under Section 27 of this Part
            A of this Agreement to determine the terms of any amendment to this
            Agreement. All amendments to this Agreement will be submitted to the
            Commission.

18.   Indemnification

      18.1  Notwithstanding any limitations in remedies contained in this
            Agreement, each Party (the "Indemnifying Party") will indemnify and
            hold harmless the other Party ("Indemnified Party") from and against
            any loss, cost, claim, liability, damage and expense, including
            reasonable attorney's fees, to third parties, relating to or arising
            out of the libel, slander, invasion of privacy, misappropriation of
            a name or likeness, actual or alleged infringement or other
            violation or breach of any patent, copyright, trademark, service
            mark, trade name, trade dress, trade secret or any other
            intellectual property presently existing or later created,
            negligence or willful misconduct by the Indemnifying Party, its
            employees, agents, or contractors in the performance of this
            Agreement or the failure of the Indemnifying Party to perform its
            obligations under this Agreement. In addition, the Indemnifying
            Party will, to the extent of its obligations to indemnify hereunder,
            defend any action or suit brought by a third party against the
            Indemnified Party.

- ----------
(15)  Per AT&T Approval at page 14, paragraph 2. (This footnote is not
      applicable to ATTI)


                                                                              19
<PAGE>

                                                                          Part A


      18.2  The Indemnified Party will notify the Indemnifying Party promptly in
            writing of any written claim, lawsuit, or demand by third parties
            for which the Indemnified Party alleges that the Indemnifying Party
            is responsible under this Section 18 and tender the defense of such
            claim, lawsuit or demand to the Indemnifying Party. Failure to so
            notify the Indemnifying Party shall not relieve the Indemnifying
            Party of any liability that the Indemnifying Party might have,
            except to the extent that such failure prejudices the Indemnifying
            Party's ability to defend such claim.

      18.3  The Indemnified Party also will cooperate in every reasonable manner
            with the defense or settlement of such claim, demand, or lawsuit.
            The Indemnifying Party shall keep the Indemnified Party reasonably
            and timely apprised of the status of the claim, demand or lawsuit.
            The Indemnified Party shall have the right to retain its own
            counsel, including in-house counsel, at its expense, and participate
            in but not direct the defense; provided, however, that if there are
            reasonable defenses in addition to those asserted by the
            Indemnifying Party, the Indemnified Party and its counsel may raise
            and direct such defenses, which shall be at the expense of the
            Indemnifying Party.

      18.4  The Indemnifying Party will not be liable under this Section 18 for
            settlements or compromises by the Indemnified Party of any claim,
            demand or lawsuit unless the Indemnifying Party has approved the
            settlement or compromise in advance or unless the defense of the
            claim, demand or lawsuit has been tendered to the Indemnifying Party
            in writing and the Indemnifying Party has failed to timely undertake
            the defense. In no event shall the Indemnifying Party settle or
            consent to any judgment pertaining to any such action without the
            prior written consent of the Indemnified Party.

19.   Limitation of Liability(16)

      19.1  Except as otherwise provided in the indemnity section, no Party
            shall be liable to the other Party for any loss, defect or equipment
            failure caused by the conduct of the other Party, the other Party's
            agents, servants, contractors or others acting in aid or concert
            with the other Party.

      19.2  Except for indemnity obligations, each Party's liability to the
            other Party for any loss relating to or arising out of any negligent
            act or omission in its performance of this Agreement, whether in
            contract or in tort, shall be limited to the total amount that is or
            would have been charged to the other Party by such negligent or
            breaching Party for the service(s) or function(s) not performed or
            improperly performed.

      19.3  In no event shall either Party have any liability whatsoever to the
            other Party for any indirect, special, consequential, incidental or
            punitive damages, including but not limited to loss of anticipated
            profits or revenue or other economic loss in connection with or
            arising from anything said, omitted or done hereunder (collectively,
            "Consequential Damages"), even if the other Party has been advised
            of the possibility of such damages; provided, that the foregoing
            shall not limit a Party's obligation to indemnify, defend and hold
            the other Party harmless against any amounts payable to

- ----------
(16)  Per AT&T Recommendations at page 8, Issue 40. Modified per AT&T Approval
      at page 13, paragraph C.


                                                                              20
<PAGE>

                                                                          Part A


            a third party, including any losses, costs, fines, penalties,
            criminal or civil judgments or settlements, expenses (including
            attorneys' fees) and Consequential Damages of such third party.
            Nothing contained in this Section 19 shall limit either Party's
            liability to the other for (i) willful or intentional misconduct
            (including gross negligence); (ii) bodily injury, death or damage to
            tangible real or tangible personal property proximately caused by
            such party's negligent act or omission or that of their respective
            agents, subcontractors or employees nor shall anything contained in
            this section limit the Parties' indemnification obligations, as
            specified above.

20.   Term of Agreement

      20.1  This Agreement shall terminate on July 24, 2000 and thereafter shall
            continue in force and effect unless and until a new agreement,
            addressing all of the terms of this Agreement, becomes effective
            between the Parties. The Parties shall commence negotiations on a
            new agreement no later than one (1) year prior to the expiration of
            the term of this Agreement. Either Party may request resolution of
            open issues in accordance with the provisions of Section 27 of this
            Part A of this Agreement, Dispute Resolution beginning nine (9)
            months prior to the expiration of this Agreement. Any disputes
            regarding the terms and conditions of the new interconnection
            agreement shall be resolved in accordance with Section 27 of this
            Agreement and the resulting agreement shall be submitted to the
            Commission. This Agreement shall remain in effect until a new
            interconnection agreement approved by the Commission has become
            effective.

21.   Governing Law

      21.1  This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with
            the Act and FCC or Commission rules and regulations, except insofar
            as state law may control any aspect of this Agreement, in which case
            the domestic laws of the State of Washington, without regard to its
            conflicts of laws principles, shall govern.

22.   Cancellation Charges

      22.1  Except as provided pursuant to a Bona Fide Request, or as otherwise
            provided in any applicable tariff or contract referenced herein, no
            cancellation charges shall apply.

23.   Regulatory Approvals

      23.1  This Agreement, and any amendment or modification hereof, will be
            submitted to the Commission for approval in accordance with Section
            252 of the Act. In the event any governmental authority or agency
            rejects any provision hereof, the Parties shall negotiate promptly
            and in good faith such revisions as may reasonably be required to
            achieve approval.

      23.2  U S WEST shall provide ATTI a summary describing the proposed
            change(s) to each Telecommunications Service which is available
            pursuant to this Agreement. U S WEST shall also provide ATTI a
            summary describing the proposed change(s) of each intrastate and
            interstate tariff which provides for an Interconnection, unbundled
            Network Element or Ancillary Service that is available pursuant to
            this Agreement. Such summaries shall


                                                                              21
<PAGE>

                                                                          Part A


            be available through an Internet Web page to be posted on the same
            day the proposed change is filed with the Commission or the FCC or
            at least thirty (30) days in advance of its effective date,
            whichever is earlier.

      23.3  In the event any governmental authority or agency orders U S WEST to
            provide any service covered by this Agreement in accordance with any
            terms or conditions that individually differ from one or more
            corresponding terms or conditions of this Agreement, ATTI may elect
            to amend this Agreement to reflect any such differing terms or
            conditions contained in such decision or order, with effect from the
            date ATTI makes such election. The other services covered by this
            Agreement and not covered by such decision or order shall remain
            unaffected and shall remain in full force and effect.

      23.4  The Parties intend that any additional services requested by either
            Party relating to the subject matter of this Agreement will be
            incorporated into this Agreement by amendment.

24.   Compliance

      24.1  Each Party shall comply with all applicable federal, state, and
            local laws, rules and regulations applicable to its performance
            under this Agreement.

      24.2  Each Party represents and warrants that any equipment, facilities or
            services provided to the other Party under this Agreement comply
            with the Communications Law Enforcement Act of 1994 ("CALEA"). Each
            Party (the "Indemnifying Party") shall indemnify and hold the other
            Party (the "Indemnified Party") harmless from any and all penalties
            imposed upon the Indemnified Party for such noncompliance and shall,
            at the Indemnifying Party's sole cost and expense, modify or replace
            any equipment, facilities or services provided to the Indemnified
            Party under this Agreement to ensure that such equipment, facilities
            and services fully comply with CALEA.

      24.3  All terms, conditions and operations under this Agreement shall be
            performed in accordance with all applicable laws, regulations and
            judicial or regulatory decisions of all duly constituted
            governmental authorities with appropriate jurisdiction, and this
            Agreement shall be implemented consistent with the FCC
            Interconnection Order and any applicable Commission orders. Each
            Party shall be responsible for obtaining and keeping in effect all
            FCC, Commission, franchise authority and other regulatory approvals
            that may be required in connection with the performance of its
            obligations under this Agreement. In the event the Act or FCC or
            Commission rules and regulations applicable to this Agreement are
            held invalid, this Agreement shall survive, and the Parties shall
            promptly renegotiate any provisions of this Agreement which, in the
            absence of such invalidated Act, rule or regulation, are
            insufficiently clear to be effectuated, violate, or are either
            required or not required by the new rule or regulation. During these
            negotiations, each Party will continue to provide the same services
            and elements to each other as are provided for under this Agreement.
            Provided, however, that either Party shall give ten (10) Business
            Days' notice if it intends to cease any development of any new
            element or service that is not at that time being provided pursuant
            to this Agreement. In the event the Parties cannot agree on an
            amendment within thirty (30) days from the date any such rules,
            regulations or orders become effective, then the Parties shall
            resolve their dispute, including liability for noncompliance with
            the new clause or the cost, if any, of performing activities no
            longer required by the rule or regulation during the renegotiation
            of the new clause under the applicable procedures set forth in
            Section 27 herein.


                                                                              22
<PAGE>

                                                                          Part A


25.   Force Majeure

      25.1  Neither Party shall be liable for any delay or failure in
            performance of any part of this Agreement from any cause beyond its
            control and without its fault or negligence including, without
            limitation, acts of nature, acts of civil or military authority,
            embargoes, epidemics, terrorist acts, riots, insurrections, fires,
            explosions, earthquakes, nuclear accidents, floods, work stoppages,
            equipment failure, power blackouts, volcanic action, other major
            environmental disturbances, unusually severe weather conditions,
            inability to secure products or services of other persons or
            transportation facilities or acts or omissions of transportation
            carriers. No delay or other failure to perform shall be excused
            pursuant to this Section 25 unless such delay or failure and the
            consequences thereof are beyond the control and without the fault or
            negligence of the Party claiming excusable delay or other failure to
            perform. In the event of any such excused delay in the performance
            of a Party's obligation(s) under this Agreement, the due date for
            the performance of the original obligation(s) shall be extended by a
            term equal to the time lost by reason of the delay. In the event of
            such delay, the delaying Party shall perform its obligations at a
            performance level no less than that which it uses for its own
            operations. In the event of a labor dispute or strike, the Parties
            agree to provide service to each other at a level equivalent to the
            level they provide themselves. In the event of a labor dispute or
            strike or work stoppage that continues for a period in excess of
            forty-eight (48) hours, ATTI may obtain replacement services for
            those services affected by such labor dispute or strike or work
            stoppage, in which event any liability of ATTI for the affected
            services shall be suspended for the period of the work stoppage or
            labor dispute or strike. In the event of such performance delay or
            failure by U S WEST, U S WEST agrees to resume performance in a
            nondiscriminatory manner and not favor its own provision of
            Telecommunications Services above that of ATTI.

26.   Escalation Procedures

      26.1  ATTI and U S WEST agree to exchange escalation lists which reflect
            contact personnel including vice president-level officers. These
            lists shall include name, department, title, phone number, and fax
            number for each person. ATTI and U S WEST agree to exchange
            up-to-date lists as reasonably necessary.

27.   Dispute Resolution

      27.1  If any claim, controversy or dispute between the Parties, their
            agents, employees, officers, directors or affiliated agents
            ("Dispute") cannot be settled through negotiation, it may be
            resolved by arbitration conducted by a single arbitrator engaged in
            the practice of law, under the then current rules of the American
            Arbitration Association ("AAA"). The Federal Arbitration Act, 9
            U.S.C. Secs. 1-16, not state law, shall govern the arbitrability of
            all Disputes. The arbitrator shall not have authority to award
            punitive damages. All expedited procedures prescribed by the AAA
            rules shall apply. The arbitrator's award shall be final and binding
            and may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof and
            shall be noticed to the Commission. The arbitrator shall determine
            which Party or Parties will bear the costs of arbitration, including
            apportionment, if appropriate. The arbitration shall occur in
            Seattle, Washington, unless otherwise agreed to by the Parties, and
            the governing law shall be in accordance with Section 21.1 above.

      27.2  In the event ATTI and U S WEST are unable to agree on certain issues
            during the term of this Agreement, the Parties may identify such
            issues for arbitration before the Commission. Only those points
            identified by the Parties for arbitration will be submitted.


                                                                              23
<PAGE>

                                                                          Part A


      27.3  If a Dispute is submitted to arbitration pursuant to Section 27.1
            above, the procedures described in this Section 27.3 shall apply,
            notwithstanding the then current rules of the AAA. Discovery shall
            be controlled by the arbitrator and shall be permitted to the extent
            set forth below. Each Party may submit in writing to a Party, and
            that Party shall so respond, to an agreed amount of the following:
            interrogatories, demands to produce documents, and requests for
            admission. Not less than ten (10) days prior to the arbitration
            hearing, the Parties shall exchange witness and exhibit lists.
            Deposition discovery shall be controlled by the arbitrator.
            Additional discovery may be permitted upon mutual agreement of the
            Parties or the determination of the arbitrator. The arbitration
            hearing shall be commenced within thirty (30) days after a demand
            for arbitration by either Party and shall be held in Seattle,
            Washington, unless otherwise agreed to by the Parties. The
            arbitrator shall control the scheduling so as to process the matter
            expeditiously. The Parties may submit written briefs. The arbitrator
            shall rule on the dispute by issuing a written opinion within seven
            (7) days after the close of the hearings. The times specified in
            this section may be extended upon mutual agreement of the Parties or
            by the arbitrator upon a showing of good cause. The decision of the
            arbitrator shall be final and binding upon the Parties and judgment
            upon the award rendered by the arbitrators may be entered in a court
            having jurisdiction. The decision shall also be submitted to the
            Commission.

28.   Nondisclosure

      28.1  All information, including, but not limited to, specifications,
            microfilm, photocopies, magnetic disks, magnetic tapes, drawings,
            sketches, models, samples, tools, technical information, data,
            employee records, maps, financial reports, and market data (a)
            furnished by one Party to the other Party dealing with Customer
            specific, facility specific, or usage specific information, other
            than Customer information communicated for the purpose of
            publication of directory database inclusion, or (b) in written,
            graphic, electromagnetic, or other tangible form and marked at the
            time of delivery as "Confidential" or "Proprietary", or (c) declared
            orally or in writing to the Recipient at the time of delivery, or by
            written notice given to the Recipient within ten (10) days after
            delivery, to be "Confidential" or "Proprietary" (collectively
            referred to as "Proprietary Information"), shall remain the property
            of the Discloser. A Party who receives Proprietary Information via
            an oral communication may request written confirmation that the
            material is Proprietary Information. A Party who delivers
            Proprietary Information via an oral communication may request
            written confirmation that the Party receiving the information
            understands that the material is Proprietary Information.

      28.2  Upon request by the Discloser, the Recipient shall return all
            tangible copies of Proprietary Information, whether written, graphic
            or otherwise, except that the Recipient's legal counsel may retain
            one (1) copy for archival purposes.

      28.3  Each Party shall keep all of the other Party's Proprietary
            Information confidential and shall use the other Party's Proprietary
            Information only in connection with this Agreement. Neither Party
            shall use the other Party's Proprietary Information for any other
            purpose except upon such terms and conditions as may be agreed upon
            between the Parties in writing.

      28.4  Unless otherwise agreed, the obligations of confidentiality and
            non-use set forth in this Agreement do not apply to Proprietary
            Information that:

            28.4.1 was, at the time of receipt, already known to the Recipient
                   free of any obligation to keep it confidential evidenced by
                   written records prepared prior to delivery by the Discloser;


                                                                              24
<PAGE>

                                                                          Part A


            28.4.2 is or becomes publicly known through no wrongful act of the
                   Recipient;

            28.4.3 is rightfully received from a third person having no direct
                   or indirect secrecy or confidentiality obligation to the
                   Discloser with respect to such information;

            28.4.4 is independently developed by an employee, agent, or
                   contractor of the Recipient which individual is not involved
                   in any manner with the provision of services pursuant to this
                   Agreement and does not have any direct or indirect access to
                   the Proprietary Information;

            28.4.5 is approved for release by written authorization of the
                   Discloser; or

            28.4.6 is required by law, a court, or governmental agency, provided
                   that the Discloser has been notified of the requirement
                   promptly after the Recipient becomes aware of the
                   requirement, subject to the right of the Discloser to seek a
                   protective order as provided in Section 28.5 below.

      28.5  For a period of ten (10) years from receipt of Proprietary
            Information, the Recipient shall (a) use it only for the purpose of
            performing under this Agreement, (b) hold it in confidence and
            disclose it only to employees, authorized contractors and authorized
            agents who have a need to know it in order to perform under this
            Agreement, and (c) safeguard it from unauthorized use or disclosure
            using no less than the degree of care with which the Recipient
            safeguards its own Proprietary Information. Any authorized
            contractor or agent to whom Proprietary Information is provided must
            have executed a written agreement comparable in scope to the terms
            of this Section. Notwithstanding the foregoing, each Party shall
            provide advance notice of three (3) Business Days to the other
            before providing Proprietary Information to a governmental authority
            and the Parties shall cooperate with each other in attempting to
            obtain a suitable protective order. The Recipient agrees to comply
            with any protective order that covers the Proprietary Information to
            be disclosed.

      28.6  Each Party agrees that the Discloser would be irreparably injured by
            a breach of this Section 28 by the Recipient or its representatives
            and that the Discloser shall be entitled to seek equitable relief,
            including injunctive relief and specific performance, in the event
            of any breach of this Section 28. Such remedies shall not be
            exclusive but shall be in addition to all other remedies available
            at law or in equity.

      28.7  Customer Proprietary Network Information ("CPNI") related to either
            Party's subscribers obtained by virtue of Local Interconnection or
            any other service provided under this Agreement shall be the
            Discloser's Proprietary Information and may not be used by the
            Recipient for any purpose except performance of its obligations
            under this Agreement, and in connection with such performance, shall
            be disclosed only to employees, authorized contractors and
            authorized agents with a need to know, unless the subscriber
            expressly directs the Discloser to disclose such information to the
            Recipient pursuant to the requirements of Section 222(c)(2) of the
            Act. If the Recipient seeks and obtains written approval to use or
            disclose such CPNI from the Discloser, such approval shall be
            obtained only in compliance with Section 222(c)(2) and, in the event
            such authorization is obtained, the Recipient may use or disclose
            only such information as the Discloser provides pursuant to such
            authorization and may not use


                                                                              25
<PAGE>

                                                                          Part A


            information that the Recipient has otherwise obtained, directly or
            indirectly, in connection with its performance under this
            Agreement.(17)

      28.8  Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Section 28, nothing
            herein shall be construed as limiting the rights of either Party
            with respect to its subscriber information under any applicable law,
            including, without limitation, Section 222 of the Act.

      28.9  Effective Date Of This Section. Notwithstanding any other provision
            of this Agreement, the Proprietary Information provisions of this
            Agreement shall apply to all Proprietary Information furnished by
            either Party with a claim of confidentiality or proprietary nature
            at any time.

29.   Notices

      29.1  Except as otherwise provided herein, all notices or other
            communication hereunder shall be deemed to have been duly given when
            made in writing and delivered in person or deposited in the United
            States mail, certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt
            requested, or delivered by prepaid overnight express mail, and
            addressed as follows:

            To ATTI:

            Richard Smith
            COO
            730 2nd Avenue South
            Suite 1200
            Minneapolis, MN 55402

            Copy to:

                  J. Jeffery Oxley
                  Director of Regulatory Affairs
                  ATTI
                  730 2nd Avenue South
                  Suite 1200
                  Minneapolis, MN 55402

            To U S WEST:

            Director-Interconnection Compliance
            1801 California, Room 2410
            Denver, Colorado 80202

            Copy to:

                  U S WEST, Inc.
                  Law Department -- General Counsel -- Interconnection
                  1801 California, 49th Floor
                  Denver, CO 80202

- ----------
(17)  Per AT&T Order at pages 23-24, Issue 41.


                                                                              26
<PAGE>

                                                                          Part A


      29.2  If personal delivery is selected to give notice, a receipt of such
            delivery shall be obtained. The address to which notices or
            communications may be given to either Party may be changed by
            written notice given by such Party to the other pursuant to this
            Section 29.

30.   Assignment

      30.1  Neither Party may assign, transfer (whether by operation of law or
            otherwise) or delegate this Agreement (or any rights or obligations
            hereunder) to a third party without the prior written consent of the
            other Party, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld,
            provided that each Party may assign this Agreement to an Affiliate
            or an entity under its common control or an entity acquiring all or
            substantially all of its assets or equity by providing prior written
            notice to the other Party of such assignment or transfer. Any
            attempted assignment or transfer that is not permitted under the
            provisions of this Section 30 is void ab initio. Without limiting
            the generality of the foregoing, this Agreement shall be binding
            upon and shall inure to the benefit of the Parties' respective
            successors and assigns. No assignment or delegation hereof shall
            relieve the assignor of its obligations under this Agreement.

      30.2  If any obligation of U S WEST under this Agreement is performed by a
            subcontractor or Affiliate, U S WEST shall remain fully responsible
            for the performance of this Agreement in accordance with its terms
            and U S WEST shall be solely responsible for payments due to its
            subcontractors.

      30.3  If any obligation of ATTI under this Agreement is performed by a
            subcontractor or Affiliate, ATTI shall remain fully responsible for
            the performance of this Agreement in accordance with its terms, and
            ATTI shall be solely responsible for payments due to its
            subcontractors.

31.   Warranties

      31.1  U S WEST shall conduct all activities and interfaces which are
            provided for under this Agreement with ATTI Customers in a
            carrier-neutral, nondiscriminatory manner.

      31.2  U S WEST warrants that it has provided, and during the term of this
            Agreement it will continue to provide, to ATTI true and complete
            copies of all material agreements in effect between U S WEST and any
            third party (including Affiliates) providing any services to ATTI on
            behalf of or under contract to U S WEST in connection with U S
            WEST's performance of this Agreement, or from whom U S WEST has
            obtained licenses or other rights used by U S WEST to perform its
            obligations under this Agreement, provided, however, that U S WEST
            may provide such agreements under appropriate protective order.

32.   Default

      32.1  In the event of a breach of any material provision of this Agreement
            by either Party, the non-breaching Party shall give the breaching
            Party and the Commission written notice thereof, and:

            32.1.1 if such material breach is for non-payment of amounts due
                   hereunder pursuant to this Agreement, the breaching Party
                   shall cure such breach within thirty (30) calendar days of
                   receiving such notice. The non-breaching Party shall be


                                                                              27
<PAGE>

                                                                          Part A


                   entitled to pursue all available legal and equitable remedies
                   for such breach. Amounts disputed in good faith and withheld
                   or set off shall not be deemed "amounts due hereunder" for
                   the purpose of this provision.

            32.1.2 if such material breach is for any failure to perform in
                   accordance with this Agreement, which, in the sole judgment
                   of the non-breaching Party, adversely affects the
                   non-breaching Party's subscribers, the non-breaching Party
                   shall give notice of the breach and the breaching Party shall
                   cure such breach to the non-breaching Party's reasonable
                   satisfaction within ten (10) Business Days or within a period
                   of time equivalent to the applicable interval required by
                   this Agreement, whichever is shorter. If the breaching Party
                   does not cure such breach within the applicable time period,
                   the non-breaching Party may, at its sole option, terminate
                   this Agreement, or any parts hereof. The non-breaching Party
                   shall be entitled to pursue all available legal and equitable
                   remedies for such breach. Notice under this Subsection 32.1.2
                   may be given electronically or by facsimile, provided that a
                   hard copy or original of such notice is sent by overnight
                   delivery service.

            32.1.3 if such material breach is for any other failure to perform
                   in accordance with this Agreement, the breaching Party shall
                   cure such breach to the non-breaching Party's reasonable
                   satisfaction within forty-five (45) calendar days, and, if it
                   does not, the non-breaching Party may, at its sole option,
                   terminate this Agreement, or any parts hereof. The
                   non-breaching Party shall be entitled to pursue all available
                   legal and equitable remedies for such breach.

      32.2  ATTI may terminate this Agreement in whole at any time only for
            cause upon sixty (60) calendar days' prior written notice. ATTI's
            sole liability shall be payment of amounts due for services provided
            or obligations assumed up to the date of termination.

      32.3  In the event of any termination under this Section 32, U S WEST and
            ATTI agree to cooperate to provide for an uninterrupted transition
            of services to ATTI or another vendor designated by ATTI to the
            extent that U S WEST has the ability to provide such cooperation.

      32.4  Notwithstanding any termination hereof, the Parties shall continue
            to comply with their obligations under the Act.

33.   Remedies

      33.1  In the event U S WEST fails to switch a subscriber to ATTI service
            as provided in this Agreement, U S WEST shall reimburse ATTI in an
            amount equal to all fees paid by such subscriber to U S WEST for
            such failed-to-be-transferred services from the time of such failure
            to switch to the time at which the subscriber switch is
            accomplished. This remedy shall be in addition to all other remedies
            available to ATTI under this Agreement or otherwise available.

      33.2  All rights of termination, cancellation or other remedies prescribed
            in this Agreement, or otherwise available, are cumulative and are
            not intended to be exclusive of other remedies to which the injured
            Party may be entitled at law or equity in case of any breach or
            threatened breach by the other Party of any provision of this
            Agreement. Use of one or more remedies shall not bar use of any
            other remedy for the purpose of enforcing the provisions of this
            Agreement.


                                                                              28
<PAGE>

                                                                          Part A


34.   Waivers

      34.1  No waiver of any provisions of this Agreement and no consent to any
            default under this Agreement shall be effective unless the same
            shall be in writing and properly executed by or on behalf of the
            Party against whom such waiver or consent is claimed.

      34.2  No course of dealing or failure of either Party to strictly enforce
            any term, right, or condition of this Agreement in any instance
            shall be construed as a general waiver or relinquishment of such
            term, right or condition.

      34.3  Waiver by either Party of any default or breach by the other Party
            shall not be deemed a waiver of any other default or breach.

      34.4  By entering into this Agreement, neither Party waives any right
            granted to it pursuant to the Act.

35.   No Third Party Beneficiaries

      35.1  The provisions of this Agreement are for the benefit of the Parties
            hereto and not for any other Person; provided, however, that this
            shall not be construed to prevent ATTI from providing its
            Telecommunications Services to other carriers. This Agreement shall
            not provide any Person not a Party hereto with any remedy, claim,
            liability, reimbursement. claim of action, or other right in excess
            of those existing without reference hereto.

36.   Physical Security

      36.1  U S WEST shall exercise the same degree of care to prevent harm or
            damage to ATTI or its employees, agents or subscribers, or property
            as U S WEST provides itself. ATTI shall exercise the same degree of
            care to ensure the security of its equipment physically collocated
            within U S WEST's space as ATTI provides such security to itself.

            36.1.1 U S WEST will restrict access to approved personnel to U S
                   WEST's buildings. ATTI is responsible for the action of its
                   employees and other authorized non-ATTI personnel; U S WEST
                   is responsible for the action of its employees and other
                   authorized non-U S WEST personnel.

            36.1.2 U S WEST will furnish to ATTI the current name(s) and
                   telephone number(s) of those central office supervisor(s)
                   where a physical collocation arrangement exists. The central
                   office supervisor(s) will be the only U S WEST employee(s)
                   with access to ATTI collocation space.

            36.1.3 U S WEST will comply at all times with U S WEST security and
                   safety procedures at the individual central office locations
                   where ATTI has physical collocation arrangements. The Parties
                   will cooperate to analyze security procedures of each company
                   to evaluate ways in which security procedures of US WEST may
                   be enhanced.

            36.1.4 U S WEST will allow ATTI to inspect or observe its physical
                   spaces which house or contain ATTI equipment or equipment
                   enclosures at any time upon completion of the physical
                   collocation quotation. Upon completion of the build out of
                   the physical space, U S WEST will furnish ATTI with all keys,
                   entry codes, lock combinations, or other materials or
                   information which may be needed to gain entry via direct
                   access to ATTI's physical space.


                                                                              29
<PAGE>

                                                                          Part A

            36.1.5 U S WEST agrees to logically partition any U S WEST owned
                   access-device systems, whether biometric or card reader, or
                   types which are encoded identically or mechanical coded locks
                   on external and or internal doors to spaces which house ATTI
                   equipment.

            36.1.6 U S WEST agrees to limit the keys used in its keying systems
                   for spaces which contain ATTI equipment to the U S WEST
                   supervisor for the specific facility to emergency access
                   only. ATTI shall further have the right to change locks where
                   deemed necessary for the protection and security of its
                   physical spaces and will provide the U S WEST supervisor with
                   the current key.

            36.1.8 U S WEST shall control unauthorized access from passenger and
                   freight elevators, elevator lobbies and spaces which contain
                   or house ATTI equipment or equipment space in the same manner
                   as U S WEST provides such control for itself.

            36.1.9 U S WEST will provide notification to designated ATTI
                   personnel to indicate an actual or attempted security breach
                   of ATTI physical space in the same time frame as U S WEST
                   provides such notification to itself.

37.   Network Security

      37.1  U S WEST shall provide an appropriate and sufficient back-up and
            recovery plan to be used in the event of a system failure or
            emergency.

      37.2  U S WEST shall install controls to (a) disconnect a user for a
            pre-determined period of inactivity on authorized ports; (b) protect
            subscriber proprietary information; and (c) ensure both ongoing
            operational and update integrity.

      37.3  Each Party shall be responsible for the security arrangements on its
            side of the network to the Point of Interconnection. The Parties
            shall jointly cooperate to analyze network security procedures and
            cooperate to ensure the systems, access and devices are
            appropriately secured and compatible.

38.   Revenue Protection

      38.1  U S WEST shall make available to ATTI all present and future fraud
            prevention or revenue protection features that U S WEST provides to
            itself or others. These features include, but are not limited to,
            operator screening codes, call blocking of domestic, international
            blocking for business and residence, 900, NPA-976, and specific line
            numbers. U S WEST shall additionally provide partitioned access to
            fraud prevention, detection and control functionality within
            pertinent Operations Support Systems ("OSS") which include, but are
            not limited to, Line Information Data Base Fraud monitoring systems.

      38.2  Uncollectible or unbillable revenues resulting from, but not
            confined to, provisioning, maintenance, or signal network routing
            errors shall be the responsibility of the Party causing such error.

      38.3  Uncollectible or unbillable revenues resulting from the accidental
            or malicious alteration of software underlying Network Elements or
            their subtending operational support systems by unauthorized third
            parties shall be the responsibility of the Party having


                                                                              30
<PAGE>

                                                                          Part A


            administrative control of access to said Network Element or
            operational support system software.

      38.4  Each Party shall be responsible for any uncollectible or unbillable
            revenues resulting from the unauthorized use of facilities under its
            control or services it provides, including clip-on fraud.

      38.5  The Parties shall work cooperatively to minimize fraud associated
            with third-number billed calls, calling card calls, and any other
            services related to this Agreement.

39.   Law Enforcement Interface

      39.1  U S WEST shall provide all necessary assistance to facilitate the
            execution of wiretap or dialed number recorder orders from law
            enforcement authorities.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(The language shown below implements both language the Parties agree upon as
well as language as a result of the Commission's decision regarding collocation
service.)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

40.   Collocation

      40.1  General Description

            40.1.1. Collocation allows for the placing of telecommunications
                   equipment owned by ATTI within USW's Wire Centers for the
                   purpose of interconnection or accessing Unbundled Network
                   Elements (UNEs) at USW premises and/or terminating EAS/Local
                   and ancillary traffic or for cross connects to other
                   collocated parties.

      40.2  Virtual Collocation

            40.2.1 A Virtual Collocation arrangement requires ATTI to purchase
                   and deliver to USW ATTI's own equipment for USW to install
                   and maintain in USW's Wire Center. ATTI does not have
                   physical access to its equipment in the USW Wire Center.
                   Compliance with NEBS3 safety standards is required to the
                   same extent that USW complies with the same standards.

      40.3  Caged Physical Collocation

            40.3.1 Caged Physical Collocation allows ATTI to lease caged floor
                   space up to a maximum of 400 square feet within each USW Wire
                   Center, for placement of its telecommunications equipment
                   within USW's Wire Centers for the purpose of interconnecting
                   with USW finished services or UNEs or for cross-connects to
                   other collocated parties. ATTI is responsible for the
                   procurement, installation and on-going maintenance of its
                   equipment as well as the cross connections required within
                   the cage.

      40.4  Cageless Physical Collocation

            40.4.1 Cageless Physical Collocation is a non-caged area within a
                   USW Wire Center. Any unused space will be made available to
                   the extent technically feasible in standard 9 square foot,
                   single bay increments. ATTI will be responsible for the
                   procurement, installation and maintenance of the bays and
                   telecommunications equipment as well as the cross-connections
                   required within ATTI's leased


                                                                              31
<PAGE>

                                                                          Part A

                  collocation space. Compliance with NEBS3 safety standards is
                  required to the same extent that USW complies with the same
                  standards.

      40.5  Shared Space Caged Physical Collocation

          40.5.1. Shared Space Caged Physical Collocation offers Co-Providers
                  the opportunity to share a caged physical space with each
                  other for the purpose of interconnecting with appropriate USW
                  services or facilities, including, but not limited to, high
                  capacity private line services or UNEs or for cross-connects
                  to other collocated parties. Each collocator will be
                  responsible for ordering entrance, power and terminations from
                  USW at time of application. In order to address issues around
                  warehousing of space, the original collocator will not be
                  allowed to charge the shared occupant a per square foot charge
                  in excess of the rate that the original collocator is
                  presently charged by USW.

      40.6  Interconnection Distribution Frame (ICDF) Collocation

           40.6.1 Where ATTI does not require its equipment to be placed in a
                  USW Wire Center, but wishes only to combine USW UNEs, ICPF
                  Collocation is available. ICDFs are shared cross-connect
                  devices used by USW and Co-Providers alike. USW will determine
                  the appropriate cross-connect device upon which ATTI
                  terminations will be placed (DS0, DS1, DS3, and OCn).

      40.7  Direct Connection to the USW Network

           40.7.1 Telecommunications interconnection between ATTI's collocated
                  equipment and USW's network may be accomplished by a Direct
                  Connection. Pricing will be provided to ATTI during the quote
                  phase. A direct connection includes a connection to an MDF,
                  where technically feasible, at the same location where USW
                  makes an equivalent cross connection. Rates, terms and
                  conditions will be as determined by the WPUC unless otherwise
                  agreed by the parties in writing. ICB pricing will be used
                  where prices are otherwise not available. This element can be
                  at the DS-3, DS-1, DS-0, or analog line level. A Direct
                  Cabling Connection does not contemplate direct termination on
                  a COSMIC frame. However, ATTI may request, through the BFR
                  process, a direct termination on a COSMIC frame. When the MDF
                  termination is on a COSMIC frame, costs and service
                  availability intervals will be on an ICB basis.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(The language shown below implements the Commission's decision.)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      40.8  Adjacent Physical Collocation(18)

           40.8.1 Adjacent Physical Collocation includes two scenarios: (1)
                  where ATTI wishes to obtain space for collocation facilities
                  in a building or property not owned by USW nearby or across
                  the street from USW's premises (the "Nearby Location"), and
                  (2) where ATTI wishes to obtain space for collocated
                  facilities in a cabinet on the parking lot or grounds of USW's
                  premises (the "On Grounds Location"). Collocation at a Nearby
                  Location will be available to ATTI only if On Grounds Location
                  is not available because of space limitations.

- ----------
(18)  This language implements the Commission's decision relating to adjacent
      physical collocation. Commission Decision at 22-23.

                                                                              32
<PAGE>

                                                                          Part A

           40.8.2 USW will extend facilities sufficient to establish
                  connectivity to USW's network and distribution frame
                  facilities to ATTI's Collocation space where ATTI is in a
                  Nearby Location. When ATTI selects the "Near By" Adjacent
                  Physical Collocation option, ATTI is responsible for all
                  expenses associated with the establishment of the Adjacent
                  Physical Collocation space, including but not limited to:
                  space construction, provision of power and the extension of
                  the USW facilities to the ATTI Adjacent Collocation space.

           40.8.3 When ATTI selects the "On Grounds" Adjacent Physical
                  Collocation option, USW will provide power and extend
                  facilities sufficient to establish connectivity to USW's
                  network and distribution frame facilities to ATTI's
                  collocation space.

           40.8.4 The Parties will meet within seven (7) days of ATTI's
                  specific written request for Adjacent Physical Collocation to
                  develop a consensual plan for accommodating that request.
                  Intervals for completing the work associated with such request
                  shall be no longer than those intervals set forth herein
                  applicable to Caged Collocation unless the Parties agree or
                  either Party, upon request, demonstrates that such longer
                  intervals are necessary.

      40.9  COLLOCATION TERMS AND CONDITIONS - ALL COLLOCATION

           40.9.1 USW shall provide Collocation in a nondiscriminatory manner
                  on rates, terms and conditions that are just, reasonable and
                  nondiscriminatory. Both parties agree to act in accordance
                  with applicable law and regulation including without
                  limitation orders of the Washington Public Utilities
                  Commission (WPUC) and the Federal Communications Commission
                  (FCC).

           40.9.2 ATTI may collocate equipment that is necessary for
                  interconnection or access to unbundled network elements,
                  regardless of whether such equipment includes a switching
                  functionality, provides enhanced services capabilities, or
                  offers other functionalities. USW will permit collocation of
                  any equipment required by law, unless USW can establish that
                  the equipment will not be actually used or useful by ATTI for
                  the purpose of obtaining interconnection or access to
                  unbundled network elements

           40.9.3 U S WEST may reasonably audit such telecommunications
                  equipment to assure that it is being utilized for local
                  interconnection or access to unbundled elements. USW agrees
                  that all audits shall be conducted in a responsible manner so
                  as not to impair any service capabilities of ATTI. ATTI must
                  identify what equipment is to be installed to allow US WEST to
                  use this information in engineering the power, floor loading,
                  heat release, environmental particulate level and HVAC.

           40.9.4 If the availability of "Switch Collocation" is rescinded
                  pursuant to Part A, Section 19.5 (Governing Law/Compliance
                  With Laws) of this agreement), ATTI will be requested to
                  remove or disable the switching function of the equipment at
                  its own expense and within 30 calendar days of receiving such
                  notice.

           40.9.5 Collocation requests require that space be provided for the
                  placement of ATTI telecommunications equipment within USW's
                  Wire Center or elsewhere as permitted under Section 2.1.7. USW
                  will also provide, at a WPUC approved


                                                                              33
<PAGE>

                                                                          Part A

                  price to ATTI, the structure that is necessary in support of
                  this equipment. This includes but is not limited to, physical
                  space, a cage (for Caged Physical Collocation), HVAC, any
                  required cabling between ATTI's telecommunications equipment
                  and the Distribution Frame and any other associated hardware.

           40.9.6 All equipment placed will meet NEBS safety standards (to the
                  same extent USW equipment meets such standards) and will be
                  installed in accordance with USW Technical Publications 77350,
                  77351, 77355, and 77386 as applicable. USW shall provide
                  standard central office alarming pursuant to Technical
                  Publication 77350 within the Central Office environment, but
                  not to ATTI's equipment. Co-Providers are responsible for the
                  monitoring of their own equipment.

           40.9.7 Collocation is offered on a first-come, first-served basis.
                  Requests for Collocation may be denied due to the lack of
                  sufficient space in a USW Wire Center for placement of ATTI's
                  equipment. If USW determines that the amount of space
                  requested by ATTI for Caged Physical Collocation is not
                  available, ATTI will be offered Collocation in the closest 100
                  square toot increment that is determined to be available in
                  relation to the original request. ATTI also will be offered
                  Cageless Physical Collocation (bay at a time), Virtual
                  Collocation or Adjacent Physical Collocation as alternatives
                  to Caged Physical Collocation. If ATTI accepts one of the
                  alternatives, a new application form will be submitted if
                  necessary to formalize the re-engineering involved with the
                  new request, but such new application will not further delay
                  or impede the pending request. ATTI must select its option
                  within ten (10) days of notice., To the extent any such
                  alternative is technically feasible, each shall be made
                  available to ATTI, and ATTI in its discretion may choose. USW
                  shall have the burden of demonstrating that a request for a
                  particular form of Collocation at a particular premises is not
                  technically feasible.

           40.9.8 Requests for Collocation from ATTI will be prioritized by
                  ATTI and USW cooperatively; but in the event ATTI submits
                  requests for Collocation such that more than (5) five requests
                  per week per state are received by USW, the following
                  procedure shall apply:

           40.9.9 USW and ATTI shall work cooperatively and in good faith to
                  establish a project plan and schedule to implement ATTI's
                  requests for Collocation. The project shall establish due
                  dates on both the up front and ready for service dates, and
                  outline responsibilities for each Party.

           40.9.10 The project plan established by USW and ATTI to implement
                  ATTI's request for Collocation may also be used by ATTI to
                  prioritize implementation of Collocation requests in the event
                  that (5) five or fewer requests for Collocation per week, per
                  state submitted by ATTI are being processed by USW.

           40.9.11 Should the Parties not reach agreement on the project plan,
                  either Party may request resolution under the Dispute
                  Resolution section of this agreement.

      40.10 If a request for Collocation is denied due to a lack of space in a
            USW Wire Center after compliance with the FCC's Collocation Order
            FCC 99-48 dated 3/31/99 in the Advanced Services Docket ("FCC
            Order"), USW must reclaim central office space by removing inactive
            equipment and consolidating equipment that is being phased out.
            Consolidation applies to equipment that is being phased out.
            Consolidation applies to equipment that is experiencing declining
            utilization, and not equipment with spare capacity for growth. USW
            must bear the cost of performing an equipment inventory and space
            assessment


                                                                              34
<PAGE>

                                                                          Part A

            as part of its demonstration. USW must bear the cost of removing
            inactive equipment ("equipment reclamation"). USW may demonstrate
            that ATTI causes costs for grooming on a case-by-case basis. Costs
            imposed on ATTI will be only those costs directly attributable to
            ATTI and above and beyond the reasonable costs USW would face in
            grooming and maintaining its network in accordance with reasonable
            industry standards. To the extent USW asserts that ATTI has caused
            specific grooming costs, ATTI may request USW to provide a price
            quote for such costs. Quotes will be developed within twenty five
            (25) calendar days including the estimated time frames for the work
            that is required in order to satisfy the Collocation request. ATTI
            has thirty (30) days to accept the quote. If ATTI accepts the quote,
            work will begin on receipt of 50% of the quoted charges, with the
            balance due on completion.

           40.10.1 Reclamation may include the following:

             40.10.1.1. Grooming -- The moving of circuits from working
                        equipment to other equipment bays with similar
                        functionality for the purpose of providing space for
                        Interconnection.

             40.10.1.2. Space Reclamation -- Administrative space that can
                        be reconditioned, downsized or modified for the
                        placement of telecommunications equipment.

      40.11 Out of Space

          40.11.1 USW will comply with the FCC Order and provide documentation
                  to ATTI and the WPUC whenever a Collocation request is denied
                  due to insufficient space. Additionally, if ATTI's request is
                  denied, upon ATTI's request ,USW will furnish a marked copy of
                  that Wire Center floor plan to ATTI. Tours of the affected
                  Wire Center, in accordance with the FCC Order, when requested
                  by ATTI, will be completed within ten (10) days of the date of
                  request. USW will, within ten (10) days of ATTI's request,
                  provide to ATTI a report indicating available Collocation
                  space in any specified USW premises. The report will specify
                  the amount of Collocation space available at each requested
                  premises, the number of collocators, and any modifications
                  since any prior such report and any measures USW is taking to
                  make additional space available for Collocation.

          40.11.2 ATTI reserves the right to review USW floor plans,
                  assignment records and other information from various USW OSS,
                  e.g., Trunk Integrated Record Keeping System (TIRKS) to
                  determine whether the existing space is being efficiently
                  utilized and what reassignment, grooming or other action would
                  be necessary to recover space for Collocation.

      40.12 All equipment and installation shall meet earthquake rating
            requirements applicable in the region where the equipment and
            installation occur.

      40.13 USW will designate the point of interconnection ("POI") for network
            Interconnection for Virtual, Caged Physical, Cageless Physical, or
            Adjacent Collocation arrangements, subject to ATTI's reasonable
            consent and right to assert a different POI under the Dispute
            Resolution section of this agreement. ATTI will be allowed access to
            the POI on non-discriminatory terms.

      40.14 ATTI is responsible for providing its own fiber facilities to the
            POI outside USW's Wire Center. USW will extend the fiber facility
            from the POI on a USW fiber cable from the POI to a Fiber
            Distribution Panel (FDP). From the FDP additional fiber, conduit and


                                                                              35
<PAGE>

                                                                          Part A

            associated riser structure will then be provided by USW to continue
            the run to ATTI's telecommunications equipment or Collocation area.

      40.15 The Collocation entrance facility is assumed to be fiber optic cable
            and meets industry standards (GR. 20 Core). Metallic sheath cable is
            not considered a standard Collocation entrance facility. Requests
            for non-standard entrances will be considered on an individual case
            basis including an evaluation of the feasibility of the request. All
            costs and provisioning intervals will be developed on an individual
            case basis.

      40.16 Dual entry into a USW Wire Center will be provided only when two
            entry points pre-exist and duct space is available. USW will not
            initiate construction of a second, separate Collocation entrance
            facility solely for Collocation. If USW requires a Collocation
            entrance facility for its own use, then the needs of ATTI will also
            be taken into consideration.

      40.17 Where Collocation entrance facilities are not available, USW will
            offer ATTI USW DS3 or DS1 Private Line Transport Services in
            accordance with Tariff terms and conditions, in lieu of entrance
            facilities to be terminated at ATTI's collocated equipment.

      40.18 ATTI and its designated agents will have direct access to its
            collocated equipment twenty-four hours per day, seven days per week
            and on non-discriminatory terms. ATTI will have direct access to the
            POI on non-discriminatory terms with other collocators. USW will
            review the security requirements and hours of access with ATTI. This
            will include issuing keys, ID cards, and explaining the access
            control processes. Other than with respect to tours under this
            Agreement and/or the FCC Order and unless otherwise required by ATTI
            to properly maintain its collocated equipment, ATTI personnel found
            outside of designated and approved areas, those being only those
            areas directly adjacent to ATTI equipment or ATTI terminated
            equipment will be escorted away from those non-approved areas and
            reported to USW Security. Whenever USW must escort ATTI personnel
            away from non-approved areas, USW will promptly provide notice to
            ATTI under the "Notices" section of this agreement. Repeated
            violations may result in denial of access to USW facilities for the
            individual(s) repeatedly found outside of USW designated and
            approved areas.

      40.19 USW shall provide reasonable access to basic facilities, including
            existing eyewash stations, restrooms, drinking water and available
            parking while at the collocated facility on a twenty-four (24) hours
            per day, seven (7) days per week basis for ATTI personnel and its
            designated agents.

      40.20 Unescorted ATTI representatives shall be restricted to corridors,
            stairways, and elevators that provide direct access to ATTI's space,
            or to the nearest restroom facility from ATTI's designated space,
            and such direct access will be outlined during ATTI's orientation
            meeting.

      40.21 ATTI may request any alternative type of available collocation to
            replace ATTI's existing virtual collocation space. The alternative
            collocation request is treated as a new request. ATTI may
            discontinue use of its existing virtual collocation space when the
            alternative space is ready for use. USW will return any ATTI
            equipment located in the virtual collocation space if ATTI
            discontinues use of that space and upon submittal of the
            Decommissioning Order for the virtual space.

      40.22 Consistent with Section 40.10 herein, USW will remove obsolete
            unused equipment from its premises where necessary and requested by
            ATTI to make space available to ATTI for Collocation. USW will
            expand or rearrange space or equipment where technically feasible if
            necessary to accommodate ATTI's Collocation request in accordance
            with the


                                                                              36
<PAGE>

                                                                          Part A

            FCC Order. USW will inform ATTI in advance of any costs associated
            with such expansion or rearrangement, that it intends to impose on
            ATTI. Such costs will include a prorated amount directly
            attributable to ATTI for such expansion or rearrangement. In the
            event of a dispute, USW will upon receipt of the requested costs
            proceed with the requested expansion or rearrangement subject to
            true-up. The Parties may resolve such dispute under the Dispute
            Resolution section of this agreement.

      40.23 USW will provide ATTI the same connection to the network as USW uses
            for provision of services to USW end users. The direct connection to
            USW's network is provided to ATTI through direct use of USW's
            existing cross connection network. ATTI and USW will share the same
            distributing frames for similar types and speeds of equipment, where
            technically feasible and space is available on the shared frame.
            ATTI shall be permitted to provision cross connects from its
            collocated facilities to those of other collocated parties ("CLEC
            Cross Connects"). ATTI may provision such CLEC Cross Connects
            itself, so long as ATTI has obtained status as an approved vendor of
            USW, or ATTI may use any other vendor who has obtained status as an
            approved vendor of USW. . ATTI may, at its election, use the ICDF
            for CLEC Cross Connects or may directly cable between the ATTI
            collocation space and the collocation space of another Co-Provider.
            USW must verify cable racking capacity and availability and
            establish the path through the wire center before ATTI establishes
            CLEC Cross Connects or direct cables from ATTI's collocation space
            to the collocation space of another Co-Provider.

      40.24 COLLOCATION TERMS AND CONDITIONS - VIRTUAL COLLOCATION

          40.24.1 USW is responsible for installing and maintaining Virtually
                  Collocated equipment for the purpose of Interconnection to
                  UNEs.

          40.24.2 ATTI will be responsible for obtaining and providing to USW
                  administrative codes, and equipment information, for any
                  equipment provided by ATTI where such codes exist.

          40.24.3 ATTI shall ensure that upon receipt of ATTI's Virtually
                  Collocated equipment by USW, all warranties and access to
                  ongoing technical support are passed through to USW, all at
                  ATTI's expense. ATTI shall advise the manufacturer and seller
                  of the virtually collocated equipment that ATTI's equipment
                  will be possessed, installed and maintained by USW.

          40.24.4 ATTI's virtually collocated equipment must comply to the
                  same extent as USW's equipment with the Telcordia Technologies
                  Network Equipment Building System (NEBS) Generic Equipment
                  Requirements TR-NWT-000063, reasonable USW Wire Center
                  environmental and transmission standards and any statutory
                  (local, state or federal) and/or regulatory and safety
                  requirements in effect at the time of equipment installation
                  or that subsequently become effective. ATTI shall provide USW
                  interface specifications (e.g., electrical, functional,
                  physical and software) of ATTI's virtually collocated
                  equipment.

          40.24.5 ATTI must specify all software options and associated
                  plug-ins for its virtually collocated equipment.

          40.24.6 ATTI will be responsible for payment of reasonable USW
                  Direct Training Charges associated with training USW employees
                  for the maintenance, operation and installation of ATTI's
                  Virtually Collocated equipment when such equipment is
                  different than the standard equipment used by USW in that Wire
                  Center. This includes reasonable per diem charges (i.e.,
                  expenses based upon


                                                                              37
<PAGE>

                                                                          Part A

                  effective USW labor agreements) travel and lodging incurred by
                  USW employees attending a vendor-provided training course.

          40.24.7 ATTI will be responsible for payment of WPUC approved
                  charges incurred in the maintenance and/or repair as requested
                  by ATTI for ATTI's virtually collocated equipment. Any
                  activity for which there is no currently applicable WPUC
                  approved rate shall be developed by USW and subject to
                  acceptance by ATTI.

      40.25 COLLOCATION TERMS AND CONDITIONS - CAGED PHYSICAL COLLOCATION

          40.25.1 USW shall provide Caged Physical Collocation to ATTI for
                  interconnection or access to UNEs and/or terminating EAS/Local
                  traffic, except that USW may provide for Cageless Physical or
                  Virtual Collocation if USW demonstrates in accordance with the
                  FCC Order to the Commission that Caged Physical Collocation is
                  not practical for technical reasons such as space limitations,
                  as provided in Section 251 (c)(6) of the Act. ATTI shall have
                  the right to select technically feasible alternatives, such as
                  Cageless Collocation, in lieu of Caged Collocation even where
                  Caged Collocation is available if ATTI so desires. USW shall
                  provide basic telephone service with a connection jack at the
                  request of ATTI for the Physical or Cageless Physical
                  Collocated space. Upon ATTI's request, this service shall be
                  available per standard USW business service provisioning
                  processes.

          40.25.2 Caged Physical Collocation is offered in Wire Centers on a
                  space-available, first come, first-served basis.

             40.25.2.1. The maximum standard leasable amount of floor space
                        for Caged Physical Collocation is 400 square feet.
                        Requests greater than 400 square feet will be considered
                        by USW on an individual case basis. ATTI must
                        efficiently use the leased space; meaning that no more
                        than 50% of the floor space may be used for storage
                        cabinets and work surfaces

          40.25.3 ATTI's leased floor space will be separated from other
                  Co-Providers and USW space through a cage enclosure unless the
                  space is provided under a Shared Space Collocation arrangement
                  in which case there will not be any cage delineation. USW or
                  another sub-contractor selected by ATTI from the USW list of
                  approved subcontractors will construct the cage enclosure. All
                  ATTI equipment placed will meet NEBS safety standards, to the
                  extent USW equipment meets such standards, and will be
                  installed in accordance with USW Technical Publication 77350,
                  to the extent that such Publication is reasonably available to
                  ATTI and its vendors, and will comply with any local, state,
                  or federal regulatory and safety requirements in effect at the
                  time of equipment installation or that subsequently become
                  effective.

          40.25.4 USW will designate and design the floor space within each
                  Wire Center, which will constitute ATTI's leased space.

          40.25.5 When USW constructs the Caged Physical space, USW will
                  ensure that the necessary construction work (racking, ducting,
                  caging, grounding, terminations, environmental designs, AC and
                  DC power, etc.) is performed to build ATTI's leased physical
                  space and the riser from the vault to the leased physical
                  space, pursuant to Technical Publication 77350.


                                                                              38
<PAGE>

                                                                          Part A

          40.25.6 ATTI owns and is responsible for the installation,
                  maintenance and repair of its telecommunications equipment
                  located within the physically collocated space rented from
                  USW.

          40.25.7 Shared Space Caged Physical Collocation is covered in
                  subsequent Sections of this Agreement.

          40.25.8 For Collocation entrance facilities, USW will extend
                  USW-provided and owned fiber optic cable from the POI to
                  ATTI's leased physical space. ATTI will procure, install and
                  maintain all fiber optic facilities up to the POI.

          40.25.9 Upon completion of the construction of the collocation
                  project, USW will work cooperatively with ATTI in matters of
                  joint testing and maintenance.

         40.25.10 If, during installation, USW reasonably determines ATTI
                  activities or equipment do not comply with the NEBS safety
                  standards listed in this Section with which USW equipment
                  complies or are otherwise unsafe, or are in violation of any
                  applicable safety laws or regulations with which USW equipment
                  complies, USW has the right, if ATTI refuses to perform
                  necessary corrective work after notice to ATTI, to stop
                  affected Collocation work until the situation is remedied. If
                  such conditions pose an immediate threat to the safety of USW
                  employees, interfere with the performance of USW's service
                  obligations, or pose an immediate threat to the physical
                  integrity of the conduit system, cable facilities or other
                  equipment in the Wire Center, USW may perform such work and/or
                  take action as is reasonably necessary to correct the
                  condition at ATTI's reasonable expense

         40.25.11 If, at any time, USW reasonably determines that the
                  equipment or the installation does not reasonably meet
                  technical standard safety requirements which USW's equipment
                  does meet, ATTI will be responsible for the costs associated
                  with the removal, modification to, or installation of the
                  equipment to bring it into compliance. If ATTI fails to take
                  appropriate action to correct any non-compliance within
                  fifteen (15) calendar days of written notice of noncompliance,
                  USW may have the equipment removed or the condition corrected
                  at ATTI's expense.

      40.26 COLLOCATION TERMS AND CONDITIONS - CAGELESS PHYSICAL COLLOCATION

          40.26.1 ATTI owns and is responsible for the installation,
                  maintenance and repair of its telecommunications bays and
                  equipment located within the space leased from USW. ATTI may
                  access its own Collocated equipment.

          40.26.2 Requests for multiple bay space will be provided in adjacent
                  bays where possible. When contiguous space is not available,
                  bays may be commingled with other Co-Providers' equipment
                  bays. ATTI may request a price quote for reasonable costs to
                  rearrange USW equipment to provide ATTI with adjacent space.
                  Such price quote will be provided within twenty-five (25)
                  calendar days.

          40.26.3 All equipment placed will be subject to reasonable audits
                  conducted by USW on an as needed basis. USW agrees that all
                  audits shall be conducted in a responsible manner so as not to
                  impair any service capabilities of ATTI. These audits will
                  determine whether the equipment meets the standards required
                  by this Agreement. ATTI will be notified of the results of
                  this audit and shall, take action to rectify all
                  non-conformities within thirty (30) calendar days of


                                                                              39
<PAGE>

                                                                          Part A

                  notification. If ATTI has not taken action to rectify
                  non-conformities within a reasonable time, all non-conforming
                  items remaining may be rectified by USW and the cost assessed
                  to ATTI.

          40.26.4 Subject only to technical feasibility and the permissible
                  security parameters, USW will allow ATTI to collocate in any
                  unused space in USW's premises, without requiring the
                  construction of a room, cage, or similar structure, and
                  without requiring the creation of separate entrance to ATTI's
                  Collocation space. ATTI will receive direct access to its
                  equipment. When space is legitimately exhausted in a
                  particular USW premises, USW will permit Collocation in
                  accordance with Section 2.1.7.

      40.27 RATE ELEMENTS - ALL COLLOCATION

          40.27.1 USW will recover WPUC approved Collocation costs through
                  both recurring and nonrecurring charges. The charges are
                  determined by the scope of work to be performed based on the
                  information provided by ATTI on the Collocation Order Form. If
                  USW determines space is available, a quote will then be
                  developed within twenty-five (25) calendar days by USW for the
                  work to be performed. All costs will be those costs and cost
                  elements approved by the WPUC, in either the ATTI Contract or,
                  to the extent applicable, interconnection arbitration or
                  generic cost dockets,. To the extent that a rate element or
                  rate is modified or not allowed under current WPUC rulings or
                  in any WPUC Cost Order, the WPUC's determination will govern.
                  All charges to ATTI shall be for those reasonable pro rata
                  marginal costs directly attributable to ATTI and shall not
                  include costs for (1) expenses for the benefit of USW or
                  required to be incurred by USW in maintaining its network in
                  accordance with reasonable industry standards and (2) expenses
                  for the benefit of other Collocation parties. Any cost for
                  which there is no currently applicable WPUC approved rate
                  shall be developed by USW and subject to acceptance by ATTI.

          40.27.2 The following elements as specified in Exhibit 1 to the ATTI
                  Contract are used to develop a price quotation in support of
                  Collocation.

          40.27.3 Quote Preparation Fee. A non-refundable charge for the work
                  required to verify space and develop a price quote for the
                  total costs to ATTI for its Collocation request. The QPF is
                  not credited against the total nonrecurring charges of the job
                  and recovers the engineering and processing costs of the
                  order.

          40.27.4 Collocation Entrance Facility Charge. Depending on the
                  number of Entrance Facilities requested (single or dual) the
                  Entrance Facility charge is applied per fiber pair. To the
                  extent ATTI chooses to deliver fiber through an entrance
                  facility, at each entrance ATTI will deliver a minimum 12
                  strand fiber cable to the POI. The facilities from the POI to
                  the collocated equipment are owned, provided, engineered,
                  installed and maintained by USW. The Collocation Entrance
                  Facility includes riser, racking, fiber placement, splicing,
                  entrance closure, conduit/innerduct, and core drilling.

          40.27.5 Cable Splicing Charge. Represents the labor and equipment to
                  perform a subsequent splice to ATTI provided fiber optic cable
                  after the initial installation splice. Includes per-setup and
                  per-fiber-spliced rate elements.

          40.27.6 -48 Volt DC Power Charge. Provides -48 volt DC power to ATTI
                  collocated equipment. Charged on a per ampere capacity
                  specification.


                                                                              40
<PAGE>

                                                                          Part A

          40.27.7 -48 Volt DC Power Cable Charge. Provides for the
                  transmission of -48 volt DC power to the collocated equipment.
                  It includes engineering, furnishing and installing the main
                  distribution bay power breaker, associated power cable, cable
                  rack and local power bay to the closest power distribution
                  bay. It also includes the power cable (A and B feeds) from the
                  local power distribution bay to the leased physical space (for
                  Cageless or Caged Physical Collocation) or to the collocated
                  equipment (for Virtual Collocation). Charged per A and B
                  feeder, per foot.

          40.27.8 Inspector Labor Charge. Provides for USW qualified
                  personnel, acting as an inspector, when ATTI requires access
                  to the POI after the initial installation. A call-out of an
                  inspector after business hours is subject to a minimum charge
                  of three (3) hours. The minimum call-out charge shall apply
                  when no other employee is present in the location, and an
                  'off-shift' USW employee (or contract employee) is required to
                  go "on-shin" on behalf of ATTI.

          40.27.9 Channel Regeneration Charge. Required when the distance from
                  the leased physical space (for Caged Physical Collocation,
                  Cageless Physical Collocation), or Adjacent Collocation, or
                  from the collocated equipment (for Virtual Collocation) to the
                  USW network is of sufficient length to require regeneration.
                  The cost associated with regeneration will be billed to the
                  extent permitted by WPUC rules.

         40.27.10 Cross-Connect Terminations

         40.27.11 If USW provides the equipment cable for ATTI, terminations
                  of that cable, including hardware and installation will be
                  provided in the following increments:

                        DS0 and analog lines- In blocks of 100 terminations.
                        DS1 - In increments of 28 terminations
                        D53 - In increments of 1 coax pair
                        OCn Level Terminations - In increments of 1 fiber pair

                  These elements include USW provided equipment cables,
                  terminating blocks, installation labor and associated racking
                  required between ATTI collocated equipment and the
                  cross-connect device where the terminations appear.

         40.27.12 If ATTI elects to provide the equipment cable, rates are
                  applied on a per termination basis for DS0 and analog lines,
                  DS1, DS3s and Ocn as shown below:

                        DS0 and analog lines Per Termination
                        DS1 Per Termination
                        DS3 Per Termination
                        OCn Level Per Termination

                  These elements include USW provided termination blocks,
                  installation labor and associated racking between ATTI
                  collocated equipment and the cross-connect device where the
                  terminations appear.

         40.27.13 Collocation Cable Racking. An WPUC approved charge for
                  cable racking required for placement of ATTI's supplied
                  equipment cables from its equipment to the appropriate
                  cross-connect device which is provided in conjunction with the
                  DS0 and analog lines, DSI, D53 and OCn terminations. Cable
                  Racking is assessed on a per foot charge based on number of
                  cable pairs terminated at the various cross-connect devices.


                                                                              41
<PAGE>

                                                                          Part A

         40.27.14 Collocation Grounding Charge. A WPUC approved charge
                  associated with providing grounding for ATTI's cage enclosure
                  and equipment. Recurring and nonrecurring charges are assessed
                  per foot to ATTI's cage enclosure or common space where
                  required.

         40.27.15 Heating and Air Conditioning Charge. Environmental
                  temperature control required for proper operation of
                  electronic telecommunications equipment.

         40.27.16 Security Charge. The keys/card readers and video cameras as
                  may be required for ATTI access to the USW Wire Center for the
                  purpose of Collocation. Flat rate charges are assessed per
                  ATTI representative, per each USW Wire Center to which access
                  is required. If escort is required additional charges will
                  apply.

      40.28 RATE ELEMENTS - VIRTUAL COLLOCATION

          40.28.1 The following rate elements apply uniquely to Virtual
                  Collocation.

          40.28.2 Maintenance Labor. Provides for the labor necessary for
                  repair of out of service and/or service-affecting conditions
                  and preventative maintenance of ATTI virtually collocated
                  equipment. ATTI is responsible for ordering and delivering
                  maintenance spares. USW will perform maintenance and/or repair
                  work at ATTI's request upon receipt of the replacement
                  maintenance spare and/or equipment from ATTI. A call-out of a
                  maintenance technician where requested by ATTI after business
                  hours is subject to a minimum charge of three (3) hours.

          40.28.3 Training Labor. Provides for the billing of vendor-provided
                  training for USW personnel on a metropolitan service area
                  basis, necessary for ATTI virtually collocated equipment, that
                  is different from USW provided equipment. USW will require a
                  reasonably adequate number of USW employees to be trained per
                  metropolitan service area in which ATTI virtually collocated
                  equipment is located. If trained employees are relocated,
                  retired, or are no longer available, USW will not require ATTI
                  to provide training for additional USW employees for the same
                  virtually collocated equipment in the same metropolitan area.

          40.28.4 Equipment Bay. Provides mounting space for ATTI virtually
                  collocated equipment. Each bay includes the 7 foot bay, its
                  installation, and all necessary environmental supports.
                  Mounting space on the bay, including space for the fuse panel
                  and air gaps necessary for heat dissipation is limited to 78
                  inches. The WPUC approved monthly rate is applied per shelf.

          40.28.5 Engineering Labor. Provides the planning and engineering of
                  ATTI virtually collocated equipment at the time of
                  installation, change or removal.

          40.28.6 Installation Labor. Provides for the installation, change or
                  removal of ATTI virtually collocated equipment in consultation
                  with ATTI.

      40.29 RATE ELEMENTS - CAGED PHYSICAL COLLOCATION

          40.29.1 Cage Enclosure. The Cage Enclosure element includes the
                  material and labor to construct the enclosure. ATTI may choose
                  from USW approved contractors to construct the cage, in
                  accordance with USW's installation Technical Publication
                  77350. It includes a nine foot cage enclosure available in
                  increments of 100, 200, 300 or 400 square feet, air
                  conditioning (to support


                                                                              42
<PAGE>

                                                                          Part A

                  ATTI loads specified), lighting (not to exceed 2 watts per
                  square foot), and convenience outlets (3 per cage or number
                  required by building code). Pricing for the Cage Enclosure
                  will be provided on an individual basis due to the uniqueness
                  of ATTI's requirements central office structure and
                  arrangements.

          40.29.2 Floor Space Lease. Provides the monthly lease for the leased
                  physical space, property taxes and base operating cost without
                  -48 volt DC power. Includes convenience 110 AC, 15 amp
                  electrical outlets provided in accordance with local codes and
                  may not be used to power telecommunications equipment or -48
                  volt DC power generating equipment. Also includes maintenance
                  for the leased space; provides for the preventative
                  maintenance (climate controls, filters, fire and life systems
                  and alarms, mechanical systems, standard HVAC); biweekly
                  housekeeping services (sweeping, spot cleaning, trash removal)
                  of USW Wire Center areas surrounding the leased physical space
                  and general repair and maintenance. The Floor Space Lease
                  includes required aisle space on each side of the cage
                  enclosure as applicable.

          40.29.3 AC Power Charge- Standard AC outlet used by ATTI for the
                  purpose of powering test equipment, tools etc.

          40.29.4 Grounding Charge- Used to connect the Wire Center common
                  ground to ATTI's equipment.

      40.30 RATE ELEMENTS - CAGELESS PHYSICAL COLLOCATION

          40.30.1 The supporting structure and rate elements for Cageless
                  Physical Collocation are the same as Caged Physical
                  Collocation, excluding the nonrecurring cage enclosure and
                  grounding charge and any other costs reasonably avoided as a
                  result of USW not constructing a cage and ATTI occupying a
                  smaller space. The minimum square footage is 9 square feet per
                  bay. AC power outlet will be provided to every other bay in
                  the lineup. In those instances where single bays are requested
                  and placed the single bay will have its own AC outlet.

      40.31 RATE CALCULATION -- SHARED SPACE AND CAGELESS COLLOCATION

          40.31.1 USW will pro-rate charges for site conditioning and
                  preparation, by determining the total charge for site
                  preparation and allocating the charge to a collocating carrier
                  based on the percentage of the total space utilized by that
                  carrier. ATTI will be charged only those costs directly
                  attributable to ATTI.

      40.32 RATE ELEMENTS - ICDF COLLOCATION

          40.32.1 The nonrecurring rates for this optional cross-connect
                  device recover USW's investment (including engineering and
                  installation) for all DSO, analog lines, DS1 and DS3
                  terminations, including tie cables appropriate cross-connect
                  device terminations, and terminations on the applicable USW
                  frame.

          40.32.2 The recurring rate element for this optional cross-connect
                  device recovers USW's expense for the maintenance and
                  administration for all DSO, analog lines, DS1 and DS3
                  terminations, including tie cables, appropriate cross-connect
                  device terminations, and termination on the applicable USW
                  frame.

      40.33 ORDERING - VIRTUAL COLLOCATION


                                                                              43
<PAGE>

                                                                          Part A

          40.33.1 Upon receipt of a Collocation Order Form and QPF, USW will
                  perform a feasibility study to determine if adequate space can
                  be found for the placement of ATTI's equipment within the Wire
                  Center. The feasibility study will be completed within ten
                  (10) calendar days of receipt of the QPF. If space is
                  available, USW will develop a price quotation within
                  twenty-five (25) calendar days of completion of the
                  feasibility study. Subsequent requests to augment an existing
                  Collocation also require receipt of a Change Order Form and
                  QPF. Adding plug-ins, e.g., DS1 or DS3 cards to existing
                  Virtually Collocated equipment will be processed with a
                  shorter interval

          40.33.2 Virtual Collocation price quotes will be honored for thirty
                  (30) calendar days from the date the quote is provided to
                  ATTI. During this period the Collocation entrance facility and
                  space is reserved pending ATTI's approval of the quoted
                  charges. If ATTI agrees to terms as stated in the Collocation
                  Price Quote, ATTI must respond within 30 calendar days with a
                  signed quote, a down payment check for 50% of the quoted
                  charges and proof of insurance. Under normal conditions, USW
                  will complete the installation within ninety (90) calendar
                  days from receipt of ATTI's equipment provided that space and
                  power is available. Any portions that cannot be completed
                  within ninety (90) calendar days will be negotiated with ATTI
                  on an individual case basis. The installation of line cards
                  and other minor modifications shall be performed by USW on
                  shorter intervals and in no instance shall any such interval
                  exceed thirty (30) calendar days. Final Payment is due upon
                  completion of the work and acceptance by ATTI. Recurring
                  monthly charges for the Collocation commences upon completion
                  of the work and acceptance by ATTI.

      40.34. ORDERING - CAGED PHYSICAL COLLOCATION

          40.34.1 Upon receipt of a Collocation Order Form and QPF, USW will
                  perform a feasibility study to determine if adequate space can
                  be found for the placement of ATTI's equipment within the Wire
                  Center. The feasibility study will be provided within ten (10)
                  calendar days from date of receipt of the QPF. If Collocation
                  entrance facilities and office space are found to be
                  available, USW will develop a quote for the supporting
                  structure within twenty-five (25) calendar days of providing
                  the feasibility study. Caged Physical Collocation price quotes
                  will be honored for thirty (30) calendar days from the date
                  the quote is provided. Upon receipt of the signed quote, 50%
                  down and proof of insurance, space will be reserved and
                  construction of the Collocation space by USW will begin. The
                  cage will be available to ATTI for placement of its equipment
                  within ninety (90) calendar days of receipt of the 50% down
                  payment. Depending on specific Wire Center conditions, shorter
                  intervals may be available. USW agrees to notify ATTI as soon
                  as USW is aware that completion of the collocation space will
                  occur prior to the normal 90 day interval. Final payment is
                  due upon completion of work and acceptance by ATTI. Recurring
                  monthly charges for the Collocation commence upon the
                  completion of the Collocation and acceptance by ATTI.

          40.34.2 Due to variables in equipment availability and scope of the
                  work to be performed, additional time in special circumstances
                  may be required for implementation of the structure required
                  to support the Collocation request. Examples of structure that
                  may not be completed within ninety (90) calendar days may
                  include additional time for placement of a POI, DC power
                  upgrades and space reclamation required to meet ATTI's
                  Collocation request. Such variables when identified by U S
                  WEST will be disclosed to ATTI as soon as possible.


                                                                              44
<PAGE>

                                                                          Part A

      40.35 ORDERING - CAGELESS PHYSICAL COLLOCATION

          40.35.1 Upon receipt of a Collocation Order Form and QPF, USW will
                  perform a feasibility study to determine if adequate space can
                  be found for the placement of ATTI's equipment within the Wire
                  Center. The feasibility study will be provided within ten (10)
                  calendar days from date of receipt of the Collocation Order
                  Form and QPF. If Collocation entrance facilities and office
                  space are found to be available, USW will develop a quote for
                  supporting structure within twenty-five (25) calendar days of
                  providing the feasibility study. Cageless Physical Collocation
                  price quotes will be honored for thirty (30) calendar days
                  from the date the quote is provided. If ATTI agrees to terms
                  as stated in the Collocation Price Quote, ATTI must respond
                  within thirty (30) calendar days with a signed quote, a check
                  for 50% of the quoted charges and proof of insurance. Upon
                  receipt of the signed quote, 50% payment and proof of
                  insurance, construction by USW will begin. The cageless,
                  physical space including equipment bays provided by ATTI and
                  associated apparatus provided by USW, will be available to
                  ATTI for placement of its equipment within ninety (90)
                  calendar days of receipt of the 50% down payment. Depending on
                  specific Wire Center conditions, shorter intervals may be
                  available. USW will identify for ATTI those Wire Centers where
                  such shorter intervals are available and provide an estimated
                  revised shorter interval. Final payment is due upon completion
                  of work and acceptance by ATTI. Recurring monthly charges for
                  the Collocation commence upon the completion of the
                  Collocation.

          40.35.2 Due to variables in equipment availability and scope of the
                  work to be performed, additional time may be required for
                  implementation of the structures required to support the
                  Collocation request. Examples of structure that may not be
                  completed within ninety (90) calendar days may include
                  additional time for placement of a POI, DC power upgrades and
                  space reclamation required to meet ATTI's Collocation request.
                  Such variables will be immediately identified by U S WEST for
                  ATTI as soon as possible and no later than ten (10) days after
                  completion of the feasibility study.

      40.36 ORDERING - ICDF COLLOCATION

          40.36.1 Upon receipt of a Collocation Order Form, and to the extent
                  ATTI in its sole discretion exercises the option to use ICDF
                  Collocation, USW will verify if ICDF capacity is available at
                  the requested Wire Center. Verification of cross-connection
                  capacity will be completed within ten (10) calendar days. USW
                  will develop a cost quotation for the requested Collocation
                  within twenty-five (25) calendar days from verification. In
                  those Wire Centers where ICDFs have not been previously
                  placed, USW will make ICDFs available within ninety (90)
                  calendar days of verification. USW provides a web site
                  indicating those Wire Centers where collocation space is not
                  available.

          40.36.2 Within thirty (30) calendar days of USW providing the
                  quotation, ATTI will accept or reject the quotation.
                  Acceptance shall require payment to USW of fifty percent of
                  the nonrecurring and construction charges provided on the
                  quotation.

          40.36.3 As part of the ordering process, ATTI will provide at a
                  minimum a reasonable eighteen month forecast for each Wire
                  Center in which it intends to utilize the appropriate
                  cross-connect device. Included in this forecast will be
                  reasonable


                                                                              45
<PAGE>

                                                                          Part A

                  estimates of the termination type (DS0 and analog lines, DS1,
                  DS3) and the quantity of each termination required.
                  Appropriate cross-connect device terminations must be ordered
                  in multiples of the following quantities:

                        100 DS0 and analog line terminations
                        28 DS1 terminations
                        1 DS3 termination

      40.37 ORDERING - ALL COLLOCATION

          40.37.1 Any changes, modifications or additional engineering
                  requested by ATTI, subsequent to its initial order, as to the
                  type and quantity of equipment or other aspects of the
                  original Collocation request, must be submitted with a
                  Collocation Change Form. Such requests will not cause the
                  original Collocation job to vary from the committed ready for
                  service date. USW will respond within a reasonable time after
                  receipt of such request and identify any reason why ATTI's
                  Collocation will be delayed and, if so, for how long. A
                  subsequent collocation change form and QPF will only be
                  required for major changes, as agreed by the parties. Disputes
                  as to whether a change is "major" shall be resolved as
                  described in the Dispute Resolution section of this agreement.
                  In the event of a dispute, USW shall proceed to process the
                  request upon receipt of the requested collocation change form
                  and QPF, subject to true up and reimbursement back to ATTI
                  upon resolution of the dispute.

          40.37.2 Intervals for Collocation from request date to turnover date
                  shall be a maximum anywhere from 147 -- 177 calendar days from
                  the request date (see section 40.46), depending upon when USW
                  receives ATTI's approval of the quote. USIA' will permit a
                  reasonable number of site visits during construction of a
                  Collocation site at the request of ATTI.

          40.37.3 A request by ATTI to cross connect with another collocated
                  provider, with or without using ICDF Collocation, will be
                  considered a new Collocation request and will result in the
                  application of a specific "cage to cage cross connect" QPF.
                  Until the cost is developed for this specific QPF, the cost
                  will be determined on an ICB basis. In the event ATTI requests
                  cross connection with another collocated provider without
                  using ICDF Collocation, USW shall verify capacity on, and
                  identify, a route for the cross connection facilities within
                  seven (7) days of ATTI's request. USW shall then allow ATTI
                  thirty (30) days to construct the cross connection facilities
                  necessary for the cross connection or, upon ATTI's request,
                  USW shall provide a quote for, and complete construction of,
                  such facilities within the timeframes established for ICDF
                  Collocation.

          40.37.4 Upon ATTI's request for cross connection with another
                  collocated provider, USW may not withhold reasonably available
                  cable racking or a reasonable route for the cross connection
                  facilities required. If USW informs ATTI that a reasonable
                  route or cable racking does not exist to accommodate ATTI's
                  request, ATTI will have the rights conferred on it in this
                  Agreement and by law relating to the verification of space
                  exhaustion.

      40.38 BILLING - ALL COLLOCATION

          40.38.1 Upon completion of the Collocation construction activities
                  and payment of the WPUC approved remaining nonrecurring
                  balance, USW will provide ATTI a


                                                                              46
<PAGE>

                                                                          Part A

                  completion package that will initiate the recurring
                  Collocation charges. USW will begin billing the WPUC approved
                  monthly recurring charges stated in the quote and completion
                  package.

          40.38.2 In the event USW has completed all associated construction
                  activities and ATTI has not completed its associated
                  activities (e.g., delivering fiber to the POI, providing tie
                  cables for connecting to the distribution frames, etc.), USW
                  will begin billing for all monthly Collocation charges. When
                  ATTI is ready to complete its activities, final test and
                  turn-up will be performed under the maintenance and repair
                  process contained herein.

      40.39 BILLING - VIRTUAL COLLOCATION

          40.39.1 Virtual Collocation will be considered complete when the POI
                  has been constructed, the shared fiber Collocation entrance
                  facility has been provisioned, and the collocated equipment
                  has been installed. Cooperative testing between ATTI and USW
                  may be negotiated and performed to ensure continuity and
                  acceptable transmission parameters in the facility and
                  equipment. Any additional joint testing can be provided by
                  agreement of the parties under rates and terms specified in
                  this Agreement.

      40.40 BILLING - CAGED AND CAGELESS PHYSICAL COLLOCATION

          40.40.1 Upon completion of USW construction activities and ATTI
                  payment of the remainder of the WPUC approved nonrecurring
                  charges, USW will allow ATTI full and complete access to the
                  Collocation space. USW will activate monthly billing for the
                  leased space and turn over access to the space with all
                  security and access privileges. ATTI will sign off on the
                  completion of the physical space via the Caged or Cageless
                  Physical Collocation completion package. ATTI may then proceed
                  with the installation of its equipment in the Collocation
                  space. Such installation may commence earlier, upon payment of
                  the balance of the non-recurring charges and commencement of
                  the floor space rental and prior to final completion of the
                  space, if consistent with applicable safety standards and
                  reasonable industry practice. Once ATTI's equipment has been
                  installed and cable is provided for ATTI's equipment
                  terminations, USW will complete all remaining work activities.

      40.41 MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR

          40.41.1 Virtual Collocation

              40.41.1.1 Maintenance Labor, Inspector Labor, Engineering
                        Labor and Equipment Labor business hours are considered
                        to be Monday through Friday, 8:00am to 5:00pm (local
                        time) and after business hours are after 5:00pm and
                        before 8:00am (local time), Monday through Friday, all
                        day Saturday, Sunday and holidays.

              40.41.1.2 Installation and maintenance of ATTI's virtually
                        collocated equipment will be performed by USW or a USW
                        authorized vendor.

              40.41.1.3 Upon failure of ATTI's virtually collocated
                        equipment, ATTI is responsible for transportation and
                        delivery of maintenance spares to USW at the Wire Center
                        housing the failed equipment. ATTI is responsible for
                        purchasing and maintaining a supply of spares.


                                                                              47
<PAGE>

                                                                          Part A

      40.42 Caged Physical Collocation

          40.42.1 ATTI is solely responsible for the maintenance and repair of
                  its equipment located within ATTI's caged space. If two or
                  more Co-Providers agree to a Shared Space Caged Physical
                  Collocation arrangement, such collocators are solely
                  responsible for any and all maintenance, security and repair
                  arrangements necessitated by such sharing. USW assumes no
                  liability for any damages relating to Shared Space Caged
                  Physical Collocation or related personnel disputes among the
                  parties to those arrangements.

      40.43 Cageless Physical Collocation

          40.43.1 ATTI is solely responsible for the maintenance and repair of
                  its equipment located within ATTI's cageless physical space.

      40.44 ICDF Collocation

          40.44.1 To the extent that ATTI chooses to utilize ICDF Collocation,
                  ATTI is responsible for block and jumper maintenance at the
                  appropriate cross-connect device and using correct procedures
                  to dress and terminate jumpers on the appropriate
                  cross-connect device, including using fanning strips,
                  retaining rings, and having jumper wire on hand, as needed.
                  Additionally, ATTI is required to provide its own tools for
                  such operations. In the event of a dispute, the Dispute
                  Resolution section of this agreement will be available to
                  either Party.

      40.45 DISPUTE RESOLUTION

          40.45.1 Not withstanding any provisions in this document or the
                  Interconnection Agreement to the contrary, the Parties hereby
                  agree that, in a dispute that relates to the timeliness of
                  USW's processing or provisioning of a request or order for
                  Collocation made by ATTI, either Party may immediately request
                  resolution using the dispute resolution section of this
                  agreement. In the event the Parties disagree on a price quote,
                  or USW's entitlement to impose such costs, USW will agree,
                  upon payment by ATTI of the quoted price, to proceed to
                  process the interconnection under this section while disputed
                  charges are referred for dispute resolution as stated herein.
                  The Parties further agree that all cost disputes may be
                  resolved through the dispute resolution section of this
                  agreement and that final decisions of the WPUC in cost docket
                  or other proceedings will govern the final determination of
                  all cost issues, including the "true-up" of costs already
                  billed and collected.


                                                                              48
<PAGE>

                                                                          Part A

      40.46 CAGED AND CAGELESS COLLOCATION INTERVALS

            Executed Schedule of Collocation Establishment         Calendar Days

      (1)   Receipt of Collocation Application Form and                 Day 1
            Co-provider Information Form from the CLEC with
            Interim Collocation Agreement

      (2)   Feasibility Phase include determination                     Day 10
            of the type of Collocation required and space
            availability.

      (3)   Quote Phase includes providing dollar                       Day 35
            quotes for the type of Collocation facilities
            provided.

      (4)   Approval Phase allows for ATI to                         Day 36 - 65
            review and approve the Quote.

      (5)   Engineering and Installation Phase                     Ninety (90)
                                                                   days after
                                                                   receipt of
                                                                   ATTI's
                                                                   approval and
                                                                   receipt of
                                                                   50% down
                                                                   payment.

42.   Number Portability

      42.1  Interim Number Portability (INP)

            42.1.1 General Terms

                  (a)   The Parties shall provide Interim Number Portability
                        ("INP") on a reciprocal basis to the extent technically
                        feasible.

                  (b)   Until permanent number portability is implemented by the
                        industry pursuant to regulations issued by the FCC or
                        the Commission, the Parties agree to provide INP to each
                        other through Remote Call Forwarding, Direct Inward
                        Dialing, or other appropriate means as agreed to by the
                        Parties.

                  (c)   Once permanent number portability is implemented
                        pursuant to FCC or Commission regulation, either Party
                        may withdraw, at any time and at its sole discretion,
                        its INP offerings, subject to advance notice to the
                        other Party with sufficient time to allow for
                        coordination to allow the seamless and transparent
                        conversion of INP Customer numbers to permanent number
                        portability. Upon implementation of permanent number
                        portability pursuant to FCC regulations, both Parties
                        agree to conform and provide such permanent number
                        portability. The Parties agree to expeditiously convert
                        Customers from INP to permanent number


                                                                              49
<PAGE>

                                                                          Part A

                        portability, provided that the interim service is not
                        removed until the Customer has been converted.

                  (d)   U S WEST will update and maintain its Line Information
                        Database ("LIDB") listings for numbers retained by ATTI
                        and its Customer, and restrict or cancel calling cards
                        associated with these forwarded numbers as directed by
                        ATTI. Further, U S WEST will not block third party and
                        collect calls to those numbers unless requested by ATTI.

                  (e)   The ordering Party shall specify, on a per telephone
                        number basis which method of INP is to be employed and
                        the providing Party shall provide such method to the
                        extent technically feasible.

                  (f)   Where either Party has activated an entire NXX, or
                        activated a substantial portion of an NXX with the
                        remaining numbers in that NXX either reserved for future
                        use or otherwise unused, if these Customer(s) choose to
                        receive service from the other Party, the first Party
                        shall cooperate with the second Party to have the entire
                        NXX reassigned in the LERG (and associated industry
                        databases, routing tables, etc.) to an End Office
                        operated by the second Party. Such transfer will be
                        accomplished with appropriate coordination between the
                        Parties and subject to appropriate industry lead-times
                        for movement of NXXs from one switch to another.

            42.1.2 Description Of Service

                  (a)   Interim Number Portability Service ("INP") is a service
                        arrangement that can be provided by U S WEST to ATTI or
                        by ATTI to U S WEST.

                  (b)   INP applies to those situations where an end-user
                        Customer elects to change service providers, and such
                        Customer also wishes to retain its existing or reserved
                        telephone number(s). INP consists of providing the
                        capability to route calls placed to telephone numbers
                        assigned to one Party's switches to another Party's
                        switches.

                  (c)   INP is available as INP-Remote Call Forwarding
                        ("INP-RCF") permitting a call to a U S WEST assigned
                        telephone number to be translated to ATTI's dialable
                        local number. ATTI may terminate the call as desired.
                        Additional capacity for simultaneous call forwarding is
                        available where technically feasible on a per path
                        basis. ATTI will need to specify the number of
                        simultaneous calls to be forwarded for each number
                        ported.

                  (d)   DID is another INP method that makes use of direct
                        inward dialing trunks. Each DID trunk group used for INP
                        is dedicated to carrying DID INP traffic between the U S
                        WEST end office and the ATTI switch. Traffic on these
                        trunks cannot overflow to other trunks, so the number of
                        trunks shall be conservatively engineered by U S WEST.
                        Also, inter-switch signaling is usually limited to
                        multi-frequency (MF). This precludes passing Calling
                        Line ID to the ATTI switch.

                  (e)   RI-PH will route a dialed call to the U S WEST switch
                        associated with the NXX of the dialed number. The U S
                        WEST switch shall then insert a prefix onto the dialed
                        number which identifies how the call is to be routed to
                        ATTI. The prefixed dialed number is transmitted to the


                                                                              50
<PAGE>

                                                                          Part A

                        U S WEST tandem switch to which ATTI is connected. Route
                        indexing is only available with seven (7) digit local
                        dialing.

                  (f)   The prefix is removed by the operation of the tandem
                        switch and the dialed number is routed to ATTI's switch
                        so the routing of the call can be completed by ATTI.

                        i.    DN-RI is a form of RI-PH that requires direct
                              trunking between the U S WEST switch to which the
                              ported number was originally assigned and the ATTI
                              switch to which the number has been ported. The
                              U S WEST switch shall send the originally dialed
                              number to the ATTI switch without a prefix.

                        ii.   U S WEST shall provide RI-PH or DN-RI on an
                              individual telephone number basis, as designated
                              by ATTI. Where technically feasible, calls to
                              ported numbers are first directed to the ATTI
                              switch over direct trunks but may overflow to
                              tandem trunks if all trunks in the direct group
                              are occupied.

                        iii.  For both RI-PH and DN-RI the trunks used may, at
                              ATTI's option, be the same as those used for
                              exchange of other local traffic with U S WEST. At
                              ATTI's option, the trunks shall employ SS7 or in
                              band signaling and may be one way or two way.

                  (g)   INP is subject to the following restrictions:

                        i.    An INP telephone number may be assigned by ATTI
                              only to ATTI's Customers located within U S WEST's
                              local calling area and toll rating area that is
                              associated with the NXX of the ported number. This
                              is to prevent the possibility of Customers using
                              number portability to extend the local calling
                              area.

                        ii.   INP is applicable only if ATTI is engaged in a
                              reciprocal traffic exchange arrangement with U S
                              WEST.

                       iii.   INP is not offered for NXX Codes 555, 976, 960 and
                              1+ sent-paid telephones, and Service Access Codes
                              (i.e., 500, 700, 800/888, 900). INP is not
                              available for FGA seven-digit numbers (including
                              foreign exchange (FEX), FX and FX/ONAL and foreign
                              Central Office service). Furthermore, INP numbers
                              may only be used consistent with network
                              efficiency and integrity, i.e., inhibitions on
                              mass calling events.

                        iv.   The ported telephone number will be returned to
                              the switch which originally had the ported number
                              when the ported service is disconnected. The
                              normal intercept announcement will be provided by
                              the porting company for the period of time until
                              the telephone number is reassigned.

                        v.    Within thirty (30) days after the Effective Date
                              of this Agreement, U S WEST shall provide ATTI a
                              list of those features that are not available for
                              INP telephone numbers due to technical
                              limitations.

            42.1.3 Ordering and Maintenance


                                                                              51
<PAGE>

                                                                          Part A

                  (a)   ATTI is responsible for all direct interactions with
                        ATTI's end users with respect to ordering and
                        maintenance.

                  (b)   U S WEST shall exchange with ATTI SS7 TCAP messages as
                        required for the implementation of Custom Local Area
                        Signaling Services (CLASS) or other features available
                        in the U S WEST network.

                  (c)   Each Party's designated INP switch must return answer
                        and disconnect supervision to the other Party's switch.

                  (d)   U S WEST shall disclose to ATTI any technical or
                        capacity limitations that would prevent use of a
                        requested INP in a particular switching office.

                  (e)   The Parties will develop and implement an efficient
                        deployment process to ensure call routing integrity for
                        toll and local calls, with the objective to eliminate
                        Customer downtime.

                  (f)   For INP, ATTI shall have the right to use the existing
                        U S WEST 911 infrastructure for all 911 capabilities.
                        When RCF is used for ATTI subscribers, both the ported
                        numbers and shadow numbers shall be stored in the ALI
                        databases. ATTI shall have the right to verify the
                        accuracy of the information in the ALI databases via
                        direct connection to the SCC ALI database pursuant to
                        the same process and procedures SCC makes available to
                        U S WEST.

      42.2  Permanent Number Portability (PNP)

           42.2.1 Upon implementation of Permanent Number Portability (PNP)
                  pursuant to FCC regulations, both Parties agree to conform and
                  provide such Permanent Number Portability. To the extent
                  consistent with the FCC rules as amended from time to time,
                  the requirements for PNP shall include the following:

      42.2.2 Subscribers must be able to change local service providers and
             retain the same telephone number(s) consistent with FCC rules and
             regulations.

           42.2.3 The PNP network architecture shall not subject alternate
                  local exchange carriers to any degradation of service compared
                  to U S WEST in any relevant measure, including transmission
                  quality, switching and transport costs, increased call setup
                  time and post-dial delay, and ATTI shall not be required to
                  rely on the U S WEST network for calls completing to its
                  ported Customers.

           42.2.4 When an office is equipped with PNP, in accordance with the
                  procedures specified by the North American Numbering Council,
                  the NXXs in the office shall be defined as portable and
                  translations will be changed in the Parties' switches to open
                  those NXXs for database queries.

           42.2.5 When an NXX is defined as portable, it shall also be defined
                  as portable in all PNP-capable offices which have direct
                  trunks to the given switch.

          42.2.6. Upon introduction of PNP in a Metropolitan Statistical Area
                  ("MSA"), the applicable switches will be converted according
                  to a published schedule with no unreasonable delay. All
                  portable NXXs shall be recognized as portable, with queries
                  launched from these switches.


                                                                              52
<PAGE>

                                                                          Part A

           42.2.7 Prior to implementation of PNP, the Parties agree to develop,
                  implement, and maintain efficient methods to maintain 911
                  database integrity when a subscriber ports to another service
                  provider. The Parties agree that the Customer should not be
                  dropped from the 911 database during the transition.

           42.2.8 When a subscriber ports to another service provider and has
                  previously secured a reservation of line numbers from the
                  donor provider for possible activation at some future point,
                  these reserved but inactive numbers shall "port" along with
                  the active numbers being ported by the subscriber. So long as
                  ATTI maintains the reserved numbers, U S WEST shall not
                  reassign said numbers. The Parties will allocate the revenue
                  generated from number reservations in accordance with a
                  schedule to be mutually agreed upon by the Parties within
                  ninety (90) days of the Effective Date of this Agreement.

           42.2.9 During the process of porting a subscriber, the donor service
                  provider shall implement the 10-Digit trigger feature when the
                  technology is made available in each switch in accordance with
                  the schedules adopted by the FCC. When the donor provider
                  receives the porting request, the unconditional trigger shall
                  be applied to the subscriber's line at the time that has been
                  agreed to via the Western Region LNP Operations Guidelines in
                  order to overcome donor network time delays in the
                  disconnection of the subscriber. Alternatively, when an
                  activation notice is sent to an NPAC to trigger a broadcast to
                  service provider databases, the donor switch shall have its
                  translations changed to disconnect the subscriber's line
                  within thirty (30) minutes or less after the donor network
                  Local SMS's has received the broadcast. Porting requests that
                  require coordination between service providers in accordance
                  with the guidelines, will be handled on a case-by-case basis
                  and will not be covered by the above.

           42.2.10 Both ATTI and U S WEST shall:

                  (a)   support all emergency and operator services.

                  (b)   use scarce numbering resources efficiently and
                        administer such resources in a competitively neutral
                        manner.

                  (c)   jointly cooperate with each other to provide the
                        information necessary to rate and bill all types of
                        calls.

                  (d)   jointly cooperate with each other to apply PNP
                        consistently on a nationwide basis, and in accordance
                        with all FCC directives.

          42.2.11 A ten-digit code, consistent with the North American
                  Numbering Plan, shall be used as a network address for each
                  switch that terminates subscriber lines, i.e., an end office.
                  This address shall support existing six-digit routing and may
                  be implemented without changes to existing switch routing
                  algorithms. In existing end offices, this address shall be
                  selected from one of its existing NPA-NXXs. New end offices
                  shall be assigned an address through normal administrative
                  processes.

          42.2.12 PNP employs an "N-1" (N minus 1) Query Strategy for
                  interLATA or intraLATA toll calls, by which the originating
                  carrier will pass the call to the appropriate toll carrier who
                  will perform a query to an external routing database and
                  efficiently route the call to the appropriate terminating
                  local carrier either directly or through an access tandem
                  office.


                                                                              53
<PAGE>

                                                                          Part A

          42.2.13 U S WEST shall furnish ATTI with the first six (6) digits of
                  the originating address when it supplies ATTI with the
                  Jurisdiction Information Parameter for the originating address
                  message.

          42.2.14 U S WEST agrees to begin the introduction of PNP to end user
                  subscribers who may begin changing local service providers and
                  retaining their existing telephone number based on the time
                  line set out by the FCC in its Telephone Number Portability
                  Order (CC Docket No. 95-116), or in accordance with a
                  Commission order if such time for introduction of PNP set by
                  the Commission is earlier than would result under the FCC
                  Order.

          42.2.15 The generic requirements for the PNP alternative will be
                  implemented in accordance with industry-standard
                  specifications.

          42.2.16 For a local call to a ported number, the originating carrier
                  is the "N-1" carrier. It will perform an external database
                  query as soon as the call reaches the first PNP-capable switch
                  in the call path and pass the call to the appropriate
                  terminating carrier. A PNP-capable originating switch shall
                  query on a local call to a portable NXX as soon as it
                  determines that it (the originating switch) does not serve the
                  dialed number.

          42.2.17 U S WEST shall be the default carrier for database queries
                  where ATTI is unable to perform its own query due to abnormal
                  conditions. ATTI shall be the default carrier for database
                  queries where U S WEST is unable to perform its own query due
                  to abnormal conditions.

          42.2.18 U S WEST will provide ATTI PNP for subscribers moving to a
                  different location, or staying at the same location, within
                  the same rate center area.

          42.2.19 U S WEST will work cooperatively with other local service
                  providers to establish the Western Region Number Portability
                  Administration Center / Service Management System (SMS). The
                  SMS shall be administered by a neutral third party to provide
                  for the efficient porting of numbers between carriers. There
                  must be one (1) exclusive NPAC per portability State or
                  region, and U S WEST shall provide all information uploads and
                  downloads regarding ported numbers to/from, respectively, the
                  exclusive NPAC. U S WEST and ATTI shall cooperate to
                  facilitate the expeditious deployment of PNP through the
                  process prescribed by the FCC, including, but not limited to,
                  participation in the selection of a neutral third party and
                  development of SMS, as well as SMS testing for effective
                  procedures, electronic system interfaces, and overall
                  readiness for use consistent with that specified for
                  provisioning in this Agreement.

      42.3  Requirements for INP and NP

           42.3.1 (Intentionally left blank for numbering consistency)

           42.3.2 Cut-Over Process

                  The Parties shall cooperate in the process of porting numbers
                  from one carrier to another so as to limit service outage for
                  the ported subscriber. This shall include, but not be limited
                  to, each Party updating its respective network element
                  translations within fifteen (15) minutes following
                  notification by the industry SMS, or ported-to local service
                  provider, and deploying such temporary translations as may be
                  required to minimize service outage, e.g., unconditional


                                                                              54
<PAGE>

                                                                          Part A

                  triggers. In addition, ATTI shall have the right to determine
                  who initiates the order for INP in specific cut-over
                  situations. The time frames in this paragraph shall be
                  pursuant to Generic Requirements for SCP Application and GTT
                  Function for Number Portability, Issue 0.99, January 6, 1997
                  and subsequent versions which may be adopted from time to
                  time. The Parties shall cooperate to review, and, if
                  necessary, adjust the above time frame based on their actual
                  experiences.

           42.3.3 Testing

                  U S WEST and ATTI shall cooperate in conducting ATTI's testing
                  to ensure interconnectivity between systems. U S WEST shall
                  inform ATTI of any system updates that may affect the ATTI
                  network and U S WEST shall, at ATTI's request, perform tests
                  to validate the operation of the network. Additional testing
                  requirements may apply as specified by this Agreement.

           42.3.4 Engineering and Maintenance

                  (a)   U S WEST and ATTI will cooperate to ensure that
                        performance of trunking and signaling capacity is
                        engineered and managed at levels which are at least the
                        same level of service as provided by U S WEST to its
                        subscribers and to ensure effective maintenance testing
                        through activities such as routine testing practices,
                        network trouble isolation processes and review of
                        operational elements for translations routing and
                        network fault isolation.

                  (b)   Additional specific engineering and maintenance
                        requirements shall apply as specified in this Agreement.

           42.3.5 Recording and Billing

                  The Parties shall provide each other with accurate billing and
                  subscriber account record exchange data necessary for billing
                  their subscribers whose numbers have been ported.

           42.3.6 Operator Services and Directory Assistance

                  With respect to operator services and directory assistance
                  associated with NP for ATTI subscribers, U S WEST shall
                  provide the following:

                  (a)   While INP is deployed and prior to conversion to PNP:

                        i.    The Parties acknowledge that technology, as of the
                              Effective Date of this Agreement, does not permit
                              the provision of BLV/BLI to ported numbers. When
                              such becomes available in the U S WEST network,
                              such technology shall be made available to ATTI.

                        ii.   U S WEST shall allow ATTI to order provisioning of
                              Telephone Line Number (TLN) calling cards and
                              Billed Number Screening (BNS), in its LIDB, for
                              ported numbers, as specified by ATTI, U S WEST
                              shall continue to allow ATTI access to its LIDB.
                              Other LIDB provisions are specified in this
                              Agreement.

                        iii.  Where U S WEST has control of Directory Listings
                              for NXX codes containing ported numbers, U S WEST
                              shall maintain entries for


                                                                              55
<PAGE>

                                                                          Part A

                              ported numbers as specified by ATTI in accordance
                              with the Listings Section of this Agreement.

                  (b)   When PNP is in place:

                        i.    The provisions in Section 42.3.6 preceding, shall
                              apply when PNP is in place.

                        ii.   If Integrated Services Digital Network User Part
                              (ISUP) signaling is used, U S WEST shall provide
                              the Jurisdiction Information Parameter in the SS7
                              Initial Address Message. (See Generic Switching
                              and Signaling Requirements for Number Portability,
                              Issue 1.0, February 12, 1996 (Editor- Lucent
                              Technologies, Inc.)).

                        iii.  The Parties shall provide, when received from the
                              NPAC, a 10-Digit Global Title Translation (GTT)
                              Node for routing queries for TCAP-based operator
                              services (e.g., LIDB). The acquiring company will
                              provide the GTT to the NPAC. The NPAC will
                              distribute this information to the donor company
                              and all other parties.

                        iv.   U S WEST OSS shall meet all requirements specified
                              in "Generic Operator Services Switching
                              Requirements for Number Portability," Issue 1.1,
                              June 20, 1996, as updated from time to time.

43.   Dialing Parity

      43.1  The Parties shall provide dialing parity to each other as required
            under Section 251(b)(3) of the Act or state law or regulation as
            appropriate. This Agreement does not impact either Party's ability
            to default intraLATA toll via a specific dialing pattern until
            otherwise required by the Act or the Commission.

      43.2  U S WEST shall ensure that all ATTI Customers experience the same
            dialing parity as similarly-situated Customers of U S WEST services,
            such that, for example for all call types: (a) an ATTI Customer is
            not required to dial any greater number of digits than a
            similarly-situated U S WEST Customer; and (b) the ATTI Customer may
            retain its local telephone number, so long as the Customer continues
            receiving service in the same central office serving area.

44.   Directory Listings

      The publication of directories, Directory Listings, directory databases
      and associated related services shall be governed by the terms and
      conditions contained within Docket No. UT-941464 & UT-94146. To the extent
      not inconsistent therewith, the following Section 44 shall apply.(19)

      44.1  Directory Listings General Requirements

           44.1.1 This Section 44 pertains to Directory Listings requirements
                  for the appearance of ATTI end user Directory Listings in
                  directory assistance service or directory product.

- ----------
(19) Per AT&T Order at page 32, Issues 66-67.


                                                                              56
<PAGE>

                                                                          Part A

           44.1.2 U S WEST shall include in its master Directory Listing
                  database all list information for ATTI Customers.

           44.1.3 U S WEST shall not sell or license, nor allow any third
                  party, the use of ATTI Customer Listings without the prior
                  written consent of ATTI. U S WEST shall not disclose nor allow
                  any third party to disclose non-listed name or address
                  information for any purpose other than what may be necessary
                  to complete directory distribution.

           44.1.4 ATTI Customer Listings in the U S WEST Directory Assistance
                  database and Directory Listing database shall be co-mingled
                  with Listings of U S WEST and other CLEC Customers.

           44.1.5 Each ATTI Customer Primary Listing shall be provided, at no
                  charge, the same white page listings that U S WEST provides
                  its Customers.

           44.1.6 Each ATTI business Customer Primary Listing shall be
                  provided, at no charge, the same yellow page classified
                  courtesy Listings that U S WEST provides its Customers.

           44.1.7 U S WEST shall also ensure that its directory publisher
                  publishes all types of Listings for ATTI Customers that are
                  available to U S WEST Customers under the same terms, and
                  conditions, including but not limited to:

                  (a)   Foreign Listings
                  (b)   Reference Listings
                  (c)   Information Listings
                  (d)   Alternate call Listings
                  (e)   Multi-line Listings
                  (f)   Multi-line/Multi-owner Listings

           44.1.8 ATTI end user Listings properly identified by ATTI as Local,
                  State, and Federal government Listings shall be appropriately
                  coded in the U S WEST Directory Listing database. U S WEST
                  will provide government code information to ATTI.

           44.1.9 The listing and handling of ATTI listed and non-listed
                  telephone numbers shall be at least at parity with that
                  provided by U S WEST to its own Customers, including ATTI
                  customers who have ported telephone numbers from U S WEST.

          44.1.10 U S WEST shall ensure that its directory publisher publishes
                  ATTI sales, service, billing, and repair information for
                  business and residential Customers, along with the ATTI logo
                  in the customer information/guide pages of each directory at
                  no charge to ATTI.

          44.1.11 U S WEST is responsible for maintaining Listings, including
                  entering, changing, correcting, rearranging and removing
                  listings in accordance with ATTI orders. Upon request, and at
                  least one (1) month prior to a given white page directory
                  close, a method of reviewing and correcting Listings will be
                  provided.

          44.1.12 (Deleted per Arbitrator's Recommendations.)(20)

- ----------
(20) Per AT&T Recommendations at page 10, Issue 135.


                                                                              57
<PAGE>

                                                                          Part A

          44.1.13 U S WEST will permit ATTI Customers to place orders for
                  Premium Listings and privacy listings. ATTI will be charged
                  for Premium Listings and privacy listings at U S WEST's
                  general exchange tariff rates less the wholesale discount
                  rate. The Premium and privacy listing charges will be billed
                  to ATTI and itemized at the telephone number sub-account
                  level.

          44.1.14 U S WEST shall ensure a third party distributes appropriate
                  alphabetical and classified directories (white and yellow
                  pages) and recycling services to ATTI Customers at parity with
                  U S WEST end users, including providing directories, a) upon
                  establishment of new service; b) during annual mass
                  distribution; and c) upon Customer request.

          44.1.15 At no charge, U S WEST shall ensure that its directory
                  publisher prominently indicates on each directory cover that
                  the directory includes the Listings of all Customers without
                  regard to which company serves them.(21)

          44.1.16 U S WEST will provide the option of having Centrex users
                  listed when ATTI purchases Centrex-type services for resale.

      44.2  Scope

           44.2.1 ATTI grants U S WEST a non-exclusive license to incorporate
                  Listings information into its Directory Assistance database.
                  ATTI shall select one of two options for U S WEST's use of
                  Listings and dissemination of Listings to third parties.

                  EITHER:

                  a.    Treat the same as U S WEST's end user Listings -- No
                        prior authorization is needed for U S WEST to release
                        Listings to directory publishers or other third parties.
                        U S WEST will incorporate Listings information in all
                        existing and future Directory Assistance applications
                        developed by U S WEST. ATTI authorizes U S WEST to sell
                        and otherwise make Listings available to directory
                        publishers. Listings shall not be provided or sold in
                        such a manner as to segregate end users by carrier.

                  OR:

                  b.    Restrict to U S WEST's Directory Assistance Service --
                        Prior authorization required from ATTI for all other
                        uses. ATTI makes its own, separate agreements with U S
                        WEST, third Parties and directory publishers for all
                        uses of its Listings beyond DA. U S WEST will sell or
                        provide Listings to directory publishers (including U S
                        WEST's publisher affiliate) or other third Parties only
                        after the third party presents proof of ATTI's
                        authorization. Listings shall not be provided or sold in
                        such a manner as to segregate end users by carrier.

- ----------
(21) Per AT&T Recommendations at page 10, Issue 135. Modified per AT&T Approval
at page 5, paragraph 6 and page 13, paragraph D.


                                                                              58
<PAGE>

                                                                          Part A

                  c.    U S WEST shall be entitled to retain all revenue
                        associated with any sales pursuant to subparagraphs (a)
                        and (b) above.(22)

           44.2.2 To the extent that state tariffs limit U S WEST's liability
                  with regard to Listings, the applicable state tariff(s) is
                  incorporated herein and supersedes Section 19, "Limitation of
                  Liability", of this Agreement with respect to Listings only.
                  Nothing contained in this section shall limit either Party's
                  liability to the other for willful or intentional misconduct,
                  including gross negligence.(23)

      44.3  U S WEST will take reasonable steps in accordance with industry
            practices to accommodate non-published and non-listed Listings
            provided that ATTI has supplied U S WEST the necessary privacy
            indicators on such Listings.

      44.4  ATTI Responsibilities

           44.4.1 ATTI agrees to provide to U S WEST its end user names,
                  addresses and telephone numbers in a standard mechanized
                  format, as utilized by U S WEST.

           44.4.2 ATTI will supply its ACNA/CIC or CLCC/OCN, as appropriate,
                  with each order to provide U S WEST the means of identifying
                  listings ownership.

           44.4.3 ATTI represents the end user information provided to U S WEST
                  is accurate and correct. ATTI further represents that it has
                  reviewed all listings provided to U S WEST, including end user
                  requested restrictions on use such as non-published and
                  non-listed.

           44.4.4 ATTI is responsible for dealings with and on behalf of ATTI's
                  end users on the following subjects:

                  a)    All end user account activity, e.g., end user queries
                        and complaints.

                  b)    All account maintenance activity, e.g., additions,
                        changes, issuance of orders for Listings to U S WEST.

                  c)    Determining privacy requirements and accurately coding
                        the privacy indicators for ATTI's end user information.
                        If end user information provided by ATTI to U S WEST
                        does not contain a privacy indicator, no privacy
                        restrictions will apply.

45.   Directories

      The publication of directories, Directory Listings, directory databases
      and associated related services shall be governed by the terms and
      conditions contained within Docket No. UT-941464 & UT-94146.(24)

- ----------
(22) Per AT&T Recommendations at page 11, Issue 62.
(23) Per AT&T Recommendations at page 12, Issue 63.
(24) Per AT&T Order at page 32, Issues 66-67.


                                                                              59
<PAGE>

                                                                          Part A

46.   U S WEST Dex Issues

      U S WEST and ATTI agree that certain issues, such as yellow page
      advertising, directory distribution, access to call guide pages, and
      yellow page listings, will be the subject of negotiations between ATTI and
      directory publishers, including U S WEST Dex. U S WEST acknowledges that
      ATTI may request U S WEST to facilitate discussions between ATTI and U S
      WEST Dex.

47.   Access to Poles, Ducts, Conduits, and Rights of Way

      47.1  U S WEST shall provide ATTI equal and non-discriminatory access to
            poles, space, ducts, conduit, entrance facilities, ROW and any other
            pathways on terms and conditions equal to that provided by U S WEST
            to itself or to any other Person. Further, U S WEST shall not
            preclude or delay allocation of these facilities to ATTI because of
            the potential needs of itself or of any other Person except a
            maintenance spare may be retained as described below. (25)

      47.2  U S WEST warrants that it will provide to ATTI nondiscriminatory
            access to poles, pole attachments, ducts, inner ducts, conduits,
            building entrance facilities, building entrance links, equipment
            rooms, remote terminals, cable vaults, telephone closets, building
            risers, ROW, and other pathways owned or controlled by U S WEST,
            using capacity currently available or that can be made available. U
            S WEST shall have the full burden of proving that such access is not
            technically feasible. To the extent U S WEST proves infeasibility, U
            S WEST shall be required to provide to ATTI alternative suitable
            access which will not impair ATTI's ability to provide its
            Telecommunications Services. Such alternative access shall be
            technically equivalent to the requested access and shall be subject
            to the same terms, conditions and price as the requested access.(26)

      47.3  Definitions

            "Poles, ducts, conduits and ROW" refer to all the physical
            facilities and legal rights which provide for access to pathways
            across public and private property. These include poles, pole
            attachments, ducts, innerducts, conduits, building entrance
            facilities, building entrance links, equipment rooms, remote
            terminals, cable vaults, telephone closets, building risers,
            rights-of-way, or any other requirements needed to create pathways.
            These pathways may run over, under, across or through streets,
            traverse private property, or enter multi-unit buildings. A
            Right-of-Way ("ROW") is the right to use the land or other property
            owned, leased, or controlled by any means by U S WEST to place
            poles, ducts, conduits and ROW or to provide passage to access such
            poles, ducts, conduits and ROW. A ROW may run under, on, or above
            public or private property (including air space above public or
            private property) and shall include the right to use discrete space
            in buildings, building complexes, or other locations.

- ----------
(25) Per AT&T Order at pages 28-29, Issues 53-54.
(26) Per AT&T Order at page 29, Issue 55.


                                                                              60
<PAGE>

                                                                          Part A

      47.4  Requirements

           47.4.1 U S WEST shall make poles, ducts, conduits and ROW available
                  to ATTI upon receipt of a request for use within the time
                  periods provided in this Section, providing all information
                  necessary to implement such a use and containing rates, terms
                  and conditions, including, but not limited to, maintenance and
                  use in accordance with this Agreement and at least equal to
                  those which it affords itself, its Affiliates and others.
                  Other users of these facilities, including U S WEST, shall not
                  interfere with the availability or use of the facilities by
                  ATTI.

           47.4.2 Within ten (10) Business Days of ATTI's request for specific
                  poles, ducts, conduits, or ROW, U S WEST shall provide any
                  information in its possession or available to it regarding the
                  environmental conditions of such requested poles, ducts,
                  conduits or ROW route or location including, but not limited
                  to, the existence and condition of asbestos, lead paint,
                  hazardous substance contamination, or radon. Information is
                  considered "available" under this Agreement if it is in U S
                  WEST's possession or files, or the possession of an agent,
                  contractor, employee, lessor, or tenant of U S WEST's that
                  holds such information on U S WEST's behalf. If the poles,
                  ducts, conduits or ROW contain such environmental
                  contamination, making the placement of equipment hazardous, U
                  S WEST shall offer alternative poles, ducts, conduits or ROW
                  for ATTI's consideration. U S WEST shall allow ATTI to perform
                  any environmental site investigations, including, but not
                  limited to, Phase I and Phase II environmental site
                  assessments, as ATTI may deem to be necessary.

           47.4.3 U S WEST shall not prevent or delay any third party
                  assignment of ROW to ATTI.

           47.4.4 U S WEST shall offer the use of such poles, ducts, conduits
                  and ROW it has obtained from a third party to ATTI, to the
                  extent such agreement does not prohibit U S WEST from granting
                  such rights to ATTI. They shall be offered to ATTI on the same
                  terms as are offered to U S WEST. (27) U S WEST shall exercise
                  its eminent domain power and assist ATTI in obtaining licenses
                  when necessary to accommodate ATTI's request for access to
                  ROW. (28) If U S WEST exercises its eminent domain authority
                  on behalf of ATTI at ATTI's request, then ATTI shall reimburse
                  U S WEST for U S WEST's reasonable costs, if any, incurred as
                  a result of such exercise of its eminent domain authority.

           47.4.5 (Intentionally left blank for numbering consistency)

           47.4.6 U S WEST shall not attach, or permit other entities to attach
                  facilities on, within or overlashed to existing ATTI
                  facilities without ATTI's prior written consent.

           47.4.7 U S WEST agrees to provide current detailed engineering and
                  other plant records and drawings for specific requests for
                  poles, ducts, conduits and ROW, including facility route maps
                  at a city level, and the fees and expenses incurred in
                  providing such records and drawings, on the earlier of twenty
                  (20) Business Days from ATTI's request or the time within
                  which U S WEST provides this information to itself or any
                  other Person. Such information shall be of equal type

- ----------
(27) Per AT&T Order at pages 29-30, Issue 56.
(28) Per AT&T Order at pages 29-30, Issue 56.


                                                                              61
<PAGE>

                                                                          Part A

                  and quality as that which is available to U S WEST's own
                  engineering and operations staff. U S WEST shall also allow
                  personnel designated by ATTI to jointly examine with U S WEST
                  personnel, at no cost to ATTI for such personnel, such
                  engineering records and drawings for a specific routing at U S
                  WEST Central Offices and U S WEST Engineering Offices upon ten
                  (10) days' written notice to U S WEST. U S WEST acknowledges
                  that the request for information and the subject matter
                  related to the request made under this Section shall be
                  treated as Proprietary Information.

           47.4.8 U S WEST shall provide to ATTI a Single Point of Contact for
                  negotiating all structure lease and ROW Agreements.

           47.4.9 U S WEST shall provide information regarding the availability
                  and condition of poles, ducts, conduits and ROW within five
                  (5) business days of ATTI' s request if the information then
                  exists in U S WEST's records (a records based answer) and
                  within twenty (20) Business Days of ATTI's request if U S WEST
                  must physically examine the poles, ducts, conduits and ROW (a
                  field based answer) ("Request"). ATTI shall have the option to
                  be present at the field based survey and U S WEST shall
                  provide ATTI at least twenty-four (24) hours' notice prior to
                  the start of such field survey. During and after this period,
                  U S WEST shall allow ATTI personnel to enter manholes and
                  equipment spaces and view pole structures to inspect such
                  structures in order to confirm usability or assess the
                  condition of the structure. U S WEST shall send ATTI a written
                  notice confirming availability pursuant to the Request within
                  such twenty (20) day period ("Confirmation").

          47.4.10 For the period beginning at the time of the Request and
                  ending ninety (90) days following Confirmation, U S WEST shall
                  reserve such poles, ducts, conduits and ROW for ATTI and shall
                  not allow any use thereof by any Party, including U S WEST.
                  ATTI shall elect whether or not to accept such poles, ducts,
                  conduits and ROW within the ninety (90) day period following
                  Confirmation. ATTI may accept such facilities by sending
                  written notice to U S WEST ("Acceptance"). If ATTI requests
                  reservation of poles, ducts, conduits or ROW, U S WEST may
                  charge a reservation fee in an amount mutually agreed upon by
                  the Parties. ATTI's obligation to pay a reservation fee shall
                  begin on the date of the Confirmation. If the Parties are
                  unable to agree on a reasonable reservation fee, the fee shall
                  be established pursuant to the dispute resolution process in
                  Section 27 of Part A of this Agreement.(29)

          47.4.11 Reservation. After Acceptance by ATTI, ATTI shall have six
                  (6) months to begin attachment and/or installation of its
                  facilities to the poles, ducts, conduits and ROW or request U
                  S WEST to begin make ready or other construction activities.
                  Any such construction, installation or make ready by ATTI
                  shall be completed by the end of one (1) year after
                  Acceptance. ATTI shall not be in default of the 6-month or
                  1-year requirement above if such default is caused in any way
                  by any action, inaction or delay on the part of U S WEST or
                  its Affiliates or subsidiaries.

- ----------
(29) Per AT&T Recommendations at page 16, Issue 70.


                                                                              62
<PAGE>

                                                                          Part A

          47.4.12 Make Ready. U S WEST shall rearrange, modify and/or make
                  ready existing poles, ducts, conduits and ROW where necessary
                  and feasible to provide space for ATTI's requirements. Subject
                  to the requirements above, the Parties shall endeavor to
                  mutually agree upon the time frame for the completion of such
                  work within five (5) days following ATTI's request; provided,
                  however, that any such work required to be performed by U S
                  WEST shall be completed within sixty (60) days or a reasonable
                  period of time based on standard construction intervals in the
                  industry, unless otherwise agreed by ATTI in writing.

          47.4.13 New Construction. After Acceptance, U S WEST shall complete
                  any new construction, relocation or installation of poles,
                  ducts, conduits or ROW required to be performed by U S WEST or
                  any U S WEST construction, relocation or installation
                  requested by ATTI within a reasonable period of time based on
                  standard construction intervals in the industry or sixty (60)
                  days after obtaining all governmental authority or permits
                  necessary to complete such construction, relocation or
                  installation. If U S WEST anticipates that construction,
                  relocation or installation will go beyond standard industry
                  intervals or the sixty (60) day period, U S WEST shall
                  immediately notify ATTI and the Parties shall mutually agree
                  on a completion date.

          47.4.14 ATTI shall begin payment for the use of newly constructed
                  poles, ducts, conduits, and ROW upon completion of such
                  construction and installation and confirmation by appropriate
                  testing methods that the facilities are in a condition ready
                  to operate in ATTI's network or upon use (other than for
                  testing) by ATTI, whichever is earlier.

          47.4.15 ATTI shall make payment for construction, relocation,
                  rearrangements, modifications and make ready in accordance
                  with Section 3.5 of Attachment 1 of this Agreement.

          47.4.16 ATTI shall begin payment for the use of existing poles,
                  ducts, conduits and ROW upon the date of its timely
                  Acceptance. If ATTI fails to send a timely Acceptance, its
                  reservation shall be released.(30)

          47.4.17 ATTI may, at its option, install its facilities on poles,
                  ducts, conduits and ROW and use ATTI or ATTI designated
                  personnel to attach its equipment to such U S WEST poles,
                  ducts, conduits and ROW.

          47.4.18 If available, U S WEST shall provide ATTI space in manholes
                  for racking and storage of cable and other materials as
                  requested by ATTI.

          47.4.19 U S WEST shall rearrange, modify and/or make ready any
                  conduit system or poles with retired cable by removing such
                  retired cable from conduit systems or poles to allow for the
                  efficient use of conduit space and pole space. U S WEST shall
                  take all reasonable steps to expand its facilities to
                  accommodate ATTI's request, and shall do so in accordance with
                  the time frames set forth in this Section 47(31) Before
                  denying access based on a lack of capacity, U S WEST must
                  explore potential accommodations with ATTI.

- ----------
(30) Per AT&T Recommendations at pages 16-17, Issue 155.
(31) Per AT&T Recommendations at page 17, Issue 156.


                                                                              63
<PAGE>

                                                                          Part A

          47.4.20 Where U S WEST has innerducts which are not, at that time,
                  being used or are not reserved as emergency or maintenance
                  spare in accordance with FCC rules and regulations, U S WEST
                  shall offer such ducts for ATTI's use. U S WEST shall not
                  reserve more than one inner duct in any conduit cross section
                  for emergency purposes. Where only two inner ducts remain
                  available (including an emergency spare), U S WEST shall offer
                  ATTI the use of at least one inner duct.(32)

          47.4.21 Where a spare innerduct does not exist, U S WEST shall allow
                  ATTI to install an innerduct in U S WEST conduit, at ATTI's
                  cost and expense. U S WEST must review and approve any
                  installation of inner duct in any U S WEST's duct prior to the
                  start of construction. Such approval shall not be unreasonably
                  delayed, withheld or conditioned. ATTI shall provide notice to
                  U S WEST of any work activity not less than twenty-four (24)
                  hours prior to the start of construction.

          47.4.22 Where U S WEST has any ownership or other rights to ROW to
                  buildings or building complexes, or within buildings or
                  building complexes, U S WEST shall offer such ROW to ATTI:

                  (a)   Subject to the approval of the building owner, if
                        required, the right to use any available space owned or
                        controlled by U S WEST in the building or building
                        complex to install ATTI equipment and facilities;

                  (b)   Subject to the approval of the building owner, if
                        required, ingress and egress to such space; and

                  (c)   Subject to the approval of the building owner, if
                        required, the right to use electrical power at parity
                        with U S WEST's rights to such power.

          47.4.23 Whenever U S WEST intends to modify or alter any poles,
                  ducts, conduits or ROW which contain ATTI's facilities, U S
                  WEST shall provide written notification of such action to ATTI
                  so that ATTI may have a reasonable opportunity to add to or
                  modify its facilities. ATTI shall advise U S WEST, in writing,
                  of its intentions to add or modify the facilities within
                  fifteen (15) Business Days of U S WEST's notification. If ATTI
                  adds to or modifies its facilities according to this
                  paragraph, ATTI shall bear a proportionate share of the costs
                  incurred by U S WEST in making such facilities accessible.

          47.4.24 ATTI shall not be required to bear any of the costs of
                  rearranging or replacing its facilities, if such rearrangement
                  or replacement is required as a result of an additional
                  attachment or the modification of an existing attachment
                  sought by any entity other than ATTI, including U S WEST.

          47.4.25 U S WEST shall maintain the poles, ducts, conduits and ROW
                  at its sole cost. ATTI shall maintain its own facilities
                  installed within the poles, ducts, conduits and ROW at its
                  sole cost. In the event of an emergency, U S WEST shall begin
                  repair of its facilities containing ATTI's facilities within a
                  reasonable time frame based on industry standards or a time
                  frame requested by ATTI. If U S WEST cannot begin repair
                  within the requested time frame, upon notice and approval of U
                  S WEST, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld,
                  ATTI may begin such repairs without the presence of U S WEST
                  personnel. ATTI may climb poles and enter the manholes,
                  handholds, conduits and equipment spaces

- ----------
(32) Per AT&T Order at page 29, Issue 55.


                                                                              64
<PAGE>

                                                                          Part A

                  containing U S WEST's facilities in order to perform such
                  emergency maintenance, but only until such time as qualified
                  personnel of U S WEST arrives ready to continue such repairs.
                  For both emergency and non-emergency repairs, ATTI may use
                  spare innerduct or conduits, including the innerduct or
                  conduit designated by U S WEST as emergency spare for
                  maintenance purposes; provided, however, that ATTI may only
                  use such spare conduit or innerduct for a maximum period of
                  ninety (90) days.

          47.4.26 In the event of a relocation necessitated by a governmental
                  entity exercising the power of eminent domain, when such
                  relocation is not reimbursable, all parties shall share pro
                  rata in costs for relocating the base conduit or poles and
                  shall each pay its own cost of cable and installation of the
                  facilities in the newly rebuilt U S WEST poles, ducts,
                  conduits and ROW.

48.   Bona Fide Request Process for Further Unbundling(33)

      48.1  Any request for Interconnection or access to an unbundled Network
            Element not already available via price lists, tariff, or as
            described herein shall be treated as a "Request" under this Section.

      48.2  U S WEST shall use the Bona Fide Request ("BFR") process as
            described in this Section 48, to determine the technical feasibility
            of the requested Interconnection or Network Element(s) and, for
            those items found to be technically feasible, to provide the terms
            and timetable for providing the requested items. Additionally,
            elements, services and functions which are materially or
            substantially different from those services, elements or functions
            already provided by U S WEST to itself, its Affiliates, Customers,
            or end users may, at the discretion of ATTI, be subject to this BFR
            process.

      48.3  A Request shall be submitted in writing and, at a minimum, shall
            include: (a) a complete and accurate technical description of each
            requested Network Element or Interconnection; (b) the desired
            interface specifications; (c) a statement that the Interconnection
            or Network Element will be used to provide a Telecommunications
            Service; (d) the quantity requested; (e) the location(s) requested;
            and (f) whether ATTI wants the requested item(s) and terms made
            generally available. ATTI may designate a Request as Confidential.

      48.4  Within forty-eight (48) hours of receipt of a Request, U S WEST
            shall acknowledge receipt of the Request and review such Request for
            initial compliance with Subsection 48.3 above. In its
            acknowledgment, U S WEST shall advise ATTI of any missing
            information reasonably necessary to move the Request to the
            preliminary analysis described in Subsection 48.5 below.

      48.5  Unless otherwise agreed to by the Parties, within thirty (30)
            calendar days of its receipt of the Request and all information
            necessary to process it,

- ----------
(33)  Per AT&T Order at pages 9-10, Issue 16.


                                                                              65
<PAGE>

                                                                          Part A

            U S WEST shall provide to ATTI a preliminary analysis of the
            Request. As reasonably requested by ATTI, U S WEST agrees to provide
            status updates to ATTI. U S WEST will notify ATTI if the quote
            preparation fee, if any, will exceed $5,000. ATTI will approve the
            continuation of the development of the quote prior to U S WEST
            incurring any reasonable additional expenses. The preliminary
            analysis shall specify whether or not the requested Interconnection
            or access to an unbundled Network Element is technically feasible
            and otherwise qualifies as a Network Element or Interconnection as
            defined under the Act.

           48.5.1 If U S WEST determines during the thirty (30) day period that
                  a Request is not technically feasible or that the Request
                  otherwise does not qualify as a Network Element or
                  Interconnection required to be provided under the Act, U S
                  WEST shall so advise ATTI as soon as reasonably possible of
                  that fact, and promptly provide a written report setting forth
                  the basis for its conclusion but in no case later than ten
                  (10) calendar days after making such determination.

           48.5.2 If U S WEST determines during the thirty (30) day period that
                  the Request is technically feasible and otherwise qualities
                  under the Act, it shall notify ATTI in writing of such
                  determination no later than ten (10) calendar days after
                  making such determination.

           48.5.3 Unless otherwise agreed to by the Parties, as soon as
                  feasible, but no more than ninety (90) calendar days after U S
                  WEST notifies ATTI that the Request is technically feasible, U
                  S WEST shall provide to ATTI a Request quote which will
                  include, at a minimum, a description of each Interconnection
                  and Network Element, the quantity to be provided, the
                  installation intervals (both initial and subsequent), the
                  impact on shared systems software interfaces, the ordering
                  process changes, the functionality specifications, any
                  interface specifications, and either:

                  (a)   the applicable rates (recurring and nonrecurring),
                        including the amortized development costs, as
                        appropriate pursuant to Section 48.5.4 below, of the
                        Interconnection or Network Element; or

                  (b)   the payment for development costs, as appropriate
                        pursuant to Section 48.5.4 below, of the Interconnection
                        or Network Element and the applicable rates (recurring
                        and nonrecurring), excluding the development costs.

           48.5.4 The choice of using either option (a) or (b) above shall be
                  at U S WEST's sole discretion. A payment for development cost,
                  however, is appropriate only where ATTI is the only
                  conceivable user of the functionality (including consideration
                  of U S WEST as a


                                                                              66
<PAGE>

                                                                          Part A

                  potential user) or where the requested quantity is
                  insufficient to provide amortization.

      48.6  If U S WEST has used option (a) above in its Request quote, then,
            within thirty (30) days of its receipt of the Request quote, ATTI
            must indicate its nonbinding interest in purchasing the
            Interconnection or Network Element at the stated quantities and
            rates, cancel it Request, or seek remedy under the dispute
            resolution section of this Agreement.

      48.7  If U S WEST has used option (b) above in its Request quote, then,
            within thirty (30) days of its receipt of the Request quote, ATTI
            must either agree to pay the development costs of the
            interconnection or Network Element, cancel its Request, or seek
            remedy under the dispute resolution section of this Agreement.

      48.8  If U S WEST has used option (b) in its Request quote and ATTI has
            accepted the quote, ATTI may cancel the Request at any time, but
            will pay U S WEST's reasonable development costs of the
            Interconnection or Network Element up to the date of cancellation.

      48.9  U S WEST will use reasonable efforts to determine the technical
            feasibility and conformance with the Act of the Request within the
            first thirty-two (32) days of receiving the Request. In the event U
            S WEST has used option (b) above in its Request quote and U S WEST
            later determines that the Interconnection or Network Element
            requested in the Request is not technically feasible or otherwise
            does not qualify under the Act, U S WEST shall notify ATTI within
            ten (10) Business Days of making such determination and ATTI shall
            not owe any compensation to U S WEST in connection with the Request.
            Any quotation preparation fees or development costs paid by ATTI to
            the time of such notification shall be refunded by U S WEST.

      48.10 To the extent possible, U S WEST will utilize information from
            previously developed BFRs to address similar arrangements in order
            to shorten the response times for the currently requested BFR. In
            the event ATTI has submitted a Request for an Interconnection or a
            Network Element and U S WEST determines in accordance with the
            provisions of this Section 48 that the Request is technically
            feasible, the Parties agree that ATTI's subsequent request or order
            for the identical type of Interconnection or Network Element shall
            not be subject to the BFR process. To the extent U S WEST has
            deployed an identical Network Element under a previous BFR, a
            subsequent BFR is not required. For purposes of this Section 48.10,
            an "identical" request shall be one that is materially identical to
            a previous request with respect to the information provided pursuant
            to Subsections (a) through (e) of Section 48.3 above.

      48.11 In the event of a dispute under this Section 48, the Parties agree
            to seek expedited Commission resolution of the dispute, to be
            completed within twenty (20) days of U S WEST's response denying
            ATTI's BFR, and in no


                                                                              67
<PAGE>

                                                                          Part A

            event more than thirty (30) days after the filing of ATTI's
            petition. Alternatively, the Parties may mutually agree to resolve
            any disputes under this section through the dispute resolution
            process pursuant to Section 27, Part A of this Agreement.

      48.12 All time intervals within which a response is required from one
            Party to another under this Section 48 are maximum time intervals.
            The Parties agree that they will provide all responses to the other
            Party as soon as the Party has the information and analysis required
            to respond, even if the time interval stated herein for a response
            is not over.

49.   Audit Process

      49.1  As used herein, "Audit" shall mean a comprehensive review of
            services performed under this Agreement. Either Party (the
            "Requesting Party") may perform up to three (3) Audits per 12-month
            period commencing with the Effective Date.

      49.2  Upon thirty (30) days' written notice by the Requesting Party to the
            other Party (the "Audited Party"), the Requesting Party shall have
            the right, through its authorized representative, to make an Audit,
            during normal business hours, of any records, accounts and processes
            which contain information related to the services provided and
            performance standards agreed to under this Agreement. Within the
            above-described 30-day period, the Parties shall reasonably agree
            upon the scope of the Audit, the documents and processes to be
            reviewed, and the time, place and manner in which the Audit shall be
            performed. The Audited Party agrees to provide Audit support,
            including appropriate access to and use of the Audited Party's
            facilities (e.g., conference rooms, telephones, copying machines).

      49.3  Each Party shall bear its own expenses in connection with the
            conduct of the Audit. The reasonable cost of special data
            extractions required by the Requesting Party to conduct the Audit
            will be paid for by the Requesting Party. For purposes of this
            Section 49.3, a "Special Data Extraction" shall mean the creation of
            an output record or informational report (from existing data files)
            that is not created in the normal course of business. If any program
            is developed to the Requesting Party's specifications and at the
            Requesting Party's expense, the Requesting Party shall specify at
            the time of request whether the program is to be retained by the
            Audited Party for reuse for any subsequent Audit. Notwithstanding
            the foregoing, the Audited Party shall pay all of the Requesting
            Party's external expenses (including, without limitation, the fees
            of any independent auditor), in the event an Audit results in an
            adjustment in the charges or in any invoice paid or payable by the
            Requesting Party hereunder in an amount that is, on an annualized
            basis, more than the greater of (a) one percent (1%) of the
            aggregate charges for all services purchased under this Agreement or
            (b) $10,000.

      49.4  Adjustments, credits or payments shall be made and any corrective
            action shall commence within thirty (30) days from the Audited
            Party's receipt of the final audit report to compensate for any
            errors or omissions which are disclosed by such Audit and are agreed
            to by the Parties. The highest interest rate allowable by law for
            commercial transactions shall be assessed and shall be computed by
            compounding daily from the time of the original due date of the
            amount of dispute.

      49.5  Neither such right to examine and audit nor the right to receive an
            adjustment shall be affected by any statement to the contrary
            appearing on checks or otherwise.


                                                                              68
<PAGE>

                                                                          Part A

      49.6  This Section 49 shall survive expiration or termination of this
            Agreement for a period of two (2) years after expiration or
            termination of this Agreement.

      49.7  All transactions under this Agreement which are over thirty-six (36)
            months old are no longer subject to Audit.

      49.8  All information received or reviewed by the Requesting Party or the
            independent auditor in connection with the Audit is to be considered
            Proprietary Information as defined by this Agreement. The Audited
            Party reserves the right to require any non-employee who is involved
            directly or indirectly in any Audit or the resolution of its
            findings as described above to execute a nondisclosure agreement
            satisfactory to the Audited Party. To the extent an Audit involves
            access to information of third parties, the Audited Party will
            aggregate such competitors' data before release to the Requesting
            Party, to insure the protection of the proprietary nature of
            information of other competitors. To the extent a competitor is an
            Affiliate of the Audited Party (including itself and its
            subsidiaries), the Parties shall be allowed to examine such
            Affiliate's disaggregated data, as required by reasonable needs of
            the Audit.

      49.9  An "Examination" shall mean an inquiry reasonably requested by
            either Party into a specific element of or process where the
            requesting Party raises a dispute concerning services performed by
            the other Party under this Agreement and such dispute has not been
            resolved through the escalation process described in this Agreement.
            Only that information that is necessary to resolve the dispute in
            issue must be provided in the course of an Examination and the total
            time involved in an Examination for each Party may not exceed three
            (3) people for three (3) days and no more than 10,000 pages of
            documents may be reviewed. Appropriate provisions of Section 49 that
            apply to Audits shall also apply to Examinations, except that either
            Party may conduct only a total of nine (9) Examinations and Audits
            per year, with a maximum of three (3) Audits per year.

50.   Miscellaneous Services

      50.1  Basic 911 and E911 General Requirements

           50.1.1 Basic 911 and E911 provides a caller access to the
                  appropriate emergency service bureau by dialing a 3-digit
                  universal telephone number (911). Basic 911 and E911 access
                  from Local Switching shall be provided to ATTI in accordance
                  with the following:

           50.1.2 Each Party will be responsible for those portions of the 911
                  System for which it has reasonable control, including any
                  necessary maintenance to each Party's portion of the 911
                  System.

           50.1.3 E911 shall provide additional routing flexibility for 911
                  calls. E911 shall use Customer data, contained in the
                  Automatic Location Identification/Data Management System
                  ("ALI/DMS"). to determine to which Public Safety Answering
                  Point ("PSAP") to route the call.

           50.1.4 If available in the U S WEST network, U S WEST shall offer a
                  third type of 911 service, S911. All requirements for E911
                  also apply to S911 with the exception of the type of signaling
                  used on the interconnection trunks from the local switch to
                  the E911 Tandem.


                                                                              69
<PAGE>

                                                                          Part A

           50.1.5 Basic 911 and E911 functions provided to ATTI shall be at
                  least at parity with the support and services that U S WEST
                  provides to its Customers for such similar functionality.

           50.1.6 Basic 911 and E911 access from Local Switching shall be
                  provided to ATTI in accordance with the following:

               50.1.6.1 U S WEST shall conform to all state regulations
                        concerning emergency services.

               50.1.6.2 For E911 provided to resold lines or in association
                        with unbundled switching, U S WEST shall use its service
                        order process to update and maintain Customer
                        information in the ALI/DMS data base. Through this
                        process, U S WEST shall provide and validate Customer
                        information resident or entered into the ALI/DMS data
                        base.

           50.1.7 U S WEST shall provide for overflow 911 traffic consistent
                  with U S WEST policy and procedure.

           50.1.8 Basic 911 and E911 access from the ATTI local switch shall be
                  provided to ATTI in accordance with the following:

               50.1.8.1 If required by ATTI, U S WEST shall interconnect
                        direct trunks from the ATTI network to the E911 Tandem
                        for connection to the PSAP. Such trunks to the E911
                        Tandem may alternatively be provided by ATTI.

               50.1.8.2 In government jurisdictions where U S WEST has
                        obligations under existing agreements as the primary
                        provider of the 911 System to the county, ATTI shall
                        participate in the provision of the 911 System as
                        follows:

                        (a)   Each Party shall be responsible for those portions
                              of the 911 System for which it has control,
                              including any necessary maintenance to each
                              Party's portion of the 911 System.

                        (b)   U S WEST shall be responsible for maintaining the
                              E-911 database.

               50.1.8.3 If a third party is the primary service provider to a
                        government agency, ATTI shall negotiate separately with
                        such third party with regard to the provision of 911
                        service to the agency. All relations between such third
                        party and ATTI are totally separate from this Agreement
                        and U S WEST makes no representations on behalf of the
                        third party.

               50.1.8.4 If ATTI or an Affiliate is the primary service
                        provider to a government agency, ATTI and U S WEST shall
                        negotiate the specific provisions necessary for
                        providing 911 service to the agency and shall include
                        such provisions in an amendment to this Agreement.


                                                                              70
<PAGE>

                                                                          Part A

               50.1.8.5 Interconnection and database access shall be priced
                        as specified in Attachment 1 to this Agreement or at any
                        rate charged to other interconnected carriers, whichever
                        is lower.

               50.1.8.6 ATTI will separately negotiate with each county
                        regarding the collection and reimbursement to the county
                        of applicable Customer taxes for 911 service.

               50.1.8.7 U S WEST shall comply with established, competitively
                        neutral intervals for installation of facilities,
                        including any collocation facilities, diversity
                        requirements, etc.

               50.1.8.8 In a resale situation, where it may be appropriate
                        for U S WEST to update the ALI database, U S WEST shall
                        update such database with ATTI data in an interval no
                        less than is experienced by U S WEST Customers, or than
                        for other carriers, whichever is faster, at no
                        additional cost.

            50.1.9 The following are Basic 911 and E911 Database Requirements:

               50.1.9.1 The ALI database shall be managed by U S WEST, but is
                        the property of U S WEST and any participating telephone
                        company and CLEC for those records provided by the
                        company.

               50.1.9.2 U S WEST, or its agent, will be responsible for
                        maintaining the E911 Data Base. U S WEST, or its agent,
                        will provide a copy of the Master Street Address Guide
                        ("MSAG"), and periodic updates, to ATTI.

               50.1.9.3 Copies of the MSAG shall be provided within
                        twenty-one (21) calendar days from the time requested
                        and shall be provided on diskette, magnetic tape, or in
                        a format suitable for use with desktop computers.

               50.1.9.4 ATTI assumes all responsibility for the accuracy of
                        the data that ATTI provides to U S WEST for MSAG
                        preparation and E911 Database operation.

               50.1.9.5 ATTI shall be solely responsible for providing ATTI
                        database records to U S WEST for inclusion in U S WEST's
                        ALI database on a timely basis.

               50.1.9.6 ATTI will provide end user data to the U S WEST ALI
                        database that are MSAG valid.

               50.1.9.7 ATTI will update its end user records provided to the
                        U S WEST ALI database to agree with the 911 MSAG
                        standards for its service areas.

               50.1.9.8 U S WEST and ATTI shall arrange for the automated
                        input and periodic updating of the E911 database
                        information related to ATTI end users for resold lines
                        in accordance with Section 10.1 of Attachment 2 to this
                        Agreement. ATTI may request, through the BFR process,
                        similar arrangements for ATTI customers served on a
                        non-resale basis. U S WEST will furnish ATTI any
                        variations to


                                                                              71
<PAGE>

                                                                          Part A

                        NENA recommendations required for ALI data base input.
                        The cost of magnetic tape transfer shall be borne by
                        ATTI.

               50.1.9.9 U S WEST and ATTI shall arrange for the automated
                        input and periodic updating of the E911 database
                        information related to ATTI end users. For resold
                        services, U S WEST shall work cooperatively with ATTI to
                        ensure the accuracy of the data transfer by verifying it
                        against the MSAG. For ATTI's customers served by
                        unbundled Network Elements or through ATTI's own
                        facilities, ATTI shall ensure the accuracy of its 911
                        data by verifying it against the MSAG.

              50.1.9.10 ATTI shall assign an E911 database coordinator
                        charged with the responsibility of forwarding ATTI end
                        user ALI record information to U S WEST or via a
                        third-party entity, charged with the responsibility of
                        ALI record transfer. ATTI assumes all responsibility for
                        the accuracy of the data that ATTI provides to U S WEST.

              50.1.9.11 The Parties shall maintain a single point of contact
                        to coordinate all E911 activities under this Agreement.

              50.1.9.12 For resold services, ATTI shall provide information
                        on new Customers to U S WEST within one (1) Business Day
                        of the order completion. U S WEST shall update the
                        database within two (2) Business Days of receiving the
                        data from ATTI. If U S WEST detects an error in the ATTI
                        provided data, the data shall be returned to ATTI within
                        two (2) Business Days from when it was provided to U S
                        WEST. ATTI shall respond to requests from U S WEST to
                        make corrections to database record errors by uploading
                        corrected records within two (2) Business Days. Manual
                        entry shall be allowed only in the event that the system
                        is not functioning properly. ATTI may request, through
                        the BFR process, similar services from U S WEST for
                        their customers who are served on a non-resale basis.

              50.1.9.13 The Parties will cooperate to implement the adoption
                        of a Carrier Code (NENA standard five-character field)
                        on all ALI records received from ATTI, when those
                        standards, NENA-02-OON, are adopted by the industry
                        standards process. U S WEST will furnish ATTI any
                        variations from NENA recommendations required for ALI
                        database input. The Carrier Code will be used to
                        identify the carrier of record in INP configurations.

              50.1.9.14 ATTI will provide end user data to the U S WEST ALI
                        database utilizing NENA-02-001 Recommended Formats For
                        Data Exchange, and Recommended Standard For Street
                        Thoroughfare Abbreviations and Protocols For Data
                        Exchange and Data Quality utilizing NENA Recommended
                        Formats for Data Exchange document dated June, 1993.

              50.1.9.15 U S WEST shall identify which ALI databases cover
                        which states, counties or parts thereof, and identify
                        and communicate a point of contact for each.


                                                                              72
<PAGE>

                                                                          Part A

              50.1.9.16 U S WEST will provide ATTI with the identification of
                        the U S WEST 911 controlling office that serves each
                        geographic area served by ATTI.

              50.1.9.17 U S WEST shall provide to ATTI, for ATTI Customers,
                        E911/911 call routing to the appropriate Public Safety
                        Answering Point ("PSAP") for resold lines. U S WEST
                        shall provide and validate ATTI Customer information to
                        the PSAP in the same fashion as it does for its own
                        Customers. U S WEST shall use its service order process
                        to update and maintain, on the same schedule that it
                        uses for its end users, the ATTI Customer service
                        information in the ALI/DMS used to support E911/911
                        services. ATTI may request, through the BFR process,
                        similar services from U S WEST for their customers who
                        are served on a non-resale basis.

              50.1.9.18 ATTI exchanges to be included in US WEST's E911
                        Database will be indicated via written notice and will
                        not require an amendment to this Agreement.(34)

            50.1.10 The following are Basic 911 and E911 Network Requirements:

              50.1.10.1 U S WEST, at ATTI's option, shall provide a minimum
                        of two (2) E911 trunks per jurisdictional area, or that
                        quantity which will maintain P.01 transmission grade of
                        service, or the level of service provided by U S WEST to
                        itself, whichever is the higher grade of service. These
                        trunks will be dedicated to routing 911 calls from ATTI
                        switch to a U S WEST E911 tandem.

              50.1.10.2 U S WEST shall provide ATTI a data link to the
                        ALI/DMS database or permit ATTI to provide its own data
                        link to the ALI/DMS database. U S WEST shall provide
                        error reports from the ALI/DMS database to ATTI
                        immediately after ATTI inputs information into the
                        ALI/DMS database. Alternately, ATTI may utilize U S WEST
                        or a third party entity to enter Customer information
                        into the database on a demand basis, and validate
                        Customer information on a demand basis.

              50.1.10.3 U S WEST shall provide the selective routing of E911
                        calls received from ATTI switching office. This includes
                        the ability to receive the ANI of the ATTI Customer,
                        selectively route the call to the appropriate PSAP, and
                        forward the Customer's ANI to the PSAP. U S WEST shall
                        provide ATTI with the appropriate CLLI codes and
                        specifications regarding the tandem serving area
                        associated addresses and meet points in the network.

              50.1.10.4 Copies of E911 Tandem Boundary Maps shall be
                        available to ATTI. Each map shows the areas served by
                        that E911 tandem. The map provides ATTI the information
                        necessary to set up its network to route E911 callers to
                        the correct E911 tandem.

              50.1.10.5 ATTI shall ensure that its switch provides an
                        eight-digit ANI consisting of an information digit and
                        the seven-digit exchange code. ATTI shall also ensure
                        that its switch provides the line

- ----------
(34) Per AT&T Order at page 34, Issue 68.


                                                                              73
<PAGE>

                                                                          Part A

                        number of the calling station. In the event of a change
                        in industry standards, the Parties shall cooperate to
                        incorporate the changed standards in their respective
                        networks.

              50.1.10.6 Each ALI discrepancy report shall be jointly
                        researched by U S WEST and ATTI. Corrective action shall
                        be taken immediately by the responsible party.

              50.1.10.7 Technical specifications for E911 network interface
                        are available through U S WEST technical publication
                        77338. Technical specifications for database loading and
                        maintenance are available through the third party
                        database manager -- SCC.

              50.1.10.8 U S WEST shall begin restoration of E911 and/or E911
                        trunking facilities immediately upon notification of
                        failure or outage. U S WEST must provide priority
                        restoration of trunks or networks outages on the same
                        terms/conditions it provides itself and without the
                        imposition of Telecommunications Service Priority (TSP).

              50.1.10.9 U S WEST shall identify any special operator-assisted
                        calling requirements to support 911.

             50.1.10.10 Trunking shall be arranged to minimize the likelihood of
                        central office isolation due to cable cuts or other
                        equipment failures. There will be an alternate means of
                        transmitting a 911 call to a PSAP in the event of
                        failures.

             50.1.10.11 Circuits shall have interoffice loop and carrier
                        system diversity when such diversity can be achieved
                        using existing facilities. Circuits will be divided as
                        equally as possible across available carrier systems.
                        Diversity will be maintained or upgraded to utilize the
                        highest level of diversity available in the network.

             50.1.10.12 Equipment and circuits used for 911 shall be
                        monitored at all times. Monitoring of circuits shall be
                        done to the individual circuit level. Monitoring shall
                        be conducted by U S WEST for trunks between the tandem
                        and all associated PSAPs.

             50.1.10.13 Repair service shall begin immediately upon receipt
                        of a report of a malfunction. Repair service includes
                        testing and diagnostic service from a remote location,
                        dispatch of or in-person visit(s) of personnel.
                        Technicians will be dispatched without delay.

             50.1.10.14 All 911 trunks must adhere to the Americans with
                        Disabilities Act requirements.

             50.1.10.15 The Parties will cooperate in the routing of 911
                        traffic in those instances where the ALI/ANI information
                        is not available on a particular 911 call.

             50.1.10.16 ATTI is responsible for network management of its
                        network components in compliance with the Network
                        Reliability Council Recommendations and meeting the
                        network standard of U S WEST for the 911 call delivery.


                                                                              74
<PAGE>

                                                                          Part A

           50.1.11 Basic 9ll and E911 Additional Requirements

              50.1.11.1 All ATTI lines that have been ported via INP shall
                        reach the correct PSAP when 911 is dialed. U S WEST
                        shall send both the ported number and the ATTI number
                        (if both are received from ATTI). The PSAP attendant
                        shall see both numbers where the PSAP is using a
                        standard ALI display screen and the PSAP extracts both
                        numbers from the data that is sent.

              50.1.11.2 U S WEST shall work with the appropriate government
                        agency to provide ATTI the ten-digit POTS number of each
                        PSAP which subtends each U S WEST E911 Tandem to which
                        ATTI is interconnected.

              50.1.11.3 U S WEST will provide ATTI with the ten-digit
                        telephone numbers of each PSAP agency, for which U S
                        WEST provides the 911 function, to be used by ATTI
                        operators for handling emergency calls in those
                        instances where the ATTI Customer dials "0" instead of
                        "911."

              50.1.11.4 ATTI will provide U S WEST with the ten-digit
                        telephone numbers of each PSAP agency, .for which ATTI
                        provides the 911 function, to be used by U S WEST
                        operators for handling emergency calls in those
                        instances where the U S WEST Customer dials "0" instead
                        of "911."

              50.1.11.5 U S WEST shall notify ATTI forty-eight (48) hours in
                        advance of any scheduled testing or maintenance
                        affecting ATTI 911 service, and provide notification as
                        soon as possible of any unscheduled outage affecting
                        ATTI 911 service.

              50.1.11.6 ATTI shall be responsible for reporting all errors,
                        defects and malfunctions to U S WEST. U S WEST shall
                        provide ATTI with the point of contact for reporting
                        errors, defects, and malfunctions in the service and
                        shall also provide escalation contacts.

              50.1.11.7 ATTI may enter into subcontracts with third parties,
                        including ATTI affiliates, for the performance of any of
                        ATTI duties and obligations stated herein.

              50.1.11.8 U S WEST shall provide sufficient planning
                        information regarding anticipated moves to SS7 signaling
                        for the next twelve (12) months.

              50.1.11.9 U S WEST shall provide notification of any pending
                        tandem moves, NPA splits, or scheduled maintenance
                        outages with enough time to react.

             50.1.11.10 U S WEST shall provide "reverse ALI" inquiries by
                        public safety entities, consistent with U S WEST's
                        practices and procedures.

             50.1.11.11 U S WEST shall manage NPA splits by populating the
                        ALI database with the appropriate new NPA codes,
                        consistent with U S WEST's practices and procedures for
                        resold services.

             50.1.11.12 U S WEST must provide the ability for ATTI to update
                        the 911 database with end user information for lines
                        that have been ported via INP or NP.


                                                                              75
<PAGE>

                                                                          Part A

             50.1.11.13 The data in the ALI database shall be managed by U S
                        WEST but is the property of U S WEST and all
                        participating telephone companies.

          50.1.12 Performance Criteria. E911 Database accuracy shall be as set
                  forth below:

              50.1.12.1 Accuracy of ALI (Automatic Location Identification)
                        data submitted by ATTI to U S WEST will be measured
                        jointly by the PSAPs and U S WEST. All such reports
                        shall be forwarded to ATTI by U S WEST and will indicate
                        incidents when incorrect or no ALI data is displayed. A
                        report regarding any inaccuracy shall be prepared by U S
                        WEST.

              50.1.12.2 Each discrepancy report will be jointly researched
                        by U S WEST and ATTI. Corrective action will be taken
                        immediately by the responsible party.

              50.1.12.3 Each party will be responsible for the accuracy of
                        the Customer records it provides.

      50.2  Directory Assistance Service

           50.2.1 U S WEST shall provide for the routing of directory
                  assistance calls (including but not limited to 411, 555-1212,
                  NPA-555-1212) dialed by ATTI Customers directly to either the
                  ATTI Directory Assistance Service platform or U S WEST
                  Directory Assistance Service platform as specified by ATTI.

           50.2.2 ATTI Customers shall be provided the capability by U S WEST
                  to dial the same telephone numbers for access to ATTI
                  Directory Assistance that U S WEST Customers to access U S
                  WEST Directory Assistance.

           50.2.3 U S WEST shall provide Directory Assistance functions and
                  services to ATTI for its Customers as described below until,
                  at ATTI's discretion, U S WEST routes calls to the ATTI
                  Directory Assistance Services platform.

               50.2.3.1 U S WEST agrees to provide ATTI Customers with the
                        same Directory Assistance service available to U S WEST
                        Customers.

               50.2.3.2 U S WEST shall notify ATTI in advance of any changes
                        or enhancements to its Directory Assistance Service, and
                        shall make available such service enhancements on a
                        non-discriminatory basis to ATTI.

               50.2.3.3 U S WEST shall provide Directory Assistance to ATTI
                        Customers in accordance with U S WEST's internal
                        operating procedures and standards, which shall, at a
                        minimum, comply with accepted professional and industry
                        standards.

               50.2.3.4 U S WEST shall provide ATTI with the same level of
                        support for the provisioning of Directory Assistance as
                        U S WEST provides itself.

               50.2.3.5 Service levels shall comply, at a minimum, with State
                        Regulatory Commission requirements for directory
                        assistance.


                                                                              76
<PAGE>

                                                                          Part A

               50.2.3.6 U S WEST agrees to maintain an adequate operator work
                        force based on a review and analysis of actual call
                        attempts and abandonment rate.

               50.2.3.7 Subject to the provisions of the applicable U S WEST
                        collective bargaining agreements, ATTI shall participate
                        in all call monitoring activities available to U S WEST
                        and to remote call monitor as customarily practiced by
                        the outsource customers of call centers.

               50.2.3.8 U S WEST shall provide the following minimum Directory
                        Assistance capabilities to ATTI Customers:

                        (a)   A maximum of two Customer listings and/or
                              addresses or U S WEST parity per ATTI Customer
                              request.

                        (b)   Name and address to ATTI Customers upon request,
                              except for unlisted numbers, in the same states
                              where such information is provided to U S WEST
                              Customers.

                        (c)   For ATTI customers who are served exclusively
                              through resold U S WEST retail services ATTI may
                              resell U S WEST's Directory Assistance call
                              completion services to the extent U S WEST offers
                              call Directory Assistance call completion to its
                              own end users. For ATTI customers who are served
                              from an ATTI switch, ATTI may request Directory
                              Assistance call completion services through the
                              BFR process. Such BFR process shall address the
                              identification of the ATTI end user at the U S
                              WEST Directory Assistance platform for purposes of
                              routing and billing of intraLATA and interLATA
                              toll calls.

                        (d)   The U S WEST mechanized interface with the U S
                              WEST subscriber Listing database is not available
                              for ATTI as of the Effective Date of this
                              Agreement. When the mechanized interface is
                              available, U S WEST will populate the Directory
                              Assistance Database in the same manner and in the
                              same time frame as for U S WEST Customers.

                        (e)   Any information provided by a Directory Assistance
                              Automatic Response Unit (ARU) shall be repeated
                              the same number of times for ATTI Customers as for
                              U S WEST's Customers.

                        (f)   When an ATTI Customer served on a resale or
                              unbundled switching basis requests a U S WEST
                              directory assistance operator to provide instant
                              credit on a directory assistance call, the U S
                              WEST directory assistance operator shall inform
                              the ATTI Customer to call an 800 number for ATTI
                              Customer service to request a credit. The accurate
                              identification of ATTI as the customer's local
                              service provider by the U S WEST directory
                              assistance operator requires the use of separate
                              ATTI trunks to the Directory Assistance Platform.

               50.2.3.9 For resold lines and unbundled switching, U S WEST
                        shall provide data regarding billable events as
                        requested by ATTI.


                                                                              77
<PAGE>

                                                                          Part A

              50.2.3.10 U S WEST agrees to (1) provide to ATTI operators, on
                        line access to U S WEST's directory assistance database
                        equivalent to the access provided to U S WEST operators;
                        (2) allow ATTI or an ATTI designated operator bureau to
                        license U S WEST's subscriber Listings database on terms
                        and conditions equivalent to the terms and conditions
                        upon which U S WEST utilizes such databases; and (3) in
                        conjunction with branded or unbranded Directory
                        Assistance Service pursuant to Section 8 of this Part A
                        of this Agreement, provide caller-optional Directory
                        Assistance call completion service which is comparable
                        in every way to the Directory Assistance call completion
                        service U S WEST makes available to its own users. ATTI
                        may, at its option, request U S WEST not to provide call
                        completion services to ATTI.

              50.2.3.11 In addition to charges for directory assistance when
                        call completion for an intraLATA toll call is requested,
                        the applicable charge for the completion of such
                        intraLATA toll call will apply.

      50.3  Operator Services

           50.3.1 U S WEST shall provide for the routing of local Operator
                  Services calls (including but not limited to 0+, 0-) dialed by
                  ATTI Customers directly to either the ATTI operator service
                  platform or U S WEST operator service platform as specified by
                  ATTI.

           50.3.2 ATTI Customers shall be provided the capability by U S WEST
                  to dial the same telephone numbers to access ATTI operator
                  service that U S WEST Customers dial to access U S WEST
                  operator service.

           50.3.3 U S WEST shall provide Operator Services to ATTI as described
                  below until, at ATTI's discretion, U S WEST routes calls to
                  the ATTI local Operator Services platform.

               50.3.3.1 U S WEST agrees to provide ATTI Customers the same
                        Operator Services available to U S WEST Customers. U S
                        WEST shall make available its service enhancements on a
                        non-discriminatory basis.

               50.3.3.2 U S WEST shall provide the following minimum Operator
                        Services capabilities to ATTI Customers:

                        (a)   U S WEST shall complete 0+ and 0- dialed local
                              calls, including 0-Coin, Automatic Coin Telephone
                              Service (ACTS) and the completion of coin calls,
                              the collection of coins, and the provision of coin
                              rates.

                        (b)   U S WEST shall complete 0+ intraLATA and, when
                              offered, interLATA toll calls. The Parties will
                              cooperate to develop industry standards to include
                              the end user's PIC in operator services signaling
                              and the development of associated routing
                              procedures.

                        (c)   U S WEST shall complete calls for ATTI's Customers
                              that are billed to calling cards and other
                              commercial cards on the same basis as provided to
                              U S WEST own customers and


                                                                              78
<PAGE>

                                                                          Part A

                              ATTI shall designate to U S WEST the acceptable
                              types of special billing.

                        (d)   U S WEST shall complete person-to-person calls.

                        (e)   U S WEST shall complete collect calls.

                        (f)   U S WEST shall provide the capability for callers
                              to bill to a third party and complete such calls.

                        (g)   U S WEST shall complete station-to-station calls.

                        (h)   U S WEST shall process emergency calls.

                        (i)   U S WEST shall process Busy Line Verify and Busy
                              Line Interrupt requests.

                        (j)   U S WEST shall process emergency call trace in
                              accordance with its normal and customary
                              procedures.

                        (k)   U S WEST shall process operator-assisted directory
                              assistance calls.

                        (l)   U S WEST operators shall provide ATTI Customers
                              with long distance rate quotes to the extent U S
                              WEST provides such rate quotes to its own end
                              users. Based on technology available as of the
                              Effective Date of this Agreement the provision of
                              rate quotes to ATTI Customers requires a separate
                              ATTI trunk group to the U S WEST operator services
                              platform to identify the caller as an ATTI
                              Customer.

                        (m)   U S WEST operators shall provide ATTI Customers
                              with time and charges to the extent U S WEST
                              provides such time and charges to its own end
                              users. Based on technology available as of the
                              Effective Date of this Agreement, the provision of
                              time and charges to ATTI Customers requires a
                              separate ATTI trunk group to the U S WEST operator
                              services platform to identify the caller as an
                              ATTI Customer.

                        (n)   U S WEST shall route 0- traffic to a "live"
                              operator team.

                        (o)   Under the circumstances that U S WEST grants
                              credit to its customers for a U S WEST failure to
                              provide directory assistance services as required
                              by U S WEST tariffs or as U S WEST otherwise
                              grants credits on a discretionary basis to U S
                              WEST customers, U S WEST will, on a
                              non-discriminatory basis, (i) in connection with
                              resold services, provide an equivalent credit to
                              ATTI or (ii) in connection with non-resold
                              services, provide ATTI a credit in the amount paid
                              by ATTI for the unbundled service.(35)

- ----------
(35) Per AT&T Recommendations at page 18, Issue 105.


                                                                              79
<PAGE>

                                                                          Part A

                        (p)   U S WEST shall provide caller assistance for the
                              disabled in the same manner as provided to U S
                              WEST Customers.

                        (q)   When available to U S WEST end users, U S WEST
                              shall provide operator-assisted conference calling
                              to ATTI.

           50.3.3 U S WEST shall exercise at least the same level of fraud
                  control in providing Operator Service to ATTI that U S WEST
                  provides for its own operator service, where the ATTI fraud
                  control data is in U S WEST's Line Information Data Base
                  ("LIDB").

           50.3.4 U S WEST shall perform Billed Number Screening (BNS) when
                  handling collect, third party, and calling card calls, both
                  for station to station and person to person call types.

           50.3.5 Subject to the provisions of the applicable U S WEST
                  collective bargaining agreements ATTI shall be permitted to
                  participate in all call monitoring activities available to U S
                  WEST and to remote call monitor as customarily practiced by
                  the outsource customers of call centers.

           50.3.6 U S WEST shall direct Customer account and other similar
                  inquiries to the Customer service center designated by ATTI.

           50.3.7 U S WEST shall provide an electronic feed of Customer call
                  records in "EMR" format to ATTI in accordance with the time
                  schedule mutually agreed between the Parties.

           50.3.8 U S WEST shall update the LIDB for ATTI Customers.
                  Additionally, U S WEST must provide access to LIDB for
                  validation of collect, third party billed, and LEC card billed
                  calls.

           50.3.9 Where INP is deployed and when a BLV/BLI request for a ported
                  number is directed to a U S WEST operator and the query is not
                  successful (i.e., the request yields an abnormal result), ATTI
                  may request, through the BFR process, that the operator
                  confirm whether the number has been ported and direct the
                  request to the appropriate operator.

          50.3.10 U S WEST shall allow ATTI to order provisioning of Telephone
                  Line Number (TLN) calling cards and Billed Number Screening
                  (BNS), in its LIDB, for ported numbers, as specified by ATTI.
                  U S WEST shall continue to allow ATTI access to its LIDB.

          50.3.11 Toll and Assistance ("TIA") refers to functions Customers
                  associate with the "0" operator. Subject to availability and
                  capacity, access may be provided via operator services trunks
                  purchased from U S WEST or provided by ATTI via collocation
                  arrangements to route calls to ATTI's platform.

          50.3.12 Automated Branding - ability to announce the carrier's name
                  to the Customer during the introduction of the call.

          50.3.13 Interconnection to the U S WEST Toll and Assistance Operator
                  Services from an end office to U S WEST T/A is technically
                  feasible at least at three (3) distinct points on the trunk
                  side of the switch. The first connection point is an operator


                                                                              80
<PAGE>

                                                                          Part A

                  services trunk connected directly to the T/A host switch. The
                  second connection point is an operator services trunk
                  connected directly to a remote T/A switch. The third
                  connection point is an operator services trunk connected to a
                  remote access tandem with operator concentration capabilities.

          50.3.14 All trunk interconnections will be digital.

          50.3.15 The technical requirements of operator services type trunks
                  and the circuits to connect the operator positions to the host
                  are covered in the Operator Services Switching Generic
                  Requirements ("OSSGR") Bellcore Document number FRNWT-0 00271.

          50.3.16 Busy Line Verify and Interrupt

              50.3.16.1 At the request of ATTI operators or Customers, U S
                        WEST operators will perform Busy Line Verify ("BLV")
                        and/or Busy Line Interrupt ("BLI") operations where such
                        capacity exists.

              50.3.16.2 When possible and where consistent with the service
                        U S WEST provides to its own Customers and/or end users,
                        U S WEST shall engineer its BLV/BLI facilities to
                        accommodate the anticipated volume of BLV/BLI requests
                        during the busy hour. ATTI may, from time to time,
                        provide its anticipated volume of BLV/BLI requests to
                        U S WEST. In those instances when failures occur to
                        significant portions of the BLV/BLI systems and
                        databases and those systems and databases become
                        unavailable, U S WEST shall promptly Inform ATTI.

              50.3.16.3 BLV is performed when one Party's Customer requests
                        assistance from the other Party's operator or operator
                        bureau to determine if the called line is in use;
                        provided, however, that the operator bureau will not
                        complete the call for the Customer initiating the BLV
                        inquiry. Only one (1) BLV attempt will be made per
                        Customer operator bureau call, and a charge shall apply
                        whether or not the called party releases the line.

              50.3.16.4 BLI is performed when one Party's Customer requests
                        assistance from the other Party's operator bureau to
                        interrupt a telephone call in progress after BLV has
                        occurred. The operator bureau will interrupt the busy
                        line and inform the called party that there is a call
                        waiting. The operator bureau will only interrupt the
                        call and will not complete the telephone call of the
                        Customer initiating the BLI request. The operator bureau
                        will make only one (1) BLI attempt per Customer operator
                        telephone call and the applicable charge applies whether
                        or not the called party releases the line.

              50.3.16.5 Each Party's operator bureau shall accept BLV and
                        BLI inquiries from the operator bureau of the other
                        Party in order to allow transparent provision of BLV/
                        BLI traffic between the Parties' networks.

              50.3.16.6 Each Party shall route BLV/BLI Traffic inquiries
                        over direct trunks between the Parties' respective
                        operator bureaus. Unless otherwise mutually agreed, the
                        Parties shall configure BLV/BLI trunks over the


                                                                              81
<PAGE>

                                                                          Part A

                        Interconnection architecture defined in Attachment 4 to
                        this Agreement.

      50.4  Directory Assistance and Listings Service Requests

           50.4.1 These requirements pertain to U S WEST's Directory Assistance
                  and Listings Service Request process that enables ATTI to (a)
                  submit ATTI Customer information for inclusion in U S WEST
                  Directory Assistance and Directory Listings databases; (b)
                  submit ATTI Customer information for inclusion in published
                  directories; and (c) provide ATTI Customer delivery address
                  information to enable U S WEST to fulfill directory
                  distribution obligations.

               50.4.1.1 (Intentionally left blank for numbering consistency)

               50.4.1.2 U S WEST will accept the following Directory Listing
                        Migration Orders from ATTI, valid under all access
                        methods, including but not limited to, Resale, Unbundled
                        Network Elements and Facilities-Based, and will process
                        the orders in a mechanized format:

                        (a)   Migrate with no Changes: Maintain all directory
                              listings for the Customer in both Directory
                              Assistance and Directory Listing. Transfer
                              ownership and billing for listings to ATTI.

                        (b)   Migrate with Additions: Maintain all directory
                              listings for the Customer in both Directory
                              Assistance and Directory Listing. Incorporate the
                              specified additional listings order. Transfer
                              ownership and billing for the listings to ATTI.

                        (c)   Migrate with Deletions: Maintain all directory
                              listings for the Customer in both Directory
                              Assistance and Directory Listing. Delete the
                              specified listings from the listing order.
                              Transfer ownership and billing for the listings to
                              ATTI.

               50.4.1.3 The Directory Listings Migration Options should not
                        be tied to migration options specified for a related
                        service order (if any) such that a service order
                        specified as migration with changes may be submitted
                        along with a directory listing order specified as
                        migration with no changes.

               50.4.1.4 U S WEST shall enable ATTI to electronically transmit
                        multi-line listing orders.

               50.4.1.5 U S WEST agrees to work cooperatively with ATTI to
                        define specifications for, and implement a daily summary
                        report of, Directory Service Requests. The summary
                        information will include but is not limited to the
                        following information:

                        (a)   White page listings text and format (name,
                              address, phone, title, designation, extra line
                              requirements)

                        (b)   Listing Instruction codes

               50.4.1.6 To ensure accurate order processing, U S WEST shall
                        provide to ATTI the following information, with updates
                        within one (1) Business Day of change and via electronic
                        exchange:


                                                                              82
<PAGE>

                                                                          Part A

                        (a)   A matrix of NXX to central office
                        (b)   Geographical maps, if available, of U S WEST
                              service area
                        (c)   A description of calling areas covered by each
                              directory, including but not limited to maps of
                              calling areas and matrices depicting calling
                              privileges within and between calling areas
                        (d)   Listing format rules
                        (e)   Listing alphabetizing rules
                        (f)   Standard abbreviations acceptable for use in
                              listings and addresses
                        (g)   Titles and designations

               50.4.1.7 Based on changes submitted by ATTI, U S WEST shall
                        update and maintain Directory Assistance and Directory
                        Listings data for ATTI Customers who:

                        (a)   Disconnect Service
                        (b)   Change carrier
                        (c)   Install Service
                        (d)   Change any service which affects Directory
                              Assistance information
                        (e)   Specify Non-Solicitation
                        (f)   Are Non-Published Non-Listed, or Listed

               50.4.1.8 U S WEST shall not charge for storage of ATTI Customer
                        information in the Directory Assistance and Directory
                        Listing systems.

               50.4.1.9 ATTI shall not charge for storage of U S WEST
                        Customer information in the Directory Assistance and
                        Directory Listing systems.

      50.5  Directory Assistance Data

           50.5.1 This Section refers to the residential, business, and
                  government Customer records used by U S WEST to create and
                  maintain databases for the provision of live or automated
                  operator assisted Directory Assistance. Directory Assistance
                  data is information that enables telephone exchange carriers
                  to swiftly and accurately respond to requests for directory
                  information, including, but not limited to, name, address and
                  phone numbers. Under the provisions of the Act and the FCC's
                  Interconnection Order, U S WEST shall provide unbundled and
                  non-discriminatory access to the residential, business and
                  government Customer records used by U S WEST to create and
                  maintain databases for the provision of live or automated
                  operator assisted Directory Assistance. ATTI may combine this
                  element with any other Network Element for the provision of
                  any Telecommunications Service.(36)

           50.5.2 U S WEST shall provide an initial load of Customer records
                  and Customer list information to ATTI, in a mutually-agreed-to
                  format, via electronic transfer, within thirty (30) calendar
                  days of the Effective Date of this Agreement. The initial load
                  shall include all data resident in the U S WEST Databases
                  and/or systems used by U S WEST for housing Directory
                  Assistance data and/or

- ----------
(36) Per AT&T Order at page 32, Issue 63.


                                                                              83
<PAGE>

                                                                          Part A

                  Customer Listing data. In addition, the initial load shall be
                  current as of the prior Business Day on which the initial load
                  is provided.

           50.5.3 U S WEST shall provide ATTI daily updates to the Customer
                  records and Customer list information in a mutually-agreed-to
                  format via electronic transfer.

           50.5.4 U S WEST shall provide the ability for ATTI to electronically
                  query the U S WEST Directory Assistance Database and Listings
                  Database in a manner at least consistent with and equal to
                  that which U S WEST provides to itself or any other Person.

           50.5.5 U S WEST shall provide an initial load of Customer records
                  and Customer list information to ATTI, in a mutually-agreed-to
                  format, via electronic transfer within thirty (30) calendar
                  days of the Effective Date of this Agreement. The initial load
                  shall include all data resident in the U S WEST Databases
                  and/or systems used by U S WEST for housing directory
                  assistance data and/or Customer Listing data. In addition the
                  initial load shall be current as of the prior Business Day on
                  which the initial load is provided.

           50.5.6 U S WEST shall provide ATTI daily updates to the Customer
                  records and Customer list information in a mutually-agreed-to
                  format via electronic transfer.

           50.5.7 U S WEST shall provide the ability for ATTI to electronically
                  query the U S WEST Directory Assistance Database and Listings
                  Database in a manner at least consistent with and equal to
                  that which U S WEST provides to itself or any other Person.

           50.5.8 U S WEST shall provide ATTI a complete list of ILECs, CLECs,
                  and independent telephone companies that provided data
                  contained in the database.

           50.5.9 On a daily basis, U S WEST shall provide updates (end user
                  and mass) to the Listing information via electronic data
                  transfer. Updates shall be current as of one business day
                  prior to the date provided to ATTI.

          50.5.10 U S WEST shall provide ATTI access to Directory Assistance
                  support databases. For example, ATTI requires access to use
                  restriction information including but not limited to call
                  completion.

          50.5.11 Directory Assistance data shall specify whether the Customer
                  is a residential business, or government Customer.
                  Additionally, data must include all levels of indentation and
                  all levels of information specified in "Directory Assistance
                  Data Information Exchanges and Interfaces" below.

          50.5.12 Directory Assistance data shall be provided on the same
                  terms, conditions, and rates that U S WEST provides such data
                  to itself or other third parties.

          50.5.13 U S WEST shall provide complete refresh of the Directory
                  Assistance data upon request by ATTI.

          50.5.14 U S WEST and ATTI vuill cooperate in the designation of a
                  location at which the data will be provided.


                                                                              84
<PAGE>

                                                                          Part A

51.   Unused Transmission Media(37)

      51.1  Definitions

           51.1.1 Unused Transmission Media is physical inter-office
                  transmission media (e.g., optical fiber, copper twisted pairs,
                  coaxial cable) which have no lightwave or electronic
                  transmission equipment terminated to such media to
                  operationalize transmission capabilities.

           51.1.2 Dark fiber is excess fiber optic cable which has been placed
                  in a network and is not currently being lit by electronics
                  from any carrier. Dark Fiber, one type of Unused Transmission
                  Media, is unused strands of optical fiber. Dark Fiber also
                  includes strands of optical fiber which may or may not have
                  lightwave repeater (regenerator or optical amplifier)
                  equipment interspliced, but which has no line terminating
                  facilities terminated to such strands. Unused Transmission
                  Media also includes unused wavelengths within a fiber strand
                  for purposes of coarse or dense wavelength division
                  multiplexed (WDM) applications. Typical single wavelength
                  transmission involves propagation of optical signals at single
                  wavelengths (1.3 or 1.55 micron wavelengths). In WDM
                  applications, a WDM device is used to combine optical signals
                  at different wavelengths on to a single fiber strand. The
                  combined signal is then transported over the fiber strand. For
                  coarse WDM applications, one (1) signal each at 1.3 micron and
                  1.55 micron wavelength are combined. For dense WDM
                  applications, many signals in the vicinity of 1.3 micron
                  wavelength and/or 1.55 micron wavelength are combined.

      51.2  While U S WEST is not required to provide Unused Transmission Media
            other than Dark Fiber,(38) ATTI may, subject to the agreement of U S
            WEST, lease copper twisted pairs, coaxial cable or other Unused
            Transmission Media.

      51.3  Requirements

           51.3.1 Subject to Section 51.2 above, US WEST shall make available
                  Unused Transmission Media to ATTI under a lease agreement or
                  other arrangement.

           51.3.2 U S WEST shall provide a single point of contact for
                  negotiating all Unused Transmission Media use arrangements.

           51.3.3 ATTI may test the quality of the Unused Transmission Media to
                  confirm its usability and performance specifications.

- ----------
(37)  Per AT&T Order at pages 11-12, Issue 22.
(38)  Per AT&T Order at pages 11-12, Issue 22.


                                                                              85
<PAGE>

                                                                          Part A

           51.3.4 Where Unused Transmission Media is required to be offered or
                  is agreed to be offered by U S WEST, U S WEST shall provide to
                  ATTI information regarding the location, availability and
                  performance of Unused Transmission Media within ten (10)
                  Business Days for a records-based answer and twenty (20)
                  Business Days for a field-based answer, after receiving a
                  request from ATTI ("Request"). Within such time period, U S
                  WEST shall send written or electronic confirmation or any
                  other method of notification agreed to by the Parties of
                  availability of the Unused Transmission Media
                  ("Confirmation").

           51.3.5 Where Unused Transmission Media is required to be offered or
                  is agreed to be offered by U S WEST, U S WEST shall make
                  Unused Transmission Media available for ATTI's use in
                  accordance with the terms of this Section 51 within twenty
                  (20) Business Days or a reasonable timeframe consistent with
                  industry standards after it receives written acceptance from
                  ATTI that the Unused Transmission Media is wanted for use by
                  ATTI. Splicing of ATTI fiber may be performed at the same
                  points that are available for U S WEST splices.

      51.4  Requirements Specific to Dark Fiber

           51.4.1 ATTI may test Dark Fiber leased from U S WEST using ATTI or
                  ATTI designated personnel subject to Section 51.2. U S WEST
                  shall provide appropriate interfaces to allow testing of Dark
                  Fiber. U S WEST shall provide an excess cable length of
                  twenty-five (25) feet minimum, where available, for fiber in
                  underground conduit. U S WEST shall provide splicing of ATTI
                  fiber to U S WEST Dark Fiber under normal circumstances (e.g.,
                  no construction) in metropolitan areas within seventeen (17)
                  calendar days of ATTI's request, and within thirty (30)
                  calendar days of a request in a non-metropolitan area. ATTI
                  may request expedited splicing, which shall be subject to
                  available U S WEST resources.

           51.4.2 For WDM applications, U S WEST shall provide to ATTI an
                  interface to an existing WDM device or allow ATTI to install
                  its own WDM device (where sufficient system loss margins exist
                  or where ATTI provides the necessary loss compensation) to
                  multiplex the traffic at different wavelengths. This applies
                  to both the transmit and receive ends of the Dark Fiber.

      51.5  For the period beginning at the time of the Request and ending
            ninety (90) days following Confirmation, U S WEST shall reserve such
            Dark Fiber for ATTI and shall not allow any use thereof by any
            Party, including U S WEST. ATTI shall elect whether or not to accept
            such Dark Fiber within the ninety (90) day period following
            Confirmation. ATTI may accept such Dark Fiber


                                                                              86
<PAGE>

                                                                          Part A

            by sending written notice to U S WEST ("Acceptance"). If ATTI
            requests reservation of Dark Fiber, U S WEST may charge a
            reservation fee in an amount mutually agreed upon by the Parties.
            ATTI's obligation to pay a reservation fee shall begin on the date
            of the Confirmation. If the Parties are unable to agree on a
            reasonable reservation fee, the fee shall be established pursuant to
            the dispute resolution process in Section 27 of Part A of this
            Agreement. ATTI shall begin payment for the use of Dark Fiber upon
            the date of its timely Acceptance. If ATTI fails to send a timely
            Acceptance, its reservation shall be released. If U S WEST agrees to
            provide Unused Transmission Media other than Dark Fiber to ATTI, it
            shall do so on the same terms and conditions as stated in this
            section.(39)

            U S WEST may not reserve future capacity of its Dark Fiber for its
            own use,(40) with the exception of maintenance and emergency
            spare.(41)

      51.6  Portions of the bandwidth of the fiber may be sectioned and ATTI may
            share the bandwidth with U S WEST and other CLECs.

52.   Service Standards(42)

      U S WEST will provide all Local Resale, Ancillary Functions, Network
      Elements or Combinations in accordance with service standards,
      measurements, and performance requirements that are expressly specified in
      this Agreement and Attachment 5 hereto. In cases where such performance
      standards are not expressly specified, U S WEST will provide all Local
      Resale, Ancillary Functions Network Elements or Combinations in accordance
      with performance standards which are at least equal to the level of
      performance standards and/or quality of service that U S WEST provides to
      itself, its Affiliates, to other CLECs, or other quality of service
      requirements imposed by the Commission, whichever is higher in providing
      Local Resale, Ancillary Functions, Network Elements or Combinations to
      itself, to its end-users or to its Affiliates. If ATTI requests a higher
      level of service than that provided by U S WEST to itself or other
      Persons, ATTI shall make the request pursuant to the BFR process.

      52.1  Definitions

            The following service standards may be supplanted or supplemented by
            a Commission decision in a proceeding conducted for the purpose of
            determining the appropriate performance standards or the
            applicability of penalties relative to U S WEST's compliance with
            this Agreement, the Act or the Commission's orders.(43)

           52.1.1 "Specified Performance Commitment" means the commitment by
                  U S WEST to meet the Performance Criteria for any Specified
                  Activity during the Specified Review Period. The Specified
                  Review

- ----------
(39) Per AT&T Recommendation at pages 19-20, Issue 138.
(40) Per AT&T Order at page 11, Issue 22.
(41) Per AT&T Recommendation at page 20, Issue 138.
(42) Per AT&T Order at pages 34-36, Issue 69.
(43) Per AT&T Order at pages 34-36, Issue 69.


                                                                              87
<PAGE>

                                                                          Part A

                  Period shall be the same period as U S WEST provides itself
                  for existing Performance Criteria and shall be ninety (90)
                  days for new Performance Criteria. The standard of performance
                  for each of the measurements of performance in Washington
                  shall be the quality of service which U S WEST provides in
                  Washington to either itself, its ten largest end user
                  Customers in the aggregate, independent LECs in the aggregate,
                  other CLECs in the aggregate, or other quality of service
                  requirements imposed by the Commission, whichever is highest.

          52.1.2 "Specified Activity" includes, but is not limited to, the
                  following activities:

                  (a)   Installation Activities -- apply to resold services,
                        unbundled loops, unbundled switching, and interim number
                        portability:

                        (i)   Installation Intervals Offered (measured from
                              application date to original due date);

                        (ii)  Installation Commitments Met;

                        (iii) Installation Reports within seven (7) days
                              (percent of reports per total of new, to or change
                              orders).

                  (b)   Repair Activities -- apply to resold service, unbundled
                        loops, unbundled switching, and interim number
                        portability:

                        (i)   Out of Service Cleared in Less than Twenty-four
                              (24) Hours (percent of total out of service
                              reports);

                        (ii)  Report Rate per 100 Access Lines;

                        (iii) Repair Commitments Met;

                        (iv)  Out of Service and Service Affecting Cleared in
                              Less than Forty-eight (48) Hours;

                        (v)   Repair Repeat Reports within Thirty (30) Days
                              (Percent of Repeats per 100 Access Lines).

                  (c)   Trunking Activities -- includes interconnection trunks:

                        (i)   Defects per One Million Calls (Dedicated
                              Facilities/Trunkside only).

          52.1.3 "Performance Criteria" means, with respect to a Specified
                  Review Period (i.e., a calendar month or quarter), the
                  performance by U S WEST for each Specified Activity for ATTI
                  will meet or exceed U


                                                                              88
<PAGE>

                                                                          Part A

                  S WEST's overall average performance (as provided by U SWEST
                  to itself, to CLECs and to all other Persons) for each Resale
                  Service or unbundled Network Element.

      52.2  Failure to Meet the Performance Criteria

            If, during a Specified Review Period, U S WEST fails to meet the
            Performance Criteria, U S WEST will use its best efforts to meet the
            Performance Criteria for the next Specified Review Period. If U S
            WEST fails to meet the Performance Criteria for two (2) consecutive
            periods, the Parties agree, in good faith, to attempt to resolve
            such issues through negotiation or non-binding arbitration. This
            paragraph shall not be construed to waive either Party's right to
            seek legal or regulatory intervention as provided by state or
            federal law. ATTI may seek regulatory or other legal relief
            including requests for specific performance of U S WEST's
            obligations under this Agreement.

      52.3  Limitations

            U S WEST's failure to meet or exceed any of the Performance Criteria
            cannot be as a result, directly or indirectly, of a Delaying Event.
            A "Delaying Event" means (a) a failure by ATTI to perform any of its
            obligations set forth in this Agreement, (b) any delay, act or
            failure to act by a Customer, agent of subcontractor of ATTI, or (c)
            any force majeure event. If a Delaying Event prevents U S WEST from
            performing a Specified Activity, then such Specified Activity shall
            be excluded from the calculation of U S WEST's compliance with the
            Performance Criteria.

      52.4  Records

            U S WEST shall maintain complete and accurate records, for the
            Specified Review Period, of its performance under this Agreement for
            each Specified Activity and its compliance with the Performance
            Criteria. U S WEST shall provide to ATTI such records in a
            self-reporting format. The Parties agree that such records shall be
            deemed Proprietary Information.

53.   Entire Agreement

      53.1  This Agreement shall include the Attachments, Appendices and other
            documents referenced herein all of which are hereby incorporated by
            reference, and constitutes the entire agreement between the Parties
            and supersedes all prior oral or written agreements representations,
            statements, negotiations, understandings, proposals and undertakings
            with respect to the subject matter hereof.

      53.2  If a provision contained in any U S WEST tariff conflicts with any
            provision of this Agreement, the provision of this Agreement shall
            control, unless otherwise ordered by the FCC or the Commission.


                                                                              89
<PAGE>

                                                                          Part A

54.   Reservation of Rights

      54.1  The Parties acknowledge that the terms of this Agreement were
            established pursuant to an order of the Commission. Any or all of
            the terms of this Agreement may be altered or abrogated by a
            successful challenge to this Agreement (or the order approving this
            Agreement) as permitted by applicable law. By signing this
            Agreement, neither Party waives its right to pursue such a
            challenge.

      54.2  The Parties enter into this Agreement without prejudice to any
            position they may have taken previously, or may take in the future
            in any legislative, regulatory, or other public forum addressing any
            matters, including matters related to the types of arrangements
            prescribed by this Agreement.


                                                                              90
<PAGE>

                                                                          Part A

      IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be
executed by their respective duly authorized representatives.

American Telephone Technology, Inc.**        U S WEST Communications, Inc.**

/s/ F. Lynne Powers                          /s/ [Illegible]
- ---------------------------------            ---------------------------------
Signature                                    Signature

F. Lynne Powers                              Katherine L. Fleming
- ---------------------------------            ---------------------------------
Name Printed/Typed                           Name Printed/Typed

Vice President - Finance                     Vice President - Interconnection
- ---------------------------------            ---------------------------------
Title                                        Title

3-2-00                                       03/03/00
- ---------------------------------            ---------------------------------
Date                                         Date

                                             Signed as ordered by the
                                             arbitrator/commission in Docket
                                             No. UT-960309. Signature does not
                                             indicate agreement with all
                                             aspects of the arbitrator's
                                             decision, nor does it waive any of
                                             U S WEST's right to seek judicial
                                             review of all or part of the
                                             agreement, or to reform the
                                             agreement to conform with the
                                             Opinion of the United States Court
                                             of Appeals for the Eighth Circuit,
                                             or any other decision or opinion
                                             following successful judicial
                                             review.

** This Agreement is made pursuant to Section 252 (I) of the Act and is premised
upon the Interconnection Agreement between AT&T Communications of the Pacific
Northwest, Inc. and U S WEST Communications, Inc. (the "Underlying Agreement").
The Underlying Agreement was approved by the Commission on July 11, 1997.

With respect to this Agreement the Parties understand and agree:

i) The Parties shall request the Commission to expedite its review and approval
of this Agreement.

ii) Notwithstanding the mutual commitments set forth herein the Parties are
entering into this Agreement without prejudice to any positions they have taken
previously, or may take in the future, in any legislative, regulatory, or other
public forum addressing any matters, including those relating to the types of
arrangements contained in this Agreement. During the proceeding in which the
Commission is to review and approve the Agreement, U S WEST may point out that
it has objected, and continues to object, to the inclusion of the terms and
conditions to which it objected in the proceedings involving the approval of the
Underlying Agreement.

iii) This Agreement contains provisions based upon the decisions and orders of
the FCC and the Commission under and with respect to the Act. Currently, court
and regulatory proceedings affecting the subject matter of this Agreement are in
various stages, including the proceedings where certain of the


                                                                              91
<PAGE>

                                                                          Part A

of the Supreme Court's decision in AT&T Corp. et al. v. Iowa Utilities Board.
Based on that uncertainty, and the regulatory and judicial proceedings which
will occur as a result of that decision, the Parties acknowledge that this
Agreement may need to be changed to reflect any changes in law. The Agreement
has not been corrected to reflect the requirements, claims or outcomes of any of
the Proceedings, although the pricing does reflect the Commissions most current
generic order, if any. Accordingly, when a final, decision or decisions are made
in the Proceedings that automatically change and modify the Underlying
Agreement, then like changes and modifications will similarly be made to this
Agreement. In addition, to the extent rules or laws are based on regulatory or
judicial proceedings as a result of the recent Supreme Court decision, this
Agreement will be amended to incorporate such changes.

iv) Subsequent to the execution of this Agreement, the FCC or the Commission may
issue decisions or orders that change or modify the rules and regulations
governing implementing of the Act. If such changes or modifications alter the
state of the law upon which the Underlying Agreement was negotiated and agreed,
and it reasonably appears that the parties to the Underlying Agreement would
have negotiated and agreed to different term(s) condition(s) or covenant(s) than
as contained in the Underlying Agreement had such change or modification been in
existence before execution of the Underlying Agreement, then this Agreement
shall be amended to reflect such different terms(s), condition(s), or
covenant(s). Where the parties fail to agree upon such an amendment, it shall be
resolved in accordance with the Dispute Resolution provision of this Agreement.

v) This Agreement shall continue in force and effect until terminated by either
Party. The Agreement can be terminated on thirty (30) days notice, if another
Interconnection Agreement will not replace the current Agreement. If there is a
replacement Interconnection Agreement, one Party can notify the other Party that
it is requesting Section 251/252 negotiations under the Federal
Telecommunications Act of 1996 ("Act"). That notification will trigger the
timeframes and procedures contained in Section 252 of the Act. In the event of
such notice, the arrangements between our companies shall continue and be
governed by the terms of the expired agreement until the new agreement is
approved by the appropriate state commission.


                                                                              92

<PAGE>

                                                                 Exhibit 10.1.36

                                ELECTRO-TEL, INC.

                                       and

                         U S WEST Communications, Inc.


                           INTERCONNECTION AGREEMENT

<PAGE>

                                TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                     PART A

             Title                                                          Page

             Recitals                                                          1

Section 1.   Scope of this Agreement                                           1

Section 2.   General Provisions                                                3

Section 3.   Regulatory Approvals                                              3

Section 4.   Term of Agreement                                                 4

Section 5.   Charges and Payment                                               5

Section 6.   Assignment and Subcontracting                                     5

Section 7.   Compliance with Laws                                              5

Section 8.   Governing Law                                                     6

Section 9.   Independent Contractor Status                                     6

Section 10.  No Third Party Beneficiaries                                      6

Section 11.  Intellectual Property Rights and Indemnification                  7

Section 12.  Indemnification                                                   7

Section 13.  Limitation of Liability                                           8

Section 14.  Warranties                                                        8

Section 15.  Notices                                                           9

Section 16.  Remedies                                                          9

Section 17.  Waivers                                                          10

Section 18.  Survival                                                         10

Section 19.  Force Majeure                                                    10

Section 20.  Non-Discriminatory Treatment                                     11

Section 21.  Default and Termination                                          11

<PAGE>

Section 22.  Confidentiality and Publicity                                    12

Section 23.  Audits                                                           14

Section 24.  Dispute Resolution Procedures                                    15

Section 25.  Bona Fide Request Process for Further Unbundling                 15

Section 26.  Branding                                                         17

Section 27.  Taxes                                                            18

Section 28.  Responsibility for Environmental Contamination                   18

Section 29.  Amendments and Modifications                                     19

Section 30.  Severability                                                     19

Section 31.  Headings Not Controlling                                         19

Section 32.  Counterparts                                                     20

Section 33.  Referenced Documents                                             20

Section 34.  Joint Work Product                                               20

Section 35.  Cancellation Charges                                             20

Section 36.  Escalation Procedures                                            20

Section 37.  Entire Agreement                                                 20

Section 38.  Reservation of Rights                                            21

<PAGE>

                                                                          Part A

                 Electro-Tel, Inc./U S WEST Communications, Inc.
                            INTERCONNECTION AGREEMENT

      This Interconnection Agreement (this "Agreement") is entered into by and
between Electro-Tel, Inc. ("CO-PROVIDER"), a Colorado corporation, and U S WEST
Communications, Inc. ("USWC"), a Colorado corporation, to establish the rates,
terms and conditions for local interconnection, local resale, and the purchase
of unbundled network elements (individually referred to as the `service" or
collectively as the "services").

                              W I T N E S S E T H:

      WHEREAS, pursuant to this Agreement, CO-PROVIDER and USWC (collectively
the "Parties"), will extend certain arrangements to one another within each LATA
(as defined herein) in which they both operate within the state of Colorado.
This Agreement is a combination of agreed terms and terms imposed by arbitration
under Section 252 of the Communications Act of 1934, as modified by the
Telecommunications Act of 1996 (the "Act"), the Rules and Regulations of the
Federal Communications Commission ("FCC"), and the orders, rules and regulations
of the Colorado Public Utilities Commission (the "Commission"), and as such does
not necessarily represent the position of either Party on any given issue; and

      WHEREAS the Parties wish to interconnect their local exchange networks in
a technically and economically efficient manner for the transmission and
termination of calls, so that subscribers of each can seamlessly receive calls
that originate on the other's network and place calls that terminate on the
other's network, and for CO-PROVIDER's use in the provision of exchange access
("Local Interconnection"); and

      WHEREAS, CO-PROVIDER wishes to purchase Telecommunications Services (as
defined herein) for resale to others ("Local Resale" or "Services for Resale"),
and USWC is willing to provide such services; and

      WHEREAS, CO-PROVIDER wishes to purchase on an unbundled basis network
elements, ancillary services and functions and additional features (collectively
hereinafter "Network Elements"), separately or in any Combination (as defined
herein), and to use such services for itself or for the provision of its
Telecommunications Services to others, and USWC is willing to provide such
services;

      Now, therefore, in consideration or the terms and conditions contained
herein, CO-PROVIDER and USWC hereby mutually agree as follows:

PART A -- GENERAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS

Section 1. - Scope of this Agreement

      A. This Agreement specifies the rights and obligations of each Party with
respect to the purchase and sale of Local Interconnection, Local Resale and
Network Elements.

      B. In the performance of their obligations under this Agreement, the
Parties shall act in good faith and consistently with the intent of the Act.
Where notice, approval or similar action by a Party is


                                     Page 1
<PAGE>

                                                                          Part A

permitted or required by any provision of this Agreement (including, without
limitation, the obligation of the Parties to further negotiate the resolution of
new or open issues under this Agreement) such action shall not be unreasonably
delayed, withheld or conditioned.

      C. USWC will provide CO-PROVIDER with the same level of service quality as
USWC provides its own subscribers with respect to all Telecommunications
Services, Local Interconnection, Services for Resale and Network Elements.

      D. USWC shall provide to CO-PROVIDER services for resale that are equal in
quality, subject to the same conditions (including the conditions in USWC's
effective tariffs which are not otherwise inconsistent with the terms and
conditions contained herein), within the same provisioning time intervals that
USWC provides these services to itself, its Affiliates and others, including end
users, and in accordance with any applicable Commission service quality
standards, including standards the Commission may impose pursuant to Section 252
(e)(3) of the Act.

      E. Each Network Element provided by USWC to CO-PROVIDER shall be at least
equal in the quality of design, performance, features, functions, capabilities
and other characteristics, including, but not limited to, levels and types of
redundant equipment and facilities for power, diversity and security, that USWC
provides to itself, USWC's own subscribers, to a USWC Affiliate or to any other
entity.

      F. The Parties agree to work jointly and cooperatively in testing and
implementing processes for pre-ordering, ordering, maintenance, provisioning and
billing and in reasonably resolving issues which result from such implementation
on a timely basis.

      G. If a Party makes a change in its network which it believes will
materially affect the inter-operability of its network with that of the other
Party, the Party making the change shall provide advance notice of such change
to the other Party in accordance with applicable FCC regulations.

      H. USWC shall not discontinue or refuse to provide any service provided or
required hereunder without CO-PROVIDER's prior written agreement, nor shall USWC
reconfigure, re-engineer or otherwise redeploy its network in a manner which
would impair CO-PROVIDER's ability to offer Telecommunications Services in the
manner contemplated by this Agreement, the Act or the FCC's rules and
regulations. If a Party makes a change in its network which it believes will
materially affect the inter-operability of its network with the other Party, the
Party making the change shall provide advance notice of such change to the other
party in accordance with the applicable FCC regulations.

      I. USWC shall insure that all CO-PROVIDER Customers experience the same
dialing parity as similarly situated customers of USWC services, such that, for
all call types: (a) an CO-PROVIDER Customer is not required to dial any greater
number of digits than a similarly-situated USWC customer; (b) the post-dial
delay (time elapsed between the last digit dialed and the first network
response), call completion rate and transmission quality experienced by an
CO-PROVIDER Customer is at least equal in quality to that experienced by a
similarly-situated USWC customer and (c) the CO-PROVIDER Customer may retain its
local telephone number, as further provided for in Attachment 7 of this
Agreement (INP/PNP) so long as the customer continues receiving service in the
same central office serving area.


                                     Page 2
<PAGE>

                                                                          Part A

Section 2. General Provisions

      2.1 Each Party is individually responsible for providing facilities within
its network which are necessary for routing, transporting, measuring and billing
traffic from the other Party's network and for delivering such traffic to the
other Party's network in the standard format compatible with CO-PROVIDER's
network and to terminate the traffic it receives in that standard format or the
proper address on its network. The Parties are each solely responsible for
participation in and compliance with national network plans, including the
National Network Security Plan and the Emergency Preparedness Plan.

      2.2 Neither Party shall impair the quality of service to other carriers or
to either Party's Customers, and each Party may discontinue or refuse service if
the other Party violates this provision. Upon such violation, either Party shall
provide the other Party notice of such violation, at the earliest practicable
time.

      2.3 Each Party is solely responsible for the services it provides to its
Customers and to other telecommunications carriers.

            2.3.1 The Parties recognize that equipment vendors may manufacture
      telecommunications equipment that does not fully incorporate and may
      deviate from industry standards referenced in this Agreement. Due to the
      manner in which individual equipment manufacturers have chosen to
      implement Industry Standards into the design of their products, along with
      differing vintages of individual facility components and the presence of
      embedded technologies pre-dating current technical standards, some of the
      individual facility components deployed within USWC's network may not
      adhere to all the specifications set forth and described in the Bellcore,
      ANSI, ITU and other technical and performance standards outlined in this
      Agreement. Within forty-five (45) days after the Effective Date of this
      Agreement, the Parties will develop processes by which USWC will inform
      CO-PROVIDER of deviations from standards for Network Elements (and the
      business processes associated with the equipment providing such Network
      Elements) that may be ordered by CO-PROVIDER. In addition, the Parties
      agree that those deviations from such standards documented by USWC to
      CO-PROVIDER shall, to the extent permitted by FCC and Commission rules and
      regulations, supersede sections of this Agreement referencing technical
      standards otherwise applicable for the affected Network Elements.

            2.3.2 Notwithstanding the foregoing, USWC agrees that it shall not
      allow or permit any equipment or individual facility component
      specification or standard to perform at or be below the level or
      specification in effect as of the Effective Date of the Agreement.

Section 3. Regulatory Approvals

      3.1 This Agreement, and any amendment or modification hereof, will be
submitted to the Commission for approval in accordance with Section 252 of the
Act. In the event any governmental authority or agency rejects any provision
hereof, the Parties shall negotiate promptly and in good faith such revisions as
may reasonably be required to achieve approval.

      3.2 The filing of this arbitrated Agreement with the Commission in
accordance with the Commission's Decision adopted December 2,1996 (the
"Commission's Decision") with respect to Petition for Approval of Agreement and
Arbitration of Unresolved Issues Arising Under Section 252 of the
Telecommunications Act of 1996 (Docket No. 96A-366T, Decision No. C96-1337) does
not in any way


                                     Page 3
<PAGE>

                                                                          Part A

constitute a waiver by either Party of any right which either Party may have to
seek review of the Commission's Decision in an appropriate FCC or judicial
proceeding, or to petition the Commission for reconsideration of any
determination contained in the Commission's Decision, and the Parties
specifically reserve their rights to modify, amend or change the terms of this
Agreement as appropriate in light of any such decision by the FCC, the
Commission or a court. The Parties also specifically reserve their rights to
seek modification of any language of this Agreement which was included (or
excluded) due to mistake or inadvertence caused by the limited amount of time
given to prepare this Agreement under the Commission's rules.

      3.3 In the event the FCC or the Commission promulgates rules or
regulations, or issues orders, or a court with appropriate jurisdiction issues
orders, which make unlawful any provision of this Agreement, the Parties shall
negotiate promptly and in good faith in order to amend this Agreement to
substitute contract provisions consistent with such rules, regulations or
orders. In the event the Parties cannot agree on an amendment within thirty (30)
days from the date any such rules, regulations or orders become effective, then
the Parties shall resolve their dispute under the applicable procedures set
forth in the Dispute Resolution provisions of this Agreement.

      3.4 In the event USWC is required by any governmental authority or agency
to file a tariff or make another similar filing in connection with the
performance of any action that would otherwise be governed by this Agreement,
USWC shall: (a) consult with CO-PROVIDER reasonably in advance of such filing
about the form and substance of such filing, and (b) take all steps reasonably
necessary to ensure that such tariff preserves for CO-PROVIDER the full benefit
of the rights otherwise provided in this Agreement.(1)

      3.5 In the event any governmental authority or agency orders USWC to
provide any service covered by this Agreement in accordance with any terms or
conditions that individually differ from one or more corresponding terms or
conditions of this Agreement, CO-PROVIDER may elect to amend this Agreement to
reflect any such differing terms or conditions contained in such decision or
order, with effect from the date CO-PROVIDER makes such election. The other
services covered by this Agreement and not covered by such decision or order
shall remain unaffected and shall remain in full force and effect.

      3.6 The Parties intend that any additional services requested by either
Party relating to the subject matter of this Agreement will be incorporated into
this Agreement by amendment.

Section 4. Term of Agreement

      4.1 This Agreement shall be effective upon Commission approval through
August 28, 2000, and thereafter shall continue in force and effect unless and
until a new agreement, addressing all of the terms of this Agreement, becomes
effective between the Parties. Any Party seeking revision of this Agreement
shall commence negotiations on a new agreement no later than one year prior to
the expiration of the term of this Agreement or the Agreement shall renew for a
one-year term. Such negotiations shall follow the timetable and procedure set
forth in Section 251-52 of the Act. Any arbitration shall proceed before the
Commission, and the resulting contract shall be submitted to the Commission
under Section 251. If final Commission approval does not occur prior to the
expiration of this Agreement, this Agreement shall renew automatically for three
months, or for such time as the Commission orders.

- ----------
(1)   Per the Public Utilities Commission of the State of Colorado, Decision No.
      C97-857; DOCKET NO, 96A-345T


                                     Page 4
<PAGE>

                                                                          Part A

Section 5. Charges and Payment

      5.1 In consideration of the services provided by USWC under this
Agreement, CO-PROVIDER shall pay the charges set forth in Attachment 1. The
billing and payment procedures for charges incurred by CO-PROVIDER hereunder are
set forth in Attachment 8.

Section 6. Assignment and Subcontracting

      6.1 Neither Party may assign, transfer (whether by operation of law or
otherwise) or delegate this Agreement (or any rights or obligations hereunder)
to a third party without the prior written consent of the other Party, which
consent shall not be unreasonably withheld; provided, however, that each Party
may assign this Agreement to a corporate affiliate or an entity under its common
control or an entity acquiring all or substantially all of its assets or equity
by providing prior written notice to the other Party of such assignment or
transfer. Any attempted assignment or transfer that is not permitted under the
provisions of this Section 6 is void ab initio. Without limiting the generality
of the foregoing, this Agreement shall be binding upon and shall inure to the
benefit of the Parties' respective successors and assigns. No assignment or
delegation hereof shall relieve the assignor of its obligations under this
Agreement.

      6.2 If any obligation of USWC under this Agreement is performed by a
subcontractor or Affiliate, USWC shall remain fully responsible for the
performance of this Agreement in accordance with its terms and USWC shall be
solely responsible for payments due to its subcontractors.

      6.3 If any obligation of CO-PROVIDER under this Agreement is performed by
a subcontractor or Affiliate, CO-PROVIDER shall remain fully responsible for the
performance of this Agreement in accordance with its terms, and CO-PROVIDER
shall be solely responsible for payments due to its subcontractors.

Section 7. Compliance with Laws

      7.1 Each Party shall comply with all applicable federal, state, and local
laws, rules and regulations applicable to its performance under this Agreement.

      7.2 Each Party represents and warrants that any equipment, facilities or
services provided to the other Party under this Agreement shall comply with the
Communications Law Enforcement Act of 1994 ("CALEA"). Each Party (the
"Indemnifying Party") shall indemnify and hold the other Party (the "Indemnified
Party") harmless from any and all penalties imposed upon the Indemnified Party
for such noncompliance and shall, at the Indemnifying Party's sole cost and
expense, modify or replace any equipment, facilities or services provided to the
Indemnified Party under this Agreement to ensure that such equipment, facilities
and services fully comply with CALEA.

      7.3 All terms, conditions and operations under this Agreement shall be
performed in accordance with all applicable laws, regulations and judicial or
regulatory decisions of all duly constituted governmental authorities with
appropriate jurisdiction, and this Agreement shall be implemented consistent
with the FCC's First Report and Order in CC Docket No. 96-98, released August 8,
1996 (the "FCC Interconnection Order") and applicable State Commission Orders,
Each Party shall be responsible for obtaining and keeping in effect all FCC,
Commission, franchise authority and other regulatory approvals that may be
required in connection with the performance of its obligations under this
Agreement. In the event the Act or FCC and State Commission rules and
regulations applicable to this Agreement are held


                                     Page 5
<PAGE>

                                                                          Part A

invalid, this Agreement shall survive, and the Parties shall promptly
renegotiate any provisions of this Agreement which, in the absence of such
invalidated Act, rule or regulation, are insufficiently clear to be effectuated.
In the event the Parties cannot agree on an amendment within thirty (30) days
from the date any such rules, regulations or orders become effective, then the
Parties shall resolve their dispute under the applicable procedures set forth in
the Dispute Resolution provisions of this Agreement

Section 8. Governing Law

      8.1 This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with
the Act and the FCC's Rules and Regulations, except insofar as state law may
control any aspect of this Agreement, in which case the domestic laws of the
State of Colorado, without regard to its conflicts of laws principles, shall
govern.

Section 9. Independent Contractor Status

      9.1 Nothing contained herein shall constitute the Parties as joint
venturers, partners, employees or agents of one another, and neither Party shall
have the right or power to bind or obligate the other.

      9.2 Each Party is an independent contractor, and has and hereby retains
the right to exercise full control of and supervision over its own performance
of its obligations under this Agreement and retains full control over the
employment, direction, compensation and discharge of all employees assisting in
the performance of such obligations. Each Party will be solely responsible for
all matters relating to payment of such employees, including compliance with
social security taxes, withholding taxes or other payroll taxes with respect to
its employees, as well as any taxes, contributions or other obligations imposed
by applicable state unemployment or workers' compensation acts and all other
regulations governing such matters. Each Party has sole authority and
responsibility to hire, fire and otherwise control its employees.

      9.3 Subject to the limitations on liability and except as otherwise
provided in this Agreement, each Party shall be responsible for (a) its own acts
and performance of all obligations imposed by applicable law in connection with
its activities, legal status and property, real or personal, and (b) the acts of
its own Affiliates, employees, agents and contractors during the performance of
that Party's obligations hereunder. Except for provisions herein expressly
authorizing one Party to act for the other, nothing in this Agreement shall
constitute a Party as a legal representative or agent of the other Party, nor
shall a Party have the right or authority to assume, create or incur any
liability or any obligation of any kind, express or implied, against or in the
name or on behalf of the other Party unless otherwise expressly permitted by
such other Party. Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement,
neither Party shall undertake to perform any obligation of the other Party,
whether regulatory or contractual, or to assume any responsibility for the
management of the other Party's business.

Section 10. No Third Party Beneficiaries

      10.1 The provisions of this Agreement are for the benefit of the Parties
hereto and not for any other person; provided, however, that this shall not be
construed to prevent CO-PROVIDER from providing its Telecommunications Services
to other carriers. This Agreement shall not provide any person not a Party
hereto with any remedy, claim, liability, reimbursement, claim of action or
other right in excess of those existing without reference hereto,


                                     Page 6
<PAGE>

                                                                          Part A

Section 11. Intellectual Property Rights and Indemnification

      11.1 Any intellectual property which originates from or is developed by a
Party shall remain in the exclusive ownership of that Party. Except for a
limited license to use patents or copyrights to the extent necessary for the
Parties to use any facilities or equipment (including software) or to receive
any service solely as provided under this Agreement, no license in patent,
copyright, trademark or trade secret, or other proprietary or intellectual
property right now or hereafter owned, controlled or licensable by a Party, is
granted to the other Party or shall be implied or arise by estoppel. It is the
responsibility of each Party to ensure, at no additional cost to the other
Party, that it has obtained any necessary licenses in relation to intellectual
property of third parties used in its network that may be required to enable the
other Party to use any facilities or equipment (including software), to receive
any service, or to perform its respective obligations under this Agreement.

      11.2 The Party providing a service pursuant to this Agreement will defend
the Party receiving such service or data provided as a result of such service
against claims of infringement arising solely from the use by the receiving
Party of such service and will indemnify the receiving Party for any damages
awarded based solely on such claims in accordance with Section 12 of this
Agreement.

Section 12. Indemnification

      12.1 Notwithstanding any limitations in remedies contained in this
Agreement, each Party (the "Indemnifying Party") will indemnify and hold
harmless the other Party ("Indemnified Party") from and against any loss, cost,
claim, liability, damage and expense (including reasonable attorney's fees) to
third parties, relating to or arising out of the libel, slander, invasion of
privacy, personal injury or death, property damage, misappropriation of a name
or likeness, negligence or willful misconduct by the Indemnifying Party, its
employees, agents or contractors in the performance of this Agreement or the
failure of the Indemnifying Party to perform its obligations under this
Agreement. In addition, the Indemnifying Party will, to the extent of its
obligations to indemnify hereunder, defend any action or suit brought by a third
party against the Indemnified Party.

      12.2 The Indemnified Party will notify the Indemnifying Party promptly in
writing of any written claim, lawsuit or demand by third parties for which the
Indemnified Party alleges that the indemnifying Party is responsible under this
Section 12 and tender the defense of such claim, lawsuit or demand to the
Indemnifying Party. Failure to so notify the Indemnifying Party shall not
relieve the Indemnifying Party of any liability that the Indemnifying Party
might have, except to the extent that such failure prejudices the Indemnifying
Party's ability to defend such claim.

      12.3 The Indemnified Party also will cooperate in every reasonable manner
with the defense or settlement of such claim, demand or lawsuit. The
Indemnifying Party shall keep the Indemnified Party reasonably and timely
apprised of the status of the claim, demand or lawsuit. The Indemnified Party
shall have the right to retain its own counsel, including in-house counsel, at
its expense, and participate in, but not direct, the defense; provided, however,
that if there are reasonable defenses in addition to those asserted by the
Indemnifying Party, the Indemnified Party and its counsel may raise and direct
such defenses, which shall be at the expense of the Indemnifying Party.

      12.4 The Indemnifying Party will not be liable under this Section 12 for
settlements or compromises by the Indemnified Party of any claim, demand or
lawsuit unless the Indemnifying Party has approved the settlement or compromise
in advance or unless the defense of the claim, demand or lawsuit has been
tendered to the Indemnifying Party in writing and the Indemnifying Party has
failed to timely


                                     Page 7
<PAGE>

                                                                          Part A

undertake the defense. In no event shall the Indemnifying Party settle or
consent to any judgment pertaining to any such action without the prior written
consent of the Indemnified Party.

Section 13. Limitation of Liability

      13.1 Except as otherwise provided in the indemnity section, no Party shall
be liable to the other Party for any Loss, defect or equipment failure caused by
the conduct of the other Party, the other Party's agents, servants, contractors
or others acting in aid or concert with the other Party.

      13.2 Except for Losses alleged or made by a Customer of either Party, in
the case of any Loss arising from the negligence or willful misconduct of both
Parties, each Party shall bear, and its obligations under this Section shall be
limited to, that portion (as mutually agreed to by the Parties) of the
resulting expense caused by its (including that of its agents, servants,
contractors or others acting in aid or concert with it) negligence or willful
misconduct.

      13.3 Except for indemnity obligations, each Party's liability to the other
Party for any Loss relating to or arising out of any negligent act or omission
in its performance of this Agreement, whether in contract or in tort, shall be
limited to the total amount that is or would have been charged to the other
Party by such negligent or breaching Party for the service(s) or function(s) not
performed or improperly performed.

      13.4 In no event shall either Party have any liability whatsoever to the
other Party for any indirect, special, consequential, incidental or punitive
damages, including but not limited to loss of anticipated profits or revenue or
other economic loss in connection with or arising from anything said, omitted or
done hereunder (collectively, "Consequential Damages"), even if the other Party
has been advised of the possibility of such damages; provided, that the
foregoing shall not limit a Party's obligation to indemnify, defend and hold the
other Party harmless against any amounts payable to a third party, including any
losses, costs, fines, penalties, criminal or civil judgments or settlements,
expenses (including attorneys' fees) and Consequential Damages of such third
party. Nothing contained in this Section shall limit either Party's liability to
the other for (i) willful or intentional misconduct (including gross
negligence); (ii) bodily injury, death or damage to tangible real or tangible
personal property proximately caused by such party's negligent act or omission
or that of their respective agents, subcontractors or employees nor shall
anything contained in this Section limit the parties' indemnification
obligations. USWC also remains subject to any applicable liquidated damages
provisions that may be adopted by the Commission.

Section 14. Warranties

      14.1 Except as otherwise provided herein, each Party shall perform its
obligations hereunder at a performance level no less than the highest level
which it uses for its own operations, or those of its Affiliates, but in no
event shall a Party use less than reasonable care in the performance of its
duties hereunder.

      14.2 USWC warrants that it will meet all requirements under ss.251
(b)(1), (c)(2), (c)(3), and (c)(4)(B) (non-discriminatory access to resale and
network elements and parity with respect to interconnection), ss.251(b)(4)
(access to rights of way), ss.251(b)(2) (number portability), ss.251(b)(3)
(dialing parity), ss.251(c)(3) (access to unbundled network elements), and
ss.251(c)(6) (availability of collocation) of the Act.


                                     Page 8
<PAGE>

                                                                          Part A

Section 15. Notices

      15.1 Except as otherwise provided herein, all notices or other
communication hereunder shall be deemed to have been duly given when made in
writing and delivered in person or deposited in the United States mail,
certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested or delivered by
prepaid overnight express mail, and addressed as follows:

            To CO-PROVIDER:
                        F. Lynne Powers
                        Vice President - Finance
                        J. Jeffrey Oxley - Director of Regulatory Affairs
                        Advanced Telecommunications, Inc.
                        710 Second Avenue South, Suite 1200
                        Minneapolis, MN 55402
                        Phone: (612) 519-6642
                        Fax: (612) 376-4414

            Copy to:
                        Brian Robinson
                        ARTER & HADDEN LLP
                        1801 K Street, NW., Suite 400K
                        Washington, DC 20006
                        Phone: (202) 775-7126
                        Fax: (202) 857-0172

            To USWC:
                        U S WEST Communications, Inc.
                        Director - Interconnection Compliance
                        1801 California Street, Suite 2410
                        Denver, Colorado 80202

            To USWC:
                        U S WEST Law Department
                        General Counsel - Interconnection
                        1801 California, 51st Floor
                        Denver, Colorado 80202

      15.2 If personal delivery is selected to give notice, a receipt of such
delivery shall be obtained. The address to which notices or communications may
be given to either Party may be changed by written notice given by such Party to
the other pursuant to this Section 15.

Section 16. - Remedies

      16.1 In the event USWC fails to switch a subscriber to CO-PROVIDER service
as provided in this Agreement, USWC shall reimburse CO-PROVIDER in an amount
equal to all fees paid by such subscriber to USWC for such
failed-to-be-transferred services from the time of such failure to switch to the
time at which the subscriber switch is accomplished. This remedy shall be in
addition to all other remedies available to CO-PROVIDER under this Agreement or
otherwise available.


                                     Page 9
<PAGE>

                                                                          Part A

      16.2 All rights of termination, cancellation or other remedies prescribed
in this Agreement, or otherwise available, are cumulative and are not intended
to be exclusive of other remedies to which the injured Party may be entitled at
law or equity in case of any breach or threatened breach by the other Party of
any provision of this Agreement. Use of one or more remedies shall not bar use
of any other remedy for the purpose of enforcing the provisions of this
Agreement. The Parties agree that the remedies for performance standards
failures contained in Attachment 10 to this Agreement are not inconsistent with
any other remedy and are intended only to compensate CO-PROVIDER, partially and
immediately, for the loss in value to CO-PROVIDER for USWC's failure to meet
Performance Standards.

Section 17. Waivers

      17.1 No waiver of any provisions of this Agreement and no consent to any
default under this Agreement shall be effective unless the same shall be in
writing and properly executed by or on behalf of the Party against whom such
waiver or consent is claimed.

      17.2 No course of dealing or failure of either Party to strictly enforce
any term, right or condition of this Agreement in any instance shall be
construed as a general waiver or relinquishment of such term, right or
condition.

      17.3 Waiver by either Party of any default or breach by the other Party
shall not be deemed a waiver of any other default or breach.

      17.4 By entering into this Agreement, neither Party waives any right
granted to it pursuant to the Act.

Section 18. Survival

      18.1 Any liabilities or obligations of a Party for acts or omissions prior
to the cancellation or termination of this Agreement; any obligation of a Party
under the provisions regarding Indemnification. Confidential Information,
Limitation of Liability and any other provisions of this Agreement which, by
their terms, are contemplated to survive, or to be performed after, termination
of this Agreement, shall survive cancellation or termination thereof.

Section 19. Force Majeure

      19.1 Neither Party shall be liable for any delay or failure in performance
of any part of this Agreement from any cause beyond its control and without its
fault or negligence including, without limitation, acts of nature, acts of civil
or military authority, embargoes, epidemics, terrorist acts, riots.
insurrections, fires, explosions, earthquakes, nuclear accidents, floods, work
stoppages, equipment failure, power blackouts, volcanic action, other major
environmental disturbances, unusually severe weather conditions, inability to
secure products or services of other persons or transportation facilities or
acts or omissions of transportation carriers (collectively, a "Force Majeure
Event"). No delay or other failure to perform shall be excused pursuant to this
Section 19 unless such delay or failure and consequences thereof are beyond the
control and without the fault or negligence of the Party claiming excusable
delay or other failure to perform. In the event of any such excused delay in the
performance of a Party's obligation(s) under this Agreement, the due date for
the performance of the original obligation(s) shall be extended by a term equal
to the time lost by reason of the delay. In the event of such delay, the
delaying Party shall perform its obligations at a performance level no less than
that which it uses for its


                                    Page 10
<PAGE>

                                                                          Part A

own operations. In the event of a labor dispute or strike or work stoppage, the
Parties agree to provide service to each other at a level equivalent to the
level they provide themselves. In the event of a labor dispute or strike or work
stoppage that continues for a period in excess of forty-eight (48) hours,
CO-PROVIDER may obtain replacement services for those services affected by such
labor dispute or strike or work stoppage, in which event any liability of
CO-PROVIDER for the affected services shall be suspended for the period of the
labor strike or dispute or work stoppage. In the event of such performance delay
or failure by USWC, USWC agrees to resume performance in a nondiscriminatory
manner and not favor its own provision of Telecommunications Services above that
of CO-PROVIDER.

Section 20. Non-Discriminatory Treatment

      20.1 The provisions of Section 252(i) of the Act shall apply to this
Agreement, including state and federal interpretive regulations in effect from
time to time. In the event any governmental authority or agency permits USWC,
via tariff, to provide any service covered by this Agreement in accordance with
any terms or conditions that individually differ from one or more corresponding
terms or conditions of this Agreement, CO-PROVIDER may elect to amend this
Agreement to reflect any such differing terms or conditions contained in such
tariff, with effect from the date CO-PROVIDER makes such election and for the
remainder of the term of this Agreement. The other services covered by this
Agreement and not covered by such decision or order shall remain unaffected and
shall remain in full force and effect. Notwithstanding the foregoing.
CO-PROVIDER may purchase services out of an effective tariff, regardless of
prices set forth in an existing agreement. (2)

Section 21. Default and Termination

      21.1 In the event of a breach of any material provision of this Agreement
by either Party, the non-breaching Party shall give the other Party written
notice thereof, and:

            21.1.1 if such material breach is for non-payment of amounts due
      hereunder pursuant to Section 3.1.15 of Attachment 8 to this Agreement,
      the breaching Party shall cure such breach within thirty (30) days of
      receiving such notice. The non-breaching Party shall be entitled to pursue
      all available legal and equitable remedies for such breach. Amounts
      disputed in good faith and withheld or set off shall not be deemed
      "amounts due hereunder" for the purpose of this provision.

            21.1.2 if such material breach is for any failure to perform in
      accordance with this Agreement, which, in the sole judgment of the
      non-breaching Party, adversely affects the non-breaching Party's
      subscribers, the non-breaching Party shall give notice of the breach and
      the breaching Party shall cure such breach to the non-breaching Party's
      reasonable satisfaction within ten (10) days or within a period of time
      equivalent to the applicable interval required by this Agreement,
      whichever is shorter. If the breaching Party does not cure such breach
      within the applicable time period, the non-breaching Party may, at its
      sole option, terminate this Agreement, or any parts hereof. The
      non-breaching Party shall be entitled to pursue all available legal and
      equitable remedies for such breach. Notice under this Section 21.1.2 may
      be given electronically or by facsimile, provided that a hard copy or
      original of such notice is sent by prepaid overnight delivery service.

            21.1.3 if such material breach is for any other failure to perform
      in accordance with this

- ----------
(2 2) Per the Public Utilities Commission of the State of Colorado; Decision
      No. C97-857; DOCKET NO. 96A-345T


                                    Page 11
<PAGE>

                                                                          Part A

      Agreement, the breaching Party shall cure such breach to the non-breaching
      Party's reasonable satisfaction within forty-five (45) days, and if it
      does not, the non-breaching Party may. at its sole option, terminate this
      Agreement, or any parts hereof. The non-breaching Party shall be entitled
      to pursue all available legal and equitable remedies for such breach.

      21.2 In the event of any termination under this Section 21, USWC agrees to
provide for an uninterrupted transition of services to CO-PROVIDER or another
vendor designated by CO-PROVIDER.

      21.3 Notwithstanding any termination hereof, the Parties shall continue to
comply with their obligations under the Act to provide interconnection.

      21.4 In the event of breach of any material provision of this Agreement by
either party, the non-breaching party shall have the right to petition the
Commission for relief. This right of recourse to the Commission is in addition
to any other rights available to the parties.

Section 22. Confidentiality and Publicity

      22.1 All information, including, but not limited to, specifications,
microfilm, photocopies, magnetic disks, magnetic tapes, drawings, sketches,
models, samples, tools, technical information, data. employee records, maps,
financial reports and market data, (a) furnished by one Party to the other Party
dealing with customer specific, facility specific or usage specific information,
other than customer information communicated for the purpose of publication of
directory database inclusion, or (b) in written, graphic, electromagnetic or
other tangible form and marked at the time of delivery as "Confidential" or
"Proprietary", or (c) declared orally or in writing to the Recipient at the time
of delivery, or by written notice given to the Recipient within ten (10) days
after delivery, to be "Confidential" or "Proprietary" (collectively referred to
as "Proprietary Information"), shall remain the property of the Discloser. A
Party who receives Proprietary Information via an oral communication may request
written confirmation that the material is Proprietary Information. A Party who
delivers Proprietary Information via an oral communication may request written
confirmation that the Party receiving the information understands that the
material is Proprietary Information.

      22.2 Upon request by the Discloser, the Recipient shall return all
tangible copies of Proprietary Information, whether written, graphic or
otherwise, except that the Recipient's legal counsel may retain one (1) copy for
archival purposes.

      22.3 Each Party shall keep all of the other Party's Proprietary
Information confidential and shall use the other Party's Proprietary Information
only in connection with this Agreement. Neither Party shall use the other
Party's Proprietary Information for any other purpose except upon such terms and
conditions as may be agreed upon between the Parties in writing.

      22.4 Unless otherwise agreed, the obligations of confidentiality and
non-use set forth in this Agreement do not apply to such Proprietary Information
as:

            22.4.1 was, at the time of receipt, already known to the Recipient
      free of any obligation to keep it confidential evidenced by written
      records prepared prior to delivery by the Discloser; or

            22.4.2 is or becomes publicly known through no wrongful act of the
      Recipient; or

            22.4.3 is rightfully received from a third person having no direct
      or indirect secrecy or


                                    Page 12
<PAGE>

                                                                          Part A

      confidentiality obligation to the Discloser with respect to such
      information; or

            22.4.4 is independently developed by an employee, agent or
      contractor of the Recipient which individual is not involved in any manner
      with the provision of services pursuant to this Agreement and does not
      have any direct or indirect access to the Proprietary Information; or

            22.4.5 is approved for release by written authorization of the
      Discloser; or

            22.4.6 required by law, a court or governmental agency, provided
      that the Discloser has been notified of the requirement promptly after the
      Recipient becomes aware of the requirement, and provided that the
      Recipient undertakes all lawful measures to avoid disclosing such
      information until the Discloser has had reasonable time to obtain a
      protective order. The Recipient agrees to comply with any protective order
      that covers the Confidential Information to be disclosed.

      22.5 During the period of time this Agreement is in full force and effect
and for a period of ten (10) years after termination of this Agreement or from
receipt of Proprietary Information, the Recipient shall (a) use it only for the
purpose of performing under this Agreement, (b) hold it in confidence and
disclose it only to employees, authorized contractors and authorized agents who
have a need to know it in order to perform under this Agreement, and (c)
safeguard it from unauthorized use or disclosure using no less than the degree
of care with which the Recipient safeguards its own Proprietary Information. Any
authorized contractor or agent to whom Proprietary Information is provided must
have executed a written agreement comparable in scope to the terms of this
Section 22.

      22.6 Each Party agrees that the Discloser would be irreparably injured by
a breach of this Section 22 by the Recipient or its representatives and that the
Discloser shall be entitled to seek equitable relief, including injunctive
relief and specific performance, in the event of any breach of this Section 22.
Such remedies shall not be exclusive, but shall be in addition to all other
remedies available at law or in equity.

      22.7 CPNI related to either Party's subscribers obtained by virtue of
Local Interconnection or any other service provided under this Agreement shall
be the Discloser's Proprietary Information and may not be used by the Recipient
for any purpose except performance of its obligations under this Agreement, and
in connection with such performance, shall be disclosed only to employees,
authorized contractors and authorized agents with a need to know, unless the
subscriber expressly directs the Discloser to disclose such information to the
Recipient pursuant to the requirements of Section 222(c)(2) of the Act. If the
Recipient seeks and obtains written approval to use or disclose such CPNI from
the Discloser, such approval shall be obtained only in compliance with Section
222(c)(2) and, in the event such authorization is obtained, the Recipient may
use or disclose only such information as the Discloser provides pursuant to such
authorization and may not use information that the Recipient has otherwise
obtained, directly or indirectly, in connection with its performance under this
Agreement.

      22.8 Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Section 22, nothing
herein shall be construed as limiting the rights of either Party with respect to
its subscriber information under any applicable law, including, without
limitation, Section 222 of the Act.

      22.9 Unless otherwise mutually agreed upon, neither Party shall publish or
use the other Party's logo, trademark, service mark, name, language, pictures or
symbols or words from which the other


                                    Page 13
<PAGE>

                                                                          Part A

Party's name may reasonably be inferred or implied in any product, service,
advertisement promotion or any other publicity matter.

Section 23. Audits

      23.1 As used herein, "Audit" shall mean a comprehensive review of services
performed under this Agreement. Either party (the "Requesting Party") may
perform up to two (2) Audits per 12-month period commencing with the Effective
Date of this Agreement. Either party may perform examinations as such Party
deems necessary.(3)

      23.2 Upon thirty (30) days' written notice by the Requesting Party to the
other Party (the "Audited Party"), the Requesting Party shall have the right
through its authorized representative to make an Audit or examination, during
normal business hours, of any records, accounts and processes which contain
information bearing upon the provision of the services provided and performance
standards agreed to under this Agreement. Within the above-described 30-day
period, the Parties shall reasonably agree upon the scope of the Audit or
examination, the documents and processes to be reviewed, and the time, place and
manner in which the Audit or examination shall be performed. The Audited Party
agrees to provide Audit or examination support, including appropriate access to
and use of the Audited Party's facilities (e.g., conference rooms, telephones,
copying machines).

      23.3 Each Party shall bear its own expenses in connection with the conduct
of the Audit or examination. The reasonable cost of special data extractions
required by the Requesting Party to conduct the Audit or examination will be
paid for by the Requesting Party. For purposes of this Section 23.3, a "Special
Data Extraction" shall mean the creation of an output record or informational
report (from existing data files) that is not created in the normal course of
business. If any program is developed to the Requesting Party's specifications
and at the Requesting Party's expense, the Requesting Party shall specify at the
time of request whether the program is to be retained by the Audited Party for
reuse for any subsequent Audit or examination. Notwithstanding the foregoing,
the Audited Party shall pay all of the Requesting Party's expenses in the event
an Audit or examination results in an adjustment in the charges or in any
invoice paid or payable by the Requesting Party hereunder in an amount that is,
on an annualized basis, more than the greater of (a) one percent (1%) of the
aggregate charges for all services purchased under this Agreement or (b)
$10,000.

      23.4 Adjustments, credits or payments shall be made and any corrective
action shall commence within thirty (30) days from the Audited Party's receipt
of the final audit report to compensate for any errors or omissions which are
disclosed by such Audit or examination and are agreed to by the Parties. The
highest interest rate allowable by law for commercial transactions shall be
assessed and shall be computed by compounding daily from the time of the
original due date of the amount of dispute.

      23.5 Neither such right to audit nor the right to receive an adjustment
shall be affected by any statement to the contrary appearing on checks or
otherwise.

      23.6 This Section 23 shall survive expiration or termination of this
Agreement for a period of two (2) years after such expiration or termination of
this Agreement.

- ----------
(3)   Per the Public Utilities Commission of the State of Colorado; Decision No.
      C97-857; DOCKET NO, 96A-345T


                                    Page 14
<PAGE>

                                                                          Part A

Section 24. Dispute Resolution Procedures

      24.1 The Parties recognize and agree that the Commission has continuing
jurisdiction to implement and enforce all terms and conditions of this
Agreement. Accordingly, the Parties agree that any dispute arising out of or
relating to this Agreement that the Parties themselves cannot resolve, may be
submitted to the Commission for resolution. The Parties agree to seek expedited
resolution by the Commission, and shall request that resolution occur in no
event later than sixty (60) days from the date of submission of such dispute. If
the Commission appoints an expert(s) or other facilitator(s) to assist in its
decision making, each Party shall pay half of the fees and expenses so incurred.
During the Commission proceeding, each Party shall continue to perform its
obligations under this Agreement; provided, however, that neither Party shall be
required to act in any unlawful fashion. This provision shall not preclude the
Parties from seeking relief available in any other forum.

Section 25. Bona Fide Request Process for Further Unbundling

      25.1 Any request for interconnection or access to an unbundled Network
Element not already available via price lists, tariff or as described herein
shall be treated as a Request under this Section 25.

      25.2 USWC shall use the Bona Fide Request ("BFR") process to determine the
technical feasibility of the requested interconnection or Network Element(s)
and, for those items found to be technically feasible and which meet the
requirements of ss. 251(d)(2) of the Act, to provide the terms and timetable
for providing the requested items. Additionally, elements, services and
functions which are materially or substantially different from those services,
elements or functions already provided by USWC to itself, its Affiliates,
customers, or end users may, at the discretion of CO-PROVIDER, be subject to
this BFR process. (4)

      25.3 A Request shall be submitted in writing and, at a minimum, shall
include: (a) a complete and accurate technical description of each requested
Network Element or interconnection; (b) the desired interface specifications;
(c) a statement that the interconnection or Network Element will be used to
provide a telecommunications service; (d) the quantity requested; (e) the
location(s) requested; and (f) whether CO-PROVIDER wants the requested item(s)
and terms made generally available.

      25.4 Within forty-eight (48) hours of receipt of a Request, USWC shall
acknowledge receipt of the Request and review such request for initial
compliance with Section 25.3 above and, in its acknowledgment, advise
CO-PROVIDER of any missing information reasonably necessary to move the Request
to the preliminary analysis described in Section 25.5 below.

      25.5 Unless otherwise agreed to by the Parties, or pursuant to a
Commission waiver of the requirement, within twenty-one (21) calendar days of
its receipt of the Request and all information necessary to process it, USWC
shall provide to CO-PROVIDER a preliminary analysis of the Request. USWC shall
provide CO-PROVIDER notice of any USWC request for waiver of the 21-day period
at the same time that it files such request, and CO-PROVIDER reserves the option
of opposing the request. During the twenty-one (21) day period, USWC agrees to
provide weekly status updates to CO-PROVIDER. USWC will notify CO-PROVIDER if
the quote preparation fee, if any, will exceed $5,000. CO-PROVIDER will approve
the continuation of the development of the quote prior to USWC incurring any
reasonable additional expenses. The preliminary analysis shall specify whether
or not the requested

- ----------
(4)   Per the Public Utilities Commission of the State of Colorado; Decision No.
      C97-857; DOCKET NO. 96A-345T


                                    Page 15
<PAGE>

                                                                          Part A

interconnection or access to an unbundled Network Element is technically
feasible and otherwise qualifies as a Network Element or interconnection as
defined under the Act.

            25.5.1 If USWC determines during the twenty-one (21) day period that
      a Request is not technically feasible or that the Request otherwise does
      not qualify as a Network Element or interconnection required to be
      provided under the Act, USWC shall so advise CO-PROVIDER as soon as
      reasonably possible of that fact, and promptly provide a written report
      setting forth the basis for its conclusion in no case later than ten (10)
      calendar days after making such determination.

            25.5.2 If USWC determines during the twenty-one (21) day period that
      the Request is technically feasible and otherwise qualifies under the Act,
      it shall notify CO-PROVIDER in writing of such determination in no case
      later than ten (10) calendar days after making such determination.

            25.5.3 Unless otherwise agreed to by the Parties, as soon as
      feasible, but no more than sixty (60) calendar days after USWC notifies
      CO-PROVIDER that the Request is technically feasible, USWC shall provide
      to CO-PROVIDER a Request quote which will include, at a minimum, a
      description of each interconnection and Network Element, the quantity to
      be provided, the installation intervals (both initial and subsequent), the
      impact on shared systems software interfaces, the ordering process
      changes, the functionality specifications, any interface specifications
      and either:

            (a)   the applicable rates (recurring and nonrecurring), including
                  the amortized development costs, as appropriate, of the
                  interconnection or Network Element; or

            (b)   the payment for development costs, as appropriate, of the
                  interconnection or Network Element and the applicable rates
                  (recurring and nonrecurring), excluding the development costs.

               25.5.4 The choice of using either option (a) or (b) above shall
        be at USWC's sole discretion. A payment for development cost, however,
        is appropriate only where CO-PROVIDER is the only conceivable user of
        the functionality (including consideration of USWC as a potential user)
        or where the requested quantity is insufficient to provide amortization.

      25.6 If USWC has used option (a) above in its Request quote, then, within
thirty (30) days of its receipt of the Request quote, CO-PROVIDER must indicate
its nonbinding interest in purchasing the interconnection or Network Element at
the stated quantities and rates, cancel its Request, or seek remedy under the
Dispute Resolution section of this Agreement.

      25.7 If USWC has used option (b) above in its Request quote, then, within
thirty (30) days of its receipt of the Request quote, CO-PROVIDER must either
agree to pay the development costs of the interconnection or Network Element,
cancel its Request, or seek remedy under the Dispute Resolution section of this
Agreement.

      25.8 If USWC has used option (b) in its Request quote and CO-PROVIDER has
accepted the quote, CO-PROVIDER may cancel the Request at any time, but will pay
USWC's reasonable development costs of the interconnection or Network Element up
to the date of cancellation.


                                    Page 16
<PAGE>

                                                                          Part A

      25.9 USWC will use reasonable efforts to determine the technical
feasibility and conformance with the Act of the Request within the first
twenty-one (21) days of receiving the Request. In the event USWC has used option
(b) above in its Request quote and USWC later determines that the
interconnection or Network Element requested in the Request is not technically
feasible or otherwise does not qualify under the Act, USWC shall notify
CO-PROVIDER within ten (10) business days of making such determination and
CO-PROVIDER shall not owe any compensation to USWC in connection with the
Request. Any quotation preparation fees or development costs paid by CO-PROVIDER
to the time of such notification shall be refunded by USWC.

      25.10 To the extent possible, USWC will utilize information from
previously developed BFRs to address similar arrangements in order to shorten
the response times for the currently requested BFR. In the event CO-PROVIDER has
submitted a Request for an interconnection or a Network Element and USWC
determines, in accordance with the provisions of this Section 25, that the
Request is technically feasible and qualifies under the Act, the Parties agree
that CO-PROVIDER's subsequent request or order for the identical type of
interconnection or Network Element shall not be subject to the BFR process.(5)

      25.11 CO-PROVIDER shall inform USWC if it requires the BFR request be
expedited beyond the time frames described in this section. USWC shall meet this
request if it can reasonably do so within the capabilities of its readily
available manpower and material acquisition process. USWC shall be entitled to
assess additional costs associated with such a request directly to CO-PROVIDER.
USWC shall provide an estimate of such cost to CO-PROVIDER, and CO-PROVIDER
shall pay such costs in advance of USWC expedition of the request. The amount
paid by CO-PROVIDER shall be subject to revision based on the actual costs
incurred by USWC.

      25.12 To the extent USWC is not required by the terms of this Agreement to
provide CO-PROVIDER database or other network related information, and to the
extent USWC does not ordinarily provide such information to its Affiliates,
customers, other carriers or any other Person, CO-PROVIDER shall use the BFR
process to request access to such databases and/or network information. USWC
shall not deny CO-PROVIDER access to information relevant to its provision of
service to its own customers.

Section 26. Branding

      26.1 In all cases in which USWC has control over handling of services
CO-PROVIDER may provide using services provided by USWC under this Agreement,
USWC shall, at CO-PROVIDER's sole discretion, brand any and all such services at
all points of customer contact exclusively as CO-PROVIDER services, or otherwise
as CO-PROVIDER may specify, or such services shall be provided with no brand at
all, as CO-PROVIDER shall determine. USWC may not unreasonably interfere with
branding by CO-PROVIDER.

      26.2 CO-PROVIDER shall provide the exclusive interface to CO-PROVIDER
subscribers, except as CO-PROVIDER shall otherwise specify. In those instances
where CO-PROVIDER requires USWC personnel or systems to interface with
CO-PROVIDER subscribers, such USWC personnel shall identify themselves as
representing CO-PROVIDER, or such brand as CO-PROVIDER may specify, and shall
not identify themselves as representing USWC or any other entity.

- ----------
(5)   Per the Public Utilities Commission of the State of Colorado; Decision No.
      C97-857; DOCKET NO. 96A-345T


                                    Page 17
<PAGE>

                                                                          Part A

      26.3 All forms, business cards or other business materials furnished by
USWC to CO-PROVIDER subscribers shall be provided by CO-PROVIDER unless
otherwise agreed by CO-PROVIDER, in its sole discretion, in which case, any such
customer materials shall be subject to CO-PROVIDER's prior review and approval,
and shall bear no corporate name, logo, trademark or trade names other than
CO-PROVIDER or its Affiliates or such other brand as CO-PROVIDER, in its sole
discretion shall determine.

      26.4 Except as specifically permitted by CO-PROVIDER, in no event shall
USWC provide information to CO-PROVIDER subscribers about CO-PROVIDER or
CO-PROVIDER's products or services.

      26.5 USWC shall provide, for CO-PROVIDER's information, descriptions of
the methods and procedures, training and approaches to be used by USWC to assure
that USWC meets CO-PROVIDER's branding requirements.(6)

      26.6 This Section 26 shall confer on USWC no rights to the service marks,
trademarks and trade names owned by or used in connection with services by
CO-PROVIDER or its Affiliates, except as expressly permitted by CO-PROVIDER.

Section 27. Taxes

      27.1 Any federal, state or local excise, sales or use taxes (excluding any
taxes levied on income) resulting from the performance of this Agreement shall
be borne by the Party upon which the obligation for payment is imposed under
applicable law, even if the obligation to collect and remit such taxes is placed
upon the other Party. Any such taxes shall be shown as separate items on
applicable billing documents between the Parties. The Party so obligated to pay
any such taxes may contest the same in good faith, at its own expense, and shall
be entitled to the benefit of any refund or recovery, provided that such Party
shall not permit any lien to exist on any asset of the other Party by reason of
the contest. The Party obligated to collect and remit taxes shall cooperate
fully in any such contest by the other Party by providing records, testimony and
such additional information or assistance as may reasonably be necessary to
pursue the contest. To the extent a sale is claimed to be for resale tax
exemption, the purchasing Party shall furnish the providing Party a proper
resale tax exemption certificate as authorized or required by statute or
regulation by the jurisdiction providing said resale tax exemption. Failure to
timely provide said resale tax exemption certificate will result in no exemption
being available to the purchasing Party during the applicable reporting period.

Section 28. Responsibility for Environmental Contamination

      28.1 CO-PROVIDER shall in no event be liable to USWC for any costs
whatsoever resulting from the presence or release of any environmental hazard
CO-PROVIDER did not introduce to the affected work location. USWC shall, at
CO-PROVIDER's request, indemnify, defend and hold harmless CO-PROVIDER, and each
of its officers, directors and employees from and against any losses, damages,
claims, demands, suits, liabilities, fines, penalties and expenses (including
reasonable attorneys' fees) arising out of or resulting from (a) any
environmental hazard USWC, its contractors or agents introduce to the work
location, or (b) the presence or release of any environmental hazard for which
USWC is

- ----------
(6)   Per the Public Utilities Commission of the State of Colorado; Decision No.
      C97-857; DOCKET NO. 96A-345T


                                    Page 18
<PAGE>

                                                                          Part A

responsible under applicable law.

      28.2 USWC shall in no event be liable to CO-PROVIDER for any costs
whatsoever resulting from the presence or release of any environmental hazard
USWC did not introduce to the affected work location. CO-PROVIDER shall, at
USWC's request, indemnify, defend and hold harmless USWC, and each of its
officers, directors and employees from and against any losses, damages, claims,
demands, suits, liabilities, fines, penalties and expenses (including reasonable
attorneys' fees) arising out of or resulting from (a) any environmental hazard
CO-PROVIDER, its contractors or agents introduce to the work location, or (b)
the presence of release of any environmental hazard for which CO-PROVIDER is
responsible under applicable law.

      28.3 In the event any suspect materials within USWC-owned, operated or
leased facilities are identified to be asbestos-containing, CO-PROVIDER will
ensure that, to the extent any activities which it undertakes in the facility
disturb such suspect materials, such CO-PROVIDER activities will be in
accordance with applicable local, state and federal environmental and health and
safety statutes and regulations. Except for abatement activities undertaken by
CO-PROVIDER or equipment placement activities that result in the generation of
asbestos containing material, CO-PROVIDER shall not have any responsibility for
managing, nor be the owner of, nor have any liability for, or in connection
with, any asbestos containing material. USWC agrees to immediately notify
CO-PROVIDER if USWC undertakes any asbestos control or asbestos abatement
activities that potentially could affect CO-PROVIDER equipment or operations,
including, but not limited to, contamination of equipment.

      28.4 Each Party will be solely responsible, at its own expense, for proper
handling, storing, transport and disposal of all (a) substances or materials
that it or its contractors or agents bring to, create or assume control over at
work locations, or (b) waste resulting therefrom or otherwise generated in
connection with its or its contractors' or agents' activities at the work
locations.

Section 29. Amendments and Modifications

      29.1 Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, no amendment or
waiver of any provision of this Agreement, and no consent to any default under
this Agreement, shall be effective unless the same is in writing and signed by
an officer of the Party against whom such amendment, waiver or consent is
claimed.

Section 30. Severability

      30.1 In the event that any one or more of the provisions contained herein
shall for any reason be held to be unenforceable or invalid in any respect under
law or regulation, the Parties will negotiate in good faith for replacement
language. If any part of this Agreement is held to be invalid or unenforceable
for any reason, such invalidity or unenforceability will affect only the portion
of this Agreement which is invalid or unenforceable. In all other respects, this
Agreement will stand as if such invalid or unenforceable provision had not been
a part hereof, and the remainder of this Agreement shall remain in full force
and effect.

Section 31. Headings Not Controlling

      31.1 The headings and numbering of Sections, Parts, Appendices and
Attachments in this Agreement are for convenience only and shall not be
construed to define or limit any of the terms herein or affect the meaning or
interpretation of this Agreement.


                                    Page 19
<PAGE>

                                                                          Part A

Section 32. Counterparts

      32.1 This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of
which shall be deemed an original, but such counterparts shall together
constitute one and the same instrument.

Section 33. Referenced Documents

      33.1 All references to Sections, Exhibits and Schedules shall be deemed to
be references to Sections of, and Exhibits and Schedules to, this Agreement
unless the context shall otherwise require. Whenever any provision of this
Agreement refers to a technical reference, technical publication, CO-PROVIDER
practice, USWC practice, any publication of telecommunications industry
administrative or technical standards or any other document specifically
incorporated into this Agreement, it will be deemed to be a reference to the
most recent version or edition (including any amendments, supplements, addenda
or successors) or such document that is in effect, and will include the most
recent version or edition (including any amendments, supplements, addenda or
successors) of each document incorporated by reference in such a technical
reference, technical publication, CO-PROVIDER practice, USWC practice or
publication of industry standards, unless CO-PROVIDER elects otherwise. Should
there be any inconsistency between or among publications or standards,
CO-PROVIDER shall elect which requirement shall apply.

Section 34. Joint Work Product

      34.1 This Agreement is the joint work product of the Parties and has been
negotiated by the Parties and their respective counsel and shall be fairly
interpreted in accordance with its terms and, in the event of any ambiguities,
no inferences shall be drawn against either Party.

Section 35. Cancellation Charges

      35.1 Except as provided pursuant to a Network Element, Network
Interconnection and/or Unbundled Network Element Request, or as otherwise
provided in any applicable tariff or contract referenced herein, no cancellation
charges shall apply.

Section 36. Escalation Procedures

      36.1 CO-PROVIDER and USWC agree to exchange escalation lists which reflect
contact personnel including vice president-level officers. These lists shall
include name, department, title, phone number, and fax number for each person.
CO-PROVIDER and USWC agree to exchange up-to-date lists as reasonably necessary.

Section 37. Entire Agreement

      37.1 - This Agreement shall include the Attachments, Appendices and other
documents referenced herein, all of which are hereby incorporated by reference,
and constitutes the entire agreement between the Parties and supersedes all
prior oral or written agreements, representations, statements, negotiations
understandings, proposals and undertakings with respect to the subject matter
hereof.


                                    Page 20
<PAGE>

                                                                          Part A

Section 38. Reservation of Rights

      38.1 The Parties acknowledge that the terms of this Agreement were
established pursuant to an order of the Commission. Any or all of the terms of
this Agreement may be altered or abrogated by a successful challenge to this
Agreement (or the order approving this Agreement) as permitted by applicable
law. By signing this Agreement, neither Party waives its right to pursue such a
challenge.

      38.2 The Parties enter into this Agreement without prejudice to any
position they may have taken previously, or may take in the future in any
legislative, regulatory or other public forum addressing any matters, including
matters related to the types of arrangements prescribed by this Agreement.

      IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the Parties has caused this Agreement to be
executed by its duly authorized representatives.

Electro-Tel, Inc.                        U S WEST Communications, Inc.


By: /s/ F. Lynne Powers                  By: /s/ Katherine L. Fleming
    ------------------------------           -----------------------------------

Name/Typed: F. Lynne Powers              Name/Typed: Katherine L. Fleming
            ----------------------                   ---------------------------

Title: Vice President - Finance          Title: Vice President - Interconnection
       ---------------------------              --------------------------------

Date: 1/7/00                             Date: 1/13/00
      ----------------------------             ---------------------------------

      This Agreement is made pursuant to Section 252 (i) of the Act and is
premised upon the Interconnection Agreement between AT&T Communications of the
Mountain States, Inc. and U S WEST Communications, Inc. (the "AT&T Agreement").
The AT&T Agreement was approved by the Commission on August 28, 1997.

With respect to this Agreement, the Parties understand and agree:

i) The Parties shall request the Commission to expedite its review and approval
of this Agreement.

ii) Notwithstanding the mutual commitments set forth herein, the Parties are
entering into this Agreement without prejudice to any positions they have taken
previously, or may take in the future, in any legislative, regulatory, or other
public forum addressing any matters, including those relating to the types of
arrangements contained in this Agreement. During the proceeding in which the
Commission is to review and approve the Agreement, U S WEST may point out that
it has objected, and continues to object, to the inclusion of the terms and
conditions to which it objected in the proceedings involving the approval of the
Underlying Agreement.

iii) This Agreement contains provisions based upon the decisions and orders of
the FCC and the Commission under and with respect to the Act. Currently, court
and regulatory proceedings affecting the subject matter of this Agreement are in
various stages, including the proceedings where certain of the rules and
regulations of the FCC are being challenged In addition, there is uncertainty in
the aftermath of


                                    Page 21
<PAGE>

                                                                          Part A

the Supreme Court's decision in AT&T Corp, et al. v. Iowa Utilities Board. Based
on that uncertainty, and the regulatory and judicial proceedings which will
occur as a result of that decision, the Parties acknowledge that this Agreement
may need to be changed to reflect any changes in law. The Agreement has not been
corrected to reflect the requirements, claims or outcomes of any of the
Proceedings, although the pricing does reflect the Commission's most current
generic order, if any. Accordingly, when a final, decision or decisions are made
in the Proceedings that automatically change and modify the Underlying
Agreement, then like changes and modifications will similarly be made to this
Agreement. In addition, to the extent rules or laws are based on regulatory or
judicial proceedings as a result of the recent Supreme Court decision, this
Agreement will be amended to incorporate such changes.

iv) Subsequent to the execution of this Agreement, the FCC or the Commission may
issue decisions or orders that change or modify the rules and regulations
governing implementing of the Act. If such changes or modifications alter the
state of the law upon which the Underlying Agreement was negotiated and agreed,
and it reasonably appears that the parties to the Underlying Agreement would
have negotiated and agreed to different term(s) condition(s) or covenant(s) than
as contained in the Underlying Agreement had such change or modification been in
existence before execution of the Underlying Agreement, then this Agreement
shall be amended to reflect such different terms(s), condition(s), or
covenant(s). Where the parties fail to agree upon such an amendment, it shall be
resolved in accordance with the Dispute Resolution provision of this Agreement.


                                    Page 22
<PAGE>

                                                                          Part B

                                   DEFINITIONS

Certain terms used in this Agreement shall have the meanings set forth herein or
as otherwise elsewhere defined throughout this Agreement. Other terms used but
not defined herein will have the meanings ascribed to them in the Act and the
FCC's rules and regulations.

"911 SITE ADMINISTRATOR" is a person assigned by CO-PROVIDER to establish and
maintain 911 service location information for its subscribers.

"911 SERVICE" means a universal telephone number which gives the public direct
access to the Public Safety Answering Point (PSAP). Basic 911 service collects
911 calls from one or more local exchange switches that serve a geographic area.
The calls are then sent to the correct authority designated to receive such
calls.

"ASR" (ACCESS SERVICE REQUEST) means the industry standard forms and supporting
documentation used for ordering Access Services. The ASR may be used to order
trunking and facilities between CO-PROVIDER and USWC for Local Interconnection.

"ACCESS SERVICES" refers to interstate and intrastate switched access and
private line transport services.

"Act" means the Communications Act of 1934 (47 U.S.C.ss.ss.151 et seq.), as
amended by the Telecommunications Act of 1996, and as from time to time
interpreted in the duly authorized rules and regulations of the FCC or by the
Commission.

"AIN" (ADVANCED INTELLIGENT NETWORK) is a network functionality that permits
specific conditions to be programmed into a switch which, when met, directs the
switch to suspend call processing and to receive special instructions for
further call handling instructions in order to enable carriers to offer advanced
features and services.

"AFFILIATE" is an entity that directly or indirectly owns or controls, is owned
or controlled by, or is under common ownership or control with, another entity.
For the purposes of this Agreement, "own" or "control" means to own an equity
interest (or equivalent) of at least ten percent (10%) with respect to USWC, or
the right to control the business decisions, management and policy of another
entity.

"GATEWAY" (ALI GATEWAY) is a telephone company computer facility that interfaces
with CO-PROVIDER's administrative site to receive Automatic Location
Identification (ALI) data from CO-PROVIDER. Access to the Gateway will be via a
dial-up modem using a common protocol.

"AMA" means the Automated Message Accounting structure inherent in switch
technology that initially records telecommunication message information. AMA
format is contained in the Automated Message Accounting document, published by
Bellcore as GR-1100-CORE, which defines the industry standard for message
recording.

"ALI" (AUTOMATIC LOCATION IDENTIFICATION) is a proprietary database developed
for E911 systems that provides for a visual display of the caller's telephone
number and address and the names of the


                                       1
<PAGE>

                                                                          Part B

emergency response agencies responsible for that address. The Alternative Local
Exchange Company will provide ALI record information in National Emergency
Number Association (NENA) Version #2 format The ALI also shows an Interim Number
Portability (INP) number, if applicable.

"ALI/DMS" (AUTOMATIC LOCATION IDENTIFICATION/DATA MANAGEMENT SYSTEM) means the
emergency service (E911/911) database containing subscriber location information
(including name, address, telephone number, and sometimes special information
from the local service provider) used to determine to which Public Safety
Answering Point (PSAP) to route the call.

"ANI" (AUTOMATIC NUMBER IDENTIFICATION) is a feature that identifies and
displays the number of a telephone that originates a call.

"ARS" (AUTOMATIC ROUTE SELECTION) is a service feature that provides for
automatic selection of the least expensive or most appropriate transmission
facility for each call based on criteria programmed into the system.

"BLV/BLI" (BUSY LINE VERIFY/BUSY LINE INTERRUPT) means an operator call in which
the end user inquires as to the busy status of, or requests an interruption of,
a call on an Exchange Service.

"CABS" means the Carrier Access Billing System which is defined in a document
prepared under the direction of the Billing Committee of the OBF. The Carrier
Access Billing System document is published by Bellcore in Volumes 1, 1A, 2, 3,
3A, 4 and 5 as Special Reports SR-OPT-001868 SR-OPT-0011869, SR-OPT-001871,
SR-OPT-001872, SR-OPT-001873 SR-OPT-001874, and SR-OPT-001875 respectively, and
contains the recommended guidelines for the billing of access and other
connectivity services.

"CPN" (CALLING PARTY NUMBER) is a Common Channel Signaling parameter which
refers to the number transmitted through the network identifying the calling
party.

"CCS" is Common Channel Signaling.

"CENTRAL OFFICE SWITCH" or "CENTRAL OFFICE" means a switching entity within the
public switched network, including, but not limited to, end office switches and
tandem office switches. Central office switches may be employed as combination
End Office/Tandem Office Switches (Combination Class 5/Class 4).

"CENTREX" means a Telecommunications Service that uses central office switching
equipment for call routing to handle direct dialing of calls and to provide
numerous private branch exchange-like features,

"CHARGE NUMBER" is a CCS parameter which refers to the number transmitted
through the network identifying the billing number of the calling party.

"CLASS" (Bellcore Service Mark) is a set of call-management service features
that utilize the capability to forward a calling party's number between end
offices as part of call setup. Features include Automatic Callback, Automatic
Recall, Caller ID, Call Trace, and Distinctive Ringing.

"COLLOCATION" means the right of CO-PROVIDER to place equipment of its choice in
USWC's central offices or other USWC locations. This equipment may be placed via
either a physical or virtual collocation


                                       2
<PAGE>

                                                                          Part B

arrangement. With physical collocation, CO-PROVIDER obtains dedicated space to
place and maintain its equipment. With virtual collocation, USWC will install
and maintain equipment CO-PROVIDER provides to USWC.

"COMBINATIONS" means provision by USWC of two or more currently connected
Network Elements ordered by CO-PROVIDER to provide its Telecommunication
Services in a geographic area or to a specific subscriber and that are placed on
the same or related order by CO-PROVIDER, subject to restrictions, if any,
imposed by the Commission.(1)

"COMMISSION" means the Colorado Public Utilities Commission.

"CCS" (COMMON CHANNEL SIGNALING) means a method of digitally transmitting call
set-up and network control data over a digital signaling network fully separate
from the public switched telephone network that carries the actual call.

"CLEC" means a Competitive Local Exchange Carrier.

"CONDUIT" means a tube or protected pathway that may be used to house
communication or electrical cables. Conduit may be underground or above ground
(for example, inside buildings) and may contain one or more innerducts.

"CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION" has the meaning set forth in Section 22 of the
General Section of this Agreement.

"CONTRACT YEAR" means a twelve (12) month period during the term of this
Agreement commencing on the Effective Date and each anniversary thereof.

"CONTROL OFFICE" is an exchange carrier center or office designated as its
company's single point of contact for the provisioning and maintenance of its
portion of local interconnection arrangements.

"CUSTOM CALLING FEATURES" is a set of call-management service features available
to residential and single-line business subscribers including call-waiting,
call-forwarding and three-party calling.

"CUSTOMER" means a third-party (residence or business) that subscribes to
Telecommunications Services provided by either of the Parties.

"DBMS" (DATABASE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM) is a computer system used to store, sort,
manipulate and update the data required to provide selective routing and ALI.

"DIRECTORY ASSISTANCE DATABASE" refers to any subscriber record used by USWC in
its provision of live or automated operator-assisted directory assistance
including, but not limited to, 411, 555-1212, NPA-555-1212.

"DIRECTORY ASSISTANCE SERVICES" provides Listings to callers. Directory
Assistance Services may include the option to complete the call at the caller's
direction.

"DIRECTORY LISTINGS" refers to subscriber information, including, but not
limited to, name, address and

- ----------
(1)   Per the Public Utilities Commission of the State of Colorado; Decision No.
      C97-857; DOCKET NO. 96A-345T


                                       3
<PAGE>

                                                                          Part B

phone numbers, published in any media, including, but not limited to,
traditional white/yellow page directories, specialty directories, CD ROM, or
other electronic formats.

"DISCLOSER" means that Party to this Agreement which has disclosed Confidential
Information to the other Party.

"E911 Message Trunk" is a dedicated line, trunk or channel between two central
offices or switching devices which provides a voice and signaling path for E911
calls.

"EFFECTIVE DATE" is the date indicated in the Preamble on which this Agreement
shall become effective.

"EMERGENCY RESPONSE AGENCY" is a governmental entity authorized to respond to
requests from the public to meet emergencies.

"ESN" (EMERGENCY SERVICE NUMBER) is a number assigned to the ALI and selective
routing databases for all subscriber telephone numbers. The ESN designates a
unique combination of fire, police and emergency medical service response
agencies that serve the address location of each in-service telephone number.

"EMR" means the Exchange Message Record System used among ILECs for exchanging
telecommunications message information for billable, non-billable, sample,
settlement and study data. EMR format is contained in BR-010-200-010 CRIS
Exchange Message Record, published by Bellcore and which defines the industry
standard for exchange message records.

"E911" (ENHANCED 911 SERVICE) means a telephone communication service which will
automatically route a call dialed "911" to a designated public safety answering
point (PSAP) attendant and will provide to the attendant the calling party's
telephone number and, when possible, the address from which the call is being
placed, and the emergency response agencies responsible for the location from
which the call was dialed.

"ENHANCED DIRECTORY ASSISTANCE" refers to Directory Assistance services,
including, but not limited to, reverse search, talking yellow pages, and locator
services.

"ENHANCED WHITE PAGES" means optional features available for White Pages
Directory listings (e.g. bold, all capitals, logos).

"ENHANCED YELLOW PAGES" means optional features available for Yellow Pages
Directory listings (e.g., red type, bold, all capital, additional line of text,
indented).

"EIS" (EXPANDED INTERCONNECTION SERVICE) is the collocation arrangement which
USWC provides in its designated wire centers.

"FCC INTERCONNECTION ORDER" is the Federal Communications Commission's First
Report and Order in CC Docket No. 96-98, released August 8, 1996.

"ILEC" means the Incumbent Local Exchange Carrier.

"INTERCONNECTION" is the linking of the USWC and CO-PROVIDER networks for the
mutual exchange of traffic. Interconnection does not include the transport and
termination of traffic. Interconnection is


                                       4
<PAGE>

                                                                          Part B

provided by virtual or physical collocation, entrance facilities or meet point
arrangements.

"IXC" (INTEREXCHANGE CARRIER) means a provider of interexchange
telecommunications services

"INP" (INTERIM NUMBER PORTABILITY) is a service arrangement whereby subscribers
who change local service providers may retain existing telephone numbers without
impairment of quality, reliability, or convenience when remaining at their
current location or changing their location within the geographic area served by
the initial carrier's serving Central Office.

"IP" (INTERCONNECTION POINT) is a mutually agreed upon point of demarcation
where the networks of USWC and CO-PROVIDER interconnect for the exchange of
traffic.

"LATA" means Local Access Transport Area.

"LEC" means Local Exchange Carrier.

"LIDB" (LINE INFORMATION DATA BASE(S)) is a Service Control Point (SCP) database
that provides for such functions as calling card validation for telephone line
number cards issued by USWC and other entities and validation for collect and
billed-to-third services.

"MSAG" (MASTER STREET ADDRESS GUIDE) is a database defining the geographic area
of an E911 service. It includes an alphabetical list of the street names,
high-low house number ranges, community names, and emergency service numbers
provided by the counties or their agents to USWC.

"CO-PROVIDER 911 DATABASE RECORDS" are the CO-PROVIDER subscriber records to be
provided by CO-PROVIDER to USWC for inclusion in USWC's E911 database.

"MECAB" refers to the Multiple Exchange Carrier Access Billing (MECAB) document
prepared by the Billing Committee of the Ordering and Billing Forum (OBF), which
functions under the auspices of the Carrier Liaison Committee (CLC) of the
Alliance for Telecommunications Industry Solutions (ATIS). The MECAB document,
published by Bellcore as Special Report SR-BDS-000983, contains the recommended
guidelines for the billing of an access service provided by two or more LECs
(including a LEC and a CLEC), or by one LEC in two or more states within a
single LATA.

"MECOD" refers to the Multiple Exchange Carriers Ordering and Design (MECOD)
Guidelines for Access Services - Industry Support Interface, a document
developed by the Ordering/Provisioning Committee under the auspices of the
Ordering and Billing Forum (OBF), which functions under the auspices of the
Carrier Liaison Committee (CLC) of the Alliance for Telecommunications Industry
Solutions (ATIS). The MECOD document, published by Bellcore as Special Report SR
STS-002643, establishes recommended guidelines for processing orders for access
service which is to be provided by two or more LECs (including a LEC and a
CLEC). It is published by Bellcore as SRBDS 00983.

"NORTH AMERICAN NUMBERING PLAN" or "NANP" means the numbering plan used in the
United States that also serves Canada, Bermuda, Puerto Rico and certain
Caribbean Islands. The NANP format is a 10-digit number that consists of a
3-digit NPA code (commonly referred to as the area code), followed by a 3-digit
NXX code and 4-digit line number.

"NENA" (NATIONAL EMERGENCY NUMBER ASSOCIATION) is an association with a mission
to foster the technological advancement, availability and implementation of 911
nationwide.


                                       5
<PAGE>

                                                                          Part B

"NETWORK ELEMENT" means a facility or equipment used in the provision of a
Telecommunications Service including all features, functions and capabilities
embedded in such facility or equipment.

"NP" (NUMBER PORTABILITY) means the use of the Local Routing Number (LRN)
database solution to provide fully transparent NP for all subscribers and all
providers without limitation.

"NPA" (NUMBERING PLAN AREA) (sometimes referred to as an area code) is the three
digit indicator which is designated by the first three digits of each 10-digit
telephone number within the NANP. Each NPA contains 800 possible NXX Codes.
There are two general categories of NPA, "Geographic NPAs" and "Non-Geographic
NPAs." A "Geographic NPA" is associated with a defined geographic area, and all
telephone numbers bearing such NPA are associated with services provided within
that Geographic area. A "Non-Geographic NPA," also known as a "Service Access
Code (SAC Code)", is typically associated with a specialized telecommunications
service which may be provided across multiple geographic NPA areas; 500, 800,
900, 700, and 888 are examples of Non-Geographic NPAs.

"NXX," "NXX CODE," OR "CENTRAL OFFICE CODE, OR "CO CODE" is the three (3) digit
switch entity indicator which is defined by the fourth, fifth and sixth digits
of a ten (10) digit telephone number within the North America Numbering Plan
("NANP").

"OBF" means the Ordering and Billing Forum, which functions under the auspices
of the Carrier Liaison Committee (CLC) of the Alliance for Telecommunications
Industry Solutions (ATIS).

"OPERATOR SYSTEMS" is the Network Element that provides operator and automated
call handling with billing, special services, subscriber telephone listings, and
optional call completion services.

"OPERATOR SERVICES" provides (a) operator handling for call completion (e.g.,
collect calls); (b) operator or automated assistance for billing after the
subscriber has dialed the called number (e.g., credit card calls); and (c)
special services (e.g., BLV/BLI, Emergency Agency Call).

"P.01 TRANSMISSION GRADE OF SERVICE (GOS)" means a trunk facility provisioning
standard with the statistical probability of no more than one call in 100
blocked on initial attempt during the average busy hour.

"PLU" (PERCENT LOCAL USAGE) is a calculation which represents the ratio of the
local minutes to the sum of local and intraLATA toll minutes between exchange
carriers sent over Local Interconnection Trunks. Directory assistance, BLV/BLI,
900, 976, transiting calls from other exchange carriers and switched access
calls are not included in the calculation of PLU.

"PERSON" means, collectively, an Affiliate, subsidiary, Customer, end user and
subscriber of U S WEST.

"POINT OF INTERFACE" or "POI" means the physical point that establishes the
technical interface, the test point, and the operational responsibility hand-off
between CO-PROVIDER and USWC for the local interconnection of their networks.

"POLE ATTACHMENT" means the connection of a faculty to a utility pole. Some
examples of facilities are mechanical hardware, grounding and transmission
cable, and equipment boxes.

"POP" means an IXC's point of presence.


                                       6
<PAGE>

                                                                          Part B

"PROPRIETARY INFORMATION" shall have the same meaning as Confidential
Information.

"PSAP" (PUBLIC SAFETY ANSWERING POINT) is the public safety communications
center where 911 calls placed by the public for a specific geographic area will
be answered.

"RATE CENTER" means the geographic point and corresponding geographic area which
are associated with one or more particular NPA-NXX codes which have been
assigned to USWC or CO-PROVIDER for its provision of Basic Exchange
Telecommunications Services. The "rate center point" is the finite geographic
point identified by a specific V&H coordinate, which is used to measure
distance-sensitive end user traffic to/from the particular NPA-NXX designations
associated with the specific Rate Center. The "rate center area" is the
exclusive geographic area identified as the area within which USWC or
CO-PROVIDER will provide Basic Exchange Telecommunications Services bearing the
particular NPA-NXX designations associated with the specific Rate Center. The
Rate Center point must be located within the Rate Center area.

"REAL TIME" means the actual time in which an event takes place, with the
reporting on or the recording of the event simultaneous with its occurrence.

"RECIPIENT" means that Party to this Agreement (a) to which Confidential
Information has been disclosed by the other Party, or (b) who has obtained
Confidential Information in the course of providing services under this
Agreement.

"RESELLER" is a category of local exchange service providers who obtain dial
tone and associated telecommunications services from another provider through
the purchase of wholesale priced services for resale to their end user
subscribers.

"ROW" (RIGHT OF WAY) means the right to use the land or other property of
another party to place poles, conduits, cables, other structures and equipment,
or to provide passage to access such structures and equipment. A ROW may run
under, on, or above public or private property (including air space above public
or private property) and may include the right to use discrete space in
buildings, building complexes or other locations.

"ROUTING POINT" means a location which USWC or CO-PROVIDER has designated on its
own network as the homing (routing) point for traffic inbound to Basic Exchange
Services provided by USWC or CO-PROVIDER which bear a certain NPA-NXX
designation. The Routing Point is employed to calculate mileage measurements for
the distance-sensitive transport element charges of Switched Access Services.
Pursuant to Bellcore Practice BR 795-100-100, the Routing Point may be an "End
Office" location, or a "LEC Consortium Point of Interconnection". Pursuant to
that same Bellcore Practice, examples of the latter shall be designated by a
common language location identifier (CLLI) code with (x) KD in positions 9, 10,
11, where (x) may by any alphanumeric A-Z or 0-9. The above referenced Bellcore
document refers to the Routing Point as the Rating Point. The Rating
Point/Routing Point need not be the same as the Rate Center Point, nor must it
be located within the Rate Center Area, but must be in the same LATA as the
NPA-NXX.

"SECAB" means the Small Exchange Carrier Access Billing document prepared by the
Billing Committee of the OBF. The Small Exchange Carrier Access Billing
document, published by Bellcore as Special Report SR OPT-001856, contains the
recommended guidelines for the billing of access and other connectivity
services.


                                       7
<PAGE>

                                                                          Part B

"SELECTIVE ROUTING" is a service which automatically routes an E911 call to the
PSAP that has jurisdictional responsibility for the service address of the
telephone that dialed 911, irrespective of telephone company exchange or wire
center boundaries.

"SWITCH" - See Central Office Switch.

"TANDEM OFFICE SWITCHES" are Class 4 switches which are used to connect and
switch trunk circuits between and among end office switches and other tandems.

"TECHNICALLY FEASIBLE" refers solely to technical or operational concerns,
rather than economic, space, or site considerations.

"TELECOMMUNICATIONS" means the transmission, between or among points specified
by the user, of information of the user's choosing, without change in the form
or content of the information as sent and received.

"TELECOMMUNICATION SERVICES" means the offering of telecommunications for a fee
directly to the public, or to such classes of users as to be effectively
available directly to the public, regardless of the facilities used.

"THOUSANDS BLOCK OF NUMBERS" shall mean 1000 or more consecutive numbers
beginning and ending on a digit boundary, e.g., 949-1000 to 949-1999.

"TRCO" means Trouble Reporting Control Office.

"VOLUNTARY FEDERAL SUBSCRIBER FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE PROGRAMS" are
Telecommunications Services provided to low-income subscribers, pursuant to
requirements established by the appropriate state regulatory body.

"WIRE CENTER" denotes a building or space within a building which serves as an
aggregation point on a given carrier's network, where transmission facilities
and circuits are connected or switched. Wire Center can also denote a building
in which one or more central offices, used for the provision of Basic Exchange
Services and access services, are located. For purposes of EIC service, however,
Wire Center shall mean those points eligible for such connections as specified
in the FCC Docket No. 91-141, and rules adopted pursuant thereto.


                                       8


<PAGE>

                                                                 Exhibit 10.1.37

                                    AGREEMENT
                   FOR LOCAL WIRELINE NETWORK INTERCONNECTION
                                       AND
                                 SERVICE RESALE
                                     BETWEEN
                        ADVANCED TELECOMMUNICATIONS, INC.
                                       AND
                          U S WEST COMMUNICATIONS, INC.


                              FOR THE STATE OF UTAH


                                AGREEMENT NUMBER
                                 CDS-000106-0272

[NOTE: In this Agreement, italicized language corresponds to language agreed to
by the Parties; BOLD LANGUAGE corresponds to language included to comply with
the Commissions Orders]; BOLD LANGUAGE IN ITALICs corresponds to agreed language
regarding a subject addressed in the Commission's Orders


<PAGE>

                                                                          Part A

                                TABLE OF CONTENTS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                                                                                                            <C>
RECITALS ........................................................................................................1

SCOPE OF AGREEMENT...............................................................................................1

DEFINITIONS .....................................................................................................2

TERMS AND CONDITIONS............................................................................................13

         1.       General Provisions............................................................................13
         2.       Most Favored Nation Terms and Treatment.......................................................15
         3.       Payment.......................................................................................15
         4.       Taxes.........................................................................................15
         5.       Intellectual Property.........................................................................16
         6.       Severability..................................................................................16
         7.       Responsibility for Environmental Contamination................................................17
         8.       Branding......................................................................................17
         9.       Independent Contractor Status.................................................................18
         10.      Referenced Documents..........................................................................19
         11.      Publicity and Advertising.....................................................................19
         12.      Executed in Counterparts......................................................................19
         13.      Headings Not Controlling......................................................................19
         14.      Joint Work Product............................................................................20
         15.      Survival......................................................................................20
         16.      Effective Date................................................................................20
         17.      Amendment of Agreement........................................................................20
         18.      Indemnification...............................................................................20
         19.      Limitation of Liability.......................................................................21
         20.      Term of Agreement.............................................................................22
         21.      Governing Law.................................................................................22
         22.      Cancellation Charges..........................................................................22
         23.      Regulatory Approvals..........................................................................23
         24.      Compliance....................................................................................23
         25.      Force Majeure.................................................................................24
         26.      Escalation Procedures.........................................................................24
         27.      Dispute Resolution............................................................................25
         28.      Nondisclosure.................................................................................26
         29.      Notices.......................................................................................28
         31.      Warranties....................................................................................29
         32.      Default.......................................................................................29
         33.      Remedies......................................................................................30
         34.      Waivers.......................................................................................31
</TABLE>


                                                                         Page ii

<PAGE>

                                                                          Part A
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                                                             <C>
         35.      No Third Party Beneficiaries..................................................................31
         36.      Physical Security.............................................................................31
         37.      Network Security..............................................................................32
         38.      Revenue Protection............................................................................32
         39.      Law Enforcement Interface.....................................................................33
         40.      Collocation...................................................................................33
         41.      Technical References - Collocation............................................................45
         42.      Number Portability............................................................................45
         43.      Dialing Parity................................................................................54
         44.      Directory Listings............................................................................54
         46.      U S WEST Dex Issues...........................................................................57
         47.      Access to Poles, Ducts, Conduits, and Rights of Way...........................................57
         48.      Bona Fide Request Process for Further Unbundling..............................................62
         49.      Audit Process.................................................................................65
         50.      Miscellaneous Services........................................................................66
         51.      Unused Transmission Media.....................................................................84
         52.      Service Standards.............................................................................85
         53.      Entire Agreement..............................................................................86
         54.      Reservation of Rights.........................................................................87
</TABLE>




ATTACHMENTS

Attachment 1                   Rates and Charges
Attachment 2                   Resale
Attachment 3                   Unbundled Access/Elements
Attachment 4                   Interconnection
Attachment 5                   Business Process Requirements
Attachment 6                   Electronic Interfaces(1)
Attachment 7                   Implementation Schedule(2)


___________________________
(1) CO-PROVIDER/USWC Agreement Only
(2) CO-PROVIDER/USWC Agreement Only

                                                                        Page iii

<PAGE>

                                                                          Part A

          This Interconnection Agreement (this "Agreement"), is entered into by
and between Advanced Telecommunications, Inc., a Utah Corporation, and U S WEST
Communications, Inc., a Colorado corporation, to establish the rates, terms and
conditions for local interconnection, local resale, and the purchase of
unbundled network elements (individually referred to as the "service" or
collectively as the "services").

RECITALS

          WHEREAS, pursuant to this Agreement, CO-PROVIDER and U S WEST will
extend certain arrangements to one another within each LATA in which they both
operate within Utah. This Agreement is a combination of agreed terms and terms
imposed by arbitration under Section 252 of the Communications Act of 1934, as
modified by the Telecommunications Act of 1996, the rules and regulations of the
Federal Communications Commission, and the orders, rules and regulations of the
Utah Public Service Commission; and as such does not necessarily represent the
position of either Party on any given issue; and

          WHEREAS, the Parties wish to interconnect their local exchange
networks in a technically and economically efficient manner for the transmission
and termination of calls, so that subscribers of each can seamlessly receive
calls that originate on the other's network and place calls that terminate on
the other's network, and for CO-PROVIDER's use in the provision of exchange
access ("Local Interconnection"); and

          WHEREAS, CO-PROVIDER wishes to purchase Telecommunications Services
for resale to others, and U S WEST is willing to provide such services; and

          WHEREAS, CO-PROVIDER wishes to purchase on an unbundled basis Network
Elements, Ancillary Services and Functions and additional features separately or
in any Combination, and to use such services for itself or for the provision of
its Telecommunications Services to others, and U S WEST is willing to provide
such services;

          Now, therefore, in consideration of the terms and conditions contained
herein, CO-PROVIDER and U S WEST hereby mutually agree as follows:

SCOPE OF AGREEMENT

          A. This Agreement specifies the rights and obligations of each Party
with respect to the purchase and sale of Local Interconnection, Local Resale and
Network Elements in the LATA in Utah where U S WEST operates.

          B. In the performance of their obligations under this Agreement, the
Parties shall act in good faith and consistently with the intent of the Act.
Where notice, approval or similar action by a Party is permitted or required by
any provision of this Agreement (including, without limitation, the obligation
of the Parties to further negotiate the resolution of new or open issues under
this Agreement) such action shall not be unreasonably delayed, withheld or
conditioned.

          C. U S WEST will provide CO-PROVIDER with at least the level of
service quality or performance of obligations under this Agreement as U S WEST
provides itself or any other Person with respect to all Telecommunications
Services, Local Interconnection, Services for Resale, and Network

                                                                          Page 1

<PAGE>

                                                                          Part A

Elements as applicable and shall provide such level of service quality or
performance of service obligations in accordance with the specific requirements
agreed to in Attachment 5.

          D. U S WEST shall provide to CO-PROVIDER Services for Resale that are
equal in quality, subject to the same conditions (including the conditions in
U S WEST's effective tariffs which are not otherwise inconsistent with the terms
and conditions contained herein), within the same provisioning time intervals
that U S WEST provides these services to itself, its Affiliates and others,
including end users, and in accordance with any applicable Commission service
quality standards, including standards the Commission may impose pursuant to
Section 252 (e)(3) of the Act.

          E. Each Network Element provided by U S WEST to CO-PROVIDER shall be
at least equal. in the quality of design, performance, features, functions,
capabilities and other characteristics, including, but not limited to, levels
and types of redundant equipment and facilities for power, diversity and
security, that U S WEST provides to itself, U S WEST's own subscribers, to a U S
WEST Affiliate or to any other entity.

          F. The Parties agree to work jointly and cooperatively in testing and
implementing processes for pre-ordering, ordering, maintenance, provisioning and
billing and in reasonably resolving issues which result from such implementation
on a timely basis.

          G. If a Party makes a change in its network which it believes will
materially affect the interoperability of its network with that of the other
Party, the Party making the change shall provide advance notice of such change
to the other Party in accordance with applicable FCC or Commission regulations.

          H. In accordance with Section 251(c)(5) of the Act and the rules and
regulations established by the FCC and the Commission, the Parties shall provide
reasonable notice of changes in the information necessary for the transmission
and routing of services using that local exchange carrier's facilities or
network, as well as of any other changes that would affect the interoperability
of those facilities and networks.

          I. Except as otherwise provided for in Section 8 of Attachment 2, U S
WEST shall not discontinue or refuse to provide any service required hereunder
without CO-PROVIDER'S prior written agreement in accordance with Section 17 of
this Part A, nor shall U S WEST reconfigure, reengineer or otherwise redeploy
its network in a manner which would materially impair CO-PROVIDER'S ability to
offer Telecommunications Services in the manner contemplated by this Agreement,
the Act or the FCC s rules and regulations. U S WEST agrees that all obligations
undertaken pursuant to this Agreement, including, without limitation,
performance standards, intervals, and technical requirements are material
obligations hereof and that time is of the essence.

DEFINITIONS

          Certain terms used in this Agreement shall have the meanings set forth
herein or as otherwise elsewhere defined throughout this Agreement. Other terms
used but not defined herein will have the meanings ascribed to them in the Act
and the FCC's rules and regulations.

"911 Service" means a universal telephone number which gives the public direct
access to the Public Safety Answering Point (PSAP). Basic 911 service collects
911 calls from one or more local exchange switches that serve a geographic area.
The calls are then sent to the correct authority designated to receive such
calls.


                                                                          Page 2

<PAGE>

                                                                          Part A

"911 Site Administrator" is a person assigned by CO-PROVIDER to establish and
maintain 911 service location information for its subscribers.

"Access Services" refers to interstate and intrastate switched access and
private line transport services.

"Act" means the Communications Act of 1934 (47 U.S.C. Section 151 et seq.), as
amended by the Telecommunications Act of 1996, and as from time to time
interpreted in the duly authorized rules and regulations of the FCC or by the
Commission.

"ADSL" or "Asymmetrical Digital Subscriber Line" means a transmission technology
which transmits an asymmetrical digital signal using one of several transmission
methods (for example, carrier-less AM/PM discrete multi-tone, or discrete
wavelet multi-tone).

"Affiliate" is an entity, as defined in the Act, that directly or indirectly
owns or controls, is owned or controlled by, or is under common ownership or
control with, another entity. For the purposes of this Agreement, "own" or
"control" means to own an equity interest (or equivalent) of at least ten
percent (10%), or the right to control the business decisions, management and
policy of another entity performing any of the obligations set forth in this
Agreement.

"AIN" ("Advanced Intelligent Network") is a network functionality that permits
specific conditions to be programmed into a switch which, when met, directs the
switch to suspend call processing and to receive special instructions for
further call handling instructions in order to enable carriers to offer advanced
features and services.

"AIN Services" means architecture and configuration of the AIN Triggers within
the SCP as developed and/or offered by U S WEST to its customers.

"ALI" (Automatic Location Identification) is a database developed for E911
systems that provides for a visual display of the caller's telephone number and
address, and the names of the emergency response agencies responsible for that
address. The ALI also shows an Interim Number Portability (INP) number, if
applicable.

"ALI/DMS" (Automatic Location Identification/Data Management System) means the
emergency service (E911/911) database containing subscriber location information
(including name, address, telephone number, and sometimes special information
from the local service provider) used to determine to which Public Safety
Answering Point (PSAP) to route the call.

"AMA" means the Automated Message Accounting structure that initially records
telecommunication message information. AMA format is contained in the Automated
Message Accounting document, published by Bellcore as GR-1100-CORE, which
defines the industry standard for message recording.

"Ancillary Services" or "Ancillary Functions" means, collectively, the
following: (1) Collocation as described in Section 40; (2) access to poles,
ducts, conduits and rights of way as described in Section 47; (3) unused
transmission media as described in Section 51; (4) Directory Listings as
described in Section 44; (5) E911 as described in Section 50.1; (6) Directory
Assistance Service as described in Section 50.2; (7) Operator Services as
described in Section 50.3; (8) Directory Assistance and listings services
requests as described in Section 50.4; and (9) Directory Assistance data as
described in Section 50.5.


                                                                          Page 3

<PAGE>

                                                                          Part A


"ANI" (Automatic Number Identification) is a feature that identifies and
displays the number of a telephone that originates a call.

"ARS" (Automatic Route Selection) is a service feature that provides for
automatic selection of the least expensive or most appropriate transmission
facility for each call based on criteria programmed into the system.

"ASR" (Access Service Request) means the industry standard forms and supporting
documentation used for ordering Access Services. The ASR may be used to order
trunking and facilities between CO-PROVIDER and U S WEST for Local
Interconnection.

"BLV/BLI" (Busy Line Verify/Busy Line Interrupt) means an operator call in which
the end user inquires as to the busy status of, or requests an interruption of,
a telephone call.

"Business Day" means any day Monday through Friday except for mutually agreed to
holidays.

"CABS" means the Carrier Access Billing System which is defined in a document
prepared by the Billing Committee of the OBF. The Carrier Access Billing System
document is published by Bellcore in Volumes 1, lA, 2, 3, 3A, 4 and 5 as Special
Reports SR-OPT-001868, SR-OPT-0011869, SR-OPT-001871, SR-OPT-001872,
SR-OPT-001873, SR-OPT-001874, and SR-OPT-001875, respectively, and contains the
recommended guidelines for the billing of access and other connectivity
services.

"Calling Party Number or "CPN" is a CCS parameter which refers to the number
transmitted through a network identifying the calling party.

"CCS" (Common Channel Signaling) means a method of digitally transmitting call
set-up and network control data over a digital signaling network fully separate
from the public switched telephone network that carries the actual call.

"Central Office Switch" means a switch used to provide Telecommunications
Services, including, but not limited to:

          a)  "End  Office  Switches"  which  are used to  terminate  Customer
              station  loops for the  purpose  of interconnecting to each other
              and to trunks;

          b)  "Tandem Office Switches" which are used to connect and switch
              trunk circuits between and among other Central Office Switches.
              Access tandems provide connections for exchange access and toll
              traffic while local tandems provide connections for local/EAS
              traffic; or

          c)  Combination End Office/Tandem Office Switches.

"Centrex", including Centrex Plus, means a Telecommunications Service that uses
central office switching equipment for call routing to handle direct dialing of
calls and to provide numerous private branch exchange-like features.

"Charge Number" is a CCS parameter which refers to the number transmitted
through the network identifying the billing number of the calling party.


                                                                          Page 4

<PAGE>

                                                                          Part A


"CLASS" (Bellcore Service Mark) is a set of call-management service features
that utilize the capability to forward a calling party's number between end
offices as part of call setup. Features include Automatic Callback, Automatic
Recall, Caller ID, Call Trace, and Distinctive Ringing.

"CLEC" means a Competitive Local Exchange Carrier.

"Combinations" means provision by U S WEST of two or more connected Network
Elements ordered by CO-PROVIDER to provide its Telecommunication Services in a
geographic area or to a specific subscriber and that are placed on the same or
related order by CO-PROVIDER, subject to restrictions, if any, imposed by the
Commission.

"Commission" means the Utah Public Service Commission.

"Competitive Local Exchange Carrier" or "CLEC" means an entity authorized to
provide Local Exchange Service that does not otherwise qualify as an incumbent
LEC.

"Conduit" means a tube or protected pathway that may be used to house
communication or electrical cables. Conduit may be underground or above ground
(for example, inside buildings) and may contain one or more innerducts.

"Confidential Information" has the meaning set forth in Section 28 of Part A of
this Agreement.

"Contract Year" means a twelve (12) month period during the term of this
Agreement commencing on the Effective Date and each anniversary thereof.

"Control Office" is an exchange carrier center or office designated as its
company's single point of contact for the provisioning and maintenance of its
portion of local interconnection arrangements.

"Co-Provider" means Advanced Telecommunications, Inc. and any Affiliates,
subsidiary companies or other entities performing any of the obligations of
Advanced Telecommunications, Inc. set forth in this Agreement. FOR PURPOSES OF
SECTION 47 OF THIS PART A OF THIS AGREEMENT, THE OBLIGATIONS OF ADVANCED
TELECOMMUNICATIONS, INC. SHALL BE LIMITED TO THOSE FACILITIES OF ADVANCED
TELECOMMUNICATIONS, INC. THAT ARE USED FOR THE PURPOSE OF PROVIDING LOCAL
SERVICES UNDER THE TERMS OF THIS AGREEMENT.(3)

"Custom Calling Features" is a set of call-management service features available
to residential and business subscribers including call-waiting, call-forwarding
and three-party calling.

"Customer" means a third-party (residence or business) that subscribes to
Telecommunications Services provided by either of the Parties.

"DBMS" (Database Management System) is a computer system used to store, sort,
manipulate and update the data required to provide, for example, selective
routing and ALI.

"Databases" are the Network Elements that provide the functionality for storage
of, access to, and manipulation of information required to offer a particular
service and/or capability. Databases include, but

__________________________
(3) The underlined text in the definition of CO-PROVIDER is included only
because U S WEST prevailed on the issue of reciprocal access to poles, ducts,
conduits and ROW in Section 47.1

                                                                          Page 5

<PAGE>

                                                                          Part A

are not limited to: Number Portability, LIDB, Toll Free Number Database,
Automatic Location Identification/Data Management System, and AIN.

"Digital Signal Level" means one of several transmission rates in the time
division multiplexing hierarchy, including, but not limited to:

          "Digital Signal Level 0" or "DS-0" means the 56 or 64 Kbps zero-level
          signal in the time-division multiplex hierarchy.

          "Digital Signal Level 1" or "DS-1" means the 1.544 Mbps first-level
          signal in the time-division multiplex hierarchy. In the time-division
          multiplexing hierarchy of the telephone network, DS-1 is the initial
          level of multiplexing.

          "Digital Signal Level 3" or "DS-3" means the 44.736 Mbps third-level
          in the time-division multiplex hierarchy. In the time-division
          multiplexing hierarchy of the telephone network, DS-3 is defined as
          the third level of multiplexing.

"Directory Assistance Database" refers to any set of subscriber records used by
U S WEST in its provision of live or automated operator-assisted Directory
Assistance including, but not limited to, 411, 555-1212, NPA-555-121 2.

"Directory Assistance Service" provides listings to callers. Directory
Assistance Services may include the option to complete the call at the caller's
direction.

"Directory Listings" or "Listings" refers to subscriber information, including,
but not limited to, name, address and phone numbers, in Directory Assistance
Services or directory products.

"Discloser" means that Party to this Agreement which has disclosed Confidential
Information to the other Party.

"E911" (Enhanced 911 Service) means a telephone communication service which will
automatically route a call dialed "911" to a designated Public Safety Answering
Point (PSAP) attendant and will provide to the attendant the calling party's
telephone number and, when possible, the address from which the call is being
placed, and the emergency response agencies responsible for the location from
which the call was dialed.

"E911 Message Trunk" is a dedicated line, trunk or channel between two central
offices or switching devices which provides a voice and signaling path for E911
calls.

"Extended Area Service" ("EAS") is intraLATA traffic treated as "local" traffic
between exchanges (rather than as "toll" traffic) as established by the
Commission and as reflected in the effective U S WEST tariffs.

"Effective Date" is the date, indicated in the Preamble, on which this Agreement
shall become effective.

"Emergency Response Agency" is a governmental entity authorized to respond to
requests from the public to meet emergencies.

"EMR" means the Exchange Message Record System used among LECs for exchanging
telecommunications message information for billable, non-billable, sample,
settlement and study data.


                                                                          Page 6

<PAGE>

                                                                          Part A


EMR format is contained in BR-010-200-010 CRIS Exchange Message Record,
published by Bellcore, which defines the industry standard for exchange message
records.

"ESN" (Emergency Service Number) is a number assigned to the ALI and selective
routing databases for all subscriber telephone numbers. The ESN designates a
unique combination of fire, police and emergency medical service response
agencies that serve the address location of each in-service telephone number.

"FCC" means the Federal Communications Commission.

"FCC Interconnection Order" is the Federal Communications Commission's First
Report and Order in CC Docket No. 96-98 released August 8,1996, as effective.

"Fiber-Meet" means an interconnection architecture method whereby the Parties
physically interconnect their networks via an optical fiber interface (as
opposed to an electrical interface) at a mutually agreed upon location.

"Gateway" (ALI Gateway) is a telephone company computer facility that interfaces
with CO-PROVIDER `s 911 administrative site to receive Automatic Location
Identification (ALI) data from CO-PROVIDER. Access to the Gateway will be via a
dial-up modem using a common protocol.

"HDSL" or "High-Bit Rate Digital Subscriber Line" means a two-wire or four-wire
transmission technology which typically transmits a DS-1 level signal (or,
higher level signals with certain technologies), using, for example, 2 Binary/1
Quartenary ("2B1Q").

"ILEC" means the incumbent local exchange carrier.

"Information Service Traffic" means traffic which originates on a local access
line and which is addressed to an information service provider.

"INP" (Interim Number Portability) is a service arrangement whereby subscribers
who change local service providers may retain existing telephone numbers with
minimal impairment of quality, reliability, or convenience when remaining at
their current location or changing their location within the geographic area
served by the initial carrier's serving central office.

"Integrated Digital Loop Carrier" ("IDLC") means a digital subscriber loop
carrier system which interfaces with the switch digitally at a DS-1 (1.544Mbps)
or higher level.

"Integrated Services Digital Network" or "ISDN" means a switched network service
that provides end-to-end digital connectivity for the simultaneous transmission
of voice and data. Basic Rate Interface-ISDN (BRI-ISDN) provides for a digital
transmission of two 64 Kbps bearer channels and one 16 Kbps data channel (2B+D).
Primary Rate Interface-ISDN (PRI-ISDN) provides for a digital transmission of
twenty-three (23) 64 Kbps bearer channels and one 64 Kbps data channel (23B+D).

"Interconnection" is as described in the Act and refers to the connection of
separate pieces of equipment, facilities, or platforms between or within
networks for the purpose of transmission and routing of telephone exchange
service traffic and exchange access traffic.

"IXC" (Interexchange Carrier) means a provider of interexchange
Telecommunications Services.


                                                                          Page 7

<PAGE>

                                                                          Part A

"LATA" means Local Access Transport Area.

"LEC" means local exchange carrier.

"LIDB" (Line Information Data Base(s)) is an SOP database that provides for such
functions as calling card validation for telephone line number cards issued by
LECs and other entities and validation for collect and billed-to-third services.

"Local Interconnection" shall have the meaning set forth in the Recitals to this
Agreement.

"Local Resale" or "Services for Resale" or "Resale Services" means,
collectively, Telecommunications Services and service functions provided by U S
WEST to CO-PROVIDER pursuant to Attachment 2 of this Agreement.

"Local Traffic" is intraLATA traffic within an exchange that is treated as toll
free traffic as established by the Commission and as reflected in the effective
tariffs of U S WEST.

"Loop" is a transmission facility between a distribution frame, or its
equivalent, in a U S WEST central office or wire center, and the Network
Interface Device (as defined herein) or network interface at a subscriber's
premises, to which CO-PROVIDER is granted exclusive use. This includes, but is
not limited to, two-wire and four-wire analog voice-grade loops, and two-wire
and four-wire loops that are conditioned to transmit the digital signals needed
to provide ISDN, ADSL, HDSL, and DS-1 level signals. A Loop may be composed of
the following components:

                            Loop Concentrator/Multiplexer
                            Loop Feeder
                            Network Interface Device (NID)
                            Distribution

"Main Distribution Frame" or "MDF" means the distribution frame of the Party
providing the Loop used to interconnect cable pairs and line and trunk equipment
terminals on a switching system or transmission facility.

"MECAB" refers to the Multiple Exchange Carrier Access Billing (MECAB) document
prepared by the Billing Committee of the Ordering and Billing Forum, which
functions under the auspices of the Carrier Liaison Committee (CLC) of the
Alliance for Telecommunications Industry Solutions (ATIS). The MECAB document,
published by Bellcore as Special Report SR-BDS-000983, contains the recommended
guidelines for the billing of an access service provided by two or more LECs
(including a LEC and a CLEC), or by one LEC in two or more states within a
single LATA.

"MECOD" refers to the Multiple Exchange Carriers Ordering and Design (MECOD)
Guidelines for Access Services Industry Support Interface, a document developed
by the Ordering/Provisioning Committee under the auspices of the Ordering and
Billing Forum, which functions under the auspices of the Carrier Liaison
Committee (CLC) of the Alliance for Telecommunications Industry Solutions
(ATIS). The MECOD document, published by Bellcore as Special Report SR
STS-002643, establishes recommended guidelines for processing orders for access
service which is to be provided by two or more LECs (including a LEC and a
CLEC). It is published by Bellcore as SRBDS 00983.


                                                                          Page 8

<PAGE>

                                                                          Part A


"Meet-Point Billing" or "MPB" refers to an arrangement whereby two LECs
(including a LEC and CO-PROVIDER) jointly provide Switched Access Service to an
Interexchange Carrier, with each LEC (or CO-PROVIDER) receiving an appropriate
share of the access element revenues.

"Mid-Span Meet" is a point of interconnection between two networks, designated
by two Telecommunications Carriers, at which one carrier's responsibility for
service begins and the other carrier's responsibility ends.

"MSAG" (Master Street Address Guide) is a database defining the geographic area
of an E91 1 service. It includes an alphabetical list of the street names,
high-low house number ranges, community names, and emergency service numbers
provided by the counties or their agents to U S WEST.

"North American Numbering Plan" or "NANP" means the numbering plan used in the
United States that also serves Canada, Bermuda, Puerto Rico and certain
Caribbean Islands. The NANP format is a 10-digit number that consists of a
3-digit NPA code (commonly referred to as the area code), followed by a 3-digit
NXX code and 4-digit line number.

"NENA" (National Emergency Number Association) is an association with a mission
to foster the technological advancement, availability and implementation of 911
nationwide.

"NETWORK ELEMENT" MEANS A FACILITY OR EQUIPMENT USED IN THE PROVISION OF A
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICE INCLUDING ALL FEATURES, FUNCTIONS AND CAPABILITIES
EMBEDDED in SUCH FACILITY OR EQUIPMENT.(4)

"NP" (Number Portability) means the use of the Location Routing Number (LRN)
database solution to provide fully transparent NP for all subscribers and all
providers without limitation.

"NPA" (Numbering Plan Area) (sometimes referred to as an area code) is the three
digit indicator which is designated by the first three digits of each 10-digit
telephone number within the NANP. Each NPA contains 792 possible NXX Codes.
There are two general categories of NPA, "geographic NPAs" and "Non-Geographic
NPAs." A "Geographic NPA" is associated with a defined geographic area, and all
telephone numbers bearing such NPA are associated with services provided within
that geographic area. A "Non-Geographic NPA," also known as a "Service Access
Code (SAC Code)" is typically associated with a specialized Telecommunications
Service which may be provided across multiple geographic NPA areas; 500, 800,
900, 700, and 888 are examples of Non-Geographic NPAs.

"NXX" means the fourth, fifth and sixth digits of a ten-digit telephone number
within the North American Numbering Plan.

"OBF" means the Ordering and Billing Forum, which functions under the auspices
of the Carrier Liaison Committee (CLC) of the Alliance for Telecommunications
Industry Solutions (ATIS).

"Operator Services" includes, but is not limited to, (1) operator handling for
call completion (e.g., collect calls); (2) operator or automated assistance for
billing after the subscriber has dialed the called number (e.g., credit card
calls); and (3) special services (e.g. BLV/BLI, emergency agency call).

"Operator Systems" is the Network Element that provides operator and automated
call handling with billing, special services, subscriber telephone listings, and
optional call completion services.

__________________________
(4) AT&T Order at pg. 1, "Local Switch - Vertical Features"

                                                                          Page 9

<PAGE>

                                                                          Part A


"P.01 Transmission Grade of Service (GOS)" means a trunk facility provisioning
standard with the statistical probability of no more than one call in 100
blocked on initial attempt during the average busy hour.

"PLU" (Percent Local Usage) is a calculation which represents the ratio of the
local minutes to the sum of local and intraLATA toll minutes between exchange
carriers sent over Local Interconnection trunks. Directory assistance, BLV/BLI,
900, 976, transiting calls from other exchange carriers and switched access
calls are not included in the calculation of PLU.

"Party" means either U S WEST or CO-PROVIDER and "Parties" means U S WEST and
CO-PROVIDER. "Person" means, collectively, an Affiliate, subsidiary, Customer,
end user and subscriber of U S WEST.

"Point of Interconnection" or "P01" means the physical point that establishes
the technical interface, the test point, where applicable, and the operational
responsibility hand-off between CO-PROVIDER and U S WEST for the local
interconnection of their networks for the mutual exchange of traffic.

"Point of Interface" is the physical point where CO-PROVIDER hands off
transmission media to the U S WEST provided entrance facility associated with a
Collocation arrangement for the purpose of connecting the entrance facility to
some point located within U S WEST's premises.

"Pole Attachment" means the connection of a facility to a utility pole. Some
examples of facilities are mechanical hardware, grounding and transmission
cable, and equipment boxes.

"POP" means an IXC's point of presence.

"PORT" MEANS A TERMINATION ON A CENTRAL OFFICE SWITCH THAT PERMITS CUSTOMERS TO
SEND OR RECEIVE TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES OVER THE PUBLIC SWITCHED NETWORK,
INCLUDING SWITCH FEATURES OR SWITCHING FUNCTIONALITY.(5)

"PREMISES" REFERS TO U S WEST'S CENTRAL OFFICES AND SERVING WIRE CENTERS, AS
WELL AS ALL BUILDINGS OR SIMILAR STRUCTURES OWNED OR LEASED BY U S WEST THAT
HOUSE ITS NETWORK FACILITIES, AND ALL STRUCTURES THAT HOUSE U S WEST FACILITIES
ON PUBLIC RIGHTS-OF-WAY, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, VAULTS CONTAINING LOOP
CONCENTRATORS OR SIMILAR STRUCTURES.(6)

"Premium Listing", such as additional, foreign, cross reference, informational,
non-listed, privacy, etc. are as described in the U S WEST general exchange
listing tariff.

"Primary Listing" (for example, main list, additional main, joint user, client
main list or answering service list) shall mean the one appearance of an end
user telephone subscriber's main telephone number and other content such as name
and address, which each CO-PROVIDER residence or business subscriber is entitled
to receive in the white pages directory published by U S WEST Dex at no charge
from U S WEST Communications. here U S WEST business end users are entitled to
receive a courtesy listing in the yellow pages section of any directory
published on U S WEST's behalf, CO-PROVIDER's business customers will receive
the same entitlement.

"Proprietary Information" shall have the same meaning as Confidential
Information.

__________________________
(5) AT&T Order at p. 1, "Local Switch - Vertical Features"
(6) MCI Order at p. 10, Issue 31

                                                                         Page 10

<PAGE>

                                                                          Part A

"PSAP" (Public Safety Answering Point) is the public safety communications
center where 911 calls placed by the public for a specific geographic area will
be answered.

"Rate Center" means the geographic point and corresponding geographic area which
are associated with one or more particular NPA-NXX codes which have been
assigned to U S WEST or CO-PROVIDER for its provision of basic exchange
Telecommunications Services. The "Rate Center Point" is the finite geographic
point identified by a specific V&H coordinate, which is used to measure
distance-sensitive end user traffic to/from the particular NPA-NXX designations
associated with the specific Rate Center. The "Rate Center Area" is the
exclusive geographic area identified as the area within which U S WEST or
CO-PROVIDER will provide basic exchange Telecommunications Services bearing the
particular NPA-NXX designations associated with the specific Rate Center. The
Rate Center Point must be located within the Rate Center Area.

"Rating Point" means the point at which transport mileage is calculated for the
termination of calls. Each Party shall establish its own Rating Point(s) for its
own services.

"Real Time" means the actual time in which an event takes place, with the
reporting on or the recording of the event simultaneous with its occurrence.

"Recipient" means that Party to this Agreement (1) to which Confidential
Information has been disclosed by the other Party, or (2) who has obtained
Confidential Information in the course of providing services under this
Agreement.

"Reseller" is a category of Telecommunications Services providers who obtain
Telecommunications Services from another provider through the purchase of
wholesale priced services for resale to their end user subscribers.

"Routing Point" means a location which U S WEST or CO-PROVIDER has designated on
its own network as the homing (routing) point for traffic inbound to basic
exchange Telecommunications Services provided by U S WEST or CO-PROVIDER which
bear a certain NPA-NXX designation. The Routing Point is employed to calculate
mileage measurements for the distance-sensitive transport element charges of
Switched Access Services. Pursuant to Bellcore Practice BR 795-1 00-100, the
Routing Point may be an "End Office" location, or a "LEC Consortium Point of
Interconnection." Pursuant to that same Bellcore Practice, examples of the
latter shall be designated by a common language location identifier (CLLI) code
with (x)KD in positions 9,10,11, where (x) may by any alphanumeric A-Z or 0-9.
The Routing Point need not be the same as the Rate Center Point, nor must it be
located within the Rate Center Area, but must be in the same LATA as the NPA-NXX

"ROW" (Right of Way) means the right to use the land or other property owned,
leased, or controlled by another party to place poles, conduits, cables, other
structures and equipment, or to provide passage to access such structures and
equipment. A ROW may run under, on, or above public or private property
(including air space above public or private property) and may include the right
to use discrete space in buildings, building complexes or other locations.

"SAG" (Street Address Guide) is a database containing an alphabetical list of
street names, high-low house number ranges, descriptive addresses, community
names, tax codes, subscriber names, telephone numbers, NXXs, central office
names, CLLI and other information maintained by U S WEST.

"SECAB" means the Small Exchange Carrier Access Billing document prepared by the
Billing Committee of the OBF. The Small Exchange Carrier Access Billing
document, published by Bellcore as Special

                                                                         Page 11

<PAGE>

                                                                          Part A


Report SR OPT-001856, contains the recommended guidelines for the billing of
access and other connectivity services.

"Selective Routing" is a service which automatically routes an E911 call to the
PSAP that has jurisdictional responsibility for the service address of the
telephone from which 911 is dialed, irrespective of telephone company exchange
or wire center boundaries.

"Service Control Point" or "SCP" is a specific type of Database Network Element
functionality deployed in a Signaling System 7 (SS7) network that executes
service application logic in response to SS7 queries sent to it by a switching
system also connected to the SS7 network. SCPs also provide operational
interfaces to allow for provisioning, administration and maintenance of
subscriber data and service application data (e.g., a toll free database stores
subscriber record data that provides information necessary to route toll free
calls.

"Signaling Transfer Point" or "STP" provide functionality that enable the
exchange of SS7 messages among and between switching elements, database elements
and Signaling Transfer Points.

"Switch" -- See Central Office Switch.

"Switched Access", "Switched Access Service", "Switched Exchange Access
Service" or "Switched Access Traffic" are as defined in the Parties'
applicable tariffs.

"Tandem Office Switches" are Class 4 switches which are used to connect and
switch trunk circuits between and among End Office Switches and other tandems.

"Tariff Services" as used throughout this Agreement refers to the applicable
Party's interstate tariffs and state tariffs, price lists, price schedules and
catalogs.

"Technically Feasible" refers solely to technical or operational concerns,
rather than economic, space, or site considerations, in accordance with the
rules and regulations of the FCC and the Commission.

"Telecommunications" means the transmission, between or among points specified
by the user, of information of the user's choosing, without change in the form
or content of the information as sent and received.

"Telecommunications Carrier" means any provider of Telecommunications Services,
except that such term does not include aggregators of Telecommunications
Services (as defined in Section 226 of the Act). A Telecommunications Carrier
shall be treated as a common carrier under the Act only to the extent that it is
engaged in providing Telecommunications Services, except that the FCC shall
determine whether the provision of fixed and mobile satellite service shall be
treated as common carriage.

"Telecommunications Services" means the offering of Telecommunications for a fee
directly to the public, or to such classes of users as to be effectively
available directly to the public, regardless of the facilities used.

"Toll Traffic" is traffic that originates in one Rate Center and terminates in
another Rate Center with the exception of traffic that is rated as EAS.

"Transit Service" provides the ability for a Telecommunications Carrier to use
its connection to a local or access tandem for delivery of calls that originate
with a Telecommunications Carrier and terminate to a


                                                                         Page 12

<PAGE>

                                                                          Part A

company other than the tandem company, such as another Competitive Local
Exchange Carrier, an existing LEC, or a wireless carrier. In these cases,
neither the originating nor terminating end user is a customer of the tandem
Telecommunications Carrier. The tandem Telecommunications Carrier will accept
traffic originated by a Party and will terminate it at a Point of
Interconnection with another local, intraLATA or interLATA network
Telecommunications Carrier. This service is provided through local and access
tandem switches.

"Transit Traffic" is any traffic, other than Switched Access Traffic, that
originates from one Telecommunications Carrier's network, transits another
Telecommunications Carrier's network, and terminates to yet another
Telecommunications Carrier's network.

"TRCO" means Trouble Reporting Control Office.

"U S WEST" means U S WEST Communications, Inc. and any Affiliates, subsidiary
companies or other entities performing any of the obligations of U S WEST set
forth in this Agreement.

"Voluntary Federal Subscriber Financial Assistance Programs" are
Telecommunications Services provided to low-income subscribers, pursuant to
requirements established by the appropriate federal or state regulatory body.

"Wire Center" denotes, for the purposes of Collocation, a building or space
within a building, that serves as an aggregation point on a given carrier's
network, where transmission facilities and circuits are connected or switched.
Wire Center can also denote a building where one or more central offices, used
for the provision of Telecommunications Services and Access Services, are
located. Wire Center shall mean those points eligible for such connections as
specified in the FCC Docket No. 91-141, and rules adopted pursuant thereto.

TERMS AND CONDITIONS

1.       GENERAL PROVISIONS

               1.1 Each Party is individually responsible to provide facilities
               within its network which are necessary for routing, transporting,
               measuring, and billing traffic from the other Party's network and
               for delivering such traffic to the other Party's network in the
               standard format compatible with CO-PROVIDER's network and to
               terminate the traffic it receives in that standard format or the
               proper address on its network. The Parties are each solely
               responsible for participation in and compliance with national
               network plans, including the National Network Security Plan and
               the Emergency Preparedness Plan.

               1.2 Neither Party shall impair the quality of service to other
               carriers or to either Party's Customers, and each Party may
               discontinue or refuse service if the other Party violates this
               provision. Upon such violation, either Party shall provide the
               other Party notice of such violation, at the earliest practicable
               time.

               1.3 Each Party is solely responsible for the services it provides
               to its Customers and to other Telecommunications Carriers.

                                                                         Page 13

<PAGE>

                                                                          Part A

              1.3.1 The Parties recognize that equipment vendors may
                    manufacture telecommunications equipment that does not fully
                    incorporate and may deviate from industry standards
                    referenced in this Agreement. Due to the manner in which
                    individual equipment manufacturers have chosen to implement
                    industry standards into the design of their products, along
                    with differing vintages of individual facility components
                    and the presence of embedded technologies pre-dating current
                    technical standards, some of the individual facility
                    components deployed within U S WEST's network, including,
                    without limitation, Network Elements and associated business
                    processes and the standards associated with the equipment
                    providing such Network Elements (collectively, "Network
                    Components"), may not adhere to all the specifications set
                    forth and described in the Bellcore, ANSI, ITU and other
                    technical and performance standards outlined in this
                    Agreement. Within forty-five (45) days after a request by
                    CO-PROVIDER, the Parties will develop processes by which U S
                    WEST will inform CO-PROVIDER of deviations or planned
                    deviations, and the implementation date of such planned
                    deviations, from standards referenced in this Agreement for
                    Network Components that may be ordered by CO-PROVIDER. In
                    addition, the Parties agree that those deviations from such
                    standards documented by U S WEST to CO-PROVIDER shall, to
                    the extent permitted by FCC and Commission rules and
                    regulations, supersede sections of this Agreement
                    referencing technical standards otherwise applicable for the
                    affected Network Elements.(7)

              1.3.2 U S WEST agrees that in no event shall it intentionally
                    allow any Network Component provided by U S WEST to
                    CO-PROVIDER under this Agreement to perform below the
                    standards or deviations therefrom reflected in Section
                    1.3.1, except where requested by CO-PROVIDER. U S WEST
                    shall minimize any degradation to its equipment relative
                    to currently applicable service, where reasonable in view
                    of industry adopted performance standards and
                    technological developments. Written notice (the "Change
                    Notice") of any planned changes in standards for any
                    Network Component which could impact that Network
                    Component will be provided at least ninety (90) days (or
                    at the make/buy point) prior to the planned
                    implementation. If CO-PROVIDER notifies U S WEST of how
                    the proposed change may adversely impact CO-PROVIDER or
                    its Customers within fourteen (14) calendar days after
                    receipt of U S WEST's Change Notice, U S WEST and
                    CO-PROVIDER will schedule joint discussions to address
                    and attempt to resolve the matter, including, without
                    limitation, consideration of proposed alternatives. In
                    addition, if U S WEST learns that any Network Component
                    purchased by CO-PROVIDER under this Agreement has been
                    permitted (even if not intentionally) to fall materially
                    below the level or specification in effect as of the
                    Effective Date of this Agreement, U S WEST shall inform
                    CO-PROVIDER immediately.(8)

              1.3.3 The Parties recognize that providing A number of the
                    services specified in this Agreement depends upon the
                    "technical feasibility" of providing that service, as

__________________________
(7) AT&T Order at pg. 8, Technical Standards
(8) AT&T Order at pg. 8, Technical Standards

                                                                         Page 14

<PAGE>

                                                                          Part A

                    that term is defined under the Act and/or by FCC or
                    Commission rules and decisions. If the Parties cannot agree
                    on whether providing a service is technically feasible, the
                    matter, including cost and expenses (if any), shall be
                    resolved through good faith negotiation or the dispute
                    resolution process outlined in this Agreement.

2.       MOST FAVORED NATION TERMS AND TREATMENT

               2.1 Until such time as there is a final court determination
               interpreting Section 252(i) of the Act, U S WEST shall make
               available to CO-PROVIDER the terms and conditions of any other
               agreement for interconnection, unbundled network elements and
               resale services approved by the Commission under Section 252 of
               the Act, in that agreements entirety. After there is a final
               court determination interpreting Section 252(i) of the Act, the
               Parties agree to revise this Section 2.1 to reflect such
               interpretation.

3.       PAYMENT

               3.1 In consideration of the services provided by U S WEST under
               this Agreement, CO-PROVIDER shall pay the charges set forth in
               Attachment 1 to this Agreement. The billing procedures for
               charges incurred by CO-PROVIDER hereunder are set forth in
               Attachment 5 to this Agreement.

               3.2 Amounts payable under this Agreement, unless reasonably
               disputed, are due and payable within thirty (30) days after the
               date of U S WEST's invoice or within twenty (20) days after
               receipt of the invoice, whichever is later. If the payment due
               date is not a Business Day, the payment shall be made the next
               Business Day.

               3.3 A late payment charge of 1.5% applies to all billed balances,
               not reasonably disputed, which are not paid within the applicable
               time period set forth in Section 3.2 above. To the extent
               CO-PROVIDER pays the billed balance on time, but the amount of
               the billed balance is reasonably disputed by CO-PROVIDER, and, it
               is later determined that a refund is due CO-PROVIDER, interest
               shall be payable on the refunded amount in the amount of 1.5% per
               month. To the extent CO-PROVIDER pays the billed balance on time,
               but the amount of the billed balance is reasonably disputed by
               CO-PROVIDER, and, it is later determined that no refund is due
               CO-PROVIDER, no interest shall be payable on the disputed amount.

               3.4 Late payment charges shall not be used as a "credit" to a
               deposit, if any, without the express approval of U S WEST.

               3.5 Unless specified otherwise in this Agreement, U S WEST shall
               bill all amounts due from CO-PROVIDER for each resold service in
               accordance with the terms and conditions as specified in the U S
               WEST tariff.

4.       TAXES

               4.1 Any federal, state or local excise, sales, or use taxes
               (excluding any taxes levied on income) resulting from the
               performance of this Agreement shall be borne by the Party

                                                                         Page 15

<PAGE>

                                                                          Part A


               upon which the obligation for payment is imposed under applicable
               law, even if the obligation to collect and remit such taxes is
               placed upon the other Party. Any such taxes shall be shown as
               separate items on applicable billing documents between the
               Parties. The Party so obligated to pay any such taxes may contest
               the same in good faith, at its own expense, and shall be entitled
               to the benefit of any refund or recovery, provided that such
               Party shall not permit any lien to exist on any asset of the
               other Party by reason of the contest. The Party obligated to
               collect and remit taxes shall cooperate fully in any such contest
               by the other Party by providing records, testimony and such
               additional information or assistance as may reasonably be
               necessary to pursue the contest. To the extent a sale is claimed
               to be for resale tax exemption, the purchasing Party shall
               furnish the providing Party a proper resale tax exemption
               certificate as authorized or required by statute or regulation by
               the jurisdiction providing said resale tax exemption. Failure to
               timely provide said resale tax exemption certificate will result
               in no exemption being available to the purchasing Party during
               the applicable reporting period.

5.       INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY

         5.1   Obligations of Party Requesting Access. As a condition to the
               access or use of patents, copyright, trade secrets, and other
               intellectual property (including software) owned or controlled by
               a third party to the extent necessary to implement this Agreement
               or specifically required by the then applicable federal and state
               rules and regulations relating to Interconnection and access to
               telecommunications facilities and services ("Third Party
               Intellectual Property"), the Party providing access may require
               the other, upon written notice from time to time, to obtain a
               license or permission for such access or use of Third Party
               Intellectual Property, make all payment, if any, in connection
               with obtaining such license, and provide evidence of such
               license.

          5.2  Obligations of Party Providing Access. The Party providing access
               shall provide a list of all known and necessary Third Party
               Intellectual Property applicable to the other Party, and, take
               all necessary and appropriate steps to facilitate the negotiation
               of any mandatory licenses. The treatment of third party licenses
               shall be in accordance with FCC rules and regulations and/or
               judicial determinations.

          5.3  Any intellectual property jointly developed in the course of
               performing this Agreement shall belong to both Parties who shall
               have the right to grant non-exclusive licenses to third parties
               except as otherwise designated in writing by one Party to
               another. Any intellectual property which originates from or is
               developed by a Party shall remain in the exclusive ownership of
               that Party. Except for a limited license to use patents or
               copyrights to the extent necessary for the Parties to use any
               facilities or equipment (including software) or to receive any
               service solely as provided under this Agreement, no license in
               patent, copyright, trademark or trade secret, or other
               proprietary or intellectual property presently or hereafter
               owned, controlled or licensable by a Party, is granted to the
               other Party or shall be implied or arise by estoppel.

6.       SEVERABILITY

                    6.1  In the event that any one or more of the provisions
                    contained herein shall for any reason be held to be
                    unenforceable or invalid in any respect under law or
                    regulation, the Parties will negotiate in good faith for
                    replacement language. If any part of this Agreement is held
                    to be invalid or unenforceable for any reason, such
                    invalidity or

                                                                         Page 16

<PAGE>

                                                                          Part A

                    unenforceability will affect only the portion of this
                    Agreement which is invalid or unenforceable. In all other
                    respects this Agreement will stand as if such invalid or
                    unenforceable provision had not been a part hereof, and the
                    remainder of this Agreement shall remain in full force and
                    effect.

7.       RESPONSIBILITY FOR ENVIRONMENTAL CONTAMINATION

                    7.1  CO-PROVIDER shall in no event be liable to U S WEST for
                    any costs whatsoever resulting from the presence or release
                    of any environmental hazard CO-PROVIDER did not introduce to
                    the affected work location. U S WEST shall, at CO-PROVIDER's
                    request, indemnify, defend, and hold harmless CO-PROVIDER,
                    and each of its officers, directors and employees from and
                    against any losses, damages, claims, demands, suits,
                    liabilities, fines, penalties and expenses (including
                    reasonable attorneys' fees) arising out of or resulting from
                    (a) any environmental hazard U S WEST, its contractors or
                    agents introduce to the work location, or (b) the presence
                    or release of any environmental hazard for which U S WEST is
                    responsible under applicable law.

                    7.2  U S WEST shall in no event be liable to CO-PROVIDER for
                    any costs whatsoever resulting from the presence or release
                    of any environmental hazard U S WEST did not introduce to
                    the affected work location. CO-PROVIDER shall, at U S WEST's
                    request, indemnify, defend, and hold harmless U S WEST, and
                    each of its officers, directors and employees from and
                    against any losses, damages, claims, demands, suits,
                    liabilities, fines, penalties and expenses (including
                    reasonable attorneys' fees) arising out of or resulting from
                    (a) any environmental hazard CO-PROVIDER, its contractors or
                    agents introduce to the work location, or (b) the presence
                    of release of any environmental hazard for which CO-PROVIDER
                    is responsible under applicable law.

                    7.3  In the event any suspect materials within U S
                    WEST-owned, operated or leased facilities are identified to
                    be asbestos-containing, CO-PROVIDER will ensure that, to the
                    extent any activities which it undertakes in the facility
                    disturb such suspect materials, such CO-PROVIDER activities
                    will be in accordance with applicable local, state and
                    federal environmental and health and safety statutes and
                    regulations. Except for abatement activities undertaken by
                    CO-PROVIDER or equipment placement activities that result in
                    the generation of asbestos containing material, CO-PROVIDER
                    shall not have any responsibility for managing, nor be the
                    owner of, not have any liability for, or in connection with,
                    any asbestos containing material. U S WEST agrees to
                    immediately notify CO-PROVIDER if U S WEST undertakes any
                    asbestos control or asbestos abatement activities that
                    potentially could affect CO-PROVIDER equipment or
                    operations, including, but not limited to, contamination of
                    equipment.

                    7.4  Each Party will be solely responsible, at its own
                    expense, for proper handling, storing, transport and
                    disposal of all (a) substances or materials that it or its
                    contractors or agents bring to, create or assume control
                    over at work locations, or (b) waste resulting therefrom or
                    otherwise generated in connection with its or its
                    contractors' or agents' activities at the work locations.


8.       BRANDING(9),(10)

__________________________
(9) MCI Order at pg. 5, Issue 23

                                                                         Page 17

<PAGE>

                                                                          Part A


          8.1  U S WEST WILL OFFER CO-PROVIDER UNBRANDED DIRECTORY ASSISTANCE
               AND OPERATOR SERVICES.

          8.2  U S WEST WILL NOT BE REQUIRED TO REBRAND UNIFORMS AND VEHICLES.

          8.3  AT CO-PROVIDER'S REQUEST, U S WEST SHALL BE OBLIGATED TO PROVIDE
               BRANDING AND UNBRANDING OF SERVICES PROVIDED TO CO-PROVIDER
               CUSTOMERS PURSUANT TO THIS AGREEMENT IN A NONDISCRIMINATORY
               MANNER CONSISTENT WITH THE BRANDING OF SUCH SERVICES TO U S WEST
               CUSTOMERS.

          8.4  IF CO-PROVIDER REQUESTS THAT A SERVICE PROVIDED UNDER THIS
               AGREEMENT BE BRANDED AS AN CO-PROVIDER SERVICE AND U S WEST
               INFORMS CO-PROVIDER THAT SUCH BRANDING IS NOT AVAILABLE OR IF IT
               IS NOT PRACTICAL TO SO BRAND THE SERVICE, THEN U S WEST WILL
               OFFER CO-PROVIDER THE SERVICE ON AN UNBRANDED BASIS AT
               CO-PROVIDER'S REQUEST. IF CO-PROVIDER REQUESTS UNBRANDING OF A
               SERVICE UNDER SUCH CIRCUMSTANCES, U S WEST MUST UNBRAND THEIR OWN
               SERVICE.

          8.5  WITHOUT LIMITATION OF THE PROVISIONS OF SECTION 8.1 AND 8.2, IF
               U S WEST IS OFFERING A SERVICE ON AN UNBRANDED BASIS, U S WEST
               MAY BRAND SUCH SERVICE WITH THE U S WEST BRAND ONLY IF U S WEST
               ALSO OFFERS TO BRAND THE SERVICE WITH THE CO-PROVIDER BRAND.

          8.6  U S WEST shall provide, for CO-PROVIDER's review, the methods and
               procedures, training and approaches to be used by U S WEST to
               assure that U S WEST meets CO-PROVIDER's branding requirements.

          8.7  This Section 8 shall confer on U S WEST no rights to the service
               marks, trademarks and trade names owned by or used in connection
               with services by CO-PROVIDER or its Affiliates, except as
               expressly permitted by CO-PROVIDER.

          8.8  At the request of CO-PROVIDER, and where technically feasible,
               U S WEST will rebrand Operator Services and Directory Assistance
               in CO-PROVIDER's name.

9.       INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR STATUS

               9.1  Nothing contained herein shall constitute the Parties as
               joint venturers, partners, employees or agents of one another,
               and neither Party shall have the right or power to bind or
               obligate the other.

               9.2  Each Party is an independent contractor, and has and
               hereby retains the right to exercise full control of and
               supervision over its own performance or its obligations under
               this Agreement and retains full control over the employment,
               direction, compensation and discharge of all employees
               assisting in the performance of such obligations. Each Party
               will be solely responsible for all matters relating to payment
               of such employees, including compliance with social security
               taxes, withholding taxes, and other payroll taxes with respect
               to their respective employees, as well as any taxes,
               contributions or other

__________________________
(10) Sections 8.3-8.5 pursuant to Final Arbitration Order at pg. 4, Issue A-1

                                                                         Page 18

<PAGE>

                                                                          Part A


                    obligations imposed by applicable state unemployment or
                    workers' compensation acts and all other regulations
                    governing such matters. Each Party has sole authority and
                    responsibility to hire, fire and otherwise control its
                    employees.

                    9.3  Subject to the limitations on liability and except as
                    otherwise provided in this Agreement, each Party shall be
                    responsible for (a) its own acts and performance of all
                    obligations imposed by applicable law in connection with its
                    activities, legal status and property, real or personal, and
                    (b) the acts of its own Affiliates, employees, agents and
                    contractors during the performance of that Party's
                    obligations hereunder. Except for provisions herein
                    expressly authorizing one Party to act for the other,
                    nothing in this Agreement shall constitute a Party as a
                    legal representative or agent of the other Party, nor shall
                    a Party have the right or authority to assume, create or
                    incur any liability or any obligation of any kind, express
                    or implied, against or in the name or on behalf of the other
                    Party unless otherwise expressly permitted by such other
                    Party. Except as otherwise expressly provided in this
                    Agreement, neither Party shall undertake to perform any
                    obligation of the other Party, whether regulatory or
                    contractual, or to assume any responsibility for the
                    management of the other Party's business.

10.      REFERENCED DOCUMENTS

                    10.1 All references to Sections, Exhibits, and Schedules
                    shall be deemed to be references to Sections of, and
                    Exhibits and Schedules to, this Agreement unless the context
                    shall otherwise require. Whenever any provision of this
                    Agreement refers to a technical reference, technical
                    publication, CO-PROVIDER practice, U S WEST practice, any
                    publication of telecommunications industry administrative or
                    technical standards, or any other document specifically
                    incorporated into this Agreement, it will be deemed to be a
                    reference to the most recent version or edition (including
                    any amendments, supplements, addenda, or successors) or such
                    document that is in effect, and will include the most recent
                    version or edition (including any amendments, supplements,
                    addenda, or successors) of each document incorporated by
                    reference in such a technical reference, technical
                    publication, CO-PROVIDER practice, U S WEST practice, or
                    publication of industry standards, unless CO-PROVIDER elects
                    otherwise.

11.      PUBLICITY AND ADVERTISING

                    11.1  Neither Party shall publish or use any advertising,
                    sales promotions or other publicity materials that use the
                    other Party's logo, trademarks or service marks without the
                    prior written approval of the other Party.

12.      EXECUTED IN COUNTERPARTS

                    12.1  This Agreement may be executed in any number of
                    counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but
                    such counterparts shall together constitute one and the same
                    instrument.

13.      HEADINGS NOT CONTROLLING

                                                                         Page 19

<PAGE>

                                                                          Part A


                    13.1 The headings and numbering of Sections, Parts,
                    Appendices and Attachments in this Agreement are for
                    convenience only and shall not be construed to define or
                    limit any of the terms herein or affect the meaning or
                    interpretation of this Agreement.

14.      JOINT WORK PRODUCT

                    14.1 This Agreement is the joint work product of the Parties
                    and has been negotiated by the Parties and their respective
                    counsel and shall be fairly interpreted in accordance with
                    its terms and, in the event of any ambiguities, no
                    inferences shall be drawn against either Party.

15.      SURVIVAL

                    15.1 Any liabilities or obligations of a Party for acts or
                    omissions prior to the cancellation or termination of this
                    Agreement; any obligation of a Party under the provisions
                    regarding indemnification, confidential information,
                    limitation of liability, and any other provisions of this
                    Agreement which, by their terms, are contemplated to
                    survive, or to be performed after, termination of this
                    Agreement, shall survive cancellation or termination
                    thereof.

16.      EFFECTIVE DATE

                    16.1 This Agreement shall become effective pursuant to
                    Sections 251 and 252 of the Act, on __________________.


17.      AMENDMENT OF AGREEMENT

                    17.1 Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, no
                    amendment or waiver of any provision of this Agreement, and
                    no consent to any default under this Agreement, shall be
                    effective unless the same is in writing and signed by an
                    officer of the Party against whom such amendment, waiver or
                    consent is claimed. If either Party desires an amendment to
                    this Agreement during the term of this Agreement, it shall
                    provide written notice thereof to the other Party describing
                    the nature of the requested amendment. If the Parties are
                    unable to agree on the terms of the amendment within thirty
                    (30) days after the initial request therefor, the Party
                    requesting the amendment may invoke the dispute resolution
                    process under Section 27 of this Part A of this Agreement to
                    determine the terms of any amendment to this Agreement.

18.      INDEMNIFICATION

                    18.1 NOTWITHSTANDING ANY LIMITATIONS IN REMEDIES CONTAINED
                    IN THIS AGREEMENT, EACH PARTY (THE "INDEMNIFYING PARTY")
                    WILL INDEMNIFY AND HOLD HARMLESS THE OTHER PARTY
                    ("INDEMNIFIED PARTY") FROM AND AGAINST ANY LOSS, COST,
                    CLAIM, LIABILITY, DAMAGE AND EXPENSE, INCLUDING REASONABLE
                    ATTORNEY'S FEES, TO THIRD PARTIES, RELATING TO OR ARISING
                    OUT OF THE LIBEL, SLANDER, INVASION OF PRIVACY,
                    MISAPPROPRIATION OF A NAME OR LIKENESS, ACTUAL OR ALLEGED
                    INFRINGEMENT OR OTHER VIOLATION OR BREACH OF ANY PATENT,
                    COPYRIGHT, TRADEMARK, SERVICE MARK, TRADE NAME, TRADE DRESS,
                    TRADE SECRET OR ANY



                                                                         Page 20

<PAGE>

                                                                          Part A

                    OTHER INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY PRESENTLY EXISTING OR LATER
                    CREATED, NEGLIGENCE OR WILLFUL MISCONDUCT BY THE
                    INDEMNIFYING PARTY, ITS EMPLOYEES, AGENTS, OR
                    CONTRACTORS IN THE PERFORMANCE OF THIS AGREEMENT OR THE
                    FAILURE OF THE INDEMNIFYING PARTY TO PERFORM ITS OBLIGATIONS
                    UNDER THIS AGREEMENT. IN ADDITION, THE INDEMNIFYING PARTY
                    WILL, TO THE EXTENT OF ITS OBLIGATIONS TO INDEMNIFY
                    HEREUNDER, DEFEND ANY ACTION OR SUIT BROUGHT BY A THIRD
                    PARTY AGAINST THE INDEMNIFIED PARTY. THE PARTY PROVIDING
                    ACCESS UNDER THIS AGREEMENT SHALL HAVE NO INDEMNIFICATION
                    OBLIGATION HEREUNDER FOR ANY LOSS, COST, CLAIM, LIABILITY,
                    DAMAGE OR EXPENSE ARISING ON ACCOUNT OF THIRD PARTY
                    INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY AFTER HAVING GIVEN WRITTEN NOTICE TO
                    THE OTHER PARTY OF THE THIRD PARTY INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY
                    PURSUANT TO SECTION 5 ABOVE.(11)

               18.2 The Indemnified Party will notify the Indemnifying Party
                    promptly in writing of any written claim, lawsuit, or demand
                    by third parties for which the Indemnified Party alleges
                    THAT the Indemnifying Party is responsible under this
                    Section 18 and tender the defense of such claim, lawsuit or
                    demand to the Indemnifying Party. Failure to so notify the
                    Indemnifying Party shall not relieve the Indemnifying Party
                    of any liability that the Indemnifying Party might have,
                    except to the extent that such failure prejudices the
                    Indemnifying Party's ability to defend such claim.

               18.2 The Indemnified Party also will cooperate in every
                    reasonable manner with the defense or settlement of such
                    claim, demand, or lawsuit. The Indemnifying Party shall keep
                    the Indemnified Party reasonably and timely apprised of the
                    status of the claim, demand or lawsuit. The Indemnified
                    Party shall have the right to retain its own counsel,
                    including in-house counsel, at its expense, and participate
                    in but not direct the defense; provided, however, that if
                    there are reasonable defenses in addition to those asserted
                    by the Indemnifying Party, the Indemnified Party and its
                    counsel may raise and direct such defenses, which shall be
                    at the expense of the Indemnifying Party.

               18.4 The Indemnifying Party will not be liable under this Section
                    18 for settlements or compromises by the Indemnified Party
                    of any claim, demand or lawsuit unless the Indemnifying
                    Party has approved the settlement or compromise in advance
                    or unless the defense of the claim, demand or lawsuit has
                    been tendered to the Indemnifying Party in writing and the
                    Indemnifying Party has failed to timely undertake the
                    defense. In no event shall the Indemnifying Party settle or
                    consent to any judgment pertaining to any such action
                    without the prior written consent of the Indemnified Party.

19.      LIMITATION OF LIABILITY

         19.1       Except as otherwise provided in the indemnity section, no
                    Party shall be liable to the other Party for any Loss,
                    defect or equipment failure caused by the conduct of the
                    other Party, the other Party's agents, servants, contractors
                    or others acting in aid or concert with the other Party.

         19.2       [Intentionally left blank for numbering consistency]

         19.3       In no event shall either Party have any liability whatsoever
                    to the other Party for any indirect, special, consequential,
                    incidental or punitive damages, including, but not limited
                    to, loss of anticipated profits or revenue or other economic
                    loss in connection with or

__________________________
(11) AT&T Order at pg. 10, "Indemnification", Final Arbitration Order at p. 6

                                                                         Page 21

<PAGE>

                                                                          Part A

                  arising from anything said, omitted or done hereunder
                  (collectively, "Consequential Damages"), even if the other
                  Party has been advised of the possibility of such damages;
                  provided, that the foregoing shall not limit a Party's
                  obligation to indemnify, defend and hold the other Party
                  harmless against any amounts payable to a third party,
                  including any losses, costs, fines penalties, criminal or
                  civil judgments or settlements, expenses (including attorneys'
                  fees) and Consequential Damages of such third party. Nothing
                  contained in this section shall limit either Party's liability
                  to the other for (i) willful or intentional misconduct
                  (including gross negligence); (ii) bodily injury, death or
                  damage to tangible real or tangible personal property
                  proximately caused by such party's negligent act or omission
                  or that of their respective agents, subcontractors or
                  employees; OR (III) UNDER THE CIRCUMSTANCES PRESENTED TO THE
                  ARBITRATOR, THE COMMISSION OR OTHER DECISION MAKER, AS THE
                  CASE MAY BE PURSUANT TO THE DISPUTE RESOLUTION PROCESS IN
                  SECTION 27, A PATTERN OF CONDUCT IS FOUND TO EXIST BY SUCH
                  ARBITRATOR, THE COMMISSION OR OTHER DECISION MAKER IN
                  VIOLATION OF A PARTY'S OBLIGATIONS UNDER THIS AGREEMENT THAT
                  JUSTIFIES AN AWARD OF CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES,(12) nor shall
                  anything contained in this section limit the Parties'
                  indemnification obligations, as specified above.

         19.4     Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 19.3, to the extent
                  that U S WEST tariffs contain limitations on liability,
                  CO-PROVIDER shall submit language for inclusion in its
                  Intrastate retail tariffs, that is substantially similar to
                  the limitation of liability language contained in U S WEST's
                  tariffs, and such limitations of liability shall govern for
                  Customer claims. In addition, notwithstanding the provisions
                  of Section 19.3, to the extent that the Commission's quality
                  of service rules provide for remedies to CO-PROVIDER or its
                  Customers for Customer claims, then those remedies shall
                  govern as to such claims.

20.      TERM OF AGREEMENT

20.1     This Agreement shall be effective upon Commission approval and shall
         remain in effect until June 26, 2001, and thereafter shall continue in
         force and effect unless and until a new agreement, addressing all of
         the terms of this Agreement, becomes effective between the Parties. The
         Parties shall commence negotiations on a new agreement no later than
         one (1) year prior to the expiration of the term of this Agreement.
         Either Party may request resolution of open issues in accordance with
         the provisions of Section 27 of this Part A of this Agreement, Dispute
         Resolution, beginning nine (9) months prior to the expiration of this
         Agreement. Any disputes regarding the terms and conditions of the new
         interconnection agreement shall be resolved in accordance with said
         Section 27 and the resulting agreement shall be submitted to the
         Commission. This Agreement shall remain in effect until a new
         interconnection agreement approved by the Commission has become
         effective.

21.      GOVERNING LAW

                  21.1 This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in
                  accordance with the Act and the FCC's rules and regulations,
                  except insofar as state law may control any aspect of this
                  Agreement, in which case the domestic laws of the State of
                  Utah, without regard to its conflicts of laws principles,
                  shall govern.

22.      CANCELLATION CHARGES

__________________________
(12)  Final Arbitration Order at p. 7

                                                                         Page 22

<PAGE>

                                                                          Part A

                  22.1 Except as provided pursuant to a Bona Fide Request, or as
                  otherwise provided in any applicable tariff or contract
                  referenced herein, no cancellation charges shall apply.

23.      REGULATORY APPROVALS

                  23.1 This Agreement, and any amendment or modification hereof,
                  will be submitted to the Commission for approval in accordance
                  with Section 252 of the Act. In the event any governmental
                  authority or agency rejects any provision hereof, the Parties
                  shall negotiate promptly and in good faith such revisions as
                  may reasonably be required to achieve approval.

                  23.2 U S WEST shall provide CO-PROVIDER a summary describing
                  the proposed change(s) to each Telecommunication Service which
                  is available pursuant to this Agreement. U S WEST shall also
                  provide CO-PROVIDER a summary describing the proposed
                  change(s) of each intrastate and interstate tariff which
                  provides for an Interconnection, unbundled Network Element or
                  Ancillary Service that is available pursuant to this
                  Agreement. Such summaries shall be available through an
                  Internet Web page to be posted on the same day the proposed
                  change is filed with the Commission or the FCC or at least
                  thirty (30) days in advance of its effective date, whichever
                  is earlier.

                  23.3 In the event any governmental authority or agency orders
                  U S WEST to provide any service covered by this Agreement in
                  accordance with any terms or conditions that individually
                  differ from one or more corresponding terms or conditions of
                  this Agreement, CO-PROVIDER may elect to amend this Agreement
                  to reflect any such differing terms or conditions contained in
                  such decision or order, with effect from the date CO-PROVIDER
                  makes such election. The other services covered by this
                  Agreement and not covered by such decision or order shall
                  remain unaffected and shall remain in full force and effect.

                  23.4 The Parties intend that any additional services requested
                  by either Party relating to the subject matter of this
                  Agreement will be incorporated into this Agreement by
                  amendment.

24.      COMPLIANCE

                  24.1 Each Party shall comply with all applicable federal,
                  state, and local laws, rules and regulations applicable to its
                  performance under this Agreement.

                  24.2 Each Party represents and warrants that any equipment,
                  facilities or services provided to the other Party under this
                  Agreement comply with the Communications Law Enforcement Act
                  of 1994 ("CALEA"). Each Party (the "Indemnifying Party") shall
                  indemnify and hold the other Party (the "Indemnified Party")
                  harmless from any and all penalties imposed upon the
                  Indemnified Party for such noncompliance and shall, at the
                  Indemnifying Party's sole cost and expense, modify or replace
                  any equipment, facilities or services provided to the
                  Indemnified Party under this Agreement to ensure that such
                  equipment, facilities and services fully comply with CALEA.

                  24.3 All terms, conditions and operations under this Agreement
                  shall be performed in accordance with all applicable laws,
                  regulations and judicial or regulatory decisions of all

                                                                         Page 23

<PAGE>

                                                                          Part A

                  duly constituted governmental authorities with appropriate
                  jurisdiction, and this Agreement shall be implemented
                  consistent with the FCC Interconnection Order and any
                  applicable Commission orders. Each Party shall be responsible
                  for obtaining and keeping in effect all FCC, Commission,
                  franchise authority and other regulatory approvals that may be
                  required in connection with the performance of its obligations
                  under this Agreement. In the event the Act or FCC or
                  Commission rules and regulations applicable to this Agreement
                  are held invalid, this Agreement shall survive, and the
                  Parties shall promptly renegotiate any provisions of this
                  Agreement which, in the absence of such invalidated Act, rule
                  or regulation, are insufficiently clear to be effectuated,
                  violate, or are either required or not required by the new
                  rule or regulation. [THE FOLLOWING UNDERLINED LANGUAGE IS FOR
                  THE CO-PROVIDER AGREEMENT ONLY] DURING THESE NEGOTIATIONS,
                  EACH PARTY WILL CONTINUE TO PROVIDE THE SAME SERVICES AND
                  ELEMENTS TO EACH OTHER AS ARE PROVIDED FOR UNDER THIS
                  AGREEMENT. PROVIDED, HOWEVER, THAT EITHER PARTY SHALL GIVE TEN
                  (10) BUSINESS DAYS NOTICE IF IT INTENDS TO CEASE ANY
                  DEVELOPMENT OF ANY NEW ELEMENT OR SERVICE THAT IS NOT AT THAT
                  TIME BEING PROVIDED PURSUANT TO THIS AGREEMENT. In the event
                  the Parties cannot agree on an amendment within thirty (30)
                  days from the date any such rules, regulations or orders
                  become effective, then the Parties shall resolve their
                  dispute, including liability for non-compliance with the new
                  clause or the cost, if any, of performing activities no longer
                  required by the rule or regulation during the renegotiation of
                  the new clause under the applicable procedures set forth in
                  Section 27 herein.

25.      FORCE MAJEURE

                  25.1 Neither Party shall be liable for any delay or failure in
                  performance of any part of this Agreement from any cause
                  beyond its control and without its fault or negligence
                  including, without limitation, acts of nature, acts of civil
                  or military authority, embargoes, epidemics, terrorist acts,
                  riots, insurrections, fires, explosions, earthquakes, nuclear
                  accidents, floods, work stoppages, equipment failure, power
                  blackouts, volcanic action, other major environmental
                  disturbances, unusually severe weather conditions, inability
                  to secure products or services of other persons or
                  transportation facilities or acts or omissions of
                  transportation carriers. No delay or other failure to perform
                  shall be excused pursuant to this Section 25 unless such delay
                  or failure and the consequences thereof are beyond the control
                  and without the fault or negligence of the Party claiming
                  excusable delay or other failure to perform. In the event of
                  any such excused delay in the performance of a Party's
                  obligation(s) under this Agreement, the due date for the
                  performance of the original obligation(s) shall be extended by
                  a term equal to the time lost by reason of the delay. In the
                  event of such delay, the delaying Party shall perform its
                  obligations at a performance level no less than that which it
                  uses for its own operations. In the event of a labor dispute
                  or strike, the Parties agree to provide service to each other
                  at a level equivalent to the level they provide themselves. In
                  the event of a labor dispute or strike or work stoppage that
                  continues for a period in excess of forty-eight (48) hours,
                  CO-PROVIDER may obtain replacement services for those services
                  affected by such labor dispute or strike or work stoppage, in
                  which event any liability of CO-PROVIDER for the affected
                  services shall be suspended for the period of the work
                  stoppage or labor dispute or strike. In the event of such
                  performance delay or failure by U S WEST, U S WEST agrees to
                  resume performance in a nondiscriminatory manner and not favor
                  its own provision of Telecommunications Services above that of
                  CO-PROVIDER.

26.      ESCALATION PROCEDURES

                                                                         Page 24

<PAGE>

                                                                          Part A

                  26.1 CO-PROVIDER and U S WEST agree to exchange escalation
                  lists which reflect contact personnel including vice
                  president-level officers. These lists shall include name,
                  department, title, phone number, and fax number for each
                  person. CO-PROVIDER and U S WEST agree to exchange up-to-date
                  lists as reasonably necessary.

27.      DISPUTE RESOLUTION

                  27.1 If any claim, controversy or dispute between the Parties,
                  their agents, employees, officers, directors or affiliated
                  agents ("Dispute") cannot be settled through negotiation, it
                  may be resolved by arbitration conducted by a single
                  arbitrator engaged in the practice of law, under the then
                  current rules of the American Arbitration Association ("AAA").
                  The Federal Arbitration Act, 9 U.S.C. Secs. 1-16, not state
                  law, shall govern the arbitrability of all Disputes. The
                  arbitrator shall not have authority to award punitive damages.
                  All expedited procedures prescribed by the AAA rules shall
                  apply. The arbitrator's award shall be final and binding and
                  may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof and
                  shall be noticed to the Commission. The arbitrator shall
                  determine which Party or Parties will bear the costs of
                  arbitration, including apportionment, if appropriate. The
                  arbitration shall occur in Denver, Colorado and the governing
                  law shall be In accordance with Section 21.1 above.(13)

         27.2     In the event CO-PROVIDER and U S WEST are unable to agree on
                  certain issues during the term of this Agreement, the Parties
                  may identify such issues for arbitration before the
                  Commission. Only those points identified by the Parties for
                  arbitration will be submitted.(14)

         27.3     If a Dispute is submitted to arbitration pursuant to Section
                  27.1 above, the procedures described in this Section 27.3
                  shall apply, notwithstanding the then current rules of the
                  AAA. Discovery shall be controlled by the arbitrator and shall
                  be permitted to the extent set forth below. Each party may
                  submit in writing to a Party, and that Party shall so respond,
                  to an agreed amount of the following: interrogatories, demands
                  to produce documents, and requests for admission. Not less
                  than ten (10) days prior to the arbitration hearing, the
                  Parties shall exchange witness and exhibit lists. Deposition
                  discovery shall be controlled by the arbitrator. Additional
                  discovery may be permitted upon mutual agreement of the
                  Parties or the determination of the arbitrator. The
                  arbitration hearing shall be commenced within thirty (30) days
                  after a demand for arbitration by either Party and shall be
                  held in Denver, Colorado. The arbitrator shall control the
                  scheduling so as to process the matter expeditiously. The
                  Parties may submit written briefs. The arbitrator shall rule
                  on the dispute by issuing a written opinion within seven (7)
                  days after the close of the hearings. The times specified in
                  this section may be extended upon mutual agreement of the
                  Parties or by the arbitrator upon a showing of good cause. The
                  decision of the arbitrator shall be final and binding upon the
                  Parties and judgment upon the award rendered by the arbitrator
                  may be

__________________________
(13)  AT&T Order at p. 10, "Dispute Resolution"
(14)  AT&T Order at p. 10, "Dispute Resolution"

                                                                         Page 25

<PAGE>

                                                                          Part A

                  entered in a court having jurisdiction. The decision shall
                  also be submitted to the Commission.(15)

28.      NONDISCLOSURE

                  28.1 All information, including, but not limited to,
                  specifications, microfilm, photocopies, magnetic disks,
                  magnetic tapes, drawings, sketches, models, samples, tools,
                  technical information, data, employee records, maps, financial
                  reports, and market data (a) furnished by one Party to the
                  other Party dealing with Customer specific, facility specific,
                  or usage specific information, other than Customer information
                  communicated for the purpose of publication of directory
                  database inclusion, or (b) in written, graphic,
                  electromagnetic, or other tangible form and marked at the time
                  of delivery as "Confidential" or "Proprietary", or (c)
                  declared orally or in writing to the Recipient at the time of
                  delivery, or by written notice given to the Recipient within
                  ten (10) days after delivery, to be "Confidential" or
                  "Proprietary" (collectively referred to as "Proprietary
                  Information"), shall remain the property of the Discloser. A
                  Party who receives Proprietary Information via an oral
                  communication may request written confirmation that the
                  material is Proprietary Information. A Party who delivers
                  Proprietary Information via an oral communication may request
                  written confirmation that the Party receiving the information
                  understands that the material is Proprietary Information.

                  28.2 Upon request by the Discloser, the Recipient shall return
                  all tangible copies of Proprietary Information, whether
                  written, graphic or otherwise, except that the Recipient's
                  legal counsel may retain one (1) copy for archival purposes.

                  28.3 Each Party shall keep all of the other Party's
                  Proprietary Information confidential and shall use the other
                  Party's Proprietary Information only in connection with this
                  Agreement. Neither Party shall use the other Party's
                  Proprietary Information for any other purpose except upon such
                  terms and conditions as may be agreed upon between the Parties
                  in writing.

                  28.4 Unless otherwise agreed, the obligations of
                  confidentiality and non-use set forth in this Agreement do not
                  apply to such Proprietary Information that:

                                    28.4.1 was, at the time of receipt, already
                           known to the Recipient free of any obligation to keep
                           it confidential evidenced by written records prepared
                           prior to delivery by the Discloser; or

                                    28.4.2 is or becomes publicly known through
                           no wrongful act of the Recipient; or

                                    28.4.3 is rightfully received from a third
                           person having no direct or indirect secrecy or
                           confidentiality obligation to the Discloser with
                           respect to such information; or

                                    28.4.4 is independently developed by an
                           employee, agent, or contractor of the Recipient which
                           individual is not involved in any manner with the
                           provision

__________________________
(15)  AT&T Order at p. 10, "Dispute Resolution"


                                                                         Page 26

<PAGE>

                                                                          Part A

                  of services pursuant to this Agreement and does not have any
                  direct or indirect access to the Proprietary Information; or

                                    28.4.5 is approved for release by written
                           authorization of the Discloser or

                                    28.4.6 is required by law, a court, or
                           governmental agency, provided that the Discloser has
                           been notified of the requirement promptly after the
                           Recipient becomes aware of the requirement, subject
                           to the right of the Discloser to seek a protective
                           order as provided in Section 28.5 below.

         28.5     For a period of ten (10) years from receipt of Proprietary
                  Information, the Recipient shall (a) use it only for the
                  purpose of performing under this Agreement, (b) hold it in
                  confidence and disclose it only to employees, authorized
                  contractors and authorized agents who have a need to know it
                  in order to perform under this Agreement, and (c) safeguard it
                  from unauthorized use or disclosure using no less than the
                  degree of care with which the Recipient safeguards its own
                  Proprietary Information. Any authorized contractor or agent to
                  whom Proprietary Information is provided must have executed a
                  written agreement comparable in scope to the terms of this
                  Section. Not withstanding the foregoing, each Party shall
                  provide advance notice of three (3) Business Days to the other
                  of the intent to provide Proprietary information to a
                  governmental authority and the Parties shall cooperate with
                  each other in attempting to obtain a suitable protective
                  order. The Recipient agrees to comply with any protective
                  order that covers the Proprietary Information to be disclosed.

                  28.6 Each Party agrees that the Discloser would be irreparably
                  injured by a breach of this Section 28 by the Recipient or its
                  representatives and that the Discloser shall be entitled to
                  seek equitable relief, including injunctive relief and
                  specific performance, in the event of any breach of this
                  Section 28. Such remedies shall not be exclusive but shall be
                  in addition to all other remedies available at law or in
                  equity.

                  28.7 CPNI related to either Party's subscribers obtained by
                  virtue of Local Interconnection or any other service provided
                  under this Agreement shall be the Discloser's Proprietary
                  Information and may not be used by the Recipient for any
                  purpose except performance of its obligations under this
                  Agreement, and in connection with such performance, shall be
                  disclosed only to employees, authorized contractors and
                  authorized agents with a need to know, unless the subscriber
                  expressly directs the Discloser to disclose such information
                  to the Recipient pursuant to the requirements of Section
                  222(c)(2) of the Act. If the Recipient seeks and obtains
                  written approval to use or disclose such CPNI from the
                  Discloser, such approval shall be obtained only in compliance
                  with Section 222(c)(2) and, in the event such authorization is
                  obtained, the Recipient may use or disclose only such
                  information as the Discloser provides pursuant to such
                  authorization and may not use information that the Recipient
                  has otherwise obtained, directly or indirectly, in connection
                  with its performance under this Agreement.

                  28.8 Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Section
                  28, nothing herein shall be construed as limiting the rights
                  of either Party with respect to its subscriber information
                  under any applicable law, including, without limitation,
                  Section 222 of the Act.

                                                                         Page 27

<PAGE>

                                                                          Part A

                  28.9 Effective Date Of This Section. Notwithstanding any other
                  provision of this Agreement, the Proprietary Information
                  provisions of this Agreement shall apply to all Proprietary
                  Information furnished by either Party with a claim of
                  confidentiality or proprietary nature at any time.

29.      NOTICES

                  29.1 Except as otherwise provided herein, all notices or other
                  communication hereunder shall be deemed to have been duly
                  given when made in writing and delivered in person or
                  deposited in the United States mail, certified mail, postage
                  prepaid, return receipt requested, or delivered by prepaid
                  overnight express mail, and addressed as follows:

         To CO-PROVIDER:

         F. LYNNE POWERS
         Vice President -Finance
         J. Jeffrey Oxley - Director of Regulatory Affairs
         Advanced Telecommunications, Inc.
         710 Second Avenue South, Suite 1200
         Minneapolis, MN 55402
         Phone:   (612) 376-4400
         Fax:     (612)376-4411

         Copy to:          Brian Robinson
                           ARTER & HADDEN LLP
                           1801 K Street, N.W., Suite 400K
                           Washington, DC 20006
                           Phone: (202) 775-7126
                           Fax: (202) 857-0172

         To U S WEST:

         Director-- Interconnection Compliance
         1801 California Street, Room 2410
         Denver, CO 80202

         Copy to:          U S WEST, Communications, Inc..
                           General Counsel, Law Dept.
                           1801 California, 49th Floor
                           Denver, Colorado 80202

                  29.2 If personal delivery is selected to give notice, a
                  receipt of such delivery shall be obtained. The address to
                  which notices or communications may be given to either Party
                  may be changed by written notice given by such Party to the
                  other pursuant to this Section 29.

30.      ASSIGNMENT

                                                                         Page 28

<PAGE>

                                                                          Part A

                  30.1 Neither Party may assign, transfer (whether by operation
                  of law or otherwise) or delegate this Agreement (or any rights
                  or obligations hereunder) to a third party without the prior
                  written consent of the other Party, which consent shall not be
                  unreasonably withheld, provided that each Party may assign
                  this Agreement to an Affiliate or an entity under its common
                  control or an entity acquiring all or substantially all of its
                  assets or equity by providing prior written notice to the
                  other Party of such assignment or transfer. Any attempted
                  assignment or transfer that is not permitted under the
                  provisions of this Section 30 is void AB INITIO. Without
                  limiting the generality of the foregoing, this Agreement shall
                  be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the Parties'
                  respective successors and assigns. No assignment or delegation
                  hereof shall relieve the assignor of its obligations under
                  this Agreement.

                  30.2 If any obligation of U S WEST under this Agreement is
                  performed by a subcontractor or Affiliate, U S WEST shall
                  remain fully responsible for the performance of this Agreement
                  in accordance with its terms, and U S WEST shall be solely
                  responsible for payments due to its subcontractors.

                  30.3 If any obligation of CO-PROVIDER under this Agreement is
                  performed by a subcontractor or Affiliate, CO-PROVIDER shall
                  remain fully responsible for the performance of this Agreement
                  in accordance with its terms, and CO-PROVIDER shall be solely
                  responsible for payments due to its subcontractors.

31.      WARRANTIES

                  31.1 U S WEST shall conduct all activities and interfaces
                  which are provided for under this Agreement with CO-PROVIDER
                  Customers in a carrier-neutral, nondiscriminatory manner.

                  31.2 U S WEST warrants that it has provided, and during the
                  term of this Agreement it will continue to provide, to
                  CO-PROVIDER true and complete copies of all material
                  agreements in effect between U S WEST and any third party
                  (including Affiliates) providing any services to CO-PROVIDER
                  on behalf of or under contract to U S WEST in connection with
                  U S WEST's performance of this Agreement, or from whom U S
                  WEST has obtained licenses or other rights used by U S WEST to
                  perform its obligations under this Agreement, provided,
                  however, that U S WEST may provide such agreements under
                  appropriate protective order.

32.      DEFAULT

                  32.1 In the event of a breach of any material provision of
                  this Agreement by either Party, the non-breaching Party shall
                  give the breaching Party and the Commission written notice
                  thereof, and:

                                    32.1.1 if such material breach is for
                           non-payment of amounts due hereunder pursuant to
                           Section 3.2 of Part A of this Agreement, the
                           breaching Party shall cure such breach within thirty
                           (30) calendar days of receiving such notice. The
                           non-breaching Party shall be entitled to pursue all
                           available legal and equitable remedies for such
                           breach. Amounts disputed in good faith and withheld

                                                                         Page 29

<PAGE>

                                                                          Part A

                           or set off shall not be deemed "amounts due
                           hereunder" for the purpose of this provision.

                                    32.1.2 if such material breach is for any
                           failure to perform in accordance with this Agreement,
                           which, in the sole judgment of the non-breaching
                           Party, adversely affects the non-breaching Party's
                           subscribers, the non-breaching Party shall give
                           notice of the breach and the breaching Party shall
                           cure such breach to the non-breaching Party's
                           reasonable satisfaction within ten (10) calendar days
                           or within a period of time equivalent to the
                           applicable interval required by this Agreement,
                           whichever is shorter. If the breaching Party does not
                           cure such breach within the applicable time period,
                           the non-breaching Party may, at its sole option,
                           terminate this Agreement, or any parts hereof. The
                           non-breaching Party shall be entitled to pursue all
                           available legal and equitable remedies for such
                           breach. Notice under this Subsection 32.1.2 may be
                           given electronically or by facsimile, provided that a
                           hard copy or original of such notice is sent by
                           overnight delivery service.

                                    32.1.3 if such material breach is for any
                           other failure to perform in accordance with this
                           Agreement, the breaching Party shall cure such breach
                           to the non-breaching Party's reasonable satisfaction
                           within forty-five (45) calendar days, and, if it does
                           not, the non-breaching Party may, at its sole option,
                           terminate this Agreement, or any parts hereof. The
                           non-breaching Party shall be entitled to pursue all
                           available legal and equitable remedies for such
                           breach.

         32.2     CO-PROVIDER may terminate this Agreement in whole at any time
                  only for cause upon sixty (60) calendar days' prior written
                  notice. CO-PROVIDER's sole liability shall be payment of
                  amounts due for services provided or obligations assumed up to
                  the date of termination.

                  32.3 In the event of any termination under this Section 32, U
                  S WEST and CO-PROVIDER agree to cooperate to provide for an
                  uninterrupted transition of services to CO-PROVIDER or another
                  vendor designated by CO-PROVIDER to the extent that U S WEST
                  has the ability to provide such cooperation.

                  32.4 Notwithstanding any termination hereof, the Parties shall
                  continue to comply with their obligations under the Act.

33.      REMEDIES

                  33.1 In the event U S WEST fails to switch a subscriber to
                  CO-PROVIDER service as provided in this Agreement, U S WEST
                  shall reimburse CO-PROVIDER in an amount equal to all fees
                  paid by such subscriber to U S WEST for such
                  failed-to-be-transferred services from the time of such
                  failure to switch to the time at which the subscriber switch
                  is accomplished. This remedy shall be in addition to all other
                  remedies available to CO-PROVIDER under this Agreement or
                  otherwise available.

                  33.2 All rights of termination, cancellation or other remedies
                  prescribed in this Agreement, or otherwise available, are
                  cumulative and are not intended to be exclusive of other
                  remedies to which the injured Party may be entitled at law or
                  equity in case of any breach or threatened breach by the other
                  Party of any provision of this Agreement. Use

                                                                         Page 30

<PAGE>

                                                                          Part A



                  of one or more remedies shall not bar use of any other remedy
                  for the purpose of enforcing the provisions of this Agreement.

34.      WAIVERS

                  34.1 No waiver of any provisions of this Agreement and no
                  consent to any default under this Agreement shall be effective
                  unless the same shall be in writing and properly executed by
                  or on behalf of the Party against whom such waiver or consent
                  is claimed.

                  34.2 No course of dealing or failure of either Party to
                  strictly enforce any term, right, or condition of this
                  Agreement in any instance shall be construed as a general
                  waiver or relinquishment of such term, right or condition.

                  34.3 Waiver by either Party of any default or breach by the
                  other Party shall not be deemed a waiver of any other default
                  or breach.

                  34.4 By entering into this Agreement, neither Party waives any
                  right granted to it pursuant to the Act.

35.      NO THIRD PARTY BENEFICIARIES

                  35.1 The provisions of this Agreement are for the benefit of
                  the Parties hereto and not for any other person; provided,
                  however, that this shall not be construed to prevent
                  CO-PROVIDER from providing its Telecommunications Services to
                  other carriers. This Agreement shall not provide any person
                  not a party hereto with any remedy, claim, liability,
                  reimbursement, claim of action, or other right in excess of
                  those existing without reference hereto.

36.      PHYSICAL SECURITY

         36.1     U S WEST shall exercise the same degree of care to prevent
                  harm or damage to CO-PROVIDER or its employees, agents or
                  subscribers, or its property as U S WEST provides itself.
                  CO-PROVIDER shall exercise the same degree of care to ensure
                  the security of its equipment physically collocated within U S
                  WEST's space as CO-PROVIDER provides such security to itself.

                           36.1.1 U S WEST will restrict access to approved
                           personnel to U S WEST's buildings. CO-PROVIDER is
                           responsible for the action of its employees and other
                           authorized non-CO-PROVIDER personnel; U S WEST is
                           responsible for the action of its employees and other
                           authorized non-U S WEST personnel.

                  36.1.2   U S WEST will furnish to CO-PROVIDER the current
                           name(s) and telephone number(s) of those central
                           office supervisor(s) where a physical Collocation
                           arrangement exists. The central office supervisor(s)
                           will be the only U S WEST employee(s) with access to
                           CO-PROVIDER Collocation space.

                           36.1.3 U S WEST will comply at all times with U S
                           WEST security and safety procedures at the individual
                           central office locations where CO-PROVIDER has

                                                                         Page 31

<PAGE>

                                                                          Part A

                           physical Collocation arrangements. The Parties will
                           cooperate to analyze security procedures of each
                           company to evaluate ways in which security procedures
                           of U S WEST may be enhanced.

                  36.1.4   U S WEST will allow CO-PROVIDER to inspect or observe
                           its physical spaces which house or contain
                           CO-PROVIDER equipment or equipment enclosures at any
                           time upon completion of the physical Collocation
                           quotation. Upon completion of the build out of the
                           physical space, U S WEST will furnish CO-PROVIDER
                           with all keys, entry codes, lock combinations, or
                           other materials or information which may be needed to
                           gain entry via direct access to CO-PROVIDER's
                           physical space.

                                    36.1.5 U S WEST agrees to logically
                           partition any U S WEST owned access device systems,
                           whether biometric or card reader, or types which are
                           encoded identically or mechanical coded locks on
                           external and or internal doors to spaces which house
                           CO-PROVIDER equipment.

                                    36.1.6 U S WEST agrees to limit the keys
                           used in its keying systems for spaces which contain
                           CO-PROVIDER equipment to the U S WEST supervisor for
                           the specific facility to emergency access only.
                           CO-PROVIDER shall further have the right to change
                           locks where deemed necessary for the protection and
                           security of its physical spaces and will provide the
                           U S WEST supervisor with the current key.

                                    36.1.8 U S WEST shall control unauthorized
                           access from passenger and freight elevators, elevator
                           lobbies and spaces which contain or house CO-PROVIDER
                           equipment or equipment space in the same manner as U
                           S WEST provides such control for itself.

                                    36.1.9 U S WEST will provide notification to
                           designated CO-PROVIDER personnel to indicate an
                           actual or attempted security breach of CO-PROVIDER
                           physical space in the same time frame as U S WEST
                           provides such notification to itself.

37.      NETWORK SECURITY

         37.1     U S WEST shall provide an appropriate and sufficient back-up
                  and recovery plan to be used in the event of a system failure
                  or emergency.

                  37.2 U S WEST shall install controls to (a) disconnect a user
                  for a pre-determined period of inactivity on authorized ports;
                  (b) protect subscriber proprietary information; and (c) ensure
                  both ongoing operational and update integrity.

                  37.3 Each Party shall be responsible for the security
                  arrangements on its side of the network to the Point of
                  Interconnection. The Parties shall jointly cooperate to
                  analyze network security procedures and cooperate to ensure
                  the systems, access and devices are appropriately secured and
                  compatible.

38.      REVENUE PROTECTION


                                                                         Page 32

<PAGE>

                                                                          Part A


                  38.1 U S WEST shall make available to CO-PROVIDER all present
                  and future fraud prevention or revenue protection features
                  that U S WEST provides to itself or others. These features
                  include, but are not limited to, operator screening codes,
                  information digits assigned such as information digits `29'
                  and `70' which indicate prison and COCOT payphone originating
                  line types respectively. In accordance with the requirements
                  established by the FCC, call blocking of domestic,
                  international blocking for business and residence, 900,
                  NPA-976, and specific line numbers. U S WEST shall
                  additionally provide partitioned access to fraud prevention,
                  detection and control functionality within pertinent
                  Operations Support Systems ("OSS") which include, but are not
                  limited to, Line Information Data Base Fraud monitoring
                  systems.

                  38.2 Uncollectible or unbillable revenues resulting from, but
                  not confined to, provisioning, maintenance, or signal network
                  routing errors shall be the responsibility of the Party
                  causing such error.

                  38.3 Uncollectible or unbillable revenues resulting from the
                  accidental or malicious alteration of software underlying
                  Network Elements or their subtending operational support
                  systems by unauthorized third parties shall be the
                  responsibility of the Party having administrative control of
                  access to said Network Element or operational support system
                  software.

                           38.4 Each Party shall be responsible for any
                  uncollectible or unbillable revenues resulting from the
                  unauthorized use of facilities under its control or services
                  it provides, including clip-on fraud.

                  38.5 The Parties shall work cooperatively to minimize fraud
                  associated with third-number billed calls, calling card calls,
                  and any other services related to this Agreement.

39.      LAW ENFORCEMENT INTERFACE

                  39.1 U S WEST shall provide all necessary assistance to
                  facilitate the execution of wiretap or dialed number recorder
                  orders from law enforcement authorities.

40.      COLLOCATION

         40.1     GENERAL DESCRIPTION

                  40.1.1   "Collocation" means an arrangement whereby
                           CO-PROVIDER's facilities are terminated in its
                           equipment necessary for Interconnection or for access
                           to Network Elements on an unbundled basis which has
                           been installed and maintained at U S WEST's Premises.
                           Collocation may be "physical" or "virtual." In
                           "Physical Collocation," CO-PROVIDER installs and
                           maintains its own equipment U S WEST's Premises
                           consistent with Section 40.3 of Part A of this
                           Agreement. In "Virtual Collocation," U S WEST
                           installs and maintains its equipment in U S WEST's
                           Premises consistent with Section 40.3 of Part A of
                           this Agreement.

                           40.1.1.1 CO-PROVIDER MAY COLLOCATE TRANSMISSION
                                    EQUIPMENT (INCLUDING DIGITAL CROSS CONNECT
                                    SYSTEMS AND REMOTE SWITCHING UNITS (RSU))

                                                                         Page 33

<PAGE>

                                                                          Part A

                                    TO TERMINATE BASIC TRANSMISSION FACILITIES.
                                    NOTHING IN THIS AGREEMENT REQUIRES U S WEST
                                    TO PERMIT COLLOCATION OF EQUIPMENT USED TO
                                    PROVIDE ENHANCED SERVICES. CO-PROVIDER SHALL
                                    NOT USE RSUS TO ENABLE THE BYPASSING OF
                                    SWITCHED ACCESS CHARGES.(16)

                  40.1.2   Collocation is offered for network interconnection
                           between the Parties. CO-PROVIDER may cross connect to
                           other collocated parties via facilities provided by U
                           S WEST, provided that CO-PROVIDER's collocated
                           equipment is also used for Interconnection with U S
                           WEST or access to U S WEST's unbundled Network
                           Elements.(17)

                  40.1.3   CO-PROVIDER is responsible for bringing its own or
                           leased facilities to the U S WEST-designated Point of
                           Interface ("P01"). U S WEST will extend CO-PROVIDER's
                           facilities from the P01 to the cable vault within the
                           wire center. If necessary, U S WEST may bring the
                           facilities into compliance with U S WEST internal
                           fire code standards and extend the facilities to the
                           collocated space.

                  40.1.4   CO-PROVIDER will be provided two (2) points of entry
                           into the U S WEST wire center only when there are at
                           least two (2) existing entry points for U S WEST
                           cable and when there are vacant entrance ducts in
                           both.

                   40.1.5   CO-PROVIDER must identify what equipment will be
                            installed, to allow for U S WEST to use this
                            information in engineering the power, floor loading,
                            heat release, environmental participant level, and
                            HVAC.

                  40.1.6   [Intentionally left blank for numbering consistency]

                  40.1.7   EXPANDED INTERCONNECTION CHANNEL TERMINATION (EICT).
                           TELECOMMUNICATIONS INTERCONNECTION BETWEEN
                           CO-PROVIDER'S COLLOCATED EQUIPMENT AND U S WEST'S
                           NETWORK MAY BE ACCOMPLISHED VIA AN EXPANDED
                           INTERCONNECTION CHANNEL TERMINATION (EICT). THIS
                           ELEMENT CAN BE AT THE DS-3, DS-1, DS-0, OR ANY OTHER
                           TECHNICALLY FEASIBLE LEVEL, SUBJECT TO NETWORK
                           DISCLOSURE REQUIREMENTS OF THE FCC, DEPENDING ON THE
                           U S WEST SERVICE TO WHICH IT IS CONNECTED. THE TERMS
                           AND CONDITIONS OF THE TARIFF FOR EICT ARE
                           INCORPORATED ONLY TO THE EXTENT THAT THEY ARE AGREED
                           TO BY THE PARTIES. WITHIN NINETY (90) DAYS (OR OTHER
                           ACCEPTABLE TIME AGREED TO BY THE PARTIES) AFTER A
                           REQUEST BY CO-PROVIDER, THE PARTIES WILL MEET TO
                           REVIEW THE TARIFF AND SEEK RESOLUTION ON DISAGREED
                           ITEMS.(18)

                  40.1.8   Consistent with U S WEST's internal practice, within
                           ten (10) Business Days of CO-PROVIDER's request for
                           any space, U S WEST shall provide information
                           available to it regarding the environmental
                           conditions of the space provided for placement of
                           equipment and interconnection, including, but not
                           limited to, the existence and condition of asbestos,
                           lead paint, hazardous substance contamination, or
                           radon. Information is considered "available" under
                           this

__________________________
(16)  Per UT AT&T Order, p. 7 and UT MCIm Order, pg. 10 Issue 32
(17)  MCI Order at pg. 2, "Issue 12," first sentence
(18)  MCI Order at pp. 2-3, "Issue 12, second sentence. Supersedes UT
Commission Agreeement, Att. 4, Section 2.1.2

                                                                         Page 34



<PAGE>

                                                                          Part A

                           Agreement if it is in U S WEST's possession or files,
                           or the possession of an agent, contractor, employee,
                           lessor, or tenant of U S WEST's that holds such
                           information on U S WEST's behalf.

                  40.1.9   U S WEST shall allow CO-PROVIDER to perform any
                           environmental site investigations, including, but not
                           limited to, asbestos surveys, which CO-PROVIDER deems
                           to be necessary in support of its Collocation needs.
                           CO-PROVIDER shall advise U S WEST in writing of its
                           intent to conduct such investigation, and shall
                           receive written approval from U S WEST to proceed.
                           CO-PROVIDER shall indemnify U S WEST according to
                           Section 18 of Part A to this Agreement for any loss
                           or claim for damage suffered by U S WEST as a result
                           of CO-PROVIDER's actions during any site inspection.

                  40.1.10  If the space provided for the placement of equipment,
                           interconnection, or provision of service contains
                           environmental contamination or hazardous material,
                           particularly, but not limited to, asbestos, lead
                           paint or radon, which makes the placement of such
                           equipment or interconnection hazardous, U S WEST
                           shall offer an alternative space, if available, for
                           CO-PROVIDER's consideration.

         40.2     VIRTUAL COLLOCATION

                  40.2.1   U S WEST shall provide virtual collocation for the
                           purpose of Interconnection or access to unbundled
                           Network Elements subject to the rates, terms and
                           conditions of this Agreement.

                  40.2.2   Upon mutual agreement, CO-PROVIDER will have physical
                           access to the U S WEST wire center building pursuant
                           to a virtual collocation arrangement.

                  40.2.3   CO-PROVIDER will be responsible for obtaining and
                           providing to U S WEST administrative codes, e.g.,
                           common language codes, for all equipment specified by
                           CO-PROVIDER and installed in wire center buildings.

                  40.2.4   CO-PROVIDER will be responsible for payment of
                           training of U S WEST employees for the maintenance,
                           operation and installation of CO-PROVIDER's virtually
                           collocated equipment when that equipment is different
                           than the equipment used by U S WEST. Training
                           conditions are further described in the Virtual
                           Collocation Rate Element section following.

                  40.2.5   CO-PROVIDER will be responsible for payment of
                           reasonable charges incurred as a result of agreed
                           upon maintenance and/or repair of CO-PROVIDER's
                           virtually collocated equipment.

                  40.2.6   U S WEST does not guarantee the reliability of
                           CO-PROVIDER's virtually collocated equipment, but U S
                           WEST is responsible for proper installation,
                           maintenance and repair of such equipment, including
                           the change out of electronic cards provided by
                           CO-PROVIDER.

                  40.2.7   CO-PROVIDER is responsible for ensuring the
                           functionality and interoperability of virtually
                           collocated SONET equipment provided by different
                           manufacturers.

                                                                         Page 35



<PAGE>

                                                                          Part A

                  40.2.8   CO-PROVIDER, as bailor, will transfer possession of
                           CO-PROVIDER's virtually collocated equipment to U S
                           WEST, as bailee, for the sole purpose of providing U
                           S WEST with the ability to install, maintain and
                           repair CO-PROVIDER's virtually collocated equipment.
                           Title to the CO-PROVIDER virtually collocated
                           equipment shall not pass to U S WEST.

                  40.2.9   CO-PROVIDER shall ensure that upon receipt by U S
                           WEST of CO-PROVIDER's virtually collocated equipment,
                           CO-PROVIDER will make available all access to ongoing
                           technical support to U S WEST, as available under the
                           equipment warranty or other terms and conditions, all
                           at CO-PROVIDER's expense. CO-PROVIDER shall advise
                           the manufacturer and seller of the virtually
                           collocated equipment that it will be installed,
                           maintained and repaired by U S WEST.

                  40.2.10  CO-PROVIDER's virtually collocated equipment must
                           comply with the Bellcore Network Equipment Building
                           System (NEBS) Generic Equipment Requirements
                           TR-NWT-000063, electromagnetic compatibility (EMC)
                           per GR-1 089-CORE, Company wire center environmental
                           and transmission standards and any statutory (local,
                           state or federal) and/or regulatory requirements, all
                           of the foregoing which may be in effect at the time
                           of equipment installation or which may subsequently
                           become effective. CO-PROVIDER shall provide U S WEST
                           interface specifications (e.g., electrical,
                           functional, physical and software) of CO-PROVIDER's
                           virtually collocated equipment.

                  40.2.11  CO-PROVIDER must specify all software options and
                           associated plug-ins for its virtually collocated
                           equipment.

                  40.2.12  CO-PROVIDER is responsible for purchasing and
                           maintaining a supply of spares. Upon failure of the
                           CO-PROVIDER virtually collocated equipment,
                           CO-PROVIDER is responsible for transportation and
                           delivery of maintenance spares to U S WEST at the
                           wire center housing the failed equipment.

                  40.2.13  Where CO-PROVIDER is virtually collocated in a
                           premises which was initially prepared for virtual
                           Collocation, CO-PROVIDER may elect to retain its
                           virtual Collocation in that premises and expand that
                           virtual Collocation according to the rates, terms and
                           conditions of this Agreement.

         40.3     PHYSICAL COLLOCATION

                  40.3.1   U S WEST SHALL PROVIDE TO CO-PROVIDER PHYSICAL
                           COLLOCATION OF EQUIPMENT NECESSARY FOR
                           INTERCONNECTION OR FOR ACCESS TO UNBUNDLED NETWORK
                           ELEMENTS, EXCEPT THAT U S WEST SHALL PROVIDE FOR
                           VIRTUAL COLLOCATION WHERE SPACE IS AVAILABLE OR
                           EXPANSION OR REARRANGEMENT IS POSSIBLE IF U S WEST
                           DEMONSTRATES TO THE COMMISSION THAT PHYSICAL
                           COLLOCATION IS NOT PRACTICAL FOR TECHNICAL REASONS OR
                           BECAUSE OF SPACE LIMITATIONS, AS PROVIDED IN SECTION
                           251(C)(6) OF THE ACT.(19) CO-PROVIDER shall pay a
                           prorated amount for expansion of said space. U S WEST
                           shall provide such collocation for the purpose of
                           Interconnection or access to unbundled Network
                           Elements, except as otherwise mutually agreed to in
                           writing

__________________________
(19)  MCI Order at pg. 10, Issue 31, first sentence


                                                                         Page 36

<PAGE>

                                                                          Part A

                           by the Parties or as required by the FCC or the
                           Commission subject to the rates, terms and conditions
                           of this Agreement.

                           40.3.1.1. U S WEST shall permit CO-PROVIDER to use
                                    vendors for all required engineering and
                                    installation services associated with its
                                    collocated equipment which are being
                                    collocated by CO-PROVIDER pursuant to this
                                    Agreement. Within one hundred and twenty
                                    (120) days a request by CO-PROVIDER, U S
                                    WEST and CO-PROVIDER shall compose and agree
                                    on a list of approved vendors and/or agree
                                    on minimum qualifications for such
                                    contractors consistent with industry
                                    standards, such agreement not to be
                                    unreasonably withheld. In the event such
                                    agreement cannot be reached and the dispute
                                    resolution process outlined in Section 27
                                    above has not concluded on the issue of
                                    approved vendors, the list of approved
                                    vendors maintained by U S WEST as of the
                                    Effective Date of this Agreement shall be
                                    the default list until the conclusion of the
                                    dispute resolution process.

                  40.3.2   Where CO-PROVIDER is virtually collocated in a
                           premises which was initially prepared for virtual
                           Collocation, CO-PROVIDER may elect, unless it is not
                           practical for technical reasons or because of space
                           limitations, to convert its virtual Collocation to
                           physical Collocation at such premises in which case
                           CO-PROVIDER shall coordinate the construction and
                           rearrangement with U S WEST of its equipment (IDLC
                           and transmission) and circuits for which CO-PROVIDER
                           shall pay U S WEST at applicable rates, and pursuant
                           to the other terms and conditions in this Agreement.
                           In addition, all applicable physical Collocation
                           recurring charges shall apply.

                  40.3.3   CO-PROVIDER will be allowed access to the P01 on
                           non-discriminatory terms. CO-PROVIDER owns and is
                           responsible for the installation, maintenance and
                           repair of its equipment located within the space
                           rented from U S WEST.

                  40.3.4   CO-PROVIDER MUST USE LEASED SPACE AS SOON AS
                           REASONABLY POSSIBLE AND IN NO EVENT LATER THAN 60
                           (SIXTY) DAYS FROM THE COMPLETION OF CONSTRUCTION OF
                           THE COLLOCATED SPACE(20), and may not warehouse space
                           for later use or sublease to another provider.
                           Physical Collocation is offered on a space-available,
                           first-come, first-served basis.(21)

                  40.3.5   The minimum standard leasable amount of floor space
                           is one hundred (100) square feet. CO-PROVIDER must
                           efficiently use the leased space and no more than
                           fifty percent (50%) of the floor space may be used
                           for storage cabinets and work surfaces. CO-PROVIDER
                           and U S WEST may negotiate other storage arrangements
                           on a case-by-case basis. CO-PROVIDER may store spares
                           within its collocated space.

                  40.3.6   CO-PROVIDER's leased floor space will be separated
                           from other competitive providers and U S WEST space
                           through cages or hard walls. CO-PROVIDER

__________________________
(20)  Final Arbitration Order at pg. 9
(21)  AT&T Order at p. 8, 1st full paragraph


                                                                         Page 37

<PAGE>

                                                                          Part A

                           may elect to have U S WEST construct the cage, or
                           choose from U S WEST approved contractors to
                           construct the cage, meeting U S WEST's installation
                           Technical Publication 77350. Any deviation to
                           CO-PROVIDER's request must be approved.

                  40.3.7   The following standard features will be provided by U
                           S WEST:

                           (a)      Heating, ventilation and air conditioning.

                           (b)      Smoke/fire detection and any other building
                                    code requirement.

                  40.3.8   U S WEST Responsibilities

                           (a)      Design the floor space within each location
                                    which will constitute CO-PROVIDER's leased
                                    space.

                           (b)      Ensure that the necessary construction work
                                    is performed on a timely basis to build
                                    CO-PROVlDER's leased physical space and the
                                    riser from the vault to the leased physical
                                    space.

                           (c)      Develop a quotation specific to
                                    CO-PROVIDER's request.

                           (d)      Extend U S WEST-provided and owned fiber
                                    optic cable, from the P01 through the cable
                                    vault and extend the cable to CO-PROVIDER's
                                    leased physical space or place the cable in
                                    fire retardant tubing prior to extension to
                                    CO-PROVIDER's leased physical space.

                           (e)      Installation and maintenance and all related
                                    activity necessary to provide Channel
                                    Termination between U S WEST's and
                                    CO-PROVIDER's equipment.

                           (f)      Work cooperatively with CO-PROVIDER in
                                    matters of joint testing and maintenance.

                  40.3.9   CO-PROVIDER Responsibilities

                           (a)      Determine the type of enclosure for the
                                    physical space.

                           (b)      Procure, install and maintain fiber optic
                                    facilities up to the U S WEST designated
                                    P01.

                           (c)      Provide for installation, maintenance,
                                    repair and service of all CO-PROVIDER's
                                    equipment located in the leased physical
                                    space.

                           (d)      Ensure that all equipment installed by
                                    CO-PROVIDER complies with Bellcore Network
                                    Equipment Building System Generic Equipment
                                    requirements, U S WEST environmental and
                                    transmission standards, and any statutory
                                    (local, federal, or state) or regulatory
                                    requirements in effect at the time of
                                    equipment installation or that subsequently
                                    become effective.

                                                                         Page 38

<PAGE>

                                                                          Part A

                  40.3.10  The installation of any interconnection service will
                           be coordinated between the Parties so that
                           CO-PROVIDER may utilize those services once
                           CO-PROVIDER has accepted its leased physical space.

                  40.3.11  If, at any time, U S WEST reasonably determines that
                           the equipment or the installation does not meet
                           standard industry requirements, such failure being
                           due to actions of CO-PROVIDER or its agents,
                           CO-PROVIDER will be responsible for the costs
                           associated with the removal, modification to, or
                           installation of the equipment to bring it into
                           compliance. If CO-PROVIDER fails to correct any
                           non-compliance within thirty (30) calendar days or as
                           soon as reasonably practical after the receipt of
                           written notice of non-compliance, U S WEST may have
                           the equipment removed or the condition corrected at
                           CO-PROVIDER's expense.

                  40.3.12  If, during installation, U S WEST reasonably
                           determines that CO-PROVIDER activities or equipment
                           are unsafe, non-industry standard or in violation of
                           any applicable laws or regulations, U S WEST has the
                           right to stop work until the situation is remedied.
                           If such conditions pose an immediate threat to the
                           safety of personnel, interfere with the performance
                           of U S WEST's service obligations, or pose an
                           immediate threat to the physical integrity of the
                           conduit system or the cable facilities, U S WEST may
                           perform such work and/or take action as is necessary
                           to correct the condition at CO-PROVIDER's expense.

                  40.3.13  U S WEST shall provide basic telephone service with a
                           connection jack as requested by CO-PROVIDER from U S
                           WEST for the collocated space. Upon CO-PROVIDER's
                           request and following the normal provisioning
                           process, this service shall be available at the
                           CO-PROVIDER collocated space on the day the space is
                           turned over to CO-PROVIDER by U S WEST.

                  40.3.14  Where available, U S WEST shall provide access to
                           eyewash stations, bathrooms, and drinking water
                           within the collocated facility on a twenty-four (24)
                           hours per day, seven (7) days per week basis for
                           CO-PROVIDER personnel and its designated agents.

                  40.3.15  U S WEST shall provide CO-PROVIDER with written
                           notice five (5) Business Days prior to those
                           instances where U S WEST or its subcontractors may be
                           performing work that could reasonably potentially
                           affect CO-PROVIDER's service. U S WEST will make
                           reasonable efforts to inform CO-PROVlDER by telephone
                           of any emergency related activity prior to the start
                           of the activity that U S WEST or its subcontractors
                           may be performing that could reasonably potentially
                           affect CO-PROVIDER's service, so that CO-PROVIDER can
                           take any action required to monitor or protect its
                           service.

                  40.3.16  U S WEST shall provide information regarding the
                           location, type, and cable termination requirements
                           (i.e., connector type, number and type of pairs, and
                           naming convention) for U S WEST point of termination
                           to CO-PROVIDER within five (5) Business Days of
                           CO-PROVIDER's acceptance of U S WEST's quote for
                           collocated space.

                                                                         Page 39
<PAGE>

                  40.3.17  U S WEST shall provide the dimensions for CO-PROVIDER
                           outside plant fiber ingress and egress into
                           CO-PROVIDER collocated space within five (5) Business
                           Days of CO-PROVIDER's acceptance of U S WEST's quote
                           for collocated space.

                  40.3.18  U S WEST shall provide the sizes and number of power
                           feeders for the collocated space to CO-PROVIDER
                           within ten (10) Business Days of CO-PROVIDE R's
                           acceptance of U S WEST's quote for collocated space.

                  40.3.19  U S WEST shall provide positive confirmation to
                           CO-PROVIDER when construction of CO-PROVIDER
                           collocated space is fifty percent (50%) completed.
                           This confirmation shall also include confirmation of
                           the scheduled completion and turnover dates.

                  40.3.20  [Intentionally left blank for numbering consistency]

                  40.3.21  With the exception of Subparagraph (b) below, U S
                           WEST shall provide the following information to
                           CO-PROVIDER within five (5) Business Days or as
                           reasonably necessary upon receipt of a written
                           request from CO-PROVlDER:

                           (a)      additional work restriction guidelines.

                           (b)      U S WEST or industry technical publication
                                    guidelines that impact the design of U S
                                    WEST collocated equipment, unless such
                                    documents are already in the possession of
                                    CO-PROVIDER. The following U S WEST
                                    Technical Publications provide information
                                    regarding central office equipment and
                                    collocation guidelines:

                                    77350    Central Office Telecommunications
                                             Equipment Installation and Removal
                                             Guidelines
                                    77351    Central Office Telecommunications
                                             Equipment Engineering Standards
                                    77355    Grounding - Central Office and
                                             Remote Equipment Environment
                                    77386    Expanded Interconnection and
                                             Collocation for Private Line
                                             Transport and Switched Access
                                             Services

                                    CO-PROVIDER may obtain the above documents
                                    from:

                                             Faison Office Products Company
                                             3251 Revere St., Suite 200
                                             Aurora, Colorado 80011
                                             (303) 340-3672

                           (c)      appropriate U S WEST contacts (names and
                                    telephone numbers) for the following areas:

                                             Engineering
                                             Physical & Logical Security
                                             Provisioning

                                                                         Page 40

<PAGE>

                                                                          Part A

                                             Billing
                                             Operations
                                             Site and Building Managers
                                             Environmental and Safety

                           (d)      escalation process for the U S WEST
                                    employees (names, telephone numbers and the
                                    escalation order) for any disputes or
                                    problems that might arise pursuant to
                                    CO-PROVIDER's collocation.

                  40.3.22  Power as referenced in this Agreement refers to any
                           electrical power source supplied by U S WEST for
                           CO-PROVIDER equipment. U S WEST will supply power to
                           support CO-PROVIDER equipment at equipment specific
                           DC and AC voltages. At a minimum, U S WEST shall
                           supply power to CO-PROVIDER at parity with that
                           provided by U S WEST to itself. If U S WEST
                           performance, availability or restoration falls below
                           industry standards, U S WEST shall bring itself into
                           compliance with such industry standards as soon as
                           technologically feasible.

                           (a)      Central office power supplied by U S WEST
                                    into the CO-PROVIDER equipment area, shall
                                    be supplied in the form of power feeders
                                    (cables) on cable racking into the
                                    designated CO-PROVIDER equipment area. The
                                    power feeders (cables) shall efficiently and
                                    economically support the requested quantity
                                    and capacity of CO-PROVIDER equipment. The
                                    termination location shall be mutually
                                    agreed upon by the Parties.

                           (b)      U S WEST power equipment supporting
                                    CO-PROVIDER's equipment shall:

                                    i.       comply with applicable industry
                                             standards (e.g., Bellcore, NEBS,
                                             IEEE, UL, and NEC) or
                                             manufacturer's equipment power
                                             requirement specifications for
                                             equipment installation, cabling
                                             practices, and physical equipment
                                             layout;

                                    ii.      have redundant power feeds with
                                             physical diversity and battery
                                             back-up as required by the
                                             equipment manufacturer's
                                             specifications for CO-PROVIDER
                                             equipment, or, at minimum, at
                                             parity with that provided for
                                             similar U S WEST equipment at that
                                             location;

                                   iii.      provide central office ground,
                                             connected to a ground electrode
                                             located within the CO-PROVIDER
                                             collocated space, at a level above
                                             the top of CO-PROVIDER equipment
                                             plus or minus two (2) feet to the
                                             left or right of CO-PROVIDER's
                                             final request;

                                    iv.      provide an installation sequence
                                             and access that will allow
                                             installation efforts in parallel
                                             without jeopardizing personnel
                                             safety or existing services of
                                             either Party;

                                                                         Page 41

<PAGE>

                                                                          Part A

                                    v.       provide cabling that adheres to
                                             Bell Communication Research
                                             (Bellcore) Network
                                             Equipment-Building System (NEBS)
                                             standards TR-EOP-000063;

                                    vi.      provide Lock Out-Tag Out and other
                                             electrical safety procedures and
                                             devices in conformance with the
                                             most stringent of OSHA or industry
                                             guidelines; and

                                    vii.     ensure that installed equipment
                                             meets Belicore specifications.

         40.4     COLLOCATION RATE ELEMENTS

                  40.4.1   COMMON RATE ELEMENTS

                  The following rate elements are common to both virtual and
                  physical collocation:

                  (a)      Quote Preparation Fee. This covers the work involved
                           in developing a quotation for CO-PROVIDER for the
                           total costs involved in its collocation request.

                  (b)      Entrance Facility. Provides for fiber optic cable on
                           a per two (2) fiber increment basis from the point of
                           interconnection utilizing U S WEST owned,
                           conventional single mode type of fiber optic cable to
                           the collocated equipment (for virtual collocation) or
                           to the leased space (for physical collocation).
                           Entrance facility includes riser, fiber placement,
                           entrance closure, conduit/innerduct, and core
                           drilling.

                  (c)      Cable Splicing. Represents the labor and equipment to
                           perform a subsequent splice to the CO-PROVIDER
                           provided fiber optic cable after the initial
                           installation splice. Includes a per-setup and a
                           per-fiber-spliced rate elements.

                  (d)      48 Volt Power. Provides 48 volt power to the
                           CO-PROVIDER collocated equipment. Charged on a per
                           ampere basis.

                  (e)      48 Volt Power Cable. Provides for the transmission of
                           -48 Volt DC power to the collocated equipment. It
                           includes engineering, furnishing and installing the
                           main distribution bay power breaker, associated power
                           cable, cable rack and local power bay to the closest
                           power distribution bay. It also includes the power
                           cable (feeders) A and B from the local power
                           distribution bay to the leased physical space (for
                           physical collocation) or to the collocated equipment
                           (for virtual collocation).

                  (f)      Inspector Labor. Provides for the U S WEST qualified
                           personnel necessary when CO-PROVIDER requires access
                           to the P01 after the initial installation or access
                           to its physical collocation floor space, where an
                           escort is required. A call-out of an inspector after
                           business hours is subject to a minimum charge of four
                           (4) hours. Maintenance Labor, Inspector Labor,
                           Engineering Labor and Equipment Labor business hours
                           are considered to be Monday through Friday, 8:00 a.m.
                           to 5:00 p.m. and after business hours

                                                                         Page 42

<PAGE>

                                                                          Part A

                           are after 5:00 p.m. and before 8:00 am., Monday
                           through Friday, all day Saturday, Sunday and
                           holidays.

                           (g)      Expanded Interconnection Channel
                                    Regeneration. Required when the distance
                                    from the leased physical space (for physical
                                    collocation) or from the collocated
                                    equipment (for virtual collocation) to the U
                                    S WEST network is of sufficient length to
                                    require regeneration.

                           (h)      U S WEST will provide external
                                    synchronization when available.

                           (i)      U S WEST will provide 20 hertz ringing
                                    supply when available.

         40.4.2   PHYSICAL COLLOCATION RATE ELEMENTS

                  The following rate elements apply only to physical collocation
                  arrangements:

            (a)   Enclosure Buildout. The Enclosure Buildout element, either
                  Cage or Hardwall, includes the material and labor to construct
                  the enclosure specified by CO-PROVIDER or CO-PROVIDER may
                  choose from U S WEST approved contractors to construct the
                  cage, meeting U S WEST's installation Technical Publication
                  77350. It includes the enclosure (cage or hardwall), air
                  conditioning (to support CO-PROVIDER loads specified),
                  lighting (not to exceed 2 watts per square foot), and
                  convenience outlets (3 per cage or the number required by
                  building code for the hardwall enclosure). Also provides for
                  humidification, if required. Pricing for Enclosure Buildout
                  will be provided on an individual basis due to the uniqueness
                  of CO-PROVIDER's requirements, central office structure and
                  arrangements.

            (b)   Floor Space Rental. This element provides for the rental of
                  the floor space provided to CO-PROVIDER pursuant to a physical
                  collocation arrangement.

         40.4.3   VIRTUAL COLLOCATION RATE ELEMENTS

                  The following rate elements apply only to virtual collocation
                  arrangements:

                                    (a) Maintenance Labor. Provides for the
                           labor necessary for repair of out of service and/or
                           service-affecting conditions and preventative
                           maintenance of the CO-PROVIDER virtually collocated
                           equipment. CO-PROVIDER is responsible for ordering
                           maintenance spares. U S WEST will perform maintenance
                           and/or repair work upon receipt of the replacement
                           maintenance spare and/or equipment for CO-PROVIDER. A
                           call-out of a maintenance technician after business
                           hours is subject to a minimum charge of four (4)
                           hours. Maintenance Labor, Inspector Labor,
                           Engineering Labor and Equipment Labor business hours
                           are considered to be Monday through Friday, 8:00 am.
                           to 5:00 p.m. and after business hours are after 5:00
                           p.m. and before 8:00 am., Monday through Friday, all
                           day Saturday, Sunday and holidays.

                                    (b) Training Labor. Provides for the billing
                           of vendor-provided training for U S WEST personnel on
                           a metropolitan


                                                                         Page 43

<PAGE>

                                                                          Part A

                           service area basis, necessary for CO-PROVIDER
                           virtually collocated equipment which is different
                           from equipment used by U S WEST. U S WEST will
                           require three (3) U S WEST employees to be trained
                           per metropolitan service area in which the
                           CO-PROVIDER virtually collocated equipment is
                           located. If, by an act of U S WEST, trained employees
                           are relocated, retired, or are no longer available, U
                           S WEST will not require CO-PROVIDER to provide
                           training for additional U S WEST employees for the
                           same virtually collocated equipment in the same
                           metropolitan area. Fifty percent (50%) of the amount
                           of training billed to CO-PROVIDER will be refunded to
                           CO-PROVIDER, should a second collocator or U S WEST
                           in the same metropolitan area select the same
                           virtually collocated equipment as CO-PROVIDER. The
                           second collocator or U S WEST will be charged one
                           half of the original amount paid by CO-PROVIDER for
                           the same metropolitan area.

                  (c)      Equipment Bay. Provides mounting space for the
                           CO-PROVIDER virtually collocated equipment. ach bay
                           includes the seven (7) foot bay, its installation,
                           and all necessary environmental supports. Mounting
                           space on the bay, including space for the fuse panel
                           and air gaps necessary for heat dissipation is
                           limited to 78 inches. The monthly rate is applied per
                           shelf.

                  (d)      Engineering Labor. Provides the planning and
                           engineering of the CO-PROVIDER virtually collocated
                           equipment at the time of installation, change or
                           removal.

                  (e)      Installation Labor. Provides for the installation,
                           change or removal of the CO-PROVIDER virtually
                           collocated equipment.

         40.5     COLLOCATION INSTALLATION INTERVALS

                  40.5.1U S WEST shall have a period of thirty (30) calendar
                  days after receipt by CO-PROVIDER of a Request for Collocation
                  to provide CO-PROVIDER with a written quotation containing all
                  nonrecurring charges and fees for the requested collocation
                  (the "Quotation Preparation Period"). CO-PROVIDER shall make
                  payment of fifty percent (50%) of the nonrecurring charges and
                  fees upon acceptance of the quotation (`Initial Payment") with
                  the remainder due upon completion of the construction. In the
                  event CO-PROVIDER disputes the amount of U S WEST's proposed
                  nonrecurring charges and fees, CO-PROVIDER shall deposit fifty
                  percent (50%) of the nonrecurring charges and fees into an
                  interest bearing escrow account prior to the commencement of
                  construction ("Initial Deposit"). The remainder of the
                  nonrecurring charges and fees shall be deposited into the
                  escrow account upon completion of the construction. Upon
                  resolution of the dispute, the escrow agent shall distribute
                  amounts in the account in accordance with the resolution of
                  such dispute and any interest that has accrued with respect to
                  amounts in the account shall be distributed proportionately to
                  the Parties. U S WEST shall complete installation pursuant to
                  the CO-PROVIDER Request for Collocation within a maximum of
                  three (3) months after the Initial Payment or Initial Deposit
                  for physical or virtual collocation. If there is a dispute
                  between U S WEST and CO-PROVIDER


                                                                         Page 44

<PAGE>

                                                                          Part A

                  regarding the amount of any nonrecurring charges and fees,
                  such dispute shall be resolved in accordance with Section
                  27 above. The pendency of any such dispute shall not affect
                  the obligation of U S WEST to complete collocation within
                  the installation intervals described above.

41.      TECHNICAL REFERENCES - COLLOCATION

Subject to Sections 1.3.1 and 1.3.2 of this Part A of this Agreement, U S WEST
shall provide collocation in accordance with the following standards:

                  41.1 Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers (IEEE)
                  Standard 383, IEEE. Standard for Type Test of Class 1 E
                  Electric Cables, Field Splices, and Connections for Nuclear
                  Power Generating Stations;

                  41.2 National Electrical Code (NEC), use most recent issue;

                  41.3 TA-NPL-000286, NEBS Generic Engineering Requirements for
                  System Assembly and Cable Distribution, Issue 2 (Bellcore,
                  January 1989);

                  41.4 TR-EOP-000063 Network Equipment-Building System (NEBS)
                  Generic Equipment Requirements, Issue 3, March 1988;

                  41.5 TR-EOP-000151, Generic Requirements for 24-, 48-, 130-,
                  and 140- Volt Central Office Power Plant Rectifiers, Issue 1
                  (Bellcore, May 1985);

                  41.6 TR-EOP-000232, Generic Requirements for Lead-Acid Storage
                  Batteries, Issue 1 (Bellcore, June 1985);

                  41.7 TR-NWT-000154, Generic Requirements for 24-, 48-, 130,
                  and 140- Volt Central Office Power Plant Control and
                  Distribution Equipment, Issue 2 (Bellcore, January 1992);

                  41.8 TR-NWT-000295, Isolated Ground Planes: Definition and
                  Application to Telephone Central Offices, Issue 2 (Bellcore,
                  July 1992);

                  41.9 TR-NWT-000840, Supplier Support Generic Requirements
                  (SSGR), (A Module of LSSGR, FR-N'ArE-000064), Issue I
                  (Bellcore, December 1991);

                  41.10 TR-NWT-001275 Central Office Environment
                  Installations/Removal Generic Requirements, Issue 1, January
                  1993; and

                  41.11 Underwriters' Laboratories Standard, UL 94.

42.      NUMBER PORTABILITY

         42.1     INTERIM NUMBER PORTABILITY (INP)

                   42.1.1    GENERAL TERMS

                           (a)      The Parties shall provide Interim Number
                                    Portability (INP) on a reciprocal basis to
                                    the extent technically feasible.


                                                                         Page 45

<PAGE>

                                                                          Part A

                                             (b) Until permanent number
                                    portability is implemented by the industry
                                    pursuant to regulations issued by the FCC or
                                    the Commission, the Parties agree to provide
                                    INP to each other through Remote Call
                                    Forwarding, Direct Inward Dialing, or other
                                    appropriate means as agreed to by the
                                    Parties.

                                             (c) Once permanent number
                                    portability is implemented pursuant to FCC
                                    or Commission regulation, either Party may
                                    withdraw, at any time and at its sole
                                    discretion, its INP offerings, subject to
                                    advance notice to the other Party with
                                    sufficient time to allow. for coordination
                                    to allow the seamless and transparent
                                    conversion of INP Customer numbers to
                                    permanent number portability. Upon
                                    implementation of permanent number
                                    portability pursuant to FCC regulations,
                                    both Parties agree to conform and provide
                                    such permanent number portability. The
                                    Parties agree to expeditiously convert
                                    Customers from interim number portability to
                                    permanent number portability, provided that
                                    the interim service is not removed until the
                                    Customer has been converted.

                                             (d) U S WEST will update and
                                    maintain its Line Information Database
                                    (`LIDB") listings for numbers retained by
                                    CO-PROVIDER and its Customer, and restrict
                                    or cancel calling cards associated with
                                    these forwarded numbers as directed by
                                    CO-PROVIDER. Further, U S WEST will not
                                    block third party and collect calls to those
                                    numbers unless requested by CO-PROVIDER.

                           (e)      The ordering Party shall specify, on a per
                                    telephone number basis which method of INP
                                    is to be employed and the providing Party
                                    shall provide such method to the extent
                                    technically feasible.

                           (f)      Where either Party has activated an entire
                                    NXX, or activated a substantial portion of
                                    an NXX with the remaining numbers in that
                                    N)(X either reserved for future use or
                                    otherwise unused, if these Customer(s)
                                    choose to receive service from the other
                                    Party, the first Party shall cooperate with
                                    the second Party to have the entire N)(X
                                    reassigned in the LERG (and associated
                                    industry databases, routing tables, etc.) to
                                    an End Office operated by the second Party.
                                    Such transfer will be accomplished with
                                    appropriate coordination between the Parties
                                    and subject to appropriate industry
                                    lead-times for movement of NXXs from one
                                    switch to another.

                           42.1.2   DESCRIPTION OF SERVICE

                                             (a) Interim Number Portability
                                    Service ("INP") is a service arrangement
                                    that can be provided by U S WEST to
                                    CO-PROVIDER or by CO-PROVIDER to U S WEST.

                                             (b) INP applies to those situations
                                    where an end-user Customer elects to change
                                    service providers, and such Customer

                                                                         Page 46


<PAGE>

                                                                          Part A

                                    also wishes to retain its existing or
                                    reserved telephone number(s). INP consists
                                    of providing the capability to route calls
                                    placed to telephone numbers assigned to one
                                    Party's switches to another Party's
                                    switches.

                                             (c) INP is available as NP-Remote
                                    Call Forwarding ("IN-PRC F") permitting a
                                    call to a U S WEST assigned telephone number
                                    to be translated to CO-PROVIDER's dialable
                                    local number. CO-PROVIDER may terminate the
                                    call as desired. Additional capacity for
                                    simultaneous call forwarding is available
                                    where technically feasible on a per path
                                    basis. CO-PROVIDER will need to specify the
                                    number of simultaneous calls to be forwarded
                                    for each number ported.

                                             (d) DID is another INP method that
                                    makes use of direct inward dialing trunks.
                                    Each DID trunk group used for INP is
                                    dedicated to carrying DID INP traffic
                                    between the U S WEST end office and the
                                    CO-PROVIDER switch. Traffic on these trunks
                                    cannot overflow to other trunks, so the
                                    number of trunks shall be conservatively
                                    engineered by U S WEST. Also, inter-switch
                                    signaling is usually limited to
                                    multi-frequency (MF). This precludes passing
                                    Calling Line ID to the CO-PROVIDER switch.

                                             (e) RI-PH will route a dialed call
                                    to the U S WEST switch associated with the
                                    NXX of the dialed number. The U S WEST
                                    switch shall then insert a prefix onto the
                                    dialed number which identifies how the call
                                    is to be routed to CO-PROVIDER. The prefixed
                                    dialed number is transmitted to the U S WEST
                                    tandem switch to which CO-PROVIDER is
                                    connected. Route indexing is only available
                                    with seven (7) digit local dialing.

                           (f)      The prefix is removed by the operation of
                                    the tandem switch and the dialed number is
                                    routed to CO-PROVIDER's switch so the
                                    routing of the call can be completed by
                                    CO-PROVIDER.

                                               i. DN-RI is a form of RI-PH that
                                             requires direct trunking between
                                             the U S WEST switch to which the
                                             ported number was originally
                                             assigned and the CO-PROVIDER switch
                                             to which the number has been
                                             ported. The U S WEST switch shall
                                             send the originally dialed number
                                             to the CO-PROVIDER switch without a
                                             prefix.

                                                ii.  U S WEST  shall  provide
                                             RI-PH or DN-RI on an individual
                                             telephone  number basis, as
                                             designated by CO-PROVIDER. Where
                                             technically feasible, calls to
                                             ported numbers
                                             are first directed to the
                                             CO-PROVIDER switch over direct
                                             trunks but may overflow to tandem
                                             trunks if all trunks in the direct
                                             group are occupied.

                                    iii.     For both RI-PH and DN-RI the trunks
                                             used may, at CO-PROVIDER's option,
                                             be the same as those used for
                                             exchange of other local traffic

                                                                         Page 47

<PAGE>

                                                                          Part A

                                             with U S WEST. At CO-PROVIDER's
                                             option, the trunks shall employ SS7
                                             or in band signaling and may be one
                                             way or two way.

                           (g)      INP is subject to the following
                                    restrictions:

                                                   i. An INP telephone number
                                                may be assigned by CO-PROVIDER
                                                only to CO-PROVIDER's Customers
                                                located within U S WEST's local
                                                calling area and toll rating
                                                area that is associated with the
                                                NXX of the ported number. This
                                                is to prevent the possibility of
                                                Customers using number
                                                portability to extend the local
                                                calling area.

                                                   ii. INP is applicable only if
                                                CO-PROVIDER is engaged in a
                                                reciprocal traffic exchange
                                                arrangement with U S WEST.

                                                   iii. INP is not offered
                                                for NXX Codes 555, 976, 960
                                                and 1+ sent-paid telephones,
                                                and Service Access Codes
                                                (i.e., 500, 700, 800/888,
                                                900). INP is not available
                                                for FGA seven-digit numbers
                                                (including foreign exchange
                                                (FEX), FX and FX/ONAL and
                                                foreign Central Office
                                                service). Furthermore, INP
                                                numbers may only be used
                                                consistent with network
                                                efficiency and integrity,
                                                i.e., inhibitions on mass
                                                calling events.

                                                   iv. The ported telephone
                                                number will be returned to
                                                the switch which originally
                                                had the ported number when
                                                the ported service is
                                                disconnected. The normal
                                                intercept announcement will
                                                be provided by the porting
                                                company for the period of
                                                time until the telephone
                                                number is reassigned.

                                                   v.  Within thirty (30)
                                                days after a request by
                                                CO-PROVIDER, U S WEST shall
                                                provide CO-PROVIDER a list of
                                                those features that are not
                                                available for INP telephone
                                                numbers due to technical
                                                limitations.

                                    42.1.3   ORDERING AND MAINTENANCE

                                                     (a) CO-PROVIDER is
                                    responsible for all direct interactions with
                                    CO-PROVIDER's end users with respect to
                                    ordering and maintenance.

                                                     (b) U S WEST shall exchange
                                    with CO-PROVIDER SS7 TCAP messages as
                                    required for the implementation of Custom
                                    Local Area Signaling Services (CLASS) or
                                    other features available in the U S WEST
                                    network.

                                                     (c) Each Parties'
                                    designated INP switch must return answer and
                                    disconnect supervision to the other Party's
                                    switch.

                                                                         Page 48

<PAGE>

                                                                          Part A

                                                     (d) U S WEST shall
                                     disclose to CO-PROVIDER any technical or
                                     capacity limitations that would prevent use
                                     of a requested INP in a particular
                                     switching office.

                                                     (e) The Parties will
                                    develop and implement an efficient
                                    deployment process to ensure call routing
                                    integrity for toll and local calls, with the
                                    objective to eliminate Customer downtime.

                                                     (f) For INP, CO-PROVIDER
                                    shall have the right to use the existing U S
                                    WEST 911 infrastructure for all 911
                                    capabilities. When RCF is used for
                                    CO-PROVIDER subscribers, both the ported
                                    numbers and shadow numbers shall be stored
                                    in the ALI databases. CO-PROVIDER shall have
                                    the right to verify the accuracy of the
                                    information in the ALI databases via direct
                                    connection to the SCC ALI database pursuant
                                    to the same process and procedures SCC makes
                                    available to U S WEST.

         42.2     PERMANENT NUMBER PORTABILITY (PNP)

                                    42.2.1 Upon implementation of Permanent
                           Number Portability (PNP) pursuant to FCC regulations,
                           both Parties agree to conform and provide such
                           Permanent Number Portability. To the extent
                           consistent with the FCC rules as amended from time to
                           time, the requirements for PNP shall include the
                           following:

                                    42.2.2 Subscribers must be able to change
                           local service providers and retain the same telephone
                           number(s) consistent with FCC rules and regulations.

                                    42.2.3 The PNP network architecture shall
                           not subject alternate local exchange carriers to any
                           degradation of service compared to U S WEST in any
                           relevant measure, including transmission quality,
                           switching and transport costs, increased call set-up
                           time and post-dial delay, and CO-PROVIDER shall not
                           be required to rely on the U S WEST network for calls
                           completing to its ported Customers.

                                    42.2.4 When an office is equipped with PNP,
                           in accordance with the procedures specified by the
                           North American Numbering Council, the NXXs in the
                           office shall be defined as portable and translations
                           will be changed in the Parties' switches to open
                           those NXXs for database queries.

                                    42.2.5 When an NXX is defined as portable,
                           it shall also be defined as portable in all
                           PNP-capable offices which have direct trunks to the
                           given switch.

                                    42.2.6. Upon introduction of PNP in a
                           Metropolitan Statistical Area ("MSA"), the applicable
                           switches will be converted according to a published
                           schedule with no unreasonable delay. All portable
                           NXXs shall be recognized as portable, with queries
                           launched from these switches.

                                    42.2.7 Prior to implementation of PNP, the
                           Parties agree to develop, implement, and maintain
                           efficient methods to maintain 911 database integrity

                                                                         Page 49

<PAGE>

                                                                          Part A

                           when a subscriber ports to another service provider.
                           The Parties agree that the Customer should not be
                           dropped from the 911 database during the transition.

                                    42.2.8 When a subscriber ports to another
                           service provider and has previously secured a
                           reservation of line numbers from the donor provider
                           for possible activation at some future point, these
                           reserved but inactive numbers shall "port" along with
                           the active numbers being ported by the subscriber. So
                           long as CO-PROVIDER maintains the reserved numbers, U
                           S WEST shall not reassign said numbers. The Parties
                           will allocate the revenue generated from number
                           reservations in accordance with a schedule to be
                           mutually agreed upon by the Parties within ninety
                           (90) days after a request by CO-PROVIDER. U 5. WEST
                           shall provide CO-PROVIDER the ability to reserve
                           numbers.

                                    42.2.9 During the process of porting a
                           subscriber, the donor service provider shall
                           implement the 10-Digit trigger feature, when the
                           technology is made available in each switch in
                           accordance with the schedules adopted by the FCC.
                           When the donor provider receives the porting request,
                           the unconditional trigger shall be applied to the
                           subscriber's line at the time that has been agreed to
                           via the Western Region LNP Operations Guidelines in
                           order to overcome donor network time delays in the
                           disconnection of the subscriber. Alternatively, when
                           an activation notice is sent to an NPAC to trigger a
                           broadcast to service provider databases, the donor
                           switch shall have its translations changed to
                           disconnect the subscriber's line within thirty (30)
                           minutes or less after the donor network Local SMS's
                           has received the broadcast. Porting requests that
                           require coordination between service providers, in
                           accordance with the guidelines, will be handled on a
                           case-by-case basis and will not be covered by the
                           above.(22)

                                    42.2.10 Both CO-PROVIDER and U S WEST shall:

                                             (a) support all emergency and
                                    Operator Services.

                                             (b) use scarce numbering resources
                                    efficiently and administer such resources in
                                    a competitively neutral manner.

                                             (c) jointly cooperate with each
                                    other to provide the information necessary
                                    to rate and bill all types of calls.

                                             (d) jointly cooperate with each
                                    other to apply PNP consistently on a
                                    nationwide basis, and in accordance with all
                                    FCC directives.

                                    42.2.11 A ten-digit code, consistent with
                            the North American Numbering Plan, shall be used as
                            a network address for each switch that terminates
                            subscriber lines, i.e., an end office. This address
                            shall support existing six-digit routing and may be
                            implemented without changes to existing switch
                            routing algorithms. In existing end offices, this
                            address shall be selected from one of its existing
                            NPA-NXXs. New end offices shall be assigned an
                            address through normal administrative processes.

                                                                         Page 50

__________________________
(22)  MCI Order at pg. 3, Issue 13 and as subsequently agreed by the Parties

<PAGE>

                                                                          Part A

                                    42.2.12 PNP employs an "N-1" (N minus 1)
                           Query Strategy for interLATA or intraLATA toll calls,
                           by which the originating carrier will pass the call
                           to the appropriate toll carrier who will perform a
                           query to an external routing database and efficiently
                           route the call to the appropriate terminating local
                           carrier either directly or through an access tandem
                           office.

                                    42.2.13 U S WEST shall furnish CO-PROVIDER
                            with the first six (6) digits of the originating
                            address when it supplies CO-PROVIDER with the
                            Jurisdiction Information Parameter for the
                            originating address message.

                                    42.2.14 U S WEST agrees to begin the
                            introduction of PNP to end user subscribers who may
                            begin changing local service providers and retaining
                            their existing telephone number based on the time
                            line set out by the FCC in its Telephone Number
                            Portability Order (CC Docket No. 95-116), or in
                            accordance with a Commission order if such time for
                            introduction of PNP set by the Commission is earlier
                            than would result under the FCC Order.

                                    42.2.15 The generic requirements for the PNP
                            alternative will be implemented in accordance with
                            industry standard specifications.

                                    42.2.16 For a local call to a ported number,
                            the originating carrier is the "N-I" carrier. It
                            will perform an external database query as soon as
                            the call reaches the first PNP-capable switch in the
                            call path and pass the call to the appropriate
                            terminating carrier. A PNP-capable originating
                            switch shall query on a local call to a portable NXX
                            as soon as it determines that it (the originating
                            switch) does not serve the dialed number.

                                    42.2.17 U S WEST shall be the default
                            carrier for database queries where CO-PROVIDER is
                            unable to perform its own query due to abnormal
                            conditions. CO-PROVIDER shall be the default carrier
                            for database queries where U S WEST is unable to
                            perform its own query due to abnormal conditions.

                                    42.2.18 U S WEST will provide CO-PROVIDER
                            PNP for subscribers moving to a different location,
                            or staying at the same location, within the same
                            rate center area.

                                    42.2.19 U S WEST will work cooperatively
                            with other local service providers to establish the
                            Western Region Number Portability Administration
                            Center/Service Management System (SMS). The SMS
                            shall be administered by a neutral third party to
                            provide for the efficient porting of numbers between
                            carriers. There must be one (1) exclusive NPAC per
                            portability State or region, and U S WEST shall
                            provide all information uploads and downloads
                            regarding ported numbers to/from, respectively, the
                            exclusive NPAC. U S WEST and CO-PROVIDER shall
                            cooperate to facilitate the expeditious deployment
                            of PNP through the process prescribed by the FCC,
                            including, but not limited to, participation in the
                            selection of a neutral third party and development
                            of SMS, as well as SMS testing for effective
                            procedures, electronic system interfaces, and

                                                                         Page 51


<PAGE>

                                                                          Part A

                            overall readiness for use consistent with that
                            specified for provisioning in this Agreement.

          42.3     REQUIREMENTS FOR INP AND NP

                   42.3.1   [Intentionally left blank for numbering consistency]

                   42.3.2   CUT-OVER PROCESS

                                     THE PARTIES SHALL COOPERATE IN THE PROCESS
                            OF PORTING NUMBERS FROM ONE CARRIER TO ANOTHER SO AS
                            TO LIMIT SERVICE OUTAGE FOR THE PORTED SUBSCRIBER.
                            THIS SHALL INCLUDE, BUT NOT BE LIMITED TO, EACH
                            PARTY UPDATING ITS RESPECTIVE NETWORK ELEMENT
                            TRANSLATIONS WITHIN FIFTEEN (15) MINUTES FOLLOWING
                            NOTIFICATION BY THE INDUSTRY SMS, OR PORTED-TO LOCAL
                            SERVICE PROVIDER, AND DEPLOYING SUCH TEMPORARY
                            TRANSLATIONS AS MAY BE REQUIRED TO MINIMIZE SERVICE
                            OUTAGE, E.G., UNCONDITIONAL TRIGGERS. IN ADDITION,
                            CO-PROVIDER SHALL HAVE THE RIGHT TO DETERMINE WHO
                            INITIATES THE ORDER FOR INP IN SPECIFIC CUT-OVER
                            SITUATIONS. THE TIME FRAMES IN THIS PARAGRAPH SHALL
                            BE PURSUANT TO GENERIC REQUIREMENTS FOR SCP
                            APPLICATION AND GTT FUNCTION FOR NUMBER PORTABILITY,
                            ISSUE 0.99, JANUARY 6, 1997 AND SUBSEQUENT VERSIONS
                            WHICH MAY BE ADOPTED FROM TIME TO TIME. THE PARTIES
                            SHALL COOPERATE TO REVIEW AND, if NECESSARY, ADJUST
                            THE ABOVE TIME FRAME BASED ON THEIR ACTUAL
                            EXPERIENCES.(23)

                   42.3.3   TESTING

                                              U S WEST and CO-PROVIDER shall
                            cooperate in conducting CO-PROVIDER's testing to
                            ensure interconnectivity between systems. U S WEST
                            shall inform CO-PROVIDER of any system updates that
                            may affect the CO-PROVIDER network and U S WEST
                            shall, at CO-PROVIDER's request, perform tests to
                            validate the operation of the network. Additional
                            testing requirements may apply as specified by this
                            Agreement.

                   42.3.4   ENGINEERING AND MAINTENANCE

                                                      (a) U S WEST and
                                    CO-PROVIDER will cooperate to ensure that
                                    performance of trunking and signaling
                                    capacity is engineered and managed at levels
                                    which are at least the same level of service
                                    as provided by U S WEST to its subscribers
                                    and to ensure effective maintenance testing
                                    through activities such as routine testing
                                    practices, network trouble isolation
                                    processes and review of operational elements
                                    for translations, routing and network fault
                                    isolation.

                                                      (b) Additional specific
                                    engineering and maintenance requirements
                                    shall apply as specified in this Agreement.

                   42.3.5   RECORDING AND BILLING


- ----------------
(23)MCI Order at pg. 3, Issue 13


                                                                         Page 52
<PAGE>

                                                                          Part A

                                              The Parties shall provide each
                            other with accurate billing and subscriber account
                            record exchange data necessary for billing their
                            subscribers whose numbers have been ported.

                   42.3.6   OPERATOR SERVICES AND DIRECTORY ASSISTANCE

                                             With respect to Operator Services
                            and Directory Assistance associated with NP for
                            CO-PROVIDER subscribers, U S WEST shall provide the
                            following:

                            (a)     While INP is deployed and prior to
                                    conversion to PNP:

                                    i.   The Parties acknowledge that
                                         technology, as of the Effective Date of
                                         this Agreement, does not permit the
                                         provision of BLV/BLI to ported numbers.
                                         When such becomes available in the U S
                                         WEST network, such technology shall be
                                         made available to CO-PROVIDER.

                                    ii.  U S WEST shall allow CO-PROVIDER to
                                         order provisioning of Telephone Line
                                         Number (TLN) calling cards and Billed
                                         Number Screening (BNS), in its LIDB,
                                         for ported numbers, as specified by
                                         CO-PROVIDER. U S WEST shall continue to
                                         allow CO-PROVIDER access to its LIDB.
                                         Other LIDB provisions are specified in
                                         this Agreement.

                                    iii. Where U S WEST has control of directory
                                         listings for NXX codes containing
                                         ported numbers, U S WEST shall maintain
                                         entries for ported numbers as specified
                                         by CO-PROVIDER in accordance with the
                                         Listings Section of this Agreement.

                            (b)     When PNP is in place:

                                    i.   The provisions in Section 42.3.6
                                         preceding, shall apply when PNP is in
                                         place.

                                    ii.  If Integrated Services Digital Network
                                         User Part (ISUP) signaling is used, U S
                                         WEST shall provide the Jurisdiction
                                         Information Parameter in the SS7
                                         Initial Address Message. (See Generic
                                         Switching and Signaling Requirements
                                         for Number Portability, Issue 1.0,
                                         February 12, 1996 (Editor - Lucent
                                         Technologies, Inc.)).

                                    iii  The Parties shall provide, when
                                         received from the NPAC, a 10-Digit
                                         Global Title Translation (GTT) Node for
                                         routing queries for TCAP-based Operator
                                         Services (e.g., LIDB). The acquiring
                                         company will provide the GTT to the
                                         NPAC. The NPAC will distribute this
                                         information to the donor company and
                                         all other parties.

                                    iv.  U S WEST OSS shall meet all
                                         requirements specified in "Generic
                                         Operator Services Switching
                                         Requirements for Number Portability,"
                                         Issue 1.1, June 20, 1996, as updated
                                         from time to time.


                                                                         Page 53
<PAGE>

                                                                          Part A

43.       DIALING PARITY

          43.1     The Parties shall provide  dialing parity to each other as
                   required  under Section  251(b)(3) of the Act or state law or
                   regulation as appropriate.

          43.2     U S WEST shall ensure that all CO-PROVIDER Customers
                   experience the same dialing parity as similarly-situated
                   Customers of U S WEST services, such that, for example, for
                   all call types: (a) an CO-PROVIDER Customer is not required
                   to dial any greater number of digits than a
                   similarly-situated U S WEST Customer; and (b) the CO-PROVIDER
                   Customer may retain its local telephone number, so long as
                   the Customer continues receiving service in the same central
                   office serving area.

44.       DIRECTORY LISTINGS

          44.1     DIRECTORY LISTINGS GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

                   44.1.1   This Section 44 pertains to Directory Listings
                            requirements for the appearance of CO-PROVIDER end
                            user directory listings in Directory Assistance
                            service or directory product.

                   44.1.2   U S WEST shall include in its master directory
                            listing database all list information for
                            CO-PROVIDER Customers.

                   44.1.3   U S WEST shall not sell or license, nor allow any
                            third party, the use of CO-PROVIDER Customer
                            Listings without the prior written consent of
                            CO-PROVIDER. U S WEST shall not disclose nor allow
                            any third party to disclose non-listed name or
                            address information for any purpose other than what
                            may be necessary to complete directory distribution.

                   44.1.4   CO-PROVIDER CUSTOMER LISTINGS IN THE U S WEST
                            DIRECTORY ASSISTANCE DATABASE AND DIRECTORY LISTING
                            DATABASE SHALL BE CO-MINGLED WITH LISTINGS OF U S
                            WEST AND OTHER CLEC CUSTOMERS."(24)

                   44.1.5   EACH CO-PROVIDER CUSTOMER PRIMARY LISTING SHALL BE
                            PROVIDED, AT NO CHARGE, THE SAME WHITE PAGE LISTINGS
                            THAT U S WEST PROVIDES ITS CUSTOMERS.(25)

                   44.1.6   EACH CO-PROVIDER BUSINESS CUSTOMER PRIMARY LISTING
                            SHALL BE PROVIDED, AT NO CHARGE, THE SAME YELLOW
                            PAGE CLASSIFIED COURTESY LISTINGS THAT U S WEST
                            PROVIDES ITS CUSTOMERS.(26)

                   44.1.7   U S WEST SHALL ALSO ENSURE THAT ITS DIRECTORY
                            PUBLISHER PUBLISHES ALL TYPES OF LISTINGS FOR
                            CO-PROVIDER CUSTOMERS THAT ARE AVAILABLE TO U S WEST


- ------------
(24) MCI Order at pg. 11, Issue 36, first paragraph - third sentence and second
paragraph - first and second
(25) MCI Order at pg. 11, Issue 36, first paragraph - first sentence
(26) MCI Order at pg. 11, Issue 36, first paragraph - first sentence


                                                                         Page 54
<PAGE>


                                                                          Part A

                            CUSTOMERS UNDER THE SAME TERMS, AND CONDITIONS,
                            INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO:(27)

                            (a)      Foreign listings
                            (b)      Reference listings
                            (c)      Information listings
                            (d)      Alternate call listings
                            (e)      Multi-line listings
                            (f)      Multi-line/Multi-owner listings

                   44.1.8   CO-PROVIDER end user listings properly identified by
                            CO-PROVIDER as State. Local, and Federal government
                            listings shall be appropriately coded in the U S
                            WEST Directory Listing database. U S WEST will
                            provide government code information to CO-PROVIDER.

                   44.1.9   The listing and handling of CO-PROVIDER listed and
                            non-listed telephone numbers shall be at least at
                            parity with that provided by U S WEST to its own
                            Customers, including CO-PROVIDER customers who have
                            ported telephone numbers from U S WEST.

                   44.1.10  U S WEST shall ensure that its directory publisher
                            publishes CO-PROVIDER sales, service, billing, and
                            repair information for business and residential
                            Customers, along with the CO-PROVIDER logo in the
                            customer information/guide pages of each directory
                            at no charge to CO-PROVIDER.(28)

                   44.1.11  U S WEST is responsible for maintaining Listings,
                            including entering, changing, correcting,
                            rearranging and removing Listings in accordance with
                            CO-PROVIDER orders. Upon request, and at least one
                            (1) month prior to a given white page directory
                            close, a method of reviewing and correcting Listings
                            will be provided.

                   44.1.12  CO-PROVIDER SHALL RECEIVE COMMISSIONS FROM U S
                            WEST'S DIRECTORY PUBLISHER BY ALL COMPENSATION
                            GENERATED BY SUCH ADVERTISING AT THE SAME RATE PAID,
                            IF ANY, TO U S WEST OR ANY OF ITS AFFILIATES AS
                            SPECIFIED IN THE DIRECTORY PUBLISHING AGREEMENT
                            BETWEEN U S WEST AND U S WEST DEX AND ANY OTHER
                            AFFILIATE OR IN ANY OTHER WRITTEN AGREEMENT.(29)

                   44.1.13  U S WEST will permit CO-PROVIDER Customers to
                            place orders for Premium Listings and privacy
                            listings. CO-PROVIDER will be charged for Premium
                            Listings and privacy listings at U S WEST's
                            general exchange tariff rates less the wholesale
                            discount rate. The Premium and privacy listing
                            charges will be billed to CO-PROVIDER and itemized
                            at the telephone number sub-account level.

                   44.1.14  U S WEST shall ensure a third party distributes
                            appropriate alphabetical and classified
                            directories (white and yellow pages) and recycling
                            services to CO-PROVIDER Customers at parity with U
                            S WEST end users, including providing


- --------------
(27) MCI Order at pg. 11, Issue 36, first paragraph - second sentence
(28) MCI Order at pg. 11, Issue 36, third paragraph
(29) Final Arbitration Order at pg. 10


                                                                         Page 55
<PAGE>

                                                                          Part A

                            directories, a) upon establishment of new service;
                            b) during annual mass distribution; and c) upon
                            Customer request.

                   44.1.15  [INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK FOR NUMBERING
                            CONSISTENCY.](30)

                   44.1.16  U S WEST will provide the option of having CENTREX
                            users listed when CO-PROVIDER purchases CENTREX type
                            services for resale.

                   44.1.17  [INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK FOR NUMBERING
                            CONSISTENCY.](31)

          44.2     SCOPE

                   44.2.1   CO-PROVIDER grants U S WEST a non-exclusive license
                            to incorporate Listings information into its
                            Directory Assistance database. CO-PROVIDER shall
                            select one of two options for U S WEST's use of
                            Listings and dissemination of Listings to third
                            parties.

                            EITHER:

                            (a)    Treat the same as U S WEST's end user
                                   listings - No prior authorization is needed
                                   for U S WEST to release Listings to
                                   directory publishers or other third
                                   parties. U S WEST will incorporate Listings
                                   information in all existing and future
                                   Directory Assistance applications developed
                                   by U S WEST. CO-PROVIDER authorizes U S
                                   WEST to sell and otherwise make Listings
                                   available to directory publishers. Listings
                                   shall not be provided or sold in such a
                                   manner as to segregate end users by
                                   carrier.

                            OR:

                            (b)    Restrict to U S WEST's Directory Assistance
                                   Services -- Prior authorization required from
                                   CO-PROVIDER for all other uses. CO-PROVIDER
                                   makes its own, separate agreements with U S
                                   WEST, third Parties and directory publishers
                                   for all uses of its listings beyond Directory
                                   Assistance. U S WEST will sell or provide
                                   Listings to directory publishers (including U
                                   S WEST's publisher affiliate) or other third
                                   Parties only after the third party presents
                                   proof of CO-PROVIDER's authorization.
                                   Listings shall not be provided or sold in
                                   such a manner as to segregate end users by
                                   carrier.

                            (c)    U S WEST SHALL BE ENTITLED TO RETAIN ALL
                                   REVENUE ASSOCIATED WITH ANY SALES PURSUANT TO
                                   SUBPARAGRAPHS (a) AND (b) ABOVE.(32)

                   44.3     U S WEST will take reasonable steps in accordance
                            with industry practices to accommodate non-published
                            and non-listed Listings provided that


- ---------------
(30) Final Arbitration Order at pg. 11
(31) Final Arbitration Order at pg. 12
(32) Final Arbitration Order at pg. 13


                                                                         Page 56
<PAGE>

                            PROVIDER has supplied U S WEST the necessary privacy
                            indicators on such Listings.

          44.4     CO-PROVIDER RESPONSIBILITIES

                   44.4.1   CO-PROVIDER agrees to provide to U S WEST its
                            end user names, addresses and telephone numbers in a
                            standard mechanized format, as utilized by U S WEST.

                   44.4.2   CO-PROVIDER will supply its ACNA/CIC or CLCC/OCN, as
                            appropriate, with each order to provide U S WEST the
                            means of identifying listings ownership.

                   44.4.3   CO-PROVIDER represents the end user information
                            provided to U S WEST is accurate and correct.
                            CO-PROVIDER further represents that it has reviewed
                            all listings provided to U S WEST, including end
                            user requested restrictions on use such as
                            non-published and non-listed.

                   44.4.4   CO-PROVIDER is responsible for dealings with, and on
                            behalf of, CO-PROVIDER's end users on the following
                            subjects:

                            a)      All end user account activity, e.g., end
                                    user queries and complaints.

                            b)      All account maintenance activity, e.g.,
                                    additions, changes, issuance of orders for
                                    Listings to U S WEST.

                            a)      Determining privacy requirements and
                                    accurately coding the privacy indicators for
                                    CO-PROVIDER's end user information. If end
                                    user information provided by CO-PROVIDER to
                                    U S WEST does not contain a privacy
                                    indicator, no privacy restrictions will
                                    apply.

45.       [Intentionally left blank for numbering consistency.]

46.       U S WEST DEX ISSUES

          46.1     U S WEST and CO-PROVIDER agree that certain issues, such as
                   yellow page advertising, directory distribution, access to
                   call guide pages, and yellow page listings, will be the
                   subject of negotiations between CO-PROVIDER and directory
                   publishers. U S WEST acknowledges that CO-PROVIDER may
                   request U S WEST to facilitate discussions between
                   CO-PROVIDER and U S WEST Dex.(33)

47.       ACCESS TO POLES, DUCTS, CONDUITS, AND RIGHTS OF WAY

          47.1     EACH PARTY SHALL PROVIDE THE OTHER PARTY NONDISCRIMINATORY
                   ACCESS TO POLES, DUCTS, RIGHTS-OF-WAY AND CONDUITS IT
                   CONTROLS ON TERMS, CONDITIONS AND PRICES AS DESCRIBED HEREIN.
                   WHILE THE LANGUAGE IN SECTION 47 DESCRIBES THE PROVISION OF
                   POLES, DUCTS, RIGHTS-OF-WAY AND CONDUITS BY U S WEST TO
                   CO-PROVIDER, THE LANGUAGE IN THIS SECTION SHALL APPLY
                   RECIPROCALLY TO THE PROVISION OF POLES, DUCTS, RIGHTS-OF-WAY
                   AND

- ------------
(33) Final Arbitration Order at pg. 13


                                                                         Page 57
<PAGE>

                                                                          Part A

                   CONDUITS BY CO-PROVIDER TO U S WEST ON TERMS, CONDITIONS
                   AND PRICES COMPARABLE TO THOSE DESCRIBED HEREIN.(34)

          47.2     [Intentionally left blank for numbering consistency]

          47.3     DEFINITIONS

                   "Poles, ducts, conduits and ROW' refer to all the physical
                   facilities and legal rights which provide for access to
                   pathways across public and private property. These include
                   poles, pole attachments, ducts, innerducts, conduits,
                   building entrance facilities, building entrance links,
                   equipment rooms, remote terminals, cable vaults, telephone
                   closets, building risers, rights-of- way, or any other
                   requirements needed to create pathways. These pathways may
                   run over, under, across or through streets, traverse private
                   property, or enter multi-unit buildings. A Right-of-Way
                   ("ROW') is the right to use the land or other property owned,
                   leased, or controlled by any means by U S WEST to place
                   poles, ducts, conduits and ROW or to provide passage to
                   access such poles, ducts, conduits and ROW. A ROW may run
                   under, on, or above public or private property (including air
                   space above public or private property) and shall include the
                   right to use discrete space in buildings, building complexes,
                   or other locations.

          47.4     REQUIREMENTS

                   47.4.1   U S WEST shall make poles, duct, conduits and ROW
                            available to CO-PROVIDER upon receipt of a request
                            for use within the time periods provided in this
                            Section, providing all information necessary to
                            implement such use and containing rates, terms and
                            conditions, including, but not limited to,
                            maintenance and use in accordance with this
                            Agreement and at least equal to those which it
                            affords itself, its Affiliates and others. Other
                            users of these facilities, including U S WEST, shall
                            not interfere with the availability or use of the
                            facilities by CO-PROVIDER.

                   47.4.2   Within ten (10) Business Days of CO-PROVIDER's
                            request for specific poles, ducts, conduits, or ROW,
                            U S WEST shall provide any information in its
                            possession or available to it regarding the
                            environmental conditions of such requested poles,
                            ducts, conduits or ROW route or location including,
                            but not limited to, the existence and condition of
                            asbestos, lead paint, hazardous substance
                            contamination, or radon. Information is considered
                            "available" under this Agreement if it is in U S
                            WEST's possession or files, or the possession of an
                            agent, contractor, employee, lessor, or tenant of
                            U S WEST's that holds such information on U S WEST's
                            behalf. If the poles, ducts, conduits or ROW contain
                            such environmental contamination, making the
                            placement of equipment hazardous, U S WEST shall
                            offer alternative poles, ducts, conduits or ROW for
                            CO-PROVIDER's consideration. U S WEST shall allow
                            CO-PROVIDER to perform any environmental site
                            investigations, including, but not limited to, Phase
                            I and Phase II environmental site assessments, as
                            CO-PROVIDER may deem to be necessary.


- --------------------
(34) Final Arbitration Order at pg. 16


                                                                         Page 58
<PAGE>

                                                                          Part A

                   47.4.3   U S WEST shall not prevent or delay any third party
                            assignment of ROW to CO-PROVIDER.

                   47.4.4   U S WEST shall offer the use of such poles, ducts,
                            conduits and ROW it has obtained from a third party
                            to CO-PROVIDER, to the extent such agreement does
                            not prohibit U S WEST from granting such rights to
                            CO-PROVIDER. They shall be offered to CO-PROVIDER on
                            the same terms as are offered to U S WEST.
                            CO-PROVIDER shall reimburse U S WEST for U S WEST's
                            reasonable costs, if any, incurred as a result of
                            the exercise of its eminent domain authority on
                            behalf of CO-PROVIDER in accordance with the
                            provisions of this paragraph.

                   47.4.5   U S WEST shall provide CO-PROVIDER equal and
                            non-discriminatory access to poles, ducts, conduit
                            and ROW and any other pathways on terms and
                            conditions equal to that provided by U S WEST to
                            itself or to any other Person. Further, U S WEST
                            shall not preclude or delay allocation of these
                            facilities to CO-PROVIDER because of the potential
                            needs of itself or of other Person, except a
                            maintenance spare may be retained as described
                            below.

                   47.4.6   U S WEST shall not attach, or permit other entities
                            to attach facilities on, within or overlashed to
                            existing CO-PROVIDER facilities without
                            CO-PROVIDER's prior written consent.

                   47.4.7   U S WEST AND CO-PROVIDER AGREE TO PROVIDE CURRENT
                            DETAILED ENGINEERING AND OTHER PLANT RECORDS AND
                            DRAWINGS FOR SPECIFIC REQUESTS FOR POLES, DUCTS,
                            CONDUIT AND ROW, INCLUDING FACILITY ROUTE MAPS AT A
                            CITY LEVEL, AND THE FEES AND EXPENSES INCURRED IN
                            PROVIDING SUCH RECORDS AND DRAWINGS ON THE EARLIER
                            OF TWENTY (20) BUSINESS DAYS FROM THE DATE OF
                            REQUEST OR THE TIME WITHIN WHICH U S WEST PROVIDES
                            THIS INFORMATION TO ITSELF OR ANY OTHER PERSON. SUCH
                            INFORMATION SHALL BE OF EQUAL TYPE AND QUALITY AS
                            THAT WHICH IS AVAILABLE TO U S WEST'S OR
                            CO-PROVIDER'S OWN ENGINEERING AND OPERATIONS STAFF.
                            EITHER PARTY SHALL ALSO ALLOW PERSONNEL DESIGNATED
                            BY THE OTHER PARTY TO JOINTLY EXAMINE, AT NO COST TO
                            THE OTHER PARTY FOR SUCH PERSONNEL, SUCH ENGINEERING
                            RECORDS AND DRAWINGS FOR A SPECIFIC LOCAL ROUTING AT
                            CENTRAL OFFICES AND ENGINEERING OFFICES UPON TEN
                            (10) DAYS' WRITTEN NOTICE. U S WEST AND CO-PROVIDER
                            ACKNOWLEDGE THAT THE REQUEST FOR INFORMATION AND THE
                            SUBJECT MATTER RELATED TO THE REQUEST MADE UNDER
                            THIS SECTION SHALL BE TREATED AS PROPRIETARY
                            INFORMATION.(35)

                   47.4.8   U S WEST shall provide to CO-PROVIDER a Single Point
                            of Contact for negotiating all structure lease and
                            ROW arrangements.

                   47.4.9   U S WEST shall provide information regarding the
                            availability and condition of poles, ducts, conduit
                            and ROW within five (5) Business Days of
                            CO-PROVIDER's request if the information then exists
                            in U S WEST's records (a records based answer) and
                            within twenty (20) Business Days of CO-PROVIDER's
                            request if U S WEST must physically examine the
                            poles, ducts, conduits and ROW (a field based
                            answer) (Request"). CO-PROVIDER shall have the
                            option to be present at the field based survey and
                            U S WEST shall provide CO-PROVIDER at least


- ----------------
(35) Final Arbitration Order at pg. 18


                                                                         Page 59
<PAGE>

                                                                          Part A

                            twenty-four (24) hours' notice prior to the start of
                            such field survey. During and after this period, U S
                            WEST shall allow CO-PROVIDER personnel to enter
                            manholes and equipment spaces and view pole
                            structures to inspect such structures in order to
                            confirm usability or assess the condition of the
                            structure. U S WEST shall send CO-PROVIDER a written
                            notice confirming availability pursuant to the
                            Request within such twenty (20) day period
                            ("Confirmation").

                   47.4.10  FOR THE PERIOD BEGINNING AT THE TIME OF THE REQUEST
                            AND ENDING NINETY (90) DAYS FOLLOWING CONFIRMATION,
                            EITHER U S WEST OR CO-PROVIDER SHALL RESERVE SUCH
                            POLES, DUCTS, CONDUIT AND ROW FOR THE OTHER PARTY
                            AND SHALL NOT ALLOW ANY USE THEREOF BY ANY THIRD
                            PARTY, INCLUDING THE PARTY PROVIDING CONFIRMATION.
                            THE PARTY REQUESTING ACCESS SHALL ELECT WHETHER OR
                            NOT TO ACCEPT SUCH POLES, DUCTS, CONDUIT AND ROW
                            WITHIN THE NINETY (90) DAY PERIOD FOLLOWING
                            CONFIRMATION. CO-PROVIDER OR U S WEST MAY ACCEPT
                            SUCH FACILITIES BY SENDING WRITTEN NOTICE TO THE
                            PARTY PROVIDING CONFIRMATION ("ACCEPTANCE").(36)

                   47.4.11  Reservation. After Acceptance by CO-PROVIDER,
                            CO-PROVIDER shall have six (6) months to begin
                            attachment and/or installation of its facilities to
                            the poles, ducts, conduit and ROW or request U S
                            WEST to begin make ready or other construction
                            activities. Any such construction, installation or
                            make ready by CO-PROVIDER shall be completed by the
                            end of one (1) year after Acceptance. CO-PROVIDER
                            shall not be in default of the 6-month or 1-year
                            requirement above if such default is caused in any
                            way by any action, inaction or delay on the part of
                            U S WEST or its Affiliates or subsidiaries.

                   47.4.12  Make Ready. U S WEST shall rearrange, modify and/or
                            make ready existing poles, ducts, conduit and ROW
                            where necessary and feasible to provide space for
                            CO-PROVIDER's requirements. Subject to the
                            requirements above, the Parties shall endeavor to
                            mutually agree upon the time frame for the
                            completion of such work within five (5) days
                            following CO-PROVIDER's request; provided, however,
                            that any such work required to be performed by U S
                            WEST shall be completed within sixty (60) days or a
                            reasonable period of time based on standard
                            construction intervals in the industry, unless
                            otherwise agreed by CO-PROVIDER in writing.

                   47.4.13  New Construction. After Acceptance, U S WEST shall
                            complete any new construction, relocation or
                            installation of poles, ducts, conduits or ROW
                            required to be performed by U S WEST or any U S WEST
                            construction, relocation or installation requested
                            by CO-PROVIDER within a reasonable period of time
                            based on standard construction intervals in the
                            industry or sixty (60) days after obtaining all
                            governmental authority or permits necessary to
                            complete such construction, relocation or
                            installation. If U S WEST anticipates that
                            construction, relocation or installation will go
                            beyond standard industry intervals or the sixty (60)
                            day period, U S WEST shall immediately notify
                            CO-PROVIDER and the Parties shall mutually agree on
                            a completion date.


- -------------------
(36) Final Arbitration order at pg. 19


                                                                         Page 60
<PAGE>

                                                                          Part A

                   47.4.14  CO-PROVIDER shall begin payment for the use of newly
                            constructed poles, ducts, conduit, and ROW upon
                            completion of such construction and installation and
                            confirmation by appropriate testing methods that the
                            facilities are in a condition ready to operate in
                            CO-PROVIDER's network or upon use (other than for
                            testing) by CO-PROVIDER, whichever is earlier.

                   47.4.15  CO-PROVIDER shall make payment for construction,
                            relocation, rearrangements, modifications and make
                            ready in accordance with Section 3.5 of Attachment 1
                            of this Agreement.

                   47.4.16  [Intentionally left blank for numbering consistency]

                   47.4.17  CO-PROVIDER may, at its option, install its
                            facilities on poles, ducts, conduit and ROW and use
                            CO-PROVIDER or CO-PROVIDER designated personnel to
                            attach its equipment to such U S WEST poles, ducts,
                            conduits and ROW.

                   47.4.18  If available, U S WEST shall provide CO-PROVIDER
                            space in manholes for racking and storage of cable
                            and other materials as requested by CO-PROVIDER.

                   47.4.19  U S WEST shall rearrange, modify and/or make ready
                            any conduit system or poles with retired cable by
                            removing such retired cable from conduit systems or
                            poles to allow for the efficient use of conduit
                            space and pole space. Before denying access based on
                            a lack of capacity, U S WEST must explore potential
                            accommodations with CO-PROVIDER.

                   47.4.20  Where U S WEST has innerducts which are not, at that
                            time, being used or are not reserved as emergency or
                            maintenance spare in accordance with FCC rules and
                            regulations, U S WEST shall offer such ducts for
                            CO-PROVIDER's use.

                   47.4.21  Where a spare innerduct does not exist, U S WEST
                            shall allow CO-PROVIDER to install an innerduct in
                            U S WEST conduit, at CO-PROVIDER's cost and expense.
                            U S WEST must review and approve any installation of
                            innerduct in any U S WEST's duct prior to the start
                            of construction. Such approval shall not be
                            unreasonably delayed, withheld or conditioned.
                            CO-PROVIDER shall provide notice to U S WEST of any
                            work activity not less than twenty-four (24) hours
                            prior to the start of construction.

                   47.4.22  Where U S WEST has any ownership or other rights to
                            ROW to buildings or building complexes, or within
                            buildings or building complexes, U S WEST shall
                            offer such ROW to CO-PROVIDER.

                            (a)     Subject to the approval of the building
                                    owner, if required, the right to use any
                                    available space owned or controlled by U S
                                    WEST in the building or building complex to
                                    install CO-PROVIDER equipment and
                                    facilities;

                            (b)     Subject to the approval of the building
                                    owner if required, ingress and egress to
                                    such space; and



                                                                         Page 61
<PAGE>

                                                                          Part A

                            (c)     Subject to the approval of the building
                                    owner, if required, the right to use
                                    electrical power at parity with U S WEST's
                                    rights to such power.

                   47.4.23  Whenever U S WEST intends to modify or alter any
                            poles, ducts, conduits or ROW which contain
                            CO-PROVIDER's facilities, U S WEST shall provide
                            written notification of such action to CO-PROVIDER
                            so that CO-PROVIDER may have a reasonable
                            opportunity to add to or modify its facilities.
                            CO-PROVIDER shall advise U S WEST, in writing, of
                            its intentions to add or modify the facilities
                            within fifteen (15) Business Days of U S WEST's
                            notification. If CO-PROVIDER adds to or modifies its
                            facilities according to this paragraph, CO-PROVIDER
                            shall bear a proportionate share of the costs
                            incurred by U S WEST in making such facilities
                            accessible.

                   47.4.24  CO-PROVIDER shall not be required to bear any of the
                            costs of rearranging or replacing its facilities, if
                            such rearrangement or replacement is required as a
                            result of an additional attachment or the
                            modification of an existing attachment sought by any
                            entity other than CO-PROVIDER, including U S WEST.

                   47.4.25  U S WEST shall maintain the poles, ducts, conduits
                            and ROW at its sole cost. CO-PROVIDER shall maintain
                            its own facilities installed within the poles,
                            ducts, conduits and ROW at its sole cost. In the
                            event of an emergency, U S WEST shall begin repair
                            of its facilities containing CO-PROVIDER's
                            facilities within a reasonable time frame based on
                            industry standards or a time frame requested by
                            CO-PROVIDER. If U S WEST cannot begin repair within
                            the requested time frame, upon notice and approval
                            of U S WEST, which approval shall not be
                            unreasonably withheld, CO-PROVIDER may begin such
                            repairs without the presence of U S WEST personnel.
                            CO-PROVIDER may climb poles and enter the manholes,
                            handholds, conduits and equipment spaces containing
                            U S WEST's facilities in order to perform such
                            emergency maintenance, but only until such time as
                            qualified personnel of U S WEST arrives ready to
                            continue such repairs. For both emergency and
                            non-emergency repairs, CO-PROVIDER may use spare
                            innerduct or conduits, including the innerduct or
                            conduit designated by U S WEST as emergency spare
                            for maintenance purposes; provided, however, that
                            CO-PROVIDER may only use such spare conduit or
                            innerduct for a maximum period of ninety (90) days.

                   47.4.26  In the event of a relocation necessitated by a
                            governmental entity exercising the power of eminent
                            domain, when such relocation is not reimbursable,
                            all parties shall share pro rata in costs for
                            relocating the base conduit or poles and shall each
                            pay its own cost of cable and installation of the
                            facilities in the newly rebuilt U S WEST poles,
                            ducts, conduits and ROW.

48.       BONA FIDE REQUEST PROCESS FOR FURTHER UNBUNDLING

          48.1     Any request for Interconnection or access to an unbundled
                   Network Element not already available via price lists,
                   tariff, or as described herein shall be treated as a Request
                   under this Section.


                                                                         Page 62
<PAGE>

                                                                          Part A

          48.2     U S WEST shall use the Bona Fide Request Process ("BFR")
                   process as described in this Section 48, to determine the
                   technical feasibility of the requested interconnection or
                   Network Element(s) and, for those items found to be
                   technically feasible, to provide the terms and timetable for
                   providing the requested items. Additionally, elements,
                   services and functions which are materially or substantially
                   different from those services, elements or functions already
                   provided by U S WEST to itself, its Affiliates, Customers, or
                   end users may, at the discretion of CO-PROVIDER, be subject
                   to this BFR process.

          48.3     A Request shall be submitted in writing and, at a minimum,
                   shall include: (a) a complete and accurate technical
                   description of each requested Network Element or
                   Interconnection; (b) the desired interface specifications;
                   (c) a statement that the Interconnection or Network Element
                   will be used to provide a Telecommunications Service; (d) the
                   quantity requested; (e) the location(s) requested; and (f)
                   whether CO-PROVIDER wants the requested item(s) and terms
                   made generally available. O-PROVIDER may designate a Request
                   as Confidential.

          48.4     Within forty-eight (48) hours of receipt of a Request, U S
                   WEST shall acknowledge receipt of the Request and review such
                   Request for initial compliance with Subsection 48.3 above. In
                   its acknowledgment, U S WEST shall advise CO-PROVIDER of any
                   missing information reasonably necessary to move the Request
                   to the preliminary analysis described in Subsection 48.5
                   below.

          48.5     Unless otherwise agreed to by the Parties, within thirty (30)
                   calendar days of its receipt of the Request and all
                   information necessary to process it, U S WEST shall provide
                   to CO-PROVIDER a preliminary analysis of the Request. As
                   reasonably requested by CO-PROVIDER, U S WEST agrees to
                   provide status updates to CO-PROVIDER. U S WEST will notify
                   CO-PROVIDER if the quote preparation fee, if any, will exceed
                   $5,000. CO-PROVIDER will approve the continuation of the
                   development of the quote prior to U S WEST incurring any
                   reasonable additional expenses. The preliminary analysis
                   shall specify whether or not the requested Interconnection or
                   access to an unbundled Network Element is technically
                   feasible and otherwise qualifies as a Network Element or
                   Interconnection as defined under the Act.

                   48.5.1  If U S WEST determines during the thirty (30) day
                           period that a Request is not technically feasible or
                           that the Request otherwise does not qualify as a
                           Network Element or Interconnection required to be
                           provided under the Act, U S WEST shall so advise
                           CO-PROVIDER as soon as reasonably possible of that
                           fact, and promptly provide a written report setting
                           forth the basis for its conclusion but in no case
                           later than ten (10) calendar days after making such
                           determination.

                   48.5.2  If U S WEST determines during the thirty (30) day
                           period that the Request is technically feasible and
                           otherwise qualifies under the Act, it shall notify
                           CO-PROVIDER in writing of such determination, no
                           later than ten (10) calendar days after making such
                           determination.

                   48.5.3  Unless otherwise agreed to by the Parties, as soon as
                           feasible, but no more than ninety (90) calendar days
                           after U S WEST notifies CO-PROVIDER that the Request
                           is technically feasible, U S WEST shall provide to
                           CO-PROVIDER a Request quote which will include, at a
                           minimum, a description of each Interconnection and
                           Network Element, the quantity to be provided, the
                           installation



                                                                         Page 63
<PAGE>

                            intervals (both initial and subsequent), the impact
                            on shared systems software interfaces, the ordering
                            process changes, the functionality specifications,
                            any interface specifications, and either:

                            (a)      the applicable rates (recurring and
                                     nonrecurring), including the amortized
                                     development costs, as appropriate pursuant
                                     to Section 48.5.4 below, of the
                                     Interconnection or Network Element; or

                            (b)      the payment for development costs, as
                                     appropriate pursuant to Section 48.5.4
                                     below, of the Interconnection or Network
                                     Element and the applicable rates (recurring
                                     and nonrecurring), excluding the
                                     development. costs.

                   48.5.4   The choice of using either option (a) or (b) above
                            shall be at U S WEST's sole discretion. A payment
                            for development cost, however, is appropriate only
                            where CO-PROVIDER is the only conceivable user of
                            the functionality (including consideration of U S
                            WEST as a potential user) or where the requested
                            quantity is insufficient to provide amortization.

          48.6     If U S WEST has used option (a) above in its Request quote,
                   then, within thirty (30) days of its receipt of the Request
                   quote, CO-PROVIDER must indicate its nonbinding interest in
                   purchasing the Interconnection or Network Element at the
                   stated quantities and rates, cancel it Request, or seek
                   remedy under the dispute resolution section of this
                   Agreement.

          48.7     If U S WEST has used option (b) above in its Request quote,
                   then, within thirty (30) days of its receipt of the Request
                   quote, CO-PROVIDER must either agree to pay the development
                   costs of the Interconnection or Network Element, cancel its
                   Request, or seek remedy under the dispute resolution section
                   of this Agreement.

          48.8     If U S WEST has used option (b) in its Request quote and
                   CO-PROVIDER has accepted the quote, CO-PROVIDER may cancel
                   the Request at any time, but will pay U S WEST's reasonable
                   development costs of the Interconnection or Network Element
                   up to the date of cancellation.

          48.9     U S WEST will use reasonable efforts to determine the
                   technical feasibility and conformance with the Act of the
                   Request within the first thirty-two (32) days of receiving
                   the Request. In the event U S WEST has used option (b) above
                   in its Request quote and U S WEST later determines that the
                   Interconnection or Network Element requested in the Request
                   is not technically feasible or otherwise does not qualify
                   under the Act, U S WEST shall notify CO-PROVIDER within ten
                   (10) Business Days of making such determination and
                   CO-PROVIDER shall not owe any compensation to U S WEST in
                   connection with the Request. Any quotation preparation fees
                   or development costs paid by CO-PROVIDER to the time of such
                   notification shall be refunded by U S WEST.

          48.10    To the extent possible, U S WEST will utilize information
                   from previously developed BFRs to address similar
                   arrangements in order to shorten the response times for the
                   currently requested BFR. In the event CO-PROVIDER has
                   submitted a Request for an Interconnection or a Network
                   Element and U S WEST determines in accordance with the
                   provisions of this Section 48 that the Request is technically
                   feasible, the Parties agree that CO-PROVIDER's subsequent
                   request or order for the identical type of



                                                                         Page 64
<PAGE>

                                                                          Part A

                   Interconnection or Network Element shall not be subject to
                   the BFR process. To the extent U S WEST has deployed an
                   identical Network Element under a previous BFR, a subsequent
                   BFR is not required. For purposes of this Section 48.10, an
                   "identical" request shall be one that is materially identical
                   to a previous request with respect to the information
                   provided pursuant to Subsections (a) through (e) of Section
                   48.3 above.

          48.11    In the event of a dispute under this Section 48, the Parties
                   agree to seek expedited Commission resolution of the dispute,
                   to be completed within twenty (20) days of U S WEST's
                   response denying CO-PROVIDER's BFR, and in no event more than
                   thirty (30) days after the filing of CO-PROVIDER's petition.
                   Alternatively, the Parties may mutually agree to resolve any
                   disputes under this section through the dispute resolution.
                   process pursuant to Section 27, Part A of this Agreement.

          48.12    All time intervals within which a response is required from
                   one Party to another under this Section 48 are maximum time
                   intervals. The Parties agree that they will provide all
                   responses to the other Party as soon as the Party has the
                   information and analysis required to respond, even if the
                   time interval stated herein for a response is not over.

49.       AUDIT PROCESS

          49.1     As used herein, "Audit" shall mean a comprehensive review of
                   services performed under this Agreement. Either Party (the
                   "Requesting Party") may perform up to three (3) Audits per
                   12-month period commencing with the Effective Date.

          49.2     Upon thirty (30) days' written notice by the Requesting Party
                   to the other Party (the "Audited Party"), the Requesting
                   Party shall have the right, through its authorized
                   representative, to make an Audit, during normal business
                   hours, of any records, accounts and processes which contain
                   information related to the services provided and performance
                   standards agreed to under this Agreement. Within the
                   above-described 30-day period, the Parties shall reasonably
                   agree upon the scope of the Audit, the documents and
                   processes to be reviewed, and the time, place and manner in
                   which the Audit shall be performed. The Audited Party agrees
                   to provide Audit support, including appropriate access to and
                   use of the Audited Party's facilities (e.g., conference
                   rooms, telephones, copying machines).

          49.3     Each Party shall bear its own expenses in connection with the
                   conduct of the Audit. The reasonable cost of special data
                   extractions required by the Requesting Party to conduct the
                   Audit will be paid for by the Requesting Party. For purposes
                   of this Section 49.3, a "Special Data Extraction" shall mean
                   the creation of an output record or informational report
                   (from existing data files) that is not created in the normal
                   course of business. If any program is developed to the
                   Requesting Party's specifications and at the Requesting
                   Party's expense, the Requesting Party shall specify at the
                   time of request whether the program is to be retained by the
                   Audited Party for reuse for any subsequent Audit.
                   Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Audited Party shall pay
                   all of the Requesting Party's external expenses (including,
                   without limitation, the fees of any independent auditor), in
                   the event an Audit results in an adjustment in the charges or
                   in any invoice paid or payable by the Requesting Party
                   hereunder in an amount that is, on an annualized basis, more
                   than the greater of (a) one percent (1%) of the amount in
                   dispute or (b) $10,000.


                                                                         Page 65
<PAGE>

                                                                          Part A

          49.4     Adjustments, credits or payments shall be made and any
                   corrective action shall commence within thirty (30) days from
                   the Audited Party's receipt of the final audit report to
                   compensate for any errors or omissions which are disclosed by
                   such Audit and are agreed to by the Parties. The highest
                   interest rate allowable by law for commercial transactions
                   shall be assessed and shall be computed by compounding daily
                   from the time of the original due date of the amount of
                   dispute.

          49.5     Neither such right to examine and audit nor the right to
                   receive an adjustment shall be affected by any statement to
                   the contrary appearing on checks or otherwise.

          49.6     This Section 49 shall survive expiration or termination of
                   this Agreement for a period of two (2) years after expiration
                   or termination of this Agreement.

          49.7     All transactions under this Agreement which are over
                   thirty-six (36) months old are no longer subject to Audit.

          49.8     All information received or reviewed by the Requesting Party
                   or the independent auditor in connection with the Audit is to
                   be considered Proprietary Information as defined by this
                   Agreement. The Audited Party reserves the right to require
                   any non-employee who is involved directly or indirectly in
                   any Audit or the resolution of its findings as described
                   above to execute a nondisclosure agreement satisfactory to
                   the Audited Party. To the extent an Audit involves access to
                   information of third parties, the Audited Party will
                   aggregate such competitors' data before release to the
                   Requesting Party, to insure the protection of the proprietary
                   nature of information of other competitors. To the extent a
                   competitor is an Affiliate of the Audited Party (including
                   itself and its subsidiaries), the Parties shall be allowed to
                   examine such Affiliate's disaggregated data, as required by
                   reasonable needs of the Audit.

          49.9     "EXAMINATION" SHALL MEAN AN INQUIRY REASONABLY REQUESTED BY
                   EITHER PARTY INTO SPECIFIC ELEMENT(S) OR PROCESS(ES) WHERE
                   THE REQUESTING PARTY RAISES A DISPUTE CONCERNING SERVICES
                   PERFORMED BY THE OTHER PARTY UNDER THIS AGREEMENT AND SUCH
                   DISPUTE HAS NOT BEEN RESOLVED THROUGH THE ESCALATION PROCESS
                   DESCRIBED IN THIS AGREEMENT. ONLY THAT INFORMATION THAT IS
                   NECESSARY TO RESOLVE THE DISPUTE IN ISSUE MUST BE PROVIDED IN
                   THE COURSE OF AN EXAMINATION AND THE TOTAL TIME INVOLVED IN
                   AN EXAMINATION FOR EACH PARTY MAY NOT EXCEED THREE (3) PEOPLE
                   FOR THREE (3) DAYS. APPROPRIATE PROVISIONS OF THIS SECTION 49
                   THAT APPLY TO AUDITS SHALL ALSO APPLY TO EXAMINATIONS, EXCEPT
                   THAT EITHER PARTY MAY CONDUCT ONLY A TOTAL OF NINE (9)
                   EXAMINATIONS AND AUDITS PER YEAR, WITH A MAXIMUM OF THREE (3)
                   AUDITS PER YEAR.(37)

50.       MISCELLANEOUS SERVICES

          50.1     BASIC 911 AND E911 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

                   50.1.1   Basic 911 and E911 provides a caller access to the
                            appropriate emergency service bureau by dialing a
                            3-digit universal telephone number (911). Basic 911
                            and E911 access from Local Switching shall be
                            provided to CO-PROVIDER in accordance with the
                            following:


- ---------------
(37) Final Arbitration Order at pg. 21


                                                                         Page 66
<PAGE>

                                                                          Part A

                   50.1.2   Each Party will be responsible for those portions of
                            the 911 System for which it has reasonable control,
                            including any necessary maintenance to each Party's
                            portion of the 911 System.

                   50.1.3   E911 shall provide additional routing flexibility
                            for 911 calls. E911 shall use Customer data,
                            contained in the Automatic Location
                            Identification/Data Management System ("ALI/DMS"),
                            to determine to which Public Safety Answering Point
                            ("PSAP") to route the call.

                   50.1.4   If available in the U S WEST network, U S WEST shall
                            offer a third type of 911 service, S911. All
                            requirements for E911 also apply to S911 with the
                            exception of the type of signaling used on the
                            interconnection trunks from the local switch to the
                            E911 Tandem.

                   50.1.5   Basic 911 and E911 functions provided to CO-PROVIDER
                            shall be at least at parity with the support and
                            services that U S WEST provides to its Customers for
                            such similar functionality.

                   50.1.6   Basic 911 and E911 access from Local Switching
                            shall be provided to CO-PROVIDER in accordance with
                            the following:

                            50.1.6.1     U S WEST shall conform to all state
                                         regulations concerning emergency
                                         services.

                            50.1.6.2     For E911 provided to resold lines or in
                                         association with unbundled switching,
                                         U S WEST shall use its service order
                                         process to update and maintain Customer
                                         information in the ALI/DMS data base.
                                         Through this process, U S WEST shall
                                         provide and validate Customer
                                         information resident or entered into
                                         the ALI/DMS data base.

                   50.1.7   U S WEST shall provide for overflow 911 traffic
                            consistent with U S WEST policy and procedure.

                   50.1.8   Basic 911 and E911 access from the CO-PROVIDER local
                            switch shall be provided to CO-PROVIDER in
                            accordance with the following:

                            50.1.8.1     If required by CO-PROVIDER, U S WEST
                                         shall interconnect direct trunks from
                                         the CO-PROVIDER network to the E911
                                         Tandem for connection to the PSAP. Such
                                         trunks to the E911 Tandem may
                                         alternatively be provided by
                                         CO-PROVIDER.

                            50.1.8.2     In government jurisdictions where U S
                                         WEST has obligations under existing
                                         agreements as the primary provider of
                                         the 911 System to the county,
                                         CO-PROVIDER shall participate in the
                                         provision of the 911 System as follows:


                                                                         Page 67
<PAGE>

                                                                          Part A

                                         (a)    Each Party shall be responsible
                                                for those portions of the 911
                                                System for which it has control,
                                                including any necessary
                                                maintenance to each Party's
                                                portion of the 911 System.

                                         (b)    U S WEST shall be responsible
                                                for maintaining the E-911
                                                database.

                            50.1.8.3            If a third party is the primary
                                         service provider to a government
                                         agency, CO-PROVIDER shall negotiate
                                         separately with such third party with
                                         regard to the provision of 911 service
                                         to the agency. All relations between
                                         such third party and CO-PROVIDER are
                                         totally separate from this Agreement
                                         and U S WEST makes no representations
                                         on behalf of the third party.

                            50.1.8.4            If CO-PROVIDER or an Affiliate
                                         is the primary service provider to a
                                         government agency, CO-PROVIDER and U S
                                         WEST shall negotiate the specific
                                         provisions necessary for providing 911
                                         service to the agency and shall include
                                         such provisions in an amendment to this
                                         Agreement.

                            50.1.8.5            Interconnection and database
                                         access shall be priced as specified in
                                         Attachment I to this Agreement or at
                                         any rate charged to other
                                         interconnected carriers, whichever is
                                         lower.

                            50.1.8.6            CO-PROVIDER will separately
                                         negotiate with each county regarding
                                         the collection and reimbursement to the
                                         county of applicable Customer taxes for
                                         911 service.

                            50.1.8.7            U S WEST shall comply with
                                         established, competitively neutral
                                         intervals for installation of
                                         facilities, including any collocation
                                         facilities, diversity requirements,
                                         etc.

                            50.1.8.8            In a resale situation, where it
                                         may be appropriate for U S WEST to
                                         update the ALI database, U S WEST shall
                                         update such database with CO-PROVIDER
                                         data in an interval no less than is
                                         experienced by U S WEST Customers, or
                                         than for other carriers, whichever is
                                         faster, at no additional cost.

                   50.1.9   The following are Basic 911 and E911 Database
                            Requirements:

                            50.1.9.1     The ALI database shall be managed by
                                         U S WEST, but is the property of U S
                                         WEST and any participating telephone
                                         company and CLEC for those records
                                         provided by the company.

                            50.1.9.2     U S WEST, or its agent, will be
                                         responsible for maintaining the E-911
                                         Database. U S WEST, or its agent, will
                                         provide a copy of the Master Street
                                         Address Guide ("MSAG"), and periodic
                                         updates, to CO-PROVIDER.



                                                                         Page 68
<PAGE>

                                                                          Part A

                            50.1.9.3     Copies of the MSAG shall be provided
                                         within twenty-one (21) calendar days
                                         from the time requested and shall be
                                         provided on diskette, magnetic tape, or
                                         in a format suitable for use with
                                         desktop computers.

                            50.1.9.4     CO-PROVIDER assumes all responsibility
                                         for the accuracy of the data that
                                         CO-PROVIDER provides to U S WEST for
                                         MSAG preparation and E-911 Database
                                         operation.

                            50.1.9.5     CO-PROVIDER shall be solely responsible
                                         for providing CO-PROVIDER database
                                         records to U S WEST for inclusion in U
                                         S WEST's ALI database on a timely
                                         basis.

                            50.1.9.6     CO-PROVIDER will provide end user data
                                         to the U S WEST ALI database that are
                                         Master Street Address Guide (MSAG)
                                         valid.

                            50.1.9.7     CO-PROVIDER will update its end user
                                         records provided to the U S WEST ALI
                                         database to agree with the 911 MSAG
                                         standards for its service areas.

                            50.1.9.8     U S WEST and CO-PROVIDER shall arrange
                                         for the automated input and periodic
                                         updating of the E911 database
                                         information related to CO-PROVIDER end
                                         users for resold lines in accordance
                                         with Section 10.1 of Attachment 2 of
                                         this Agreement. CO-PROVIDER may
                                         request, through the BFR process,
                                         similar arrangements for CO-PROVIDER
                                         customers served on a non-resale basis.
                                         U S WEST will furnish CO-PROVIDER any
                                         variations to NENA recommendations
                                         required for ALI database input. The
                                         cost of magnetic tape transfer shall be
                                         borne by CO-PROVIDER.

                            50.1.9.9     U S WEST and CO-PROVIDER shall arrange
                                         for the automated input and periodic
                                         updating of the E911 database
                                         information related to CO-PROVIDER end
                                         users. For resold services, U S WEST
                                         shall work cooperatively with
                                         CO-PROVIDER to ensure the accuracy of
                                         the data transfer by verifying it
                                         against the Master Street Address Guide
                                         (MSAG). For CO-PROVIDER's customers
                                         served by unbundled Network Elements or
                                         through CO-PROVIDER's own facilities,
                                         CO-PROVIDER shall ensure the accuracy
                                         of its 911 data by verifying it against
                                         the MSAG.

                            50.1.9.10    CO-PROVIDER shall assign an E911
                                         database coordinator charged with the
                                         responsibility of forwarding
                                         CO-PROVIDER end user ALI record
                                         information to U S WEST or via a
                                         third-party entity, charged with the
                                         responsibility of ALI record transfer.
                                         CO-PROVIDER assumes all responsibility
                                         for the accuracy of the data that
                                         CO-PROVIDER provides to U S WEST.

                            50.1.9.11    The Parties shall maintain a single
                                         point of contact to coordinate all
                                         E911 activities under this Agreement.


                                                                         Page 69
<PAGE>

                                                                          Part A

                            50.1.9.12    For resold services, CO-PROVIDER shall
                                         provide information on new Customers to
                                         U S WEST within one (1) Business Day of
                                         the order completion. U S WEST shall
                                         update the database within two (2)
                                         Business Days of receiving the data
                                         from CO-PROVIDER. If U S WEST detects
                                         an error in the CO-PROVIDER provided
                                         data, the data shall be returned to
                                         CO-PROVIDER within two (2) Business
                                         Days from when it was provided to U S
                                         WEST. CO-PROVIDER shall respond to
                                         requests from U S WEST to make
                                         corrections to database record errors
                                         by uploading corrected records within
                                         two (2) Business Days. Manual entry
                                         shall be allowed only in the event that
                                         the system is not functioning properly.
                                         CO-PROVIDER may request) through the
                                         BFR process, similar services from U S
                                         WEST for their customers who are served
                                         on a non-resale basis.

                            50.1.9.13    The Parties will cooperate to implement
                                         the adoption of a Carrier Code (NENA
                                         standard five-character field) on all
                                         ALI records received from CO-PROVIDER,
                                         when those standards, NENA-02-CON, are
                                         adopted by the industry standards
                                         process. U S WEST will furnish
                                         CO-PROVIDER any variations from NENA
                                         recommendations required for ALI
                                         database input. The Carrier Code will
                                         be used to identify the carrier of
                                         record in INP configurations.

                            50.1.9.14    CO-PROVIDER will provide end user data
                                         to the U S WEST ALI database utilizing
                                         NENA-02-001 Recommended Formats For
                                         Data Exchange, and Recommended Standard
                                         For Street Thoroughfare Abbreviations
                                         and Protocols For Data Exchange and
                                         Data Quality utilizing NENA Recommended
                                         Formats for Data Exchange document
                                         dated June 1993.

                            50.1.9.15    U S WEST shall identify which ALI
                                         databases cover which states, counties
                                         or parts thereof, and identify and
                                         communicate a point of contact for
                                         each.

                            50.1.9.16    U S WEST will provide CO-PROVIDER with
                                         the identification of the U S WEST 911
                                         controlling office that serves each
                                         geographic area served by CO-PROVIDER.

                            50.1.9.17    U S WEST shall provide to CO-PROVIDER,
                                         for CO-PROVIDER Customers, E911/911
                                         call routing to the appropriate Public
                                         Safety Answering Point ("PSAP') for
                                         resold lines. U S WEST shall provide
                                         and validate CO-PROVIDER Customer
                                         information to the PSAP in the same
                                         fashion as it does for its own
                                         Customers. U S WEST shall use its
                                         service order process to update and
                                         maintain, on the same schedule that it
                                         uses for its end users, the CO-PROVIDER
                                         Customer service information in the
                                         ALI/DMS used to support E911/911
                                         services. CO-PROVIDER may request,
                                         through the BFR process, similar
                                         services from U S WEST for their
                                         customers who are served on a
                                         non-resale basis.


                                                                         Page 70
<PAGE>

                                                                          Part A

                            50.1.9.18    CO-PROVIDER exchanges to be included in
                                         U S WEST's E911 Database will be
                                         indicated via written notice and will
                                         not require an amendment to this
                                         Agreement.

                   50.1.10  The following are Basic 911 and E911 Network
                            Requirements:

                            50.1.10.1    U S WEST, at CO-PROVIDER option, shall
                                         provide a minimum of two (2) E911
                                         trunks per jurisdictional area, or that
                                         quantity which will maintain P.01
                                         transmission grade of service, or the
                                         level of service provided by U S WEST
                                         to itself, whichever is the higher
                                         grade of service. These trunks will be
                                         dedicated to routing 911 calls from
                                         CO-PROVIDER switch to a U S WEST E911
                                         tandem.

                            50.1.10.2    U S WEST shall provide CO-PROVIDER a
                                         data link to the ALI/DMS database or
                                         permit CO-PROVIDER to provide its
                                         own data link to the ALI/DMS
                                         database. U S WEST shall provide
                                         error reports from the ALI/DMS
                                         database to CO-PROVIDER immediately
                                         after CO-PROVIDER inputs information
                                         into the ALI/DMS database.
                                         Alternately, CO-PROVIDER may utilize
                                         U S WEST or a third party entity to
                                         enter Customer information into the
                                         database on a demand basis, and
                                         validate Customer information on a
                                         demand basis.

                            50.1.10.3    U S WEST shall provide the selective
                                         routing of E911 calls received from
                                         CO-PROVIDER switching office. This
                                         includes the ability to receive the ANI
                                         of the CO-PROVIDER Customer,
                                         selectively route the call to the
                                         appropriate PSAP, and forward the
                                         Customer's ANI to the PSAP. U S WEST
                                         shall provide CO-PROVIDER with the
                                         appropriate CLLI codes and
                                         specifications regarding the tandem
                                         serving area associated addresses and
                                         meet points in the network.

                            50.1.10.4    Copies of E911 Tandem Boundary Maps
                                         shall be available to CO-PROVIDER. Each
                                         map shows the areas served by that E911
                                         tandem. The map provides CO-PROVIDER
                                         the information necessary to set up its
                                         network to route E911 callers to the
                                         correct E911 tandem.

                            50.1.10.5    CO-PROVIDER shall ensure that its
                                         switch provides an eight-digit ANI
                                         consisting of an information digit and
                                         the seven-digit exchange code.
                                         CO-PROVIDER shall also ensure that its
                                         switch provides the line number of the
                                         calling station. In the event of a
                                         change in industry standards, the
                                         Parties shall cooperate to incorporate
                                         the changed standards in their
                                         respective networks.

                            50.1.10.6    Each ALI discrepancy report shall be
                                         jointly researched by U S WEST and
                                         CO-PROVIDER. Corrective action shall be
                                         taken immediately by the responsible
                                         party.

                            50.1.10.7    Technical specifications for E911
                                         network interface are available through
                                         U S WEST technical publication 77338.
                                         Technical specifications for database
                                         loading and maintenance are available
                                         through the third party database
                                         manager -- SCC.


                                                                         Page 71
<PAGE>

                                                                          Part A

                            50.1.10.8    U S WEST shall begin restoration of
                                         E911 and/or E911 trunking facilities
                                         immediately upon notification of
                                         failure or outage. U S WEST must
                                         provide priority restoration of
                                         trunks or networks outages on the
                                         same terms/conditions it provides
                                         itself and without the imposition of
                                         Telecommunications Service Priority
                                         (TSP).

                            50.1.10.9    U S WEST shall identify any special
                                         operator-assisted calling requirements
                                         to support 911.

                            50.1.10.10   Trunking shall be arranged to minimize
                                         the likelihood of central office
                                         isolation due to cable cuts or other
                                         equipment failures. There will be an
                                         alternate means of transmitting a 911
                                         call to a PSAP in the event of
                                         failures.

                            50.1.10.11   Circuits shall have interoffice, loop
                                         and carrier system diversity when such
                                         diversity can be achieved using
                                         existing facilities. Circuits will be
                                         divided as equally as possible across
                                         available carrier systems. Diversity
                                         will be maintained or upgraded to
                                         utilize the highest level of diversity
                                         available in the network.

                            50.1.10.12   Equipment and circuits used for 911
                                         shall be monitored at all times.
                                         Monitoring of circuits shall be done to
                                         the individual circuit level.
                                         Monitoring shall be conducted by U S
                                         WEST for trunks between the tandem and
                                         all associated PSAPs.

                            50.1.10.13   Repair service shall begin immediately
                                         upon receipt of a report of a
                                         malfunction. Repair service includes
                                         testing and diagnostic service from a
                                         remote location, dispatch of or
                                         in-person visit(s) of personnel.
                                         Technicians will be dispatched without
                                         delay.

                            50.1.10.14   All 911 trunks must adhere to the
                                         Americans with Disabilities Act
                                         requirements.

                            50.1.10.15   The Parties will cooperate in the
                                         routing of 911 traffic in those
                                         instances where the ALI/ANI information
                                         is not available on a particular 911
                                         call.

                            50.1.10.16   CO-PROVIDER is responsible for network
                                         management of its network components in
                                         compliance with the Network Reliability
                                         Council Recommendations and meeting the
                                         network standard of U S WEST for the
                                         911 call delivery.

                  50.1.11   Basic 911 and E911 Additional Requirements

                            50.1.11.1    All CO-PROVIDER lines that have been
                                         ported via INP shall reach the correct
                                         PSAP when 911 is dialed. U S WEST shall
                                         send both the ported number and the
                                         CO-PROVIDER number (if both are
                                         received from CO-PROVIDER). The PSAP
                                         attendant shall see both numbers



                                                                         Page 72
<PAGE>


                                                                          Part A

                                         where the PSAP is using a standard ALI
                                         display screen and the PSAP extracts
                                         both numbers from the data that is
                                         sent.

                            50.1.11.2    U S WEST shall work with the
                                         appropriate government agency to
                                         provide CO-PROVIDER the ten-digit POTS
                                         number of each PSAP which sub-tends
                                         each U S WEST E911 Tandem to which
                                         CO-PROVIDER is interconnected.

                            50.1.11.3    U S WEST will provide CO-PROVIDER with
                                         the ten-digit telephone numbers of each
                                         PSAP agency, for which U S WEST
                                         provides the 911 function, to be used
                                         by CO-PROVIDER operators for handling
                                         emergency calls in those instances
                                         where the CO-PROVIDER' Customer dials
                                         "0" instead of "911."

                            50.1.11.4    CO-PROVIDER will provide U S WEST with
                                         the ten-digit telephone numbers of each
                                         PSAP agency, for which CO-PROVIDER
                                         provides the 911 function, to be used
                                         by U S WEST operators for handling
                                         emergency calls in those instances
                                         where the U S WEST Customer dials "0,'
                                         instead of "911."

                            50.1.11.5    U S WEST shall notify CO-PROVIDER
                                         forty-eight (48) hours in advance of
                                         any scheduled testing or maintenance
                                         affecting CO-PROVIDER 911 service, and
                                         provide notification as soon as
                                         possible of any unscheduled outage
                                         affecting CO-PROVIDER 911 service.

                            50.1.11.6    CO-PROVIDER shall be responsible for
                                         reporting all errors, defects and
                                         malfunctions to U S WEST. U S WEST
                                         shall provide CO-PROVIDER with the
                                         point of contact for reporting errors,
                                         defects, and malfunctions in the
                                         service and shall also provide
                                         escalation contacts.

                            50.1.11.7    CO-PROVIDER may enter into subcontracts
                                         with third parties, including
                                         CO-PROVIDER affiliates, for the
                                         performance of any of CO-PROVIDER
                                         duties and obligations stated herein.

                            50.1.11.8    U S WEST shall provide sufficient
                                         planning information regarding
                                         anticipated moves to SS7 signaling for
                                         the next twelve (12) months.

                            50.1.11.9    U S WEST shall provide notification of
                                         any pending tandem moves, NPA splits,
                                         or scheduled maintenance outages, with
                                         enough time to react.

                            50.1.11.10   U S WEST shall provide "reverse ALI"
                                         inquiries by public safety entities,
                                         consistent with U S WEST's practices
                                         and procedures.

                            50.1.11.11   U S WEST shall manage NPA splits by
                                         populating the ALI database with the
                                         appropriate new NPA codes, consistent
                                         with U S WEST's practices and
                                         procedures for resold services.


                                                                         Page 73
<PAGE>

                                                                          Part A

                            50.1.11.12   U S WEST must provide the ability for
                                         CO-PROVIDER to update 911 database with
                                         end user information for lines that
                                         have been ported via INP or NP.

                            50.1.11.13   The data in the ALI database shall be
                                         managed by U S WEST but is the property
                                         of U S WEST and all participating
                                         telephone companies.

                   50.1.12  Performance Criteria. E-911 Database accuracy shall
                            be as set forth below:

                            50.1.12.1    Accuracy of ALI (Automatic Location
                                         Identification) data submitted by
                                         CO-PROVIDER to U S WEST will be
                                         measured jointly by the PSAPs and U S
                                         WEST. All such reports shall be
                                         forwarded to CO-PROVIDER by U S WEST
                                         and will indicate incidents when
                                         incorrect or no ALI data is displayed.
                                         A report regarding any inaccuracy shall
                                         be prepared by U S WEST.

                            50.1.12.2    Each discrepancy report will be jointly
                                         researched by U S WEST and CO-PROVIDER.
                                         Corrective action will be taken
                                         immediately by the responsible party.

                            50.1.12.3    Each party will be responsible for the
                                         accuracy of the Customer records it
                                         provides.

          50.2     DIRECTORY ASSISTANCE SERVICE

                   50.2.1   U S WEST shall provide for the routing of Directory
                            Assistance calls, including but not limited to 411,
                            555-1212, NPA-555-1212 dialed by CO-PROVIDER
                            Customers directly to either the CO-PROVIDER
                            Directory Assistance service platform or U S WEST
                            Directory Assistance service platform as specified
                            by CO-PROVIDER.

                   50.2.2   CO-PROVIDER Customers shall be provided the
                            capability by U S WEST to dial the same telephone
                            numbers for access to CO-PROVIDER Directory
                            Assistance that U S WEST Customers use to access U S
                            WEST Directory Assistance.

                   50.2.3   U S WEST shall provide Directory Assistance
                            functions and services to CO-PROVIDER for its
                            Customers as described below until, at CO-PROVIDER's
                            discretion, U S WEST routes calls to the CO-PROVIDER
                            Directory Assistance Services platform.

                            50.2.3.1     U S WEST agrees to provide CO-PROVIDER
                                         Customers with the same Directory
                                         Assistance service available to U S
                                         WEST Customers.

                            50.2.3.2     U S WEST shall notify CO-PROVIDER in
                                         advance of any changes or enhancements
                                         to its Directory Assistance Service,
                                         and shall make available such service
                                         enhancements on a non-discriminatory
                                         basis to CO-PROVIDER.


                                                                         Page 74
<PAGE>

                                                                          Part A

                            50.2.3.3            U S WEST shall provide Directory
                                         Assistance to CO-PROVIDER Customers in
                                         accordance with U S WEST's internal
                                         operating procedures and standards,
                                         which shall, at a minimum, comply with
                                         accepted professional and industry
                                         standards.

                            50.2.3.4            U S WEST shall provide
                                         CO-PROVIDER with the same level of
                                         support for the provisioning of
                                         Directory Assistance as U S WEST
                                         provides itself.

                            50.2.3.5            Service levels shall comply, at
                                         a minimum, with Commission requirements
                                         for Directory Assistance.

                            50.2.3.6            U S WEST agrees to maintain an
                                         adequate operator work force based on a
                                         review and analysis of actual call
                                         attempts and abandonment rate.

                            50.2.3.7            CO-PROVIDER SHALL PARTICIPATE IN
                                         ALL CALL MONITORING ACTIVITIES
                                         AVAILABLE TO U S WEST AND TO REMOTE
                                         CALL MONITOR AS CUSTOMARILY PRACTICED
                                         BY THE OUTSOURCE CUSTOMERS OF CALL
                                         CENTERS.(38)

                            50.2.3.7.1   [INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK FOR NUMBERING
                                         CONSISTENCY.](39)

                            50.2.3.8            U S WEST shall provide the
                                         following minimum Directory Assistance
                                         capabilities to CO-PROVIDER Customers:

                                         (a)    A maximum of two (2) Customer
                                                listings and/or addresses or U S
                                                WEST parity per CO-PROVIDER
                                                Customer request.

                                         (b)    Name and address to CO-PROVIDER
                                                Customers upon request, except
                                                for unlisted numbers, in the
                                                same states where such
                                                information is provided to U S
                                                WEST Customers.

                                         (c)    For CO-PROVIDER customers who
                                                are served exclusively through
                                                resold U S WEST retail services,
                                                CO-PROVIDER may resell U S
                                                WEST's Directory Assistance call
                                                completion services to the
                                                extent U S WEST offers call
                                                Directory Assistance completion
                                                to its own end users. For
                                                CO-PROVIDER customers who are
                                                served from an CO-PROVIDER
                                                switch, CO-PROVIDER may request
                                                Directory Assistance call
                                                completion services through the
                                                BFR process. Such BFR process
                                                shall address the identification
                                                of the CO-PROVIDER end user at
                                                the U S WEST Directory
                                                Assistance platform for purposes
                                                of routing and billing of
                                                intraLATA and interLATA toll
                                                calls.


- --------------------
(38) Final Arbitration Order at pg. 22
(39) Final Arbitration Order at pg. 23


                                                                         Page 75
<PAGE>

                                                                          Part A

                                         (d)    The U S WEST mechanized
                                                interface with the U S WEST
                                                subscriber listing database is
                                                not available for CO-PROVIDER as
                                                of the Effective Date of this
                                                Agreement. When the mechanized
                                                interface is available, U S WEST
                                                will populate the Directory
                                                Assistance database in the same
                                                manner and in the same time
                                                frame as for U S WEST Customers.

                                         (e)    Any information provided by a
                                                Directory Assistance Automatic
                                                Response Unit (ARU) shall be
                                                repeated the same number of
                                                times for CO-PROVIDER Customers
                                                as for U S WEST Customers.

                                         (f)    When an CO-PROVIDER Customer
                                                served on a resale or unbundled
                                                switching basis requests a U S
                                                WEST Directory Assistance
                                                operator to provide instant
                                                credit on a Directory Assistance
                                                call, the U S WEST Directory
                                                Assistance operator shall inform
                                                the CO-PROVIDER Customer to call
                                                an 800 number for CO-PROVIDER
                                                Customer service to request a
                                                credit. The accurate
                                                identification of CO-PROVIDER as
                                                the customer's local service
                                                provider by the U S WEST
                                                Directory Assistance operator
                                                requires the use of separate
                                                CO-PROVIDER trunks to the
                                                Directory Assistance Platform.

                            50.2.3.9            For resold lines and unbundled
                                         switching, U S WEST shall provide data
                                         regarding billable events as requested
                                         by CO-PROVIDER.

                            50.2.3.10    U S WEST agrees to (a) provide to
                                         CO-PROVIDER operators, on line access
                                         to U S WEST's Directory Assistance
                                         database equivalent to the access
                                         provided to U S WEST operators; (b)
                                         allow CO-PROVIDER or an CO-PROVIDER
                                         designated operator bureau to license U
                                         S WEST's subscriber listings database
                                         on terms and conditions equivalent to
                                         the terms and conditions upon which U S
                                         WEST utilizes such databases; and (c)
                                         in conjunction with branded or
                                         unbranded Directory Assistance services
                                         pursuant to Section 8 of this Part A,
                                         provide caller-optional Directory
                                         Assistance call completion service
                                         which is comparable in every way to the
                                         Directory Assistance call completion
                                         service U S WEST makes available to its
                                         own users. CO-PROVIDER may, at its
                                         option, request U S WEST not to provide
                                         call completion services to
                                         CO-PROVIDER.

                            50.2.3.11    In addition to charges for Directory
                                         Assistance, when call completion for an
                                         intraLATA toll call is requested, the
                                         applicable charge for the completion of
                                         such intraLATA toll call will apply.

          50.3    OPERATOR SERVICES

                  50.3.1   U S WEST shall provide, for the routing of local
                           Operator Services calls (including, but not limited,
                           to 0+, 0-) dialed by CO-PROVIDER Customers directly


                                                                         Page 76
<PAGE>

                                                                          Part A

                           to either the CO-PROVIDER Operator Service platform
                           or U S WEST Operator Service platform as specified by
                           CO-PROVIDER.

                   50.3.2   CO-PROVIDER Customers shall be provided the
                            capability by U S WEST to dial the same telephone
                            numbers to access CO-PROVIDER Operator Service that
                            U S WEST Customers dial to access U S WEST Operator
                            Service.

                   50.3.3   U S WEST shall provide Operator Services to
                            CO-PROVIDER as described below until, at
                            CO-PROVIDER's discretion, U S WEST routes calls to
                            the CO-PROVIDER local Operator Services platform.

                            50.3.3.1            U S WEST agrees to provide
                                         CO-PROVIDER Customers the. same
                                         Operator Services available to U S WEST
                                         Customers. U S WEST shall make
                                         available its service enhancements on a
                                         nondiscriminatory basis.

                            50.3.3.2            U S WEST shall provide the
                                         following minimum Operator Service
                                         capabilities to CO-PROVIDER Customers:

                                         (a)    U S WEST shall complete 0+ and
                                                0- dialed local calls, including
                                                0-Coin, Automatic Coin Telephone
                                                Service (ACTS) and the
                                                completion of coin calls, the
                                                collection of coins and the
                                                provision of coin rates.

                                         (b)    U S WEST shall complete 0+
                                                intraLATA and, when offered,
                                                interLATA toll calls. The
                                                Parties will cooperate to
                                                develop industry standards to
                                                include the end user's PlC in
                                                Operator Services signaling and
                                                the development of associated
                                                routing procedures.

                                         (c)    U S WEST shall complete calls
                                                for CO-PROVIDER Customers that
                                                are billed to calling cards and
                                                other commercial cards on the
                                                same basis as provided to U S
                                                WEST own customers and
                                                CO-PROVIDER shall designate to U
                                                S WEST the acceptable types of
                                                special billing.

                                         (d)    U S WEST shall complete
                                                person-to-person calls.

                                         (e)    U S WEST shall complete collect
                                                calls.

                                         (f)    U S WEST shall provide the
                                                capability for callers to bill
                                                to a third party and complete
                                                such calls.

                                         (g)    U S WEST shall complete
                                                station-to-station calls.

                                         (h)    U S WEST shall process emergency
                                                calls.

                                         (i)    U S WEST shall process Busy Line
                                                Verify and Busy Line Interrupt
                                                requests.


                                                                         Page 77
<PAGE>

                                                                          Part A

                                         (j)    U S WEST shall process emergency
                                                call trace in accordance with
                                                its normal and customary
                                                procedures.

                                         (k)    U S WEST shall process
                                                operator-assisted Directory
                                                Assistance calls.

                                         (l)    U S WEST operators shall provide
                                                CO-PROVIDER Customers with long
                                                distance rate quotes to the
                                                extent U S WEST provides such
                                                rate quotes to its own end
                                                users. Based on technology
                                                available as of the Effective
                                                Date of this Agreement, the
                                                provision of rate quotes to
                                                CO-PROVIDER Customers requires a
                                                separate CO-PROVIDER trunk group
                                                to the. U S WEST Operator
                                                Services platform to identify
                                                the caller as an CO-PROVIDER
                                                Customer.

                                         (m)    U S WEST operators shall provide
                                                CO-PROVIDER Customers with time
                                                and charges to the extent U S
                                                WEST provides such time and
                                                charges to its own end users.
                                                Based on technology available as
                                                of the Effective Date of this
                                                Agreement, the provision of time
                                                and charges to CO-PROVIDER
                                                Customers requires a separate
                                                CO-PROVIDER trunk group to the U
                                                S WEST Operator Services
                                                platform to identify the caller
                                                as an CO-PROVIDER Customer.

                                         (n)    U S WEST shall route 0- traffic
                                                to a "live" operator team.

                                         (o)    WHEN REQUESTED BY CO-PROVIDER, U
                                                S WEST SHALL PROVIDE INSTANT
                                                CREDIT ON OPERATOR SERVICES
                                                CALLS ON A NONDISCRIMINATORY
                                                BASIS AS PROVIDED TO U S WEST
                                                CUSTOMERS OR SHALL INFORM
                                                CO-PROVIDER CUSTOMERS TO CALL A
                                                TOLL FREE NUMBER FOR CO-PROVIDER
                                                CUSTOMER SERVICE TO REQUEST A
                                                CREDIT. U S WEST SHALL PROVIDE
                                                ONE (1) TOLL FREE NUMBER FOR
                                                BUSINESS CUSTOMERS AND ANOTHER
                                                FOR RESIDENTIAL CUSTOMERS. A
                                                RECORD OF THE REQUEST FOR CREDIT
                                                AND THE AMOUNT OF ANY CREDIT
                                                ACTUALLY ISSUED BY U S WEST
                                                SHALL BE PASSED ON TO
                                                CO-PROVIDER THROUGH THE AMA
                                                RECORD. THE AGGREGATE VALUE OF
                                                ANY CREDIT ISSUED TO AN
                                                CO-PROVIDER CUSTOMER SHALL BE
                                                SHARED EQUALLY BY EACH PARTY. U
                                                S WEST SHALL IN THE NORMAL
                                                COURSE OF BILLING ISSUE
                                                CO-PROVIDER CREDIT EQUAL TO 50%
                                                OF THE AGGREGATE VALUE OF
                                                OPERATOR SERVICE AND DIRECTORY
                                                ASSISTANCE CREDITS ISSUED BY U S
                                                WEST ON CO-PROVIDER'S BEHALF.
                                                (40)

                                         (p)    U S WEST shall provide caller
                                                assistance for the disabled in
                                                the same manner as provided to
                                                US WEST Customers.


- -------------------
(40) Final arbitration Order at pg. 25

                                                                         Page 78
<PAGE>

                                                                          Part A

                                         (q)    When available to U S WEST end
                                                users, U S WEST shall provide
                                                operator-assisted conference
                                                calling to CO-PROVIDER.

                   50.3.3   U S WEST shall exercise at least the same level of
                            fraud control in providing Operator Service to
                            CO-PROVIDER that U S WEST provides for its own
                            Operator Service, where the CO-PROVIDER fraud
                            control data is in U S WEST's LIDB database.

                   50.3.4   U S WEST shall perform billed number screening when
                            handling collect, third party, and calling card
                            calls, both for station to station and person to
                            person call types.

                   50.3.5   CO-PROVIDER SHALL BE PERMITTED TO PARTICIPATE IN ALL
                            CALL MONITORING ACTIVITIES AVAILABLE TO U S WEST AND
                            TO REMOTE CALL MONITOR AS CUSTOMARILY PRACTICED BY
                            THE OUTSOURCE CUSTOMERS OF CALL CENTERS.(41)

                            50.3.5.1     [Intentionally LEFT BLANK.](42)

                   50.3.6   U S WEST shall direct Customer account and other
                            similar inquiries to the Customer service center
                            designated by CO-PROVIDER.

                   50.3.7   U S WEST shall provide an electronic feed of
                            Customer call records in "EMR" format to CO-PROVIDER
                            in accordance with the time schedule mutually agreed
                            between the Parties.

                   50.3.8   U S WEST shall update the Line Information Data Base
                            ("LIDB") for CO-PROVIDER Customers. Additionally, U
                            S WEST must provide access to LIDB for validation of
                            collect, third party billed, and LEC card billed
                            calls.

                   50.3.9   Where INP is deployed and when a BLV/BLI request for
                            a ported number is directed to a U S WEST operator
                            and the query is not successful (i.e., the request
                            yields an abnormal result), CO-PROVIDER may request,
                            through the BFR process, that the operator confirm
                            whether the number has been ported and direct the
                            request to the appropriate operator.

                   50.3.10  U S WEST shall allow CO-PROVIDER to order
                            provisioning of Telephone Line Number ("TLN")
                            calling cards and BNS, in its LIDB, for ported
                            numbers, as specified by CO-PROVIDER. U S WEST shall
                            continue to allow CO-PROVIDER access to its LIDB.

                   50.3.11  Toll and Assistance ("T/A") refers to functions
                            Customers associate with the "0" operator. Subject
                            to availability and capacity, access may be provided
                            via Operator Services trunks purchased from U S WEST
                            or provided by CO-PROVIDER via collocation
                            arrangements to route calls to CO-PROVIDER's
                            platform.


- ----------------
(41)  Final Arbitration Order at pg. 22
(42)  Final Arbitration Order at pg. 23
                                                                         Page 79
<PAGE>

                                                                          Part A

                   50.3.12  Automated Branding - ability to announce the
                            carrier's name to the Customer during the
                            introduction of the call.

                   50.3.13  Interconnection to the U S WEST Toll and Assistance
                            Operator Services from an end office to U S WEST T/A
                            is technically feasible at least at three (3)
                            distinct points on the trunk side of the switch. The
                            first connection point is an Operator Services trunk
                            connected directly to the T/A host switch. The
                            second connection point is an Operator Services
                            trunk connected directly to a remote T/A switch. The
                            third connection point is an Operator Services trunk
                            connected to a remote access tandem with operator
                            concentration capabilities.

                   50.3.14  All trunk interconnections will be digital.

                   50.3.15  The technical requirements of Operator Services type
                            trunks and the circuits to connect the operator
                            positions to the host are covered in the Operator
                            Services Switching Generic Requirements ("OSSGR")
                            Bellcore Document number FRNWT-000271.

                   50.3.16  BUSY LINE VERIFY AND INTERRUPT

                            50.3.16.1    At the request of CO-PROVIDER operators
                                         or Customers, U S WEST operators will
                                         perform Busy Line Verify ("BLV") and/or
                                         Busy Line Interrupt ("BLI") operations
                                         where such capacity exists.

                            50.3.16.2    When possible and where consistent with
                                         the service U S WEST provides to its
                                         own Customers and/or end users, U S
                                         WEST shall engineer its BLV/BLI
                                         facilities to accommodate the
                                         anticipated volume of BLV/BLI requests
                                         during the busy hour. CO-PROVIDER may,
                                         from time to time, provide its
                                         anticipated volume of BLV/BLI requests
                                         to U S WEST. In those instances when
                                         failures occur to significant portions
                                         of the BLV/BLI systems and databases
                                         and those systems and databases become
                                         unavailable, U S WEST shall promptly
                                         Inform CO-PROVIDER.

                            50.3.16.3    BLV is performed when one Party's
                                         Customer requests assistance from the
                                         other Party's operator or operator
                                         bureau to determine if the called line
                                         is in use; provided, however, that the
                                         operator bureau will not complete the
                                         call for the Customer initiating the
                                         BLV inquiry. Only one (1) BLV attempt
                                         will be made per Customer operator
                                         bureau call, and a charge shall apply
                                         whether or not the called party
                                         releases the line.

                            50.3.16.4    BLI is performed when one Party's
                                         Customer requests assistance from the
                                         other Party's operator bureau to
                                         interrupt a telephone call in progress
                                         after BLV has occurred. The operator
                                         bureau will interrupt the busy line and
                                         inform the called party that there is a
                                         call waiting. The operator bureau will
                                         only interrupt the call and will not
                                         complete the telephone call of the
                                         Customer initiating the BLI request.
                                         The operator bureau will make only one
                                         (1) BLI attempt per Customer



                                                                         Page 80
<PAGE>

                                                                          Part A

                                         operator telephone call and the
                                         applicable charge applies whether or
                                         not the called party releases the line.

                            50.3.16.5    Each Party's operator bureau shall
                                         accept BLV and BLI inquiries from the
                                         operator bureau of the other Party in
                                         order to allow transparent provision of
                                         BLV/BLI traffic between the Parties'
                                         networks.

                            50.3.16.6    Each Party shall route BLV/BLI Traffic
                                         inquiries over direct trunks between
                                         the Parties' respective operator
                                         bureaus. Unless otherwise mutually
                                         agreed, the Parties shall configure
                                         BLV/BLI trunks over the Interconnection
                                         architecture defined in Attachment 4 to
                                         this. Agreement.

          50.4     DIRECTORY ASSISTANCE AND LISTINGS SERVICE REQUESTS

                   50.4.1   These requirements pertain to U S WEST's Directory
                            Assistance and Listings Service Request process that
                            enables CO-PROVIDER to (a) submit CO-PROVIDER
                            Customer information for inclusion in U S WEST
                            Directory Assistance and Directory Listings
                            databases; (b) submit CO-PROVIDER Customer
                            information for inclusion in published directories;
                            and (c) provide CO-PROVIDER Customer delivery
                            address information to enable U S WEST to fulfill
                            directory distribution obligations.

                            50.4.1.1     [Intentionally left blank for numbering
                                         consistency.]

                            50.4.1.2     U S WEST will accept the following
                                         Directory Listing Migration Orders from
                                         CO-PROVIDER, valid under all access
                                         methods, including, but not limited to,
                                         Resale, unbundled Network Elements and
                                         facilities-Based, and will process the
                                         orders in a mechanized format:

                                         (a)    Migrate with no Changes:
                                                Maintain all directory listings
                                                for the Customer in both
                                                Directory Assistance and
                                                Directory Listing. Transfer
                                                ownership and billing for
                                                listings to CO-PROVIDER.

                                         (b)    Migrate with Additions: Maintain
                                                all directory listings for the
                                                Customer in both Directory
                                                Assistance and Directory
                                                Listing. Incorporate the
                                                specified additional listings
                                                order. Transfer ownership and
                                                billing for the listings to
                                                CO-PROVIDER.

                                         (c)    Migrate with Deletions: Maintain
                                                all directory listings for the
                                                Customer in both Directory
                                                Assistance and Directory
                                                Listing. Delete the specified
                                                listings from the listing order.
                                                Transfer ownership and billing
                                                for the listings to CO-PROVIDER.

                            50.4.1.3            The Directory Listings Migration
                                         Options should not be tied to migration
                                         options specified for a related service
                                         order (if any) such that a service
                                         order specified as migration with
                                         changes may be submitted along with a
                                         directory listing order specified as
                                         migration with no changes.



                                                                         Page 81
<PAGE>

                            50.4.1.4     U S WEST shall enable CO-PROVIDER to
                                         electronically transmit multi-line
                                         listing orders.

                            50.4.1.5     U S WEST agrees to work cooperatively
                                         with CO-PROVIDER to define
                                         specifications for, and implement a
                                         daily summary report of, Directory
                                         Service Requests. The summary
                                         information will include, but is not
                                         limited to, the following information:

                                         (a)    White page listings text and
                                                format (name, address, phone,
                                                title, designation, extra line
                                                requirements)

                                         (b)    Listing Instruction codes

                            50.4.1.6            To ensure accurate order
                                         processing, U S WEST shall provide to
                                         CO-PROVIDER the following information,
                                         with updates within one (1) Business
                                         Day of change and via electronic
                                         exchange:

                                         (a)    A matrix of NXX to central
                                                office
                                         (b)    Geographical maps, if available,
                                                of U S WEST service area
                                         (c)    A description of calling areas
                                                covered by each directory,
                                                including, but not limited to,
                                                maps of calling areas and
                                                matrices depicting calling
                                                privileges within and between
                                                calling areas
                                         (d)    Listing format rules
                                         (e)    Listing alphabetizing rules
                                         (f)    Standard abbreviations
                                                acceptable for use in listings
                                                and addresses
                                         (g)    Titles and designations

                            50.4.1.7            Based on changes submitted by
                                         CO-PROVIDER, U S WEST shall update and
                                         maintain Directory Assistance and
                                         Directory Listings data for CO-PROVIDER
                                         Customers who:

                                         (a)   Disconnect Service
                                         (b)   Change carrier
                                         (c)   Install Service
                                         (d)   Change any service which affects
                                               Directory Assistance information
                                         (e)   Specify Non-Solicitation
                                         (f)   Are Non-Published, Non-Listed, or
                                               Listed

                            50.4.1.8     U S WEST shall not charge for storage
                                         of CO-PROVIDER Customer information in
                                         the Directory Assistance and Directory
                                         Listing systems.

                            50.4.1.9     CO-PROVIDER shall not charge for
                                         storage of U S WEST Customer
                                         information in the Directory Assistance
                                         and Directory Listing systems.

          50.5    DIRECTORY ASSISTANCE DATA



                                                                         Page 82
<PAGE>

                                                                          Part A

                   50.5.1   This Section refers to the residential, business,
                            and government Customer records used by U S WEST to
                            create and maintain databases for the provision of
                            live or automated operator assisted Directory
                            Assistance. Directory Assistance data is information
                            that enables telephone exchange carriers to swiftly
                            and accurately respond to requests for directory
                            information, including, but not limited to, name,
                            address and phone numbers. Under the provisions of
                            the Act and the FCC Interconnection Order, U S WEST
                            shall provide unbundled and non-discriminatory
                            access to the residential, business and government
                            Customer records used by U S WEST to create and
                            maintain databases for the provision of live or
                            automated operator assisted Directory Assistance.

                   50.5.2   U S WEST SHALL PROVIDE AN INITIAL LOAD OF CUSTOMER
                            RECORDS AND CUSTOMER LIST INFORMATION TO
                            CO-PROVIDER, IN A MUTUALLY-AGREED-TO FORMAT, VIA
                            ELECTRONIC TRANSFER, WITHIN THIRTY (30) CALENDAR
                            DAYS AFTER A REQUEST BY CO-PROVIDER. THE INITIAL
                            LOAD SHALL INCLUDE ALL DATA RESIDENT IN THE U S WEST
                            DATABASES AND/OR SYSTEMS USED BY U S WEST FOR
                            HOUSING DIRECTORY ASSISTANCE DATA AND/OR CUSTOMER
                            LISTING DATA. IN ADDITION, THE INITIAL LOAD SHALL BE
                            CURRENT AS OF THE PRIOR BUSINESS DAY ON WHICH THE
                            INITIAL LOAD IS PROVIDED.(43)

                   50.5.3   U S WEST shall provide CO-PROVIDER daily updates to
                            the Customer records and Customer list information
                            in a mutually-agreed-to format via electronic
                            transfer.

                   50.5.4   U S WEST shall provide the ability for CO-PROVIDER
                            to electronically query the U S WEST Directory
                            Assistance database and listings database in a
                            manner at least consistent with and equal to that
                            which U S WEST provides to itself or any other
                            Person.

                   50.5.5   U S WEST shall provide CO-PROVIDER a complete list
                            of ILECs, CLECs, and independent telephone companies
                            that provided data contained in the database.

                   50.5.6   On a daily basis, U S WEST shall provide updates
                            (end user and mass) to the Listing information via
                            electronic data transfer. Updates shall be current
                            as of one (1) Business Day prior to the date
                            provided to CO-PROVIDER.

                   50.5.7   U S WEST shall provide CO-PROVIDER access to
                            Directory Assistance support databases. For example,
                            CO-PROVIDER requires access to use restriction
                            information including, but not limited to, call
                            completion.

                   50.5.8   Directory Assistance data shall specify whether the
                            Customer is a residential, business, or government
                            Customer.

                   50.5.9   Directory Assistance data shall be provided on the
                            same terms, conditions, and rates that U S WEST
                            provides such data to itself or other third parties.


- --------------
(43)  MCI Order at p. 12, Issue 42(a)


                                                                         Page 83
<PAGE>

                                                                          Part A

                   50.5.10  U S WEST shall provide complete refresh of the
                            Directory Assistance data upon request by
                            CO-PROVIDER.

                   50.5.11  U S WEST and CO-PROVIDER will cooperate in the
                            designation of a location at which the data will be
                            provided.

51.       UNUSED TRANSMISSION MEDIA

          51.1     DEFINITIONS

                   51.1.1   Unused Transmission Media is physical inter-office
                            transmission media (e.g., optical fiber, copper
                            twisted pairs, coaxial cable) which have no
                            lightwave or electronic transmission equipment
                            terminated to such media to operationalize
                            transmission capabilities.

                   51.1.2   Dark fiber is excess fiber optic cable which has
                            been placed in a network and is not currently being
                            lit by electronics from any carrier. Dark Fiber, one
                            type of Unused Transmission Media, is unused strands
                            of optical fiber. Dark Fiber also includes strands
                            of optical fiber which may or may not have lightwave
                            repeater (regenerator or optical amplifier)
                            equipment interspliced, but which has no line
                            terminating facilities terminated to such strands.
                            Unused Transmission Media also includes unused
                            wavelengths within a fiber strand for purposes of
                            coarse or dense wavelength division multiplexed
                            (WDM) applications. Typical single wavelength
                            transmission involves propagation of optical signals
                            at single wavelengths (1.3 or 1.55 micron
                            wavelengths). In WDM applications, a WDM device is
                            used to combine optical signals at different
                            wavelengths on to a single fiber strand. The
                            combined signal is then transported over the fiber
                            strand. For coarse WDM applications, one (1) signal
                            each at 1.3 micron and 1.55 micron wavelength are
                            combined. For dense WDM applications, many signals
                            in the vicinity of 1.3 micron wavelength and/or 1.55
                            micron wavelength are combined.

          51.2     WHILE U S WEST IS NOT REQUIRED TO PROVIDE UNUSED TRANSMISSION
                   MEDIA, CO-PROVIDER MAY, SUBJECT TO THE AGREEMENT OF U S WEST,
                   LEASE COPPER TWISTED PAIRS, COAXIAL CABLE OR OTHER UNUSED
                   TRANSMISSION MEDIA.(44)

          51.3     Requirements

                   51.3.1   Subject to Section 51.2 above, U S WEST shall make
                            available Unused Transmission Media to CO-PROVIDER
                            under a lease agreement or other arrangement.

                   51.3.2   U S WEST shall provide a single point of contact for
                            negotiating all Unused Transmission Media use
                            arrangements.

                   51.3.3   CO-PROVIDER may test the quality of the Unused
                            Transmission Media to confirm its usability and
                            performance specifications.


- ----------------
(44)  AT&T Order at p. 8, "Dark fiber" and MCIm at p.2, Issues, 8, 9&10


                                                                         Page 84
<PAGE>

                                                                          Part A

                   51.3.4   Where Unused Transmission Media is required to be
                            offered or is agreed to be offered by U S WEST, U S
                            WEST shall provide to CO-PROVIDER information
                            regarding the location, availability and performance
                            of Unused Transmission Media within ten (10)
                            Business Days for a records based answer and twenty
                            (20) Business Days for a field based answer, after
                            receiving a request from CO-PROVIDER ("Request").
                            Within such time period, U S WEST shall send written
                            or electronic confirmation or any other method of
                            notification agreed to by the Parties of
                            availability of the Unused Transmission Media
                            ("Confirmation").

                   51.3.5   Where Unused Transmission Media is required to be
                            offered or is agreed to be offered by U S WEST, U S
                            WEST shall make Unused Transmission Media available
                            for CO-PROVIDER's use in accordance with the terms
                            of this Section. 51 within twenty (20) Business Days
                            or a reasonable time frame consistent with industry
                            standards after it receives written acceptance from
                            CO-PROVIDER that the Unused Transmission Media is
                            wanted for use by CO-PROVIDER. Splicing of
                            CO-PROVIDER fiber may be performed at the same
                            points that are available for U S WEST splices.

          51.4     REQUIREMENTS SPECIFIC TO DARK FIBER

                   51.4.1   CO-PROVIDER may test Dark Fiber leased from U S WEST
                            using CO-PROVIDER or CO-PROVIDER designated
                            personnel subject to Section 51.2. U S WEST shall
                            provide appropriate interfaces to allow testing of
                            Dark Fiber. U S WEST shall provide an excess cable
                            length of twenty-five (25) feet minimum, where
                            available, for fiber in underground conduit. U S
                            WEST shall provide splicing of CO-PROVIDER fiber to
                            U S WEST Dark Fiber under normal circumstances
                            (e.g., no construction) in metropolitan areas within
                            seventeen (17) calendar days of CO-PROVIDER's
                            request, and within thirty (30) calendar days of a
                            request in a non-metropolitan area. CO-PROVIDER may
                            request expedited splicing, which shall be subject
                            to available U S WEST resources.

                   51.4.2   For WDM applications, U S WEST shall provide to
                            CO-PROVIDER an interface to an existing WDM device
                            or allow CO-PROVIDER to install its own WDM device
                            (where sufficient system loss margins exist or where
                            CO-PROVIDER provides the necessary loss
                            compensation) to multiplex the traffic at different
                            wavelengths. This applies to both the transmit and
                            receive ends of the Dark Fiber.

          51.5    [Intentionally left blank for numbering consistency.]

          51.6     Portions of the bandwidth of the fiber may be sectioned and
                   CO-PROVIDER may share the bandwidth with U S WEST and other
                   CLECs.

52.       SERVICE STANDARDS

          52.1     U S WEST will provide all Local Resale, Ancillary Functions,
                   Network Elements or Combinations in accordance with service
                   standards, measurements, and performance requirements that
                   are expressly specified in this Agreement and Attachment 5
                   hereto. In cases where such performance standards are not
                   expressly specified, U S WEST will provide all Local Resale,
                   Ancillary Functions, Network Elements or Combinations in
                   accordance with performance standards which are at least
                   equal to the level of


                                                                         Page 85
<PAGE>

                                                                          Part A

                   performance standards and/or quality of service that U S WEST
                   provides to itself, its Affiliates, to other CLECs, or other
                   quality of service requirements imposed by the Commission,
                   whichever is higher, in providing Local Resale, Ancillary
                   Functions, Network Elements or Combinations to itself, to its
                   end-users or to its Affiliates. If CO-PROVIDER requests a
                   higher level of service than that provided by U S WEST to
                   itself, CO-PROVIDER shall make the request pursuant to the
                   BFR process.

      52.2         [INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK](45)

      52.3         [INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK](46)

      52.4         METRICS AND GAP CLOSURE PLANS(47)

                   The metrics in this Attachment or superseding Commission rule
                   are tracked and measured on a monthly basis. These monthly
                   performance results are managed as part of the Supplier
                   Performance Quality Management System (SPQMS).

                   SPQMS requires that when the monthly results do not meet the
                   required performance levels described in this Attachment, Gap
                   Closure Plans are implemented to improve performance. These
                   Gap Closure Plans include:

                   -   evaluation of the opportunity for continuous improvement,
                       systems enhancements and re-engineering;
                   -   forecasted improvement to the desired level of
                       performance for each issue or initiative;
                   -   evaluation of pertinent changes in periodic (monthly,
                       weekly) results; and
                   -   a date for compliance with the expected performance.

                   The Gap Closure Plans will be reviewed monthly by
                   CO-PROVIDER, or more frequently as updated data and analysis
                   are available. U S WEST shall modify its Gap Closure plans to
                   accommodate CO-PROVIDER's reasonable business concerns.

53.       ENTIRE AGREEMENT

          53.1     This Agreement shall include the Attachments, Appendices and
                   other documents referenced herein all of which are hereby
                   incorporated by reference, and constitutes the entire
                   agreement between the Parties and supersedes all prior oral
                   or written agreements, representations, statements,
                   negotiations, understandings, proposals and undertakings with
                   respect to the subject matter hereof.

                   53.2     If a provision contained in any U S WEST tariff
                            conflicts with any provision of this Agreement, the
                            provision of this Agreement shall control, unless
                            otherwise ordered by the FCC or the Commission.


- --------------
(45)  Final Arbitration Order at pg. 28
(46)  Final Arbitration Order at pg. 28
(47)  Final Arbitration Order at pg. 28


                                                                         Page 86
<PAGE>

                                                                          Part A

54.       RESERVATION OF RIGHTS

          54.1     The Parties acknowledge that the terms of this Agreement were
                   established pursuant to an order of the Commission. Any or
                   all of the terms of this Agreement may be altered or
                   abrogated by a successful challenge to this Agreement (or the
                   order approving this Agreement) as permitted by applicable
                   law. By signing this Agreement, neither Party waives its
                   right to pursue such a challenge.

          54.2     The Parties enter into this Agreement without prejudice to
                   any position they may have taken previously, or may take in
                   the future in any legislative, regulatory, or other public
                   forum addressing any matters, including matters related to
                   the types of arrangements prescribed by this Agreement.

          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties hereto have caused this Agreement to
be executed by their respective duly authorized representatives.

ADVANCED TELECOMMUNICATIONS,INC.**             U S WEST COMMUNICATIONS, INC.**


/s/ F. LYNNE POWERS                            /s/ KATHERINE L. FLEMING
- -------------------------------------          ---------------------------------
Signature                                      Signature

F. Lynne Powers                                Katherine L. Fleming
- -------------------------------------          ---------------------------------
Name Printed/Typed                             Name Printed/Typed

Vice President - Finance                       Vice President - Interconnection
- -------------------------------------          ---------------------------------
Title                                          Title

   01-14-00                                        01-24-00
- -------------------------------------          ---------------------------------
Date                                           DAte

*        Signed as ordered by the arbitrator/commission in Docket
Nos. U-2428-96-417, E-1051-96-417, U-3175-96-479 and E-1051-96-479. Signature
does not indicate agreement with all aspects of the arbitrator's decision, nor
does it waive any of U S WEST's right to seek judicial review of all or part of
the agreement, or to reform the agreement as the result of successful judicial
review.

**       This Agreement is made pursuant to Section 252 (i) of the Act and is
premised upon the Interconnection Agreement between AT&T Communications of the
Mountain States, Inc. and U S WEST Communications, Inc. (the "Underlying
Agreement"). The Underlying Agreement was approved by the Commission on July 31,
1997.

With respect to this Agreement, the Parties understand and agree:

i)       The Parties shall request the Commission to expedite its review and
approval of this Agreement.

ii)      Notwithstanding the mutual commitments set forth herein, the Parties
are entering into this Agreement without prejudice to any positions they have
taken previously, or may take in the future, in any legislative, regulatory, or
other public forum addressing any matters, including those relating to the types


                                                                         Page 87
<PAGE>

                                                                          Part A

of arrangements contained in this Agreement. During the proceeding in which the
Commission is to review and approve the Agreement, U S WEST may point out that
it has objected, and continues to object, to the inclusion of the terms and
conditions to which it objected in the proceedings involving the approval of the
Underlying Agreement.

iii)     This Agreement contains provisions based upon the decisions and orders
of the FCC and the Commission under and with respect to the Act. Currently,
court and regulatory proceedings affecting the subject matter of this Agreement
are in various stages, including the proceedings where certain of the rules and
regulations of the FCC are being challenged In addition, there is uncertainty in
the aftermath of the Supreme Court's decision in AT&T CORP, ET AL. V. IOWA
UTILITIES BOARD. Based on that uncertainty, and the regulatory and judicial
proceedings which will occur as a result of that decision, the Parties
acknowledge that this Agreement may need to be changed to reflect any changes in
law. The Agreement has not been corrected to reflect the requirements, claims or
outcomes of any of the Proceedings, although the pricing does reflect the
Commission's most current generic order, if any. Accordingly, when a final,
decision or decisions are made in the Proceedings that automatically change and
modify the Underlying Agreement, then like changes and modifications will
similarly be made to this Agreement. In addition, to the extent rules or laws
are based on regulatory or judicial proceedings as a result of the recent
Supreme Court decision, this Agreement will be amended to incorporate such
changes.

iv)      Subsequent to the execution of this Agreement, the FCC or the
Commission may issue decisions or orders that change or modify the rules and
regulations governing implementing of the Act. If such changes or modifications
alter the state of the law upon which the Underlying Agreement was negotiated
and agreed, and it reasonably appears that the parties to the Underlying
Agreement would have negotiated and agreed to different term(s) condition(s) or
covenant(s) than as contained in the Underlying Agreement had such change or
modification been in existence before execution of the Underlying Agreement,
then this Agreement shall be amended to reflect such different terms(s),
condition(s), or covenant(s). Where the parties fail to agree upon such an
amendment, it shall be resolved in accordance with the Dispute Resolution
provision of this Agreement.

v)       This Agreement shall continue in force and effect until terminated by
either Party. The Agreement can be terminated on thirty (30) days notice, if
another Interconnection Agreement will not replace the current Agreement. If
there is a replacement Interconnection Agreement, one Party can notify the other
Party that it is requesting Section 251/252 negotiations under the Federal
Telecommunications Act of 1996 ("Act"). That notification will trigger the
timeframes and procedures contained in Section 252 of the Act. In the event of
such notice, the arrangements between our companies shall continue and be
governed by the terms of the expired agreement until the new agreement is
approved by the appropriate state commission.



                                                                         Page 88


<PAGE>


                                                                 Exhibit 10.1.38



                               AT&T ADOPTED TERMS


<PAGE>


                                                             Washington Contract


                                     RESALE
                                 AND UNBUNDLING

                                    AGREEMENT

                                     between

                           GTE NORTHWEST INCORPORATED

                                       and

                       AMERICAN TELEPHONE TECHNOLOGY INC.

The filing of this arbitrated Agreement with the Washington Utilities and
Transportation Commission in accordance with the Arbitrator's Report dated
December 11, 1996, the Arbitrator's Supplemental Report dated February 4,1997,
the Decision Maker's Resolution of Contract Language Disputes dated June 2,1997
and the Commission Order Approving Interconnection Agreement effective August
25, 1997 (collectively, the "Order") with respect to AT&T Communications of the
Pacific Northwest, Inc.'s Petition for Arbitration pursuant to Section 252(b) of
the Telecommunications Act of 1996 to establish an interconnection agreement
between AT&T Communications of the Pacific Northwest, Inc. and GTE Northwest
Incorporated, Docket No. UT-960307, does not in any way constitute a waiver by
either AT&T Communications of the Pacific Northwest, Inc. or GTE Northwest
Incorporated, of any right which any such Party may have to appeal to a
competent court of law, or to petition the Washington Utilities and
Transportation Commission for reconsideration of any determination contained in
the Order. or any provision included in this Agreement pursuant to the Order.

In this document the Parties attempt to comply with the Order which directs the
Parties to reduce to contractual language the substantive provisions and
directives of the Order. Nothing contained herein shall be construed or is
intended to be a concession or admission by either Party that any such provision
of the Order or the language herein complies with the duties imposed by the
Telecommunications Act of 1996, the decisions of the FCC and the Washington
Utilities and Transportation Commission, or other law and each Party thus
expressly reserves its full right to assert and pursue claims that the Order
does not comport with applicable law.


<PAGE>

                                                             Washington Contract


                                TABLE OF CONTENTS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
SECTION                                                                                                            PAGE
- -------                                                                                                            -----

<S>                                                                                                                 <C>
PREFACE...............................................................................................................1

AGREEMENT.............................................................................................................1

RECITALS..............................................................................................................1

SCOPE, INTENT AND DEFINITIONS.........................................................................................2

GENERAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS..........................................................................................3

1.   PROVISION OF LOCAL SERVICE UNBUNDLED NETWORK ELEMENTS............................................................3

2.   TERM OF AGREEMENT................................................................................................3

3.   TERMINATION OF AGREEMENT; TRANSITIONAL SUPPORT...................................................................3

4.   GOOD FAITH PERFORMANCE...........................................................................................5

5.   OPTION TO OBTAIN LOCAL SERVICES OR NETWORK ELEMENTS UNDER OTHER AGREEMENTS

6.   RESPONSIBILITY OF EACH PARTY.....................................................................................5

7.   GOVERNMENTAL COMPLIANCE..........................................................................................6

8.   RESPONSIBILITY FOR ENVIRONMENTAL CONTAMINATION...................................................................6

9.   REGULATORY MATTERS...............................................................................................9

10.   LIABILITY AND INDEMNITY........................................................................................10

11.   SERVICE PARITY AND STANDARDS...................................................................................12

12.   CUSTOMER CREDIT HISTORY........................................................................................12

13.   FORCE MAJEURE..................................................................................................13

14.   CERTAIN STATE AND LOCAL TAXES..................................................................................14

15.   ALTERNATIVE DISPUTE RESOLUTION.................................................................................14

16.   NOTICES........................................................................................................15

17.   CONFIDENTIALITY AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION....................................................................16

18.   BRANDING.......................................................................................................18

19.   DIRECTORY LISTINGS AND DIRECTORY DISTRIBUTION..................................................................19
</TABLE>


<PAGE>

                                                             Washington Contract


<TABLE>
<S>                                                                                                                <C>
20.   DIRECTORY ASSISTANCE LISTING INFORMATION.......................................................................22

21.   BUSY LINE VERIFICATION AND BUSY LINE VERIFICATION INTERRUPT....................................................22

22.   NUMBER ASSIGNMENT..............................................................................................22

23.   MISCELLANEOUS..................................................................................................23

PART I LOCAL SERVICES RESALE.........................................................................................28

24.   TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES PROVIDED FOR RESALE................................................................28

25.   GENERAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR RESALE........................................................................28

26.   REQUIREMENTS FOR SPECIFIC SERVICES.............................................................................30

27.   ADVANCED INTELLIGENT NETWORK...................................................................................32

28.   ROUTING TO DIRECTORY ASSISTANCE, OPERATOR AND REPAIR SERVICES..................................................32

29.   SERVICE SUPPORT FUNCTIONS......................................................................................35

30.   PAY PHONE LINES AND PAY PHONE SERVICES.........................................................................40

PART II:  UNBUNDLED NETWORK ELEMENTS.................................................................................43

31.   INTRODUCTION...................................................................................................43

32.   UNBUNDLED NETWORK ELEMENTS.....................................................................................43

PART III:  ANCILLARY FUNCTIONS.......................................................................................46

33.   INTRODUCTION...................................................................................................46

34.   GTE PROVISION OF ANCILLARY FUNCTIONS...........................................................................46

35.   STANDARDS FOR ANCILLARY FUNCTIONS..............................................................................46

PART IV:  DELETED, INTENTIONALL LEFT BLANK
</TABLE>



ATTACHMENTS

Attachment I  Alternative Dispute Resolution

<PAGE>

                                                             Washington Contract




Attachment 2  Services Description: Unbundled Network Elements ("UNE")

Attachment 3  Service Description: Ancillary Functions

Attachment 4  Provisioning and Ordering - UNE

Attachment 5  Maintenance for Local Services Resale and UNE

Attachment 6  Local Services Resale and UNE Billing and Recording

Attachment 7  Provision of Customer Usage Data

Attachment 8  Local Number Portability

Attachment 9  Network Security

Attachment 10 Acronyms

Attachment 11 Definitions

Attachment 12 Service Quality Standards and Processes

Attachment 13 Electronic Interface for Operations Support Systems

Attachment 14 Pricing

Attachment 15 Reciprocal Compensation For Call Termination Agreement




<PAGE>

                                                                          Page 1



                                     PREFACE

                                    AGREEMENT

     This Agreement is entered into as of the ____ day of ___________ 1997, by
and between American Telephone Technology Inc. having an office at 12668
Interurban Avenue South, Seattle, WA 98168, in its capacity as a certified
provider of local dial-tone service ("ATTI"), and GTE Northwest Incorporated, a
Washington Corporation, having an office for purposes of this Agreement at 600
Hidden Ridge Drive, Irving, Texas 75038 ("GTE"), in its capacity as an incumbent
local exchange carrier. This Agreement covers services only in the state of
Washington (the "State").

                                    RECITALS

         WHEREAS, The Telecommunications Act of 1996 (the "Act") was signed into
law on February 8,1996; and

         WHEREAS, the Act places certain duties and obligations upon, and grants
certain rights to, Telecommunications Carriers, with respect to the
interconnection of their networks, resale of their telecommunications services,
access to their poles, ducts, conduits and rights of way and, in certain cases,
the offering of certain unbundled network elements and physical collocation of
equipment in Local Exchange Carrier premises, and

         WHEREAS, GTE is an Incumbent Local Exchange Carrier; and

         WHEREAS, ATTI is a Telecommunications Carrier and has requested that
GTE negotiate an agreement with ATTI for the provision of Network Elements,
Local Services for resale, collocation and access to poles, ducts, conduits and
rights of way pursuant to the Act and in conformance with GTE's and ATTI's
duties under the Act; and


<PAGE>

                                                                          Page 2


                          SCOPE, INTENT AND DEFINITIONS

This Agreement governs the purchase by ATTI of certain telecommunications
services provided by GTE in its service areas for resale by ATTI ,the purchase
by ATTI of certain unbundled network elements from GTE, the terms and conditions
of the collocation of certain equipment of AT&T in the premises of GTE, the
provision by GTE of access to its poles, conduits and rights of way.

The Parties agree that their entry into this Agreement is without prejudice to
any positions they may have taken previously, or may take in the future, in any
legislative, regulatory, judicial or other public forum addressing any matters,
including matters related to the same types of arrangements covered in this
Agreement.

For purposes of this Agreement, certain terms have been defined in Attachment 11
and elsewhere in this Agreement to encompass meanings that may differ from the
normal connotation of the defined word. A defined word intended to convey its
special meaning is capitalized when used. Unless the context clearly indicates
otherwise, any term defined or used in the singular shall include the plural.
The words "shall" and "will" are used interchangeably throughout this Agreement
and the use of either connotes a mandatory requirement. The use of one or the
other shall not mean a different degree of right or obligation for either Party.
Other terms that are capitalized, and not defined in this Agreement, shall have
the meaning given them in the Act. For convenience of reference only, Attachment
10 provides a list of acronyms used throughout this Agreement.


<PAGE>

                                                                          Page 3


                          GENERAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS

1.       PROVISION OF LOCAL SERVICE AND UNBUNDLED NETWORK ELEMENTS

         This Agreement, which consists of these General Terms and Conditions
         and Attachments 1-15 and their accompanying Appendices, sets forth the
         terms conditions and prices under which GTE agrees to provide (a)
         telecommunications services for resale (hereinafter referred to as
         "Local Services") and (b) certain unbundled Network Elements, Ancillary
         Functions and additional features to ATTI or combinations of such
         Network Elements ("Combinations"), for purposes of offering
         telecommunications services of any kind, including, but not limited to,
         local exchange services, intrastate toll services, and intrastate and
         interstate exchange access services and (c) access to GTE's poles,
         conduits and rights of way. The Network Elements, Combinations or Local
         Services provided pursuant to this Agreement may be connected to other
         Network Elements, Combinations or Local Services provided by GTE or to
         any Network Elements, Combinations or Local Services provided by ATTI
         itself or by any other vendor. Subject to the requirements of this
         Agreement, ATTI may, at any time add or delete the Local Services, or
         Network Elements or Combinations purchased hereunder.

2.       TERM OF AGREEMENT

         This Agreement shall become effective in accordance with Section 23.8
         (the "Effective Date"), and shall remain effective for a period of
         three (3) years. This Agreement shall continue in effect for
         consecutive one (1) year terms thereafter unless either Party gives the
         other Party at least ninety (90) calendar days written notice of
         termination, which termination shall be effective at the end of the
         initial term.


<PAGE>

                                                                          Page 4


3.       TERMINATION OF AGREEMENT; TRANSITIONAL SUPPORT

3.1      Subject to any applicable restrictions and requirements contained
         elsewhere in this Agreement, ATTI may elect at any time to terminate
         this entire Agreement at ATTI's sole discretion, upon ninety (90) days
         prior written notice to GTE. Unless otherwise provided in this
         Agreement, in such case, ATTI's liability shall be limited to payment
         of the amounts due for Local Services, Network Elements, and
         Combinations provided up to and including the date of termination. The
         Parties recognize that provision of uninterrupted service to customers
         is vital and services must be continued without interruption. Upon the
         termination or expiration of this Agreement, ATTI may itself provide or
         retain another vendor to provide comparable Local Services, Network
         Elements, or Combinations. GTE agrees to cooperate in an orderly and
         efficient transition to ATTI or another vendor such that the level and
         quality of the Local Services, Network Elements and Combinations are
         not degraded and to exercise reasonable efforts to assist in an orderly
         and efficient transition.

3.2      ATTI may terminate any Local Service(s), Network Element(s) or
         Combination(s) provided under this Agreement upon thirty (30) days
         written notice to GTE, unless a different notice period or different
         conditions are specified for termination of such Local Service(s),
         Network Element(s) or Combination(s) in this Agreement, in which event
         such specific period and conditions shall apply.

3.3      GTE will not discontinue any unbundled Network Element, Ancillary
         Function or Combination thereof during the term of this Agreement
         without ATTI's written consent which consent shall not be unreasonably
         withheld, except (1) to the extent required by network changes or
         upgrades, in which event GTE will comply with the network disclosure
         requirements stated in the Act and the FCC's implementing regulations;
         or (2) if required by a final order of the Court, the FCC or the
         Commission as a result of remand or appeal of the FCC's order In the
         Matter of Implementation of Local Competition Provisions of the
         Telecommunications Act of 1996, Docket 96-98. In the event such a final
         order allows but does not require discontinuance, GTE shall make a
         proposal for ATTI's approval, and if the Parties are unable to agree,
         either Party may submit the matter to the Dispute resolution procedures
         described in Attachment 1. GTE will not discontinue any Local Service
         or Combination of Local Services without providing 45 days advance
         written notice to ATTI, provided however, that if such services are
         discontinued with less than 45 days notice to the regulatory authority,
         GTE will notify ATTI at the same time it determines to discontinue the
         service. If GTE grandfathers a Local Service or combination of Local
         Services, GTE shall grandfather the service for ATTI resale customers
         who subscribe to the service as of the date of discontinuance.


<PAGE>

                                                                          Page 5


3.4      Either Party may terminate this Agreement at any time by giving written
         notice in writing to the other Party in the event the other Party files
         a petition for bankruptcy, is declared bankrupt, is insolvent, makes an
         assignment for the benefit of creditors, or goes into liquidation or
         receivership. In addition, either Party may terminate this Agreement in
         the event of a Party's refusal or failure to pay all or any portion of
         any amount required to be paid to the other Party as and when due;
         provided however that the Party allegedly due payment (1) notifies the
         other Party of the amounts due, (2) utilizes the ADR process set forth
         in Attachment 1, (3) obtains a favorable final ruling in that process
         and (4) does not receive payment within thirty (30) calendar days of
         the final ruling. There shall be no other reason for the unilateral
         termination of this Agreement.

4.       GOOD FAITH PERFORMANCE

         In the performance of their obligations under this Agreement, the
         Parties shall act in accordance with the good faith requirements of the
         Act. In situations in which notice, consent, approval or similar action
         by a Party is permitted or required by any provision of this Agreement,
         (including, without limitation, the obligation of the Parties to
         further negotiate the resolution of new or open issues under this
         Agreement), such action shall not be unreasonably delayed, withheld or
         conditioned.

5.       SECTION 252(i) ELECTION

         GTE shall allow ATTI to elect terms other than those set forth in this
         Agreement to the extent required by Section 252 of the Act, final
         regulations thereunder and relevant court decisions.

6.       RESPONSIBILITY OF EACH PARTY

         Each Party is an independent contractor, and has and hereby retains the
         right to exercise full control of and supervision over its own
         performance of its obligations under this Agreement and retains full
         control over the employment, direction, compensation and discharge of
         all employees assisting in the performance of such obligations. Each
         Party will be solely responsible for all matters relating to payment of
         such employees, including compliance with social security taxes,
         withholding taxes and all other regulations governing such matters.
         Subject to the limitations on liability contained in this Agreement and
         except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, each Party shall be
         responsible for (i) its own acts and performance of all obligations
         imposed by Applicable Law in connection with its activities, legal
         status and property, real or personal and, (ii) the acts of its own
         affiliates, employees,


<PAGE>

                                                                          Page 6


         agents and contractors during the performance of that Party's
         obligations hereunder.

7.       GOVERNMENTAL COMPLIANCE

         ATTI and GTE each shall comply with all Applicable Law that relates to
         i) its obligations under or activities in connection with this
         Agreement; or ii) its activities undertaken at, in connection with or
         relating to Work Locations. ATTI and GTE each agree to indemnify,
         defend (at the other Party's request) and save harmless the other, each
         of its officers, directors and employees from and against any losses,
         damages, claims, demands, suits, liabilities, fines, penalties and
         expenses (including reasonable attorneys' fees) that arise out of or
         result from its failure or the failure of its contractors or agents to
         so comply. Each Party will be solely responsible for obtaining from
         governmental authorities, building owners, other carriers, and any
         other persons or entities, all rights and privileges which are
         necessary for such Party to perform its obligations under this
         Agreement.

8.       RESPONSIBILITY FOR ENVIRONMENTAL CONTAMINATION

8.1      ATTI shall in no event be liable to GTE for any costs whatsoever
         resulting from the presence of any Environmental Hazard that ATTI did
         not introduce to the affected Work Location or the Release of any
         Environmental Hazard that ATTI did not cause at the affected Work
         Location. GTE shall indemnify, defend (at ATTI's request) and hold
         harmless ATTI T, each of its officers, directors and employees from and
         against any losses, damages, claims, demands, suits, liabilities,
         fines, penalties and expenses (including reasonable attorneys' fees)
         that arise out of or result from (i) any Environmental Hazard that GTE,
         its contractors or agents introduce to the Work Locations or (ii) any
         Environmental Hazard that GTE, its contractors or agents Releases at
         the Work Locations.

         GTE shall in no event be liable to ATTI for any costs whatsoever
         resulting from the presence of any Environmental Hazard that GTE did
         not introduce to the affected Work Location or the Release of any
         Environmental Hazard that GTE did not cause at the affected Work
         Location. ATTI shall indemnify, defend (at GTE's request) and hold
         harmless GTE, each of its officers, directors and employees from and
         against any losses, damages, claims, demands, suits, liabilities,
         fines, penalties and expenses (including reasonable attorney's fees)
         that arise out of or result from (i) any Environmental Hazard that
         ATTI, its contractors or agents introduce to the Work Locations or (ii)
         any Environmental Hazard that ATTl ,its contractor or agents Release at
         the Work Locations.

8.2      GTE and ATTI agree to comply with applicable federal, state and local
         environmental and safety laws and regulations including U.S.
         Environmental


<PAGE>

                                                                          Page 7


         Protection Agency (EPA) regulations issued under the Clean Air Act,
         Clean Water Act, Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, Comprehensive
         Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act, Superfund
         Amendments and Reauthorization Act and the Toxic Substances Control Act
         and OSHA regulations issued under the Occupational Safety and Health
         Act of 1970 applicable to their performance under this Agreement. Each
         Party has the responsibility to notify the other if compliance
         inspections occur, and/or citations are issued, at Work Locations that
         impact any aspect of performance under this Agreement or involve
         potential employee exposure.

8.3      GTE shall provide prompt reasonable notice to ATTI of known and
         discovered physical hazards or hazardous chemicals at any portion of an
         affected Work Location which ATTI uses, and ATTI shall provide prompt
         reasonable notice to GTE of known and discovered physical hazards or
         hazardous chemicals at any portion of an affected Work Location which
         ATTI uses. This includes Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDSs), when
         necessary, for materials existing at, or brought on site to, the
         affected Work Location by the party with the obligation to notify the
         other. Each Party is required to provide specific notice for imminent
         danger conditions which could include, but is not limited to. a
         defective utility pole or significant petroleum contamination in a
         manhole.

8.4      ATTI and GTE will make available to each other their respective
         internal environmental control or safety procedures for review in
         planning work at a GTE Work Location. These practices/procedures will
         represent the regular work practices required to be followed by the
         employees and contractors for safety and environmental protection. ATTI
         will follow its practices unless for a specific Work Location or
         emergency procedure, GTE's practice provides a greater degree of safety
         or environmental control.

8.5      Any materials brought to, stored at, or otherwise remaining at a Work
         Location belong to the party which brought the materials to, is storing
         the materials at, or is otherwise causing the materials to remain at
         the Work Location. Both parties have a duty to cooperate with each
         other in introducing new hazardous materials or other new environmental
         hazards at a Work Location to minimize adverse impacts on safety. Each
         party must demonstrate adequate emergency response capabilities for
         materials it uses, stores, or causes to remain at the other party's
         Work Location.

8.6      ATTI agrees to promptly notify GTE of any third-party contamination it
         discovers at a GTE affected Work Location. Notification obligations to
         regulatory authorities shall be the responsibility of GTE to evaluate
         and act upon, unless ATTI is required by applicable law to directly
         report.

8.7      ATTI agrees to obtain and use its own environmental permits, if
         necessary for its performance under this Agreement. If GTE's permit or
         EPA identification

<PAGE>

                                                                          Page 8


         number must be used, ATTI must comply with applicable GTE environmental
         procedures, including environmental "best management practices ("BMP")
         and/or selection of disposition vendors and disposal sites to the
         extent provided by GTE. In the event that ATTI must use GTE's vendors
         for waste disposal, GTE assumes all liability for such materials, and
         GTE agrees to indemnify ATTI for any and all claims that may arise from
         such waste disposal.

8.8      ATTI visitors must comply with GTE security, fire safety, safety,
         environmental and building practices/codes including equivalent
         employee training when working in GTE Work Locations, to the extent
         provided by GTE. GTE will, to the extent possible, supply such
         practices/codes to ATTI prior to ATTI's first entry into the Work
         Location.

8.9      GTE and ATTI shall coordinate plans or information required to be
         submitted to government agencies, such as emergency response plans and
         community reporting if applicable to their performance under this
         Agreement. If fees are associated with any required filing, GTE and
         ATTI will develop a cost sharing procedure. GTE and ATTl will determine
         for each Work Location which party has the lead responsibility for such
         filings and coordination.

8.10     Activities impacting safety or the environment of a Right of Way must
         be harmonized with the specific agreement and the relationship between
         GTE and the private land owner. This may include limitations on
         equipment access due to environmental conditions (e.g., wetland area
         with equipment restrictions).

8.11     For the purposes of this Section 8 only, the following terms have the
         meanings set forth in this subsection 8.11:

         hazardous chemical: Means any chemical which is a health hazard or
         physical hazard as defined in the U.S. Occupational Safety and Health
         (OSHA) hazard communication standard (29 CFR 1910.1200).

         third party contamination: Environmental pollution that is not
         generated by the LEC or CLEC but results from off-site activities
         impacting an affected Work Location.

8.12     SPILL AND RELEASE NOTIFICATIONS

         GTE and ATTI shall promptly notify the other of any spill or release of
         a Regulated Material at the facility. GTE's obligation under this
         Section is limited to those spills or releases likely to impact the
         portion of the facility used by ATTI, or any portion of the facility
         where ATTI personnel are reasonably expected to be present. ATTI shall
         be responsible for reporting any spill or release of a Regulated
         Material occurring as part of or in connection with its operations that
         must be reported to any

<PAGE>

                                                                          Page 9


         regulatory authority. ATTI will consult with GTE prior to making such
         report, unless the time required for prior consultation would preclude
         ATTI from complying with the applicable reporting requirement.

8.13     MANAGEMENT OF MANHOLE OR VAULT WATER

         When conducting operations in any GTE manhole or vault area, ATTI shall
         follow the ATTI or GTE practice/procedure that provides the greatest
         degree of environmental control in evaluating and managing any water
         present in the manhole or vault area. ATTI shall be responsible for
         obtaining any permit or other regulatory approval necessary for any of
         its operations involving the evaluation, collection, discharge,
         storage, disposal, or other management of water present in a GTE
         manhole or vault area. GTE shall not be responsible for any costs
         incurred by ATTI in meeting its obligations under this Section unless
         GTE placed or otherwise caused materials or substances to be present in
         the manhole or vault area.

9.       REGULATORY MATTERS

9.1      GTE shall be responsible for obtaining and keeping in effect all FCC,
         state regulatory commission, franchise authority and other regulatory
         approvals that may be required in connection with the performance of
         its obligations under this Agreement. ATTI shall be responsible for
         obtaining and keeping in effect all FCC, state regulatory commission,
         franchise authority and other regulatory approvals that may be required
         in connection with its offering of services to ATTI Customers
         contemplated by this Agreement. ATTI shall reasonably cooperate with
         GTE in obtaining and maintaining any required approvals for which GTE
         is responsible, and GTE shall reasonably cooperate with ATTI in
         obtaining and maintaining any required approvals for which ATTI is
         responsible.

9.2      Nothing in this Agreement shall be construed to deny either Party the
         right to file tariffs from time to time in the normal course of
         business. If GTE files a tariff that changes the price, term or other
         condition of a retail service offered for resale under Section 24
         hereunder, such tariff change shall apply to modify the appropriate
         price, term or condition of such retail service under this Agreement.
         In the case of tariff changes affecting other prices, terms or
         conditions of this Agreement other than retail services offered for
         resale, the Commission shall determine on a case by case basis whether
         any such tariff change will apply to modify the relevant price, term or
         condition of this Agreement.

9.3      If any effective legislative, regulatory, judicial or other legal
         actions, including a change in Applicable Law, materially affects any
         material terms of this Agreement, or the ability of ATTI or GTE to
         perform any material terms of this


<PAGE>

                                                                         Page 10


         Agreement, ATTI or GTE may, on thirty (30) days written notice
         (delivered not later than 30 days following the date on which such
         action has become effective) request that such term(s) be renegotiated,
         and the parties agree to so negotiate in good faith such mutually
         acceptable new term(s). If agreement is not achieved within thirty (30)
         days, either party may request mediation, in which case the parties
         shall submit to voluntary mediation.

10.      LIABILITY AND INDEMNITY

10.1     LIABILITIES OF AT&T - ATTI's `s liability to GTE during any Contract
         Year resulting from any and all causes under this Agreement, other than
         as specified in Sections 7, 8,10.3 and 10.4 below, shall not exceed an
         amount equal to the amount due and owing by ATTI to GTE under this
         Agreement during the Contract Year in which such cause accrues or
         arises.

10.2     LIABILITIES OF GTE - GTE's liability to ATTI during any Contract Year
         resulting from any and all causes under this Agreement, other than as
         specified in Sections 7, 8 and 10.4 below, shall not exceed an amount
         equal to any amounts due and owing by ATTI to GTE under this Agreement
         during the Contract Year in which such cause accrues or arises.

10.3     NO CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES - NEITHER ATTI NOR GTE SHALL BE LIABLE TO THE
         OTHER PARTY FOR ANY INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, CONSEQUENTIAL, RELIANCE, OR
         SPECIAL DAMAGES SUFFERED BY SUCH OTHER PARTY (INCLUDING WITHOUT
         LIMITATION DAMAGES FOR HARM TO BUSINESS, LOST REVENUES, LOST SAVINGS,
         OR LOST PROFITS SUFFERED BY SUCH OTHER PARTIES), REGARDLESS OF THE FORM
         OF ACTION, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, WARRANTY, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT,
         INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION NEGLIGENCE OF ANY KIND WHETHER ACTIVE OR
         PASSIVE, AND REGARDLESS OF WHETHER THE PARTIES KNEW OF THE POSSIBILITY
         THAT SUCH DAMAGES COULD RESULT. EACH PARTY HEREBY RELEASES THE OTHER
         PARTY AND SUCH OTHER PARTY'S SUBSIDIARIES AND AFFILIATES, AND THEIR
         RESPECTIVE OFFICERS, DIRECTORS, EMPLOYEES AND AGENTS FROM ANY SUCH
         CLAIM.

10.4     OBLIGATION TO INDEMNIFY

         Each Party shall, and hereby agrees to, defend at the other's request,
         indemnify and hold harmless the other Party and each of its officers,
         directors, employees and agents (each, an "Indemnitee") against and in
         respect of any loss, debt, liability, damage, obligation, claim,
         demand, judgment or settlement or any nature or kind, known or unknown,
         liquidated or unliquidated, including without limitation all reasonable
         costs and expenses incurred (legal, accounting or otherwise)
         (collectively, "Damages") arising out of, resulting from or based upon
         any pending or threatened claim, action, proceeding or


<PAGE>

                                                                         Page 11


         suit by any third party (a "Claim"): (i) based upon injuries or damage
         to any person or property or the environment arising out of or in
         connection with this Agreement, that are the result of such
         Indemnifying Party's actions, breach of Applicable Law, or breach of
         representations, warranties or covenants made in this Agreement, or the
         actions, breach of Applicable Law or of this Agreement by its officers,
         directors, employees, agents and subcontractors, or (ii) for actual or
         alleged infringement of any patent, copyright, trademark, service mark,
         trade name, trade dress, trade secret or any other intellectual
         property right now known or later developed (referred to as
         "Intellectual Property Rights") to the extent that such claim or action
         arises from the Indemnifying Party's or the Indemnifying Party's
         Customer's use of the Network Elements, Ancillary Functions,
         Combinations, Local Services or other services provided under this
         Agreement.

10.5     OBLIGATION TO DEFEND; NOTICE; CO-OPERATION - Whenever a Claim shall
         arise for indemnification under this Agreement, the relevant
         Indemnitee, as appropriate, shall promptly notify the Indemnifying
         Party and request the Indemnifying Party to defend the same. Failure to
         so notify the Indemnifying Party shall not relieve the Indemnifying
         Party of any liability that the Indemnifying Party might have, except
         to the extent that such failure prejudices the Indemnifying Party's
         ability to defend such Claim. The Indemnifying Party shall have the
         right to defend against such liability or assertion in which event the
         Indemnifying Party shall give written notice to the Indemnitee of
         acceptance of the defense of such Claim and the identity of counsel
         selected by the Indemnifying Party. Except as set forth below, such
         notice to the relevant Indemnitee shall give the Indemnifying Party
         full authority to defend, adjust, compromise or settle such Claim with
         respect to which such notice shall have been given, except to the
         extent that any compromise or settlement shall prejudice the
         Intellectual Property Rights of the relevant Indemnitees. The
         Indemnifying Party shall consult with the relevant Indemnitee prior to
         any compromise or settlement that would affect the Intellectual
         Property Rights of any Indemnitee, and the relevant Indemnitee shall
         have the right to refuse such compromise or settlement and at the
         refusing Party's or refusing Parties' cost, to take over such defense,
         provided that in such event the Indemnifying Party shall not be
         responsible for, nor shall it be obligated to indemnify the relevant
         Indemnitee against, any cost or liability in excess of such refused
         compromise or settlement. With respect to any defense accepted by the
         Indemnifying Party, the relevant Indemnitee shall be entitled to
         participate with the Indemnifying Party in such defense to the extent
         the Claim requests equitable relief or other relief that could affect
         the rights of the Indemnitee and also shall be entitled to employ
         separate counsel for such defense at such Indemnitee's expense. - In
         the event the Indemnifying Party does not accept the defense of any
         indemnified Claim as provided above, the relevant Indemnitee shall have
         the right to


<PAGE>

                                                                         Page 12


         employ counsel for such defense at the expense of the Indemnifying
         Party. Each Party agrees to cooperate and to cause its employees and
         agents to cooperate with the other Party in the defense of any such
         Claim and the relevant records of each Party shall be available to the
         other Party with respect to any such defense.

11.      SERVICE PARITY AND STANDARDS

11.1     Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, GTE shall
         meet any service standard imposed by the FCC or by any state regulatory
         authority for any Local Services, Unbundled Network Elements, and
         Ancillary Functions provided by GTE to ATTI for resale.

11.2     GTE shall ensure that the quality of Local Services, network elements
         and ancillary functions, provided to ATTI are at least equal in quality
         to that provided by GTE to itself.

11.3     GTE and ATTI agree to implement standards to measure the quality of the
         Local Services and Unbundled Network Elements supplied by GTE, in
         particular with respect to pre-ordering, ordering/provisioning,
         maintenance and billing. These quality standards are described in
         Attachment 12. In the event of a violation of Quality Standards by
         either Party, which the Complaining Party alleges constitutes a breach
         of this Agreement, the Complaining Party may elect, subject to the
         procedures set forth in Attachment 1, either (1) to seek such money
         damages as may be available at law; or (2) to claim the penalties
         specified in Attachment 12, but the Complaining Party may not seek both
         (1) and (2) based on the same alleged breach; provided, however, that
         nothing in this sentence shall prevent the Complaining Party from
         seeking equitable relief at the same time that it pursues a claim for
         money damages or a claim under Attachment 12.

11.4     [Intentionally Left Blank]

11.5     If ATTI requests a standard higher than GTE provides to itself, such
         request shall be made as a Bona Fide Request pursuant to Attachment 12,
         and GTE may provide such standard to the extent technically feasible.
         ATTI shall pay the incremental cost of such higher standard or other
         measurement of quality.

12.      CUSTOMER CREDIT HISTORY

12.1     ATTI and GTE agree to make available to a designated third-party credit
         bureau, on a timely basis, such of the following customer payment
         history information that is available solely from internal business
         records of the providing Party for each person or entity that applies
         for local or IntraLATA toll Telecommunications Service(s) from either
         carrier. Such information shall be


<PAGE>

                                                                         Page 13


         provided on the condition that the credit bureau will only make such
         information available to the carrier to which the person or entity in
         question has applied for Telecommunication Service.

                       Applicants name;
                       Applicant's address;
                       Applicant's previous phone number; if any; Amount, if
                       any, of unpaid balance in applicant's name; Whether
                       applicant is delinquent on payments; Length of service
                       with prior local or IntraLATA toll provider;

                       Whether applicant had local or IntraLATA toll service
                       terminated or suspended within the last six months with
                       an explanation of the reason therefor; and Whether
                       applicant was required by prior local or IntraLATA toll
                       provider to pay a deposit or make an advance payment,
                       including the amount of each.

         Nothing contained herein shall require either Party to undertake
         obligations which would subject that Party to requirements or
         liabilities as a consumer reporting agency under 15 U.S.C. Section 1681
         et seq. and its implementing regulations or any similar statute, order
         or administrative rule of the State.

12.2     COOPERATION ON FRAUD MINIMIZATION - The Parties shall cooperate with
         one another to investigate, minimize and take corrective action in
         cases of fraud. The Parties' fraud minimization procedures are to be
         cost effective and implemented so as not to unreasonably burden or harm
         one Party as compared to the other. At a minimum, such cooperation
         shall include, when permitted by law or regulation, providing the other
         Party, upon reasonable request, information concerning end users who
         terminate services to that Party without paying all outstanding
         charges, when that Party is notified that such end user seeks service
         from the other Party. If required, it shall be the responsibility of
         the Party seeking the information to secure the end user's permission
         (in the format required by law) to obtain the information. Although in
         most circumstances the end user's current telephone number may be
         retained by the end user when switching local service providers, if an
         end user has past due charges associated with the account, for which
         payment arrangements have not been made with one Party, the end user's
         previous telephone number will not be made available to the other Party
         until the end user's outstanding balance has been paid.

13.      FORCE MAJEURE

13.1     Except as otherwise specifically provided in this Agreement, neither
         Party shall be liable for any delay or failure in performance of any
         part of this Agreement caused by any condition beyond the reasonable
         control of the


<PAGE>

                                                                         Page 14


         Party claiming excusable delay or other failure to perform, including
         acts of the United States of America or any state, territory or
         political subdivision thereof, acts of God or a public enemy, fires,
         floods, freight embargoes, earthquakes, volcanic actions, wars, or
         civil disturbances. If any Force Majeure condition occurs, the Party
         whose performance fails or is delayed because of such Force Majeure
         condition shall give prompt notice to the other Party, and upon
         cessation of such Force Majeure condition, shall give like notice and
         commence performance hereunder as promptly as reasonably practicable,
         including implementation of disaster recovery plans.

13.2     Notwithstanding subsection 1, preceding, no delay or other failure to
         perform shall be excused pursuant to this Section:

         (i) by the acts or omission of a Party's subcontractors, material men,
         suppliers or other third persons providing products or services to such
         Party unless such acts or omissions are themselves the product of a
         Force Majeure condition, and
         (ii) unless such delay or failure and the consequences thereof are
         beyond the reasonable control and without the fault or negligence of
         the Party claiming excusable delay or other failure to perform.

14.      CERTAIN STATE AND LOCAL TAXES

         Any state or local excise, sales, or use taxes (excluding any taxes
         levied on income) resulting from the performance of this Agreement
         shall be borne by the Party upon which the obligation for payment is
         imposed under applicable law, even if the obligation to collect and
         remit such taxes is placed upon the other Party. The collecting Party
         shall charge and collect from the obligated Party, and the obligated
         Party agrees to pay to the collecting Party, all applicable taxes,
         except to the extent that the obligated Party notifies the collecting
         Party and provides to the collecting Party appropriate documentation
         that qualifies the obligated Party for a full or partial exemption. Any
         such taxes shall be shown as separate items on applicable billing
         documents between the Parties. The obligated Party may contest the same
         in good faith, at its own expense, and shall be entitled to the benefit
         of any refund or recovery, provided that such Party shall not permit
         any lien to exist on any asset of the other Party by reason of the
         contest. The collecting Party shall cooperate in any such contest by
         the other Party, provided that the contesting Party shall pay the
         reasonable expenses of the collecting Party for any such cooperative
         activities.

15.      ALTERNATIVE DISPUTE RESOLUTION

         All Disputes arising under this Agreement or the breach hereof, except
         those arising pursuant to Attachment 6, Connectivity Billing, shall be
         resolved according to the procedures set forth in Attachment 1.
         Disputes involving


<PAGE>

                                                                         Page 15


         matters subject to the Connectivity Billing provisions contained in
         Attachment 6, shall be resolved in accordance with the Billing Disputes
         section of Attachment 6. In no event shall the Parties permit the
         pendency of a Dispute to disrupt service to any customer of any Party
         contemplated by this Agreement except in the case of default and
         termination of this Agreement pursuant to Section 3.4. The foregoing
         notwithstanding, neither this Section 15 nor Attachment 1 shall be
         construed to prevent either Party from seeking and obtaining temporary
         equitable remedies, including temporary restraining orders.

16.      NOTICES

         Any notices or other communications required or permitted to be given
         or delivered under this Agreement shall be in hard-copy writing (unless
         otherwise specifically provided herein) and shall be sufficiently given
         if delivered personally or delivered by prepaid overnight express
         service or certified mail, return receipt requested or by facsimile
         (followed by a hard copy delivered by U.S. Mail or another method
         specified herein) to the following (unless otherwise specifically
         required by this Agreement to be delivered to another representative or
         point of contact):

         If to ATTI:

         Richard A. Smith
         Chief Operating Officer
         730 Second Avenue South
         Suite 1200
         Minneapolis, MN 55402

         If to GTE:

         Lida Tong
         State Director - External Affairs
         GTE Northwest Incorporated
         1800 41st Street
         MC:    WA0101RA
         Everett, WA 98201
         Facsimile number: 206-261-5262

         and

         Thomas R. Parker, Esq.
         Assistant Vice President and Associate General Counsel
         HQ E03J43
         600 Hidden Ridge Drive


<PAGE>

                                                                         Page 16


         Irving, TX 75038
         Facsimile Number: 972-718-1250

         Either Party may unilaterally change its designated representative
         and/or address for the receipt of notices by giving seven (7) days'
         prior written notice to the other Party in compliance with this
         Section. Any notice or other communication shall be deemed given when
         received.

17.      CONFIDENTIALITY AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

17.1     For the purposes of this Agreement, "Confidential Information" means
         confidential or proprietary technical or business information, in
         written or tangible form, given by the Discloser to the Recipient that
         is stamped, labeled, or otherwise designated as "Proprietary" or
         "Confidential" or that contains other words or symbols clearly
         indicating that the information is intended to be secure from public
         disclosure. "Confidential Information" also includes information that
         is intentionally provided or disclosed orally or visually if it is
         identified as proprietary or confidential when provided or disclosed
         and is summarized in a writing so marked and delivered within ten (10)
         days following such disclosure. "Confidential Information" also
         includes information that is observed or learned by one Party while it
         is on the premises (including leased collocation space) of the other
         Party. Notwithstanding the foregoing, all orders for Local Services,
         Network Elements or Combinations placed by ATTI pursuant to this
         Agreement, and information that would constitute Customer Proprietary
         Network Information of ATTI Customers pursuant to the Act and the rules
         and regulations of the FCC and Recorded Usage Data as described in
         Attachment 7, whether disclosed by ATTI to GTE or otherwise acquired by
         GTE in the course of the performance of this Agreement, shall be deemed
         Confidential Information of ATTI for all purposes under this Agreement
         whether or not specifically marked or designated as confidential or
         proprietary.

17.2     For the period set forth in Section 17.6, except as otherwise specified
         in this Agreement, the Recipient agrees (a) to use it only for the
         purpose of performing under this Agreement, (b) to hold it in
         confidence and disclose it to no one other than its employees or agents
         or consultants having a need to know for the purpose of performing
         under this Agreement, and (c) to safeguard it from unauthorized use or
         disclosure with at least the same degree of care with which the
         Recipient safeguards its own Confidential Information. Any agent or
         consultant must have executed a written agreement of non-disclosure and
         non-use comparable in scope to the terms of this Section 17 which
         agreement shall be enforceable by the Discloser.


<PAGE>

                                                                         Page 17


17.3     The Recipient may make copies of Confidential Information only as
         reasonably necessary to perform its obligations under this Agreement.
         All such copies shall be subject to the same restrictions and
         protections as the original and shall bear the same copyright and
         proprietary rights notices as are contained on the original.

17.4     The Recipient agrees to return to the Discloser all Confidential
         Information received in tangible form from the Discloser, including any
         copies made by the Recipient, within thirty (30) days after a written
         request is delivered to the Recipient, or to destroy or erase all such
         Confidential Information and certify as to such event, except for
         Confidential Information that the Recipient reasonably requires to
         perform its obligations under this Agreement or as otherwise required
         by applicable law. If either Party loses or makes an unauthorized
         disclosure of the other Party's Confidential Information, it shall
         notify such other Party as soon as is reasonably practicable after the
         loss is discovered and use reasonable efforts to retrieve the lost or
         wrongfully disclosed information.

17.5     The Recipient shall have no obligation to safeguard Confidential
         Information: (a) which was in the possession of the Recipient free of
         restriction on use or disclosure prior to its receipt from the
         Discloser; (b) after it becomes publicly known or available through no
         breach of this Agreement or other restriction on use or disclosure by
         the Recipient; (c) after it is rightfully acquired by the Recipient
         free of restrictions on its use or disclosure; or (d) after it is
         proven to be independently developed by personnel of the Recipient to
         whom the Discloser's Confidential Information had not been previously
         disclosed. In addition, either Party shall have the right to disclose
         Confidential Information to any mediator, arbitrator, state or federal
         regulatory body, the Department of Justice or any court in the conduct
         of any mediation, arbitration or approval of this Agreement subject to
         the requirements concerning notice and other measures specified in the
         last sentence of this Subsection. Additionally, the Recipient may
         disclose Confidential Information if so required by law, a court of
         competent jurisdiction, or governmental or administrative agency, so
         long as the Discloser has been notified of the requirement promptly
         after the Recipient becomes aware of the requirement, but prior to such
         disclosure and so long as the Recipient undertakes all lawful measures
         to avoid disclosing such information until Discloser has had reasonable
         time to seek a protective order and Discloser complies with any
         protective order that covers the Confidential Information to be
         disclosed.

17.6     Each Party's obligations with respect to Confidential Information
         disclosed prior to expiration or termination of this Agreement shall
         expire three (3) years from the date of receipt of the initial
         disclosure, regardless of any termination of this Agreement prior to
         such expiration date; provided that the duties with


<PAGE>

                                                                         Page 18


         respect to Confidential Information that is software, protocols and
         interfaces shall expire fifteen (15) years from the date of the initial
         disclosure.

17.7     Except as otherwise expressly provided elsewhere in this Agreement, no
         license is hereby granted under any patent, trademark, copyright or
         other Intellectual Property Right, nor is any such license implied,
         solely by virtue of the disclosure of any Confidential Information.

17.8     Each Party agrees that the Discloser would be irreparably injured by a
         breach of this Agreement by the Recipient or its representatives and
         that the Discloser shall be entitled to seek equitable relief,
         including injunctive relief and specific performance, in the event of
         any breach of the provisions of this Section 17. Such remedies shall
         not be deemed to be the exclusive remedies for a breach of this Section
         17, but shall be in addition to all other remedies available at law or
         in equity.

18.      BRANDING

18.1     ATTI may, at its option, use the Network Elements, Combinations and
         Local Services provided in accordance with this Agreement to provide to
         its customers services branded as ATTI. Except as otherwise provided in
         this Agreement or specified in a separate writing by ATTI, ATTI shall
         provide the exclusive interface to ATTI Customers in connection with
         the marketing or offering of ATTI services. When a GTE technical
         representative goes to a customer premise on behalf of ATTI, in the
         event the representative has contact with the customer, the
         representative will indicate to the customer that he or she works for
         GTE but is at the customer premise on behalf of ATTI regarding ATTI
         service. If the customer is not at the premise at the time that the
         technical representative is at the premise, GTE agrees to deliver
         generic material or documents to the customer, and the representative
         will write ATTI's name on the document or material left for the
         customer. GTE personnel acting on behalf of ATTI will not discuss,
         provide, or leave information or material relative to GTE's services
         and products.

18.2     Operator Services and Directory Assistance provided by GTE to ATTI
         local service customers under this Agreement will be branded
         exclusively as ATTI services, where technically feasible. GTE will
         perform the necessary software upgrades to allow for rebranding of its
         Operator Services and Directory Assistance in ATTI's name on a switch
         by switch basis, subject to capability and capacity limitations; until
         those upgrades have been completed, GTE will provide rebranded services
         through alternate means to the extent technically feasible. Where it is
         not technically feasible for GTE to provide Operator Services and
         Directory Assistance as rebranded services, then GTE will provide such
         services without any branding, if allowed by state laws and
         regulations. Live operators handling Operator Services and Directory


<PAGE>

                                                                         Page 19


         Assistance calls from ATTI local service customers will identify
         themselves as ATTI operators: where such rebranding is not technically
         feasible, live operator response will be provided on an unbranded
         basis.

19.      DIRECTORY LISTINGS AND DIRECTORY DISTRIBUTION

         GTE shall offer the following to AT&T:

19.1     DIRECTORY LISTINGS (WHITE PAGES) - A basic listing for each ATTI
         Customer shall be included in the GTE white pages directory for such
         ATTI Customer's specific geographic area at no charge to ATTI or ATTI's
         Customers. Where an ATTI Customer has two numbers for a line due to the
         implementation of interim Local Number Portability, the second number
         shall be considered part of the White pages basic listing. Other
         listings that are made available to GTE Customers (e.g. additional
         listings, non-published status, foreign listings, etc.,) will be made
         available to ATTI Customers on the same rates, terms and conditions as
         available to GTE Customers. ATTI Customer Government listings will be
         listed in the same manner as GTE Customer Government listings.

19.2     DIRECTORY LISTINGS (YELLOW PAGES) GTE will provide ATTI Customers with
         the same yellow page services on the same terms and conditions as those
         provided to GTE Customers. GTE will provide each ATTI Customer within
         the geographical area covered by the yellow pages directory a basic
         listing in GTE "yellow pages" under the classified heading that most
         accurately reflects the primary nature of the ATTI Customer's business
         at no charge to ATTI or ATTI Customers for this listing. GTE will
         supply ATTI with a list of authorized classified headings and will
         notify ATTI of any changes to such headings. ATTI agrees to supply GTE,
         on a regularly scheduled basis and in the format mutually agreed
         between ATTI and GTE, with a classified heading assignment for each
         ATTI Customer who wishes to receive this listing. GTE shall provide
         ATTI with monthly schedules (for a rolling twelve (12) month period)
         for Yellow Pages publications in the State.

19.3     LISTING INFORMATION - ATTI agrees to supply GTE, on a regularly
         scheduled basis and in the format mutually agreed between ATTI and GTE,
         all listing information for ATTI Customers who wish to be listed in the
         white or yellow pages of the GTE published directory for that
         subscriber area. Listing information will consist of names, addresses
         (including city and ZIP code where provided in that directory) and
         telephone numbers. GTE shall employ the listing information for the
         production of GTE-published white and yellow page directories. Listing
         inclusion in a given directory will be in accordance with directory
         configuration, scope and schedules established by GTE which are
         applicable to all GTE entities. GTE shall obtain ATTI' prior written
         approval for the use of ATTl Customers' listings for any other purpose.
         GTE


<PAGE>

                                                                         Page 20


         will not sell or license, nor allow any third party, the use of ATTI
         subscriber listing and GTE will not disclose non-listed name or address
         information for any purpose without the prior written consent of ATTI,
         which shall not be unreasonably withheld. GTE will charge ATTI a
         reasonable service bureau extraction fee for all third party
         translations and ATTI will be free to establish its own fees for direct
         billing the third parties.

19.4     DIRECTORY DISTRIBUTION - Initial directories will be provided to ATTI
         Customers for each ATTI Customer's specific geographic region on the
         same basis as GTE Customers within the same directory area. More
         specifically, GTE will not charge ATTI or ATTI Customers for annual
         distribution of directories. GTE will provide secondary distributions
         of directories (e.g. a new customer, requests for additional copies) to
         ATTI Customers at the same price that GTE is charged for secondary
         distribution by GTE Directories. ATTI shall pay GTE Directories for
         such secondary distributions based on GTE's agreement that the
         secondary distribution costs will be excluded from GTE's cost studies
         and resulting avoided cost discounts and prices for unbundled elements.
         Timing of such delivery and the determination of which Telephone
         Directories shall be delivered (by customer address, NPA/NXX or other
         criteria), and the number of Telephone Directories to be provided per
         customer, shall be provided under the same terms that GTE delivers
         Telephone Directories to GTE Customers. ATTI will supply GTE in a
         timely manner with all required subscriber mailing information,
         including non-listed and non-published subscriber mailing information,
         to enable GTE to perform its distribution responsibilities.

19.5     CRITICAL CUSTOMER CONTACT INFORMATION - GTE will list in the
         information pages of its directories at no charge to ATTI, ATTI's
         critical customer contact information for business and residential
         customers regarding emergency services, billing, sales and service
         information, repair service and ATTI's logo. GTE shall list Competitive
         Local Exchange Carrier critical customer contact information on an
         alphabetical basis.

19.6     GTE shall also include, in the customer call guide page(s) of each
         Telephone Directory, up to four full pages of consolidated space for
         the inclusion of information about ATTI products and services,
         including addresses and telephone numbers for AT&T customer service.
         The form and content of such customer information shall be provided by
         ATTI to GTE and shall be subject to GTE review and approval, which
         approval shall not be unreasonably withheld. ATTI agrees to pay a price
         per page to be determined by GTE Directories, provided that such price
         shall be nondiscriminatory to GTE and ATTI.

19.7     GTE shall, at no charge to ATTI, make available recycling services for
         Telephone Directories to ATTI Customers under the same terms and


<PAGE>

                                                                         Page 21


         conditions that GTE makes such services available to its own local
         service customers.

19.8     Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, GTE may
         terminate this Section 19 as to a specific GTE exchange in the event
         that GTE sells or otherwise transfers the exchange to an entity other
         than a GTE Affiliate. GTE shall provide ATTI with at least ninety (90)
         days' prior written notice of such termination, which shall be
         effective on the date specified in the notice. Notwithstanding
         termination as to a specific exchange, this Section 19 shall remain in
         full force and effect in the remaining exchanges.

19.9     Notwithstanding the termination of this Section 19, the Parties'
         obligations with respect to any directories whose annual publication
         cycle has begun prior to the effective date of termination shall
         survive such termination. For example, if a Party terminates this
         Section 19 effective as of June 30, 1997, the Parties' survival
         obligations shall apply as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
            Exchange                       Beginning of                       Expiration of Obligations
                                           Publication Cycle

            <S>                            <C>                                <C>
            1                              January 1,1997                     December 31, 1997
            2                              June 1,1997                        May 31,1998
            3                              August 1,1997                      June 30, 1997
</TABLE>

         a publication cycle begins the day following the listing activity close
         date for the current year's publication.

19.10    Directory Listing criteria shall be specified by GTE. GTE shall provide
         any changes to its Directory Listing Criteria thirty (30) days in
         advance of such changes becoming effective. The Directory Listing
         criteria shall include:

19.10.1  Classified heading information

19.10.2  Rules for White Pages and Yellow Pages listings (e.g., eligibility for
         free Yellow Pages listing, space restrictions, unlisted and unpublished
         listings, abbreviated listings, foreign listings, and heading
         requirements);

19.10.3  Identification of Enhanced White Pages and Enhanced Yellow Pages
         listings available;

19.10.4  Publication schedules for White Pages and Yellow Pages;

19.10.5  Identification of which Telephone Directories are provided to which
         customers by customer address, NPA/NXX or other criteria;

19.10.6  Telephone Directory delivery schedules;


<PAGE>

                                                                         Page 22


19.10.7  Restrictions, if any, on number of Telephone Directories provided at no
         charge to customer;

19.10.8  Processes and terms and conditions for obtaining foreign Telephone
         Directories from GTE; and

19.10.9  Geographic coverage areas of each Telephone (by municipality and
         NPA/NXX).

20.      DIRECTORY ASSISTANCE LISTING INFORMATION

20.1     GTE shall include in its directory assistance database all directory
         assistance listing information, which consists of name and address ("DA
         Listing Information") for all ATTI Customers, including those with
         nonpublished and unlisted numbers, at no charge to ATTI.

         GTE shall provide to ATTI, at ATTI's request, for purposes of ATTI
         providing ATTI-branded directory assistance services to its local
         customers, within thirty (30) days after the Effective Date, all
         published GTE DA Listing Information via magnetic tape delivered within
         twenty-four (24) hours of preparation, at a the rate specified in
         Attachment 14. Changes to the DA Listing Information shall be updated
         on a daily basis through the same means used to transmit the initial
         list. DA Listing Information provided shall indicate whether the
         customer is a residence or business customer.

20.2     Neither Party will release, sell, or license DA Listing Information
         that includes the other Party's end user information to third parties
         without the other Party's approval. The other Party shall inform the
         releasing Party if it desires to have the releasing Party provide the
         other Party's DA Listing Information to the third party, in which case,
         the releasing Party shall provide the other Party's DA Listing
         Information at the same time as the releasing Party provides the
         releasing Party's DA Listing Information to the third party. The rate
         to be paid by the releasing Party to the other Party for such sales
         shall be negotiated on a case-by-case basis.

21.      BUSY LINE VERIFICATION AND BUSY LINE VERIFICATION INTERRUPT

         Prior to the exchange of traffic under this Agreement, each Party shall
         establish procedures whereby its operator bureau will coordinate with
         the operator bureau of the other Party to provide Busy Line
         Verification ("BLV") and Busy Line Verification Interrupt ("BLVI")
         services on calls between their respective end users. Each Party shall
         route BLV and BLVI inquiries over separate inward operator services
         trunks. Each Party's operator assistance bureau will only verify and/or
         interrupt the call and will not complete the call of the end-user
         initiating the BLV or BLVI. Each Party shall charge the other for the
         BLV and BLVI services on a bill-and-keep basis.


<PAGE>

                                                                         Page 23


22.      NUMBER ASSIGNMENT

22.1     GTE shall allocate Central Office Codes, i.e. NXXs, in a neutral manner
         at parity with itself in those LATAs where GTE is the number
         administrator. GTE shall not charge a fee for the allocation of NXXs to
         AT&T for any costs including, but not limited to, programming expenses
         incurred by GTE in their role as number administrator; provided,
         however, that when responsibility for number assignment is transferred
         to a neutral third party, GTE shall charge a fee for such services to
         recover costs incurred that is consistent with the applicable rules and
         regulations for such.

22.2     GTE shall process all ATTI NXX requests in a timely manner as per the
         ICCF Code Assignment Guidelines and will provide numbers in any NPA/NXX
         associated with a terminating line within the boundaries of an LSO, in
         those LATAs where GTE is the number administrator.

22.3     GTE, during the interim period, will maintain its current process of
         notifying public utility commissions and state regulatory bodies of
         plans for NPA splits and code relief.

22.4     GTE shall treat as confidential, and solely for use in its role as Code
         Administrator and for no other purpose, any and all information
         received from ATTI regarding NPA/NXX forecasts. This information shall
         be used only for the purposes of code administration, e.g. NPA code
         relief studies.

22.5     GTE shall participate in the transition of its code administration
         responsibilities to a neutral third party and will notify ATTI if there
         are not sufficient numbers to meet the forecasted requirements of ATTI.

22.6     GTE shall provide ATTI with a file, or files, containing a street
         address/LSO cross reference indicating which LSO serves the cross
         referenced street address.

23.      MISCELLANEOUS

23.1     DELEGATION OR ASSIGNMENT - Any assignment by either Party of any right,
         obligation, or duty, in whole or in part, or of any interest, without
         the written consent of the other Party shall be void, except that
         either Party may assign all of its rights, and delegate its
         obligations, liabilities and duties under this Agreement, either in
         whole or in part, to any entity that is, or that was, an Affiliate of
         that Party without consent, but with written notification, provided
         that in the case of ATTI, such Affiliate is a certified provider of
         local dial-tone service in the State to the extent such State requires
         such certification. The effectiveness of an assignment shall be
         conditioned upon the assignee's assumption of the rights, obligations,
         and duties of the assigning Party.


<PAGE>

                                                                         Page 24


23.2     SUBCONTRACTING - GTE may subcontract the performance of any obligation
         under this Agreement without the prior written consent of ATTI,
         provided that GTE shall remain fully responsible for the performance of
         this Agreement in accordance with its terms, including any obligations
         it performs through subcontractors, and GTE shall be solely responsible
         for payments due its subcontractors. No contract, subcontract or other
         Agreement entered into by either Party with any third party in
         connection with the provision of Local Services or Network Elements
         hereunder shall provide for any indemnity, guarantee or assumption of
         liability by, or other obligation of, the other Party to this Agreement
         with respect to such arrangement, except as consented to in writing by
         the other Party. No subcontractor shall be deemed a third party
         beneficiary for any purposes under this Agreement.

23.3     [Intentionally deleted].

23.4     BINDING EFFECT - This Agreement shall be binding on and inure to the
         benefit of the respective successors and permitted assigns of the
         Parties.

23.5     NONEXCLUSIVE REMEDIES - Except as otherwise expressly provided in this
         Agreement, each of the remedies provided under this Agreement is
         cumulative and is in addition to any remedies that may be available at
         law or in equity.

23.6     NO THIRD-PARTY BENEFICIARIES - Except as specifically set forth in
         Section 10.4 and 10.5, this Agreement does not provide and shall not be
         construed to provide third parties with any remedy, claim, liability,
         reimbursement, cause of action, or other privilege.

23.7     REFERENCED DOCUMENTS - Whenever any provision of this Agreement refers
         to A technical reference, technical publication, ATTI Practice, GTE
         Practice, any publication of telecommunications industry administrative
         or technical standards, or any other document expressly incorporated
         into this Agreement, it will be deemed to be a reference to the most
         recent version or edition (including any amendments, supplements,
         addenda, or successors) of such document that is in effect at the time
         of the execution of this Agreement, and will include the most recent
         version or edition (including any amendments, supplements, addenda, or
         successors) of each document incorporated by reference in such a
         technical reference, technical publication, ATTI Practice, GTE
         Practice, or publication of industry standards.

23.8     REGULATORY AGENCY CONTROL - This Agreement shall at all times be
         subject to changes, modifications, orders, and rulings by the FCC
         and/or the applicable state utility regulatory commission to the extent
         the substance of this Agreement is or becomes subject to the
         jurisdiction of such agency. This Agreement is subject to approval of
         the Commission in accordance with Section 252 of the Act. This
         Agreement shall not become effective until five


<PAGE>

                                                                         Page 25

          (5) Business Days after receipt by the Parties of written notice of
          such approval. "Business Day" shall mean Monday through Friday, except
          for holidays on which the U. S. Mail is not delivered.

23.9      [Intentionally deleted].

23.10     PUBLICITY AND ADVERTISING - Any news release, public announcement,
          advertising, or any form of publicity pertaining to this Agreement, or
          the provision of Local Services, Unbundled Network Elements, Ancillary
          Functions or Interconnection Services pursuant to it, or association
          of the Parties with respect to provision of the services described in
          this Agreement shall be subject to prior written approval of both GTE
          And ATTI. Neither Party shall publish or use any advertising, sales
          promotions or other publicity materials that use the other Party's
          logo, trademarks or service marks without the prior written approval
          of the other Party.

23.11     AMENDMENTS OR WAIVERS - Except as otherwise provided in this
          Agreement, no amendment or waiver of any provision of this Agreement,
          and no consent to any default under this Agreement, shall be effective
          unless the same is in writing and signed by an officer of the Party
          against whom such amendment, waiver or consent is claimed. In
          addition, no course of dealing or failure of a Party strictly to
          enforce any term, right or condition of this Agreement shall be
          construed as a waiver of such term, right or condition. By entering
          into this Agreement, neither Party waives any right granted to it
          pursuant to the Act.

23.12     SEVERABILITY - If any term, condition or provision of this Agreement
          is held by a governmental body of competent jurisdiction to be invalid
          or unenforceable for any reason, such invalidity or unenforceability
          shall not invalidate the entire Agreement. The Agreement shall be
          construed as if it did not contain the invalid or unenforceable
          provision or provisions, and the rights and obligations of each Party
          shall be construed and enforced accordingly.

23.13     ENTIRE AGREEMENT - This Agreement, which shall include the
          Attachments, Appendices and other documents referenced herein,
          constitutes the entire Agreement between the Parties concerning the
          subject matter hereof and supersedes any prior agreements,
          representations, statements, negotiations, understandings, proposals
          or undertakings, oral or written, with respect to the subject matter
          expressly set forth herein.

23.14     SURVIVAL OF OBLIGATIONS - Any liabilities or obligations of a Party
          for acts or omissions prior to the cancellation or termination of this
          Agreement; any obligation of a Party under the provisions regarding
          indemnification, Confidential Information, limitations on liability,
          and any other provisions of this Agreement which, by their terms, are
          contemplated to survive (or to be performed after) termination of this
          Agreement, shall survive cancellation or termination thereof.


<PAGE>

                                                                         Page 26


23.15     [Intentionally deleted].

23.16     HEADINGS OF NO FORCE OR EFFECT - The headings of Articles and Sections
          of this Agreement are for convenience of reference only, and shall in
          no way define, modify or restrict the meaning or interpretation of the
          terms or provisions of this Agreement.

23.17     TRADEMARKS AND TRADE NAMES - Except as specifically set out in this
          Agreement, nothing in this Agreement shall grant, suggest, or imply
          any right, license or authority for one Party to use the name,
          trademarks, service marks, or trade names of the other Party for any
          purpose whatsoever.

23.18     NOTICE OF NETWORK AND TECHNOLOGY CHANGES - GTE shall establish
          quarterly reviews of network and technologies plans. GTE shall notify
          ATTI at least six (6) months in advance of changes that would impact
          ATTI's provision of service.

23.19     TECHNICAL REFERENCES -

23.19.1   The technical references cited throughout this Agreement shall apply
          unless GTE shall offer, within ninety (90) days following Commission
          approval of this Agreement, GTE's proposed substitute technical
          references, for consideration and review by subject matter experts
          designated, respectively, by ATTI and GTE. Within ten (10) business
          days following ATTI's receipt of true and complete copies of GTE's
          proposed substitute technical references, ATTI and GTE subject matter
          experts shall meet in person or via teleconference to review the
          substitute reference(s) with a view toward achieving agreement on the
          suitability of such references for implementation and incorporation
          into this Agreement. The subject matter experts may agree to implement
          and incorporate, to modify or supplement, or to replace any such
          substitute technical reference proposed by GTE. Where they so agree,
          the resulting substitute technical reference shall be implemented and
          incorporated forthwith, by formal amendment in writing, into this
          Agreement. Where they disagree with respect to the suitability or
          adequacy of any such proposed substitute technical reference, the
          GTE-proposed substitute technical reference shall be incorporated into
          this Agreement at the conclusion of the ten business day period cited
          above, by formal amendment in writing, subject to ATTI's right to
          pursue the dispute and the implementation of more suitable technical
          references through the ADR procedures set forth in Attachment I to
          this Agreement. ATTI may initiate such ADR procedures within sixty
          (60) days following the incorporation of the challenged technical
          reference into this Agreement.

23.19.2   The parties recognize the possibility that some equipment vendors may
          manufacture telecommunications equipment that does not fully
          incorporate or may deviate from the technical references contained in
          this Agreement. To


<PAGE>

                                                                         Page 27


          the extent that, due to the manner in which individual manufacturers
          may have chosen to implement industry standards into the design of
          their product, or due to the differing vintages of these individual
          facility components and the presence of embedded technologies that
          pre-date certain technical references, some of the individual facility
          components deployed with GTE's network may not adhere to the technical
          references, then, within forty-five (45) days after the Effective Date
          of this Agreement:

                    (a) the Parties will develop processes by which GTE will
          inform ATTI of any such deviations from technical standards for
          Network Elements or Combinations ordered by ATTI;

                    (b) the Parties will develop further processes and
          procedures designed, upon notice of such deviations from technical
          standards, to address the treatment of GTE and ATTI customers at
          parity; and

                    (c) the parties will take such other mutually agreed upon
          actions as shall be appropriate in the circumstances.

23.20     Any figures and/or schematics used throughout this Agreement,
          including, but not limited to, the figures and/or schematics used in
          Attachment 2 to this Agreement, are for the convenience of reference
          only, and shall in no way define, modify or restrict the meaning or
          interpretation of the terms or provisions of this Agreement.


<PAGE>

                                                                         Page 28


                          PART I LOCAL SERVICES RESALE

24.       TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES PROVIDED FOR RESALE

          Upon request by ATTI in accordance with Section 25.1 and subject to
          the restrictions contained in Section 25.3 hereunder, GTE shall make
          available to ATTI at the applicable rate set forth in Attachment 14,
          any Telecommunications Service that GTE currently offers or may
          hereafter offer at retail to subscribers that are not
          telecommunications carriers. Such Telecommunications Services provided
          by GTE pursuant to this Section are collectively referred to as "Local
          Services.

25.       GENERAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR RESALE

25.1      ORDERING

25.1.1    Orders for resale of Local Services will be placed utilizing a
          standard Local Service Request ("LSR") form. A complete and accurate
          LSR must be provided by ATTI before a request can be processed;
          provided, however, that immaterial deviations or omissions in the LSR
          will not prevent an order from being processed. Each Party shall
          transfer the customer's service features and functionalities "as is"
          to the other Party when requested by a customer. For purposes of this
          Section 25, an "as is transfer" is the transfer of all the
          telecommunications services and features available for resale that are
          currently being provided for the specified account without the
          requirement of a specific enumeration of the services and features on
          the LSR.

25.1.2    A Letter of Authorization ("LOA") will be required before Local
          Services will be provided for resale to a subscriber that currently
          receives local exchange service from GTE or from a local service
          provider other that ATTI. Such LOA may be a blanket letter of
          authorization (Blanket LOA) or such other form as agreed upon by ATTI
          and GTE. When a Blanket LOA has been provided by ATTI, GTE shall not
          require an additional disconnect order, LOA or other writing from a
          customer, or another LEC, in order to process an order for Local
          Service. Each Party will provide the capability for customers to
          retain their current phone number in the event that they change local
          service providers to the extent technically feasible, allowing them to
          retain all existing features and functionalities.

25.1.3    GTE shall include an ATTI Customer's listing in its Directory
          Assistance database as part of the Local Service Request ("LSR")
          process. GTE will honor ATTI Customer's preferences for listing
          status, including non-published and unlisted, as noted on the LSR and
          will enter the listing in the GTE


<PAGE>

                                                                         Page 29


          database which is used to perform Directory Assistance functions as it
          appears on the LSR.

25.1.4    GTE shall accept requests for a change in the primary interexchange
          carrier of a local exchange customer of ATTI only from ATTl.

25.2      PRICING

          The prices to be charged to ATTI for Local Services under this
          Agreement are set forth in Part V of this Agreement.

25.3      RESTRICTIONS ON RESALE

          To the extent consistent with the applicable rules and regulations of
          the FCC and the Commission, ATTI may resell all GTE Local Services as
          defined in GTE's tariffs. The following restrictions shall apply to
          the resale of Local Services, as described in Section 24 of this
          Agreement by ATTI: (i) ATTI shall not resell residential services to
          business customers; (ii) GTE shall not be required to offer at a
          wholesale discount to ATTI any GTE promotional offering that is made
          available to any GTE customer for a period of ninety (90) days or
          less; (iii) and GTE shall not be required to provide to ATTI for
          resale any retail service which a telecommunications carrier is by law
          required to provide as a social benefit to a specially designated
          class of customer. ATTI shall determine whether its customers qualify
          for any such social programs and shall bear the costs associated with
          the provision of such programs.

25.4      [Intentionally deleted]

25.5      DIALING AND SERVICE PARITY

25.5.1    GTE will provide the same dialing parity to ATTI Customers as
          similarly-situated GTE Customers, such that, for all call types, an
          ATTI Customer is not required to dial any greater number of digits
          than a similarly-situated GTE Customer; provided however with respect
          to intra-LATA dialing, GTE shall provide dialing parity to ATTI
          customers in the State in accordance with the provisions and schedule
          established by the Commission.

25.5.2    GTE will provide service levels for Local Services for resale that are
          equal to service levels for similarly-situated GTE Customers, such
          that there is no loss of features or functionalities including, but
          not limited to: same dial tone and ringing; same capability for either
          dial pulse or touch tone recognition; flat and measured services;
          speech recognition as available; same extended local free calling
          area; 1+ IntraLATA toll calling; InterLATA toll calling and
          international calling; 500, 700, 800, 900, 976 and Dial Around (10xxx)
          Services; restricted collect and third number billing; all available
          speeds of


<PAGE>

                                                                         Page 30


          analogue and digital private lines; off-premise extensions; CENTRANET
          and ISDN.

25.6      CHANGES IN RETAIL SERVICE

          GTE will notify ATTI of proposed new retail services or modifications
          to existing retail services forty-five (45) days prior to the expected
          date of regulatory approval of the new or modified services. If new
          services or modifications are introduced with less than forty-five
          (45) days notice to the regulatory authority, GTE will notify ATTI at
          the same time it determines to introduce the new or modified service.
          With respect to changes in prices for existing retail services or
          related resale rates, GTE will notify ATTI at the same time as GTE
          begins internal implementation efforts (i.e., at least at the time
          that GTE's Product Management Committee is notified of the proposed
          change) or obtains internal approval to make the price change,
          whichever is sooner.

26.       REQUIREMENTS FOR SPECIFIC SERVICES

26.1      [Intentionally deleted]

26.2      CLASS/LASS and Custom Features Requirements

          ATTI may purchase the entire set of CLASS/LASS and Custom features and
          functions, or a subset of any one or any combination of such features,
          on a customer-specific basis, without restriction on the minimum or
          maximum number of lines or features that may be purchased for any one
          level of service, provided such CLASS/LASS and Custom features are
          available to GTE Customers served by the same GTE Central Office. GTE
          shall provide to ATTI a list of CLASS/LASS and Custom features and
          functions within ten (10) business days of the Effective Date and
          shall provide updates to such list when new features and functions
          become available. GTE shall provide to ATTI a list of all services,
          features, and products including a definition of the service (by
          specific reference to the appropriate tariff sections) and how such
          services interact with each other. GTE shall provide features and
          services by street address guide and by switch. All features shall be
          at least at parity with the GTE service offering.

26.3      This Section intentionally left blank.

26.4      INTERCEPT AND TRANSFER SERVICE

          GTE shall provide intercept and transfer service to ATTI for ATTI
          Customers on the same basis and for the same length of time as such
          service is available to similarly-situated GTE Customers. To that end,
          when an end-user customer transfers service from GTE to ATTI , or from
          ATTI to GTE, and does


<PAGE>

                                                                         Page 31


          not retain its original telephone number, the Party formerly providing
          service to the end user will provide, upon request, a referral
          announcement on the original telephone number. The announcement will
          provide the new number of the customer.

26.5      E911/911 SERVICES

          GTE shall provide to ATTI, for ATTI Customers, E911/911 call routing
          to the appropriate PSAP. ATTI shall provide ATTI Customer information
          to GTE, and GTE shall validate and provide ATTI Customer information
          to the PSAP. GTE shall use its service order process to update and
          maintain, on the same schedule that it uses for its end users, the
          ATTI Customer service information -in the ALI/DMS (Automatic Location
          Identification/Location Information Database Management System) used
          to support E911/911 services, pursuant National Emergency Number
          Agency (NENA) standards. ATTI shall have the right to verify the
          accuracy of the information regarding ATTI Customers in the ALI
          database.

26.6      TELEPHONE RELAY SERVICE

          GTE will provide the following information to ATTI at no additional
          charge: (i) information concerning a customer's qualification for
          Telephone Relay Service (TRS) on the Customer Service Record (CSR)
          when that customer chooses ATTI for local service; and (ii) all usage
          billing information which GTE receives from a provider of TRS for TRS
          usage by an ATTI Customer.

26.7      VOICE MAIL RELATED SERVICES

          Nothing in this Agreement shall limit the right of ATTI to purchase
          features capabilities of voice mail services in accordance with GTE's
          tariffs. In addition, nothing in this Agreement shall limit the right
          of ATTI to combine features capabilities of voice mail services
          purchased in accordance with GTE's tariffs with any Local Services
          purchased for resale in accordance with this Agreement.

26.8      VOLUNTARY FEDERAL CUSTOMER FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE PROGRAMS

          Local Services provided to low-income subscribers, pursuant to
          requirements established by the appropriate state or federal
          regulatory body, include programs such as Voluntary Federal Customer
          Financial Assistance Programs, such as Lifeline, and Link-up America
          (collectively referred to as "Voluntary Federal Customer Financial
          Assistance Programs") and Directory Assistance - Exempt. When a GTE
          Customer eligible for these services chooses to obtain Local Service
          from ATTI , GTE shall forward to ATTI on the Customer Service Record
          information regarding such customer's eligibility to participate in
          such programs. If GTE under the applicable laws of the State


<PAGE>

                                                                         Page 32


          cannot provide the CSR to ATTI, GTE shall otherwise inform ATTI of
          such customer's eligibility.

27.       ADVANCED INTELLIGENT NETWORK

27.1      GTE will provide ATTI access to the GTE Service Creation Environment
          (SCE) to design, create, test, deploy and provision AIN-based
          features, equivalent to the access GTE provides to itself, providing
          that security arrangements can be made. ATTI requests to use the GTE
          SCE will be subject to request, review and testing procedures to be
          agreed upon by the parties.

27.2      When ATTI utilizes GTE's Local Switching network element and requests
          GTE to provision such network element with a technically feasible AIN
          trigger, GTE will provide access to the appropriate AIN Call Related
          Database for the purpose of invoking either a GTE AIN feature or an
          ATTI developed AIN feature described in 27.1, above.

27.3      When ATTI utilizes its own local switch, GTE will provide access to
          the appropriate AIN Call Related Database for the purpose of invoking
          either a GTE AIN feature or an ATTI developed AIN feature described in
          27.1, above.

27.4      Any mediation to GTE's AIN database will be performed on a
          competitively neutral, nondiscriminatory basis. Any network management
          controls found necessary to protect the SCP from an overload condition
          must be applied on a nondiscriminatory basis for all users of that
          database, including GTE. GTE and ATTI agree that any load mediation
          will affect all links to the STP, including GTE's, in a like manner.
          ATTI will provide the information necessary to ensure that GTE is able
          to engineer sufficient capacity on the AIN SOP platform.

28.       ROUTING TO DIRECTORY ASSISTANCE AND OPERATOR SERVICES

28.1      Where ATTI purchases either Local Services or Local Switching as an
          Unbundled Element, unless ATTI requests otherwise, GTE will, where
          technically feasible, provide the functionality and features required
          to modify the ATTI Customer's line at GTE's local switch (LS) to route
          all calls to the ATTI Network for local Directory Assistance and the
          ATTI Platform for Operator Services.

28.2      DIRECTORY ASSISTANCE


<PAGE>

                                                                         Page 33


          Upon ATTI's request, and where technically feasible GTE shall route
          local Directory Assistance calls, including 411 and (NPA) 555-1212,
          dialed by ATTI Customers directly to the ATTI platform, unless ATTI
          requests otherwise pursuant to Section 28.7.2.

28.3      OPERATOR SERVICES

          Upon ATTI's request, and where technically feasible, GTE shall route
          local Operator Services calls (0+, 0-) dialed by ATTI Customers
          directly to the ATTI Local Operator Services platform, unless ATTI
          requests otherwise pursuant to Section 28.7.1. Such traffic shall be
          routed over trunk groups specified by ATTI which connect GTE end
          offices and the ATTI Local Operator Services platform, using standard
          Operator Services dialing protocols of 0+ or 0-. Where intraLATA
          presubscription is not available, GTE will provide the functionality
          and features within its local switch (LS), to route ATTI Customer
          dialed 0- and 0+ intraLATA calls to the ATTI T designated line or
          trunk on the Main Distributing Frame (MDF) or Digital Cross Connect
          (DSX) panel via Modified Operator Services (MOS) Feature Group C
          signaling. Where intraLATA presubscription is available, ATTI Customer
          dialed 0- and 0+ intraLATA calls will be routed to the intraLATA PlC
          carrier's designated operator services platform. In all cases, GTE
          will provide post-dial delay no greater than that provided by GTE for
          its end user customers. For switches lacking the existing capacity and
          capability to provide the customized rerouting described in this
          Section 28, GTE shall develop alternative forms of customized routing.

28.4      REPAIR CALLS

          In the event an ATTI Customer calls GTE with a request for repairs,
          GTE shall provide the ATTI Customer with ATTI's repair 800-telephone
          number. ATTI agrees to provide GTE with ATTI's repair 800-telephone
          numbers.

          In the event a GTE Customer calls ATTI with a request for repairs,
          ATTI shall provide the GTE Customer with GTE's repair 800-telephone
          number. GTE agrees to provide ATTI with GTE's repair 800-telephone
          number.

28.5      NON-DISCRIMINATORY TREATMENT

          All direct routing capabilities described herein shall permit ATTI
          Customers to dial the same telephone numbers for ATTI Directory
          Assistance, Local Operator and the same number of digits for Repair
          Services that similarly-situated GTE Customers dial for reaching
          equivalent GTE services. ATTI and GTE will use 800/888 numbers where
          necessary to achieve this result.


<PAGE>

                                                                         Page 34


28.6      EMERGENCY CALLS

          Within thirty (30) days of ATTI's request, GTE shall provide to ATTI
          the emergency public agency (e.g., police, fire, ambulance) telephone
          numbers linked to each NPA-NXX. Such data will be transmitted in a
          mutually agreeable format.

28.7      OPTIONAL ROUTING

28.7.1    Operator Services: ATTI may request GTE to route ATTI Customers to GTE
          Operator Services. In this case, the requirements for GTE-provided
          Operator Services as part of the Total Services Resale service shall
          be those requirements specified in Attachment 2, "Unbundled Elements",
          Section 5.1 "Operator Services."

28.7.2    Directory Assistance: ATTI T may request GTE to route ATTI Customers
          to GTE's Directory Assistance. In this case, the requirements for
          GTE-provided Directory Assistance Services as part of the Total
          Services Resale service shall be those requirements specified in
          Attachment 2, "Unbundled Elements", Section 6, "Directory Services."

28.8      LINE INFORMATION DATABASE UPDATES

          GTE shall update and maintain ATTI Customer information in the GTE
          Line Information Database ("LIDB") in the same manner and on the same
          schedule that it maintains information in LIDB for GTE Customers.

28.9      TELEPHONE LINE NUMBER CALLING CARDS

          Upon request by an ATTI Customer or by ATTI on behalf of an ATTI
          Customer, and effective as of the date of an end user's subscription
          to ATTI service (or such later date as such request is received), GTE
          will remove any GTE-assigned telephone line calling card number
          (including area code) ("TLN") from GTE's LIDB. ATTI may issue a new
          telephone calling card to such customer, utilizing the same TLN, and
          ATTI shall have the right to enter such TLN in ATTI's LIDB for calling
          card validation purposes.

28.10     END OFFICE FEATURES

          GTE shall provide the following end-office features in those end
          offices in which such features are available to GTE Customers: CLASS
          features; Repeat Dial Capability; Multi-line Hunting; and trunk
          connectivity to private branch exchange switches (PBX's) and Direct
          Inward Dialed Services and all other end-office features that GTE
          makes available to GTE Customers.


<PAGE>

                                                                         Page 35


28.11     CALL BLOCKING

          Upon ATTI's `s request and when available to similarly-situated GTE
          Customers, GTE will provide blocking on a line by line basis of an
          ATTI Customer's access to any or all of the following call types:
          900/976; bill to third and collect; and such other call types for
          which GTE provides blocking to similarly situated GTE Customers.

28.12     LAW ENFORCEMENT AND SERVICE ANNOYANCE

          Not later than forty-five (45) business days after the Effective Date,
          GTE and ATTI will begin the process of developing procedures to handle
          requests from law enforcement agencies for service termination, wire
          taps and provisions of Customer Usage Data pursuant to a lawful
          process as well as procedures to handle ATTI Customer complaints
          concerning harassing or annoying calls. Such procedures will include,
          but not be limited to, a process for ATTI to interface with GTE
          regarding law enforcement and service annoyance issues on a 24 hour
          per day, 7 days a week basis and otherwise on the same basis as GTE
          provides access for its own customers.

29.       SERVICE SUPPORT FUNCTIONS

29.1      ELECTRONIC INTERFACE

29.1.1    Until such time as GTE and ATTI are able to fully implement electronic
          interfaces ("El"), GTE and ATTI agree to use interim processes for
          Pre-Ordering, Ordering, Provisioning, Maintenance, Repair and Billing.

29.1.1.1  The schedule for implementing an interim electronic interface shall be
          subject to the memorandum of understanding ("MOU") relating to
          electronic interfaces negotiated by GTE and AT&T under the direction
          of the California Commission in connection with the decision in
          96-07-022.

29.1.2    In accordance with the schedule set out in the MOU, GTE shall provide
          a Real Time electronic interface ("El") for sending and receiving
          information on demand for Pre-Ordering, for Ordering/Provisioning data
          and materials (e.g., access to Street Address Guide ("SAG") and
          Telephone Number Assignment database), and for scheduling service
          delivery. GTE shall provide an electronic interface ("El") for sending
          and receiving information on agreed, pre-defined schedules ("batch
          communications") for reports and Billing. These interfaces shall be
          administered through a national ordering platform that will serve as a
          single point of contact for the transmission of such data from ATTI to
          GTE, and from GTE to ATTI.

29.1.3    No later than six (6) months after the Effective Date of this
          Agreement, GTE will: (i) establish the national gateway standards to
          be used by ATTI and all


<PAGE>

                                                                         Page 36


          other carriers connecting to GTE's Operations Support Systems ("OSS");
          and (ii) establish the date by which GTE will provide permanent
          national gateway access to its OSS. GTE will provide this permanent
          national gateway access at the earliest practical date but in no case
          later than twelve (12) months after the Effective Date of this
          Agreement, which shall include ensuring that all interfaces are
          operational and end-to-end testing has been successfully completed.

29.1.4    [DELETED]

29.1.5    The Parties agree that the principles outlined in Attachment 13 and
          related time schedules will be used as a starting point for the
          development of the permanent national gateway.

29.1.6    GTE shall provide the same information, of the same quality and within
          the same time frames for Pre-Ordering, Ordering/Provisioning,
          Maintenance! Repairs and Billing to ATTI as GTE provides to itself.
          The Parties recognize that GTE is not required to establish new
          systems or processes in order to provide information to ATTI which GTE
          does not provide to itself.

29.1.7    GTE shall recover its costs of creating the permanent OSS gateway and
          any interim interfaces in a competitively neutral manner.

29.2      SERVICE STANDARDS

29.2.1    GTE shall ensure that all Service Support Functions used to provision
          Local Service to ATTI for resale are provided at a quality level which
          GTE is required to meet by its own internal procedures or by law, or
          is actually meeting, in providing Local Service to itself, to its end
          users or to its affiliates.

29.2.2    Not later than twenty (20) business days after the Effective Date of
          this Agreement, GTE and TATTI shall begin the process of developing
          mutually agreed-upon escalation and expedite procedures to be employed
          at any point in the Local Service Pre-Ordering, Ordering/Provisioning,
          Testing, Maintenance, Billing and Customer Usage Data transfer
          processes to facilitate rapid and timely resolution of Disputes.

29.3      POINT OF CONTACT FOR THE AT&T CUSTOMER

29.3.1    Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement or as directed by ATTI,
          ATTI shall be the single and sole point of contact for all ATTI
          Customers with respect to ATTI Local Services.

29.3.2    GTE shall refer all questions regarding any ATTI service or product
          directly to ATTI at a telephone number specified by ATTI and provided
          to GTE for that purpose.


<PAGE>

                                                                         Page 37



29.3.3    GTE representatives who receive inquiries regarding ATTI services: (i)
          shall refer callers who inquire about ATTI services or products to the
          numbers provided; and (ii) will not in any way disparage or
          discriminate against ATTl, or its products or services.

29.4      SINGLE POINT OF CONTACT

          Each Party shall provide the other Party with a single point of
          contact ("SPOC") for each functional area for all inquiries regarding
          the implementation of this Part. Each Party shall accept all inquiries
          from the other Party and provide timely responses.

29.5      SERVICE ORDER

          To facilitate the ordering of new service for resale or changes to
          such service to an ATTI Customer, ATI's representative will have
          access to GTE Customer information to enable the ATTI representative
          to perform the tasks enumerated below. Until electronic interfaces are
          established, these functions will be performed with the use of an 800
          number.

29.5.1    Obtain customer account information through the same nondiscriminatory
          access to Operation Support Systems for pre-ordering, ordering,
          provisioning, maintenance and repair, and billing as GTE provides
          itself including information regarding the facilities and services
          assigned to individual customers.

29.5.2    Obtain information on all features and services available, including
          new services, by LSO identified by switch, NPA-NXX and customer street
          address.

29.5.3    Submit the ATTI T Customer order by submitting an LSR using the agreed
          upon electronic interface (the Network Data Mover or NDM) for all
          desired features and services;

29.5.4    Assign a telephone number, including a vanity number, (if the ATTI
          Customer does not have one assigned). As an interim step prior to the
          implementation of the electronic interface specified in Section 29.1,
          GTE will establish an 800 (toll-free) number for ATTI;

29.5.5    Submit the appropriate directory listing using the agreed to El;

29.5.6    Determine if a service call is needed to install the line or service;

29.5.7    Schedule dispatch and installation, if applicable;

29.5.8    Provide service availability dates to customer;


<PAGE>

                                                                         Page 38


29.5.9    Order local and intraLATA toll service and enter ATTI Customer's
          choice of primary interexchange carrier on a single, unified order;
          and

29.5.10   Suspend, terminate or restore service to an ATTI Customer using agreed
          to methods (temporary disconnects for nonpayment may not be requested
          using the LSR).

29.6      PROVISIONING

29.6.1    After receipt and acceptance of an LSR, GTE shall provision such LSR
          in accordance with the following Intervals and in accordance with the
          service parity standards and other performance standards specified in
          Section 11 and Attachment 12.

29.6.2    GTE shall provide ATTI with service status notices, on a Real Time
          basis. Such status notices shall include the following:

29.6.2.1  Firm order confirmation, including service availability date and
          information regarding the need for a service dispatch for
          installation;

29.6.2.2  Notice of service installation issued at time of installation,
          including any additional information, such as material charges;

29.6.2.3  Changes/rejections/errors in LSRs;

29.6.2.4  Service completion;

29.6.2.5  Jeopardies and missed appointments;

29.6.2.6  Charges associated with necessary construction;

29.6.2.7  Order status at critical intervals;

29.6.2.8  Test results of the same type that GTE records for itself or its own
          customers.

29.6.3    GTE shall inform ATTI of overall change order flexibility and any
          changes thereto on a Real Time basis.

29.6.4    GTE shall notify ATTI prior to making any changes in the services,
          features or functions specified on the LSR. If an ATTI Customer
          requests a service change at the time of installation GTE shall refer
          the ATTI Customer to ATTI.

29.6.5    GTE shall provide provisioning support to ATTI on the same basis that
          it provides to other competitive LECs and to itself. GTE retains full
          discretion to control the scheduling of its provisioning workforce.


<PAGE>

                                                                         Page 39


29.6.6    GTE shall provide training for all GTE employees who may communicate,
          either by telephone or face-to-face, with ATTI Customers, during the
          provisioning process. Such training shall include training on
          compliance with the branding requirements of this Agreement.

29.7      PROVISION OF CUSTOMER USAGE DATA

          GTE shall provide the Customer Usage Data recorded by GTE. Such data
          shall include complete ATTI Customer usage data for Local Service,
          (i.e., the same usage data that GTE records for billing its own
          customers), in accordance with the terms and conditions set forth in
          Attachment 7.

29.8      SERVICE/OPERATION READINESS TESTING

29.8.1    In addition to testing described elsewhere in this Section 29, GTE
          shall test the systems used to perform the following functions at a
          negotiated interval and in no event less than ten (10) business days
          prior to commencement of GTE's provision of Local Service to ATTI, in
          order to establish system readiness capabilities:

29.8.1.1  All interfaces between TATTI and GTE work centers for Service Order
          Provisioning;

29.8.1.2  Maintenance, Billing and Customer Usage Data;

29.8.1.3  The process for GTE to provide customer profiles;

29.8.1.4  The installation scheduling process;

29.8.1.5  Network alarm reporting;

29.8.1.6  Telephone number assignment;

29.8.1.7  Procedures for communications and coordination between ATTI SPOC and
          GTE SPOC;

29.8.1.8  Procedures for transmission of Customer Usage Data; and

29.8.1.9  Procedures for transmitting bills to AT&T for Local Service.

29.8.2    The functionalities identified above shall be tested in order to
          determine whether GTE performance meets the service parity
          requirements and other performance standards specified in Section 11.
          GTE shall make available sufficient technical staff to perform such
          testing. GTE technical staff shall be available to meet with ATTI as
          necessary to facilitate testing. GTE and ATTI shall mutually agree on
          the schedule for such testing.


<PAGE>

                                                                         Page 40


29.8.3    At ATTI's request, GTE shall provide to ATTI any results of the
          testing performed pursuant to the terms of this Part. ATTI may review
          such results and may notify GTE of any failures to meet the
          requirements of this Agreement.

29.8.4    GTE shall provide to ATTI the same type and quality of loop testing
          information that it provides to and records for itself. Where GTE
          develops loop testing information as a matter of course, it will make
          that information available to ATTI where such information is relevant
          to ATTI's business. Where GTE maintains the internal discretion to
          test loops as needed, GTE will provide similar testing discretion to
          ATTI. ATTI shall pay the full cost of any such discretionary testing.

29.8.5    Within 60 days of the Effective Date of this Agreement, ATTI and GTE
          will agree upon a process to resolve cooperative testing issues and
          technical issues relating to GTE's provision of Local Services to
          ATTI. The agreed upon process shall include procedures for escalating
          disputes and unresolved issues up through higher levels of each
          company s management. If ATTI and GTE do not reach agreement on such a
          process within 60 days, any issues that have not been resolved by the
          Parties with respect to such process shall be submitted to the ADR
          procedures set forth in Section 14 and Attachment I of this Agreement
          unless both Parties agree to extend the time to reach agreement on
          such issues.

29.9      MAINTENANCE

          GTE shall provide maintenance in accordance with the requirements and
          standards set forth in Attachment 5 and in accordance with the service
          parity requirements set forth in this Agreement.

29.10     BILLING FOR LOCAL SERVICE

29.10.1   GTE shall bill ATTI for Local Service provided by GTE to ATTI pursuant
          to the terms of this Part, and in accordance with the terms and
          conditions for Connectivity Billing and Recording in Attachment 6.

29.10.2   GTE shall recognize ATTI as the customer of record for all Local
          Service and will send all notices, bills and other pertinent
          information directly to ATTI.

30.       PAY PHONE LINES AND PAY PHONE SERVICES

30.1      Intentionally left blank.

30.2      "Pay phone lines" are defined as the loop from the pay phone point of
          demarcation to the Service Wiring Center and includes all supporting
          central office functions and features.


<PAGE>

                                                                         Page 41


30.3      GTE shall make available to ATTI for resale the following classes of
          pay phone lines:

30.3.1    Customer Owned Coin Operated Telephone (COCOT) Lines;

30.3.2    Coinless COCOT Lines;

30.3.3    Coin Lines in those jurisdictions where provision of such lines is
          required by law

30.3.4    [This section left intentionally blank]

30.3.5    Semi Public Lines.

30.4      GTE shall also make available to ATTI for resale any future class of
          pay phone lines that GTE provides at retail to subscribers other than
          telecommunication carriers.

30.5      GTE shall make available pay phone line service options as follows:

30.6      When providing COCOT Lines to ATTI for resale, GTE shall offer the
          following, to the extent that GTE provides such services and in those
          jurisdictions and/or central offices where available: originating line
          screening; billed number screening; PlC protection for all 1+ inter
          and intraLATA traffic (when presubscription is authorized); one way
          and/or two way service (if so provided in the applicable tariff) on
          the line; detailed billing showing all 1+ traffic; ATTI's service
          center phone number to all ATTI end users that contact GTE service
          centers; number portability for end users; touchtone service; line
          side answer supervision; GTE designated contact center as single point
          of contact for customer service; provisioning of 9 1 1 service; access
          to Answer Number Identifier (ANI) Information; all information
          necessary to permit ATTI to bill end users for access line usage; the
          same monitoring and diagnostic routines as GTE utilizes on its own
          facilities; one directory for each line installed; blocking for 1+
          international calls, 10XXX1+ international calls 1-900 calls, 1-976
          calls DA link, any 1+ service that can be billed to the line but that
          is not rated, 1-700 calls, 1-500 calls, and in bound international
          calls where SS7 signalling is available.

30.7      When providing Coinless COCOT Lines to ATTI for resale, GTE shall
          offer the following, to the extent that GTE provides such services and
          in those jurisdictions and/or central offices where available:
          originating line screening; billed number screening; PlC protection
          for all 1+ inter and intraLATA traffic (where inter and intraLATA
          presubscription is available); one way and/or two way service on the
          line (if so provided in the tariff); flat service where flat service
          is required by the applicable tariff, measured service where measured
          service is required by the applicable tariff, and both flat and
          measured service


<PAGE>

                                                                         Page 42


          where both flat and measured service are required by the applicable
          tariff; detailed billing showing all 1+ traffic; ATTI's service center
          phone number to all ATTI end users that contact GTE service center;
          number portability for end users; touchtone service; GTE designated
          contact center as single point of contact for customer service;
          provisioning of 911 service; access to ANI information; all
          information necessary to permit ATTI to bill end users for access line
          usage; the same monitoring and diagnostic routines as GTE utilizes on
          its own facilities; one directory for each line installed; blocking
          for any service that can be billed to the line but not rated and all
          1+ calls except where local mandate requires access to Directory
          Assistance.

30.8      [Intentionally deleted.]

30.9      When providing Customer Owned Pay Telephone (COPT) Lines to ATTI for
          resale, GTE shall offer the following to the extent that GTE provides
          such services and in those jurisdictions and/or central offices where
          available. Access to all Central Office intelligence required to
          provide COPT Line pay phone services; far end disconnect recognition;
          call timing for intra- and interLATA calls; at the customer's option,
          one way or two way service on the line in those jurisdictions where
          available; detailed billing showing all 1+ traffic ATTI's service
          center phone number to all ATTI end users; touchtone service; line
          side supervision in those jurisdictions where available; GTE
          designated contact center for use by ATTI only as single point of
          contact for customer service; provisioning of 911 service; access to
          ANI information; all information necessary to permit ATTI to bill end
          users for access line usage; the same monitoring and diagnostic
          routines as GTE utilizes on its own facilities; one directory for each
          line installed; blocking for 1+ international calls and any 1+ service
          that cannot be rated by the phone pay line or any operator service.

30.10     For any pay phone line provided to ATTI for resale, GTE shall also
          make available to ATTI any future pay phone line option that GTE
          provides to any of its own customers using such a pay phone line.

30.11     GTE shall adhere to the following additional requirements when
          providing pay phone lines for resale:

30.11.1   GTE shall provide ATTI with the same call restrictions and fraud
          protections used by GTE in connection with its pay phones;

30.11.2   GTE shall not block ATTI's existing access to [NAI] codes;

30.11.3   GTE shall forward all ATTI pay phone customers to the designated ATTI
          line or trunk group for handling Operator Services or Directory
          Assistance calls;

30.11.4   [Intentionally Deleted]


<PAGE>

                                                                         Page 43


                       PART II: UNBUNDLED NETWORK ELEMENTS

31.       INTRODUCTION

          This Part II sets forth the unbundled Network Elements that GTE agrees
          to offer to ATTI in accordance with its obligations under Section 251
          (c)(3) of the Act and 47 CFR 51.307 to 51.321 of the FCC Rules. The
          specific terms and conditions that apply to the unbundled Network
          Elements are described below and in Attachment 2. Prices for Network
          Elements are set forth in Part V and Attachment 14 of this Agreement.

32.       UNBUNDLED NETWORK ELEMENTS

32.1      GTE will offer Network Elements to ATTI on an unbundled basis at rates
          set forth in Attachment 14.

32.2      GTE will permit ATTI to interconnect ATTI's facilities or facilities
          provided by ATTI or by third parties with each of GTE's unbundled
          Network Elements at any point designated by ATTI that is technically
          feasible.

32.3      ATTI, at its option, may designate any technically feasible network
          interface at a Served Premises, including without limitation, DSO,
          DS-1, DS-3, and STS-1.

32.4      Pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, ATTI may use one or more
          Network Elements to provide any Telecommunications Service that such
          Network Element is capable of providing.

32.5      GTE shall offer each Network Element individually and in combination
          with any other Network Element or Network Elements, so long as such
          combination is technically feasible, in order to permit ATTI to
          combine such Network Element or Network Elements with another Network
          Element or other Network Elements obtained from GTE or with network
          components provided by itself or by third parties to provide
          telecommunications services to its customers.

32.6      For each Network Element, GTE shall provide a demarcation point (e.g.,
          an interconnection point at a Digital Signal Cross-Connect or Light
          Guide Cross-Connect panels or a Main Distribution Frame) and, if
          necessary, access to such demarcation point, which ATTI agrees is
          suitable. However, where GTE provides contiguous Network Elements to
          ATTI, GTE may provide the existing interconnections and no demarcation
          point shall exist between such contiguous Network Elements.


<PAGE>

                                                                         Page 44


32.7      [Intentionally deleted].

32.8      [Intentionally deleted].

32.9      Except with respect to the Loop Distribution, Loop
          Concentrator/Multiplexer, and Loop Feeder elements, which shall in all
          cases be subject to the bona fide request process described in
          Attachment 12, set forth below is a list of Network Elements that ATTI
          and GTE have identified as of the Effective Date of this Agreement and
          will be offered by GTE. ATTI and GTE agree that ATTI may identify
          additional or revised Network Elements that it desires. All such
          additional or modified Network Elements shall be subject to the Bona
          Fide Requests Procedures outlined in Attachment 12. Descriptions and
          requirements for each Network Element identified below are set forth
          in Attachment 2. The Network Elements described in Attachment 2
          consist of:

                       Loop or Loop Combination
                       Network Interface Device (NID)
                       Loop Distribution, otherwise known as Distribution Media
                       Loop Concentrator/Multiplexer
                       Loop Feeder Local Switching
                       Operator Service
                       Directory Assistance Service
                       Common Transport
                       Dedicated Transport
                       Signaling Link Transport
                       Signaling Transfer Points
                       Service Control Points (SCPs)/Data bases
                       Tandem Switching
                       Unused Transmission Media

32.10     Standards for Network Elements

32.10.1   [Intentionally Deleted]

32.10.2   [Intentionally left blank]

32.10.3   [Intentionally Deleted]

32.10.3.1 If ATTI contends that GTE has failed to meet the requirements of this
          Section 32, ATTI will provide GTE documentation of such purported
          failure. Within a reasonable time period after receiving such
          documentation, GTE shall provide to ATTI engineering, design,
          performance and other network data that the parties mutually agree


<PAGE>

                                                                         Page 45


          is necessary and sufficient for ATTI to determine that the
          requirements of this Section 32 are being met. In the event that such
          data establishes that the requirements of this Section 32 are not
          being met, GTE shall, within ten (10) business days, cure any design,
          performance or other deficiency and provide new data that the parties
          mutually agree is sufficient for ATTI to determine that such
          deficiencies have been cured. To the extent that GTE is unable to meet
          the above timeframe, GTE shall promptly notify ATTI prior to the
          expiration of such timeframe and the Parties shall agree on a revised
          completion date.

32.10.3.2 [Intentionally deleted].

32.10.4   [Intentionally Deleted].


<PAGE>

                                                                         Page 46


                          PART III: ANCILLARY FUNCTIONS

33.       INTRODUCTION

          This Part III sets forth the Ancillary Functions that GTE agrees to
          offer to ATTI so that ATTI may interconnect to GTE's network and
          obtain access to unbundled Network Elements to use to provide services
          to its customers.

34.       GTE PROVISION OF ANCILLARY FUNCTIONS

34.1      [Intentionally deleted].

34.2      GTE will permit ATTI to interconnect ATTI's equipment and facilities
          or equipment and facilities provided by ATTI or by third parties for
          purposes of interconnection or access to Network Elements at any point
          that is technically feasible in accordance with the terms and
          conditions of this Agreement.

34.3      Pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, ATTI may use any Ancillary
          Function to provide any Telecommunications Service that such Ancillary
          Function is capable of providing.

34.4      Set forth below is the list of the Ancillary Functions that ATTI and
          GTE have identified as of the Effective Date of this Agreement. Either
          Party may identify additional or revised Ancillary Functions that it
          desires. All such additional or revised Ancillary Functions shall be
          subject to the Bona Fide Requests procedures outlined in Attachment
          12. Descriptions and requirements for each Ancillary Function are set
          forth in Attachment 3. The Ancillary Functions described in Attachment
          3 consist of:

                       Collocation
                       Right of Way (ROW)
                       Conduit
                       Pole attachment

35.       STANDARDS FOR ANCILLARY FUNCTIONS

35.1      Subject to Section 23.19, each Ancillary Function shall meet or exceed
          the requirements set forth in applicable technical references, as well
          as the performance and other requirements, identified in this
          Agreement.

35.2      Each Ancillary Function provided by GTE to ATTI shall be equal in the
          quality of design, performance, features, functions and other


<PAGE>

                                                                         Page 47


          characteristics, including, but not limited to levels and types of
          redundant equipment and facilities for diversity and security, that
          GTE provides in the GTE network to itself, its affiliates or any other
          carrier.

35.3      If ATTI contends that GTE has failed to meet the requirements of Part
          III and Attachment 3, ATTI will provide GTE documentation of such
          purported failure. Within a reasonable time period after receiving
          such documentation, GTE shall provide to ATTI engineering, design,
          performance and other network data that the parties mutually agree is
          necessary and sufficient for ATTI to determine that the requirements
          of Part III and Attachment 3 of this Agreement are being met. In the
          event that such data establishes that the requirements of Part III and
          Attachment 3 of this Agreement are not being met, GTE shall, within 30
          business days, cure any design, performance or other deficiency and
          provide new data that the parties mutually agree is sufficient for
          ATTI to determine that such deficiencies have been cured. To the
          extent that GTE is unable to meet the above timeframe, GTE shall
          promptly notify ATTI prior to the expiration of such timeframe and the
          Parties shall agree on a revised completion date.

35.4      Unless otherwise designated by ATTI, each Ancillary Function provided
          by GTE to ATTI shall be made available to ATTI on a priority basis
          that is at least equal to the priorities that GTE provides to itself,
          its affiliates or any other carrier.

35.5      (Intentionally deleted)


<PAGE>

                                                                         Page 48


35.6      911/E911 ARRANGEMENTS

35.6.1    DESCRIPTION OF SERVICE

          ATTI shall have the right to utilize the existing GTE 911/E911
          infrastructure (as agreed in Sections 37.10.3 and 37.10.5 below) to
          provide all 911/E911 capabilities to its end users. ATTI will
          install a minimum of two dedicated trunks to GTE's 911/E911
          selective routers (i.e., 911 tandem offices) that serve the areas in
          which ATTI provides Exchange Services, for the provision of 911/E911
          services and for access to all subtending PSAPs. The dedicated trunks
          shall be, at minimum, DSO level trunks configured as a 2-wire analog
          interface or as part of a digital (1.544 Mbps) interface. Either
          configuration shall use CAMA type signaling with multifrequency (MF)
          tones that will deliver ANI with the voice portion of the call. At the
          request of ATTI, GTE will provide ATTI with the appropriate CLLI codes
          and specifications of the tandem office serving area. If an ATTI
          Central Office serves end users in an area served by more than one GTE
          911/E911 selective router, ATTI will install a minimum of two
          dedicated trunks in accordance with this section to each of such
          911/E911 selective routers.

35.6.2    TRANSPORT

          If ATTI desires to obtain transport from its end office to the GTE 911
          selective routers, ATTI may purchase such transport from GTE at the
          rates set forth in GTE's intrastate switched access tariff or in GTE's
          intrastate special access tariff.

35.6.3    COOPERATION AND LEVEL OF PERFORMANCE

35.6.3.1  The Parties agree to provide access to 911/E911 in a manner that is
          transparent to the end user. The Parties will work together to
          facilitate the prompt, reliable and efficient interconnection of
          ATTI's systems to the 911/E911 platforms to ensure that 911/E911
          service is fully available to ATTI's end users, with a level of
          performance that will provide the same grade of service as that which
          GTE provides to its own end users and that meets State requirements.
          To this end, GTE will provide documentation to ATTI showing the
          correlation of its rate centers to its E911 tandems.

35.6.3.2  In the event of an GTE or ATTI 911 trunk group failure, the Party
          that owns the trunk group will notify, on a priority basis, the other
          Party of such failure, which notification shall occur within two (2)


<PAGE>

                                                                         Page 49


          hours of the occurrence or sooner if required under Applicable Law.
          The Parties will exchange a list containing the names and telephone
          numbers of the support center personnel responsible for maintaining
          the 911 Service between the Parties.

35.6.3.3  When ATTI purchases transport, GTE will provide ATTI with the order
          number and the circuit identification code in advance of the service
          due date.

35.6.3.4  ATTI or its third party agent will provide CNA data to GTE for use in
          entering the data into the 911 data base. The initial CNA data will
          be provided to GTE in a format prescribed by NENA (National Emergency
          Number Association). ATTI is responsible for providing GTE updates to
          the CNA data and error corrections which may occur during the entry of
          CNA data to the GTE 911 Database System. GTE will confirm receipt of
          such data and corrections by close of business on the next Business
          Day by providing ATTI with a report of the number of items sent, the
          number of items entered correctly, and the number of errors.

35.6.3.5  ATTI will monitor the 911 circuits for the purpose of determining
          originating network traffic volumes. ATTI will notify GTE if the
          traffic study information indicates that additional circuits are
          required to meet the current level of 911 call volumes.

35.6.3.6  [Intentionally deleted.]

35.6.3.7  Inter-office trunks provided for 911 shall be engineered to assure
          minimum P.01 transmission grade of service as measured during the busy
          day/busy hour. A minimum of two trunks shall be provided by ATTI.

35.6.4    UPDATES TO MSAG

          It shall be the responsibility of ATTI to ensure that the address of
          each of its end users is included in the Master Street Address Guide
          ("MSAG") via information provided on ATTI's Local Service Request
          ("LSR") or via a separate feed established by ATTI and GTE pursuant to
          section 37.10.5 of this Article. Any MSAG change that appears to be
          required by ATTI must be approved by the County. Within thirty (30)
          days after the Effective Date of this Agreement, GTE shall provide
          ATTI with an initial electronic copy and a paper copy of the MSAG or
          its equivalent. Prior to the time that updates are available
          electronically, GTE will provide updates to ATTI on a monthly basis.
          Thereafter, GTE will provide updates to ATTI as changes are made.


<PAGE>

                                                                         Page 50


35.6.5    UPDATES TO DATABASE

          GTE and ATTI will work together to develop the process by which the
          911/E911 database will be updated with ATTI's end user 911/E911
          information. ATTI shall have the right to verify the accuracy of the
          information regarding ATTI's end users in the 911/E911 database.

35.6.6    COMPENSATION

          In situations in which GTE is responsible for maintenance of the
          911/E911 database and can be compensated for maintaining ATTI's
          information by the municipality, GTE will seek such compensation from
          the municipality. GTE will seek compensation from ATTI only if and to
          the extent that GTE is unable to obtain such compensation from the
          municipality.


<PAGE>

                                                                         Page 51


                                 PART V: PRICING

36.       GENERAL PRINCIPLES

          All services currently provided hereunder including resold Local
          Services, Network Elements and Combinations, and any new and
          additional services or Network Elements to be provided hereunder shall
          be priced in accordance with all applicable provisions of the Act and
          the rules and orders of the FCC and any state public utility
          commission having jurisdiction over this Agreement.

37.       PRICE SCHEDULES

37.1      LOCAL SERVICE RESALE

          The prices to be charged to ATTI for Local Services shall be as
          specified in Attachment 14.

37.2      UNBUNDLED NETWORK ELEMENTS

          The prices charged to ATTI for Unbundled Network Elements shall be as
          specified in Attachment 14 and shall be nondiscriminatory.

37.2.1    If implementation of an unbundled loop feeder supports shared used of
          required unbundling facilities, the cost of such facilities shall be
          allocated and prorated among all users in a non-discriminatory and
          competitively neutral manner. If such implementation supports only
          ATTI's use, then ATTI shall pay to GTE the incremental cost of such
          implementation.

37.2.2    If implementation of an unbundled loop concentrator /mutiplexer
          element supports shared used of required unbundling facilities, the
          cost of such facilities shall be allocated and prorated among all
          users in a non-discriminatory and competitively neutral manner. If
          implementation supports only ATTI's use, then ATTI shall pay to GTE
          the incremental cost of such implementation.

37.2.3    ATTI will be responsible for the costs (if any) required to create an
          interface at the main distribution frame if such interface does not
          already exist, such as in the case of an Integrated Digital Loop
          Carrier System.


<PAGE>

                                                                         Page 52


In witness whereof, the Parties have executed this Agreement through their
authorized representatives.

GTE Northwest Incorporated                  American Telephone Technology Inc.

By:                                         By:
   -----------------------------               ----------------------------
Signature                                   Signature

   -----------------------------               ----------------------------
Name                                        Name

   -----------------------------               ----------------------------
Title                                       Title

   -----------------------------               ----------------------------
Date                                        Date




<PAGE>

                                                                 Exhibit 10.1.39

                                    AGREEMENT
                 FOR LOCAL WIRELINE NETWORK INTERCONNECTION
                                      AND
                                 SERVICE RESALE

                                     BETWEEN

                       AMERICAN TELEPHONE TECHNOLOGY, INC.
                                       AND
                          U S WEST COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

                             FOR THE STATE OF OREGON

                                CDS-991206-0204


<PAGE>

                                TABLE OF CONTENTS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

SECTION                                                      PAGE
<S>                                                             <C>

PREAMBLE ....................................................   1

RECITALS AND PRINCIPLES .....................................   1

SCOPE OF AGREEMENT ..........................................   2

PART I: GENERAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS ........................   3

1. Term ......................................................  3

2. Payment ...................................................  4

3. Taxes .....................................................  5

4. Audits and Inspections ..................................    5

5. Indemnification .........................................    6

6. Responsibility for Environmental Contamination ..........    7

7. Limitation of Liability .................................    8

8. Remedies For Failure to Meet Service Quality Standards ..    9

9. Warranties ..............................................    9

10. Non-exclusive Remedies ..................................   12

11. Dispute Resolution ......................................   13

12. Nondisclosure/Confidentiality and Proprietary Information   14

13. Customer Credit History .................................   16

14. Branding ................................................   16

15. Patents,-Trademarks .....................................   17

16. Publicity and Advertising ...............................   17

17. Force Majeure ...........................................   17

18. Waiver ..................................................   18

19. Governing Law/Compliance with Laws ......................   18

</TABLE>

<PAGE>

<TABLE>

<S>                                                             <C>
20. No Third Party Beneficiaries ............................   20

21. Responsibility of Each Party ............................   20

22. Assignment/Subcontracting ...............................   20

23. Entire Agreement ........................................   21

24. Severability ............................................   21

25. Amendments ..............................................   21

26. Heading of No Force or Effects ..........................   21.

27. Notices .................................................   21

28. Joint Work Product ......................................   22

29. Executed in Counterparts ................................   23

30. Referenced Documents ....................................   23

31. Survival ................................................   23

32. Successors and Assigns ..................................   23

PART II: LOCAL SERVICES RESALE

33. Introduction ............................................   23

34. Local Services Resale ...................................   24

PART Ill: UNBUNDLED NETWORK ELEMENTS

35. Introduction ............................................   26

36. Unbundled Network Elements ..............................   26

PART IV: ANCILLARY FUNCTIONS

37. Introduction ............................................   34

38. ILEC Provision of Ancillary Functions ...................   35

39. Standards for Ancillary Functions .......................   36

</TABLE>


<PAGE>

<TABLE>

<S>                                                             <C>
PART V: PRICING

40. General Principles ......................................   37
41. Price Schedules .........................................   38

</TABLE>

SCHEDULES

Schedule 1 Total Services Resale Pricing
Schedule 2 Unbundled Network Elements Pricing

ATTACHMENTS

Attachment 1      [intentionally deleted]

Attachment 2      Services Description: Total Services Resale

Attachment 3      Services Description: Unbundled Network Elements

Attachment 4      Services Description: Ancillary Functions

Attachment 5      Provisioning and Ordering

Attachment 6      Maintenance

Attachment 7      Connectivity Billing and Recording

Attachment 8      Provision of Customer Usage Data

Attachment 9      Local Number Portability

Attachment 10     Network Security

Attachment 11     Credit for Failure to Meet Service Quality Standards

Attachment 12     Definitions and Acronyms


<PAGE>

                                   AGREEMENT
                   FOR LOCAL WIRELINE NETWORK INTERCONNECTION
                                       AND
                                 SERVICE RESALE

         Pursuant to this Agreement for Local Wireline Network Interconnection
and Service Resale ("Agreement"), by and between American Telephone Technology,
Inc., a subsidiary of Advanced Telecommunications, Inc. (a Competitive Local
Exchange Carrier ("CLEC" or "Reseller", as applicable), on behalf of itself and
its Affiliates, and U S WEST Communications, Inc. (the lncumbent Local Exchange
Carrier or ("ILEC"), on behalf of itself and its Affiliates, (collectively, "the
Parties") will extend certain arrangements to one another within each LATA in
which they both operate within the state of Oregon.

                             RECITALS AND PRINCIPLES

         WHEREAS, interconnection between competing Local Exchange Carriers
("LECs") is necessary for the termination of each company's originating traffic
on the other carrier's network; and

         WHEREAS, The Telecommunications Act of 1996 (the "Act") was signed into
law on February 8,1996; and

         WHEREAS, the Act places certain duties and obligations upon, and grants
certain rights to, Telecommunications Carriers; and

          WHEREAS, ILEC is an Incumbent Local Exchange Carrier or has a majority
ownership interest in local exchange companies ("LECs") which are Incumbent
Local Exchange Carriers; and

         WHEREAS, ILEC for itself and its Affiliates is willing to sell
unbundled Network Elements and Ancillary Functions and additional features, as
well as services for resale, on the terms and subject to the conditions of this
Agreement; and

         WHEREAS, CLEC is a Telecommunications Carrier and has requested that
ILEC negotiate an Agreement with CLEC for the provision of interconnection, and
unbundled Network Elements (including Ancillary Functions and additional
features) pursuant to the Act and in conformance with ILEC's duties under the
Act; and

         WHEREAS, the Parties have arrived at this Agreement;

         NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual provisions contained
herein and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of
which are hereby acknowledged, CLEC and ILEC hereby covenant and agree as
follows:


<PAGE>

                               SCOPE OF AGREEMENT

A.       This Agreement sets forth the terms, conditions and prices under which
         ILEC agrees to provide (1) services for resale (hereinafter referred to
         as "Local Services") and (2) certain unbundled Network Elements,
         Ancillary Functions and additional features to CLEC (hereinafter
         collectively referred to as `Network Elements") or combinations of such
         Network Elements ("Combinations") for CLEC's own use or for resale to
         others, and for purposes of offering voice, video, or data services of
         any kind, including, but not limited to, local exchange services,
         intrastate toll services, and intrastate and interstate exchange access
         services.

         This Agreement also sets forth the terms and conditions for the
         interconnection of CLEC's network to ILEC's network and the reciprocal
         compensation for the transport and termination of telecommunications.
         ILEC may fulfill the requirements imposed upon it by this Agreement by
         itself or may cause its Affiliated ILECs to take such actions to
         fulfill the responsibilities. Unless otherwise provided in this
         Agreement, ILEC will perform all of its obligations hereunder
         throughout its entire service area.

         The Network Elements, Combinations or Local Services provided pursuant
         to this Agreement may be connected to other Network Elements,
         Combinations or Local Services provided by ILEC or to any Network
         Elements, Combinations or Local Services provided by CLEC itself or by
         any other vendor.

         Subject to the requirements of this Agreement, CLEC may, at any time
         add, delete, relocate or modify the Local Services, Network Elements or
         Combinations purchased hereunder. ILEC will not discontinue any Network
         Element, Combination or Local Service provided hereunder without the
         prior mutual agreement of the Parties or the approval of the
         Commission.

B.       In the performance of their obligations under this Agreement, the
         Parties shall act in good faith and consistently with the intent of the
         Act. Where notice, approval or similar action by a Party is permitted
         or. required by any provision of this Agreement, (including, without
         limitation, the obligation of the Parties to further negotiate the
         resolution of new or open issues under this Agreement) such action
         shall not be unreasonably delayed, withheld or conditioned.

C.       ILEC shall not reconfigure, re-engineer or otherwise redeploy its
         network in a manner which would impair CLEC's ability to offer
         Telecommunications Services in the manner contemplated by this
         Agreement, the Act or the FCC's Rules and Regulations. The Parties
         agree that all obligations undertaken pursuant to this Agreement,
         including without limitation, performance standards, intervals, and
         technical requirements are material obligations hereof and that time is
         of the essence.


<PAGE>

D.       Whenever CLEC requests the use of facilities not currently in place or
         when it requests services or facilities superior in quality to the
         highest quality of these three items: (1) requirements of FCC rules,
         (2) requirements of Commission rules or orders, or (3) the level of
         quality ILEC provides to itself or its Affiliates or its end user
         subscribers, CLEC must compensate ILEC fully for the additional costs
         of providing the requested facilities or superior services or
         facilities.

                      PART I: GENERAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS

1.        TERM

         1.1      When executed by authorized representatives of ILEC and CLEC,
         this Agreement shall become effective upon Commission approval, and
         shall expire on September 11, 2000, unless renewed by agreement of the
         Parties or terminated earlier in accordance with the provisions of this
         Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, the provisions for
         bill and keep set forth elsewhere in this Agreement shall exist for an
         interim period only and shall be coterminous with the interim period
         for bill and keep established in the Commission's Order 96-021 in
         Docket CP 1, including any changes thereto that may be ordered by the
         Commission.

         1.2      ILEC shall give CLEC notice of the impending expiration of
         this Agreement (or any renewable term thereof) ninety (90) days before
         such expiration. The Parties shall have the right to extend the term of
         this Agreement, upon mutual agreement, for successive one-year periods
         ("Renewal Year") upon expiration of the initial term or any subsequent
         Renewal Year. At the expiration of the term of this Agreement, or any
         renewal thereof, this Agreement shall continue in effect, on a
         month-to-month basis, at the same terms, conditions and prices as those
         in effect at the end of the latest term or renewal.

         1.3      CLEC may elect at any time to terminate this Agreement, in
         whole or in part, upon sixty (60) days written notice to ILEC. In such
         case, and except as provided in this paragraph, CLEC's liability shall
         be limited to payment of the amounts due for Network Elements,
         Combinations and Local Services provided up to and including the date
         of termination. ILEC recognizes that the Network Elements, Combinations
         and Local Services provided hereunder are vital to CLEC and must be
         continued without interruption, and that upon the termination or
         expiration of this Agreement, CLEC may itself provide or retain another
         vendor to provide such comparable Network Elements, Combinations or
         Local Services. ILEC agrees to cooperate in an orderly and efficient
         transition to CLEC or another vendor. ILEC further agrees to
         co-ordinate the orderly transition to CLEC or another vendor such that
         the level and quality of the Network Elements, Combinations and Local
         Services is not degraded and to exercise its best efforts to effect an
         orderly and efficient transition. CLEC may terminate any Local
         Service(s), Network Element(s) or Combination(~) provided under this
         Agreement upon thirty (30) days written notice to ILEC, unless a
         different notice period or different conditions are specified for
         termination of such Local


<PAGE>

         Service(s), Network Element(s) or Combination(s) in this Agreement, in
         which event such specific period and conditions shall apply.

         1.4      In the event of breach of any material provision of this
         Agreement by either Party, the non-breaching Party shall give the other
         Party written notice thereof, and:

                  1.4.1 If such material breach is for non-payment of amounts
                  due hereunder pursuant to Attachment 7, Section 13, the
                  breaching Party shall cure such breach within thirty (30) days
                  of receiving such notice. The non-breaching Party shall be
                  entitled to pursue all available legal and equitable remedies
                  for such breach. Amounts disputed in good faith and withheld
                  or set off shall not be deemed "amounts due hereunder" for the
                  purpose of this provision.

                  1.4.2 If such material breach is for any failure to perform in
                  accordance with this Agreement, which, in the sole judgment of
                  the non-breaching Party, adversely affects the non-breaching
                  Party's subscribers, the non-breaching Party shall give notice
                  of the breach and the breaching Party shall cure such breach
                  to the non-breaching Party's reasonable satisfaction within
                  ten (10) days or within a period of time equivalent to the
                  applicable interval required by this Agreement, whichever is
                  shorter, and if breaching Party does not, the non-breaching
                  Party may, at its sole option, terminate this Agreement, or
                  any parts hereof. The non-breaching Party shall be entitled to
                  pursue all available legal and equitable remedies for such
                  breach. For the purpose of this Subsection 1.4.2, notice may
                  be given electronically or by facsimile and in such case shall
                  be deemed received when sent.

                  1.4.3 If such material breach is for any other failure to
                  perform in accordance with this Agreement, the breaching Party
                  shall cure such breach to the non-breaching Party's reasonable
                  satisfaction within forty-five (45) days, and if the breaching
                  Party does not, the non-breaching Party may, at its sole
                  option terminate this Agreement, or any parts hereof. The
                  non-breaching Party shall be entitled to pursue all available
                  legal and equitable remedies for such breach.

         1.5      In the event of such termination as described in this Section
         1, for service arrangements made available under this Agreement and
         existing at the time of termination, those arrangements shall continue
         without interruption.

2.       PAYMENT

         2.1      Amounts payable under this Agreement are due and payable
         within thirty (30) days after the receipt of ILEC's invoice unless
         properly disputed under this Agreement or applicable Tariff.


<PAGE>

3.       TAXES

         3.1      Any federal, state or local excise, sales, or use taxes
         (excluding any taxes levied on income) resulting from the performance
         of this Agreement shall be borne by the Party upon which the obligation
         for payment is imposed under applicable law, even if the obligation to
         collect and remit such taxes is placed upon the other Party. Any such
         taxes shall be shown as separate items on applicable billing documents
         between the Parties. The Party so obligated to pay any such taxes may
         contest the same in good faith, at its own expense, and shall be
         entitled to the benefit of any refund or recovery, provided that such
         Party shall not permit any lien to exist on any asset of the other
         Party by reason of the contest. The Party obligated to collect and
         remit shall cooperate in any such contest by the other Party.

4.       AUDITS AND INSPECTIONS

         4.1      As used herein "Audit" shall mean a comprehensive review of
         services performed under this Agreement; "lnspection" shall mean an
         inquiry into a specific element of or process related to services
         performed under this Agreement. CLEC may perform up to four (4) Audits
         per 12-month period commencing with the Effective Date. CLEC may
         perform Inspections as CLEC deems necessary. Subject to ILEC's
         reasonable security requirements and-except as may be otherwise
         specifically provided in this Agreement, CLEC may audit ILEC's books,
         records, documents, and processes, among other things, to ensure the
         accuracy of ILEC's billing and invoicing and evaluating compliance with
         the terms and conditions of this Agreement and ILEC performance related
         thereto. CLEC may employ other persons or firms for this purpose. Such
         audit shall take place at a time and place agreed on by the Parties no
         later than thirty (30) days after notice thereof to ILEC.

         4.2      ILEC shall promptly correct any billing error that is revealed
         in an audit, including making refund of any overpayment by CLEC in the
         form of a credit on the invoice for the first full billing cycle after
         the Parties have agreed upon the accuracy of the audit results. Any
         Disputes concerning audit results shall be resolved pursuant to the
         Alternate Dispute Resolution procedures described in Section 11 below.

         4.3      ILEC shall co-operate fully in any such audit, providing
         reasonable access to any and all appropriate ILEC employees, ILEC
         facilities (e.g., conference rooms, telephones, copying machines),
         books, records and other documents reasonably necessary to assess the
         accuracy of ILEC's bills.

         4.4      CLEC may audit ILEC's books, records and documents more
         frequently than provided in Section 4.1 preceding during any Contract
         Year if the previous audit found previously uncorrected net variances
         or errors in invoices in ILEC's favor with an aggregate value of at
         least one percent (1%) of the amounts payable by CLEC for Local
         Services, Network Elements or Combinations provided during the period
         covered by the audit.


<PAGE>

         4.5      Audits shall be at CLEC's expense, subject to reimbursement-
         by ILEC in the event that an audit finds an adjustment in the charges
         or in any invoice paid or payable by CLEC hereunder by an amount that
         is, on an annualized basis, greater than one percent (1%) of the
         aggregate charges for the Local Services, Network Elements and
         Combinations during the period covered by the audit.

         4.6      The reasonable cost of special data extractions required by
         CLEC to conduct the Audit Examination will be paid for by CLEC. For
         purposes of this Section 4.6, a "Special Data Extraction" shall mean
         the creation of an output record or informational report (from existing
         data files) that is not created in the normal course of business. If
         any program is developed to CLEC's specifications and at CLEC's
         expense, CLEC shall specify at the time of request. whether the program
         is to be retained by ILEC for reuse for any subsequent CLEC Audit or
         Examination.

         4.7      Upon (a) the discovery by ILEC of overcharges not previously
         reimbursed to CLEC or (b) the resolution of disputed audits, ILEC shall
         promptly reimburse CLEC the amount of any overpayment times the highest
         interest rate (in decimal value) which may be levied by law for
         commercial transactions, compounded daily for the number of days from
         the date of overpayment to and including the date that payment is
         actually made. In no event, however, shall interest be assessed on any
         previously assessed or accrued late payment charges.

         4.8      This Section 4 shall survive expiration or termination of this
         Agreement for a period of two (2) years after expiration or termination
         of this Agreement.

5.        INDEMNIFICATION.

         5.1      Each of the Parties agrees to release, indemnify, defend and
         hold harmless the other Party and each of its officers, directors,
         employees and agents (each, an "Indemnitee") from and against and in
         respect of any loss, debt, liability, damage, obligation, claim,
         demand, judgment or settlement of any nature or kind arising out of,
         resulting from or based upon any pending or threatened claim, action,
         proceeding or suit by any third party known or unknown, liquidated or
         unliquidated, including, but not limited to, costs and attorneys' fees,
         accounting or otherwise, whether suffered, made, instituted, or
         asserted by any other party or person alleging any breach of any
         representation, warranty or covenant made by such indemnifying Party
         (the "Indemnifying Party") in this Agreement, for invasion of privacy,
         personal injury to or death of any person or persons, or for loss,
         damage to, or destruction of property, whether or not owned by others,
         resulting from the Indemnifying Party's performance, breach of
         Applicable Law, or status or the actions, breach of Applicable Law, or
         status of its employees, agents and subcontractors; for actual or
         alleged infringement of any patent, copyright, trademark, service mark,
         trade name, trade dress, trade secret or any other intellectual
         property right, now known or later developed (referred to as
         "Intellectual Property Rights"); or for failure to perform under this
         Agreement, regardless of the form of action.


<PAGE>

         5.2      The indemnification provided herein shall be conditioned upon:

                  5.2.1 Whenever a Claim shall arise for indemnification under
                  this Section 5, the relevant Indemnitee, as appropriate, shall
                  promptly notify the Indemnifying Party and request the
                  Indemnifying Party to defend the same. Failure to so notify
                  the Indemnifying Party shall not relieve the Indemnifying
                  Party of any liability that the Indemnifying Party might have,
                  except to the extent that such failure prejudices the
                  Indemnifying Party's ability to defend such Claim.

                   5.2.2 The Indemnifying Party shall have the right to defend
                   against such liability or assertion in which event the
                   lndemnifying Party shall give written notice to the
                   Indemnitee of acceptance of the defense of such Claim and the
                   identity of counsel selected by the Indemnifying Party.
                   Except as set forth below, such notice to the relevant
                   Indemnitee shall give the Indemnifying Party full authority
                   to defend, adjust, compromise or settle such Claim with
                   respect to which such notice shall have been given, except to
                   the extent that any compromise or settlement shall prejudice
                   the Intellectual Property Rights of the relevant Indemnitees.
                   The Indemnifying Party shall consult with the relevant
                   Indemnitee prior to any compromise or settlement that would
                   affect the Intellectual Property Rights or other rights of
                   any Indemnitee, and the relevant Indemnitee shall have the
                   right to refuse such compromise or settlement and, at the
                   refusing Party's or refusing Parties' cost, to take over such
                   defense, provided that in such event the Indemnifying Party
                   shall not be responsible for, nor shall it be obligated to
                   indemnify the relevant Indemnitee against, any cost or
                   liability in excess of such refused compromise or settlement.
                   With respect to any defense accepted by the Indemnifying
                   Party, the relevant Indemnitee shall be entitled to
                   participate with the Indemnifying Party in such defense if
                   the Claim requests equitable relief or other relief that
                   could affect the rights of the Indemnitee and also shall be
                   entitled to employ separate counsel for such defense at such
                   Indemnitee's expense. In the event the Indemnifying Party
                   does not accept the defense of any indemnified Claim as
                   provided above, the relevant Indemnitee shall have the right
                   to employ counsel for such defense at the expense of the
                   Indemnifying Party. Each Party agrees to cooperate and to
                   cause its employees and agents to cooperate with the other
                   Party in the defense of any such Claim and the relevant
                   records of each Party shall be available to the other party
                   with respect to any such defense.

6.       RESPONSIBILITY FOR ENVIRONMENTAL CONTAMINATION

         6.1      Neither Party shall be liable to the other for any costs
         whatsoever resulting from the presence or release of any Environmental
         Hazard that the other Party introduced to the affected Work Location.
         Both Parties shall defend and hold harmless the other, its officers,
         directors and employees from and against any losses, damages, claims,
         demands, suits, liabilities, fines, penalties and expenses (including
         reasonable attorneys' fees) that arise out of or result from


<PAGE>

         (a) any Environmental Hazard that the indemnifying Partj, its
         contractors or agents introduce to its Work Locations, or (b) the
         presence or release of any Environmental Hazard for which the
         indemnifying Party is responsible under Applicable Law.

         6.2      In the event any suspect materials within ILEC-owned, operated
         or leased facilities are identified to be asbestos-containing, CLEC
         will ensure that to the extent any activities which it undertakes in
         the facility disturb such suspect materials, such CLEC activities will
         be in accordance with applicable local, state and federal environmental
         health and safety statutes and regulations. Except for abatement
         activities undertaken by CLEC or equipment placement activities that
         result in the generation of asbestos containing material, CLEC shall
         not have any responsibility for managing, nor be the owner of, not
         have any liability for, or in connection with, any asbestos containing
         material. ILEC agrees to immediately notify CLEC if ILEC undertakes any
         asbestos control or asbestos abatement activities that potentially
         could affect CLEC equipment or operations, including, but not limited
         to, contamination of equipment.

7.       LIMITATION OF LIABILITY

         7.1      Liabilities of CLEC - CLEC's liability to ILEC during any
         Contract Year resulting from any and all causes, other than as
         specified in this Agreement shall not exceed the amount due and owing
         by CLEG to ILEC under this Agreement during the Contract Year during
         which such cause accrues or arises.

         7.2      Liabilities of ILEC - ILEC's liability to CLEC during any
         Contract Year resulting from any and all causes, other than as
         specified below in Section 8 following, and in Section 10 shall not
         exceed the total of any amounts due and owing to CLEC pursuant to
         Service Parity; Service Guarantees and the Attachment related thereto,
         plus any amounts due and owing by CLEC to ILEC under this Agreement
         during the Contract Year during which such cause accrues or arises.

         7.3      Neither Party shall be liable to the other for any indirect,
         incidental, special or consequential damages arising out of or related
         to this Agreement or the provision of service hereunder.
         Notwithstanding the foregoing limitations, a Party's liability shall
         not be limited by the provisions of this Section 7 in the event of its
         willful or intentional misconduct, including gross negligence, or its
         repeated breach of any one or more of its material obligations under
         this Agreement. A Party's liability shall not be limited with respect
         to its indemnification obligations.

         7.4      The limitations set forth in Sections 7.1, 7.2 and 7.3 shall
         not apply to a Party's liability in the event of its willful or
         intentional misconduct, including its gross negligence, or its repeated
         breach of any one or more of its material obligations under this
         Agreement.


<PAGE>

         FOR PURPOSES OF THIS SECTION 7, AMOUNTS DUE AND OWING TO CLEC PURSUANT
         TO THE SECTION ON SERVICE PARITY, SERVIGE GUARANTEES AND THE ATTACHMENT
         REFERENCED IN THAT SECTION SHALL NOT BE CONSIDERED TO BE INDIRECT,
         INCIDENTAL, CONSEQUENTIAL, RELIANGE, OR SPEGIAL DAMAGES.

8.       REMEDIES FOR FAILURE TO MEET SERVICE QUALITY STANDARDS

         8.1      ILEC will provide all Local Services, Network Elements or
         Combinations in accordance with service standards, measurements, and
         performance requirements, that are expressly specified in this
         Agreement and the Commission's rules. In cases where such service
         quality standards are not expressly specified, ILEC will provide all
         Local Services, Network Elements or Combinations in accordance with
         quality standards which are at least equal or superior to the level of
         service quality that ILEC is required to meet by its own internal
         procedures, or by standards set forth in Oregon statutes or rules or in
         FCC rules or regulations, in providing Local Service, Network Elements
         or Combinations to itself, to its end-users or to its Affiliates. In
         the event CLEC wants a level of service quality in excess or superior
         to that provided in this paragraph, CLEC must (a) request that quality
         of service through the BFR process specified herein; and (b) compensate
         ILEC fully for the additional incremental costs of providing the
         requested facilities or superior services or facilities.

         8.2      ILEC acknowledges that remedies at law alone are inadequate to
         compensate CLEC for failures to meet the service quality standards
         requirements specified by this Agreement, failures to install or
         provision Network Elements, Combinations or Services in accordance with
         the Due Dates specified in this Agreement, or for failures to provide
         Customer Usage Data in accordance with this Agreement. CLEC shall have
         the right to seek injunctive relief and other equitable remedies (in
         addition to remedies provided in this Agreement, at law and through
         administrative process) to require ILEC (a) to cause the Network
         Elements, Combinations or Services ordered by CLEC to meet the service
         quality standards requirements specified by this Agreement, (b) to
         install or provision the Network Elements, Combinations or Services
         ordered by CLEC within the Due Dates specific in this Agreement, and
         (c) to provide Customer Usage Data in accordance with this Agreement.

         8.3      Service quality concerns which cannot be addressed through
         informal processes may be dealt with through (a) the Dispute Resolution
         procedure set forth in this Agreement; (b) the formal complaint
         procedures established by the Commission; or (c) other available
         forums.

9.        WARRANTIES

         9.1      Except as otherwise provided herein, each Party shall perform
         its obligations hereunder at a performance level no less than the
         highest level which


<PAGE>

         it uses for its own operations, or those of its Affiliates, but in no
         event shall a Party use less than reasonable care in the performance of
         its duties hereunder.

         9.2      ILEC warrants that Local Interconnection will be provided in a
         competitively neutral fashion, at any technically feasible point within
         its network at CLEC's request, and that such interconnection will
         contain all the same features, functions and capabilities, and be at
         least equal in quality to the highest level provided by ILEC to itself
         or its Affiliates. ILEC shall have the full burden of proving that a
         requested Interconnection Point ("IP") is not technically feasible. To
         the extent ILEC proves infeasibility, ILEC shall be required to provide
         to CLEC an alternative IP which will not impair CLEC's ability to
         provide its Telecommunications Services. Such alternative P shall be
         technically equivalent to the requested IP.

         9.3      ILEC warrants that it will provide to CLEC on a
         nondiscriminatory basis unbundled Network Elements and ancillary
         services, including, but not limited to, local loop, local switching,
         tandem switching/transit switching, transport, data switching,
         intelligent network and advanced intelligent network, operator service,
         directory assistance, 911, white and yellow pages, and repair and
         maintenance, at any technically feasible points requested by CLEC, and
         all operations support systems used and useful in the preordering,
         ordering, provisioning, design, engineering, maintenance, repair,
         tracking, management, billing and any other function or functionality
         associated directly or indirectly with unbundled Network Elements and
         ancillary services. ILEC further warrants that these services, or their
         functional components, will contain all the same features, functions
         and capabilities and be provided at a level of quality at least equal
         to the highest level which it provides to itself or its Affiliates.
         ILEC shall have the full burden of proving that access requested by
         CLEC is not technically feasible. To the extent ILEC proves
         infeasibility, ILEC shall be required to provide to CLEC an alternative
         service, which will not impair CLEC's ability to provide its
         Telecommunications Services. Such alternative service shall be
         technically equivalent to the requested service.

         9.4      ILEC warrants that it will provide to CLEC nondiscriminatory
         access to poles, pole attachments, ducts, innerducts, conduits,
         building entrance facilities, building entrance links, equipment rooms,
         remote terminals, cable vaults, telephone closets, building risers,
         rights of way, and other pathways owned or controlled by ILEC, using
         capacity currently available or that can be made available. ILEC shall
         take all reasonable steps to accommodate requests for access to its
         facilities, including modifying or rearranging facilities to increase
         capacity. ILEC shall have the full burden of proving that such access
         is not technically feasible. To the extent ILEC proves infeasibility,
         ILEC shall be required to provide to CLEC alternative suitable access
         which will not impair CLEC's ability to provide its Telecommunications
         Services. Such alternative access shall be technically equivalent to
         the requested access.

         9.5      ILEC warrants that it will provide to CLEC, in a competitively
         neutral fashion, unbundled local loops, network interface devices or
         units, loop distribution, digital loop carrier/analog cross connect,
         and loop feeders, that


<PAGE>

         contain all the same features, functions, and capabilities that ILEC
         makes available to itself in provision of its Telecommunications
         Services or to its Affiliates, with at least the same quality of
         service, order processing, provisioning and installation, trouble
         resolution, maintenance, customer care, and billing, as the highest
         quality ILEC provides equivalent features, functions and capabilities
         to itself, its Affiliates, or its own subscribers. ILEC shall have the
         full burden of proving that access to the unbundled local loop or any
         of its unbundled components is not technically feasible. To the extent
         ILEC proves infeasibility, ILEC shall be required to provide to CLEC
         alternative suitable facilities which will not impair CLEC's ability to
         provide its Telecommunications Services. Such alternative facilities
         shall be technically equivalent to the requested access.

         9.6      ILEC warrants that it will provide to CLEC unbundled transport
         and its. components, including common transport, dedicated transport,
         with and without electronics, and multiplexing/digital cross connect,
         with all the same features, functions and capabilities, and with at
         least the same quality level which ILEC provides to itself or its
         Affiliates in provision of its, or such Affiliate's, Telecommunications
         Services, and that such services will be provided in a competitively
         neutral fashion. ILEC shall have the full burden of proving that access
         to unbundled transport or any unbundled transport components is not
         technically feasible. To the extent ILEC proves infeasibility, ILEC
         shall be required to provide to CLEC alternative suitable facilities
         which will not impair CLEC's ability to provide its Telecommunications
         Services. Such alternative facilities shall be technically equivalent
         to the requested access.

         9.7      ILEC warrants that it will provide unbundled local switching
         and its functional components, including line port, trunk port, and
         switching capacity, including all features, functions and capabilities,
         and nondiscriminatory access via electronic interface to databases and
         associated signaling needed for call routing, call completion, and
         service creation, and to create and bill the communications path, all
         at the same or better grade of service that ILEC provides to itself or
         its Affiliates, unless service degradation is due to CLEC purchasing
         insufficient capacity to meet its own demand. ILEC further warrants
         that unbundled local switching and its functional components will be
         provided in a competitively neutral fashion. ILEC shall have the full
         burden of proving that access to unbundled local switching or its
         functional components is not technically feasible. To the extent ILEC
         proves infeasibility, ILEC shall be required to provide to CLEC
         alternative suitable facilities which will not impair CLEC's ability to
         provide its Telecommunications Services. Such alternative facilities
         shall be technically equivalent to the requested access.

         9.8      ILEC warrants that it will provide nondiscriminatory access to
         telephone numbers.

         9.9      ILEC warrants that it will provide to CLEC, in a competitively
         neutral fashion, interim number portability with the same features,
         functions and capabilities that ILEC provides to itself or its
         Affiliates, and with as little impairment of functioning, quality,
         reliability, and convenience as possible, and that it will provide such
         service as required by the FCC in Telephone Number


<PAGE>

         Portability, CC Docket No. 95-116, First Report and Order, released
         July 2, 1996.

         9.10     ILEC warrants that it will provide to CLEC, in a competitively
         neutral fashion, dialing parity for local exchange service and
         interexchange service with the same features, functions and
         capabilities that ILEC provides to itself or its Affiliates, and that
         it will provide such service as required by the FCC in Implementation
         of the Local Competition Provisions of the Telecommunications Act of
         1996, so that CLEC's subscribers experience no greater post-dial delay
         than similarly-situated ILEC subscribers, and are not required to dial
         any greater number of digits than similarly situated ILEC subscribers.

         9.11     ILEC warrants that with respect to Local Resale, order entry,
         provisioning, installation, trouble resolution, maintenance, customer
         care, billing, and service quality will be provided at least as
         expeditiously as ILEC provides for itself or for its own retail local
         service or to others, or to its Affiliates, and that it will provide
         such services to CLEC in a competitively neutral fashion and at a level
         of quality which allows CLEC in turn to provide Local Resale at a level
         of quality equal to the highest level of quality ILEC provides for
         itself for its own retail local service or to others, or to its
         Affiliates. ILEC warrants further that it will impose no restrictions
         on CLEC's resale of these services unless specifically sanctioned by
         the FCC or the Commission.

         9.12     ILEC warrants that it will provide on a nondiscriminatory
         basis space on its premises for physical or virtual collocation, as
         CLEC may specify, consistent with FCC and Commission regulations and
         orders, for equipment necessary for CLEC's interconnection and access
         to unbundled network elements.

10.      NONEXCLUSIVE REMEDIES

         10.1     Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, each
         of the remedies provided under this Agreement is cumulative and is in
         addition to any remedies that may be available at law or in equity.

         10.2     In the event ILEC fails to switch a subscriber to CLEC service
         as requested through a CLEC service request, within the intervals set
         forth in this Agreement, the continued provision of Telecommunications
         Services by ILEC to such subscriber shall be deemed an illegal change
         in subscriber carrier selection commencing with the time at which ILEC
         failed to switch such subscriber. In such event ILEC shall reimburse
         CLEC in an amount equal to all charges paid by such subscriber to ILEC
         from the time of such failure to switch to the time at which the
         subscriber switch is accomplished. This remedy shall be in addition to
         all other remedies available to CLEC under this Agreement or otherwise
         available.

         This same remedy shall apply in the event that either CLEC or ILEC
         makes an unauthorized change in the local exchange service provider of
         an end user.


<PAGE>

         10.3     All rights of termination, cancellation or other remedies
         prescribed in this Agreement, or otherwise available, are cumulative
         and are not intended to be exclusive of other remedies to which the
         injured Party may be entitled at law or equity in case of any breach or
         threatened breach by the other Party of any provision of this
         Agreement. Use of one or more remedies shall not bar use of any other
         remedy for the purpose of enforcing the provisions of this Agreement.

11.      DISPUTE RESOLUTION

         11.1     All disputes, claims or disagreements (collectively
         "Disputes") arising under or related to this Agreement or the breach
         hereof, except those arising pursuant to Attachment 7 Connectivity
         Billing, shall be resolved according to the procedures set forth in
         Section 11.2 below. Disputes involving matters subject to the
         Connectivity Billing provisions contained in Attachment 7, shall be
         resolved in accordance with the Billing Disputes section of Attachment
         7. The foregoing notwithstanding, the provisions of this Section 11
         shall not be construed to prevent either Party from seeking and
         obtaining temporary equitable remedies, including temporary restraining
         orders. A request by a Party to a court or a regulatory authority for
         interim measures or equitable relief shall not be deemed a waiver of
         the obligation to comply with the provisions of this Section 11.

         11.2     The Parties recognize and agree that the Commission has
         continuing-jurisdiction to implement and enforce all terms and
         conditions of this Agreement. Accordingly, the Parties agree that any
         dispute arising out of or relating to this Agreement that the Parties
         themselves cannot resolve, may be submitted to the Commission for
         resolution. The Parties agree to seek expedited resolution by the
         Commission, and shall request that resolution occur in no event later
         than sixty (60) days from the date of submission of such dispute. If
         the Commission appoints an expert(s) or other facilitator(s) to assist
         in its decision making, the losing party shall pay the fees and
         expenses so incurred.

         11.3     In cases where the Commission determines that neither Party
         has, in some material respect, completely prevailed or lost in a
         proceeding, the Commission shall, in its discretion, apportion expenses
         to reflect the relative success of each Party. Those fees and expenses
         not directly related to a particular proceeding shall be shared
         equally. In the event that the Parties settle a dispute before the
         Commission reaches a decision with respect to that dispute, the
         Settlement Agreement must specify how the fees and expenses for the
         particular proceeding will be apportioned.

         11.4     During the Commission proceeding each Party shall continue to
         perform its obligations under this Agreement; provided, however that
         neither Party shall be required to act in any unlawful fashion. This
         provision shall not preclude the Parties from seeking relief available
         in any other forum.


<PAGE>

12.      NONDISCLOSURE/CONFIDENTIALITY AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

         12.1     All information which is disclosed by one Party to the other
         in connection with this Agreement shall automatically be deemed
         proprietary to the Discloser and subject to this Agreement, unless
         otherwise confirmed in writing by the Discloser. In addition, by way of
         example and not limitation, all orders for Local Services, Network
         Elements or Combinations placed by CLEC pursuant to this Agreement, and
         information that would constitute Customer Proprietary Network
         Information of CLEC customers pursuant to the Act and the rules and
         regulations of the Federal Communications Commission ("FCC"), and
         Recorded Usage Data as described in Attachment 8, whether disclosed by
         CLEC to ILEC or otherwise acquired by ILEC in the course of the
         performance of this Agreement, shall be deemed Confidential Information
         of CLEG for all purposes under this Agreement.

         12.2.    The Recipient may make copies of Confidential Information only
         as reasonably necessary to perform its obligations under this
         Agreement. All such copies shall bear the same copyright and
         proprietary rights notices as are contained on the original. Upon
         request by the Discloser, the Recipient shall return all tangible
         copies within thirty (30) days of Proprietary Information, whether
         written, graphic or otherwise, except that the Recipient may retain one
         copy for archival purposes. lf either Party loses or makes an
         unauthorized disclosure of the other Party's Confidential Information,
         it shall notify such other-Party immediately and use reasonable efforts
         to retrieve the lost or wrongfully disclosed information.

         12.3.    For a period of five (5) years from the receipt of
         Confidential Information, each Party shall keep all of the other
         Party's Proprietary Information confidential and shall use the other
         Party's Proprietary Information only for performing the covenants
         contained in this Agreement. Neither Party shall use the other Party's
         Proprietary Information for any other purpose except upon such terms
         and conditions as may be agreed upon between the Parties in writing.

         12.4     Unless otherwise agreed, the obligations of confidentiality
         and non-use set forth in this Agreement do not apply to such
         Proprietary Information as:

                  12.4.1 was at the time of receipt already known to the
                  receiving Party free of any obligation to keep it confidential
                  evidenced by written records prepared prior to delivery by the
                  disclosing Party; or

                  12.4.2 is or becomes publicly known through no wrongful act
                  of the receiving Party; or

                  12.4.3 is rightfully received from a third person having no
                  direct or indirect secrecy or confidentiality obligation to
                  the disclosing Party with respect to such information; or

                  12.4.4. is independently developed by an employee, agent, or
                  contractor of the receiving Party which individual is not
                  involved in any manner with


<PAGE>

                  the provision of services pursuant to this Agreement and does
                  not have any direct or indirect access to the Proprietary
                  Information; or

                  12.4.5 is disclosed to a third person by the disclosing Party
                  without similar restrictions on such third person's rights; or

                  12.4.6 is approved for release by written authorization of the
                  disclosing Party; or

                  12.4.7 is required to be made public by the receiving Party
                  pursuant to applicable law or regulation provided that the
                  receiving Party shall give sufficient notice of the
                  requirement to the disclosing Party to enable the disclosing
                  Party to seek protective orders.

         12.5     Each Party's obligations to safeguard Confidential Information
         disclosed prior to expiration or termination of this Agreement shall
         survive such expiration or termination.

         12.6     Each Party agrees that the Discloser would be irreparably
         injured by a breach of this Agreement by the Recipient or its
         representatives and that the Discloser shall be entitled to seek
         equitable relief, including injunctive relief and specific performance,
         in the event of any breach of the provisions of this Agreement. Such
         remedies shall not be deemed to be the exclusive remedies for a breach
         of this Agreement, but shall be in addition to all other remedies
         available at law or in equity.

         12.7     CPNI related to CLEC's subscribers obtained by virtue of Local
         Interconnection or any other service provided under this Agreement
         shall be CLEC's proprietary information and may not be used by ILEC for
         any purpose except performance of its obligations under this Agreement,
         and in connection with such performance, shall be disclosed only to
         employees with a need to know, unless the CLEC subscriber expressly
         directs CLEC to disclose such information to ILEC pursuant to the
         requirements of Section 222(c)(2) of the Act. If ILEC seeks and obtains
         written approval to use or disclose such CPNI from CLEC's subscribers,
         such approval shall be obtained only in compliance with Section
         222(c)(2) and, in the event such authorization is obtained, ILEC may
         use or disclose only such information as CLEC provides pursuant to such
         authorization and may not use information that ILEC has otherwise
         obtained, directly or indirectly, in connection with its performance
         under this Agreement. CPNI related to ILEC's subscribers obtained by
         virtue of Local Interconnection shall be ILEC's proprietary information
         and may not be used by CLEC for any purpose except performance of its
         obligations under this Agreement, and in connection with such
         performance shall be disclosed only to employees with a need to know,
         unless the ILEC subscriber expressly directs ILEC to disclose such
         information to CLEC pursuant to the requirements of Section 222(c)(2)
         of the Act. If CLEC seeks and obtains written approval to use or
         disclose such CPNI from ILEC's subscribers, such approval shall be
         obtained only in compliance with Section 222(c)(2) of the Act and, in
         the event such authorization is obtained, CLEC may use or disclose only
         such information as ILEC provides


<PAGE>


         pursuant to such authorization and may not use information that CLEC
         has otherwise obtained, directly or indirectly, in connection with its
         performance under this Agreement.

13.      CUSTOMER CREDIT HISTORY

         13.1     CLEC and ILEC agree to make available to a designated
         third-party credit bureau, on a timely basis, such of the following
         customer payment history information that is available for each person
         or entity that applies for local or IntraLATA toll Telecommunications
         Service(s) from either carrier. Such information shall be provided on
         the condition that the credit bureau will only make such information
         available to the carrier to which the person or entity in question has
         applied for Telecommunication Service.

                 Applicants name;
                 Applicant's address;
                 Applicant's previous phone number; if any;
                 Amount, if any, of unpaid balance in applicant's name
                 Whether applicant is delinquent on payments;
                 Length of service with prior local or IntraLATA toll provider;
                 Whether applicant had local or IntraLATA toll service
                 terminated or suspended within the last six months with an
                 explanation of the reason therefor; and
                 Whether applicant was required by prior local or IntraLATA
                 toll provider to pay a deposit or make an advance payment,
                 including the amount of each.

14.      BRANDING

         14.1     Services offered by CLEC that incorporate Network Elements or
         Combinations made available to CLEG pursuant to this Agreement, and
         Local Services that CLEC offers for resale shall, at CLEC's sole
         discretion, be branded exclusively as CLEC services, or otherwise, as
         CLEC shall determine. CLEC shall provide the exclusive interface to
         CLEC Customers in connection with the marketing, offering or provision
         of CLEC services, except as CLEC shall otherwise specify. In those
         instances where CLEC requires ILEC personnel to interface directly with
         CLEC Customers, either orally in person or by telephone, or in writing,
         such personnel shall identify themselves as representing CLEC, and
         shall not identify themselves as representing ILEC. All forms, business
         cards or other business materials furnished by ILEC to CLEC Customers
         shall be subject to CLEC's prior review and approval, and shall bear no
         corporate name, logo, trademark or trade name other than CLEC's or such
         other brand as CLEC shall determine. In no event shall ILEC personnel
         acting on behalf of CLEC pursuant to this Agreement provide information
         to CLEG local service customers about ILEC products or services. ILEC
         shall provide, for CLEC's review and approval, the methods and
         procedures, training and approaches to be used by ILEC to ensure that
         ILEC meets CLEC's branding requirements. No provision of this


<PAGE>

         Section 15 should be interpreted to require ILEC personnel to change
         placards on service vehicles or to remove uniforms bearing the ILEC
         logo. -

15.      PATENTS, TRADEMARKS

         15.1.    Except for a limited license to use patents or copyrights to
         the extent necessary for the Parties to use any facilities or equipment
         (including software) or to receive any service solely as provided under
         this Agreement, nothing in this Agreement shall be construed as the
         grant of a license, either express or implied, with respect to any
         patent, copyright, logo, trademark, trade secret or any other
         proprietary or intellectual property right now or hereafter owned
         controlled or licensable by each Party. CLEC or Reseller may not use
         any logo, trademark or other intellectual property right of ILEC
         without execution of. a separate agreement between the Parties. It is
         the responsibility of each Party to ensure at no additional cost to the
         other Party that it has obtained any necessary licenses in relation to
         intellectual property of third parties used in its network that may be
         required to enable the other Party to use any facilities or equipment
         (including software), to receive any service, or to perform its
         respective obligations under this Agreement.

         15.2     Unless otherwise mutually agreed upon, neither Party shall
         publish or use the other Party's logo, trademark, service mark, name,
         language, pictures, or symbols or words from which the other Party's
         name may reasonably be inferred or implied in any product, service,
         advertisement, promotion, or any other publicity matter.

16.      PUBLICITY AND ADVERTISING

         16.1     Neither Party shall publish or use any advertising, sales
         promotions or other publicity materials that use the other Party's
         logo, trademarks or service marks without the prior written approval of
         the other Party.

17.      FORCE MAJEURE

         17.1     Except as otherwise specifically provided in this Agreement,
         neither Party shall be responsible for any delay or failure in
         performance resulting from acts or occurrences beyond the reasonable
         control of such Party and without its fault or negligence, regardless
         of whether such delays or failures in performance were foreseen or
         foreseeable as of the date of this Agreement, including,, without
         limitation: fire, explosion, power failure, acts of God, war,
         revolution, civil commotion, or acts of public enemies; any law, order,
         regulation, ordinance or requirement of any government or legal body;
         or labor unrest, including, without limitation, strikes, slowdowns,
         picketing or boycotts; or delays caused by the other Party or by other
         service or equipment vendors; or any other circumstances beyond the
         Party's reasonable control. In such event, the Party affected shall,
         upon giving prompt notice to the other Party, be excused from such
         performance on a day-to-day basis to the extent of such interference
         (and the other Party shall likewise be excused from performance of its
         obligations on a day-to-day basis to


<PAGE>

         the extent such Party's obligations relate to the performance so
         interfered with). The affected Party shall use its best efforts to
         avoid or remove the cause of non-performance and both Parties shall
         proceed to perform with dispatch once the causes are removed or cease.
         In the event of such performance delay or failure by ILEC, ILEC agrees
         to resume performance in a nondiscriminatory manner and not favor its
         own provision of Telecommunications Services above that of CLEC. For
         purposes of this Agreement, Force Majeure shall not include acts of any
         Governmental Authority relating to environmental, health or safety
         conditions at work locations.

18.      WAIVER

         18.1     No waiver of any provisions of this Agreement and no consent
         to any default under this Agreement shall be effective unless the same
         shall be in writing and properly executed by or on behalf of the Party
         against whom such waiver or consent is claimed. No course of dealing or
         failure of any Party to strictly enforce any term, right, or condition
         of this Agreement in any instance shall be construed as a general
         waiver or relinquishment on its part of any such provision, but the
         same shall, nevertheless, be and remain in full force and effect.
         Waiver by either Party of any default by the other Party shall not be.
         deemed a waiver of any other default. By entering into this Agreement
         CLEC does not waive any right granted to it pursuant to the Act.

19.      GOVERNING LAW/COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS

         19.1     This Agreement shall be deemed to be a contract made under and
         shall be construed, interpreted and enforced in accordance with the
         laws of the state of Oregon. Insofar as matters of federal law or
         regulation are exclusively concerned, the Parties agree to the
         exclusive jurisdiction of the federal court for the state of Oregon.
         Issues or matters exclusively arising under state law or regulation may
         be heard by the state court which would otherwise have jurisdiction
         over such issue or matter. CLEC and ILEC each shall comply at its own
         expense with all Applicable Law that relates to (a) its obligations
         under or activities in connection with this Agreement; or (b) its
         activities undertaken at, in connection with or relating to Work
         Locations.

         ILEC will be solely responsible for obtaining from governmental'
         authorities, building owners, other carriers, and any other persons or
         entities, all rights and privileges (including, but not limited to,
         space and power), which are necessary for ILEC to provide the Network
         Elements and Local Services pursuant to this Agreement.

         19.2     ILEC shall be responsible for obtaining and keeping in effect
         all Federal Communications Commission, state regulatory commission,
         franchise authority and other regulatory approvals that may be required
         in connection with the performance of its obligations under this
         Agreement. CLEC shall be responsible for obtaining and keeping in
         effect all Federal Communications Commission, state regulatory
         commission, franchise authority and other regulatory approvals that


<PAGE>

         may be required in connection with its offering of services to CLEC
         Customers contemplated by this Agreement. CLEC shall reasonably
         cooperate with ILEC in obtaining and maintaining any required approvals
         for which ILEC is responsible, and ILEC shall reasonably cooperate with
         CLEC in obtaining and maintaining any required approvals for which CLEC
         is responsible.

         19.3     In the event that ILEC is required by any governmental
         authority to file a tariff or make another similar filing in connection
         with the performance of any action that would otherwise be governed by
         this Agreement, ILEG shall (a) consult with CLEC reasonably in advance
         of such filing about the form and substance of such filing, (b) provide
         to CLEC its proposed tariff prior to, or at the time of, such filing,
         and (c) take all steps reasonably necessary to ensure that such tariff
         or other filing imposes obligations upon ILEC that are identical to
         those provided in this Agreement and preserves for CLEC the full
         benefit of the rights otherwise provided in this Agreement.

         19.4     If, subsequent to the effective date of any such tariff, ILEC
         is ordered not to file tariffs with the State regulatory commission or
         the Federal Communications Commission, or is permitted not to file
         tariffs (and elects not to do so), either generally or for specific
         Network Elements, Combinations or Local Services, the terms and
         conditions of such tariffs as of the date on which the requirement to
         file such tariffs was lifted shall, to the degree not inconsistent
         with-this Agreement, be deemed incorporated in this Agreement by
         reference.

         19.5     In the event that any final and nonappealable legislative,
         regulatory, judicial or other legal action materially affects any
         material terms of this Agreement, or the ability of CLEC or ILEC to
         perform any material terms of this Agreement, CLEC or ILEC may, on
         thirty (30) days' written notice (delivered not later than thirty (30)
         days following the date on which such action has become legally binding
         and has otherwise become final and nonappealable) require that such
         terms be renegotiated, and the Parties shall renegotiate in good faith
         such mutually acceptable new terms as may be required. ln the event
         that such new terms are not renegotiated within ninety (90) days after
         such notice, the Dispute shall be referred to the Alternative Dispute
         Resolution procedures set forth in Section 11 above.

         19.6     The Parties shall incorporate into this Agreement the
         Commission's decision in Docket UT 132 concerning intraLATA dialing
         parity, as well as any price or contract provision modified as a result
         of the Commission's reconsideration of, or an appeal of, Commission
         Order No. 97-003 in ARB 3/ARB 6 (entered January, 6, 1997). The Parties
         shall negotiate mutually acceptable terms for implementing each such
         decision within ninety (90) days after it is entered notwithstanding
         the time frames established in the preceding paragraph.


<PAGE>

20.      NO THIRD-PARTY BENEFICIARIES

         20.1     Except as may be specifically set forth in this Agreement,
         this Agreement does not provide and shall not be construed to provide
         third parties with any remedy, claim, liability, reimbursement, cause
         of action, or other privilege.

21.      RESPONSIBILITY OF EACH PARTY

         21.1     Each Party is an independent contractor, and has and hereby
         retains the right to exercise full control of and supervision over its
         own performance of its obligations under this Agreement and retains
         full control over the employment, direction, compensation and discharge
         of all employees assisting in the performance of such obligations. Each
         Party will be solely responsible for all, matters relating to payment
         of such employees, including compliance with social security taxes,
         withholding taxes and all other regulations governing such matters.
         Each Party will be solely responsible for proper handling, storage,
         transport and disposal at its own expense of all (a) substances or
         materials that it or its contractors or agents bring to, create or
         assume control over at Work Locations, or (b) Waste resulting therefrom
         or otherwise generated in connection with its or its contractors' or
         agents' activities at the Work Locations. Subject to the limitations on
         liability and except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, each
         Party shall be responsible for (x) its own acts and performance of all
         obligations imposed by Applicable Law in connection with its
         activities, legal status and property, real or personal and, (y) the
         acts of its own Affiliates, employees, agents and contractors during
         the performance of that Party's obligations hereunder.

22.      ASSIGNMENT/SUBCONTRACTING

         22.1     Neither Party may assign any of its rights or delegate any of
         its obligations under this Agreement without the prior written consent
         of the other Party which will not be unreasonably withheld.
         Notwithstanding the foregoing, ILEC may assign its rights and benefits
         and delegate its duties and obligations under this Agreement without
         the consent of GLEC to a 100 percent owned affiliate company of ILEC,
         provided that the performance of any such assignee is guaranteed by the
         assignor. Any prohibited assignment or delegations shall be null and
         void.

         22.2     Neither Party may subcontract the performance of any
         obligation under this Agreement without the prior written consent of
         the other Party which shall not be unreasonably withheld. If any
         obligation is performed through a subcontractor, ILEC shall remain
         fully responsible for the performance of this Agreement in accordance
         with its terms, including any obligations it performs through
         subcontractors, and ILEC shall be solely responsible for payments due
         its subcontractors. No contract, subcontract or other Agreement entered
         into by either Party with any third Party in connection with the
         provision of Local Services or Network Elements hereunder shall provide
         for any indemnity, guarantee or assumption of liability by, or other
         obligation of, the other Party to


<PAGE>

         this Agreement with respect to such arrangement, except as consented
         to in writing by the other Party. No subcontractor shall be deemed a
         third party beneficiary for any purposes under this Agreement.

23.      ENTIRE AGREEMENT

         23.1     This Agreement which shall include the Attachments, Appendices
         and other documents referenced herein constitutes the entire agreement
         between the Parties and supersedes all prior oral or written
         agreements, representations, statements, negotiations, understandings,
         proposals and undertakings with respect to the subject matter hereof.

24.      SEVERABILITY

         25.1     Subject to Section 19, Governing Law/Compliance with Laws, if
         any term, condition or provision of this Agreement is held to be
         invalid or unenforceable for any reason, such invalidity or
         unenforceability shall not invalidate the entire Agreement, unless such
         construction would be unreasonable. This Agreement shall be construed
         as if it did not contain the invalid or unenforceable provision or
         provisions, and the rights and obligations of each Party shall be
         construed and enforced accordingly; provided, however, that in the
         event such invalid or unenforceable provision or provisions are
         essential elements of this Agreement-and substantially impair the
         rights or obligations of either Party, the Parties shall promptly
         negotiate a replacement provision or provisions.

25.      AMENDMENTS

         25.1     Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, no amendment
         or waiver of any provision of this Agreement, and no consent to any
         default under this Agreement, shall be effective unless the same is in
         writing and signed by an officer of the Party against whom such
         amendment, waiver or consent is claimed. In addition, no course of
         dealing or failure of a Party strictly to enforce any term, right or
         condition of this Agreement shall be construed as a waiver of such
         term, any right granted to it pursuant to the Act, right or condition.
         By entering into this Agreement CLEC does not waive any right granted
         to it pursuant to the Act.

26.      HEADINGS OF NO FORCE OR EFFECT

         26.1 -   The headings of Articles and Sections of this Agreement are
         for convenience of reference only, and shall in no way define, modify
         or restrict the meaning or interpretation of the terms or provisions of
         this Agreement.

27.      NOTICES

         27.1     Any notices or other communications required or permitted to
         be given or delivered under this Agreement shall be in hard-copy
         writing (unless otherwise specifically provided herein) and shall be
         sufficiently given if delivered personally,


<PAGE>

         by certified U. S. Mail or delivered by prepaid overnight express
         service to the following (unless otherwise specifically required by
         this Agreement to be delivered to another representative or point of
         contact):

          CLEC

          F.   Lynne Powers
          Vice President-- Finance
          J.  Jeffrey Oxley-- Director of Regulatory Affairs
          Advanced Telecommunications, Inc.
          710 Second Avenue South, Suite 1200
          Minneapolis, MN 55402
          Phone:(612)519--6642
          Fax:  (612)376-4414

          Copy to:          Brian Robinson
                            ARTER & HADDEN LLP
                            1801 K Street, NW., Suite 400K
                            Washington, DC 20006
                            Phone:(202) 775-7126
                            Fax:     (202) 857-0172

          ILEC

          U S WEST Communications, Inc.
          Director - Interconnection Compliance
          1801 California, Room 2410
          Denver, CO 80202

          with a copy to:

          U S WEST Law Department
          Attention:   General Counsel
          Interconnection
          1801 California Street, 51st Floor
          Denver, CO 80202

         27.2     Either Party may unilaterally change its designated
                  representative and/or
         address for the receipt of notices by giving seven (7) days' prior
         written notice to the other Party in compliance with this Section. Any
         notice or other communication shall be deemed given when received.

28.      JOINT WORK PRODUCT

         28.1     This Agreement is the joint work product of representatives of
         the Parties. For convenience, it has been drafted in final form by one
         of the Parties. Accordingly, in the event of ambiguities, no inferences
         will be drawn against either Party solely on the basis of authorship of
         this Agreement.


<PAGE>

29.      EXECUTED IN COUNTERPARTS

         29.1     This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts,
         each of which shall be deemed an original; but such counterparts shall
         together constitute one and the same instrument.

30.      REFERENCED DOCUMENTS

         30.1     Whenever any provision of this Agreement refers to a technical
         reference, technical publication, CLEC Practice, ILEC Practice, any
         publication of telecommunications industry administrative or technical
         standards, or any other document specifically incorporated into this
         Agreement, it will be deemed to be a reference to the most recent
         version or edition (including any amendments,. supplements, addenda, or
         successors) of such document that is in effect, and will include the
         most recent version or edition (including any amendments, supplements,
         addenda, or successors) of each document incorporated by reference in
         such a technical reference, technical publication, CLEC Practice, ILEC
         Practice, or publication of industry standards (unless CLEC elects
         otherwise). Should there be an inconsistency between or among
         publications or standards, CLEC shall elect which requirement shall
         apply.

31.      SURVIVAL

         32.1     Any liabilities or obligations of a Party for acts or
         omissions prior to the cancellation or termination of this Agreement;
         any obligation of a Party under the provisions regarding
         indemnification, Confidential Information, limitations on liability,
         and any other provisions of this Agreement which, by their terms, are
         contemplated to survive (or to be performed after) termination of this
         Agreement, shall survive cancellation or termination thereof.

32.      SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS

         32.1     This Agreement shall be binding upon, and inure to the benefit
         of, the Parties hereto and their respective successors and permitted
         assigns.

                         PART II: LOCAL SERVICES RESALE

33.      INTRODUCTION

         33.1 -   At the request of CLEC, and pursuant to the requirements of
         the Act, ILEC will make available to CLEC for resale any
         Telecommunications Service that LEG currently provides, or may offer
         hereafter. ILEC shall also provide Support Functions and Services
         Functions as set forth in the Attachments to this Agreement. The
         Telecommunications Services, Service Functions and Support Functions
         provided by ILEC pursuant to this Agreement are collectively referred
         to as "Local Service." This Part, in summary form, and Attachment 2, in
         detail, describe several services which ILEC shall make available to
         CLEC for resale pursuant to this Agreement. These lists are neither all
         inclusive nor exclusive.

<PAGE>

34.      LOCAL SERVICES RESALE

         34.1     General

         ILEC shall apply the principles set forth in 47 C.F.R. Section 64.1100
         to the process for end-user selection of a primary local exchange
         carrier. The prices charged to CLEC for Local Service shall be
         wholesale rates determined on the basis of retail rates charged to
         subscribers for the telecommunications service requested excluding the
         portion thereof attributable to any marketing, billing, collection and
         other costs that will be avoided by ILEC. Except `as limited by
         Attachment 2, CLEC may resell Local Services to provide
         Telecommunications Services to any and all classes of end-users except
         for resale of residential service to other classes of customers if this
         exception is authorized by the Commission. ILEC shall ensure that all
         CLEC Customers experience the same dialing parity as similarly-situated
         customers of ILEC services. ILEC will notify CLEC of any changes in the
         terms and conditions under which it offers telecommunications services
         at retail to subscribers who are not telecommunications service
         providers or carriers.

         34.2     Specific Services

                  (a) At CLEC's option, CLEC may purchase the entire set of
                  CENTREX features or a subset of any one or any combination of
                  such features, tariffed or non-tariffed.

                  (b) CLEC may purchase the entire set of CLASS and Custom
                  features and functions, a subset of or any combination of such
                  features.

                  (c) Local Services include certain Voluntary Federal Customer
                  Financial Assistance Programs.

                  (d) ILEC shall provide E91 I and 911 Service to CLEC, for
                  CLEC's customers.

                  (e) Where ILEC provides Telephone Relay Service, ILEC shall
                  make such service available to CLEC at no additional charge,
                  for use by CLEC Customers who are speech or hearing-impaired.

                  (f) CLEC may purchase the entire set of Advance Intelligent
                  Network ("AIN") features or functions, or a subset or any one
                  or any combination of such features or functions, on a
                  customer-specific basis subject to protection of network
                  reliability and security.

         34.3.    Support Functions

                  (a) Routing to Directory Assistance, Operator and Repair
                  Services.

                  (b) Busy Line Verification and Emergency Line Interrupt.


<PAGE>

                  (c) Access to the Line Information Database. -

                  (d) Telephone line number calling cards.

         34.4.    Service Functions

                  (a) ILEC shall provide an electronic interface for
                  transferring and receiving Service Orders and Provisioning
                  data and materials as outlined in the Attachments hereto on or
                  before January 1, 1997.

                  (b) Work order processes shall meet service parity
                  requirements.

                  (c) The point of contact for CLEC customers shall be CLEC.

                  (d) Each Party shall provide the other Party with a single
                  point of contact for all inquiries regarding the
                  implementation of this Part.

                  (e) CLEC's representative will have real-time access to ILEC
                  Customer information to enable the CLEC representative to
                  perform tasks outlined on Attachments 2, 5, 6, and 9.

                  (f) After receipt and acceptance of a Service Order, ILEC
                  shall provision such Service Order in accordance with the
                  Intervals and service quality standards referenced in
                  Attachment 11.

                  (g) Maintenance shall be provided in accordance with the
                  requirements and standards referenced in Attachments 6 and 11.

                  (h) ILEC shall provide the Customer Usage Data recorded by
                  ILEC in accordance with the requirements and standards set
                  forth in Attachment 8.

                  (i) In addition to testing described elsewhere in this Section
                  and Attachment 3, ILEC shall test the systems used to perform
                  the functions set forth in Attachment 2 at least sixty (60)
                  days prior to commencement of ILEC's provision of Local
                  Service, in order to establish system readiness capabilities.

                  (j) ILEC shall bill CLEC for Local Service provided by ILEC to
                  CLEC pursuant to the terms of this Part and Schedules 1 and 2.
                  ILEC shall recognize CLEC as the customer of record for all
                  Local Service and will send all notices, bills and other
                  pertinent information directly to CLEC.


<PAGE>

                      PART III: UNBUNDLED NETWORK ELEMENTS


35.      INTRODUCTION

         35.1     This Part III sets forth the unbundled Network Elements that
         ILEC agrees to offer to CLEC in accordance with its obligations under
         Section 251(c)(3) of the Act. The specific terms and conditions that
         apply to the unbundled Network Elements are described below and in the
         Network Elements Service Description Attachment. The price for each
         Network Element is set forth in Part IV of this Agreement.

36.      UNBUNDLED NETWORK ELEMENTS

                  ILEC will offer Network Elements to CLEC on an unbundled basis
         on rates, terms and conditions that are just, reasonable, and
         non-discriminatory in accordance with the terms and conditions of this
         Agreement, the Oregon Statutes and Regulations and the requirements of
         Section 251 and Section 252 of the Federal Act. Unbundling of subloop
         Network Elements shall not be subject to the Bona Fide Request Process
         set forth in Section 36.12 below because ILEC is specifically required
         to provide unbundling of subloop Network Elements to CLEC by order of
         the Commission.

                  ILEC will permit CLEC to interconnect CLEC's facilities or
         facilities provided by CLEC or by third parties with each of ILEC's
         unbundled Network Elements at any point designated by CLEC that is
         technically feasible.

                  CLEC, at its option, may designate any technically feasible
         network interface at a Served Premises, including without limitation,
         DS-0, DS-1, DS-3, STS-1, and OC-n (where n equals I to C) interfaces,
         and any other interface described in the applicable technical
         references.

                  CLEC may use one or more Network Elements to provide any
         feature, function, or service option that such Network Element is
         capable of providing or any feature, function, or service option that
         is described in the technical references identified herein, or as may
         otherwise be determined by CLEC.

                  ILEC shall offer each Network Element individually and in
         combination with any other Network Element or Network Elements in order
         to permit CLEC to combine such Network Element or Network Elements with
         another Network Element or other Network Elements obtained from ILEC or
         with network components provided by itself or by third parties to
         provide telecommunications services to its customers.

                  For each Network Element, ILEC shall provide a demarcation
         point (e.g., an interconnection point at a Digital Signal Cross Connect
         or Light Guide Cross Connect panel or a Main Distribution Frame) and,
         if necessary, access to such demarcation point, which CLEC agrees is
         suitable. However, where ILEC provides contiguous Network Elements to
         CLEC, ILEC may provide the existing

<PAGE>

         interconnections and no demar6ation point shall exist between such
         `contiguous Network Elements.

                  ILEC shall not charge CLEC an interconnection fee or demand
         other consideration for directly interconnecting any Network Element or
         Combination to any other Network Element or Combination provided by
         ILEC to CLEC if ILEC directly interconnects the same two Network
         Elements or Combinations in providing any service to its own customers
         or an ILEC Affiliate, including the use of intermediate devices, such
         as a digital signal cross connect panel, to perform such
         interconnection.

                  The total charge to CLEC to interconnect any Network Element
         or Combination to any other Network Element or Combination provided by
         ILEC to CLEC if ILEC does not directly interconnect the same two
         Network Elements or Combinations in providing any service to its own
         customers or an ILEC Affiliate (e.g., the interconnection required to
         connect the Loop Feeder to an ILEC's collocated equipment), shall be
         ILEC's total service long-run incremental cost of providing the
         interconnection.

                  Subsections 1 through 11 below list the Network Elements that
         CLEC and ILEC have identified as of the Effective Date of this
         Agreement. CLEC and ILEC agree that the Network Elements identified in
         this Part II are not exclusive.. Either Party may identify additional
         or revised Network Elements as necessary to improve services to
         customers, to improve network or service efficiencies or to accommodate
         changing technologies, customer demand, or regulatory requirements.
         Upon the identification of a new or revised Network Element, the Party
         so identifying the new or revised Network Element shall notify the
         other Party of the existence of and the technical characteristics of
         the new or revised Network Element. If the Parties do not agree on the
         existence of and the technical characteristics of the newly identified
         or revised Network Element, any issues that have not been resolved by
         the Parties within thirty days of notification shall be submitted to
         the Dispute Resolution Procedures as set forth in this Agreement.
         Within thirty (30) days of CLEC and ILEC agreeing on the technical
         characteristics of the new or revised Network Element, the Parties will
         attempt to agree on the rates, terms and conditions that would apply to
         such Network Element and the effects, if any, on the price, performance
         or other terms and conditions of existing Network Elements. If the
         Parties do not agree on rates, terms and conditions and other matters
         set forth herein, any issues that have not been resolved by the Parties
         within thirty days shall be submitted to the Dispute Resolution
         Procedures as set forth in this Agreement. Additionally, if ILEC
         provides any Network Element that is not identified in this Agreement,
         to itself, to ILEC's own customers, to an ILEC Affiliate or to any
         other entity, ILEC will provide the same Network Element to CLEC on
         rates, terms and conditions no less favorable to CLEC than those
         provided to itself or to any other party. The Network Elements are
         described below. Additional descriptions and requirements for each
         Network Element are set forth in Attachment 3.

<PAGE>


         36.1     Loop Distribution

                  "Loop Distribution" is a Network Element that is composed of
         two distinct component parts: a Network Interface Device and
         Distribution Media.

         36.2     Network Interface Device

                  The "Network Interface Device (NID)" is a single-line
         termination device or that portion of a multiple-line termination
         device required to terminate a single line or circuit. The fundamental
         function of the NID is to establish the official network demarcation
         point between a carrier and its end-user customer. The NID features two
         independent chambers or divisions which separate the service provider's
         network from the customer's inside wiring. Each chamber or division
         contains the appropriate connection points or posts to which the
         service provider; and the end-user customer each make their
         connections. The NID provides a protective ground connection, and is
         capable of terminating cables such as twisted pair cable.

         36.3     Distribution Media

                  "Distribution Media" provides connectivity between the NID
         component of Loop Distribution and the terminal block on the
         customer-side of a Feeder Distribution lnterface (FDI). The FDI is a
         device that terminates the Distribution Media and the Loop Feeder, and
         cross-connects them in order to provide a continuous transmission path
         between the NID and a telephone company central office. For loop plant
         that contains a Loop Concentrator/Multiplexer, the Distribution Media
         may terminate at the FDI (if one exists), or at a termination and
         cross-connect field associated with the Loop Concentrator/Multiplexer.
         This termination and cross-connect field may be in the form of an
         outside plant distribution closure, remote terminal or fiber node, or
         an underground vault.

                  The Distribution Media may be copper twisted pair, coax cable,
         or single or multi-mode fiber optic cable. A combination that includes
         two or more of these media is also possible. In certain cases, CLEC may
         require a copper twisted pair Distribution Media even in instances
         where the Distribution Media for services that ILEC offers is other
         than a copper facility. In such cases, CLEC must compensate ILEC for
         all additional costs related to providing the copper facility.

         36.4     Loop Concentrator/Multiplexer

                  The "Loop Concentrator/Multiplexer" is the Network Element
         that: (a) aggregates lower bit rate or bandwidth signals to higher bit
         rate or bandwidth signals (multiplexing); (b) disaggregates higher bit
         rate or bandwidth signals to lower bit rate or bandwidth signals
         (demultiplexing); (c) aggregates a specified number of signals or
         channels to fewer channels (concentrating); (d) performs signal
         conversion, including encoding of signals (e.g., analog to digital and
         digital to analog signal conversion); and (e) in some instances
         performs electrical to optical (E/O) conversion.


<PAGE>

                  The Loop Concentrator/Multiplexer function may be provided
         through a Digital Loop Carrier (DLC) system, channel bank, multiplexer
         or other equipment at which traffic is encoded and decoded, multiplexed
         and demultiplexed, or concentrated.

         36.5     Loop Feeder

                  The "Loop Feeder" is the Network Element that provides
         connectivity between (a) an FDI associated with Loop Distribution and a
         termination point appropriate for the media in a central office, or (b)
         a Loop Concentrator/Multiplexer provided in a remote terminal and a
         termination point appropriate for the media in a central office. ILEC
         shall provide CLEC physical access to the FDI, and the right to connect
         the Loop Feeder to the FDI.

                  The physical medium of the Loop Feeder may be copper twisted
         pair, or single or multi-mode fiber as designated by CLEC. In certain
         cases, CLEC will require a copper twisted pair loop even in instances
         where the medium of the Loop Feeder for services that ILEC offers is
         other than a copper facility. In such cases, CLEC must compensate ILEC
         for all additional costs related to providing the copper facility.

         36.6     Local Switching

                  "Local Switching" is the Network Element that provides the
         functionality required to connect the appropriate originating lines or
         trunks wired to the Main Distributing Frame (MDF) or Digital Cross
         Connect (DSX) panel to a desired terminating line or trunk. Such
         functionality shall include all of the features functions, and
         capabilities that the underlying ILEC switch that is providing such
         Local Switching function is then capable of providing, including but
         not limited to: line signaling and signaling software, digit reception,
         dialed number translations call screening, routing, recording, call
         supervision, dial tone, switching, telephone number provisioning,
         announcements, calling features and capabilities (including call
         processing), Gentrex, Automatic Call Distributor (ACD), Carrier
         pre-subscription (e.g. long distance carrier, intraLATA toll), Carrier
         Identification Code (GIG) portability capabilities, testing and other
         operational features inherent to the switch and switch software. It
         also provides access to transport, signaling (ISDN) User Part (ISUP)
         and Transaction Capabilities Application Part (TCAP), and platforms
         such as adjuncts, Public Safety Systems (911), operator services,
         directory services and Advanced Intelligent Network (AIN). Remote
         Switching Module functionality is included in the Local Switching
         function. The switching capabilities used will be based on the line
         side features they support. Local Switching will also be capable of
         routing local, intraLATA, interLATA, and calls to international
         customer's preferred carrier; call features (e.g., call forwarding) and
         Centrex capabilities.


<PAGE>

                  Local Switching also includes Data Switching, which provides:

                  For Asynchronous Transfer Mode (ATM) and Frame Relay Service,
         data services switching functionality that is required to connect the
         facilities from the User to Network Interface (UNI) to either another
         UNI or to a communications path at the Network to Network Interface (NN
         I). In this case, the purpose of Data Switching is to terminate,
         concentrate, and switch data traffic from Customer Premises Equipment
         (CPE) in the digital format consistent with the UNI specification for
         the customer. Data Switching also provides connectivity for the purpose
         of conveying the customer data to its final destination. The UNI and
         NNI are industry standard interface specifications that contain
         physical transmission layer requirements for speeds and line formats;
         data link layer requirements for the format of the data units that are
         passed between the user and the network; and protocol requirements for
         control procedures used in managing the interface. Data Switching
         provides this functionality in two distinct formats, ATM and Frame
         Relay.

                  For ISDN Packet and Circuit Switched Data service, the data
         switching functionality that is required to connect between industry
         standard ISDN interfaces. In this case, the purpose of Data Switching
         is to terminate, concentrate, and switch data traffic from Customer
         Premises Equipment (CPE) in the digital format consistent with ISDN
         standards. Data Switching also-provides connectivity for the purpose of
         conveying the customer data to its final destination.

         36.7     Operator Systems

                  "Operator Systems" is the Network Element that provides
         operator and automated call handling and billing, special services,
         customer telephone listings and optional call completion services. The
         Operator Systems, Network Element provides two types of functions:
         Operator Service functions and Directory Service functions, each of
         which are described below.

                  Operator Service provides: (a) operator handling for call
         completion (for example, collect, third number billing, and manual
         credit card calls), (b) operator or automated assistance for billing
         after the customer has dialed the called number (for example, credit
         card calls); and (c) special services including but not limited to Busy
         Line Verification and Emergency Interrupt (BLV/EI), Emergency Agency
         Call, Operator-assisted Directory Assistance, and Rate Quotes.

                  Directory Service provides local customer telephone number
         listings with the option to complete the call at the callers direction.

         36.8     Transport

                  "Common Transport" is an interoffice transmission path between
         ILEC Network Elements. Where ILEC Network Elements are connected by
         intra-office wiring, such wiring is provided as a part of the Network
         ELEMENTS AND IS NOT Common Transport.


<PAGE>

                  "Dedicated Transport" is an interoffice transmission path
         between CLEC designated locations. Such locations may include ILEC
         central offices or other equipment locations, CLEC network components,
         other carrier network components, or customer premises. Dedicated
         Transport includes the Digital Cross-Connect System (DCS) functionality
         as an option.

                  "Signaling Link Transport" is a set of two or four dedicated
         56 Kbps. transmission paths between CLEC-designated Signaling Points of
         Interconnection (SPOI) that provides appropriate physical diversity.

         36.9     Signaling Transfer Points

                  "Signaling Transfer Points" is a signaling network function
         that includes all of the capabilities provided by the signaling
         transfer point switches (STPSs) and their associated signaling links
         which enable the exchange of SS7 messages among and between switching
         elements, database elements and signaling transfer points.

         36.10    Tandem Switching

                  "Tandem Switching" is the function that establishes a
         communications path between two switching offices through a third
         switching office (the tandem switch).

         36.11    Standards for Network Elements

                  Each Network Element shall be equal to or better than the
         requirements set forth in the technical references, as well as any
         performance or other requirements, identified herein. If another Bell
         Communications Research, Inc. ("Bellcore"), or industry standard (e.g.,
         American National Standards Institute ("ANSI") technical reference or a
         more recent version of such reference sets forth a different
         requirement, CLEC may elect, where technically feasible, which standard
         shall apply.

                  Each Network Element and the interconnections between Network
         Elements provided by ILEC to CLEC shall be at least equal in the
         quality of design, performance, features, functions and other
         characteristics, including but not limited to levels and types of
         redundant equipment and facilities for power, diversity and security,
         that ILEC provides in the ILEC network to itself, ILEC's own customers,
         to an ILEC Affiliate or to any other entity.

                  ILEC shall provide to CLEC, upon reasonable request, such
         engineering, design, performance and other network data sufficient for
         CLEC to determine that the requirements of this Section 36 are being
         met. In the event that such data indicates that the requirements of
         this Section 36 are not being met, ILEC shall, within 10 days, cure any
         design, performance or other deficiency and provide new data sufficient
         for CLEC to determine that such deficiencies have been cured.


<PAGE>

                  ILEC. agrees to work cooperatively with CLEC to provide
         Network Elements that will meet CLEC's needs in providing services to
         its customers.

                  Unless otherwise designated by CLEC, each Network Element and
         the interconnections between Network Elements provided by ILEC to CLEC
         shall be made available to CLEC on a priority basis that is equal to or
         better than the priorities that ILEC provides to itself, ILEC's own
         customers, to an ILEC Affiliate or to any other entity.

         36.12    Bona Fide Request Process

                  36.12.1 Any request for interconnection or access to an
                  unbundled Network Element that is not already available via
                  price lists, tariff, or as described herein shall be treated
                  as a Request under this Section.

                  36.12.2 ILEC shall use the Bona Fide Request (BFR) Process to
                  determine the technical feasibility of the requested
                  interconnection of Network Element(s) and, for those items
                  found to be technically feasible, to provide the terms and
                  timetable for providing the requested items. Additionally,
                  elements, services, and functions which are materially or
                  substantially different from those services, elements or
                  functions already. provided by ILEC to itself, its Affiliates,
                  customers, or end users may, at the discretion of CLEC, be
                  subject to this BFR process.

                  36.12.3 A Request shall be submitted in writing and, at a
                  minimum, shall include: (a) a complete and accurate technical
                  description of each requested Network Element or
                  interconnection; (b) the desired interface specifications; (c)
                  a statement that the interconnection or Network Element will
                  be used to provide telecommunications service; (d) the
                  quantity requested; (e) the location(s) requested; and (f)
                  whether CLEC wants the requested item(s) and terms made
                  generally available.

                  36.12.4 Within forty-eight (48) hours of receipt of a Request,
                  ILEC shall acknowledge receipt of the Request and review such
                  request for initial compliance with 36.12.3 above and in its
                  acknowledgment advise CLEC of any missing information
                  reasonably necessary to move the Request to the preliminary
                  analysis described in 36.12.5 below.

                  36.12.5 Unless otherwise agreed to by the Parties, within
                  thirty (30) calendar days of its receipt of the Request and
                  all information necessary to process it, ILEC shall provide to
                  CLEC a preliminary analysis of the Request. During the thirty
                  (30) day period, ILEC agrees to provide weekly status updates
                  to CLEC. ILEC will notify CLEC if the quote preparation fee,
                  if any, will exceed $5,000. CLEC will approve the continuation
                  of the development of the quote prior to ILEC incurring any
                  reasonable additional expenses. The preliminary analysis shall
                  specify whether or not the requested interconnection or access
                  to an unbundled Network


<PAGE>

                  Element is technically feasible and otherwise qualifies as a
                  Network Element or interconnection as defined under the Act.

                           36.12.5.1 If ILEC determines during the thirty (30)
                           day period that a Request is not technically feasible
                           or that the Request otherwise does not qualify as a
                           Network Element or interconnection that is required
                           to be provided under the Act, ILEC shall so advise
                           CLEC as soon as reasonably possible, and promptly
                           provide a written report setting forth the basis for
                           its conclusion in no case later than ten (10)
                           calendar days after making such determination.

                           36.12.5.2 If ILEC determines during the thirty (30)
                           day period that the Request is technically feasible
                           and otherwise qualifies under the Act, it shall
                           notify CLEC in writing of such determination in no
                           case later than ten (10) calendar days after making
                           such determination.

                           36.12.5.3 Unless otherwise agreed to by the Parties,
                           as soon as feasible, but no more than ninety (90)
                           calendar days after ILEC notifies CLEC that, the
                           Request is technically feasible, ILEC shall provide
                           to CLEC a Request quote which will include, at a
                           minimum, a description of each interconnection and
                           Network Element, the quantity to be provided, the
                           installation intervals (both initial and subsequent),
                           the impact on shared systems software interfaces,
                           ordering process changes, functionality
                           specifications, any interface specifications, and
                           either:

                                    36.12.5.3.1 the applicable rates (recurring
                                    and nonrecurring) including the amortized
                                    development costs, as appropriate, of the
                                    interconnection or the Network Element; or

                                    36.12.5.3.2 the payment for development
                                    costs, as appropriate, of the
                                    interconnection or Network Element and the
                                    applicable rates (recurring and
                                    nonrecurring) excluding the development
                                    costs.

                           36.12.5.4 The choice of using option 36.12.5.3.1 or
                           36.12.5.3.2 shall be at ILEC's sole discretion.
                           However, a payment for development cost is
                           appropriate only where CLEC is the only conceivable
                           user of the functionality (including consideration of
                           ILEC as a potential user) or where the requested
                           quantity is insufficient to provide amortization.

                  36.12.6 If ILEC has used option 36.12.5.3.1 in its Request
                  quote, then within thirty (30) days of its receipt of the
                  R6quest quote, CLEC. must indicate its non-binding interest in
                  purchasing the interconnection or Network Element at the
                  stated quantities and rates, cancel its Request, or seek
                  remedy under the Dispute Resolution section of this Agreement.


<PAGE>




                   36.12.7 If ILEC has used option 36.12.5;3.2 in its Request
                   quote, then, within thirty (30) days of its receipt of the
                   Request quote CLEC must either agree to pay the development
                   costs of the interconnection of Network Element, cancel its
                   Request, or seek remedy under the Dispute Resolution section
                   of this Agreement.

                   36.12.8 If ILEC has used option 36.12.5.3.2 in its Request
                   quote and CLEC has accepted the quote, CLEC may cancel the
                   Request at any time, but will pay ILEC's reasonable
                   development costs of the interconnection or Network Element
                   up to the date of the cancellation.

                   36.12.9 ILEC will use reasonable efforts to determine the
                   technical feasibility and conformance with the Act of the
                   Request within the first thirty-two (32) days of receiving
                   the Request. In the event ILEC has used option 36.12.5.3.2 in
                   its Request quotes and ILEC later determines that the
                   interconnection or Network Element requested in the Request
                   is not technically feasible or otherwise does not qualify
                   under the Act, ILEC shall notify CLEC within ten (10)
                   business days of making such determination and CLEC shall not
                   owe any compensation to ILEC in connection with the Request.
                   Any quotation preparation fees or development costs paid by
                   CLEC to the time of that notification shall be refunded by
                   ILEC. -

                   36.12.10 To the extent possible, ILEC will utilize
                   information from previously developed BFRs to address similar
                   arrangements in order to shorten the response times for the
                   currently requested BFR. In the event CLEC has submitted a
                   Request for an interconnection or a Network Element and ILEC
                   determines in accordance with the provisions of this Section
                   36.12, that the Request is technically feasible, the Parties
                   agree that CLEC's subsequent request or order for the
                   identical type of interconnection or Network Element shall
                   not be subject to the BFR process.

                   36.12.11 In the event of a dispute under this Section 36.12,
                   the Parties agree to seek expedited Commission resolution of
                   the dispute, with a request to the Commission to be completed
                   within twenty (20) days of ILEC's response that declined
                   CLEC's BFR, and in no event more than thirty (30) days after
                   the filing of CLEC's petition.

                          PART IV: ANCILLARY FUNCTIONS

37.       INTRODUCTION

          This Part IV sets forth the Ancillary Functions that ILEC agrees to
offer to CLEC so that CLEC may obtain and use unbundled Network Elements or ILEC
services to provide services to its customers.


<PAGE>



38.      ILEC PROVISION OF ANCILLARY FUNCTIONS

          ILEC will offer Ancillary Functions to CLEC on rates, terms and
conditions that are just, reasonable, and non-discriminatory and in accordance
with the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

          ILEC will permit CLEC to interconnect CLEC's equipment and facilities
or equipment and facilities provided by CLEC or by third parties at any point
designated by CLEC that is technically feasible.

          CLEC may use any Ancillary Function to provide any feature, function,
or service option that such Ancillary Function is capable of providing or any
feature, function, or service option that is described in the technical
references identified herein, or as may otherwise be designated by CLEC.

          Subsections 38.1 through 38.3 below list the Ancillary Functions that
CLEC and ILEC have identified as of the Effective Date of this Agreement. CLEC
and ILEC agree that the Ancillary Functions identified in this Part IV are not
exclusive. Either Party may identify additional or revised Ancillary Functions
as necessary to improve services to customers, to improve network or service
efficiencies or to accommodate changing technologies, customer demand, or
regulatory requirements. Upon the identification of a new or revised Ancillary
Function, the Party so identifying the new or revised Ancillary Function shall
notify the other Party of the existence of and the technical characteristics of
the new or revised Ancillary Function. If the Parties do not agree on the
existence of and the technical characteristics of the newly identified or
revised Ancillary Function, any issues that have not been resolved by the
Parties within thirty days of notification shall be submitted to the Dispute
Resolution Procedures as set forth in Section 11 above. Within thirty (30) days
of CLEC and ILEC agreeing on the technical characteristics of the new or revised
Ancillary Function, the Parties will attempt to agree on the rates, terms and
conditions that would apply to such Ancillary Function and the effects, if any,
on the price, performance or other terms and conditions of existing Network
Elements or Ancillary Functions. If the parties do not agree on rates, terms,
and conditions and other matters set forth herein, any issues that have not been
resolved by the Parties within thirty (30) days shall be submitted to the
Dispute Resolution Procedures as set forth in this Agreement. Additionally, if
ILEC provides any Ancillary Function that is not identified in this Agreement to
itself, to its own customers, to an ILEC Affiliate or to any other entity, ILEC
will provide the same Ancillary Function to CLEC at rates, terms and conditions
no less favorable to CLEC than those provided by ILEC to itself or to any other
party. The Ancillary Functions are described below. Additional descriptions, and
requirements for each Ancillary Function are set forth in Attachment 4.

          38.1 Collocation

                   "Collocation" is the right of CLEC to obtain dedicated space
          in the ILEC Local Serving Office (LSO) or at other ILEC locations and
          to place equipment in such spaces to interconnect with the ILEC
          network. Collocation also includes ILEC providing resources necessary
          for the operation and economical use of collocated equipment.


<PAGE>



             38.2 Right of Way (ROW), Conduits and Pole Attachments

                   "Right of Way (ROW)" is the right to use the land or other
          property of another party to place poles, conduits, cables, other
          structures and equipment, or to provide passage to access such
          structures and equipment. A ROW may run under, on, or above public or
          private property (including air space above public or private
          property) and may include the right to use discrete space in
          buildings, building complexes or other locations.

                   "Conduit" is a tube or protected trough that may be used to
          house communication or electrical cables. Conduit may be underground
          or above ground (for example, inside buildings) and may contain one or
          more inner ducts..

                   "Pole Attachment" is the connection of a facility to a
          utility pole. Some examples of facilities are mechanical hardware,
          grounding and transmission cable, and equipment boxes.

          38.3 Unused Transmission Media

                   "Unused Transmission Media" is physical inter-office
          transmission media (e.g., optical fiber, copper twisted pairs, coaxial
          cable) which has no lightwave or electronic transmission equipment
          terminated to such media to operationalize its transmission
          capabilities. This media may exist in aerial or underground structure
          or within a building.

                   Dark Fiber, one type of unused transmission media, is unused
          strands of optical fiber. Dark Fiber also includes strands of optical
          fiber existing in aerial or underground structure which have Iightwave
          repeater (regenerator or optical amplifier) equipment interspliced to
          it at appropriate distances, but which has no line terminating
          elements terminated to such strands to operationalize its transmission
          capabilities. Alternately, Dark Fiber means unused wavelengths within
          a fiber strand for purposes of coarse or dense wavelength division
          multiplexed (WDM) applications. Typical single wavelength transmission
          involves propagation of optical signals at single wavelengths (1.3 or
          1.55 micron wavelengths). In WDM applications, a WDM device is used to
          combine optical signals at different wavelengths on to a single fiber
          strand. The combined signal is then transported over the fiber strand.
          For coarse WDM applications, one signal each at 1.3 micron and 1.55
          micron wavelength are combined. For dense WDM applications, many
          signals in the vicinity of 1.3 micron wavelength or 1.55 micron
          wavelength are combined. Spare wavelengths on a fiber strand (for
          coarse or dense WDM) are considered Dark Fiber.

39.       STANDARDS FOR ANCILLARY FUNCTIONS

         Each Ancillary Function shall meet or exceed the requirements set forth
in the technical references, as well as the performance and other requirements,
identified herein. If another Bell Communications Research, Inc. ("Bellcore"),
or industry standard (e.g., American National Standards Institute ("ANSI"))
technical reference sets forth a

<PAGE>


different requirement, CLEC may elect, where technically feasible, which
standard shall apply.

          Each Ancillary Function provided by ILEC to CLEC shall be at least
equal in the quality of design, performance, features, functions and other
characteristics, including, but not limited to levels and types of redundant
equipment and facilities for diversity and security, that ILEC provides in the
ILEC network to itself, its own customers, its Affiliates or any other entity.

          ILEC shall provide to CLEC, upon reasonable request, such engineering,
design, performance and other network data sufficient for CLEC to determine that
the requirements of this Agreement are being met. In the event that such data
indicates that the requirements of this Agreement are not being met, ILEC shall,
within 30 days,. cure any design, performance or other deficiency and provide
new data sufficient for' CLEC to determine that such deficiencies have been
cured.

          ILEC agrees to work cooperatively with CLEC to provide Ancillary
Functions that will meet CLEC's needs in providing services to its customers.

          Unless otherwise designated by CLEC, each Ancillary Function provided
by ILEC to CLEC shall be made available to CLEC on a priority basis that is at
least equal to the priorities that ILEC provides to itself, its customers, its
Affiliates or any other entity. -

                                 PART V: PRICING

40.       GENERAL PRINCIPLES

          40.1 All services currently provided hereunder (including resold Local
          Services), Network Elements and Combinations and all new and
          additional services or Network Elements to be provided hereunder,
          shall be priced in accordance with all applicable provisions of the
          Act and the rules and orders of the Federal Communications Commission
          and the Commission.

          40.2 All services that ILEC provides at retail to subscribers who are
          not telecommunications carriers shall be provided at wholesale rates.
          Wholesale rates shall be determined on the basis of retail rates
          charged to subscribers for the telecommunications service requested,
          excluding the portion thereof attributable to any marketing, billing,
          collection, and other costs that will be avoided by ILEC.

          40.3 All such charges for Network Elements and Combinations shall be
          nondiscriminatory.

          40.4 All charges for Network Elements, Combinations, Interconnections
          and Local Services shall, as a general matter, be based on ILEC's
          Total Element Long Run Incremental Cost ("TELRlC") of providing such
          element or service. When ILEC incurs additional costs in fulfilling a
          CLEC request to build or modify a facility, and those costs are not
          included in existing charges, ILEC may recover


<PAGE>


          its excess costs. ILEC may recover its economically efficient charges,
          over and above those normally incurred in serving its own customers,
          that result from CLEC's request to extend or expand CLEC's services.
          In such a cases, ILEC bears the burden of showing that any claimed
          additional costs are not already recovered through its existing
          charges. ILEC shall not double recover charges. ILEC's recovery will
          be limited to charges not already recovered in prices charged and will
          be limited to the level of benefit that CLEC experiences as a result
          of its request. If ILEC or any third party or parties also benefit
          from the construction, ILEC's recovery from CLEC will be limited to a
          percentage share of the total charges, based on a reasonable estimate
          of CLEC's proportionate share of the benefit. Any nonrecurring costs
          incurred by ILEC shall be recovered through recurring charges based on
          cost.

41. PRICE SCHEDULES

          41.1     Local Service Resale - Schedule 1

          Retail services are subject to the greater of (a) the wholesale
discount set forth in Schedule 1 or (b) one half the discount in Schedule 1,
pIus any volume or term discount for which CLEC would be eligible if it were a
retail customer.

          41.2     Unbundled Network Elements - Schedule 2

          Charges for Network Elements will be based on the following: (a)
prices shall be those approved by the Commission in its Docket UM 351, Order No.
96-238. The UM351, Order No. 96-283 prices shall remain in effect until new
Unbundled Network Element prices are developed based on the revised cost
methodology approved in Docket UM-773, Order No. 96-284; and (b) where the
Commission has not yet developed prices for Unbundled Network Elements, the
applicable prices are those set forth in Schedule 2. Any price or contract
provision modified as a result of Commission reconsideration or appeal shall be
incorporated into this Agreement.

          41.3     Other Pricing Matters

          Within sixty (60) days after the Effective Date, the Parties shall
establish charges for the usage of Operations Support Systems (OSS). Such
charges shall be based on Total Element Long Run Incremental Costs. Such charges
shall appIy pending separate Commission action and shall be subject to true-up.

          Interim Number Portability costs shall be recovered on a bill and keep
basis.

          ILEC shall be entitled to recover legitimate and reasonable costs
incurred in complying with CLEC's requests for rebranding. ILEC shall have the
burden of proof in justifying any rebranding expenses it incurs on behalf of
CLEC.

         Costs associated with the transport and termination of local and EAS
traffic shall be recovered on a bill and keep basis on an interim basis as
provided in Commission Order No. 96-021. CLEC may be required to share direct
transport costs under circumstances similar to those addressed by the Commission
in Order No. 96-160.


<PAGE>


          With respect to conditioning charges, ILEC may charge CLEC for
conditioning of local loops in accordance with prices and terms set forth by the
Commission in Order No. 96-283.

          The wholesale discount applicable to services already subject to term
or volume discounts shall equal the greater of : (a) twenty-two percent (22%),
or (b) the sum of the term/volume discount plus eleven percent (11%).

          CLEC's pricing proposal for electronic interfaces shall be implemented
on an interim basis until the Commission can develop prices based on the revised
cost methodology approved in UM-773, Order No. 96-284.

          The charges for virtual collocation shall be those approved by the
Commission in Docket UT-i 19, Order No. 96-079.

          Pole attachment fees charged by ILEC to CLEC shall in all respects be
consistent with the provisions of 47 U.S.C. Sections 703 et seq. and any FCC
rules promulgated pursuant thereto. Pending, enactment of said FCC rules, but
not thereafter, ILEC may continue to use the fee structure developed under the
1978 Pole Attachment Act. Minimum purchase requirements shall not be imposed.
The cost of providing usable space shall be apportioned between and among all
entities according to the percentage of usable space required. Except to the
extent ILEC's fee structure, developed under the 1978 Pole Attachment Act, is
used hereunder, all applicable fees and charges shall be based on TELRIC.

          To the extent modification costs for poles and/or conduit are
initiated by and incurred for the sole benefit of CLEC, CLEC shall assume the
cost of said modifications. To the extent modification costs are initiated by
and incurred for the benefit of multiple parties, including ILEC, participating
directly in said modification, including, without limitation, "piggybacking" by
various parties, said cost shall be apportioned between and among the
participating parties based upon the ratio of new space to be occupied by each.
To the extent any entities, including ILEC, subsequently obtain access to a
facility previously modified and paid for by CLEC and/or, other parties, ILEC
shall notify CLEC and/or the other parties, and provide the opportunity for
calculation and collection from the new parties of their proportionate share of
the modification costs, adjusted to reflect depreciation.


<PAGE>


          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties hereto have caused this Agreement to
be executed by their respective duly authorized representatives.


AMERICAN TELEPHONE TECHNOLOGY, INC.*       U S WEST COMMUNICATIONS, INC.*


/s/ F. Lynne Powers                        /s/ Katherine Fleming
- --------------------------------           ------------------------------------
Signature                                  Signed

F. Lynne Powers                            Katherine L. Fleminq
- --------------------------------           ------------------------------------
Name Printed/Typed                         Name Printed/Typed

Vice President - Finance                   Executive Director - Lnterconnection
- --------------------------------           ------------------------------------
Title                                      Title

   1-7-00                                     01/13/00
- --------------------------------           ------------------------------------
Date                                       Date

*        This Agreement is made pursuant to Section 252 (i) of the Act and is
premised upon the Interconnection Agreement between AT&T Corp.. and U S WEST
Communications, Inc. (the "Underlying Agreement"). The Underlying Agreement was
approved by the Commission on September 5, 1997.

With respect to this Agreement, the Parties understand and agree:

i) The Parties shall request the Commission to expedite its review and approval
of this Agreement.

ii) Notwithstanding the mutual commitments set forth herein, the Parties are
entering into this Agreement without prejudice to any positions they have taken
previously, or may take in the future, in any legislative, regulatory, or other
public forum addressing any matters, including those relating to the types of
arrangements contained in this Agreement. During the proceeding in which the
Commission is to review and approve the Agreement, U S WEST may point out that
it has objected, and continues to object, to the inclusion of the terms and
conditions to which it objected in the proceedings involving the approval of the
Underlying Agreement.

iii) The Parties agree that traffic originated by either Party and delivered to
the other Party, which in turn delivers the traffic to an enhanced service
provider is not covered by this Agreement, since such traffic is interstate in
nature and this Agreement, including the reciprocal compensation provisions,
only apply to local traffic. American Telephone Technology, Inc. is responsible
for identifying enhanced service providers and associated usage.

iv) This Agreement contains provisions based upon the decisions and orders of
the FCC and the Commission under and with respect to the Act. Currently, court
and regulatory proceedings affecting the subject matter of this Agreement are in
various stages, including the proceedings where certain of the rules and
regulations of the FCC are being challenged In addition, there is uncertainty in
the aftermath of the Supreme Court's decision in AT&T CORP. ET AL. V. IOWA
UTILITIES BOARD. Based on that uncertainty, and the regulatory and judicial
proceedings which will occur as a result of that decision, the Parties
acknowledge that this Agreement may need to be changed to reflect any changes in
law. The Agreement has not been corrected to reflect the requirements, claims or
outcomes of any of the Proceedings,

<PAGE>

although the pricing does reflect the Commission's most current generic
order, if any. Accordingly, when a final, decision or decisions are made in
the Proceedings that automatically change and modify the Underlying
Agreement, then like changes and modifications will similarly be made to this
Agreement. In addition, to the extent rules or laws are based on regulatory
or judicial proceedings as a result of the recent Supreme Court decision,
this Agreement will be amended to incorporate such changes.

v) Subsequent to the execution of this Agreement, the FCC or the Commission may
issue decisions or orders that change or modify the rules and regulations
governing implementing of the Act. lf such changes or modifications alter the
state of the law upon which the Underlying Agreement was negotiated and agreed,
and it reasonably appears that the parties to the Underlying Agreement would
have negotiated and agreed to different term(s) condition(s) or covenant(s) than
as contained in the Underlying Agreement had such change or modification been in
existence before execution of the Underlying Agreement, then this Agreement
shall be amended to reflect such different terms(s), condition(s), or
covenant(s). Where the parties fail to agree upon such an amendment, it shall be
resolved in accordance with the Dispute Resolution provision of this Agreement.




<PAGE>
                                                                 Exhibit 10.1.40


                                    AGREEMENT
                   FOR LOCAL WIREL1NE NETWORK INTERCONNECTION
                                       AND
                                 SERVICE RESALE
                                     BETWEEN

                            CADY TELEMANAGEMENT, INC.
                                       AND
                          U S WEST COMMUNICATIONS, INC.



<PAGE>






                                                               Contract - Part A

                                TABLE OF CONTENTS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
SECTION                                                                                                 PAGE
<S>                                                                                                     <C>
PREAMBLE                                                                                                   I

RECITALS AND PRINCIPLES                                                                                    I

SCOPE OF AGREEMENT                                                                                         2

PART I: GENERAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS                                                                       3

1. TERM                                                                                                    3

2. PAYMENT                                                                                                 5

3.TAXES                                                                                                    5

4. AUDITS AND INSPECTIONS                                                                                  5

5. INDEMNIFICATION                                                                                         7

6. RESPONSIBILITY FOR ENVIRONMENTAL CONTAMINATION                                                          8

7. LIMITATION OF LIABILITY                                                                                 8

8. REMEDIES FOR FAILURE TO MEET DMOQS                                                                      9

9. WARRANTIES                                                                                             10

10. NON-EXCLUSIVE REMEDIES                                                                                13

11. DISPUTE RESOLUTION                                                                                    14

12. NONDISCLOSURE/CONFIDENTIALITY AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION                                             15

13. OPTION TO OBTAIN LOCAL SERVICES OR NETWORK ELEMENTS
   UNDER OTHER AGREEMENT                                                                                  17
</TABLE>



<PAGE>



                                                               Contract - Part A

<TABLE>
<S>                                                                                                     <C>
14. CUSTOMER CREDIT HISTORY                                                                               17

15. BRANDING                                                                                              17

16. PATENTS, TRADEMARKS                                                                                   18

17. PUBLICITY AND ADVERTISING                                                                             18

18. FORCE MAJEURE                                                                                         18

19. WAIVER                                                                                                19

20. GOVERNING LAW/COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS                                                                    19

21. NO THIRD PARTY BENEFICIARIES                                                                          20

22. RESPONSIBILITY OF EACH PARTY                                                                          21

23. ASSIGNMENT/SUBCONTRACTING                                                                             21

24. ENTIRE AGREEMENT                                                                                      22

25. SEVERABILITY                                                                                          22

26. AMENDMENTS                                                                                            22

27. HEADING OF NO FORCE OR EFFECTS                                                                        22

28. NOTICES                                                                                               23

29. INTENTIONALLY DELETED                                                                                 24

30. EXECUTED IN COUNTERPARTS                                                                              24

31. REFERENCED DOCUMENTS                                                                                  24

32. SURVIVAL                                                                                              24

33. SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS                                                                                24
</TABLE>


<PAGE>


                                                               Contract - Part A

<TABLE>
<S>                                                                                                     <C>
PART II: LOCAL SERV1CES RESALE

34. INTRODUCTION                                                                                          25

35. LOCAL SERVICES RESALE                                                                                 25

PART III: UNBUNDLED NETWORK ELEMENTS

36. INTRODUCTION                                                                                          27

37. UNBUNDLED NETWORK ELEMENTS                                                                            27

PART IV: ANCILLARY FUNCTIONS

38. INTRODUCTION                                                                                          36

39. USWC PROVISION OF ANCILLARY FUNCTIONS                                                                 36

40. STANDARDS FOR ANCILLARY FUNCTIONS                                                                     38

PART V: PRICING

41. GENERAL PRINCIPLES                                                                                    39

42. PRICE SCHEDULES                                                                                       40

43. RESERVATION OF RIGHTS                                                                                 41
</TABLE>



<PAGE>


                                                               Contract - Part A


ATTACHMENTS

ATTACHMENT I        INTENTIONALLY DELETED

ATTACHMENT 2        SERVICES DESCRIPTION. TOTAL SERVICES RESALE

ATTACHMENT 3        SERVICES DESCRIPTION: UNBUNDLED NETWORK ELEMENTS

ATTACHMENT 4        SERVICES DESCRIPTION: ANCILLARY FUNCTIONS

ATTACHMENT 5        PROVISIONING AND ORDERING

ATTACHMENT 6        MAINTENANCE

ATTACHMENT 7        CONNECTIVITY BILLING AND RECORDING

ATTACHMENT 8        PROVISION OF CUSTOMER USAGE DATA

ATTACHMENT 9        LOCAL NUMBER PORTABILITY

ATTACHMENT 10       NETWORK SECURITY

ATTACHMENT 11       CREDIT FOR FAILURE TO MEET DMOQS

ATTACHMENT 12       DEFINITIONS AND ACRONYMS



SCHEDULES

SCHEDULE I          TOTAL SERVICES RESALE PRICING

SCHEDULE 2          UNBUNDLED NETWORK ELEMENTS PRICING

SCHEDULE 3          COLLOCATION PRICING

<PAGE>


                                                               Contract - Part A

                                   AGREEM ENT
                   FOR LOCAL W1RELINE NETWORK INTERCONNECTION
                                       AND
                                 SERVICE RESALE

          Pursuant to this Agreement for Local Wireline Network Interconnection
and Service Resale (this "Agreement"), by Cady Telemanagement, Inc. ("CMTI" or
"Reseller", as applicable), on behalf of itself and its Affiliates, a
Competitive Local Exchange Carrier, and U S WEST Communications, Inc. ("USWC"),
on behalf of itself and its Affiliates, (collectively, "the Parties") will
extend certain arrangements to one another within each LATA in which they both
operate within the state of Minnesota (the "State").

                              RECITALS & PRINCIPLES

          WHEREAS, interconnection between competing Local Exchange Carriers
("LECs") is necessary for the termination of each carrier's originating traffic
on the other carrier's network; and

         WHEREAS, The Telecommunications Act of 1996 (the "Act") was signed into
law on February 8,1996; and

          WHEREAS, the Act places certain duties and obligations upon, and
grants certain rights to, Telecommunications Carriers; and

          WHEREAS, USWC is an Incumbent Local Exchange Carrier or has a majority
ownership interest in local exchange companies ("LEGs") which are Incumbent
Local Exchange Carriers; and

          WHEREAS, USWC for itself and its Affiliates is willing to sell
unbundled Network Elements and Ancillary Functions and additional features, as
well as services for resale, on the terms and subject to the conditions of this
Agreement; and

         WHEREAS, CMTI is a Telecommunications Carrier and has requested that
USWC negotiate an Agreement with CMTI for the provision of interconnection and
unbundled Network Elements (including Ancillary Functions and additional
features) pursuant to the Act and in conformance with USWC's duties under the
Act; and

         WHEREAS, the USWC and AT&T had certain unresolved issues at the time
they entered into a final contract, the Minnesota Public Utilities Commission
(the "Commission"), pursuant to 47 U.S.C. Section 252(b) has arbitrated and
resolved those



<PAGE>


                                                               Contract - Part A

disputed issues. This Agreement reflects that resolution, as well as the
Parties' negotiations, and is subject to the continuing jurisdiction of the
Commission; and

          WHEREAS, the Parties are subject to the laws of the State of Minnesota
and the United States with respect to the provision of telephone service,
contract terms should be interpreted to be consistent with applicable laws; and

          WHEREAS, the Parties have arrived at this Agreement;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual provisions contained herein and
other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are
hereby acknowledged, CMTI and USWC hereby covenant and agree as follows:

                               SCOPE OF AGREEMENT

          A. This Agreement sets forth the terms, conditions and prices under
which USWC agrees to provide to CMTI: (i) services for resale (hereinafter
referred to as "Local Services"), and (ii) certain unbundled Network Elements,
Ancillary Functions and additional features (hereinafter collectively referred
to as "Network Elements") or combinations of such Network Elements
("Combinations") for CMTI's own use or for resale to others, and for purposes of
offering voice, video, or data services of any kind, including, but not limited
to, local exchange services, intrastate toll services, and intrastate and
interstate exchange access services.

          This Agreement also sets forth the terms and conditions for the
interconnection of CMTI's network to USWC's network and the reciprocal
compensation for the transport and termination of telecommunications. USWC may
fulfill the requirements imposed upon it by this Agreement by itself or may
cause its Affiliates to take such actions to fulfill the responsibilities.
Unless otherwise provided in this Agreement, USWC will perform all of its
obligations hereunder throughout its entire service area.

          The Network Elements, Combinations or Local Services provided pursuant
to this Agreement may be connected to other Network Elements, Combinations or
Local Services provided by USWC or to any Network Elements, Combinations or
Local Services provided by CMTI itself or by any other vendor.

          Subject to the requirements of this Agreement, CMTI may, at any time,
add, delete, relocate or modify the Local Services, Network Elements or
Combinations purchased hereunder. USWC will not discontinue any Network Element,
Combination or Local Service provided hereunder without the prior approval of
the Commission.

<PAGE>


                                                               Contract - Part A

          B. In the performance of their obligations under this Agreement, th~e
Parties shall act in good faith and consistently with the intent of the Act.
Where notice, approval or similar action by a Party is permitted or required by
any provision of this Agreement (including, without limitation, the obligation
of the Parties to further negotiate the resolution of new or open issues under
this Agreement), such action shall not be unreasonably delayed, withheld or
conditioned.

          C. USWC shall not reconfigure, reengineer or otherwise redeploy its
network in a manner which would impair CMTI's ability to offer
Telecommunications Services in the manner contemplated by this Agreement, the
Act or the FCC's Rules and Regulations. USWC agrees that all obligations
undertaken pursuant to this Agreement, -including, without limitation,
performance standards, intervals, and technical requirements are material
obligations hereof and that time is of the essence.

                      PART I: GENERAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS

1.        TERM

          1.1 When executed by authorized representatives of USWC and CMTI, this
Agreement shall become effective as of the date ordered by the Commission under
47 U.S.C. Section 252(e)(1) (the "Effective Date").

          1.2 USWC shall give CMTI notice of the impending expiration of this
Agreement (or any renewable term thereof) ninety (90) days before such
expiration. CMTI shall have the right to extend the term of this Agreement, upon
mutual agreement with USWC, for successive one-year periods ("Renewal Year")
upon expiration of the initial term or any subsequent Renewal Year. If the
Parties cannot agree to renewal of this Agreement, any Party can petition the
Commission for arbitration of any outstanding issues. At the expiration of the
term of this Agreement, or any renewal thereof, this Agreement shall continue in
effect, on a month-to-month basis, at the same terms, conditions and prices as
those in effect at the end of the latest term, or renewal, until terminated by
CMTI.

          1.3 CMTI may elect, at any time, to terminate this entire Agreement,
at CMTI's sole discretion, upon sixty (60) days' written notice to USWC. In such
case, CMTI's liability shall be limited to payment of the amounts due for
Network Elements, Combinations and Local Services provided up to and including
the date of termination. USWC recognizes that the Network Elements, Combinations
and Local Services provided hereunder are vital to CMTI and must be continued
without interruption, and that upon the termination or expiration of this
Agreement, CMTI may itself provide or retain another vendor to provide such
comparable Network Elements, Combinations or Local Services. USWC agrees to
cooperate in an orderly and efficient transition to


<PAGE>


                                                               Contract - Part A

CMTI or another vendor. USWC further agrees to coordinate the orderly
tratisition to CMTI or another vendor such that the level and quality of the
Network Elements, Combinations and Local Services are not degraded and to
exercise its best efforts to effect an orderly and efficient transition. CMTI
may terminate any Local Service(s), Network Element(s) or Combination(s)
provided under this Agreement upon thirty (30) days' written notice to USWC,
unless a different notice period or different conditions are specified for
termination of such Local Service(s), Network Element(s) or Combination(s) in
this Agreement, in which event such specific period and conditions shall apply.

          1.4 In the event of a breach of any material provision of this
Agreement by either Party, the non-breaching Party shall give the breaching
Party written notice thereof, and to the Minnesota Public Utilities Commission,
and:
and:

                  1.4.1 If such material breach is for non-payment of amounts
due hereunder pursuant to Attachment 7, Section 13, the breaching Party shall
cure such breach within thirty (30) days of receiving such notice. The
non-breaching Party shall be entitled to pursue all available legal and
equitable remedies for such breach. Amounts disputed in good faith and withheld
or set off shall not be deemed "amounts due hereunder" for the purpose of this
provision.

                  1.4.2 If such material breach is for any failure to perform in
accordance with this Agreement, which, in the sole judgment of the non-breaching
Party, adversely affects the non-breaching Party's subscribers, the
non-breaching Party shall give notice of the breach and the breaching Party
shall cure such breach to the non-breaching Party's reasonable satisfaction
within ten (10) days or within a period of time equivalent to the applicable
interval required by this Agreement, whichever is shorter, and if the breaching
Party does not, the non-breaching Party may, at its sole option, terminate this
Agreement, or any parts hereof. The non-breaching Party shall be entitled to
pursue all available legal and equitable remedies for such breach. For the
purpose of this Subsection 1.4.2, notice may be given electronically or by
facsimile and in such case shall be deemed received when sent.

                   1.4.3 If such material breach is for any other failure to
perform in accordance with this Agreement, the breaching Party shall cure such
breach to the non-breaching Party's reasonable satisfaction within forty-five
(45) days, and if the breaching Party does not, the non-breaching Party may, at
its sole option, terminate this Agreement, or any parts hereof. The
non-breaching Party shall be entitled to pursue all available legal and
equitable remedies for such breach.


<PAGE>


                                                               Contract - Part A

          1.5 In the event of a termination as described in this Section 1, for
service arrangements made available under this Agreement and existing at the
time of termination, those arrangements shall continue without interruption.
Neither Party shall disconnect service to the other Party without first
obtaining Commission approval.

2.        PAYMENT AND DEPOSIT

          2.1 Amounts payable under this Agreement are due and payable within
thirty (30) days after the receipt of USWC's invoice unless properly disputed
under this Agreement or applicable Tariff.

          2.2 USWC may require a suitable deposit to be held by USWC as a
guarantee for payment of USWC's charges for companies which cannot demonstrate
sufficient financial integrity based on commercially reasonable standards, which
may include a satisfactory credit rating as determined by a recognized credit
rating agency reasonably acceptable to USWC.

          2.3 When the service is terminated or when CMTI has established
satisfactory credit, if required under the terms of the preceding paragraph, the
amount of the initial or additional deposit, with any interest due, will, at
CMTI's option, be either credited to CMTI's account or refunded. Satisfactory
credit for CMTI is defined as twelve (12) consecutive months' service as a
reseller without a termination for nonpayment and with no more than one (1)
notification of intent to terminate service for nonpayment. Interest on the
deposit shall be accumulated by USWC at a rate equal to the prime rate, as
published in the Wall Street Journal from time to time.

3.        TAXES

          3.1 Any federal, state or local excise, sales or use taxes (excluding
any taxes levied on income) resulting from the performance of this Agreement
shall be borne by the Party upon which the obligation for payment is imposed
under applicable law, even if the obligation to collect and remit such taxes is
placed upon the other Party. Any such taxes shall be shown as separate items on
applicable billing documents between the Parties. The Party so obligated to pay
any such taxes may contest the same in good faith, at its own expense, and shall
be entitled to the benefit of any refund or recovery, provided that such Party
shall not permit any lien to exist on any asset of the other Party by reason of
the contest. The Party obligated to collect and remit the taxes shall cooperate
in any such contest by the other Party.

4.        GATEWAY AUDITS AND INSPECTIONS

          4.1 As used herein "Audit" shall mean a comprehensive review of
gateway services performed under this Agreement; "Examination" shall mean an
inquiry into a specific element of or process related to gateway services
performed under this

<PAGE>


                                                               Contract - Part A

Agreement. CMTI may perform up to four (4) Audits per 12-month period commencing
with the Effective Date. CMTI may perform Examinations as CMTI deems necessary.
As used herein, gateway(s) refers to data used in the billing process for
services performed and facilities provided and data relevant to the provisioning
and maintenance for services performed or facilities provided.

          4.2 Upon thirty (30) days' written notice by CMTI to USWC, CMTI shall
have the right through its authorized representative to make an Audit or
Examination, during normal business hours, of any records, accounts and
processes which contain information related to the gateway services provided and
performance standards agreed to under this Agreement. Within the above described
30-day period, the Parties shall reasonably agree upon the scope of the Audit or
Examination, the documents and processes to be reviewed, and the time, place and
manner in which the Audit or Examination shall be performed. USWC agrees to
provide Audit or Examination support, including appropriate access to and use of
USWC's facilities (e.g., conference rooms, telephones, copying machines). USWC
shall have the right to assert that any books, records or other documents made
available to CMTI for the purpose of conducting an Audit are proprietary and
confidential. In the event of such an assertion, USWC shall have the right to
require CMTI to enter into a protective or non-disclosure agreement relating to
such books, records or other documents prior to their disclosure to CMTI.

          4.3 Each Party shall bear its own expenses in connection with the
conduct of the Audit or Examination. The reasonable cost of special data
extractions required by CMTI to conduct the Audit or Examination will be paid
for by CMTI. For purposes of this Section 4.3, a "Special Data Extraction" shall
mean the creation of an output record or informational report (from existing
data files) that is not created in the normal course of business. If any program
is developed to CMTI's specifications and at CMTI's expense, CMTI shall specify
at the time of request whether the program is to be retained by USWC for reuse
for any subsequent CMTI Audit or Examination. Notwithstanding the foregoing,
USWC shall pay all of CMTI's expenses in the event an Audit or Examination
results in an adjustment in the charges or in any invoice paid or payable by
CMTI hereunder in an amount that is, on an annualized basis, greater than one
percent (1 %) of the aggregate charges for all gateway services purchased under
this Agreement.

          4.4 Adjustments, credits or payments shall be made and any corrective
action shall commence within thirty (30) days from USWC's receipt of the final
audit report to compensate for any errors or omissions which are disclosed by
such Audit or Examination and are agreed to by the parties. The highest interest
rate allowable by law for commercial transactions shall be assessed and shall be
computed by compounding daily from the time of the overcharge to the day of
payment.

<PAGE>


                                                               Contract - Part A

          4.5 Neither such right to examine and audit nor the right to receive
an adjustment shall be affected by any statement to the contrary appearing on
checks or otherwise, unless such statement expressly waiving such right appears
in writing, is signed by the authorized representative of the Party having such
right and is delivered to the other Party in a manner sanctioned by this
Agreement.

          4.6 This Section 4 shall survive expiration or termination of this
Agreement shall for a period of two (2) years after expiration or termination of
this Agreement.

5.        INDEMNIFICATION.

          5.1 Each of the Parties agrees to release, indemnify, defend and hold
harmless the other Party and each of its officers, directors, employees and
agents (each, an "Indemnitee") from and against and in respect of any loss,
debt, liability, damage, obligation, claim, demand, judgment or settlement of
any nature or kind ("Claim") arising out of, resulting from or based upon any
pending or threatened claim, action, proceeding or suit by any third party known
or unknown, liquidated or unliquidated, including, but not limited to, costs and
attorneys' fees, accounting or otherwise, whether suffered, made, instituted or
asserted by any other party or person alleging any breach of any representation,
warranty or covenant made by such indemnifying Party (the "Indemnifying Party")
in this Agreement, for invasion of privacy, personal injury to or death of any
person or persons, or for loss, damage to, or destruction of property, whether
or not owned by others, resulting from the Indemnifying Party's performance,
breach of Applicable Law, or the actions or status of its employees, agents and
subcontractors; for actual or alleged infringement of any patent, copyright,
trademark, service mark, trade name, trade dress, trade secret or any other
intellectual property right, now known or later developed (referred to as
"Intellectual Property Rights"), or for failure to perform under this Agreement,
regardless of the form of action.

          5.2 The indemnification provided herein shall be conditioned upon the
following:

                   Whenever a Claim shall arise for indemnification under this
Section 5, the relevant Indemnitee, as appropriate, shall promptly notify the
Indemnifying Party and request the Indemnifying Party to defend the same.
Failure to so notify the Indemnifying Party shall not relieve the Indemnifying
Party of any liability the Indemnifying Party might have, except to the extent
that such failure prejudices the Indemnifying Party's ability to defend such
Claim.

                   The Indemnifying Party shall have the right to defend against
such liability or assertion, in which event the Indemnifying Party shall give
written notice to the Indemnitee of acceptance of the defense of such Claim and
the identity of counsel selected by the Indemnifying Party. Except as set forth
below, such notice to the

<PAGE>


                                                               Contract - Part A

relevant Indemnitee shall give the Indemnifying Party full authority to defen~i,
adjust, compromise or settle such Claim with respect to which such notice shall
have been given, except to the extent that any compromise or settlement shall
prejudice the Intellectual Property Rights of the relevant Indemnitees. The
Indemnifying Party shall consult with the relevant Indemnitee prior to any
compromise or settlement that would affect the Intellectual Property Rights or
other rights of any Indemnitee, and the relevant Indemnitee shall have the right
to refuse such compromise or settlement and, at the refusing Party's or refusing
Parties' cost, to take over such defense, provided that, in such event, the
Indemnifying Party shall not be responsible for, nor shall it be obligated to,
indemnify the relevant Indemnitee against any cost or liability in excess of
such refused compromise or settlement. With respect to any defense accepted by
the Indemnifying Party, the relevant Indemnitee shall be entitled to participate
with the Indemnifying Party in such defense if the Claim requests equitable
relief or other relief that could affect the rights of the Indemnitee and also
shall be entitled to employ separate counsel for such defense at such
Indemnitee's expense. In the event the Indemnifying Party does not accept the
defense of any indemnified Claim as provided above, the relevant Indemnitee
shall have the right to employ counsel for such defense at the expense of the
Indemnifying Party. Each Party agrees to cooperate and to cause its employees
and agents to cooperate with the other Party in the defense of any such Claim
and the relevant records of each Party shall be available to the other Party
with respect to any such defense.

6.        RESPONSIBILITY FOR ENVIRONMENTAL CONTAMINATION

          6.1 Neither Party shall be liable to the other for any costs
whatsoever resulting from the presence or Release of any Environmental Hazard
the other Party introduced to the affected Work Location. Both Parties shall
defend and hold harmless the other, its officers, directors and employees from
and against any losses, damages, claims, demands, suits, liabilities, fines,
penalties and expenses (including reasonable attorneys' fees) that arise out of
or result from: (a) any Environmental Hazard the Indemnifying Party, its
contractors or agents introduces to a Work Location, or (b) the presence or
Release of any Environmental Hazard for which the Indemnifying Party is
responsible under Applicable Law.

7.        LIMITATION OF LIABILITY

          7.1 Liabilities of CMTI - CMTI's liability to USWC during any Contract
Year resulting from any and all causes, other than as specified below, and in
Section 5 -Indemnification, and Section 6 - Responsibility for Environmental
Contamination, shall not exceed the amount due and owing by CMTI to USWC under
this Agreement during the Contract Year during which such cause accrues or
arises.

          7.2 Liabilities of USWC - USWC's liability to CMTI during any Contract
Year resulting from any and all causes, other than as specified below in Section
8 and

<PAGE>


                                                               Contract - Part A

Section 10, and in Section 5 - Indemnification, and Section 6 - Responsibility
for Environmental Contamination, shall not exceed the total of any amounts due
and owing to CMTI pursuant to Service Parity, Service Guarantees and the
Attachment related thereto, plus any amounts due and owing by CMTI to USWC under
this Agreement during the Contract Year during which such cause accrues or
arises.

          7.3 Neither Party shall be liable to the other for any indirect,
incidental, special or consequential damages arising out of or related to this
Agreement or the provision of service hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing
limitations, a Party's liability shall not be limited by the provisions of this
Section 7 in the event of its willful or intentional misconduct, including gross
negligence, or its repeated breach of any one or more of its material
obligations under this Agreement. A Party's liability shall not be limited with
respect to its indemnification obligations.

          FOR PURPOSES OF THIS SECTION 7, AMOUNTS DUE AND OWING TO CMTI PURSUANT
TO THE SECTION ON SERVICE PARITY, SERVICE GUARANTEES AND THE ATTACHMENT
REFERENCED IN THAT SECTION SHALL NOT BE CONSIDERED TO BE INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
CONSEQUENTIAL, RELIANCE OR SPECIAL DAMAGES.

8.        Remedies for Failure to Meet DMOQs

          8.1 USWC will provide all Local Services, Network Elements or
Combinations in accordance with service standards, measurements, performance
requirements, and Direct Measures of Quality (collectively referred to herein as
"DMOQs") expressly specified in this Agreement and Attachment 11 hereto. In
cases where such DMOQs are not expressly specified, USWC will provide all Local
Services, Network Elements or Combinations in accordance with DMOQs which are at
least equal or superior to the level of DMOQs that USWC is required to meet by
its own internal procedures or by law, or is actually meeting, in providing
Local Service, Network Elements or Combinations to itself, to its end-users or
to its Affiliates.

          8.2 The Parties have agreed to five categories for the DMOQs: (a)
Billing, (b) Operator Assistance and Directory Assistance, (c)
Pre-Order/Order/Provisioning and Maintenance/Repair, (d) Network Quality, and
(e) Interconnection and Unbundled Elements. Each such category of DMOQ includes
metrics which focus on timeliness, accuracy and network quality. The DMOQs
categories and detailed metrics associated with the DMOQs are set forth in
Attachment 11 to this Agreement. USWC's failure to meet DMOQs may result in
credits to CMTI identified as Per Occurrence Credits and Overall Performance
Credits, which are explained in detail in Attachment 11 hereto.

          8.3 CMTI shall also have the right, in its sole discretion, to obtain
an alternative Network Element, Combination or Service from USWC to replace any
Network Element(s), Combination(s) or Service(s) for which a Performance Failure


<PAGE>


                                                               Contract - Part A

Credit or Delay Credit is due, at USWC's expense, as to any amounts (4ncluding
installation charges) in excess of the otherwise applicable charges under this
Agreement for the affected Network Element, Combination or Service. If a
suitable alternative Network Element, Combination or Service is not available
from USWC, CMTI may obtain an alternative Network Element, Combination or
Service under this Subsection from another vendor or, in the case of the Delay
of an Network Element, Combination or Service that is to replace a Network
Element, Combination or Service provided to CMTI by another vendor, may continue
to use such Network Element, Combination or Service, provided that, in the event
of non-availability from USWC, the Performance Failure or Delay is reasonably
likely to last more than thirty (30) days. In ordering alternative Network
Elements, Combinations or Local Services pursuant to this Section, CMTI shall
choose the least costly Network Element, Combination or Service provided by such
vendor that reasonably meets its needs, shall subscribe to such Network Element,
Combination or Service for the minimum commercially available period and shall
move all affected traffic to the newly installed, repaired or restored Network
Element, Combination or Service as soon as possible after the end of such
period. If CMTI obtains an alternative Network Element, Combination or Service
from another vendor, CMTI may elect either to continue collecting Performance
Failure Credits or Delay Credits from USWC or require USWC to be fully
responsible for all obligations to the vendor and to pay in full all charges
associated with the cost of such replacement Network Element, Combination or
Service.

          8.4 USWC acknowledges that remedies at law alone are inadequate to
compensate CMTI for failures to meet the DMOQ requirements specified by this
Agreement, failures to install or provision Network Elements, Combinations or
Services in accordance with the Due Dates specified in this Agreement, or for
failures to provide Customer Usage Data in accordance with this Agreement. CMTI
shall have the right to seek injunctive relief and other equitable remedies (in
addition to remedies provided in this Agreement, at law and through
administrative process) to require USWC: (a) to cause the Network Elements,
Combinations or Services ordered by CMTI to meet the DMOQ requirements specified
by this Agreement, (b) to install or provision the Network Elements,
Combinations or Services ordered by CMTI within the Due Dates specified in this
Agreement, and (c) to provide Customer Usage Data in accordance with this
Agreement.

9.        WARRANTIES

          9.1 Except as otherwise provided herein, each Party shall perform its
obligations hereunder at a performance level no less than the highest level
which it uses for its own operations, or those of its Affiliates, but in no
event shall a Party use less than reasonable care in the performance of its
duties hereunder.

          9.2 USWC warrants that Local Interconnection will be provided in a
competitively neutral fashion, at any technically feasible point within its
network, at

<PAGE>


                                                               Contract - Part A

CMTI's request, and that such interconnection will contain all the same~
features, functions and capabilities, and be at least equal in quality to the
highest level provided by USWC to itself or its Affiliates. USWC shall have the
full burden of proving that a requested Interconnection Point ("IP") is not
technically feasible. To the extent USWC proves infeasibility, USWC shall be
required to provide to CMTI an alternative IP which will not impair CMTI's
ability to provide its Telecommunications Services. Such alternative IP shall be
technically equivalent to the requested IP and shall be subject to the same
terms and conditions as the requested IP. The price of the alternative IP shall
be cost-based, as provided in 47 U.S.C. Section 252(d)(1)(A)(I).

          9.3 USWC warrants that it will provide to CMTI on a nondiscriminatory
basis unbundled Network Elements and ancillary services, including, but not
limited to, local loop, local switching, tandem switching/transit switching,
transport, data switching, intelligent network and advanced intelligent network,
operator service, directory assistance, 911, white and yellow pages, and repair
and maintenance, at any technically feasible points requested by CMTI, and all
operations support systems used and useful in the preordering, ordering,
provisioning, design, engineering, maintenance, repair, tracking, management,
billing and any other function or functionality associated directly or
indirectly with unbundled Network Elements and ancillary services. USWC further
warrants that these services, or their functional components, will contain all
the same features, functions and capabilities and be provided at a level of
quality at least equal to the highest level which it provides to itself or its
Affiliates. USWC shall have the full burden of proving that access requested by
CMTI is not technically feasible. To the extent USWC proves infeasibility, USWC
shall be required to provide to CMTI an alternative service, which will not
impair CMTI's ability to provide its Telecommunications Services. Such
alternative service shall be technically equivalent to the requested service and
shall be subject to the same terms, conditions and price as the requested
service.

          9.4 USWC warrants that it will provide to CMTI nondiscriminatory
access to poles, pole attachments, ducts, innerducts, conduits, building
entrance facilities, building entrance links, equipment rooms, remote terminals,
cable vaults, telephone closets, building risers, rights of way, and other
pathways owned or controlled by USWC, using capacity currently available or that
can be made available. USWC shall have the full burden of proving that such
access is not technically feasible. To the extent USWC proves infeasibility,
USWC shall be required to provide to CMTI alternative suitable access which will
not impair CMTI's ability to provide its Telecommunications Services. Such
alternative access shall be technically equivalent to the requested access and
shall be subject to the same terms, conditions and price as the requested
access.

          9.5 Intentionally Deleted


<PAGE>


                                                               Contract - Part A

          9.6 USWC warrants that it will provide to CMTI unbundled transpoFt and
its components, including common transport, dedicated transport, with and
without electronics, and multiplexing/digital cross connect, with all the same
features, functions and capabilities, and with at least the same quality level
which USWC provides to itself or its Affiliates in provision of its, or such
Affiliate's, Telecommunications Services, and that such services will be
provided in a competitively neutral fashion. USWC shall have the full burden of
proving that access to unbundled transport or any unbundled transport components
is not technically feasible. To the extent USWC proves infeasibility, USWC shall
be required to provide to CMTI alternative suitable facilities which will not
impair CMTI's ability to provide its Telecommunications Services. Such
alternative facilities shall be technically equivalent to the requested access
and subject to the same terms and conditions as the requested access. The price
of the alternative facilities shall be cost-based, as provided in 47 U.S.C.
Section 252(d)(1)(A)(l).

          9.7 USWC warrants that it will provide unbundled local switching and
its functional components, including line port, trunk port and switching
capacity, including all features, functions and capabilities, and
nondiscriminatory access via electronic interface to databases and associated
signaling needed for call routing, call completion and service creation, and to
create and bill the communications path, all at the same or better grade of
service that USWC provides to itself or its Affiliates, unless service
degradation is due to CMTI purchasing insufficient capacity to meet its own
demand. USWC further warrants that unbundled local switching and its functional
components will be provided in a competitively neutral fashion. USWC shall have
the full burden of proving that access to unbundled local switching or its
functional components is not technically feasible. To the extent USWC proves
infeasibility, USWC shall be required to provide to CMTI alternative suitable
facilities which will not impair CMTI's ability to provide its
Telecommunications Services. Such alternative facilities shall be technically
equivalent to the requested access and subject to the same terms and conditions
as the requested access. The price of the alternative facilities shall be
cost-based, as provided in 47 U.S.C. Section 252(d)(1)(A)(l).

          9.8 USWC warrants that it will provide nondiscriminatory access to
telephone numbers.

          9.9 USWC warrants that it will provide to CMTI, in a competitively
neutral fashion, interim number portability with the same features, functions
and capabilities that USWC provides to itself or its Affiliates, and with as
little impairment of functioning, quality, reliability and convenience as
possible, and that it will provide such service as required by the FCC in
Telephone Number Portability, CC Docket No. 95-116, First Report and Order,
released July 2,1996.

          9.10 USWC warrants that it will provide to CMTI, in a competitively
neutral fashion, dialing parity for local exchange service and interexchange
service with the same features, functions and capabilities that USWC provides to
itself or its Affiliates,

<PAGE>


                                                               Contract - Part A

and that it will provide such service as required by the FCC in Implementation
of the Local Competition Provisions of the Telecommunications Act of 1996,
Second Report and Order and Memorandum Opinion and Order, FCC 96-333, released
August 8, 1996, so that CMTI's subscribers experience no greater post-dial delay
than similarly-situated USWC subscribers and are not required to dial any
greater number of digits than similarly situated USWC subscribers.

          9.11 USWC warrants that, with respect to Local Resale, order entry,
provisioning, installation, trouble resolution, maintenance, customer care,
billing and service quality will be provided at least as expeditiously as USWC
provides for itself or for its own retail local service or to others, or to its
Affiliates, and that it will provide such services to CMTI in a competitively
neutral fashion and at a level of quality which allows CMTI in turn to provide
Local Resale at a level of quality at least equal to the highest level of
quality USWC provides for itself for its own retail local service or to others,
or to its Affiliates. If CMTI requires USWC to meet a standard of service higher
than the highest standard USWC provides itself, and beyond the specific mandates
in applicable Commission Orders or Rules, CMTI shall pay a reasonable portion of
USWC's additional cost of providing the higher quality of service. USWC warrants
further that it will impose no restrictions on CMTI's resale of these services
unless specifically sanctioned by the Commission.

          9.12 USWC warrants that it will provide, on a nondiscriminatory basis,
space on its premises for physical or virtual collocation, as CMTI may specify,
for equipment necessary for CMTI's interconnection and access to unbundled
network elements. In order to be valid, CMTI's collocation requests must be
consistent with Commission and FCC requirements.

10.       NONEXCLUSIVE REMEDIES

          10.1 Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, each of
the remedies provided under this Agreement is cumulative and is in addition to
any remedies that may be available at law or in equity.

          10.2 The obligations of USWC and the services offered under this
Agreement are unique. Accordingly, in addition to any other available rights or
remedies, CMTI may sue in equity for specific performance, and USWC expressly
waives the defense that a remedy in damages would be adequate.

          10.3 In the event USWC fails to switch a subscriber to CMTI service as
requested through an CMTI service request, within the intervals set forth in
this Agreement, the continued provision of Telecommunications Services by USWC
to such subscriber shall be deemed an illegal change in subscriber carrier
selection commencing with the time at which USWC failed to switch such
subscriber. In such event, USWC shall reimburse CMTI in an amount equal to all
charges paid by such

<PAGE>


                                                               Contract - Part A


subscriber to USWC from the time of such failure to switch to the time at which
the subscriber switch is accomplished. This remedy shall be in addition to all
other remedies available to CMTI under this Agreement or otherwise available.

          10.4 All rights of termination, cancellation or other remedies
prescribed in this Agreement, or otherwise available, are cumulative and are not
intended to be exclusive of other remedies to which the injured Party may be
entitled at law or in equity in the event of any breach or threatened breach by
the other Party of any provision of this Agreement. Use of one or more remedies
shall not bar use of any other remedy for the purpose of enforcing the
provisions of this Agreement. The Parties agree that the credits for performance
standards failures contained in Attachment 11 are not inconsistent with any
other remedy and are intended only to compensate CMTI, partially and
immediately, for the loss in value to CMTI for USWC failure to meet Performance
Standards.

          10.5 While the Parties may elect remedies from those available at law,
in equity, or under the terms of this Agreement, and such remedies may in some
cases be cumulative, the Parties in no event shall use their election of
remedies to secure a double recovery of damages.

11.       DISPUTE RESOLUTION

          11.1 The Parties recognize and agree that the Commission has
continuing jurisdiction to implement and enforce all terms and conditions of
this Agreement. Accordingly, the Parties agree that any dispute arising out of
or relating to this Agreement that the Parties themselves cannot resolve, may be
submitted to the Commission for resolution. The Parties agree to seek expedited
resolution by the Commission, and shall request that resolution occur in no
event later than sixty (60) days from the date of submission of such dispute. If
the Commission appoints an expert(s) or other facilitator(s) to assist in its
decision making, each Party shall pay half of the fees and expenses so incurred.
During the Commission proceeding, each Party shall continue to perform its
obligations under this Agreement; provided, however, that neither Party shall be
required to act in any unlawful fashion. This provision shall not preclude the
Parties from seeking relief available in any other forum, subject to review by
the Commission. The Parties shall submit a copy of each arbitration opinion to
the Commission, the Department of Public Service, and the Office of the Attorney
General, Residential and Small Business Utilities Division. The arbitrator's
decision shall remain in effect unless the Commission acts to suspend, modify,
or reject the decision within 45 days.


<PAGE>


                                                               Contract - Part A

12.       NONDISCLOSURE/CONFIDENTIALITY AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

To the extent permitted by applicable law, either party may disclose to the
other proprietary or confidential customer, technical, or business information.

          12.1 All information which is disclosed by one Party to the other in
connection with this Agreement shall automatically be deemed proprietary to the
Discloser and subject to this Agreement, unless otherwise confirmed in writing
by the Discloser. In addition, by way of example and not limitation, all orders
for Local Services, Network Elements or Combinations placed by CMTI pursuant to
this Agreement, and information that would constitute Customer Proprietary
Network Information of CMTI customers pursuant to the Act and the rules and
regulations of the FCC, and Recorded Usage Data as described in Attachment 8,
whether disclosed by CMTI to USWC or otherwise acquired by USWC in the course of
the performance of this Agreement, shall be deemed Confidential Information of
CMTI for all purposes under this Agreement.

          12.2. The Recipient may make copies of Confidential Information only
as reasonably necessary to perform its obligations under this Agreement. All
such copies shall bear the same copyright and proprietary rights notices as are
contained on the original. Upon request by the Discloser, the Recipient shall
return, within thirty (30) days of such request, all tangible copies of
Proprietary Information, whether written, graphic or otherwise, except that the
Recipient may retain one (1) copy for archival purposes. If either Party loses
or makes an unauthorized disclosure of the other Party's Confidential
Information, it shall notify such other Party immediately and use reasonable
efforts to retrieve the lost or wrongfully disclosed information.

          12.3. For a period of five (5) years from the receipt of Confidential
Information, each Party shall keep all of the other Party's Proprietary
lnformation confidential and shall use the other Party's Proprietary Information
only for performing the covenants contained in this Agreement. Neither Party
shall use the other Party's Proprietary Information for any other purpose except
upon such terms and conditions as may be agreed upon between the Parties in
writing.

          12.4 Unless otherwise agreed, the obligations of confidentiality and
non-use set forth in this Agreement do not apply to such Proprietary Information
that:

          (a) was, at the time of receipt, already known to the Recipient free
of any obligation to keep it confidential evidenced by written records prepared
prior to delivery by the Discloser; or

          (b) is or becomes publicly known through no wrongful act of the
Recipient; or

          (c) is rightfully received from a third person having no direct or
indirect secrecy or confidentiality obligation to the Discloser with respect to
such information; or

<PAGE>


                                                               Contract - Part A

          (d) is independently developed by an employee, agent or contractor of
the Recipient which individual is not involved in any manner with the provision
of services pursuant to this Agreement and does not have any direct or indirect
access to the Proprietary Information; or

          (e) is disclosed to a third person by the Discloser without similar
restrictions on such third person's rights; or

          (f) is approved for release by written authorization of the
Disclosure; or

          (g) is required to be made public by the Recipient pursuant to
applicable law or regulation, provided that the Recipient shall give sufficient
notice of the requirement to the Discloser to enable the Discloser to seek
protective orders.

          12.5 Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the
Proprietary Information provisions of this Agreement shall apply to all
information furnished by either Party to the other in furtherance of the purpose
of this Agreement, even if furnished before the Effective Date of this
Agreement.

          12.6 Each Party's obligations to safeguard Confidential Information
disclosed prior to expiration or termination of this Agreement shall survive
such expiration or termination.

          12.7 Each Party agrees that the Discloser would be irreparably injured
by a breach of this Agreement by the Recipient or its representatives and that
the Discloser shall be entitled to seek equitable relief, including injunctive
relief and specific performance, in the event of any breach of the provisions of
this Agreement. Such remedies shall not be deemed to be the exclusive remedies
for a breach of this Agreement, but shall be in addition to all other remedies
available at law or in equity.

          12.8 CPNI related to CMTI's subscribers obtained by virtue of Local
Interconnection or any other service provided under this Agreement shall be
CMTI's proprietary information and may not be used by USWC for any purpose
except performance of its obligations under this Agreement, and, in connection
with such performance, shall be disclosed only to employees with a need to know,
unless the CMTI subscriber expressly directs CMTI to disclose such information
to USWC pursuant to the requirements of Section 222(c)(2) of the Act. If USWC
seeks and obtains written approval to use or disclose such CPNI from CMTI's
subscribers, such approval shall be obtained only in compliance with Section
222(c)(2) and, in the event such authorization is obtained, USWC may use or
disclose only such information as CMTI provides pursuant to such authorization
and may not use information that USWC has otherwise obtained, directly or
indirectly, in connection with its performance under this Agreement.
CPNI related to USWC's subscribers obtained by virtue of Local


<PAGE>


                                                               Contract - Part A

Interconnection shall be USWC's proprietary information and may not be used..by
CMTI for any purpose except performance of its obligations under this Agreement,
and in connection with such performance shall be disclosed only to employees
with a need to know, unless the USWC subscriber expressly directs USWC to
disclose such information to CMTI pursuant to the requirements of Section
222(c)(2) of the Act. If CMTI seeks and obtains written approval to use or
disclose such CPNI from USWC's subscribers, such approval shall be obtained only
in compliance with Section 222(c)(2) and, in the event such authorization is
obtained, CMTI may use or disclose only such information as USWC provides
pursuant to such authorization and may not use information that CMTI has
otherwise obtained, directly or indirectly, in connection with its performance
under this Agreement.

          12.9 The Parties recognize and agree that the Commission may obtain
any and all records of the Parties the Commission considers necessary to fulfill
its duties under Minnesota and federal law.

13.       OPTION TO OBTAIN LOCAL SERVICES OR NETWORK ELEMENTS UNDER OTHER
          AGREEMENTS

          13.1 The Parties agree that the provisions of 47 U.S.C. Section 252(l)
shall apply, including final state and federal interpretative regulations in
effect from time to time.

14.       CUSTOMER CREDIT HISTORY

          14.1 The Parties agree that they will provide service to their
customers under governing Commission rules. Issues relating to the assessment of
customer creditworthiness will be governed by Minn. Rules, part 781 0.1500,
related or successor rules, and relevant Commission Orders.

15.       BRANDING

          15.1 Services offered by CMTI incorporating Network Elements or
Combinations made available to CMTI pursuant to this Agreement, and Local
Services CMTI offers for resale shall, at CMTI's sole discretion, be branded
exclusively as CMTI services, or otherwise, as CMTI shall determine. CMTI shall
provide the exclusive interface to CMTI customers in connection with the
marketing, offering or provision of CMTI services, except as CMTI shall
otherwise specify. In those instances where CMTI requires USWC personnel to
interface directly with CMTI customers, either orally in person or by telephone,
or in writing, such personnel shall identify themselves as representing CMTI,
and shall not identify themselves as representing USWC. All forms, business
cards or other business materials furnished by USWC to CMTI customers shall be
subject to CMTI's prior review and approval, and shall bear no corporate name,
logo, trademark or tradename other than CMTI's or such other brand as CMTI shall
determine. In no event shall USWC personnel acting on behalf of CMTI

<PAGE>


                                                               Contract - Part A

pursuant to this Agreement provide information to CMTI's local service customers
about USWC products or services. USWC shall provide, for CMTl's review and
approval, the methods and procedures, training and approaches to be used by USWC
to ensure that USWC meets CMTI's branding requirements.

          15.2 The costs of branding will be borne by the Party requesting the
branding. Rates for branding will be negotiated by the Parties or resolved by
the Commission in further proceedings.

16.       PATENTS / TRADEMARKS

          16.1. Nothing in this Agreement shall be construed as the grant of a
license, either express or implied, with respect to any patent, copyright, logo,
trademark, trade secret or any other proprietary or intellectual property
currently or hereafter owned, controlled or licensable by each Party. CMTI may
not use any logo, trademark or other Intellectual Property Right of USWC without
execution of a separate agreement between the Parties. The Parties will file
with the Commission any agreements between the Parties which allow one Party to
use anothers' logo, trademark, name, or other intellectual property. The filing
shall include the agreed upon compensation for such use.

17.       PUBLICITY AND ADVERTISING

          17.1 Neither Party shall publish or use any advertising, sales
promotions or other publicity materials that use the other Party's logo,
trademarks or service marks without the prior written approval of the other
Party.

18.       FORCE MAJEURE

          18.1 Except as otherwise specifically provided in this Agreement,
neither Party shall be responsible for any delay or failure in performance
resulting from acts or occurrences beyond the reasonable control of such Party
and without its fault or negligence, regardless of whether such delays or
failures in performance were foreseen or foreseeable as of the Effective Date of
this Agreement, including, without limitation: fire, explosion, power failure,
acts of God, war, revolution, civil commotion, or acts of public enemies; any
law, order, regulation, ordinance or requirement of any government or legal
body; labor unrest, including, without limitation, strikes, slowdowns, picketing
or boycotts; delays caused by the other Party or by other service or equipment
vendors; or any other circumstances beyond the Party's reasonable control. In
such event, the Party affected shall, upon giving prompt notice to the other
Party, be excused from such performance on a day-to-day basis to the extent of
such interference (and the other Party shall likewise be excused from
performance of its obligations on a day-for-day basis to the extent such Party's
obligations relate to the performance so interfered with). The affected Party
shall use its best efforts to avoid or


<PAGE>


                                                               Contract - Part A

remove the cause of non-performance and both Parties shall proceed to perform
with dispatch once the causes cease or are removed. In the event of such
performance delay or failure by USWC, USWC agrees to resume performance in a
nondiscriminatory manner and not favor its own provision of Telecommunications
Services above that of CMTI. For purposes of this Agreement, Force Majeure shall
not include acts of any Governmental Authority relating to environmental, health
or safety conditions at Work Locations.

19.       WAIVER

          19.1 No waiver of any provisions of this Agreement and no consent to
any default under this Agreement shall be effective unless the same shall be in
writing and properly executed by or on behalf of the Party against whom such
waiver or consent is claimed and approved by the Commission. No course of
dealing or failure of either Party to strictly enforce any term, right or
condition of this Agreement in any instance shall be construed as a general
waiver or relinquishment on its part of any such provision, but the same shall,
nevertheless, be and remain in full force and effect. Waiver by either Party of
any default by the other Party shall not be deemed a waiver of any other
default. By entering into this Agreement CMTI and USWC do not waive any right
granted to it pursuant to the Act.

20.       GOVERNING LAW/COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS

          20.1 This Agreement shall be deemed to be a contract made under and
shall be construed, interpreted and enforced in accordance with the laws of the
state of Minnesota. Insofar as matters of federal law or regulation are
exclusively concerned, the Parties agree to the exclusive jurisdiction of the
federal court for the state of Minnesota. Issues or matters exclusively arising
under state law or regulation may be heard by the state court which would
otherwise have jurisdiction over such issue or matter. CMTI and USWC each shall
comply, at its own expense, with all Applicable Law that relates to: (a) its
obligations under or activities in connection with this Agreement, or (b) its
activities undertaken at, in connection with, or relating to Work Locations. No
Party waives the right to pursue any constitutional objections it may have to a
federal court reviewing the Commission's decisions in this arbitration. This
provision should not be construed to mean that USWC's costs of obtaining the
rights and privileges necessary to provide the Network Elements and Local
Services pursuant to this Agreement will not be included in USWC's costs of
service to CMTI.

          USWC shall accept orders for Local Service, Network Elements or
Combinations in accordance with the FCC Rules, including, but not limited to,
Sections 51 .313(c) and 51.319(F)(1). USWC, AT ITS OWN EXPENSE, WILL BE SOLELY
RESPONSIBLE FOR OBTAINING FROM governmental authorities, building owners, other
carriers, and any other persons or entities, all rights and privileges
(including, but not limited to, space and power), which

<PAGE>


                                                               Contract - Part A

are necessary for USWC to provide the Network Elements and Local Services
pursuant to this Agreement.

          20.2 USWC shall be responsible for obtaining and keeping in effect all
FCC, state regulatory commission, franchise authority and other regulatory
approvals that may be required in connection with the performance of its
obligations under this Agreement. CMTI shall be responsible for obtaining and
keeping in effect all FCC, state regulatory commission, franchise authority and
other regulatory approvals that may be required in connection with its offering
of services to CMTI customers contemplated by this Agreement. CMTI shall
reasonably cooperate with USWC in obtaining and maintaining any required
approvals for which USWC is responsible, and USWC shall reasonably cooperate
with CMTI in obtaining and maintaining any required approvals for which CMTI is
responsible.

          In the event USWC is required by any governmental authority to file a
tariff or make another similar filing in connection with the performance of any
action that would otherwise be governed by this Agreement, USWC shall: (a)
consult with CMTI reasonably in advance of such filing about the form and
substance of such filing, and (b) take all steps reasonably necessary to ensure
that such tariff or other filing imposes obligations upon USWC that are
identical to those provided in this Agreement and preserves for CMTI the full
benefit of the rights otherwise provided in this Agreement. In no event shall
USWC file any tariff that purports to govern Local Service, Network Elements or
Combinations that is inconsistent with the terms and conditions set forth in
this Agreement.

          In the event any final and nonappealable legislative, regulatory,
judicial or other legal action materially affects any material terms of this
Agreement, or the ability of CMTI or USWC to perform any material terms of this
Agreement, CMTI or USWC may, on thirty (30) days' written notice (delivered not
later than thirty (30) days following the date on which such action has become
legally binding and has otherwise become final and nonappealable) require that
such terms be renegotiated, and the Parties shall renegotiate in good faith such
mutually acceptable new terms as may be required. In the event such new terms
are not renegotiated within ninety (90) days after such notice, the dispute
shall be referred to the Dispute Resolution procedures set forth in Section 11
herein.

21.       NO THIRD-PARTY BENEFICIARIES

          21.1 Except as may be specifically set forth in this Agreement, this
Agreement does not provide and shall not be construed to provide third parties
with any remedy, claim, liability, reimbursement, cause of action or other
privilege. The Commission, on behalf of the public, is a third-party beneficiary
of this Agreement and is entitled to receive notice of, and to intervene in, any
lawsuit that is filed pertaining to this Agreement.

<PAGE>


                                                               Contract - Part A

22.       RESPONSIBILITY OF EACH PARTY

          22.1 Each Party is an independent contractor and has and hereby
retains the right to exercise full control of and supervision over its own
performance of its obligations under this Agreement and retains full control
over the employment, direction, compensation and discharge of all employees
assisting in the performance of such obligations. Each Party will be solely
responsible for all matters relating to payment of such employees, including
compliance with social security taxes, withholding taxes and all other
regulations governing such matters. Each Party will be solely responsible for
proper handling, storage, transport and disposal, at its own expense, of all:
(a) substances or materials that it or its contractors or agents bring to,
create or assume control over at Work Locations, or (b) Waste resulting
therefrom or otherwise generated in connection with its or its contractors' or
agents' activities at the Work Locations. Subject to the limitations on
liability and except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, each Party shall
be responsible for: (x) its own acts and performance of all obligations imposed
by Applicable Law in connection with its activities, legal status and property,
real or personal, and (y) the acts of its own Affiliates, employees, agents and
contractors during the performance of that Party's obligations hereunder.

23.       ASSIGNMENT/SUBCONTRACTING

          23.1 USWC may not assign any of its rights or delegate any of its
obligations under this Agreement without the prior written consent of CMTI,
which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. Notwithstanding the foregoing,
USWC may assign its rights and benefits and delegate its duties and obligations
under this Agreement without the consent of CMTI to a one hundred percent (100%)
owned affiliate company of USWC, provided that the performance of any such
assignee is guaranteed by the assignor. Any prohibited assignment or delegations
shall be null and void. The Party making e assignment shall notify the
Commission sixty (60) days in advance of the effective date of the assignment.

          USWC may not subcontract the performance of any obligation under this
Agreement without the prior written consent of CMTI, which consent shall not be
unreasonably withheld. If any obligation is performed through a subcontractor,
USWC shall remain fully responsible for the performance of this Agreement in
accordance with its terms, including any obligations it performs through
subcontractors, and USWC shall be solely responsible for payments due its
subcontractors. No contract, subcontract or other agreement entered into by
either Party with any third party in connection with the provision of Local
Services or Network Elements hereunder shall provide for any indemnity,
guarantee or assumption of liability by, or other obligation of, the other Party
to this Agreement with respect to such arrangement, except as consented to in
writing by the other Party. No subcontractor shall be deemed a third party
beneficiary for any purposes under this Agreement.

<PAGE>


                                                               Contract - Part A

24.       ENTIRE AGREEMENT

          24.1 This Agreement, which shall include the Attachments, Appendices
and other documents referenced herein, constitutes the entire agreement between
the Parties and supersedes all prior oral or written agreements,
representations, statements, negotiations, understandings, proposals and
undertakings with respect to the subject matter hereof.

25.       SEVERABILITY

          25.1 Subject to the provisions of Section 20 herein, if any term,
condition or provision of this Agreement is held to be invalid or unenforceable
for any reason, such invalidity or unenforceability shall not invalidate the
entire Agreement, unless such construction would be unreasonable. This Agreement
shall be construed as if it did not contain the invalid or unenforceable
provision or provisions, and the rights and obligations of each Party shall be
construed and enforced accordingly; provided however, that in the event such
invalid or unenforceable provision or provisions are essential elements of this
Agreement and substantially impair the rights or obligations of either Party,
the Parties shall promptly negotiate a replacement provision or provisions. If
any term, condition, or provision of this Agreement, or this Agreement in its
entirety, is construed to be invalid or unenforceable pursuant to this section,
the Parties shall notify the Commission of the construction. If the Parties
negotiate a replacement provision or provisions pursuant to this section, the
Parties shall submit the new provision to the Commission for its review. If the
Parties cannot agree on a replacement provision, the Parties shall submit the
issue to the Commission for resolution.

26.       AMENDMENTS

          26.1 Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, no amendment or
waiver of any provision of this Agreement, and no consent to any default under
this Agreement, shall be effective unless the same is in writing and signed by
an authorized officer of the Party against whom such amendment, waiver or
consent is claimed. In addition, no course of dealing or failure of a Party
strictly to enforce any term, right or condition of this Agreement shall be
construed as a waiver of such term, right or condition. No amendment, waiver, or
consent to default under this Agreement shall be effective without approval of
the Commission.

27.       HEADINGS OF NO FORCE OR EFFECT

          27.1 The headings of Articles and Sections of this Agreement are for
convenience of reference only, and shall in no way define, modify or restrict
the meaning or interpretation of the terms or provisions of this Agreement.

<PAGE>

                                                               Contract - Part A


28.       NOTICES

          28.1 Any notices or other communications required or permitted to be
given or delivered under this Agreement shall be in hard-copy writing (unless
otherwise specifically provided herein) and shall be sufficiently given if
delivered personally, by certified U. S. Mail or by prepaid overnight express
service to the following (unless otherwise specifically required by this
Agreement to be delivered to another representative or point of contact):

                  USWC
                  Director Interconnection Compliance
                  1801 California, Room 2410
                  Denver, CO 80202

                  With copy to:
                  U S WEST Law Department
                  Attention: General Counsel, Interconnection
                  1801 California Street, 51st Floor
                  Denver, CO 80202

                  COMMISSION
                  Executive Secretary
                  Minnesota Public Utilities Commission
                  121 Seventh Place East, Suite 350
                  St Paul, Minnesota 55101-2147

                  CMTI

                  Mr. Richard Smith
                  730 2nd Avenue South
                  Suite 1200
                  Minneapolis, MN 55402

                  With a copy to:
                  Mr. Lawrence Freedman
                  Arter & Hadden LLP
                  1801 K Street NW, Suite 400K
                  Washington, DC 20006-1301

          Either Party may unilaterally change its designated representative
and/or address for the receipt of notices by giving seven (7) days' prior
written notice to the other Party in compliance with this Section. Any notice or
other communication shall be deemed given when received.


<PAGE>


                                                               Contract - Part A

29.       INTENTIONALLY DELETED

30.       EXECUTED IN COUNTERPARTS

          30.1 This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts,
each of which shall be deemed an original; but such counterparts shall together
constitute one and the same instrument.

31.       REFERENCED DOCUMENTS

          31.1 Whenever any provision of this Agreement refers to a technical
reference, technical publication, CMTI Practice, USWC Practice, any publication
of telecommunications industry administrative or technical standards, or any
other document specifically incorporated into this Agreement, it will be deemed
to be a reference to the most recent version or edition (including any
amendments, supplements, addenda, or successors) of such document that is in
effect, and will include the most recent version or edition (including any
amendments, supplements, addenda, or successors) of each document incorporated
by reference in such a technical reference, technical publication, CMTI
Practice, USWC Practice, or publication of industry standards (unless CMTI
elects otherwise). In the event a Party finds an inconsistency between or among
publications or standards, the Parties shall attempt to negotiate a mutually
satisfactory resolution of the inconsistency. If the Parties are unable to reach
mutual agreement on the issue, they shall submit the issue to the Commission for
resolution, as provided in Part 11, Dispute Resolution, of this Agreement.

32.       SURVIVAL

          32.1 Any liabilities or obligations of a Party for acts or omissions
prior to the cancellation or termination of this Agreement; any obligation of a
Party under the provisions regarding indemnification, Confidential Information,
limitations on liability, and any other provisions of this Agreement which, by
their terms, are contemplated to survive (or to be performed after) termination
of this Agreement, shall survive cancellation or termination thereof.

33.       SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS

          33.1 This Agreement shall be binding upon, and inure to the benefit
of, the Parties hereto and their respective successors and permitted assigns.


<PAGE>


                                                               Contract - Part A

                         PART II: LOCAL SERVICES RESALE

34.       INTRODUCTION

          At the request of CMTI, and pursuant to the requirements of the Act,
USWC will make available to CMTI for resale any Telecommunications Service USWC
currently provides, or may offer hereafter. USWC shall also provide Support
Functions and Services Functions as set forth in the Attachments to this
Agreement. The Telecommunications Services, Service Functions and Support
Functions provided by USWC pursuant to this Agreement are collectively referred
to as "Local Service." This Part, in summary form, and Attachment 2, in detail,
describe several services which USWC shall make available to CMTI for resale
pursuant to this Agreement. These lists are neither all inclusive nor exclusive.

35.       LOCAL SERVICES RESALE

          35.1    General

          USWC shall apply the principles set forth in 47 CFR Section 64.1100 to
the process for end-user selection of a primary local exchange carrier. The
prices charged to CMTI for Local Service shall be wholesale rates determined on
the basis of retail rates charged to subscribers for the Telecommunications
Service requested, excluding the portion thereof attributable to any marketing,
billing, collection and other costs that will be avoided by USWC. Except as
limited by Attachment 2, CMTI may resell Local Services to provide
Telecommunications Services to any and all classes of end-users. USWC shall
ensure that all CMTI customers experience the same dialing parity as
similarly-situated customers of USWC services. USWC will notify CMTI of any
changes in the terms and conditions under which it offers Telecommunications
Services at retail to subscribers who are not telecommunications service
providers or carriers.

          35.2    Specific Services

          (a) At CMTI's option, CMTI may purchase the entire set of CENTREX
features or a subset of any one or any combination of such features, tariffed or
non-tariffed.

          (b) CMTI may purchase the entire set of CLASS and Custom features and
functions, a subset of or any combination of such features.

          (c) Local Services include certain Voluntary Federal Customer
Financial Assistance Programs.

<PAGE>


                                                               Contract - Part A

          (d) USWC shall provide E911 and 911 Service to CMTI, for CMTI's
customers.

          (e) Where USWC provides Telephone Relay Service, USWC shall make such
service available to CMTI at no additional charge, for use by CMTI customers who
are speech or hearing-impaired.

          (f) CMTI may purchase the entire set of Advanced Intelligent Network
("AIN") features or functions, or a subset or any one or any combination of such
features or functions, on a customer-specific basis.

          35.3 Support Functions

          (a) Routing to Directory Assistance, Operator and Repair Services.

          (b) Busy Line Verification and Emergency Line Interrupt.

          (c) Access to the Line Information Database.

          (d) Telephone line number calling cards.

          35.4 Service Functions

          (a) USWC shall provide an electronic interface for transferring and
receiving Service Orders and Provisioning data and materials.

          (b) Work order processes shall meet service parity requirements.

          (c) The point of contact for CMTI customers shall be CMTI.

          (d) Each Party shall provide the other Party with a single point of
contact for all inquiries regarding the implementation of this Part.

          (e) CMTI's representative will have real-time access to USWC customer
information to enable the CMTI representative to perform tasks outlined on
Attachments 2, 5, 6, and 9.

          (f) After receipt and acceptance of a Service Order, USWC shall
provision such Service Order in accordance with the Intervals and DMOQs
specified in Attachment 11.

          (g) Maintenance shall be provided in accordance with the requirements
and standards set forth in Attachments 6 and 11.

<PAGE>


                                                               Contract - Part A

          (h) USWC shall provide the Customer Usage Data recorded by USWC in
accordance with the requirements and standards set forth in Attachment 8.

          (i) In addition to testing described elsewhere in this Section and
Attachment 3, USWC shall test the systems used to perform the functions set
forth in Attachment 2 at least sixty (60) days prior to commencement of USWC's
provision of Local Service, in order to establish system readiness capabilities.

          (j) USWC shall bill CMTI for Local Service provided by USWC to CMTI
pursuant to the terms of this Part and Schedules 1 and 2. USWC shall recognize
CMTI as the customer of record for all Local Service and will send all notices,
bills and other pertinent information directly to CMTI.

                      PART III: UNBUNDLED NETWORK ELEMENTS

36.       INTRODUCTION

          36.1 This Part III sets forth the unbundled Network Elements USWC
agrees to offer to CMTI in accordance with its obligations under Section 251
(c)(3) of the Act. The specific terms and conditions that apply to the unbundled
Network Elements are described below and in the Network Elements Service
Description Attachment. The price for each Network Element is set forth in Part
IV of this Agreement.

37.       UNBUNDLED NETWORK ELEMENTS

          USWC will offer Network Elements to CMTI on an unbundled basis on
rates, terms and conditions that are just, reasonable and non-discriminatory in
accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement and the requirements
of Section 251 and Section 252 of the Act.

          USWC will permit CMTI to interconnect CMTI's facilities or facilities
provided by CMTI or by third parties with each of USWC's unbundled Network
Elements at any point designated by CMTI that is technically feasible.

          CMTI, at its option, may designate any technically feasible network
interface at a Served Premises, including, without limitation, DS-0, DS-1, DS-3,
STS-1, and OC-n (where n equals I to)) interfaces, and any other interface
described in the applicable technical references.

          CMTI may use one or more Network Elements to provide any feature,
function or service option that such Network Element is capable of providing or
any feature, function or service option described in the technical references
identified herein, or as may otherwise be determined by CMTI.

<PAGE>

                                                               Contract - Part A

          USWC shall offer each Network Element individually and in combination
with any other Network Element or Network Elements in order to permit CMTI to
combine such Network Element or Network Elements with another Network Element or
other Network Elements obtained from USWC or with network components provided by
itself or by third parties to provide Telecommunications Services to its
customers.

          For each Network Element, USWC shall provide a demarcation point
(e.g., an interconnection point at a Digital Signal Cross Connect or Light Guide
Cross Connect panel or a Main Distribution Frame) and, if necessary, access to
such demarcation point, which CMTI agrees is suitable. Where USWC provides
contiguous Network Elements to CMTI, however, USWC may provide the existing
interconnections and no demarcation point shall exist between such contiguous
Network Elements.

          USWC shall not charge CMTI an interconnection fee or demand other
consideration for directly interconnecting any Network Element or Combination to
any other Network Element or Combination provided by USWC to CMTI if USWC
directly interconnects the same two Network Elements or Combinations in
providing any service to its own customers or a USWC affiliate, including the
use of intermediate devices, such as a digital signal cross connect panel, to
perform such interconnection.

          The total charge to CMTI to interconnect any Network Element or
Combination to any other Network Element or Combination provided by USWC to CMTI
if USWC does not directly interconnect the same two Network Elements or
Combinations in providing any service to its own customers or a USWC affiliate
(e.g., the interconnection required to connect the Loop Feeder to an ALEC's
collocated equipment), shall be USWC's total service long-run incremental cost
of providing the interconnection.

          Subsections I through 11 below list the Network Elements CMTI and USWC
have identified as of the Effective Date of this Agreement. CMTI and USWC agree
that the Network Elements identified in this Part Ill are not exclusive. Either
Party may identify additional or revised Network Elements as necessary to
improve services to customers, to improve network or service efficiencies or to
accommodate changing technologies, customer demand, or regulatory requirements.
Upon the identification of a new or revised Network Element, the Party so
identifying the new or revised Network Element shall notify the other Party of
the existence of and the technical characteristics of the new or revised Network
Element. If the Parties do not agree on the existence of and the technical
characteristics of the newly identified or revised Network Element, any issues
not resolved by the Parties within thirty (30) days of notification shall be
submitted to the Dispute Resolution Procedures as set forth in this Agreement.
Within thirty (30) days of CMTI and USWC agreeing on the technical
characteristics of the new or revised Network Element, the Parties will attempt
to agree on the rates, terms and conditions that would apply to such Network
Element and the effects, if any, on the price, performance or other terms and
conditions of existing Network Elements. If the

<PAGE>


                                                               Contract - Part A

Parties do not agree on rates, terms and conditions and other matters set forth
herein, any issues not resolved by the Parties within thirty (30) days shall be
submitted to the Dispute Resolution Procedures as set forth in this Agreement.
Additionally, if USWC provides any Network Element not identified in this
Agreement, to itself, to its own customers, to a USWC Affiliate or to any other
entity, USWC will provide the same Network Element to CMTI on rates, terms and
conditions no less favorable to CMTI than those provided to itself or to any
other Party. The Network Elements are described below. Additional descriptions,
and requirements for each Network Element are set forth in Attachment 3.

          37.1 Loop Distribution

          "Loop Distribution" is a Network Element comprised of two (2) distinct
component parts: a Network Interface Device and Distribution Media.

          37.2 Network Interface Device

          The "Network Interface Device" ("NID") is a single-line termination
device or that portion of a multiple-line termination device required to
terminate a single line or circuit. The fundamental function of the NID is to
establish the official network demarcation point between a carrier and its
end-user customer. The NID features two (2) independent chambers or divisions
which separate the service provider's network from the customer's inside wiring.
Each chamber or division contains the appropriate connection points or posts to
which the service provider and the end-user customer each make their
connections. The NID provides a protective ground connection and is capable of
terminating cables such as twisted pair cable.

          37.3 Distribution Media

          "Distribution Media" provides connectivity between the NID component
of Loop Distribution and the terminal block on the customer-side of a Feeder
Distribution Interface (FDI). The FDI is a device that terminates the
Distribution Media and the Loop Feeder, and cross-connects them in order to
provide a continuous transmission path between the NID and a telephone company
central office. For loop plant that contains a Loop Concentrator/Multiplexer,
the Distribution Media may terminate at the FDI (if one exists), or at a
termination and cross-connect field associated with the Loop
Concentrator/Multiplexer. This termination and cross-connect field may be in the
form of an outside plant distribution closure, remote terminal or fiber node, or
an underground vault.

          The Distribution Media may be copper twisted pair, coax cable, or
single or multi-mode fiber optic cable. A combination that includes two or more
of these media is also possible. In certain cases, CMTI shall require a copper
twisted pair Distribution

<PAGE>


                                                               Contract - Part A


Media even in instances where the Distribution Media for services USWC
(pound)ffers is other than a copper facility.

          37.4 Loop Concentrator/Multiplexer

          The "Loop Concentrator/Multiplexer" is the Network Element that: (a)
aggregates lower bit rate or bandwidth signals to higher bit rate or bandwidth
signals (multiplexing); (b) disaggregates higher bit rate or bandwidth signals
to lower bit rate or bandwidth signals (demultiplexing); (c) aggregates a
specified number of signals or channels to fewer channels (concentrating); (d)
performs signal conversion, including encoding of signals (e.g., analog to
digital and digital to analog signal conversion); and (e) in some instances
performs electrical to optical (E/O) conversion.

          The Loop Concentrator/Multiplexer function may be provided through a
Digital Loop Carrier (DLC) system, channel bank, multiplexer or other equipment
at which traffic is encoded and decoded, multiplexed and demultiplexed, or
concentrated.

          37.5 Loop Feeder

          The "Loop Feeder" is the Network Element that provides connectivity
between: (a) an FDI associated with Loop Distribution and a termination point
appropriate for the media in a central office, or (b) a Loop
Concentrator/Multiplexer provided in a remote terminal and a termination point
appropriate for the media in a central office. USWC shall provide CMTI physical
access to the FDI, and the right to connect the Loop Feeder to the FDI.

          The physical medium of the Loop Feeder may be copper twisted pair, or
single or multi-mode fiber as designated by CMTI. In certain cases, CMTI will
require a copper twisted pair loop even in instances where the medium of the
Loop Feeder for services USWC offers is other than a copper facility.

          37.6 Local Switching

          "Local Switching" is the Network Element that provides the
functionality required to connect the appropriate originating lines or trunks
wired to the Main Distribution Frame (MDF) or Digital Cross Connect (DSX) panel
to a desired terminating line or trunk. Such functionality shall include all of
the features, functions and capabilities the underlying USWC switch providing
such Local Switching function is then capable of providing, including, but not
limited to: line signaling and signaling software, digit reception, dialed
number translations, call screening, routing, recording, call supervision, dial
tone, switching, telephone number provisioning, announcements, calling features
and capabilities (including call processing), CENTREX, Automatic Call
Distributor (ACD), Carrier pre-subscription (e.g., long distance carrier,
intraLATA toll), Carrier ldentification Code (CIC) portability capabilities,
testing and other operational


<PAGE>


                                                               Contract - Part A

features inherent to the switch and switch software. It also provides access to
transport, signaling (ISDN User Part (ISUP) and Transaction Capabilities
Application Part (TCAP), and platforms such as adjuncts, Public Safety Systems
(911)' operator services, directory services and Advanced Intelligent Network
("AIN"). Remote Switching Module functionality is included in the Local
Switching function. The switching capabilities used will be based on the line
side features they support. Local Switching will also be capable of routing
local, intraLATA, InterLATA, and calls to international customer's preferred
carrier; call features (e.g., call forwarding) and CENTREX capabilities.

          Local Switching also includes Data Switching, which provides:

          For Asynchronous Transfer Mode (ATM) and Frame Relay Service, data
services switching functionality required to connect the facilities from the
User to Network Interface (UNI) to either another UNI or to a communications
path at the Network to Network Interface (NNI). In this case, the purpose of
Data Switching is to terminate, concentrate and switch data traffic from
Customer Premises Equipment (CPE) in the digital format consistent with the UNI
specification for the customer. Data Switching also provides connectivity for
the purpose of conveying the customer data to its final destination. The UNI and
NNI are industry standard interface specifications that contain physical
transmission layer requirements for speeds and line formats; data link layer
requirements for the format of the data units passed between the user and the
network; and protocol requirements for control procedures used in managing the
interface. Data Switching provides this functionality in two distinct formats,
ATM and Frame Relay.

          For ISDN Packet and Circuit Switched Data service, the data switching
functionality required to connect between industry standard ISDN interfaces. In
this case, the purpose of Data Switching is to terminate, concentrate and switch
data traffic from Customer Premises Equipment (CPE) in the digital format
consistent with ISDN standards. Data Switching also provides connectivity for
the purpose of conveying the customer data to its final destination.

          37.7 Operator Systems

          "Operator Systems" is the Network Element that provides operator and
automated call handling and billing, special services, customer telephone
listings and optional call completion services. The Operator Systems Network
Element provides two types of functions: Operator Service functions and
Directory Service functions, each of which are described below.

          Operator Service provides: (a) operator handling for call completion
(for example, collect, third number billing, and manual credit card calls), (b)
operator or automated assistance for billing after the customer has dialed the
called number (for

<PAGE>


                                                               Contract - Part A

example, credit card calls); and (c) special services including, but not limited
~o, Busy Line Verification and Emergency Interrupt (BLV/EI), Emergency Agency
Call, Operator-assisted Directory Assistance and Rate Quotes.

          Directory Service provides local customer telephone number listings
with the option to complete the call at the callers direction.

          37.8 Transport

          "Common Transport" is an interoffice transmission path between USWC
Network Elements. Where USWC Network Elements are connected by intra-office
wiring, such wiring is provided as a part of the Network Elements and is not
Common Transport.

          "Dedicated Transport" is an interoffice transmission path between CMTI
designated locations. Such locations may include USWC central offices or other
equipment locations, CMTI network components, other carrier network components,
or customer premises. Dedicated Transport includes the Digital Cross-Connect
System (DCS) functionality as an option.

          "Signaling Link Transport" is a set of two (2) or four (4) dedicated
56 Kbps transmission paths between CMTI-designated Signaling Points of
Interconnection (SPOI) that provides appropriate physical diversity.

          37.9 Signaling Transfer Points

          "Signaling Transfer Points" is a signaling network function that
includes all the capabilities provided by the signaling transfer point switches
(STPSs) and their associated signaling links which enable the exchange of SS7
messages among and between switching elements, database elements and signaling
transfer points.

          37.10 Service Control Points (SCPs)/Databases

          Databases are the Network Elements that provide the functionality for
storage of, access to, and manipulation of information required to offer a
particular service or capability.

          A Service Control Point (SCP) is a specific type of Database
functionality deployed in a Signaling System 7 (SS7) network that executes
service application logic in response to SS7 queries sent to it by a switching
system also connected to the SS7 network. SCPs also provide operational
interfaces to allow for provisioning, administration and maintenance of
subscriber data and service application data (e.g., an 800 database stores
customer record data that provides information necessary to route 800 calls).


<PAGE>


                                                               Contract - Part A

          37.11 Tandem Switching

          "Tandem Switching" is the function that establishes a communications
path between two (2) switching offices through a third switching office (the
tandem switch).

          37.12 Standards for Network Elements

          Each Network Element shall be equal to or better than the requirements
set forth in the technical references, as well as any performance or other
requirements identified herein. If another Bell Communications Research, Inc.
("Bellcore"), or industry standard (e.g., American National Standards Institute
("ANSI")) technical reference or a more recent version of such reference sets
forth a different requirement, CMTI may elect, where technically feasible, which
standard shall apply.

          Each Network Element and the interconnections between Network Elements
provided by USWC to CMTI shall be at least equal in quality of design,
performance, features, functions and other characteristics, including, but not
limited to, levels and types of redundant equipment and facilities for power,
diversity and security, USWC provides in its network to itself, to its own
customers, to its Affiliates, or to any other entity.

          USWC shall provide to CMTI, upon reasonable request, such engineering,
design, performance and other network data sufficient for CMTI to determine that
the requirements of this Section 37 are being met. In the event such data
indicates the requirements of this Section 37 are not being met, USWC shall,
within ten (10) days, cure any design, performance or other deficiency and
provide new data sufficient for CMTI to determine that such deficiencies have
been cured.

          USWC agrees to work cooperatively with CMTI to provide Network
Elements that will meet CMTI's needs in providing services to its customers.

          Unless otherwise designated by CMTI, each Network Element and the
interconnections between Network Elements provided by USWC to CMTI shall be made
available to CMTI on a priority basis equal to or better than the priorities
USWC provides to itself, to its own customers, to its Affiliates, or to any
other entity.

          37.13 Bona Fide Request Process

          37.13.1 Any request for interconnection or access to an unbund led
Network Element not already available via price lists, tariff, or as described
herein shall be treated as a Request under this Section.

          37.13.2 USWC shall use the Bona Fide Request (BFR) process to
determine the technical feasibility of the requested interconnection or Network


<PAGE>


                                                                 Contract- PartA

Element(s) and, for those items found to be technically feasible, to provide the
terms and timetable for providing the requested items. Additionally, elements,
services and functions which are materially or substantially different from
those services, elements or functions already provided by USWC to itself, its
Affiliates, customers, or end users may, at the discretion of CMTI, be subject
to this BFR process.

          37.13.3 A Request shall be submitted in writing and, at a minimum,
shall include: (a) a complete and accurate technical description of each
requested Network Element or interconnection; (b) the desired interface
specifications; (c) a statement that the interconnection or Network Element will
be used to provide a telecommunications service; (d) the quantity requested; (e)
the location(s) requested; and (f) whether CMTI wants the requested item(s) and
terms made generally available.

          37.13.4 Within forty-eight (48) hours of receipt of a Request, USWC
shall acknowledge receipt of the Request and review such request for initial
compliance with Subsection 37.13.3 above and, in its acknowledgment, advise CMTI
of any missing information reasonably necessary to move the Request to the
preliminary analysis described in Subsection 37.13.5 below.

          37.13.5 Unless otherwise agreed to by the Parties, within thirty (30)
calendar days of its receipt of the Request and all information necessary to
process it USWC shall provide to CMTI a preliminary analysis of the Request.
During the thirty (30) day period, USWC agrees to provide weekly status updates
to CMTI. USWC will notify CMTI if the quote preparation fee, if any, will exceed
$5,000. CMTI will approve the continuation of the development of the quote prior
to USWC incurring any reasonable additional expenses. The preliminary analysis
shall specify whether or not the requested interconnection or access to an
unbundled Network Element is technically feasible and otherwise qualifies as a
Network Element or interconnection as defined under the Act.

          37.13.5.1 If USWC determines during the thirty (30) day period that a
Request is not technically feasible or that the Request otherwise does not
qualify as a Network Element or interconnection required to be provided under
the Act, USWC shall so advise CMTI as soon as reasonably possible of that fact,
and promptly provide a written report setting forth the basis for its conclusion
in no case later than ten (10) calendar days after making such determination.

          37.13.5.2 If USWC determines during the thirty (30) day period that
the Request is technically feasible and otherwise qualifies under the Act, it
shall notify CMTI in writing of such determination in no case later than ten
(10) calendar days after making such determination.

          37.13.5.3 Unless otherwise agreed to by the Parties, as soon as
feasible, but no more than ninety (90) calendar days after USWC notifies CMTI
that the Request is

<PAGE>


                                                               Contract - Part A

technically feasible, USWC shall provide to CMTI a Request quote which will~
include, at a minimum, a description of each interconnection and Network
Element, the quantity to be provided, the installation intervals (both initial
and subsequent), the impact on shared systems software interfaces, the ordering
process changes, the functionality specifications, any interface specifications,
and either:

                    (a) the applicable rates (recurring and nonrecurring),
including the amortized development costs, as appropriate, of the
interconnection or Network Element; or

                    (b) the payment for development costs, as appropriate, of
the interconnection or Network Element and the applicable rates (recurring and
nonrecurring), excluding the development costs.

          37.13.5.4 The choice of using either option (a) or (b) above shall be
at USWC's sole discretion. A payment for development cost, however, is
appropriate only where CMTI is the only conceivable user of the functionality
(including consideration of USWC as a potential user) or where the requested
quantity is insufficient to provide amortization.

          37.13.6 If USWC has used option (a) above in its Request quote, then,
within thirty (30) days of its receipt of the Request quote, CMTI must indicate
its nonbinding interest in purchasing the interconnection or Network Element at
the stated quantities and rates, cancel its Request, or seek remedy under the
Dispute Resolution section of this Agreement.

          37.13.7 If USWC has used option (b) above in its Request quote, then,
within thirty (30) days of its receipt of the Request quote, CMTI must either
agree to pay the development costs of the interconnection or Network Element,
cancel its Request, or seek remedy under the Dispute Resolution section of this
Agreement.

          37.13.8 If USWC has used option (b) in its Request quote and CMTI has
accepted the quote, CMTI may cancel the Request at any time, but will pay USWC's
reasonable development costs of the interconnection or Network Element up to the
date of cancellation.

          37.13.9 USWC will use reasonable efforts to determine the technical
feasibility and conformance with the Act of the Request within the first
thirty-two (32) days-of receiving the Request. In the event USWC has used option
(b) above in its Request quote and USWC later determines that the
interconnection or Network Element requested in the Request is not technically
feasible or otherwise does not qualify under the Act, USWC shall notify CMTI
within ten (10) business days of making such determination and CMTI shall not
owe any compensation to USWC in connection

<PAGE>

                                                               Contract - Part A


with the Request. Any quotation preparation fees or development costs paid by
CMTI to the time of such notification shall be refunded by USWC.

          37.13.10 To the extent possible, USWC will utilize information from
previously developed BFRs to address similar arrangements in order to shorten
the response times for the currently requested BFR. In the event CMTI has
submitted a Request for an interconnection or a Network Element and USWC
determines in accordance with the provisions of this Section 37.13 that the
Request is technically feasible, the Parties agree that CMTI's subsequent
request or order for the identical type of interconnection or Network Element
shall not be subject to the BFR process.

          37.13.11 In the event of a dispute under this Section 37.13, the
Parties agree to seek expedited Commission resolution of the dispute, with the
request to the Board to be completed within twenty (20) days of USWC's response
denying CMTI's BFR, and in no event more than thirty (30) days after the filing
of CMTI's petition.

                          PART IV: ANCILLARY FUNCTIONS

38.       INTRODUCTION

          This Part IV sets forth the Ancillary Functions USWC agrees to offer
to CMTI so that CMTI may obtain and use unbundled Network Elements or USWC
services to provide services to its customers.

39.       USWC PROVISION OF ANCILLARY FUNCTIONS

          USWC will offer Ancillary Functions to CMTI on rates, terms and
conditions that are just, reasonable and non-discriminatory and in accordance
with the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

          USWC will permit CMTI to interconnect CMTI's equipment and facilities
or equipment and facilities provided by CMTI or by third parties at any point
designated by CMTI that is technically feasible.

          CMTI may use any Ancillary Function to provide any feature, function
or service option such Ancillary Function is capable of providing or any
feature, function or service option described in the technical references
identified herein, or as may otherwise be designated by CMTI.

          Subsections 39.1 through 39.3 below list the Ancillary Functions CMTI
and USWC have identified as of the Effective Date of this Agreement. CMTI and
USWC agree that the Ancillary Functions identified in this Part IV are not
exclusive. Either Party may identify additional or revised Ancillary Functions
as necessary to improve services to customers, to improve network or service
efficiencies, or to accommodate


<PAGE>


                                                                 Contract- PartA

changing technologies, customer demand or regulatory requirements. Upon the
identification of a new or revised Ancillary Function, the Party so identifying
the new or revised Ancillary Function shall notify the other Party of the
existence of and the technical characteristics of the new or revised Ancillary
Function. If the Parties do not agree on the existence of and the technical
characteristics of the newly identified or revised Ancillary Function, any
issues not resolved by the Parties within thirty (30) days of notification shall
be submitted to the Dispute Resolution Procedures as set forth in this
Agreement. Within thirty (30) days of CMTI and USWC agreeing on the technical
characteristics of the new or revised Ancillary Function, the Parties will
attempt to agree on the rates, terms and conditions that would apply to such
Ancillary Function and the effects, if any, on the price, performance or other
terms and conditions of existing Network Elements or Ancillary Functions. If the
Parties do not agree on rates, terms and conditions and other matters set forth
herein, any issues not resolved by the Parties within thirty (30) days shall be
submitted to the Dispute Resolution Procedures as set forth in this Agreement.
Additionally, if USWC provides any Ancillary Function not identified in this
Agreement to itself, to its own customers, to its Affiliates or to any other
entity, USWC will provide the same Ancillary Function to CMTI at rates, terms
and conditions no less favorable to CMTI than those provided by USWC to itself
or to any other Party. The Ancillary Functions are described below. Additional
descriptions and requirements for each Ancillary Function are set forth in
Attachment 4.

          39.1 Collocation

          "Collocation" is the right of CMTI to obtain dedicated space in USWC
Local Serving Office (LSO) or at other USWC locations and to place equipment in
such spaces to interconnect with USWC's network. Collocation also includes USWC
providing resources necessary for the operation and economical use of collocated
equipment.

          39.2 Right of Way (ROW), Conduits and Pole Attachments

          "Right of Way" ("ROW") is the right to use the land or other property
of another Party to place poles, conduits, cables, other structures and
equipment, or to provide passage to access such structures and equipment. A ROW
may run under, on or above public or private property (including air space above
public or private property) and may include the right to use discrete space in
buildings, building complexes or other locations.

          "Conduit" is a tube or protected trough that may be used to house
communication or electrical cables. Conduit may be underground or above ground
(for example, inside buildings) and may contain one or more innerducts.

<PAGE>


                                                                 Contract-Part A

          "Pole Attachment" is the connection of a facility to a utility pole.
Some examples of facilities are mechanical hardware, grounding and transmission
cable, and equipment boxes.

          39.3 Unused Transmission Media

          "Unused Transmission Media" is physical inter-office transmission
media (e.g., optical fiber, copper twisted pairs, coaxial cable) which has no
lightwave or electronic transmission equipment terminated to such media to
operationalize its transmission capabilities. This media may exist in aerial or
underground structure or within a building.

40.       STANDARDS FOR ANCILLARY FUNCTIONS

          Each Ancillary Function shall meet or exceed the requirements set
forth in the technical references, as well as the performance and other
requirements identified herein.

          Each Ancillary Function provided by USWC to CMTI shall be at least
equal in the quality of design, performance, features, functions and other
characteristics, including, but not limited to, levels and types of redundant
equipment and facilities for diversity and security, that USWC provides in
USWC's network to itself, its own customers, its affiliates or any other entity.

          USWC shall provide to CMTI, upon reasonable request, such engineering,
design, performance and other network data sufficient for CMTI to determine that
the requirements of this Agreement are being met. In the event such data
indicates the requirements of this Agreement are not being met, USWC shall,
within thirty (30) days, cure any design, performance or other deficiency and
provide new data sufficient for CMTI to determine that such deficiencies have
been cured.

          USWC agrees to work cooperatively with CMTI to provide Ancillary
Functions that will meet CMTI's needs in providing services to its customers.

          Unless otherwise designated by CMTI, each Ancillary Function provided
by USWC to CMTI shall be made available to CMTI on a priority basis at least
equal to the priorities USWC provides to itself, its customers, its Affiliates
or any other entity.

<PAGE>


                                                               Contract - Part A

                                 PARTV: PRICING

41.       GENERAL PRINCIPLES

          41.1 All services currently provided hereunder (including resold Local
Services), Network Elements and Combinations and all new and additional services
or Network Elements to be provided hereunder, shall be priced in accordance with
all applicable provisions of the Act and the rules and orders of the Federal
Communications Commission and any state public utility commission having
jurisdiction over this Agreement.

          41.2 The cost, based on prices approved by the Commission, of
providing branding of operator and directory assistance shall be borne by CMTI,
if CMTI requests such branding. Upon approval by the Commission of the pricing,
USWC may also recover the costs of branding repair and maintenance from CMTI, if
CMTI requests such branding. USWC must file its proposed rates for repair and
maintenance branding within forty-five (45) days of CMTI's specific request for
such branding.

          41.3 With respect to interface costs, the Commission will project the
demand for particular interfaces over the lives of the facilities and establish
prices for each interface based on TELRIC costs plus a reasonable contribution
from all future beneficiaries of each interface, including USWC if USWC benefits
from an interface. USWC must develop such interfaces as are reasonably necessary
for efficient operations.

          41.4 All services that USWC provides at retail to subscribers who are
not telecommunications carriers shall be provided at wholesale rates. Wholesale
rates shall be determined on the basis of retail rates charged to subscribers
for the telecommunications service requested, excluding the portion thereof
attributable to any marketing, billing, collection, and other costs that will be
avoided by USWC.

          41.5 Special Construction Charges

                  When, for the purpose of reselling USWC services, CMTI asks
USWC to build a facility in an area not yet served, or to provide more facility
than USWC would otherwise provide its customers in fulfilling its
responsibilities as a public utility, USWC may recover its excess costs. In such
a case, USWC may recover its economically efficient charges, over and above
those normally incurred in serving its own customers that result from CMTI's
request to extend or expand CMTI's resold services. USWC shall not double
recover charges. USWC's recovery will be limited to charges not already
recovered in prices charged and will be limited to the level of benefit that
CMTI experiences as a result of its request. If USWC or any third party or
parties also benefit from the construction, USWC's recovery from CMTI will be
limited to a percentage share of the total charges, based on a reasonable
estimate of the benefits each party will receive.

<PAGE>


                                                               Contract - Part A

          41.6 USWC has the right to recover costs, if they exist, incurred in
unbundling network elements or interconnecting with CMTI. The price will be zero
in the interim, subject to true up in the event the Commission identifies such
costs in future proceedings.

          41.7 The Parties will provide for the allocation of development or
modification costs of the network based on all beneficiaries' share of the
traffic. Such cost should be TELRIC plus a reasonable contribution.

          41.8 Loop conditioning charges may be recovered by USWC via a
recurring monthly TELRIC-based charge to CMTI as approved by the Commission in
the generic cost proceeding initiated in the Commission's December 2,1996 Order
in Docket No. P-442,421/M96-855, et al. In the interim, USWC shall have the
right to recover, up front, its full loop conditioning costs.

          41.9 The price for custom routing will be provided on a case-by-case
basis.

          41.10 If CMTI requests USWC to develop the capabilities to provide
unbundled call completion services as provided for in Attachment 3, Section
7.2.2.10 of this Agreement, CMTI shall pay USWC the reasonable costs thereof.
Prices should be TELRIC based, including development costs. USWC shall not
impose volume and term requirements with such services.

          41.11 The Parties must use the FCC proxy rates in 47 CFR Section 51
3(c)(6) for collocation costs on an interim basis subject to true up. If the
Parties cannot identify an applicable proxy price, the Parties must apply the
corresponding rate approved by the Oregon Commission as the interim price.

          41.12 With respect to pole attachments, USWC may continue to charge
the annual usage fee, make ready charges, labor charges and applications fees it
has charged under the provisions of the 1978 Pole Attachment Act, except as
modified by Section 703 of the Telecommunications Act of 1996 and by future FCC
regulations. USWC may not, however, charge minimum purchase requirements to a
requesting carrier.

42.       PRICE SCHEDULES

          42.1 Local Service Resale: The prices charged to CMTI for Local
Service are set forth in Schedule I to this Agreement, and shall be wholesale
rates determined on the basis of retail rates charged to subscribers for the
Telecommunications Service requested, excluding the portion thereof attributable
to any marketing, billing, collection and other costs that will be avoided by
USWC, as specified in the Act or by the FCC and/or the Commission. All
Telecommunications Services, including, but not limited to, promotions, pricing
plans, custom offers and discounts for volume and term

<PAGE>


                                                               Contract - Part A

commitments, shall be available to CMTI at wholesale rates and on no less
favorable terms than those USWC makes available to its end-users. In no event
shall CMTI be required to agree to volume or term commitments as a condition for
obtaining Local Service at wholesale rates.

          42.2 Unbundled Network Elements - Schedule 2

          (a) Prices for transport and termination are set forth in Schedule 2
to this Agreement.

          (b) Based upon the Commission Order dated December 2,1996, the Parties
will charge symmetrical rates, based on an appropriate cost model, for
termination and transport to the extent the relevant CMTI switch has the
capability of serving the same geographic area as USWC's tandem switch.

          (c) Charges for Network Elements will be based on a flat rate, a usage
sensitive rate, or a combination of both as follows:

- -         Loop distribution: flat rate.
- -         Loop concentration/multiplexer: flat rate.
- -         Loop feeder: flat rate.
- -         Switching: Flat rate per line; usage sensitive rate based on calling
          volumes.
- -         Operator systems: flat rate per message.
- -         Dedicated transport: flat rate.
- -         Common transport: usage sensitive rate.
- -         Tandem switching: flat rate for dedicated and common trunk
          interconnection plus usage sensitive rate for switching function.
- -         Signaling links: flat rate per month.
- -         Signal transfer point: [to be provided]
- -         Service control point: flat rate per queries or data dips.

43.       RESERVATION OF RIGHTS

          43.1 The Parties acknowledge that the terms of this Agreement were
established pursuant to an order of the Commission. Any or all of the terms of
this Agreement may be altered or abrogated by a successful challenge to this
Agreement (or the order approving this Agreement) as permitted by applicable
law. By signing this Agreement, the Parties do not waive their right to pursue
such a challenge.


<PAGE>


                                                               Contract - Part A

          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties hereto have caused this Agreerment to
be executed by their respective duly authorized representatives.

<TABLE>
<S>                                           <C>
*CADY TELEMANAGEMENT, INC.                    U S WEST COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

By: /s/ Richard A. Smith                      By: /s/ Katherine L. Fleming
   --------------------------------              ---------------------------------------
   Name: Richard A. Smith                        Name: Katherine L. Fleming
   Title:   Chief Operating Officer              Title: Vice President - Interconnection
Date:   August 6, 1999                        Date:    8/16/99
</TABLE>

         *This Agreement is made pursuant to Section 252(i) of the Act and is
premised upon the interconnection agreement between AT&T Corp and USW (the
"Underlying Agreement"). The Underlying Agreement was approved by the Commission
on March 14, 1997. CTMI is adopting the terms of the Underlying Agreement,
pursuant to Section 252(i) of the Telecommunications Act of 1996 ("Act"), in its
entirety, subject to the following:

1. The Parties shall request the Commission to expedite its review and approval
of this Agreement.

2. Notwithstanding the mutual commitments set forth herein, the Parties are
entering into this Agreement without prejudice to any positions they have taken
previously, or may take in the future, in any legislative, regulatory, or other
public forum addressing any matters, including those relating to the types of
arrangements contained in this Agreement. During the MPUC's proceeding to review
and approve the Parties' Interconnection Agreement, either party may point out
that it has objected, and continues to object, to the inclusion of the terms and
conditions to which it objected in the proceedings involving the approval of the
Underlying Agreement.

3. This Agreement contains provisions based upon the decisions and orders of the
courts, the FCC, and the Commission. To the extent either Party believes a
subsequent final judicial or regulatory decision or order requires a change in
the Parties' Interconnection Agreement, such Party may negotiate such change
with the other Party in accordance with the terms of the Underlying Agreement.


<PAGE>


                                                               Contract - Part A


4. Subsequent to the execution of this Agreement, the FCC or the Commission may
issue decisions or orders that change or modify the rules and regulations
governing implementation of the Act. If a final decision or order regarding such
changes or modifications alters the state of the law upon which the Underlying
Agreement was obtained, then either Party may seek to amend this Agreement to
reflect such changes in accordance with the terms of the Underlying Agreement.

5. Where the parties fail to agree upon any amendment contemplated hereinabove,
the dispute shall be resolved in accordance with the Dispute Resolution
provision of this Agreement.


<PAGE>

                                                                 Exhibit 10.1.41



                                    AGREEMENT

                                     BETWEEN

                                   NEVADA BELL

                                       AND

                                    ATI, INC.

                                 EFFECTIVE DATE:

                                      1997


<PAGE>




                                TABLE OF CONTENTS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Section                                                                                                        Page
- -------                                                                                                        ----
<S>                                                                                                              <C>
              Preface ............................................................................................1
              Recitals ...........................................................................................1

1. Provision of Local Service and Unbundled Elements..............................................................2
2. Term of Agreement; Transitional Support........................................................................3
3. Good Faith Performance.........................................................................................3
4. Option to Obtain Local Services or Network Elements Under Other Agreements.....................................3
5. Responsibility of Each Party...................................................................................3
6. Governmental Compliance........................................................................................4
7. Responsibility For Environmental Contamination.................................................................4
8. Regulatory Matters.............................................................................................5
9. Liability and Indemnity........................................................................................5
10. Audits and Inspections........................................................................................7
11. Performance Standards and Remedies............................................................................8
12. Force Majeure.................................................................................................8
13. Certain State and Local Taxes.................................................................................9
14. Alternative Dispute Resolution................................................................................9
15. Notices.......................................................................................................9
16. Confidentiality and Proprietary Information..................................................................10
17. Branding.....................................................................................................11
18. Miscellaneous................................................................................................12
</TABLE>


<PAGE>




                                   ATTACHMENTS



<TABLE>
<S>                        <C>
Attachment 1               Definitions

Attachment 2               Acronyms

Attachment 3               Alternative Dispute Resolution

Attachment 4               Directory Listing Requirements

Attachment 5               Local Services Resale

Attachment 6               Unbundled Network Elements

Attachment 7               Rights of Way (ROW), Conduits, Pole Attachments

Attachment 8               Pricing

Attachment 9               [Intentionally Omitted]

Attachment 10              Collocation

Attachment 11              Provisioning and Ordering

Attachment 12              Maintenance

Attachment 13              Connectivity Billing and Recording

Attachment 14              Provision of Customer Usage Data

Attachment 15              Local Number Portability and Number Assignment

Attachment 16              Security

Attachment 17              Performance Standards

Attachment 18              Interconnection
</TABLE>



<PAGE>




                                     PREFACE


                                    AGREEMENT

                  This Agreement, which shall become effective as of the 27th
day of October, 1997, is entered into by and between Advanced
Telecommunications, Inc., a Minnesota corporation, having an office at 730 2nd
Avenue South, Suite 410, Minneapolis, Minnesota, on behalf of itself and its
Affiliates (individually and collectively "ATI"), and NEVADA BELL, a Nevada
corporation, having an office at 1450 Vassar, Rena, Nevada ("NEVADA").

                                    RECITALS

                  WHEREAS, The Telecommunications Act of 1996 was signed into
law on February 8, 1996 (the "Act") and substantially amends the Communications
Act of 1934 ; and

                  WHEREAS, the Act places certain duties and obligations upon,
and grants certain rights to, Telecommunications Carriers; and

                  WHEREAS, NEVADA is an Incumbent Local Exchange Carrier; and

                  WHEREAS, NEVADA is willing to sell Unbundled Network Elements
and kncillary Functions and additional features, as well as services for resale,
on the terms and subject to the conditions of this Agreement; and

                  WHEREAS, ATI is a Telecommunications Carrier and has requested
that NEVADA negotiate an Agreement with ATI for the provision of
interconnection, Unbundled Network Elements (including Ancillary Functions and
additional features), and services pursuant to the Act and in conformance with
NEVADA's duties under the Act; and

                  WHEREAS, the Parties have arrived at this Agreement through
voluntary negotiations undertaken pursuant to the Act,

                  NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants of
this Agreement, ATI and NEVADA hereby agree as follows:

                            DEFINITIONS AND ACRONYMS

                  For purposes of this Agreement, certain terms have been
defined in Attachment 1 and elsewhere in this Agreement to encompass meanings
that may differ from, or be in addition to, the normal connotation of the
defined word. Unless the context clearly indicates otherwise, any term defined
or used in the singular shall include the plural. The words "shall" and "will"
are used interchangeably throughout this Agreement and the use of either
connotes a mandatory requirement. The use of one or the other shall not mean a
different degree of right or obligation for either Party. A defined word
intended to convey its special meaning is capitalized when used. Other terms
that are capitalized, and not defined in this Agreement, shall have the meaning
in the Act, unless the context clearly indicates otherwise. For convenience of
reference only, Attachment 2 provides a list of acronyms used throughout this
Agreement.


<PAGE>



                                           Agreement between NEVADA Bell and ATI


                          GENERAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS

 1.      PROVISION OF LOCAL SERVICE AND UNBUNDLED ELEMENTS

         1.1      This Agreement and its Attachments are subject to the Act,
                  regulations thereunder and relevant FCC and Commission
                  decisions in effect on the Effective Date of this Agreement.
                  The effect on this Agreement of changes in the Act,
                  regulations thereunder and relevant FCC and Commission
                  decisions is set forth in Sections 8.3 and 8.4 of this
                  Agreement.

         1.2      This Agreement, which consists of this statement of General
                  Terms and Conditions, and Attachments 1 through 18, inclusive,
                  sets forth the terms, conditions and prices under which NEVADA
                  agrees to provide to ATI (a) services for resale (hereinafter
                  referred to as "Local Services") and (b) certain Unbundled
                  Network Elements, Ancillary Functions and additional features
                  and (c) other services (hereinafter collectively referred to
                  as "Network Elements") or Combinations of such Local Services,
                  Network Elements, Ancillary Functions and other services for
                  ATI's own use or for resale to others, and for purposes of
                  offering telecommunications services of any kind. This
                  Agreement also sets forth the terms and conditions for the
                  interconnection of ATI's network to NEVADA's network and the
                  reciprocal compensation for the transport and termination of
                  telecommunications traffic. Unless otherwise provided in this
                  Agreement, and except where not technically feasible in a
                  given area, NEVADA will perform all of its obligations
                  hereunder throughout its entire service area where NEVADA is
                  the ILEC, provided; however, that NEVADA is not required,
                  except at ATI's request pursuant to Section 1 .6 of Attachment
                  6, to provide new Unbundled Network Elements or to install new
                  or improved facilities in areas where they do not currently
                  exist, except as mutually agreed to in writing by the Parties.


         1.3      Subject to this Agreement and its Attachments ,the Network
                  Elements, Ancillary Functions, Combinations, Local Services,
                  or other services provided pursuant to this Agreement may be
                  connected, to other Network Elements, Ancillary Functions,
                  Combinations, Local Services, or other services provided by
                  NEVADA or to any Network Elements, Ancillary Functions,
                  Combinations, Local Services or other services provided by ATI
                  or by any other vendor. Subject to the requirements of this
                  Agreement and its Attachments, ATI may, at any time add,
                  delete, relocate or modify the Network Elements, Ancillary
                  Functions, Local Services, Combinations or other services
                  purchased hereunder.

         1.4      NEVADA will not discontinue any Unbundled Network Element,
                  Ancillary Service or Combination during the term of this
                  Agreement without ATI's consent, except (i) to the extent
                  required by network changes or upgrades, in which event NEVADA
                  will comply with the network disclosure requirements stated in
                  the Act and FCC regulations thereunder; or (ii) if required by
                  a final order of the Court, the FCC or the Commission as a
                  result of remand or appeal of the FCC's order In the Matter of
                  Implementation of Local Competition Provisions of the
                  Telecommunications Act of 1996, Docket 96-98. In the event
                  such a final order allows but does not require discontinuance,
                  NEVADA may, on thirty (30) days written notice, require that
                  such terms be renegotiated, and the Parties shall renegotiate
                  in good faith such mutually acceptable new terms as may be
                  required or appropriate to reflect the results of such action.
                  In the event that such new terms are not renegotiated within
                  ninety (90) days after such notice, or if the Parties are
                  unable to agree, either Party may submit the matter to the
                  Alternative Dispute Resolution Process described in Attachment
                  3.


<PAGE>



                                           Agreement between NEVADA Bell and ATI


         1.5      NEVADA will not withdraw any generally available Local
                  Telecommunications Service without providing ATI at least 60
                  days notice prior to the effective date of such withdrawal. If
                  NEVADA discontinues a Local Service, NEVADA shall either (a)
                  limit the discdhtinuance to new customers and grandfather the
                  service for all ATI resale customers who subscribe to the
                  service as of the date of discontinuance; or (b) offer to ATI
                  for resale an alternative service, having substantially
                  similar capabilities and terms and conditions.

 2.      TERM OF AGREEMENT; TRANSITIONAL SUPPORT

         2.1      This Agreement shall be effective until September 15, 2000,
                  and thereafter the Agreement shall continue in force and
                  effect unless and until a new agreement, addressing all of the
                  terms of this Agreement, becomes effective between the
                  Parties. The Parties agree to commence negotiations, to be
                  conducted pursuant to Section 252 of the Act, on a new
                  agreement no less than six (6) months before the end of the
                  three (3) years after this Agreement becomes effective. In the
                  event that such new terms are not renegotiated within six (6)
                  months after such notice, either Party may submit the matter
                  to the Alternative Dispute Resolution Process described in
                  Attachment 3. NEVADA recognizes that the Network Elements,
                  Ancillary Functions, Combinations, Local Services and other
                  services provided hereunder are vital to ATI and must be
                  continued without interruption, and that ATI may itself
                  provide or retain another vendor to provide such comparable
                  Network Elements, Ancillary Functions, Combinations, Local
                  Services or other services. NEVADA and ATI agree to cooperate
                  in an orderly and efficient transition to ATI or another
                  vendor. NEVADA and ATI further agree to cooperate in effecting
                  the orderly transition to ATI or another vendor such that the
                  level and quality of the Network Elements, Ancillary
                  Functions, Combinations, Local Services, and other services
                  are not degraded and to exercise their best efforts to effect
                  an orderly and efficient transition. ATI shall be responsible
                  for coordinating such transition.

         2.2      Notwithstanding Section 2.1 above, either Party may terminate
                  this Agreement at any time by providing 120-days prior written
                  notice, subject to Section 18.12 of this Agreement.


 3.      GOOD FAITH PERFORMANCE

         In the performance of their obligations under this Agreement, the
         Parties shall act in good faith and consistently with the intent of the
         Act. Where notice, approval or similar action by a Party is permitted
         or required by any provision of this Agreement (including, without
         limitation, the obligation of the Parties to further negotiate the
         resolution of new or open issues under this Agreement), such action
         shall not be unreasonably delayed, withheld or conditioned.

 4.      OPTION TO OBTAIN LOCAL SERVICES OR NETWORK ELEMENTS UNDER OTHER
         AGREEMENTS

         At ATI's request and pursuant to Section 252 of the Act, regulations
         thereunder and relevant court decisions, NEVADA shall make available to
         ATI, without unreasonable delay, any interconnection, service or
         network element contained in any agreement to which NEVADA is a Party
         that has been filed and approved by the Commission.

 5.      RESPONSIBILITY OF EACH PARTY

         Each Party is an independent contractor, and has and hereby retains the
         right to exercise full control of and supervision over its own
         performance of its obligations under this Agreement and retains full
         control over the employment, direction, compensation and discharge of
         all employees assisting in the performance of such obligations. Each
         Party will be solely responsible for all matters relating to payment of
         such employees, including compliance with


<PAGE>


                                           Agreement between NEVADA Bell and ATI


         social security taxes, withholding taxes and all other regulations
         governing such matters. Each Party will be solely responsible for
         proper handling, storage, transport and disposal at its own expense of
         all (i) substances or materials that it or its contractors or agents
         bring to create or assume control over at Work Locations or, (ii)
         Waste resulting therefrom or otherwise generated in connection with its
         or its contractors' or agents' activities at the Work Locations.
         Subject to the limitations on liability and except as otherwise
         provided in this Agreement, each Party shall be responsible for (i) its
         own acts and performance of all obligations imposed by Applicable Law
         in connection with its activities, legal status and property, real or
         personal and, (ii) the acts of its own affiliates, employees, and
         agents during the performance of that Party's obligations hereunder.

 6.      GOVERNMENTAL COMPLIANCE

         ATI and NEVADA each shall comply at its own expense with all Applicable
         Law that relates to (i) its obligations under or activities in
         connection with this Agreement; or (ii) its activities undertaken at,
         in connection with or relating to Work Locations. ATI and NEVADA each
         agree to indemnify, defend (at the other Party's request) and save
         harmless the other, each of its officers, directors and employees from
         and against any losses, damages, claims, demands, suits, liabilities,
         fines, penalties and expenses (including reasonable attorneys' fees)
         that arise out of or result from (i) its failure or the failure of its
         contractors or agents to so comply or (ii) any activity, duty or status
         of it or its contractors or agents that triggers any legal obligation
         to investigate or remediate environmental contamination. NEVADA will be
         solely responsible for obtaining from governmental authorities,
         building owners, other carriers, and any other persons or entities, all
         rights and privileges (including, but not limited to, space and power),
         which are necessary for NEVADA to provide the Network Elements,
         Ancillary Functions, Combinations, Local Services and other services
         pursuant to this Agreement. To the extent necessary, ATI will cooperate
         with NEVADA in obtaining such rights and privileges.

 7.      RESPONSIBILITY FOR ENVIRONMENTAL CONTAMINATION

          7.1     ATI shall in no event be liable to NEVADA for any costs
                  whatsoever resulting from the presence or release of any
                  environmental hazard that ATI did not introduce to the
                  affected work location, provided that activities of ATI or its
                  agents did not cause or contribute to a release. NEVADA shall
                  indemnify, defend (at ATI's request) and hold harmless ATI,
                  each of its officers, directors and employees from and against
                  any losses, damages, claims, demands, suits, liabilities,
                  fines, penalties and expenses (including reasonable attorneys'
                  fees) that arise out of or result from (i) any environmental
                  hazard that NEVADA, its contractors or agents introduce to the
                  work locations or (ii) the presence or release of any
                  environmental hazard for which NEVADA is responsible under
                  applicable law.

         7.2      NEVADA shall in no event be liable to ATI for any costs
                  whatsoever resulting from the presence or release of any
                  environmental hazard that NEVADA did not introduce to the
                  affected work location, provided that actions of NEVADA or its
                  agents did not cause or contribute to a release. ATI shall
                  indemnify, defend (at NEVADA's request) and hold harmless
                  NEVADA, each of its officers, directors and employees from and
                  against any losses, damages, claims, demands, suits,
                  liabilities, fines, penalties and expenses (including
                  reasonable attorneys' fees) that arise out of or result from
                  (i) any environmental hazard that ATI, its contractors or
                  agents introduce to the work locations or (ii) the presence or
                  release of any environmental hazard for which ATI is
                  responsible under applicable law.


<PAGE>


                                           Agreement between NEVADA Bell and ATI


 8.      RECIULATORV MATTERS

         8.1      NEVADA shall be responsible for obtaining and keeping in
                  effect all FCC, Commission, franchise authority and other
                  regulatory approvals that may be required in connection with
                  the performance of its obligations under this Agreement. ATI
                  shall be responsible for obtaining and keeping in effect all
                  FCC, Commission, franchise authority and other regulatory
                  approvals that may be required in connection with its
                  obligations under this Agreement, and with its offering of
                  services to ATI Customers contemplated by this Agreement. ATI
                  shall reasonably cooperate with NEVADA in obtaining and
                  maintaining any required approvals for which NEVADA is
                  responsible, and NEVADA shall reasonably cooperate with ATI in
                  obtaining and maintaining any required approvals for which ATI
                  is responsible.

          8.2     To the extent that NEVADA is required by any governmental
                  authority to file a tariff or make another similar filing in
                  connection with the performance of any action that would
                  otherwise be governed by this Agreement, the terms of this
                  Agreement shall control, unless this Agreement links a term,
                  condition or price in this Agreement to a specific tariff, in
                  which case the terms of the tariff as modified from time to
                  time will apply. If, subsequent to the effective date of any
                  tariff incorporated by reference into this Agreement, NEVADA
                  is ordered not to file tariffs with the Commission or the FCC,
                  or is permitted not to file tariffs (and elects not to do so),
                  either generally or for specific Network Elements, Ancillary
                  Functions, Combinations, Local Services or other services
                  provided hereunder, the terms and conditions of such tariffs
                  as of the date on which the requirement to file such tariffs
                  was lifted shall, to the degree not inconsistent with this
                  Agreement, be deemed incorporated in this Agreement by
                  reference.

          8.3     In the event that any final and nonappealable legislative,
                  regulatory, judicial or other legal action renders this
                  Agreement or any Attachment hereto inoperable, materially
                  affects any material terms of this Agreement, or materially
                  affects the ability of ATI or NEVADA to perform any material
                  terms of this Agreement, ATI or NEVADA may, on thirty (30)
                  days written notice (delivered not later than 30 days
                  following the date on which such action has become legally
                  binding and has otherwise become final and nonappealable)
                  require that such terms be renegotiated, and the Parties shall
                  renegotiate in good faith such mutually acceptable new terms
                  as may be required. In the event that such new terms are not
                  renegotiated within ninety (90) days after such notice, the
                  Dispute shall be referred to the Alternative Dispute
                  Resolution procedures set forth in Section 14 and Attachment
                  3.

          8.4     The Parties acknowledge that it may be necessary to amend this
                  Agreement and the Attachments hereto from time to time to
                  reflect changes in FCC or Commission decisions, tariffs,
                  rules, and requirements, including changes resulting from
                  judicial review of applicable regulatory decisions. If the
                  Parties are unable to agree on whether and/or how the
                  Agreement and the Attachments should be amended pursuant to
                  this Section 8.4, the dispute shall be referred to the
                  Alternative Dispute Resolution procedures set forth in Section
                  14 and Attachment 3

 9;      LIABILITY AND INDEMNITY

         9.1      LIABILITIES OF ATI - ATI's liability to NEVADA during any
                  Contract Year resulting from any and all causes, other than as
                  specified in Sections 6, 7, 9.3, and 9.4 shall not exceed the
                  total of any amounts due and owing by ATI to NEVADA under this
                  Agreement during the Contract Year during which such cause
                  accrues or arises.

         9.2      LIABILITIES OF NEVADA - NEVADA's liability to ATI during any
                  Contract Year resulting from any and all causes, other than as
                  specified in Sections 6, 7, 9.3, and 9.4 shall not


<PAGE>

                                           Agreement between NEVADA Bell and ATI




         exceed the total of any amounts due and owing by NEVADA to ATI under
         this Agreement during the Contract Year during which such cause accrues
         or arises. -

         9.3      NO CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES - NEITHER ATI NOR NEVADA SHALL BE
                  LIABLE TO THE OTHER PARTY FOR ANY INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
                  CONSEQUENTIAL, RELIANCE, OR SPECIAL DAMAGES SUFFERED BY SUCH
                  OTHER PARTY (INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION DAMAGES FOR HARM TO
                  BUSINESS, LOST REVENUES, LOST SAVINGS, OR LOST PROFITS
                  SUFFERED BY SUCH OTHER PARTIES), REGARDLESS OF THE FORM OF
                  ACTION, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, WARRANTY, STRICT LIABILITY, OR
                  TORT, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION NEGLIGENCE OF ANY KIND
                  WHETHER ACTIVE OR PASSIVE, AND REGARDLESS OF WHETHER THE
                  PARTIES KNEW OF THE POSSIBILITY THAT SUCH DAMAGES COULD
                  RESULT. EACH PARTY HEREBY RELEASES THE OTHER PARTY (AND SUCH
                  OTHER PARTY'S SUBSIDIARIES AND AFFILIATES, AND THEIR
                  RESPECTIVE OFFICERS, DIRECTORS, EMPLOYEES AND AGENTS) FROM ANY
                  SUCH CLAIM. NOTHING CONTAINED IN THIS SECTION 9 SHALL LIMIT
                  NEVADA'S OR ATI'S LIABILITY TO THE OTHER FOR (i) WILLFUL OR
                  INTENTIONAL MISCONDUCT (INCLUDING GROSS NEGLIGENCE); (ii)
                  BODILY INJURY, DEATH OR DAMAGE TO TANGIBLE REAL OR TANGIBLE
                  PERSONAL PROPERTY PROXIMATELY CAUSED BY NEVADA'S OR ATI'S
                  NEGLIGENT ACT OR OMISSION OR THAT OF THEIR RESPECTIVE AGENTS,
                  SUBCONTRACTORS OR EMPLOYEES, NOR SHALL ANYTHING CONTAINED IN
                  THIS SECTION 9 LIMIT THE PARTIES INDEMNIFICATION OBLIGATIONS,
                  AS SPECIFIED BELOW. FOR PURPOSES OF THIS SECTION 9, AMOUNTS
                  DUE AND OWING TO EITHER PARTY SHALL NOT BE CONSIDERED TO BE
                  INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, CONSEQUENTIAL, RELIANCE, OR SPECIAL
                  DAMAGES.

         9.4      OBLICIATION TO INDEMNIFY - Each Party shall, and hereby agrees
                  to, defend at the other's request, indemnify and hold harmless
                  the other Party and each of its officers, directors, employees
                  and agents (each, an "Indemnitee") against and in respect of
                  any loss, debt, liability, damage, obligation, claim, demand,
                  judgment or settlement of any nature or kind, known or
                  unknown, liquidated or unliquidated, including without
                  limitation all reasonable costs and expenses incurred (legal,
                  accounting or otherwise) (collectively, "Damages") arising out
                  of, resulting from or based upon any pending or threatened
                  claim, action, proceeding or suit by any third party (a
                  "Claim") (i) alleging any breach of any representation,
                  warranty or covenant made by such Indemnifying Party (the
                  "Indemnifying Party") in this Agreement, (ii) based upon
                  injuries or damage to any person or property or the
                  environment arising out of or in connection with this
                  Agreement that are the result of the Indemnifying Party's
                  actions, breach of Applicable Law, or status or the actions,
                  breach of Applicable Law, or status of its employees, agents
                  and subcontractors, or (iii) for actual or alleged
                  infringement of any patent, copyright, trademark, service
                  mark, trade name, trade dress, trade secret or any other
                  intellectual property right, now known or later developed
                  (referred to as "Intellectual Property Rights") to the extent
                  that such claim or action arises from the Indemnifying Party's
                  or the Indemnifying Party's Customer's use of the Network
                  Elements, Ancillary Functions, Combinations, Local Services or
                  other services provided under this Agreement.

         9.5      OBLIGATION TO DEFEND: NOTICE: COOPERATION - Whenever a Claim
                  shall arise for indemnification under Section 9.4, the
                  relevant Indemnitee, as appropriate, shall promptly notify the
                  Indemnifying Party and request the Indemnifying Party to
                  defend the same. Failure to so notify the Indemnifying Party
                  shall not relieve the Indemnifying Party of any liability that
                  the Indemnifying Party might have, except to the extent that
                  such failure prejudices the Indemnifying Party's ability to
                  defend such Claim. The Indemnifying Party shall have the right
                  to defend against such liability or assertion in which event
                  the Indemnifying Party shall give written notice to the
                  Indemnitee of acceptance of the defense of such Claim and the
                  identity of counsel selected by the Indemnifying Party.


<PAGE>



                                           Agreement between NEVADA Bell and ATI


                  Except as set forth below, such notice to the relevant
                  Indemnitee shall give the Indemnifying Party full authority to
                  defend, adjust, compromise or settle such Claim with respect
                  to which such notice shall have been given, except to the
                  extent that any compromise or settlement shall prejudice the
                  Intellectual Property Rights of the relevant Indemnitees. The
                  Indemnifying Party shall consult with the relevant Indemnitee
                  prior to any compromise or settlement that would affect the
                  Intellectual Property Rights or other rights of any
                  Indemnitee, and the relevant Indemnitee shall have the right
                  to refuse such compromise or settlement and, at the refusing
                  Party's or refusing parties' cost, to take over such defense,
                  provided that in such event the Indemnifying Party shall not
                  be responsible for, nor shall it be obligated to indemnify the
                  relevant Indemnitee against, any cost or liability in excess
                  of such refused compromise or settlement. With respect to any
                  defense accepted by the Indemnifying Party, the relevant
                  Indemnitee shall be entitled to participate with the
                  Indemnifying Party in such defense if the Claim requests
                  equitable relief or other relief that could affect the rights
                  of the Indemnitee and also shall be entitled to employ
                  separate counsel for such defense at such Indemnitee's
                  expense. In the event the Indemnifying Party does not accept
                  the defense of any indemnified Claim as provided above, the
                  relevant Indemnitee shall have the right to employ counsel for
                  such defense at the expense of the Indemnifying Party. Each
                  Party agrees to cooperate and to cause its employees and
                  agents to cooperate with the other Party in the defense of any
                  such Claim and the relevant records of each Party shall be
                  available to the other Party with respect to any such defense.

 10.      AUDITS AND INSPECTIONS

          10.1    Subject to NEVADA's reasonable security requirements and
                  except as may be otherwise specifically provided in this
                  Agreement, ATI may audit NEVADA's books, records, and other
                  documents once in each Contract Year, for the immediately
                  preceding twelve (12) months, for the purpose of evaluating
                  the accuracy of NEVADA's billing and invoicing for services
                  provided by NEVADA to ATI hereunder. ATI may employ other
                  persons or firms for this purpose. Such audit shall take place
                  at a time and place agreed on by the Parties no later than
                  thirty (30) days after notice thereof to NEVADA.

         10.2     Subject to ATI's reasonable security requirements and except
                  as may be otherwise specifically provided in this Agreement,
                  NEVADA may audit ATI's books, records, and other documents
                  once in each Contract Year, for the immediately preceding
                  twelve (12) months, for the purpose of evaluating the accuracy
                  of ATI's billing and invoicing for services provided by ATI to
                  NEVADA hereunder. NEVADA may employ other persons or firms for
                  this purpose. Such audit shall take place at a time and place
                  agreed on by the Parties no later than thirty (30) days after
                  notice thereof to ATI.

         10.3     Each Party shall promptly correct any billing or invoicing
                  errors that are revealed in an audit, including making refund
                  of any overpayment in the form of a credit, or payment of any
                  under payment in the form of a debit, on the invoice for the
                  first full billing cycle after the Parties have agreed upon
                  the accuracy of the audit results. Any Disputes concerning
                  audit results shall be resolved pursuant to the Alternate
                  Dispute Resolution procedures described in Attachment 3.

         10.4     Each Party shall cooperate fully in any such audit, providing
                  reasonable access to any and all appropriate employees and
                  books, records and other documents reasonably necessary to
                  assess the accuracy of each Party's billing and invoicing.

         10.5     Either Party may audit the other Party's books, records and
                  documents more than once during any Contract Year if the
                  previous audit found previously uncorrected net variances or
                  errors in invoices in the other Party's favor with an
                  aggregate value, on an annualized


<PAGE>


                                           Agreement between NEVADA Bell and ATI



                  basis, of at least two percent (2%) of the amounts payable by
                  the Party being audited under this Agreement during the period
                  covered by the audit.

         10.6     Audits shall be at the requesting Party's expense, subject to
                  reimbursement by the audited Party in the event that an audit
                  finds an adjustment in the charges or in any invoice paid or
                  payable by the requesting Party hereunder by an amount that
                  is, on an annualized basis, greater than two percent (2%) of
                  the aggregate charges to the requesting Party under this
                  Agreement during the period covered by the audit.

         10.7     Upon (i) the discovery by a Party of overcharges not
                  previously reimbursed to the other Party or (ii) the
                  resolution of disputed audits, the audited Party shall
                  promptly reimburse the requesting Party the amount of any
                  overpayment, plus interest calculated based on the US Treasury
                  Bill prime rate compounded daily for the number of days from
                  the date of overpayment to and including the date that payment
                  is actually made. In no event, however, shall interest be
                  assessed on any previously assessed or accrued late payment
                  charges.

         10.8     Upon (i) the discovery by either Party of underpayments not
                  previously paid to the other Party, or (ii) the resolution of
                  disputed audits, the audited Party shall promptly pay the
                  other Party the amount of any underpayment, plus interest
                  calculated based on the US Treasury Bill prime rate compounded
                  daily from the date of underpayment to and including the date
                  that payment is actually made.

 11.     PERFORMANCE STANDARDS AND REMEDIES

         11.1     The Parties agree that customer satisfaction is a goal that
                  can only be achieved through cooperation of the Parties.
                  NEVADA agrees to measure performance, as outlined in
                  Attachment 17. The measurements contained in Attachment 17 may
                  change from time to time by mutual agreement of the Parties.
                  NEVADA agrees to provide to ATI a level of service that is at
                  parity with the service NEVADA provides to itself, its
                  affiliates or other, at the same terms and conditions.

         11.2     Within ninety (90) days of the effective date of this
                  Agreement, the Parties will meet to develop and mutually agree
                  to performance and business process improvement procedures.


         11.3     The Parties may amend, modify, delete or add business process
                  improvement procedures by mutual agreement and modification of
                  Attachment 17.


 12.     FORCE MAIEURE

         12.1     Except as otherwise specifically provided in this Agreement,
                  neither Party shall be liable for any delay or failure in
                  performance of any part of this Agreement caused by a Force
                  Majeure condition, including acts of the United States of
                  America or any state, territory or political subdivision
                  thereof, acts of God or a public enemy, fires, floods, labor
                  disputes, freight embargoes, earthquakes, volcanic actions,
                  wars, civil disturbances, or other causes beyond the
                  reasonable control of the Party claiming excusable delay or
                  other failure to perform. Provided, Force Majeure shall not
                  include acts of any Governmental Authority relating to
                  environmental, health or safety conditions at Work Locations.
                  If any Force Majeure condition occurs, the Party whose
                  performance fails or is delayed because of such Force Majeure
                  condition shall give prompt notice to the other Party, and
                  upon cessation of such Force Majeure condition, shall give
                  like notice and commence performance hereunder as promptly as
                  reasonably practicable.


<PAGE>


                                           Agreement between NEVADA Bell and ATI



         12.2     Notwithstanding subsection 12.1, preceding, no delay or other
                  failure to perform shall be excused pursuant to this Section:
                  (i) by the acts or omission of a Party's subcontractors,
                  material men, suppliers or other third persons providing
                  products or services to Such Party unless such acts or
                  omissions are themselves the product of a Force Majeure
                  condition, (ii) if the delay or failure relates to
                  environmental, health or safety conditions at Work Locations
                  and, (iii) unless such delay or failure and the consequences
                  thereof are beyond the control and without the fault or
                  negligence of the Party claiming excusable delay or other
                  failure to perform.

 13.     CERTAIN STATE AND LOCAL TAXES

         Any state or local excise, sales, or use taxes (excluding any taxes
         levied on income) resulting from the performance of this Agreement
         shall be borne by the Party upon which the obligation for payment is
         imposed under applicable law, even if the obligation to collect and
         remit such taxes is placed upon the other Party by mutual written
         agreement of the Parties, provided, however, that the other Party has
         not acted in a manner that has materially impaired the ability of the
         liable Party to contest the tax or the amount of the tax (and interest
         and penalties, etc.) regardless of whether the impairment was
         foreseeable. If the other Party has materially impaired the ability of
         the liable Party to contest the tax or the amount of the tax, the Party
         causing the impairment shall be liable for the tax (interest and
         penalties, etc.) caused by the Party's impairment. Any such taxes shall
         be shown as separate items on applicable billing documents between the
         Parties. The Party so obligated to pay any such taxes may contest the
         same in good faith, at its own expense, and shall be entitled to the
         benefit of any refund or recovery, provided that such Party shall not
         permit any lien to exist on any asset of the other Party by reason of
         the contest. The Party obligated to collect and remit shall cooperate
         in any such contest by the other Party.

 14.     ALTERNATIVE DISPUTE RESOLUTION

         All disputes, claims or disagreements (collectively "Disputes") arising
         under or related to this Agreement or the breach hereof, except those
         arising pursuant to Attachment 13, Connectivity Billing and Recording,
         shall be resolved according to the procedures set forth in Attachment
         3. Disputes involving matters subject to the Connectivity Billing and
         Recording provisions contained in Attachment 13, shall be resolved in
         accordance with the Billing Disputes section of Attachment 13. In no
         event shall the Parties permit the pendency of a Dispute to disrupt
         service to any ATI or NEVADA Customer contemplated by this Agreement.
         The foregoing notwithstanding, neither this Section 14 nor Attachment 3
         shall be construed to prevent either Party from (a) invoking a remedy
         required by the Act, FCC, or Commission regulations thereunder or (b)
         seeking and obtaining temporary equitable remedies, including temporary
         restraining orders. A request by a Party to a court or a regulatory
         authority for interim measures or equitable relief shall not be deemed
         a waiver of the obligation to comply with Attachment 3.

 15.     NOTICES

         Any notices or other communications required or permitted to be given
         or delivered under this Agreement shall be in hard-copy writing (unless
         otherwise specifically provided herein) and shall be sufficiently given
         if delivered personally or delivered by prepaid overnight express
         service to the following (unless otherwise specifically required by
         this Agreement to be delivered to another representative or point of
         contact):

         If to ATI:

         David Patterson
         Advanced Telecommunications, Inc.


<PAGE>



                                           Agreement between NEVADA Bell and ATI



         730 2nd Avenue South, Suite 410
         Minneapolis, MN 55402

         If to NEVADA:

         James A. Reitzel
         NEVADA Bell
         Vice President
         Network Interconnection
         1450 Vassar Street, Room 200
         Reno, NV 89502

         and

         April Rodewald-Fout
         General Counsel
         Nevada Bell
         645 E. Plumb Ln., Room 132
         Reno, NV 89502

         Either Party may unilaterally change its designated representative
         and/or address for the receipt of notices by giving seven (7) days
         prior written notice to the other Party in compliance with this
         Section. Any notice or other communication shall be deemed given when
         received.

16.      CONFIDENTIALITY AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

         16.1     For the purposes of this Agreement, "Confidential Information"
                  means confidential or proprietary technical or business
                  Information given by the Discloser to the Recipient. All
                  information which is disclosed by one Party to the other in
                  connection with this Agreement shall automatically be deemed
                  proprietary to the Discloser and subject to this Agreement,
                  unless otherwise confirmed in writing by the Discloser. In
                  addition, by way of example and not limitation, all orders for
                  Network Elements, Ancillary Functions, Combinations, Local
                  Services or other services placed by ATI pursuant to this
                  Agreement, and information that would constitute Customer
                  Proprietary Network Information of ATI Customer's pursuant to
                  the Act and the rules and regulations of the FCC, and Recorded
                  Usage Data as described in Attachment 14, whether disclosed by
                  ATI to NEVADA or otherwise acquired by NEVADA in the course of
                  the performance of this Agreement, shall be deemed
                  Confidential Information of ATI for all purposes under this
                  Agreement.

         16.2     For a period of five (5) years from the receipt of
                  Confidential Information from the Discloser, except as
                  otherwise specified in this Agreement, the Recipient agrees
                  (a) to use it only for the purpose of performing under this
                  Agreement; (b) to hold it in confidence and disclose it to no
                  one other than its employees having a need to know for the
                  purpose of performing under this Agreement; and (c) to
                  safeguard it from unauthorized use or disclosure with at least
                  the same degree of care with which the Recipient safeguards
                  its own Confidential Information. If the Recipient wishes to
                  disclose the Discloser's Confidential Information to a third
                  party agent or consultant, such disclosure must be mutually
                  agreed to in writing by the Parties to this Agreement, and the
                  agent or consultant must have executed a written agreement of
                  non-disclosure and non-use comparable in scope to the terms of
                  this Section.

         16.3     The Recipient may make copies of Confidential Information only
                  as reasonably necessary to perform its obligations under this
                  Agreement. All such copies shall bear the same copyright and
                  proprietary rights notices as are contained on the original.


<PAGE>


                                           Agreement between NEVADA Bell and ATI


         16.4     The Recipient agrees to return all Confidential Information in
                  tangible form received from the Discloser, including any
                  copies made by the Recipient, within thirty (30) days after a
                  written request is delivered to the Recipient, or to destroy
                  all such Confidential Information, except for Confidential
                  Information that the Recipient reasonably requires to perform
                  its obligations under this Agreement. If either Party loses or
                  makes an unauthorized disclosure of the other Party's
                  Confidential Information, it shall notify such other Party
                  immediately and use reasonable efforts to retrieve the lost or
                  wrongfully disclosed information.

        16.5      The Recipient shall have no obligation to safeguard
                  Confidential Information: (a) which was in the possession of
                  the Recipient free of restriction prior to its receipt from
                  the Discloser; (b) after it becomes publicly known or
                  available through no breach of this Agreement by the
                  Recipient; (c) after it is rightfully acquired by the
                  Recipient free of restrictions on its disclosure; or (d) after
                  it is independently developed by personnel of the Recipient to
                  whom the Discloser's Confidential Information had not been
                  previously disclosed. In addition, either Party shall have the
                  right to disclose Confidential Information to any mediator,
                  arbitrator, state or federal regulatory body, the Department
                  of Justice or any court in the conduct of any mediation,
                  arbitration or approval of this Agreement or in any
                  proceedings concerning the provision of interLATA services by
                  NEVADA. Additionally, the Recipient may disclose Confidential
                  Information if so required by law, a court, or governmental
                  agency, so long as the Discloser has been notified of the
                  requirement promptly after the Recipient becomes aware of the
                  intended disclosure, and so long as the Recipient undertakes
                  all lawful measures to avoid disclosing such information until
                  Discloser has had reasonable time to seek a protective order
                  that covers the Confidential Information to be disclosed.

         16.6     Each Party's obligations to safeguard Confidential Information
                  disclosed prior to expiration or termination of this Agreement
                  shall survive such expiration or termination.


         16.7     Except as otherwise expressly provided elsewhere in this
                  Agreement, no license is hereby granted under any patent,
                  trademark, or copyright, nor is any such license implied,
                  solely by virtue of the disclosure of any Confidential
                  Information.

         16.8     Each Party agrees that the Discloser would be irreparably
                  injured by a breach of this Agreement by the Recipient or its
                  representatives and that the Discloser shall be entitled to
                  seek equitable relief, including injunctive relief and
                  specific performance, in the event of any breach of the
                  provisions of this Agreement. Such remedies shall not be
                  deemed to be the exclusive remedies for a breach of this
                  Agreement, but shall be in addition to all other remedies
                  available at law or in equity.

         16.9     Nothing in this Section 16 shall prevent NEVADA from using
                  Recorded Usage Data for the limited purpose of network
                  planning and management.

 17.     BRANDING

         Services offered by ATI that incorporate Network Elements, Ancillary
         Functions or Combinations made available to ATI pursuant to this
         Agreement, and Local Services that ATI offers for resale shall be
         branded as stated in the Attachments to this Agreement. In no event
         shall NEVADA personnel installing or repairing ATI Local Service,
         Network Elements, or Combinations initiate a conversation with the end
         user customer to market NEVADA product or services. NEVADA personnel
         shall respond to any inquires from end users or consumers concerning
         NEVADA's products or services by providing a telephone number to call
         for information.



<PAGE>


                                           Agreement between NEVADA Bell and ATI


                  condition of this Agreement shall be construed as a waiver of
                  such term, right or condition. By entering into this Agreement
                  neither Party waives any right granted to it pursuant to the
                  Act.

         18.9     SEVERABILITY - If any term, condition or provision of this
                  Agreement is held to be invalid or unenforceable for any
                  reason, such invalidity or unenforceability shall not
                  invalidate the entire Agreement, unless such construction
                  would be unreasonable. The Agreement shall be construed as if
                  it did not contain the invalid or unenforceable provision or
                  provisions, and the rights and obligations of each Party shall
                  be construed and enforced accordingly; provided, however, that
                  in the event such invalid or unenforceable provision or
                  provisions are essential elements of this Agreement and
                  substantially impair the rights or obligations of either
                  Party, the Parties shall promptly negotiate a replacement
                  provision or provisions.

         18.10    ENTIRE AGREEMENT - This Agreement, which shall include the
                  Attachments, Appendices and other documents referenced herein,
                  constitutes the entire Agreement between the Parties
                  concerning the subject matter hereof and supersedes any prior
                  agreements, representations, statements, negotiations,
                  understandings, proposals or undertakings, oral or written,
                  with respect to the subject matter expressly set forth herein.

         18.11    DEFINITIONS: The definitions contained in Attachment 1 are
                  meant to accurately describe the meaning accorded the term as
                  required by the Act and as used in this Agreement. In the
                  event of any disagreement between a definition of the term in
                  the Act, in Attachment 1 or any other part of this Agreement
                  (including the Attachments), the definition in the Act shall
                  supersede any definition in the Agreement or Attachments and
                  any specific definition in an Attachment other than Attachment
                  1 shall supersede the definition in Attachment 1.

         18.12    SURVIVAL OF OBLIGATIONS - Any liabilities or obligations of a
                  Party for acts or omissions prior to the cancellation or
                  termination of this Agreement, any obligation of a Party under
                  the provisions regarding indemnification, Confidential
                  Information, limitations on liability, and any other
                  provisions of this Agreement which, by their terms, are
                  contemplated to survive (or to be performed after) termination
                  of this Agreement, shall survive cancellation or termination
                  thereof.

         18.13    EXECUTED IN COUNTERPARTS - This Agreement may be executed in
                  any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an
                  original; but such counterparts shall together constitute one
                  and the same instrument.


         18.14    HEADINGS OF NO FORCE OR EFFECT - The headings of Articles and
                  Sections of this Agreement are for convenience of reference
                  only, and shall in no way define, modify or restrict the
                  meaning or interpretation of the terms or provisions of this
                  Agreement.


                  In witness whereof, the Parties have executed this Agreement
through their authorized representatives.

                  NEVADA BELL                                 ATI

     By:                                           By:
        ------------------------------------          --------------------------
             Signature                                         Signature

     Name:  James A. Reitzel                       Name:   Cliff Williams

     Title: Vice President Local Competition       Title:  President - CEO

     Date:    10-1-97                              Date:       10/23/97




<PAGE>

                                                           NEVADA - Attachment 1


                                   DEFINITIONS

 1.     "Access Tandem Switches" are switches used to connect End Offices to
        Interexchange Carrier switches. NEVADA's Access Tandem Switch is also
        used to connect and switch traffic between and among Central Office
        Switches.

 2.      "Act" means the Communications Act of 1934,47 U.S.C. 151 et seq., as
         amended by the Telecommunications Act of 1996, and as interpreted from
         time to time in the duly authorized rules and regulations of the FCC or
         the Commission.

 3.     "Advanced Intelligent Network (AIN) Trigger Capability" is a network
        functionality that permits specific conditions to be programmed into a
        switch which, when met, directs the switch to suspend call processing
        and to receive special instructions for further call handling
        instructions in order to enable carriers to offer advanced features and
        services.

 4.     "AMA" means the Automated Message Accounting structure inherent in
        switch technology that initially records telecommunication message
        information. AMA format is contained in the Automated Message Accounting
        document, published by Bellcore as GR-1 100-CORE which defines the
        industry standard for message recording.

 5.     "Ancillary Functions" are services or facilities that NEVADA offers to
        ATI so that ATI may obtain and use unbundled Network Elements or NEVADA
        services to provide telecommunications services to ATI's customers.
        Ancillary Functions include collocation and rights of way, and may
        include other services or facilities as mutually agreed to by the
        Parties.

6.      "Applicable Law" shall mean all laws, statutes, common law, regulations,
        ordinances, codes, rules, guidelines, orders, permits and approvals of
        any Governmental Authority, including without limitation those relating
        to the environment, health and safety, which apply or relate to Work
        Locations or the subject matter of this Agreement.

7.      "ATI Customer" means the relationship for a specific service with any
        business or residential customer to the extent such customer purchases
        ATI services.

8.      "Automatic Number Identification" or "ANI" means a Feature Group D
        signaling parameter that refers to the number transmitted through the
        network identifying the billing number of the calling party. "ANI" is
        also used to identify the calling number to 911 PSAPs.

9.      "Automatic Location ldentification/(ALI)" means the feature of E911
        that displays at the PSAP the address of the calling telephone number.
        This feature requires a data storage and retrieval system for
        translating telephone numbers to the associated address. ALI information
        may include Emergency Service Number (ESN), street address, room or
        floor, and names of the enforcement, fire and medical agencies with
        jurisdictional responsibility for the address. The Management System
        (E911) database is used to update the Automatic E911 Location
        Identification (ALI) databases.

 10.    "Automatic Route Selection (ARS)" is a service feature that provides
        for automatic selection of the most appropriate outbound route for each
        call based on criteria programmed into the system.

 11.    "Busy Line Verification" or "BLV" means a service in which an end user
        requests an operator to confirm the busy status of a line.


<PAGE>



                                                           NEVADA - Attachment 1


 12.    "Busy Line Verification and Interrupt" or "BLVI" means a service in
        which an end user requests an operator to confirm the busy status of a
        line and requests an interruption of the call.

 13.    "CABS" means the Carrier Access Billing System.

 14.    "Calling Party Number (CPN)" means a Common Channel Signaling parameter
        which refers to the number transmitted through the network identifying
        the calling party.

 15.    Central Office Switch" or "Central Office" means a switching entity
        within the public switched telecommunications network, including but not
        limited to End Office Switches and Tandem Switches. Central Office
        Switches may be employed as combination End Office/Tandem Switches.

 16.    "CLC Operations Handbook" means Sections 16.6 and 16.7 of the CLC
        Handbook, which address NEVADA's Operations and Administration
        interfaces for local interconnection and SS7.

 17.    "Centralized Message Distribution System (CMDS)" means the transport
        system that LECs use to exchange outcollect and CABS access messages
        among each other and other parties connected to CMDS.

 18.    "Charge Number" means a CCS signaling parameter that refers to the
        number transmitted through the network identifying the billing number
        of the calling party.

 19.    "Centrex" means a Telecommunications Service that uses central office
        switching equipment for call routing to handle direct dialing of calls,
        and to provide many private branch exchange-like features.

 20.    "CLASS (Custom Local Area Signaling Service) and Custom Calling
        Features" means a grouping of optional enhancements to basic local
        exchange service that offers special call handling features to end users
        (e.g., call waiting, call forwarding and automatic redial).

 21.    "Combination" shall have the meaning set forth in 47 C.F.R. Section
        51.315.

 22.    "Commission" means the Public Service Commission of Nevada.

 23.    "Common Channel Signaling" or "CCS" means a method of digitally
        transmitting call set-up and network control data over a special network
        fully separate from the public switched network elements that carry the
        actual call. Signaling System 7 (SS7) is the CCS network presently used
        by telecommunications carriers.

 24.    "Competitive Local Carrier (CLC)" or "Competitive Local Exchange Carrier
        (CLEC)" is a carrier who competes in the provision of local exchange
        telecommunications service and is not an Incumbent LEC as defined by 47
        U.S.C., Section 251 (h) of the Act.

25.     "Conduit" means a tube or similar enclosure that may be used to house
        communication or communications-related power cables. Conduit may be
        underground or above ground (for example, inside buildings) and may
        contain one or more inner ducts. An inner duct means a separate tube or
        enclosure within a conduit.

 26.    "Confidential Information" has the meaning set forth in Section 16.1 of
        the General Terms and Conditions.

 27.    "Contract Year" means a twelve (12) month period during the term of the
        contract commencing on the Effective Date and each anniversary thereof.


<PAGE>



                                                           NEVADA - Attachment I


28.     "Control Office" means an exchange carrier center or office designated
        as its company's single point of contact for the provisioning and
        maintenance of its portion of interconnection arrangements.

 29.    "Cross Connection" means an intra-wire center channel connecting
        separate pieces of telecommunications equipment

30.     "Customer Usage Data" means the local Telecommunications Services usage
        data of an ATI Customer, measured in minutes, sub-minute increments,
        message units, or otherwise, that is recorded by NEVADA and forwarded to
        ATI.

31.     "Directory Number Call Forwarding (DNCF)" means an interim form of
        Service Provider Number Portability (SPNP) which is provided through
        existing and available call routing and call forwarding capabilities.
        DNCF will forward calls dialed to an original telephone number to a new
        telephone number on a multi-path basis. DNCF is not limited to listed
        directory numbers.

 32.    "Discloser" means that Party to this Agreement which has disclosed
        Confidential Information to the other Party.

 33.    "DSX Panel" means a cross-connect bay or panel used for the termination
        of equipment and facilities operating at digital rates.

 34.    "DS-0" means a digital signal rate of 64 Kilobits per second (kbps).

 35.    "DS-1" means a digital signal rate of 1.544 Megabits Per Second (Mbps).

 36.    "DS-3" means a digital signal rate of 44.736 Mbps.

 37.    "E911 Management System (MS)" A system of computer programs used by
        NEVADA to create store and update the data that provides Selective
        Routing (SM) and / or Automatic Location Identification (ALI).

38.     "E911 Management System Gateway" is a processor that can relieve the
        host computer (management system) of performing certain tasks, such as
        message handling, code conversion, error control and application
        functions.

 39.    "E911 Service" is a method of routing 911 calls to a PSAP that uses
        customer location data in the ALI/DMS to determine the PSAP to which a
        call should be routed.

 40.    "Effective Date" is the date indicated in the Preface on which the
        Agreement shall become effective.

 41.    EISCC" or "Expanded Interconnection Service Cross Connect" means the
        connection between the collocation Point of Termination (POT) and the
        unbundled Network Element or interconnection point to a switched or
        dedicated service in NEVADA's network.

 42.    "Electronic File Transfer" means any system or process that utilizes an
        electronic format and protocol to send or receive data files.

 43.    "End Office Switches" are switches from which end users' Exchange
        services are directly connected and offered.

 44.    "Environmental Hazard" means any substance the presence, use, transport,
        abandonment or disposal of which (i) requires investigation,
        remediation, compensation, fine or penalty under any Applicable Law
        (including, without limitation, the Comprehensive Environmental Response


<PAGE>


                                                           NEVADA - Attachment 1


        Compensation and Liability Act, Superfund Amendment and Reauthorization
        Act, Resource Conservation Recovery Act, the Occupational Safety and
        Health Act and provisions with .similar purposes in applicable foreign,
        state and local jurisdictions) or (ii) poses risks to human health,
        safety or the environment (including, without limitation, indoor,
        outdoor or orbital space environments) and is regulated under any
        Applicable Law.

 45.    `Exchange Message Record" or "EM R" means the standard used for exchange
        of telecommunications message information among LECs for billable,
        non-billable, sample, settlement and study data. EMR format is contained
        in BR-0l 0-200-010 CRIS Exchange Message Record, a Bellcore document
        which defines industry standards for exchange message records.

 46.    "Exchange Service" is as defined in the Act.

 47.    "FCC" means the Federal Communications Commission.

 48.    "First Interconnection Order" means the First Report and Order issued
        In the Matter of Implementation of the Local Competition provision in
        the Telecommunications Act of 1996 (CC Docket No. 96-98, FCC 96-325)
        (released August 8,1996).

 49.    "Governmental Authority" means any federal, state, local, foreign or
        international court, government, department, commission, board, bureau,
        agency, official, or other regulatory, administrative, legislative or
        judicial authority with jurisdiction.

 50.    "ILEC" shall mean "Incumbent Local Exchange Carrier" as defined in the
        Act.

 51.    "Interconnection" is as described in the Act.

 52.    "Interexchange Carrier (IEC or IXC)" means a provider of interexchange
        telecommunications services.

 53.    "Interim Number Portability" or "INP" means the delivery of service
        provider Number Portability capabilities through the use of
        switch-based call routing as described in 47 C.F.R. Section 52.7.

 54.    "Integrated Services Digital Network" or "ISDN" means a digital switched
        network service. "Basic Rate ISDN" provides for channelized (2 bearer
        and 1 data) end-to-end digital connectivity for the transmission of
        voice or data on either or both bearer channels and packet data on the
        data channel. "Primary Rate ISDN" provides for 23 bearer and 1 data
        channels.

 55.    "LATA-Wide Terminating Interconnection" means an interconnection
        arrangement whereby one Party interconnects to a single designated
        tandem switch of the other Party to terminate local and intraLATA toll.
        The Party providing such termination will designate the tandem switch
        where such interconnection is to occur.

 56.    "LEC" shall mean "Local Exchange Carrier" as defined in the Act.

 57.    "Line Information Data Base(s) (LIDB)" means one or all, as the context
        may require, of the Line Information Databases owned individually by
        ILECs and other entities which provide, among other things, calling card
        validation functionality for telephone line number cards issued by ILECs
        and other entities. A LIDB also contains validation data for collect and
        third number-billed calls, which include billed number screening.

58.     "Line Side" refers to End Office switch connections that have been
        programmed to treat the circuit as a local line connected to a
        terminating station ~ an ordinary subscriber's telephone station set, a
        PBX, answering machine, facsimile machine or computer). Line Side
        connections offer only


<PAGE>



                                                           NEVADA - Attachment 1



        those transmission and signal features appropriate for a connection
        between an End Office and such terminating station.

 59.    "Link" has the meaning set forth in Attachment 6, Section 3.

 60.    "Local Calls" are calls that are completed where there is no charge for
         the completion of the call in NEVADA's serving territory as defined by
         the Commission.

 61.    Local Exchange Routing Guide" or "LERG" means a Bellcore Reference
        Document used by LECs and IXCs to identify NPA-NXX routing and homing
        information as well as Network Element and equipment designations, and
        office functionality.

 62.    Local Exchange Traffic" means traffic originated on the network of a LEC
        in a LATA and completed directly between that LEC's network and the
        network of another LEC in that same LATA, including intraLATA toll
        traffic and traffic originated to or terminated from LECs not party to
        this Agreement. Local Exchange Traffic does not include traffic that is
        routed to or terminated from the network of an IXC.

 63.    "Local Interconnection Trunks/Trunk Groups" are used for the
        termination of Local Exchange Traffic, using Bellcore Technical
        Reference GR-317-CORE ("GR-317").

 64.    "Local Loop" shall have the meaning set forth in 47 C.F.R. Section
        51.319(a).

 65.    "Local Number Portability (LNP)" means the ability of users of
        telecommunications services to retain, at the same location, existing
        telecommunications numbers without impairment of quality, reliability,
        or convenience when switching from one telecommunications carrier to
        another.

 66.    "Local Service" has the meaning set forth in Attachment 5, Section 1.1.

 67.    "Loop" has the meaning set forth in Attachment 6, Section 3.

 68.    "MECAB" means the Multiple Exchange Carrier Access Billing document
        prepared under the direction of the Billing Committee of the Ordering
        and Billing Forum "OBF", which functions under the auspices of the
        Carrier Liaison Committee of the Alliance for Telecommunications
        Industry Solutions (ATIS), Section 23.1 of Part 1. The MECAB document,
        published by Bellcore as Special Report SR-BDS-000983, contains the
        recommended guidelines for the billing of access and other connectivity
        services provided by two or more LECs (including LECs and CLCs), or by
        one LEC or ATI in two or more states within a single LATA.

 69.    "Meet Point Trunks/Trunk Groups (MPTGs)" are used for the joint
        provision of Switched Access services, utilizing Bellcore Technical
        References GR-394-CORE ("GR-394") and GR-317 CORE ("GR-317"). MPTGs are
        those between a local End Office and an Access Tandem as described in
        FSD 20-24-0000 and 20-24-0300.

 70.    "MECOD" means the Multiple Exchange Carriers Ordering and Design
        Guidelines for Access Services - Industry Support Interface, a document
        developed by the Ordering/Provisioning Committee under the auspices of
        the OBF, which functions under the auspices of the Carrier Liaison
        Committee of the ATIS. The MECOD document, published by Bellcore as
        Special Report SR STS-002643, establishes methods for processing orders
        for access and other connectivity service which is to be provided by two
        or more local carriers (including a LEC and a CLC), or by one LEC or CLC
        in two or more states within a single LATA.

 71.    "Mid-Span Meet" means an interconnection between two LEGs whereby each
        provides its own cable and equipment up to the meet point of the cable
        facilities. The meet point is the demarcation


<PAGE>



                                                           NEVADA - Attachment I


        establishing ownership of and responsibility for each LEC's portion of
        the transmission facility. -

 72.    "911 Service" means a universal telephone number which gives the public
        direct access to the PSAP. Basic 911 service collects 911 calls from
        one or more local exchange switches that serve a geographic area. The
        calls are then sent to the authority designated to receive such calls.

 73.    "Network Element" is as defined in the Act.

 74.    "NEVADA" means Nevada Bell.

 75.    "North American Numbering Plan (NANP)" means the system of telephone
        numbering employed in the United States, Canada, and certain Caribbean
        countries.

 76.    "Numbering Plan Area (NPA)" is also sometimes referred to as an area
        code and the three digit indicator that is defined by the "A", "B" and
        "C" digits of each 10-digit telephone number within the NANP. Each NPA
        contains 800 possible NXX Codes. There are two general categories of
        NPA. "Geographic NPA" is associated with a defined geographic area, and
        all telephone numbers bearing such NPA are associated with services
        provided within that Geographic area. A "Non-Geographic NPA," also known
        as a "Service Access Code" (SAC Code), is typically associated with a
        specialized telecommunications service which may be provided across
        multiple geographic NPA areas; 500, Toll Free Service NPAs, 700, and 900
        are examples of Non-Geographic NPAs.

 77.    "Number Portability" is as defined in the Act.

 78.    "NXX", "NXX Code" or "Central Office Code" means the three-digit switch
        entity indicator that is defined by the "D", "E" and "F" digits of a
        10-digit telephone number within the NANP. Each NXX Code contains 10,000
        station numbers.

79.     "OBF" means the Ordering and Billing Forum (OBF), which functions under
        the auspices of the Carrier Liaison Committee (CLC) of the Alliance for
        Telecommunications Industry Solutions (ATIS).

 80.    "Originating Line Information (OLI)" is an SS7 Feature Group D
        signaling parameter which refers to the number transmitted through the
        network identifying the billing number of the calling party.

 81.    "Party" means either ATI or NEVADA. "Parties" means ATI and NEVADA.

 82.    "Percent Local Usage" or "PLU" means a percentage amount that represents
        the ratio of the local minutes to the sum of local and intraLATA toll
        minutes sent between the Parties over Local Interconnection Trunks.
        Directory Assistance, BLV/BLVI, 900, transiting calls from other LECs,
        WSP traffic and interLATA Switched Access calls are not included in the
        calculation of PLU.

 83.    "Permanent Number Portability (PNP)" means a long-term solution to
        provide LNP for all customers and all providers consistent with the Act
        and implementing regulations.

 84.    "Physical Collocation" shall have the meaning set forth in 47 C.F.R.
        Section 51.5.

 85.    "Point of Interconnection" or "POI" means a physical location at which
        the Parties' networks meet for the purpose of establishing
        interconnection. POls include a number of different technologies and
        technical interfaces based on the Parties' mutual agreement.

 86.    "Pole Attachment" means the connection of a facility to a utility pole.
        Some examples of facilities are mechanical hardware, grounding and
        transmission cable, and equipment boxes.


<PAGE>



                                                           NEVADA - Attachment 1



 99.    "Service Provider Local Number Portability" shall have the same meaning
        as Number Portability as defined in the Act and FCC regulations
        thereunder.

 100.   "Signal Transfer Point" or "STP" means equipment that performs a packet
        switching function that routes signaling messages among SSPs, SCPs,
        Signaling Points (SPs), and other STPs in order to set up calls and to
        query databases for advanced services.

 101.   "Special Construction" shall have the meaning set forth in NEVADA's
        PSCN Tariff No. A4.2. as of the Effective Date of this Agreement and
        shall not be subject to change except upon mutual agreement of the
        Parties (even if the underlying tariff changes), provided that ATI will
        be treated no less favorably than NEVADA treats its own end-user
        customers.

102.    "Switched Access" service means an offering of access to services or
        facilities for the purpose of the origination or termination of traffic
        from or to Exchange Service customers in a given area pursuant to a
        Switched Access tariff. Switched Access services includes: Feature Group
        A (FGA), Feature Group B (FGB), Feature Group C (FGC), Feature Group D
        (FGD), Toll Free Service, 700 and 900 access. Switched Access service
        does not include traffic exchanged between LECs for purposes of local
        exchange interconnection.

 103.   "Switched Access Meet Point Billing" means a billing arrangement used
        when two or more LECs jointly provide a Switched Access service over
        Meet Point Trunks, with each LEC receiving an appropriate share of the
        revenues. The access services will be billed using Switched Access rate
        structures, and the LEGs will decide whether a single bill or multiple
        bill will be sent. If the LECs cannot agree, multiple bills will be
        sent.

 104.   "Tandem Switches" are switches that are used to connect and switch
        trunk circuits between and among Central Office Switches.

 105.   "Toll Traffic" means IntraLATA traffic falling outside of the normal
        free calling area as defined by the Commission.

 106.   "Toll Free Service" means service provided with any dialing sequence
        that invokes toll-free I E., 800-like, service processing. Toll Free
        Service includes calls to the Toll Free Service 800/888 NPA SAG codes.

 107.   "Transit Rate" is the rate that applies to local and toll calls sent
        between a LEC and a CLC destined for a third-party LEG or CLC.

 108.   "Trunk-Side" refers to a Central Office switch connection that is
        capable of, and has been programmed to treat the circuit as connecting
        to another switching entity, for example, another Central Office switch.
        Trunk-Side connections offer those transmission and signaling features
        appropriate for the connection of switching entities and cannot be used
        for the direct connection of ordinary telephone station sets.

109.    "Unbundled Services Cross Connect" or "USCC" is a connection between an
        unbundled link, which terminates at the distribution frame, and the
        digital cross connect system, for the purpose of combining an unbundled
        link and NEVADA unbundled transport when multiplexing is required.

 110.   "Virtual Collocation" shall have the meaning set forth in 47 C.F.R.
        Section 51.5.

 111.   "Voluntary Federal Customer Financial Assistance Programs" are
        Telecommunications Services provided to low-income subscribers, pursuant
        to requirements established by the appropriate state regulatory body.


<PAGE>


                                                           NEVADA - Attachment 1



 112.   "Waste" means all hazardous and non-hazardous substances and materials
        which are intended to be discarded, scrapped, or recycled, associated
        with activities ATI or NEVADA or their respective contractors or agents
        perform at Work Locations. It shall be presumed that all substances or
        materials associated with such activities, that are not in use or
        incorporated into structures (including without limitation damaged
        components or tools, leftovers, containers, garbage, scrap, residues or
        by-products), except for substances and materials that ATI, NEVADA or
        their respective contractors or agents intend to use in their original
        form in connection with similar activities, are Waste. Waste shall not
        include substances, materials or components incorporated into structures
        (such as cable routes) even after such components or structure are no
        longer in current use.

 113.   "Wire Center" denotes a building or space within a building which serves
        as an aggregation point on a given carrier's network, where transmission
        facilities and circuits are connected or switched. A NEVADA Bell Wire
        Center can also denote a building in which one or more Central Offices,
        used for the provision of Exchange Services and access services, are
        located. However, for purposes of collocation, Wire Genter shall mean
        those points eligible for such connections as specified in FCC Docket
        No. 91-141, and rules adopted pursuant thereto, as modified by
        subsequent FCC decisions.

 114.   "Wireless Service Provider or "WSP" means a provider of Commercial
        Mobile Radio Services (CMRS) ~ cellular service provider, Personal
        Communications Services provider, or paging service provider.

 115.   "Work Locations" means any real estate that ATI or NEVADA, as
        appropriate, owns, leases or licenses or in which it holds easements or
        other rights to use, or does use, in connection with this Agreement.




<PAGE>

                                                                Exhibit 10.1.42

                                    AGREEMENT
                   FOR LOCAL WIRELINE NETWORK INTERCONNECTION
                                       AND
                                 SERVICE RESALE
                                     BETWEEN
                        ADVANCED TELECOMMUNICATIONS, INC.
                                       AND
                          U S WEST COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

                                FOR THE STATE OF
                                     ARIZONA

                                AGREEMENT NUMBER
                                 CDS-000106-0212


<PAGE>

                                TABLE OF CONTENTS
                                     PART A

<TABLE>

<S>                                                                                                          <C>
RECITALS.......................................................................................................1

SCOPE OF AGREEMENT.............................................................................................1

DEFINITIONS....................................................................................................2

TERMS AND CONDITIONS..........................................................................................12

1.   GENERAL PROVISIONS.......................................................................................12
2.   MOST FAVORED NATION TERMS AND TREATMENT..................................................................13
3.   PAYMENT..................................................................................................13
4.   TAXES....................................................................................................14
5.   INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY....................................................................................14
6.   SEVERABILITY.............................................................................................15
7.   RESPONSIBILITY FOR ENVIRONMENTAL CONTAMINATION...........................................................15
8.   BRANDING.................................................................................................16
9.   INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR STATUS............................................................................17
10.  REFERENCED DOCUMENTS.....................................................................................18
11.  PUBLICITY AND ADVERTISING................................................................................18
12.  EXECUTED IN COUNTERPARTS.................................................................................18
13.  HEADINGS NOT CONTROLLING.................................................................................18
14.  JOINT WORK PRODUCT.......................................................................................18
15.  SURVIVAL.................................................................................................19
16.  EFFECTIVE DATE...........................................................................................19
17.  AMENDMENT OF AGREEMENT...................................................................................19
18.  INDEMNIFICATION..........................................................................................19
19.  LIMITATION OF LIABILITY..................................................................................20
20.  TERM OF AGREEMENT........................................................................................21
21.  GOVERNING LAW............................................................................................21
22.  CANCELLATION CHARGES.....................................................................................21
23.  REGULATORY APPROVALS.....................................................................................21
24.  COMPLIANCE...............................................................................................22
25.  FORCE MAJEURE............................................................................................23
26.  ESCALATION PROCEDURES....................................................................................23
27.  DISPUTE RESOLUTION.......................................................................................23
28.  NONDISCLOSURE............................................................................................24
29.  NOTICES..................................................................................................26
30.  ASSIGNMENT...............................................................................................27
31.  WARRANTIES...............................................................................................27
32.  DEFAULT..................................................................................................27
33.  REMEDIES.................................................................................................28
34.  WAIVERS..................................................................................................29
35.  NO THIRD PARTY BENEFICIARIES.............................................................................29

</TABLE>


<PAGE>

<TABLE>

                                                                                                            Part A
<S>                                                                                                        <C>
36.  PHYSICAL SECURITY........................................................................................29
37.  NETWORK SECURITY.........................................................................................30
38.  REVENUE PROTECTION.......................................................................................30
39.  LAW ENFORCEMENT INTERFACE................................................................................31
40.  COLLOCATION..............................................................................................31
41.  TECHNICAL REFERENCES - COLLOCATION.......................................................................42
42.  NUMBER PORTABILITY.......................................................................................43
43.  DIALING PARITY...........................................................................................50
44.  DIRECTORY LISTINGS.......................................................................................50
45.  [INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK FOR NUMBERING CONSISTENCY].....................................................53
46.  U S WEST DEX ISSUES......................................................................................53
47.  ACCESS TO POLES, DUCTS, CONDUITS, AND RIGHTS OF WAY......................................................53
48.  BONA FIDE REQUEST PROCESS FOR FURTHER UNBUNDLING.........................................................58
49.  AUDIT PROCESS............................................................................................61
50.  MISCELLANEOUS SERVICES...................................................................................62
51.  UNUSED TRANSMISSION MEDIA................................................................................78
52.  SERVICE STANDARDS........................................................................................80
53.  ENTIRE AGREEMENT.........................................................................................82
54.  RESERVATION OF RIGHTS....................................................................................82

</TABLE>

ATTACHMENTS

   ATTACHMENT 1      RATES AND CHARGES
   ATTACHMENT 2      RESALE
   ATTACHMENT 3      UNBUNDLED ACCESS/ELEMENTS
   ATTACHMENT 4      INTERCONNECTION
   ATTACHMENT 5      BUSINESS PROCESS REQUIREMENTS
   ATTACHMENT 6      ELECTRONIC INTERFACES
   ATTACHMENT 7      IMPLEMENTATION SCHEDULE


<PAGE>

                                                                          Part A

         This Interconnection Agreement (this "Agreement"), effective upon
Commission approval (the "Effective Date"), is entered into by and between
Advanced Telecommunications, Inc. ("CO-PROVIDER"), an Arizona corporation, and
U S WEST Communications, Inc., ("U S WEST") a Colorado corporation, to establish
the rates, terms and conditions for local interconnection, local resale, and the
purchase of unbundled network elements (individually referred to as the
"service" or collectively as the "services").

                                    RECITALS

         WHEREAS, pursuant to this Agreement, CO-PROVIDER and U S WEST will
extend certain arrangements to one another within each LATA in which they both
operate within Arizona. This Agreement is a combination of agreed terms and
terms imposed by arbitration under Section 252 of the Communications Act of
1934, as modified by the Telecommunications Act of 1996, the rules and
regulations of the Federal Communications Commission, and the orders, rules and
regulations of the Arizona Corporation Commission; and as such does not
necessarily represent the position of either Party on any given issue; and

         WHEREAS, the Parties wish to interconnect their local exchange networks
in a technically and economically efficient manner for the transmission and
termination of calls, so that subscribers of each can seamlessly receive calls
that originate on the other's network and place calls that terminate on the
other's network, and for CO-PROVIDER's use in the provision of exchange access
("Local lnterconnection");and

         WHEREAS, CO-PROVIDER wishes to purchase Telecommunications Services for
resale to others, and U S WEST is willing to provide such services; and

         WHEREAS, CO-PROVIDER wishes to purchase on an unbundled basis Network
Elements, Ancillary Services and Functions and additional features separately or
in any Combination, and to use such services for itself or for the provision of
its Telecommunications Services to others, and U S WEST is willing to provide
such services;

         Now, therefore, in consideration of the terms and conditions contained
herein, CO-PROVIDER and U S WEST hereby mutually agree as follows:

                               SCOPE OF AGREEMENT

         A.       This Agreement specifies the rights and obligations of each
Party with respect to the purchase and sale of Local Interconnection, Local
Resale and Network Elements in the LATAs in Arizona where U S WEST operates.

         B.       In the performance of their obligations under this Agreement,
the Parties shall act in good faith and consistently with the intent of the Act.
Where notice, approval or similar action by a Party is permitted or required by
any provision of this Agreement (including, without limitation, the obligation
of the Parties to further negotiate the resolution of new or open issues under
this Agreement) such action shall not be unreasonably delayed, withheld or
conditioned.

         C.       U S WEST will provide CO-PROVIDER with at least the level of
service quality or performance of obligations under this Agreement as U S WEST
provides itself or any other Person with respect to all Telecommunications
Services, Local Interconnection, Services for Resale, and Network Elements as
applicable and shall provide such level of service quality or performance of
service obligations in accordance with the specific requirements agreed to in
Attachment 5.

         D.       U S WEST shall provide to CO-PROVIDER Services for Resale that
are equal in quality, subject to the same conditions (including the conditions
in U S WEST's effective tariffs which are not


<PAGE>

                                                                          Part A

otherwise inconsistent with the terms and conditions contained herein), within
the same provisioning time intervals that U S WEST provides these services to
itself, its Affiliates and others, including end users, and in accordance with
any applicable Commission service quality standards, including standards the
Commission may impose pursuant to Section 252(e)(3) of the Act.

         E.       Each Network Element provided by U S WEST to CO-PROVIDER shall
be at least equal in the quality of design, performance, features, functions,
capabilities and other characteristics, including, but not limited to, levels
and types of redundant equipment and facilities for power, diversity and
security, that U S WEST provides to itself, U S WEST's own subscribers, to a U S
WEST Affiliate or to any other entity.

         F.       The Parties agree to work jointly and cooperatively in testing
and implementing processes for pre-ordering, ordering, maintenance, provisioning
and billing and in reasonably resolving issues which result from such
implementation on a timely basis.

         G.       If a Party makes a change in its network which it believes
will materially affect the interoperability of its network with that of the
other Party, the Party making the change shall provide advance notice of such
change to the other Party in accordance with applicable FCC or Commission
regulations.

         H.       In accordance with Section 251(c)(5) of the Act and the rules
and regulations established by the FCC and the Commission, the Parties shall
provide reasonable notice of changes in the information necessary for the
transmission and routing of services using that local exchange carrier's
facilities or network, as well as of any other changes that would affect the
interoperability of those facilities and networks.

         I.       Except as otherwise provided for in Section 8 of Attachment 2,
U S WEST shall not discontinue or refuse to provide any service required
hereunder without CO-PROVIDER'S prior written agreement in accordance with
Section 17 of this Part A of this Agreement, nor shall U S WEST reconfigure,
reengineer or otherwise redeploy its network in a manner which would materially
impair CO-PROVIDER's ability to offer Telecommunications Services in the manner
contemplated by this Agreement, the Act or the FCC's rules and regulations. U S
WEST agrees that all obligations undertaken pursuant to this Agreement,
including, without limitation, performance standards, intervals, and technical
requirements are material obligations hereof and that time is of the essence.

                                   DEFINITIONS

         Certain terms used in this Agreement shall have the meanings set forth
herein or as otherwise elsewhere defined throughout this Agreement. Other terms
used but not defined herein will have the meanings ascribed to them in the Act
and the FCC's rules and regulations.

"911 Service" means a universal telephone number which gives the public direct
access to the Public Safety Answering Point (PSAP). Basic 911 service collects
911 calls from one or more local exchange switches that serve a geographic area.
The calls are then sent to the correct authority designated to receive such
calls.

"911 Site Administrator" is a person assigned by CO-PROVIDER to establish and
maintain 911 service location information for its subscribers.

"Access Services" refers to interstate and intrastate switched access and
private line transport services.

"CO-PROVIDER" means Advanced Telecommunications, Inc. and any Affiliates,
subsidiary companies or other entities performing any of the obligations of
CO-PROVIDER set forth in this Agreement.

"Act" means the Communications Act of 1934 (47 U.S.C. Section 151 et seq.), as
amended by the Telecommunications Act of 1996, and as from time to time
interpreted in the duly authorized rules and regulations of the FCC or by the
Commission.


<PAGE>

                                                                          Part A

"ADSL" or "Asymmetrical Digital Subscriber Line" means a transmission technology
which transmits an asymmetrical digital signal using one of several transmission
methods (for example, carrier-less AM/PM discrete multi-tone, or discrete
wavelet multi-tone).

"Affiliate" is an entity, as defined in the Act, that directly or indirectly
owns or controls, is owned or controlled by, or is under common ownership or
control with, another entity. For the purposes of this Agreement, "own" or
"control" means to own an equity interest (or equivalent) of at least ten
percent (10%), or the right to control the business decisions, management and
policy of another entity performing any of the obligations set forth in this
Agreement.

"AIN" ("Advanced Intelligent Network") is a network functionality that permits
specific conditions to be programmed into a switch which, when met, directs the
switch to suspend call processing and to receive special instructions for
further call handling instructions in order to enable carriers to offer advanced
features and services.

"AIN Services" means architecture and configuration of the AIN Triggers within
the SCP as developed and/or offered by U S WEST to its customers.

"ALI" (Automatic Location Identification) is a database developed for E911
systems that provides for a visual display of the caller's telephone number and
address, and the names of the emergency response agencies responsible for that
address. The ALI also shows an Interim Number Portability (INP) number, if
applicable.

"ALI/DMS" (Automatic Location Identification/Data Management System) means the
emergency service (E91 1/911) database containing subscriber location
information (including name, address, telephone number, and sometimes special
information from the local service provider) used to determine to which Public
Safety Answering Point (PSAP) to route the call.

"AMA" means the Automated Message Accounting structure that initially records
telecommunication message information. AMA format is contained in the Automated
Message Accounting document, published by Bellcore as GR-1100-CORE, which
defines the industry standard for message recording.

"Ancillary Services" or "Ancillary Functions" means, collectively, the
following: (1) Collocation as described in Section 40; (2) access to poles,
ducts, conduits and rights of way as described in Section 47; (3) unused
transmission media as described in Section 51; (4) Directory Listings as
described in Section 44; (5) E911 as described in Section 50.1; (6) Directory
Assistance Service as described in Section 50.2; (7) Operator Services as
described in Section 50.3; (8) Directory Assistance and Listings services
requests as described in Section 50.4; and (9) directory assistance data as
described in Section 50.5.

"ANI" (Automatic Number Identification) is a feature that identifies and
displays the number of a telephone that originates a call.

"ARS" (Automatic Route Selection) is a service feature that provides for
automatic selection of the least expensive or most appropriate transmission
facility for each call based on criteria programmed into the system.

"ASR" (Access Service Request) means the industry standard forms and supporting
documentation used for ordering Access Services. The ASR may be used to order
trunking and facilities between CO-PROVIDER and U S WEST for Local
Interconnection.

"BLV/BLI" (Busy Line Verify/Busy Line Interrupt) means an operator call in which
the end user inquires as to the busy status of, or requests an interruption of,
a telephone call.


<PAGE>

                                                                          Part A

"Business Day" means any day Monday through Friday except for mutually agreed to
holidays.

"CABS" means the Carrier Access Billing System which is defined in a document
prepared by the Billing Committee of the OBF. The Carrier Access Billing System
document is published by Bellcore in Volumes 1, lA, 2, 3, 3A, 4 and 5 as Special
Reports SR-OPT-001868, SR-OPT-0011869, SR-OPT-001871, SR-OPT001872,
SR-OPT-001873, SR-OPT-001874, and SR-OPT-001875, respectively, and contains the
recommended guidelines for the billing of access and other connectivity
services.

"Calling Party Number" or "CPN" is a CCS parameter which refers to the number
transmitted through a network identifying the calling party.

"CCS" (Common Channel Signaling) means a method of digitally transmitting call
set-up and network control data over a digital signaling network fully separate
from the public switched telephone network that carries the actual call.

"Central Office Switch" means a switch used to provide Telecommunications
Services, including, but not limited to:

         (a)      "End Office Switches" which are used to terminate Customer
                  station loops for the purpose of interconnecting to each other
                  and to trunks;

         (b)      "Tandem Office Switches" which are used to connect and switch
                  trunk circuits between and among other Central Office
                  Switches. Access tandems provide connections for exchange
                  access and toll traffic while local tandems provide
                  connections for local/EAS traffic; or

         (c)      Combination End Office/Tandem Office Switches.

"Centrex", including Centrex Plus, means a Telecommunications Service that uses
central office switching equipment for call routing to handle direct dialing of
calls and to provide numerous private branch exchange-like features.

"Charge Number" is a CCS parameter which refers to the number transmitted
through the network identifying the billing number of the calling party.

"CLASS" (Bellcore Service Mark) is a set of call-management service features
that utilize the capability to forward a calling party's number between end
offices as part of call setup. Features include Automatic Callback, Automatic
Recall, Caller ID, Call Trace, and Distinctive Ringing.

"Combinations" means provision by U S WEST of two or more connected Network
Elements ordered by CO-PROVIDER to provide its Telecommunication Services in a
geographic area or to a specific subscriber and that are placed on the same or
related order by CO-PROVIDER, subject to restrictions, if any, imposed by the
Commission.

"Commission" means the Arizona Corporation Commission.

"Competitive Local Exchange Carrier" or "CLEC" means an entity authorized to
provide Local Exchange Service that does not otherwise qualify as an incumbent
LEC.

"Conduit" means a tube or protected pathway that may be used to house
communication or electrical cables. Conduit may be underground or above ground
(for example, inside buildings) and may contain one or more innerducts.

"Confidential Information" has the meaning set forth in Section 28 of Part A of
this Agreement.


<PAGE>

                                                                          Part A

"Contract Year" means a twelve (12) month period during the term of this
Agreement commencing on the Effective Date and each anniversary thereof.

"Control Office" is an exchange carrier center or office designated as its
company's single point of contact for the provisioning and maintenance of its
portion of local interconnection arrangements.

"Custom Calling Features" is a set of call-management service features available
to residential and business subscribers including call-waiting, call-forwarding
and three-party calling.

"Customer" means a third-party (residence or business) that subscribes to
Telecommunications Services provided by either of the Parties.

"DBMS" (Database Management System) is a computer system used to store, sort,
manipulate and update the data required to provide, for example, selective
routing and ALI.

"Databases" are the Network Elements that provide the functionality for storage
of, access to, and manipulation of information required to offer a particular
service and/or capability. Databases include, but are not limited to: Number
Portability, LIDB, Toll Free Number Database, Automatic Location
Identification/Data Management System, and AIN.

"Digital Signal Level" means one of several transmission rates in the time
division multiplexing hierarchy, including, but not limited to:

         "Digital Signal Level 0" or "DS-0" means the 56 or 64 Kbps zero-level
         signal in the time-division multiplex hierarchy.

         "Digital Signal Level 1" or "DS-1" means the 1.544 Mbps first-level
         signal in the time-division multiplex hierarchy. In the time-division
         multiplexing hierarchy of the telephone network, DS-1 is the initial
         level of multiplexing.

         "Digital Signal Level 3" or "DS-3" means the 44.736 Mbps third-level in
         the time-division multiplex hierarchy. In the time-division
         multiplexing hierarchy of the telephone network, DS-3 is defined as the
         third level of multiplexing.

"Directory Assistance Database" refers to any set of subscriber records used by
U S WEST in its provision of live or automated operator-assisted directory
assistance including, but not limited to, 411, 555-1212, NPA 555-1212.

"Directory Assistance Service" provides Listings to callers. Directory
Assistance Service may include the option to complete the call at the caller's
direction.

"Directory Listings" or "Listings" refers to subscriber information, including,
but not limited to, name, address and phone numbers, in Directory Assistance
Service or directory products.

"Discloser" means that Party to this Agreement which has disclosed Confidential
Information to the other Party.

"E911" (Enhanced 911 Service) means a telephone communication service which will
automatically route a call dialed "911" to a designated Public Safety Answering
Point (PSAP) attendant and will provide to the attendant the calling party's
telephone number and, when possible, the address from which the call is being
placed, and the emergency response agencies responsible for the location from
which the call was dialed.


<PAGE>

                                                                          Part A

"E911 Message Trunk" is a dedicated line, trunk or channel between two central
offices or switching devices which provides a voice and signaling path for E911
calls.

"Extended Area Service" ("EAS") is intraLATA traffic treated as "local" traffic
between exchanges (rather than as "toll" traffic) as established by the
Commission and as reflected in the effective U S WEST tariffs.

"Effective Date" is the date, indicated in the Preamble, on which this Agreement
shall become effective.

"Emergency Response Agency" is a governmental entity authorized to respond to
requests from the public to meet emergencies.

"EMR" means the Exchange Message Record System used among LECs for exchanging
telecommunications message information for billable, non-billable, sample,
settlement and study data. EMR format is contained in BR-010-200-010 CRIS
Exchange Message Record, published by Bellcore, which defines the industry
standard for exchange message records.

"ESN" (Emergency Service Number) is a number assigned to the ALI and selective
routing databases for all subscriber telephone numbers. The ESN designates a
unique combination of fire, police and emergency medical service response
agencies that serve the address location of each in-service telephone number.

"FCC" means the Federal Communications Commission.

"FCC Interconnection Order" is the Federal Communications Commission's First
Report and Order in CC Docket No. 96-98 released August 8, 1996, as effective.

"Fiber-Meet" means an interconnection architecture method whereby the Parties
physically interconnect their networks via an optical fiber interface (as
opposed to an electrical interface) at a mutually agreed upon location.

"Gateway" (ALI Gateway) is a telephone company computer facility that interfaces
with CO-PROVIDER's 911 administrative site to receive Automatic Location
Identification (ALI) data from CO-PROVIDER. Access to the Gateway will be via a
dial-up modem using a common protocol.

"HDSL" or "High-Bit Rate Digital Subscriber Line" means a two-wire or four-wire
transmission technology which typically transmits a DS-1-level signal (or,
higher level signals with certain technologies), using, for example, 2 Binary/1
Quartenary ("2B1Q").

"ILEC" means the incumbent local exchange carrier.

"Information Service Traffic" means traffic which originates on a local access
line and which is addressed to an information service provider.

"INP" (Interim Number Portability) is a service arrangement whereby subscribers
who change local service providers may retain existing telephone numbers with
minimal impairment of quality, reliability, or convenience when remaining at
their current location or changing their location within the geographic area
served by the initial carrier's serving central office.

"Integrated Digital Loop Carrier" ("IDLC") means a digital subscriber loop
carrier system which interfaces with the switch digitally at a DS-1 (1.544Mbps)
or higher level.

"Integrated Services Digital Network" or "ISDN" means a switched network service
that provides end-to-end digital connectivity for the simultaneous transmission
of voice and data. Basic Rate Interface-ISDN (BRI-ISDN) provides for a digital
transmission of two 64 Kbps bearer channels and one 16 Kbps data


<PAGE>

                                                                          Part A

channel (2B+D). Primary Rate lnterface-ISDN (PRI-ISDN) provides for a digital
transmission of twenty-three (23) 64 Kbps bearer channels and one 64 Kbps data
channel (23B+D).

"Interconnection" is as described in the Act and refers to the connection of
separate pieces of equipment, facilities, or platforms between or within
networks for the purpose of transmission and routing of telephone exchange
service traffic and exchange access traffic.

"IXC" (Interexchange Carrier) means a provider of Interexchange
Telecommunications Services.

"LATA" means Local Access Transport Area.

"LEC" means local exchange carrier.

"LIDB" (Line Information Data Base(s)) is a SCP database that provides for such
functions as calling card validation for telephone line number cards issued by
LECs and other entities and validation for collect and billed-to-third services.

"Local Interconnection" shall have the meaning set forth in the Recitals to this
Agreement.

"Local Resale," "Services for Resale" or "Resale Services" means, collectively,
Telecommunications Services and service functions provided by U S WEST to
CO-PROVIDER pursuant to Attachment 2 of this Agreement.

"Local Traffic" is intraLATA traffic within an exchange that is treated as toll
free traffic as established by the Commission and as reflected in the effective
tariffs of U S WEST.

"Loop" is a transmission facility between a distribution frame, or its
equivalent, in a U S WEST central office or wire center, and the Network
Interface Device (as defined herein) or network interface at a subscriber's
premises, to which CO-PROVIDER is granted exclusive use. This includes, but is
not limited to, two-wire and four-wire analog voice-grade loops, and two-wire
and four-wire loops that are conditioned to transmit the digital signals needed
to provide ISDN, ADSL, HDSL, and DS-1 level signals. A Loop may be composed of
the following components:

                           Loop Concentrator/Multiplexer
                           Loop Feeder
                           Network Interface Device (NID)
                           Distribution

"Main Distribution Frame" or "MDF" means the distribution frame of the Party
providing the Loop used to interconnect cable pairs and line and trunk equipment
terminals on a switching system or transmission facility.

"MECAB" refers to the Multiple Exchange Carrier Access Billing (MECAB) document
prepared by the Billing Committee of the Ordering and Billing Forum, which
functions under the auspices of the Carrier Liaison Committee (CLC) of the
Alliance for Telecommunications Industry Solutions (ATIS). The MECAB document,
published by Bellcore as Special Report SR-BDS-000983, contains the recommended
guidelines for the billing of an Access Service provided by two or more LECs
(including a LEC and a CLEC), or by one LEC in two or more states within a
single LATA.

"MECOD" refers to the Multiple Exchange Carriers Ordering and Design (MECOD)
Guidelines for Access Services Industry Support Interface, a document developed
by the Ordering/Provisioning Committee under the auspices of the Ordering and
Billing Forum, which functions under the auspices of the Carrier Liaison
Committee (CLC) of the Alliance for Telecommunications Industry Solutions
(ATIS). The MECOD document, published by Bellcore as Special Report SR
STS-002643, establishes recommended guidelines for


<PAGE>

                                                                          Part A

processing orders for Access Service which is to be provided by two or more LECs
(including a LEC and a CLEC). It is published by Bellcore as SRBDS 00983.

"Meet-Point Billing" or "MPB" refers to an arrangement whereby two LECs
(including a LEC and CO-PROVIDER) jointly provide Switched Access Service to an
lnterexchange Carrier, with each LEC (or CO-PROVIDER) receiving an appropriate
share of the access element revenues.

"Mid-Span Meet" is a point of interconnection between two networks, designated
by two Telecommunications Carriers, at which one carrier's responsibility for
service begins and the other carrier's responsibility ends.

"MSAG" (Master Street Address Guide) is a database defining the geographic area
of an E911 service. It includes an alphabetical list of the street names,
high-low house number ranges, community names, and emergency service numbers
provided by the counties or their agents to U S WEST.

"North American Numbering Plan" or "NANP" means the numbering plan used in the
United States that also serves Canada, Bermuda, Puerto Rico and certain
Caribbean Islands. The NANP format is a 10-digit number that consists of a
3-digit NPA code (commonly referred to as the area code), followed by a 3-digit
NXX code and 4-digit line number.

"NENA" (National Emergency Number Association) is an association with a mission
to foster the technological advancement, availability and implementation of 911
nationwide.

"NETWORK ELEMENT" MEANS A FACILITY OR EQUIPMENT USED IN THE PROVISION OF A
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICE INCLUDING ALL FEATURES, FUNCTIONS AND CAPABILITIES
EMBEDDED IN SUCH FACILITY OR EQUIPMENT.(1)

"NP" (Number Portability) means the use of the Location Routing Number (LRN)
database solution to provide fully transparent NP for all subscribers and all
providers without limitation.

"NPA" (Numbering Plan Area) (sometimes referred to as an area code) is the three
digit indicator which is designated by the first three digits of each 10-digit
telephone number within the NANP. Each NPA contains 792 possible NXX Codes.
There are two general categories of NPA, "geographic NPAs" and "Non-Geographic
NPAs." A "Geographic NPA" is associated with a defined geographic area, and all
telephone numbers bearing such NPA are associated with services provided within
that geographic area. A "Non-Geographic NPA," also known as a "Service Access
Code (SAC Code)" is typically associated with a specialized Telecommunications
Service which may be provided across multiple geographic NPA areas; 500, 800,
900, 700, and 888 are examples of Non-Geographic NPAs.

"NXX" means the fourth, fifth and sixth digits of a ten-digit telephone number
within the North American Numbering Plan.

"OBF" means the Ordering and Billing Forum, which functions under the auspices
of the Carrier Liaison Committee (CLC) of the Alliance for Telecommunications
Industry Solutions (ATIS).

"Operator Services" includes, but is not limited to, (1) operator handling for
call completion (e.g., collect calls); (2) operator or automated assistance for
billing after the subscriber has dialed the called number (e.g., credit card
calls); and (3) special services (e.g., BLV/BLI, emergency agency call).

"Operator Systems" is the Network Element that provides operator and automated
call handling with billing, special services, subscriber telephone listings, and
optional call completion services.

- ----------
(1)    AT&T Order, page 11, Issue 18 and MCIm Order at p.24.


<PAGE>

                                                                          Part A

"P.01 Transmission Grade of Service (GOS)" means a trunk facility provisioning
standard with the statistical probability of no more than one call in 100
blocked on initial attempt during the average busy hour.

"PLU" (Percent Local Usage) is a calculation which represents the ratio of the
local minutes to the sum of local and intraLATA toll minutes between exchange
carriers sent over Local Interconnection trunks. Directory assistance, BLV/BLI,
900 , 976, transiting calls from other exchange carriers and switched access
calls are not included in the calculation of PLU.

"Party" means either U S WEST or CO-PROVIDER and "Parties" means U S WEST and
CO-PROVIDER.

"Person" means, collectively, an Affiliate, subsidiary, Customer, end user and
subscriber of U S WEST.

"Point of Interconnection or "P0I" means the physical point that establishes the
technical interface, the test point, where applicable, and the operational
responsibility hand-off between CO-PROVIDER and US WEST for the local
interconnection of their networks for the mutual exchange of traffic.

"Point of Interface" is the physical point where CO-PROVIDER hands off
transmission media to the U S WEST provided entrance facility associated with a
collocation arrangement for the purpose of connecting the entrance facility to
some point located within U S West's premises.

"Pole Attachment" means the connection of a facility to a utility pole. Some
examples of facilities are mechanical hardware, grounding and transmission
cable, and equipment boxes.

"POP" means an IXC's point of presence.

"PORT" MEANS A TERMINATION ON A CENTRAL OFFICE SWITCH THAT PERMITS CUSTOMERS TO
SEND OR RECEIVE TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES OVER THE PUBLIC SWITCHED NETWORK,
INCLUDING SWITCH FEATURES OR SWITCHING FUNCTIONALITY.(2)

"Premium Listing", such as additional, foreign, cross reference, informational,
non-listed, privacy, etc. are as described in the U S WEST general exchange
Listing tariff.

"Primary Listing" (for example, main list, additional main, joint user, client
main list or answering service list) shall mean the one appearance of an end
user telephone subscriber's main telephone number and other content such as name
and address, which each CO-PROVIDER residence or business subscriber is entitled
to receive in the white pages directory published by U S WEST Dex at no charge
from U S WEST Communications. Where U S WEST business end users are entitled to
receive a courtesy Listing in the yellow pages section of any directory
published on U S WEST's behalf, CO-PROVIDER's business customers will receive
the same entitlement.

"Proprietary Information" shall have the same meaning as Confidential
Information.

"PSAP" (Public Safety Answering Point) is the public safety communications
center where 911 calls placed by the public fora specific geographic area will
be answered.

"Rate Center" means the geographic point and corresponding geographic area
which are associated with one or more particular NPA-NXX codes which have
been assigned to U S WEST or CO-PROVIDER for its provision of basic exchange
Telecommunications Services. The "Rate Center Point" is the finite geographic
point identified by a specific V&H coordinate, which is used to measure
distance-sensitive end user traffic to/from the particular NPA-NXX
designations associated with the specific Rate Center. The "Rate Center Area"
is the exclusive geographic area identified as the area within which U S WEST
or CO-PROVIDER will

- ----------
(2)    AT&T Order, page 11, Issue 18 and MCIm Order at p. 24.


<PAGE>

                                                                          Part A

provide basic exchange Telecommunications Services bearing the particular
NPA-NXX designations associated with the specific Rate Center. The Rate Center
Point must be located within the Rate Center Area.

"Rating Point" means the point at which transport mileage is calculated for the
termination of calls. Each Party shall establish its own Rating Point(s) for its
own services.

"Real Time" means the actual time in which an event takes place, with the
reporting on or the recording of the event simultaneous with its occurrence.

"Recipient" means that Party to this Agreement (1) to which Confidential
Information has been disclosed by the other Party, or (2) who has obtained
Confidential Information in the course of providing services under this
Agreement.

"Reseller" is a category of Telecommunications Services providers who obtain
Telecommunications Services from another provider through the purchase of
wholesale priced services for resale to their end user subscribers.

"Routing Point" means a location which U S WEST or CO-PROVIDER has designated on
its own network as the homing (routing) point for traffic inbound to basic
exchange Telecommunications Services provided by U S WEST or CO-PROVIDER which
bear a certain NPA-NXX designation. The Routing Point is employed to calculate
mileage measurements for the distance-sensitive transport element charges of
Switched Access Services. Pursuant to Bellcore Practice BR 795-100-100, the
Routing Point may be an "End Office" location, or a "LEC Consortium Point of
Interconnection." Pursuant to that same Bellcore Practice, examples of the
latter shall be designated by a common language location identifier (CLLI) code
with (x)KD in positions 9,10, 11, where (x) may by any alphanumeric A-Z or 0-9.
The Routing Point need not be the same as the Rate Center Point, nor must it be
located within the Rate Center Area, but must be in the same LATA as the
NPA-NXX.

"ROW' (Right of Way) means the right to use the land or other property owned,
leased, or controlled by another party to place poles, conduits, cables, other
structures and equipment, or to provide passage to access such structures and
equipment. A ROW may run under, on, or above public or private property
(including air space above public or private property) and may include the right
to use discrete space in buildings, building complexes or other locations.

"SAG" (Street Address Guide) is a database containing an alphabetical list of
street names, high-low house number ranges, descriptive addresses, community
names, tax codes, subscriber names, telephone numbers, NXXs, central office
names, CLLI and other information maintained by U S WEST.

"SECAB" means the Small Exchange Carrier Access Billing document prepared by the
Billing Committee of the OBF. The Small Exchange Carrier Access Billing
document, published by Bellcore as Special Report SR OPT-001856, contains the
recommended guidelines for the billing of access and other connectivity
services.

"Selective Routing" is a service which automatically routes an E911 call to the
PSAP that has jurisdictional responsibility for the service address of the
telephone from which 911 is dialed, irrespective of telephone company exchange
or wire center boundaries.

"Service Control Point" or "SCP" is a specific type of Database Network Element
functionality deployed in a Signaling System 7 (SS7) network that executes
service application logic in response to SS7 queries sent to it by a switching
system also connected to the SS7 network. SCPs also provide operational
interfaces to allow for provisioning, administration and maintenance of
subscriber data and service application data (e.g., a toll free database stores
subscriber record data that provides information necessary to route toll free
calls).


<PAGE>

                                                                          Part A

"Signaling Transfer Points" or "STPs" provide functionality that enable the
exchange of SS7 messages among and between switching elements, database elements
and Signaling Transfer Points.

"Switch" -- See Central Office Switch.

"Switched Access", "Switched Access Service", "Switched Exchange Access Service"
or "Switched Access Traffic" are as defined in the Parties' applicable tariffs.

"Tandem Office Switches" are Class 4 switches which are used to connect and
switch trunk circuits between and among End Office Switches and other tandems.

"Tariff Services" as used throughout this Agreement refers to the applicable
Party's interstate tariffs and state tariffs, price lists, price schedules and
catalogs.

"Technically Feasible" refers solely to technical or operational concerns,
rather than economic, space, or site considerations, in accordance with the
rules and regulations of the FCC and the Commission.

"Telecommunications" means the transmission, between or among points specified
by the user, of information of the user's choosing, without change in the form
or content of the information as sent and received.

"Telecommunications Carrier" means any provider of Telecommunications Services,
except that such term does not include aggregators of Telecommunications
Services (as defined in Section 226 of the Act). A Telecommunications Carrier
shall be treated as a common carrier under the Act only to the extent that it is
engaged in providing Telecommunications Services, except that the Commission
shall determine whether the provision of fixed and mobile satellite service
shall be treated as common carriage.

"Telecommunications Services" means the offering of Telecommunications for a fee
directly to the public, or to such classes of users as to be effectively
available directly to the public, regardless of the facilities used.

"Toll Traffic" is traffic that originates in one Rate Center and terminates in
another Rate Center with the exception of traffic that is rated as EAS.

"Transit Service" provides the ability for a Telecommunications Carrier to use
its connection to a local or access tandem for delivery of calls that originate
with a Telecommunications Carrier and terminate to a company other than the
tandem company, such as another Competitive Local Exchange Carrier, an existing
LEC, or a wireless carrier. In these cases, neither the originating nor
terminating end user is a customer of the tandem Telecommunications Carrier. The
tandem Telecommunications Carrier will accept traffic originated by a Party and
will terminate it at a Point of Interconnection with another local, intraLATA or
interLATA network Telecommunications Carrier. This service is provided through
local and access tandem switches.

"Transit Traffic" is any traffic, other than Switched Access Traffic, that
originates from one Telecommunications Carrier's network, transits another
Telecommunications Carrier's network, and terminates to yet another
Telecommunications Carrier's network.

"TRCO" means Trouble Reporting Control Office.

"U S WEST" means U S WEST Communications, Inc. and any Affiliates, subsidiary
companies or other entities performing any of the obligations of U S WEST set
forth in this Agreement.

"Voluntary Federal Subscriber Financial Assistance Programs" are
Telecommunications Services provided to low-income subscribers, pursuant to
requirements established by the appropriate federal or state regulatory body.


<PAGE>

                                                                          Part A

"Wire Center"" denotes, for the purposes of collocation, a building or space
within a building, that serves as an aggregation point on a given carrier's
network, where transmission facilities and circuits are connected or switched.
Wire Center can also denote a building where one or more central offices, used
for the provision of Telecommunications Services and Access Services, are
located. Wire Center shall mean those points eligible for such connections as
specified in the FCC Docket No. 91-141, and rules adopted pursuant thereto.

                              TERMS AND CONDITIONS

1.       GENERAL PROVISIONS

         1.1      Each Party is individually responsible to provide facilities
                  within its network which are necessary for routing,
                  transporting, measuring, and billing traffic from the other
                  Party's network and for delivering such traffic to the other
                  Party's network in the standard format compatible with
                  CO-PROVIDER's network and to terminate the traffic it receives
                  in that standard format or the proper address on its network.
                  The Parties are each solely responsible for participation in
                  and compliance with national network plans, including the
                  National Network Security Plan and the Emergency Preparedness
                  Plan.

         1.2      Neither Party shall impair the quality of service to other
                  carriers or to either Party's Customers, and each Party may
                  discontinue or refuse service if the other Party violates this
                  provision. Upon such violation, either Party shall provide the
                  other Party notice of such violation, at the earliest
                  practicable time.

         1.3      Each Party is solely responsible for the services it provides
                  to its Customers and to other Telecommunications Carriers.

                  1.3.1    The Parties recognize that equipment vendors may
                           manufacture telecommunications equipment that does
                           not fully incorporate and may deviate from industry
                           standards referenced in this Agreement. Due to the
                           manner in which individual equipment manufacturers
                           have chosen to implement industry standards into the
                           design of their products, along with differing
                           vintages of individual facility components and the
                           presence of embedded technologies pre-dating current
                           technical standards, some of the individual facility
                           components deployed within U S WEST's network,
                           including, without limitation, Network Elements and
                           associated business processes and the standards
                           associated with the equipment providing such Network
                           Elements (collectively, "Network Components"), may
                           not adhere to all the specifications set forth and
                           described in the Bellcore, ANSI, ITU and other
                           technical and performance standards outlined in this
                           Agreement. Within forty-five (45) days after the
                           Effective Date of this Agreement, the Parties will
                           develop processes by which U S WEST will inform
                           CO-PROVIDER of deviations or planned deviations, and
                           the implementation date of such planned deviations,
                           from standards referenced in this Agreement for
                           Network Components that may be ordered by
                           CO-PROVIDER. In addition, the Parties agree that
                           those deviations from such standards documented by
                           U S WEST to CO-PROVIDER shall, to the extent
                           permitted by FCC and Commission rules and
                           regulations, supersede sections of this Agreement
                           referencing technical standards otherwise applicable
                           for the affected Network Elements.

                  1.3.2    U S WEST agrees that in no event shall it
                           intentionally allow any Network Component provided by
                           U S WEST to CO-PROVIDER under this Agreement to
                           perform below the standards or deviations therefrom
                           reflected in Section 1.3.1, except where requested by
                           CO-PROVIDER. U S WEST shall minimize any


<PAGE>

                                                                          Part A

                           degradation to its equipment relative to currently
                           applicable service, where reasonable in view of
                           industry adopted performance standards and
                           technological developments. Written notice (the
                           "Change Notice") of any planned changes in standards
                           for any Network Component which could impact that
                           Network Component will be provided at least ninety
                           (90) days (or at the make/buy point) prior to the
                           planned implementation. If CO-PROVIDER notifies U S
                           WEST of how the proposed change may adversely impact
                           CO-PROVIDER or its Customers within fourteen (14)
                           calendar days after receipt of U S WEST's Change
                           Notice, U S WEST and CO-PROVIDER will schedule joint
                           discussions to address and attempt to resolve the
                           matter, including, without limitation, consideration
                           of proposed alternatives. In addition, if U S WEST
                           learns that any Network Component purchased by
                           CO-PROVIDER under this Agreement has been permitted
                           (even if not intentionally) to fall materially below
                           the level or specification in effect as of the
                           Effective Date of this Agreement, U S WEST shall
                           inform CO-PROVIDER immediately.

                  1.3.3    The Parties recognize that providing a number of the
                           services specified in this Agreement depends upon the
                           "technical feasibility" of providing that service, as
                           that term is defined under the Act and/or by FCC or
                           Commission rules and decisions. If the Parties cannot
                           agree on whether providing a service is technically
                           feasible, the matter, including cost and expenses (if
                           any), shall be resolved through good faith
                           negotiation or the dispute resolution process
                           outlined in this Agreement.

2.       MOST FAVORED NATION TERMS AND TREATMENT

         2.1      UNTIL SUCH TIME AS THERE IS A FINAL COURT DETERMINATION
                  INTERPRETING SECTION 252(i) OF THE ACT, U S WEST SHALL MAKE
                  AVAILABLE TO CO-PROVIDER THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF ANY OTHER
                  AGREEMENT FOR INTERCONNECTION, UNBUNDLED NETWORK ELEMENTS AND
                  RESALE SERVICES APPROVED BY THE COMMISSION UNDER SECTION 252
                  OF THE ACT, IN THAT AGREEMENT'S ENTIRETY. AFTER THERE IS A
                  FINAL COURT DETERMINATION INTERPRETING SECTION 252(i) OF THE
                  ACT, THE PARTIES AGREE TO REVISE THIS SECTION 2.1 TO REFLECT
                  SUCH INTERPRETATION.(3)

3.       PAYMENT

         3.1      In consideration of the services provided by U S WEST under
                  this Agreement, CO-PROVIDER shall pay the charges set forth in
                  Attachment 1 to this Agreement. The billing procedures for
                  charges incurred by CO-PROVIDER hereunder are set forth in
                  Attachment 5 to this Agreement.

         3.2      Amounts payable under this Agreement, unless reasonably
                  disputed, are due and payable within thirty (30) days after
                  the date of U S WEST's invoice or within twenty (20) days
                  after receipt of the invoice, whichever is later. If the
                  payment due date is not a Business Day, the payment shall be
                  made the next Business Day.

         3.3      A late payment charge of 1.5% applies to all billed balances,
                  not reasonably disputed, which are not paid within the
                  applicable time period set forth in Section 3.2 above. To the
                  extent CO-PROVIDER pays the billed balance on time, but the
                  amount of the billed balance is reasonably disputed by
                  CO-PROVIDER, and, it is later determined that a refund is due
                  CO-PROVIDER, interest shall be payable on the refunded amount
                  in the amount of 1.5% per

- ----------
(3)    MCIm Order, p. 29 and AT&T Order, p. 35.


<PAGE>

                                                                          Part A

                  month. To the extent CO-PROVIDER pays the billed balance on
                  time, but the amount of the billed balance is reasonably
                  disputed by CO-PROVIDER, and, it is later determined that no
                  refund is due CO-PROVIDER, no interest shall be payable on the
                  disputed amount.

         3.4      Late payment charges shall not be used as a "credit" to a
                  deposit, if any, without the express approval of U S WEST.

         3.5      Unless specified otherwise in this Agreement, U S WEST shall
                  bill all amounts due from CO-PROVIDER for each resold service
                  in accordance with the terms and conditions as specified in
                  the U S WEST tariff.

4.       TAXES

         4.1      Any federal, state or local excise, sales, or use taxes
                  (excluding any taxes levied on income) resulting from the
                  performance of this Agreement shall be borne by the Party upon
                  which the obligation for payment is imposed under applicable
                  law, even if the obligation to collect and remit such taxes is
                  placed upon the other Party. Any such taxes shall be shown as
                  separate items on applicable billing documents between the
                  Parties. The Party so obligated to pay any such taxes may
                  contest the same in good faith, at its own expense, and shall
                  be entitled to the benefit of any refund or recovery, provided
                  that such Party shall not permit any lien to exist on any
                  asset of the other Party by reason of the contest. The Party
                  obligated to collect and remit taxes shall cooperate fully in
                  any such contest by the other Party by providing records,
                  testimony and such additional information or assistance as may
                  reasonably be necessary to pursue the contest. To the extent a
                  sale is claimed to be for resale tax exemption, the purchasing
                  Party shall furnish the providing Party a proper resale tax
                  exemption certificate as authorized or required by statute or
                  regulation by the jurisdiction providing said resale tax
                  exemption. Failure to timely provide said resale tax exemption
                  certificate will result in no exemption being available to the
                  purchasing Party during the applicable reporting period.

5.       INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY

         5.1      Obligations of Party Requesting Access. As a condition to the
                  access or use of patents, copyright, trade secrets, and other
                  intellectual property (including software) owned or controlled
                  by a third party to the extent necessary to implement this
                  Agreement or specifically required by the then applicable
                  federal and state rules and regulations relating to
                  Interconnection and access to telecommunications facilities
                  and services ("Third Party Intellectual Property"), the Party
                  providing access may require the other, upon written notice
                  from time to time, to obtain a license or permission for such
                  access or use of Third Party Intellectual Property, make all
                  payment, if any, in connection with obtaining such license,
                  and provide evidence of such license.

         5.2      Obligations of Party Providing Access. The Party providing
                  access shall provide a list of all known and necessary Third
                  Party Intellectual Property applicable to the other Party, and
                  take all necessary and appropriate steps to facilitate the
                  negotiation of any mandatory licenses. The treatment of third
                  party licenses shall be in accordance with FCC rules and
                  regulations and/or judicial determinations.

         5.3      Any intellectual property jointly developed in the course of
                  performing this Agreement shall belong to both Parties who
                  shall have the right to grant non-exclusive licenses to third
                  parties except as otherwise designated in writing by one Party
                  to another. Any intellectual property which originates from or
                  is developed by a Party shall remain in the exclusive
                  ownership of that Party. Except for a limited license to use
                  patents or copyrights to the


<PAGE>

                                                                          Part A

                  extent necessary for the Parties to use any facilities or
                  equipment (including software) or to receive any service
                  solely as provided under this Agreement, no license in patent,
                  copyright, trademark or trade secret, or other proprietary or
                  intellectual property presently or hereafter owned, controlled
                  or licensable by a Party, is granted to the other Party or
                  shall be implied or arise by estoppel.

6.       SEVERABILITY

         6.1      In the event that any one or more of the provisions contained
                  herein shall for any reason be held to be unenforceable or
                  invalid in any respect under law or regulation, the Parties
                  will negotiate in good faith for replacement language. If any
                  part of this Agreement is held to be invalid or unenforceable
                  for any reason, such invalidity or unenforceability will
                  affect only the portion of this Agreement which is invalid or
                  unenforceable. In all other respects this Agreement will stand
                  as if such invalid or unenforceable provision had not been a
                  part hereof, and the remainder of this Agreement shall remain
                  in full force and effect.

7.       RESPONSIBILITY FOR ENVIRONMENTAL CONTAMINATION

         7.1      CO-PROVIDER shall in no event be liable to U S WEST for any
                  costs whatsoever resulting from the presence or release of any
                  environmental hazard CO-PROVIDER did not introduce to the
                  affected work location. U S WEST shall, at CO-PROVIDER's
                  request, indemnify, defend, and hold harmless CO-PROVIDER, and
                  each of its officers, directors and employees from and against
                  any losses, damages, claims, demands, suits, liabilities,
                  fines, penalties and expenses (including reasonable attorneys'
                  fees) arising out of or resulting from (a) any environmental
                  hazard U S WEST, its contractors or agents introduce to the
                  work location, or (b) the presence or release of any
                  environmental hazard for which U S WEST is responsible under
                  applicable law.

         7.2      U S WEST shall in no event be liable to CO-PROVIDER for any
                  costs whatsoever resulting from the presence or release of any
                  environmental hazard U S WEST did not introduce to the
                  affected work location. CO-PROVIDER shall, at U S WEST's
                  request, indemnify, defend, and hold harmless U S WEST, and
                  each of its officers, directors and employees from and against
                  any losses, damages, claims, demands, suits, liabilities,
                  fines, penalties and expenses (including reasonable attorneys'
                  fees) arising out of or resulting from (a) any environmental
                  hazard CO-PROVIDER, its contractors or agents introduce to the
                  work location, or (b) the presence of release of any
                  environmental hazard for which CO-PROVIDER is responsible
                  under applicable law.

         7.3      In the event any suspect materials within U S WEST-owned,
                  operated or leased facilities are identified to be
                  asbestos-containing, CO-PROVIDER will ensure that, to the
                  extent any activities which it undertakes in the facility
                  disturb such suspect materials, such CO-PROVIDER activities
                  will be in accordance with applicable local, state and federal
                  environmental and health and safety statutes and regulations.
                  Except for abatement activities undertaken by CO-PROVIDER or
                  equipment placement activities that result in the generation
                  of asbestos containing material, CO-PROVIDER shall not have
                  any responsibility for managing, nor be the owner of, not have
                  any liability for, or in connection with, any asbestos
                  containing material. U S WEST agrees to immediately notify
                  CO-PROVIDER if U S WEST undertakes any asbestos control or
                  asbestos abatement activities that potentially could affect
                  CO-PROVIDER equipment or operations, including, but not
                  limited to, contamination of equipment.

         7.4      Each Party will be solely responsible, at its own expense, for
                  proper handling, storing, transport and disposal of all (a)
                  substances or materials that it or its contractors or agents


<PAGE>

                                                                          Part A

                  bring to, create or assume control over at work locations, or
                  (b) waste resulting therefrom or otherwise generated in
                  connection with its or its contractors' or agents'
                  activities the work locations.

8.       BRANDING

         8.1 (4)  EXCEPT AS PROVIDED IN THIS AGREEMENT, AT CO-PROVIDER'S
                  REQUEST, U S WEST SHALL BE OBLIGATED TO PROVIDE BRANDING AND
                  UNBRANDING OF SERVICES PROVIDED TO CO-PROVIDER CUSTOMERS
                  PURSUANT TO THIS AGREEMENT IN A NONDISCRIMINATORY MANNER
                  CONSISTENT WITH THE BRANDING OF SUCH SERVICES TO U S WEST
                  CUSTOMERS.

         8.2 (5)  IF CO-PROVIDER REQUESTS THAT A SERVICE PROVIDED UNDER THIS
                  AGREEMENT BE BRANDED AS AN CO-PROVIDER SERVICE AND U S WEST
                  INFORMS CO-PROVIDER THAT SUCH BRANDING IS NOT AVAILABLE OR IF
                  IT IS NOT PRACTICAL TO SO BRAND THE SERVICE, THEN U S WEST
                  WILL OFFER CO-PROVIDER THE SERVICE ON AN UNBRANDED BASIS AT
                  CO-PROVIDER'S REQUEST.

         8.3 (6)  WITHOUT LIMITATION OF THE PROVISIONS OF SECTION 8.1 AND 8.2,
                  IF U S WEST IS OFFERING A SERVICE ON AN UNBRANDED BASIS, U S
                  WEST MAY BRAND SUCH SERVICE WITH THE U S WEST BRAND ONLY IF
                  U S WEST ALSO OFFERS TO BRAND THE SERVICE WITH THE CO-PROVIDER
                  BRAND.

         8.4      [Intentionally left blank for numbering consistency]

         8.5 (7)  U S WEST WILL NOT BE REQUIRED TO REBRAND UNIFORMS AND
                  VEHICLES. THE UNIFORMS OF U S WEST'S REPAIR AND MAINTENANCE
                  PERSONNEL SHALL BEAR THE SAME OR LESS U S WEST BRANDING THAN
                  WAS PRESENT AS OF FEBRUARY 8, 1996.

         8.6      COMPUTERIZED PROGRAMMING

                  8.6.1    REPAIR BILLS OR RECEIPTS HANDED TO THE END USER AT
                           THE TIME SERVICE IS RENDERED MAY BEAR THE U S WEST
                           BRAND. IF THE COMPUTERIZED PROGRAMMING WHICH EITHER
                           INFORMS THE REPAIR EMPLOYEES OF THE ADDRESS AND
                           SERVICE NEEDED, OR PRINTS THE RECEIPTS, CAN BE
                           MODIFIED, AT A REASONABLE COST, TO USE THE BRAND OF A
                           SELECTION OF CO-PROVIDER, THEN U S WEST SHALL PROVIDE
                           THAT CUSTOMIZED PROGRAMMING. OTHERWISE, THE RECEIPT
                           MAY BEAR THE BRAND OF U S WEST'S REPAIR AND
                           MAINTENANCE, AND WILL ADD THAT IT PROVIDES AUTHORIZED
                           REPAIR AND MAINTENANCE FOR, AND LIST THE CLECS FOR
                           WHICH U S WEST IS CONTRACTED TO PROVIDE SERVICE. IF
                           U S WEST'S COMPUTERIZED PROGRAMMING CAN BE MODIFIED
                           TO INFORM U S WEST'S EMPLOYEE FOR WHICH CLEC SERVICE
                           IS BEING RENDERED, THE REPAIR EMPLOYEE MAY BE
                           REQUIRED TO CIRCLE OR OTHERWISE INDICATE THE NAME OF
                           THE APPROPRIATE CLEC ON THE RECEIPT OR OTHER FORM.

- ----------

(4)    Arizona Bench Order, May 29, 1997 Hearing, pp. 1582-3; Procedural Order,
     July 14, 1997 at page 2-3.

(5)    Id.

(6)    Id.

(7)    Bolded language in Sections 8.5 and 8.6 included per MCIm Order, pp.
       13-14 at Issue 23 and AT&T Order at Issue 30.

<PAGE>
                                                                          Part A

                  8.6.2    IF U S WEST CHOOSES TO USE ITS LOGO ON THE ABOVE
                           FORMS, IT MAY ONLY DO SO IF IT ALSO USES THE LOGOS OF
                           THE CLECS. IF U S WEST'S CUSTOMERS ARE SERVED BY ITS
                           OWN REPAIR AND MAINTENANCE, U S WESTS NAME SHOULD BE
                           LISTED WITH THE OTHER CLECS.

                  8.6.3    TYPEFACE, FONT, AND APPEARANCES OF THE NAMES, SIZE
                           AND APPEARANCE OF THE LOGOS OF THE CLECS AND U S WEST
                           IN ALL LOCATIONS MUST BE THE SAME.

                  8.6.4    U S WEST WILL NOT BE HELD LIABLE FOR ANY
                           UNINTENTIONAL ERRORS THAT OCCUR IN THE BRANDING
                           PROCESS.

                  8.6.5    THE FOREGOING STEPS TO REBRAND REPAIR AND MAINTENANCE
                           SERVICE NEED ONLY BE TAKEN BY U S WEST WHERE
                           TECHNICALLY FEASIBLE.

         8.7      U S WEST shall provide, for CO-PROVIDER's review, the methods
                  and procedures, training and approaches to be used by U S WEST
                  to assure that U S WEST meets CO-PROVIDER's branding
                  requirements.

         8.8      This Section 8 shall confer on U S WEST no rights to the
                  service marks, trademarks and trade names owned by or used in
                  connection with services by CO-PROVIDER or its Affiliates,
                  except as expressly permitted by CO-PROVIDER.

         8.9      AT THE REQUEST OF CO-PROVIDER AND WHERE TECHNICALLY FEASIBLE,
                  U S WEST WILL REBRAND OPERATOR SERVICES AND DIRECTORY
                  ASSISTANCE IN CO-PROVIDER'S NAME.(8)

         8.10     THE EXPENSE OF REBRANDING OPERATOR SERVICES AND DIRECTORY
                  ASSISTANCE, IF REQUIRED BY CO-PROVIDER, SHALL BE INCLUDED AS A
                  FORWARD LOOKING ECONOMIC COST, SUCH COST TO BE RESOLVED IN THE
                  FUTURE ARBITRATION TO BE CONDUCTED BY THE COMMISSION AS IT
                  CONSIDERS COST STUDIES.(9)

9.       INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR STATUS

         9.1      Nothing contained herein shall constitute the Parties as joint
                  venturers, partners, employees or agents of one another, and
                  neither Party shall have the right or power to bind or
                  obligate the other.

         9.2      Each Party is an independent contractor, and has and hereby
                  retains the right to exercise full control of and supervision
                  over its own performance or its obligations under this
                  Agreement and retains full control over the employment,
                  direction, compensation and discharge of all employees
                  assisting in the performance of such obligations. Each Party
                  will be solely responsible for all matters relating to payment
                  of such employees, including compliance with social security
                  taxes, withholding taxes, and other payroll taxes with respect
                  to their respective employees, as well as any taxes,
                  contributions or other obligations imposed by applicable state
                  unemployment or workers' compensation acts and all other
                  regulations governing such matters. Each Party has sole
                  authority and responsibility to hire, fire and otherwise
                  control its employees.

         9.3      Subject to the limitations on liability and except as
                  otherwise provided in this Agreement, each Party shall be
                  responsible for (a) its own acts and performance of all
                  obligations
- ----------
(8)    AT&T Order, p. 31 at Issue 62.

(9)    AT&T Order, p.18 at Issue 30.


<PAGE>

                                                                          Part A

                  imposed by applicable law in connection with its activities,
                  legal status and property, real or personal, and (b) the acts
                  of its own Affiliates, employees, agents and contractors
                  during the performance of that Party's obligations hereunder.
                  Except for provisions herein expressly authorizing one Party
                  to act for the other, nothing in this Agreement shall
                  constitute a Party as a legal representative or agent of the
                  other Party, nor shall a Party have the right or authority to
                  assume, create or incur any liability or any obligation of any
                  kind, express or implied, against or in the name or on behalf
                  of the other Party unless otherwise expressly permitted by
                  such other Party. Except as otherwise expressly provided in
                  this Agreement, neither Party shall undertake to perform any
                  obligation of the other Party, whether regulatory or
                  contractual, or to assume any responsibility for the
                  management of the other Party's business.

10.      REFERENCED DOCUMENTS

         10.1     All references to Sections, Exhibits, and Schedules shall be
                  deemed to be references to Sections of, and Exhibits and
                  Schedules to, this Agreement unless the context shall
                  otherwise require. Whenever any provision of this Agreement
                  refers to a technical reference, technical publication,
                  CO-PROVIDER practice, U S WEST practice, any publication of
                  telecommunications industry administrative or technical
                  standards, or any other document specifically incorporated
                  into this Agreement, it will be deemed to be a reference to
                  the most recent version or edition (including any amendments,
                  supplements, addenda, or successors) or such document that is
                  in effect, and will include the most recent version or edition
                  (including any amendments, supplements, addenda, or
                  successors) of each document incorporated by reference in such
                  a technical reference, technical publication, CO-PROVIDER
                  practice, U S WEST practice, or publication of industry
                  standards, unless CO-PROVIDER elects otherwise.

11.      PUBLICITY AND ADVERTISING

         11.1     Neither Party shall publish or use any advertising, sales
                  promotions or other publicity materials that use the other
                  Party's logo, trademarks or service marks without the prior
                  written approval of the other Party.

12.      EXECUTED IN COUNTERPARTS

         12.1     This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts,
                  each of which shall be deemed an original, but such
                  counterparts shall together constitute one and the same
                  instrument.

13.      HEADINGS NOT CONTROLLING

         13.1     The headings and numbering of Sections, Parts, Appendices and
                  Attachments in this Agreement are for convenience only and
                  shall not be construed to define or limit any of the terms
                  herein or affect the meaning or interpretation of this
                  Agreement.

14.      JOINT WORK PRODUCT

         14.1     This Agreement is the joint work product of the Parties and
                  has been negotiated by the Parties and their respective
                  counsel and shall be fairly interpreted in accordance with its
                  terms and, in the event of any ambiguities, no inferences
                  shall be drawn against either Party.


<PAGE>

                                                                          Part A

15.      SURVIVAL

         15.1     Any liabilities or obligations of a Party for acts or
                  omissions prior to the cancellation or termination of this
                  Agreement; any obligation of a Party under the provisions
                  regarding indemnification, confidential information,
                  limitation of liability, and any other provisions of this
                  Agreement which, by their terms, are contemplated to survive,
                  or to be performed after, termination of this Agreement, shall
                  survive cancellation or termination thereof.

16.      EFFECTIVE DATE

         16.1     This Agreement shall become effective pursuant to Sections 251
                  and 252 of the Act, upon Commission approval, or direction
                  from the Commission that Interconnection ought to take place
                  pending Commission approval.

17.      AMENDMENT OF AGREEMENT

         17.1     Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, no amendment
                  or waiver of any provision of this Agreement, and no consent
                  to any default under this Agreement, shall be effective unless
                  the same is in writing and signed by an officer of the Party
                  against whom such amendment, waiver or consent is claimed. If
                  either Party desires an amendment to this Agreement during the
                  term of this Agreement, it shall provide written notice
                  thereof to the other Party describing the nature of the
                  requested amendment. If the Parties are unable to agree on the
                  terms of the amendment within thirty (30) days after the
                  initial request therefor, the Party requesting the amendment
                  may invoke the dispute resolution process under Section 27 of
                  this Part A of this Agreement to determine the terms of any
                  amendment to this Agreement.

18.      INDEMNIFICATION

         18.1     Notwithstanding any limitations in remedies contained in this
                  Agreement, each Party (the "Indemnifying Party") will
                  indemnify and hold harmless the other Party ("Indemnified
                  Party") from and against any loss, cost, claim, liability,
                  damage and expense, including reasonable attorney's fees, to
                  third parties, relating to or arising out of the libel,
                  slander, invasion of privacy, misappropriation of a name or
                  likeness, actual or alleged infringement or other violation or
                  breach of any patent, copyright, trademark, service mark,
                  trade name, trade dress, trade secret or any other
                  intellectual property presently existing or later created,
                  negligence or willful misconduct by the Indemnifying Party,
                  its employees, agents, or contractors in the performance of
                  this Agreement or the failure of the Indemnifying Party to
                  perform its obligations under this Agreement. In addition, the
                  Indemnifying Party will, to the extent of its obligations to
                  indemnify hereunder, defend any action or suit brought by a
                  third party against the indemnified party. IF, AFTER THE PARTY
                  PROVIDING ACCESS UNDER THIS AGREEMENT GIVES WRITTEN NOTICE TO
                  THE OTHER PARTY PURSUANT TO SECTION 5.1, THE OTHER PARTY FAILS
                  TO OBTAIN A LICENSE OR PERMISSION FOR ACCESS OR USE OF THIRD
                  PARTY INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY, THE PARTY PROVIDING ACCESS SHALL
                  HAVE NO INDEMNIFICATION OBLIGATION HEREUNDER FOR ANY LOSS,
                  COST, CLAIM, LIABILITY, DAMAGE AND EXPENSE, INCLUDING
                  REASONABLE ATTORNEY'S FEES, TO THIRD PARTIES, RELATING TO OR
                  ARISING OUT OF THE FAILURE OF THE OTHER PARTY TO OBTAIN SUCH
                  LICENSE OR PERMISSION.(10)

- ----------
(10)   Procedural Order, July 14, 1997, pages 4-5.


<PAGE>

                                                                          Part A

         18.2     The Indemnified Party will notify the Indemnifying Party
                  promptly in writing of any written claim, lawsuit, or demand
                  by third parties for which the Indemnified Party alleges that
                  the Indemnifying Party is responsible under this Section 18
                  and tender the defense of such claim, lawsuit or demand to the
                  Indemnifying Party. Failure to so notify the Indemnifying
                  Party shall not relieve the Indemnifying Party of any
                  liability that the Indemnifying Party might have, except to
                  the extent that such failure prejudices the Indemnifying
                  Party's ability to defend such claim.

         18.3     The Indemnified Party also will cooperate in every reasonable
                  manner with the defense or settlement of such claim, demand,
                  or lawsuit. The Indemnifying Party shall keep the Indemnified
                  Party reasonably and timely apprised of the status of the
                  claim, demand or lawsuit. The Indemnified Party shall have the
                  right to retain its own counsel, including in-house counsel,
                  at its expense, and participate in but not direct the defense;
                  provided, however, that if there are reasonable defenses in
                  addition to those asserted by the Indemnifying Party, the
                  Indemnified Party and its counsel may raise and direct such
                  defenses, which shall be at the expense of the Indemnifying
                  Party.

         18.4     The Indemnifying Party will not be liable under this Section
                  18 for settlements or compromises by the Indemnified Party of
                  any claim, demand or lawsuit unless the Indemnifying Party has
                  approved the settlement or compromise in advance or unless the
                  defense of the claim, demand or lawsuit has been tendered to
                  the Indemnifying Party in writing and the Indemnifying Party
                  has failed to timely undertake the defense. In no event shall
                  the Indemnifying Party settle or consent to any judgment
                  pertaining to any such action without the prior written
                  consent of the Indemnified Party.

19.      LIMITATION OF LIABILITY

         19.1     Except as otherwise provided in the indemnity section, no
                  Party shall be liable to the other Party for any Loss, defect
                  or equipment failure caused by the conduct of the other Party,
                  the other Party's agents, servants, contractors or others
                  acting in aid or concert with the other Party.

         19.2     [Intentionally left blank for numbering consistency]

         19.3     In no event shall either Party have any liability whatsoever
                  to the other Party for any indirect, special, consequential,
                  incidental or punitive damages, including, but not limited to,
                  loss of anticipated profits or revenue or other economic loss
                  in connection with or arising from anything said, omitted or
                  done hereunder (collectively, "Consequential Damages"), even
                  if the other Party has been advised of the possibility of such
                  damages; provided, that the foregoing shall not limit a
                  Party's obligation to indemnify, defend and hold the other
                  Party harmless against any amounts payable to a third party,
                  including any losses, costs, fines penalties, criminal or
                  civil judgments or settlements, expenses (including attorneys'
                  fees) and Consequential Damages of such third party. Nothing
                  contained in this section shall limit either Party's liability
                  to the other for (i) willful or intentional misconduct
                  (including gross negligence); (ii) bodily injury, death or
                  damage to tangible real or tangible personal property
                  proximately caused by such party's negligent act or omission
                  or that of their respective agents, subcontractors or
                  employees, OR (III) UNDER THE CIRCUMSTANCES PRESENTED TO THE
                  ARBITRATOR, THE COMMISSION OR OTHER DECISION MAKER, AS THE
                  CASE MAY BE PURSUANT TO THE DISPUTE RESOLUTION PROCESS IN
                  SECTION 27, A PATTERN OF CONDUCT IS FOUND TO EXIST BY SUCH
                  ARBITRATOR, THE COMMISSION OR OTHER DECISION MAKER IN
                  VIOLATION OF A PARTY'S OBLIGATIONS UNDER THIS AGREEMENT THAT
                  JUSTIFIES AN AWARD OF CONSEQUENTIAL


<PAGE>

                                                                          Part A

                  DAMAGES,(11) nor shall anything contained in this section
                  limit the Parties indemnification obligations, as specified
                  above.

         19.4     NOTWITHSTANDING THE PROVISIONS OF SECTION 19.3, TO THE EXTENT
                  THAT U S WEST TARIFFS CONTAIN LIMITATIONS ON LIABILITY,
                  CO-PROVIDER SHALL SUBMIT LANGUAGE FOR INCLUSION IN ITS
                  INTRASTATE RETAIL TARIFFS, THAT IS SUBSTANTIALLY SIMILAR TO
                  THE LIMITATION OF LIABILITY LANGUAGE CONTAINED IN U S WEST'S
                  TARIFFS, AND SUCH LIMITATIONS OF LIABILITY SHALL GOVERN FOR
                  CUSTOMER CLAIMS. IN ADDITION, NOTWITHSTANDING THE PROVISIONS
                  OF SECTION 19.3, TO THE EXTENT THAT THE COMMISSION'S QUALITY
                  OF SERVICE RULES PROVIDE FOR REMEDIES TO CO-PROVIDER OR ITS
                  CUSTOMERS FOR CUSTOMER CLAIMS, THEN THOSE REMEDIES SHALL
                  GOVERN AS TO SUCH CLAIMS.(12)

20.      Term of Agreement

         20.1     This Agreement shall be effective upon Commission approval and
                  shall remain in effect until July 30, 2000, and thereafter
                  shall continue in force and effect unless and until a new
                  agreement, addressing all of the terms of this Agreement,
                  becomes effective between the Parties. The Parties shall
                  commence negotiations on a new agreement no later than one (1)
                  year prior to the expiration of the term of this Agreement.
                  Either Party may request resolution of open issues in
                  accordance with the provisions of Section 27 of this Part A of
                  this Agreement, Dispute Resolution, beginning nine (9) months
                  prior to the expiration of this Agreement. Any disputes
                  regarding the terms and conditions of the new interconnection
                  agreement shall be resolved in accordance with said Section 27
                  of this Agreement and the resulting agreement shall be
                  submitted to the Commission. This Agreement shall remain in
                  effect until a new interconnection agreement approved by the
                  Commission has become effective.

21.      GOVERNING LAW

         21.1     This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in
                  accordance with the Act and the FCC's rules and regulations,
                  except insofar as state law may control any aspect of this
                  Agreement, in which case the domestic laws of the State of
                  Arizona, without regard to its conflicts of laws principles,
                  shall govern.

22.      CANCELLATION CHARGES

         22.1     Except as provided pursuant to a Bona Fide Request, or as
                  otherwise provided in any applicable tariff or contract
                  referenced herein, no cancellation charges shall apply.

23.      REGULATORY APPROVALS

         23.1     This Agreement, and any amendment or modification hereof, will
                  be submitted to the Commission for approval in accordance with
                  Section 252 of the Act. In the event any governmental
                  authority or agency rejects any provision hereof, the Parties
                  shall negotiate promptly and in good faith such revisions as
                  may reasonably be required to achieve approval.

- ----------
11   Procedural Order, July 14, 1997, page 5-6.

12   Arizona Bench Order, May 29, 1997 Hearing, p. 1610.


<PAGE>

                                                                          Part A

         23.2     U S WEST shall provide CO-PROVIDER a summary describing the
                  proposed change(s) to each Telecommunications Service which is
                  available pursuant to this Agreement. U S WEST shall also
                  provide CO-PROVIDER a summary describing the proposed
                  change(s) of each intrastate and interstate tariff which
                  provides for an Interconnection, unbundled Network Element or
                  Ancillary Service that is available pursuant to this
                  Agreement. Such summaries shall be available through an
                  internet Web page to be posted on the same day the proposed
                  change is filed with the Commission or the FCC or at least
                  thirty (30) days in advance of its effective date, whichever
                  is earlier.

         23.3     In the event any governmental authority or agency orders U S
                  WEST to provide any service covered by this Agreement in
                  accordance with any terms or conditions that individually
                  differ from one or more corresponding terms or conditions of
                  this Agreement, CO-PROVIDER may elect to amend this Agreement
                  to reflect any such differing terms or conditions contained in
                  such decision or order, with effect from the date CO-PROVIDER
                  makes such election. The other services covered by this
                  Agreement and not covered by such decision or order shall
                  remain unaffected and shall remain in full force and effect.

         23.4     The Parties intend that any additional services requested by
                  either Party relating to the subject matter of this Agreement
                  will be incorporated into this Agreement by amendment.

24.      COMPLIANCE

         24.1     Each Party shall comply with all applicable federal, state,
                  and local laws, rules and regulations applicable to its
                  performance under this Agreement.

         24.2     Each Party represents and warrants that any equipment,
                  facilities or services provided to the other Party under this
                  Agreement comply with the Communications Law Enforcement Act
                  of 1994 (CALEA"). Each Party (the "Indemnifying Party") shall
                  indemnify and hold the other Party (the "Indemnified Party")
                  harmless from any and all penalties imposed upon the
                  Indemnified Party for such noncompliance and shall, at the
                  Indemnifying Party's sole cost and expense, modify or replace
                  any equipment, facilities or services provided to the
                  Indemnified Party under this Agreement to ensure that such
                  equipment, facilities and services fully comply with CALEA.

         24.3     All terms, conditions and operations under this Agreement
                  shall be performed in accordance with all applicable laws,
                  regulations and judicial or regulatory decisions of all duly
                  constituted governmental authorities with appropriate
                  jurisdiction, and this Agreement shall be implemented
                  consistent with the FCC Interconnection Order and any
                  applicable Commission orders. Each Party shall be responsible
                  for obtaining and keeping in effect all FCC, Commission,
                  franchise authority and other regulatory approvals that may be
                  required in connection with the performance of its obligations
                  under this Agreement. In the event the Act or FCC or
                  Commission rules and regulations applicable to this Agreement
                  are held invalid, this Agreement shall survive, and the
                  Parties shall promptly renegotiate any provisions of this
                  Agreement which, in the absence of such invalidated Act, rule
                  or regulation, are insufficiently clear to be effectuated,
                  violate, or are either required or not required by the new
                  rule or regulation. During these negotiations, each Party will
                  continue to provide the same services and elements to each
                  other as are provided for under this Agreement. Provided,
                  however, that either Party shall give ten (10) Business Days
                  notice if it intents to cease any development of any new
                  element or service that is not at that time being provided
                  pursuant to this Agreement. In the event the Parties cannot
                  agree on an amendment within thirty (30) days from the date
                  any such rules, regulations or orders become effective, then
                  the Parties shall resolve their dispute, including liability
                  for non-compliance with the new clause or the cost, if any, of
                  performing activities no longer required


<PAGE>

                                                                          Part A

                  by the rule or regulation during the renegotiation of the new
                  clause under the applicable procedures set forth in Section 27
                  herein.

25.      FORCE MAJEURE

         25.1     Neither Party shall be liable for any delay or failure in
                  performance of any part of this Agreement from any cause
                  beyond its control and without its fault or negligence
                  including, without limitation, acts of nature, acts of civil
                  or military authority, embargoes, epidemics, terrorist acts,
                  riots, insurrections, fires, explosions, earthquakes, nuclear
                  accidents, floods, work stoppages, equipment failure, power
                  blackouts, volcanic action, other major environmental
                  disturbances, unusually severe weather conditions, inability
                  to secure products or services of other persons or
                  transportation facilities or acts or omissions of
                  transportation carriers. No delay or other failure to perform
                  shall be excused pursuant to this Section 25 unless such delay
                  or failure and the consequences thereof are beyond the control
                  and without the fault or negligence of the Party claiming
                  excusable delay or other failure to perform. In the event of
                  any such excused delay in the performance of a Party's
                  obligation(s) under this Agreement, the due date for the
                  performance of the original obligation(s) shall be extended by
                  a term equal to the time lost by reason of the delay. In the
                  event of such delay, the delaying Party shall perform its
                  obligations at a performance level no less than that which it
                  uses for its own operations. In the event of a labor dispute
                  or strike, the Parties agree to provide service to each other
                  at a level equivalent to the level they provide themselves. In
                  the event of a labor dispute or strike or work stoppage that
                  continues for a period in excess of forty-eight (48) hours,
                  CO-PROVIDER may obtain replacement services for those services
                  affected by such labor dispute or strike or work stoppage, in
                  which event any liability of CO-PROVIDER for the affected
                  services shall be suspended for the period of the work
                  stoppage or labor dispute or strike. In the event of such
                  performance delay or failure by U S WEST, U S WEST agrees to
                  resume performance in a nondiscriminatory manner and not favor
                  its own provision of Telecommunications Services above that of
                  CO-PROVIDER.

26.      ESCALATION PROCEDURES

         26.1     CO-PROVIDER and U S WEST agree to exchange escalation lists
                  which reflect contact personnel including vice president-level
                  officers. These lists shall include name, department, title,
                  phone number, and fax number for each person. CO-PROVIDER and
                  U S WEST agree to exchange up-to-date lists as reasonably
                  necessary.

 27.     DISPUTE RESOLUTION

         27.1(13) IF ANY CLAIM, CONTROVERSY OR DISPUTE BETWEEN THE PARTIES,
                  THEIR AGENTS, EMPLOYEES, OFFICERS, DIRECTORS OR AFFILIATED
                  AGENTS ("DISPUTE") CANNOT BE SETTLED THROUGH NEGOTIATION, IT
                  MAY BE RESOLVED BY ARBITRATION CONDUCTED BY A SINGLE
                  ARBITRATOR ENGAGED IN THE PRACTICE OF LAW, UNDER THE THEN
                  CURRENT RULES OF THE AMERICAN ARBITRATION ASSOCIATION ("AAA").
                  THE FEDERAL ARBITRATION ACT, 9 U.S.C. SECS. 1-16, NOT STATE
                  LAW, SHALL GOVERN THE ARBITRABILITY OF ALL DISPUTES. THE
                  ARBITRATOR SHALL NOT HAVE AUTHORITY TO AWARD PUNITIVE DAMAGES.
                  ALL EXPEDITED PROCEDURES PRESCRIBED BY THE AAA RULES SHALL
                  APPLY. THE ARBITRATOR'S AWARD SHALL BE FINAL AND BINDING AND
                  MAY BE ENTERED IN ANY COURT HAVING JURISDICTION THEREOF AND
                  SHALL BE NOTICED TO THE COMMISSION. THE ARBITRATOR SHALL
                  DETERMINE WHICH PARTY OR PARTIES WILL BEAR THE COSTS OF
                  ARBITRATION, INCLUDING APPORTIONMENT, IF APPROPRIATE. THE
                  ARBITRATION SHALL OCCUR IN

- ----------
(13)   AT&T Order, p. 33 at Issue 76.


<PAGE>

                                                                          Part A

                  DENVER, COLORADO, AND THE GOVERNING LAW SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE
                  WITH SECTION 21.1 ABOVE.

         27.2(14) IN THE EVENT CO-PROVIDER AND U S WEST ARE UNABLE TO AGREE ON
                  CERTAIN ISSUES DURING THE TERM OF THIS AGREEMENT, THE PARTIES
                  MAY IDENTIFY SUCH ISSUES FOR ARBITRATION BEFORE THE
                  COMMISSION. ONLY THOSE POINTS IDENTIFIED BY THE PARTIES FOR
                  ARBITRATION WILL BE SUBMITTED.

         27.3     If a Dispute is submitted to arbitration pursuant to Section
                  27.1 above, the procedures described in this Section 27.3
                  shall apply, notwithstanding the then current rules of the
                  AAA. Discovery shall be controlled by the arbitrator and shall
                  be permitted to the extent set forth below. Each party may
                  submit in writing to a Party, and that Party shall so respond,
                  to an agreed amount of the following: interrogatories, demands
                  to produce documents, and requests for admission. Not less
                  than ten (10) days prior to the arbitration hearing, the
                  Parties shall exchange witness and exhibit lists. Deposition
                  discovery shall be controlled by the arbitrator. Additional
                  discovery may be permitted upon mutual agreement of the
                  Parties or the determination of the arbitrator. The
                  arbitration hearing shall be commenced within thirty (30) days
                  after a demand for arbitration by either Party and shall be
                  held in Denver, Colorado. The arbitrator shall control the
                  scheduling so as to process the matter expeditiously. The
                  Parties may submit written briefs. The arbitrator shall rule
                  on the dispute by issuing a written opinion within seven (7)
                  days after the close of the hearings. The times specified in
                  this section may be extended upon mutual agreement of the
                  Parties or by the arbitrator upon a showing of good cause. The
                  decision of the arbitrator shall be final and binding upon the
                  Parties and judgment upon the award rendered by the arbitrator
                  may be entered in a court having jurisdiction. The decision
                  shall also be submitted to the Commission.

28.      NONDISCLOSURE

         28.1     All information, including, but not limited to,
                  specifications, microfilm, photocopies, magnetic disks,
                  magnetic tapes, drawings, sketches, models, samples, tools,
                  technical information, data, employee records, maps, financial
                  reports, and market data (a) furnished by one Party to the
                  other Party dealing with Customer specific, facility specific,
                  or usage specific information, other than Customer information
                  communicated for the purpose of publication of directory
                  database inclusion, or (b) in written, graphic,
                  electromagnetic, or other tangible form and marked at the time
                  of delivery as "Confidential" or "Proprietary", or (c)
                  declared orally or in writing to the Recipient at the time of
                  delivery, or by written notice given to the Recipient within
                  ten (10) days after delivery, to be "Confidential" or
                  "Proprietary" (collectively referred to as "Proprietary
                  Information"), shall remain the property of the Discloser. A
                  Party who receives Proprietary Information via an oral
                  communication may request written confirmation that the
                  material is Proprietary Information. A Party who delivers
                  Proprietary Information via an oral communication may request
                  written confirmation that the Party receiving the information
                  understands that the material is Proprietary Information.

         28.2     Upon request by the Discloser, the Recipient shall return all
                  tangible copies of Proprietary Information, whether written,
                  graphic or otherwise, except that the Recipient's legal
                  counsel may retain one (1) copy for archival purposes.

         28.3     Each Party shall keep all of the other Party's Proprietary
                  Information confidential and shall use the other Party's
                  Proprietary Information only in connection with this
                  Agreement.

- ----------
(14)   AT&T Order, p. 33 at Issue 76.

<PAGE>

                                                                          Part A

                  Neither Party shall use the other Party's Proprietary
                  Information for any other purpose except upon such terms and
                  conditions as may be agreed upon between the Parties in
                  writing.

         28.4     Unless otherwise agreed, the obligations of confidentiality
                  and non-use set forth in this Agreement do not apply to such
                  Proprietary Information that:

                  28.4.1   was, at the time of receipt, already known to the
                           Recipient free of any obligation to keep it
                           confidential evidenced by written records prepared
                           prior to delivery by the Discloser; or

                  28.4.2   is or becomes publicly known through no wrongful act
                           of the Recipient; or

                  28.4.3   is rightfully received from a third person having no
                           direct or indirect secrecy or confidentiality
                           obligation to the Discloser with respect to such
                           information; or

                  28.4.4   is independently developed by an employee, agent, or
                           contractor of the Recipient which individual is not
                           involved in any manner with the provision of services
                           pursuant to this Agreement and does not have any
                           direct or indirect access to the Proprietary
                           Information; or

                  28.4.5   is approved for release by written authorization of
                           the Discloser; or

                  28.4.6   is required by law, a court, or governmental agency,
                           provided that the Discloser has been notified of the
                           requirement promptly after the Recipient becomes
                           aware of the requirement, subject to the right of the
                           Discloser to seek a protective order as provided in
                           Section 28.5 below.

         28.5     For a period of ten(10) years from receipt of Proprietary
                  Information, the Recipient shall (a) use it only for the
                  purpose of performing under this Agreement, (b) hold it in
                  confidence and disclose it only to employees, authorized
                  contractors and authorized agents who have a need to know it
                  in order to perform under this Agreement, and (c) safeguard it
                  from unauthorized use or disclosure using no less than the
                  degree of care with which the Recipient safeguards its own
                  Proprietary Information. Any authorized contractor or agent to
                  whom Proprietary Information is provided must have executed a
                  written agreement comparable in scope to the terms of this
                  Section. Not withstanding the foregoing, each Party shall
                  provide advance notice of three (3) Business Days to the other
                  of the intent to provide Proprietary information to a
                  governmental authority and the Parties shall cooperate with
                  each other in attempting to obtain a suitable protective
                  order. The Recipient agrees to comply with any protective
                  order that covers the Proprietary Information to be disclosed.

         28.6     Each Party agrees that the Discloser would be irreparably
                  injured by a breach of this Section 28 by the Recipient or its
                  representatives and that the Discloser shall be entitled to
                  seek equitable relief, including injunctive relief and
                  specific performance, in the event of any breach of this
                  Section 28. Such remedies shall not be exclusive but shall be
                  in addition to all other remedies available at law or in
                  equity.

         28.7     CPNI related to either Party's subscribers obtained by virtue
                  of Local Interconnection or any other service provided under
                  this Agreement shall be the Discloser's Proprietary
                  Information and may not be used by the Recipient for any
                  purpose except performance of its obligations under this
                  Agreement, and in connection with such performance, shall be
                  disclosed only to employees, authorized contractors and
                  authorized agents with a need to know, unless the subscriber
                  expressly directs the Discloser to disclose such information
                  to the Recipient pursuant to the requirements of Section
                  222(c)(2) of the Act. If the Recipient seeks and


<PAGE>

                                                                          Part A

                  obtains written approval to use or disclose such CPNI from the
                  Discloser, such approval shall be obtained only in compliance
                  with Section 222(c)(2) and, in the event such authorization is
                  obtained, the Recipient may use or disclose only such
                  information as the Discloser provides pursuant to such
                  authorization and may not use information that the Recipient
                  has otherwise obtained, directly or indirectly, in connection
                  with its performance under this Agreement.

         28.8     Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Section 28,
                  nothing herein shall be construed as limiting the rights of
                  either Party with respect to its subscriber information under
                  any applicable law, including, without limitation, Section 222
                  of the Act.

         28.9     Effective Date Of This Section. Notwithstanding any other
                  provision of this Agreement, the Proprietary Information
                  provisions of this Agreement shall apply to all Proprietary
                  Information furnished by either Party with a claim of
                  confidentiality or proprietary nature at any time.

29.      NOTICES

         29.1     Except as otherwise provided herein, all notices or other
                  communication hereunder shall be deemed to have been duly
                  given when made in writing and delivered in person or
                  deposited in the United States mail, certified mail, postage
                  prepaid, return receipt requested, or delivered by prepaid
                  overnight express mail, and addressed as follows:

         To CO-PROVIDER:

         F. Lynne Powers
         Vice President-- Finance
         J. Jeffrey Oxley -- Director of Regulatory Affairs
         Advanced Telecommunications,lnc.
         710 Second Avenue South, Suite 1200
         Minneapolis, MN 55402
         Phone:   (612) 376-4400
         Fax:     (612)376-4411

         Copy to:          Brian Robinson
                           ARTER & HADDEN LLP
                           1801 K Street, N.W., Suite 400K
                           Washington, DC 20006
                           Phone: (202) 775-7126
                           Fax: (202) 857-0172

         To U S WEST:

         Director-- Interconnection Compliance
         1801 California Street, Room 2410
         Denver, CO 80202

         Copy to:          U S WEST, Communications, Inc..
                           General Counsel, Law Dept.
                           1801 California, 49th Floor
                           Denver, Colorado 80202


<PAGE>

                                                                          Part A

         29.2     If personal delivery is selected to give notice, a receipt of
                  such delivery shall be obtained. The address to which notices
                  or communications may be given to either Party may be changed
                  by written notice given by such Party to the other pursuant to
                  this Section 29.

30.      ASSIGNMENT

         30.1     Neither Party may assign, transfer (whether by operation of
                  law or otherwise) or delegate this Agreement (or any rights or
                  obligations hereunder) to a third party without the prior
                  written consent of the other Party, which consent shall not be
                  unreasonably withheld, provided that each Party may assign
                  this Agreement to an Affiliate or an entity under its common
                  control or an entity acquiring all or substantially all of its
                  assets or equity by providing prior written notice to the
                  other Party of such assignment or transfer. Any attempted
                  assignment or transfer that is not permitted under the
                  provisions of this Section 30 is void AB INITIO. Without
                  limiting the generality of the foregoing, this Agreement shall
                  be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the Parties'
                  respective successors and assigns. No assignment or delegation
                  hereof shall relieve the assignor of its obligations under
                  this Agreement.

         30.2     If any obligation of U S WEST under this Agreement is
                  performed by a subcontractor or Affiliate, U S WEST shall
                  remain fully responsible for the performance of this Agreement
                  in accordance with its terms, and U S WEST shall be solely
                  responsible for payments due to its subcontractors.

         30.3     If any obligation of CO-PROVIDER under this Agreement is
                  performed by a subcontractoror Affiliate, CO-PROVIDER shall
                  remain fully responsible for the performance of this Agreement
                  in accordance with its terms, and CO-PROVIDER shall be solely
                  responsible for payments due to its subcontractors.

31.      WARRANTIES

         31.1     U S WEST shall conduct all activities and interfaces which are
                  provided for under this Agreement with CO-PROVIDER Customers
                  in a carrier-neutral, nondiscriminatory manner.

         31.2     U S WEST warrants that it has provided, and during the term of
                  this Agreement it will continue to provide, to CO-PROVIDER
                  true and complete copies of all material agreements in effect
                  between U S WEST and any third party (including Affiliates)
                  providing any services to CO-PROVIDER on behalf of or under
                  contract to U S WEST in connection with U S WEST's performance
                  of this Agreement, or from whom U S WEST has obtained licenses
                  or other rights used by U S WEST to perform its obligations
                  under this Agreement, provided, however, that U S WEST may
                  provide such agreements under appropriate protective order.

32.      DEFAULT

         32.1     In the event of a breach of any material provision of this
                  Agreement by either Party, the non-breaching Party shall give
                  the breaching Party and the Commission written notice thereof,
                  and:

                  32.1.1   if such material breach is for non-payment of amounts
                           due hereunder pursuant to this Agreement, the
                           breaching Party shall cure such breach within thirty
                           (30) calendar days of receiving such notice. The
                           non-breaching Party shall be entitled to pursue all
                           available legal and equitable remedies for such
                           breach. Amounts


<PAGE>

                                                                          Part A

                           disputed in good faith and withheld or set off shall
                           not be deemed "amounts due hereunder" for the purpose
                           of this provision.

                  32.1.2   if such material breach is for any failure to perform
                           in accordance with this Agreement, which, in the sole
                           judgment of the non-breaching Party, adversely
                           affects the non-breaching Party's subscribers, the
                           non-breaching Party shall give notice of the breach
                           and the breaching Party shall cure such breach to the
                           non-breaching Party's reasonable satisfaction within
                           ten (10) calendar days or within a period of time
                           equivalent to the applicable interval required by
                           this Agreement, whichever is shorter. If the
                           breaching Party does not cure such breach within the
                           applicable time period, the non-breaching Party may,
                           at its sole option, terminate this Agreement, or any
                           parts hereof. The non-breaching Party shall be
                           entitled to pursue all available legal and equitable
                           remedies for such breach. Notice under this
                           Subsection 32.1.2 may be given electronically or by
                           facsimile, provided that a hard copy or original of
                           such notice is sent by overnight delivery service.

                  32.1.3   if such material breach is for any other failure to
                           perform in accordance with this Agreement, the
                           breaching Party shall cure such breach to the
                           non-breaching Party's reasonable satisfaction within
                           forty-five (45) calendar days, and, if it does not,
                           the non-breaching Party may, at its sole option,
                           terminate this Agreement, or any parts hereof. The
                           non-breaching Party shall be entitled to pursue all
                           available legal and equitable remedies for such
                           breach.

         32.2     CO-PROVIDER may terminate this Agreement in whole at any time
                  only for cause upon sixty (60) calendar days' prior written
                  notice. CO-PROVIDER's sole liability shall be payment of
                  amounts due for services provided or obligations assumed up to
                  the date of termination.

         32.3     In the event of any termination under this Section 32, U S
                  WEST and CO-PROVIDER agree to cooperate to provide for an
                  uninterrupted transition of services to CO-PROVIDER or another
                  vendor designated by CO-PROVIDER to the extent that U S WEST
                  has the ability to provide such cooperation.

         32.4     Notwithstanding any termination hereof, the Parties shall
                  continue to comply with their obligations under the Act.

33.      REMEDIES

         33.1     In the event U S WEST fails to switch a subscriber to
                  CO-PROVIDER service as provided in this Agreement, U S WEST
                  shall reimburse CO-PROVIDER in an amount equal to all fees
                  paid by such subscriber to U S WEST for such
                  failed-to-be-transferred services from the time of such
                  failure to switch to the time at which the subscriber switch
                  is accomplished. This remedy shall be in addition to all other
                  remedies available to CO-PROVIDER under this Agreement or
                  otherwise available.

         33.2     All rights of termination, cancellation or other remedies
                  prescribed in this Agreement, or otherwise available, are
                  cumulative and are not intended to be exclusive of other
                  remedies to which the injured Party may be entitled at law or
                  equity in case of any breach or threatened breach by the other
                  Party of any provision of this Agreement. Use of one or more
                  remedies shall not bar use of any other remedy for the purpose
                  of enforcing the provisions of this Agreement.



<PAGE>

                                                                          Part A

34.      WAIVERS

         34.1     No waiver of any provisions of this Agreement and no consent
                  to any default under this Agreement shall be effective unless
                  the same shall be in writing and properly executed by or on
                  behalf of the Party against whom such waiver or consent is
                  claimed.

         34.2     No course of dealing or failure of either Party to strictly
                  enforce any term, right, or condition of this Agreement in any
                  instance shall be construed as a general waiver or
                  relinquishment of such term, right or condition.

         34.3     Waiver by either Party of any default or breach by the other
                  Party shall not be deemed a waiver of any other default or
                  breach.

         34.4     By entering into this Agreement, neither Party waives any
                  right granted to it pursuant to the Act.

35.      NO THIRD PARTY BENEFICIARIES

         35.1     The provisions of this Agreement are for the benefit of the
                  Parties hereto and not for any other person; provided,
                  however, that this shall not be construed to prevent
                  CO-PROVIDER from providing its Telecommunications Services to
                  other carriers. This Agreement shall not provide any person
                  not a party hereto with any remedy, claim, liability,
                  reimbursement, claim of action, or other right in excess of
                  those existing without reference hereto.

36.      PHYSICAL SECURITY

         36.1     U S WEST shall exercise the same degree of care to prevent
                  harm or damage to CO-PROVIDER or its employees, agents or
                  subscribers, or its property as U S WEST provides itself.
                  CO-PROVIDER shall exercise the same degree of care to ensure
                  the security of its equipment physically collocated within U S
                  WEST's space as CO-PROVIDER provides such security to itself.

                  36.1.1   U S WEST will restrict access to approved personnel
                           to U S WEST's buildings. CO-PROVIDER is responsible
                           for the action of its employees and other authorized
                           non-CO-PROVIDER personnel; U S WEST is responsible
                           for the action of its employees and other authorized
                           non-U S WEST personnel.

                  36.1.2   U S WEST will furnish to CO-PROVIDER the current
                           name(s) and telephone number(s) of those central
                           office supervisor(s) where a physical collocation
                           arrangement exists. The central office supervisor(s)
                           will be the only U S WEST employee(s) with access to
                           CO-PROVIDER collocation space.

                  36.1.3   U S WEST wiII comply at all times with U S WEST
                           security and safety procedures at the individual
                           central office locations where CO-PROVIDER has
                           physical collocation arrangements. The Parties will
                           cooperate to analyze security procedures of each
                           company to evaluate ways in which security procedures
                           of US WEST may be enhanced.

                  36.1.4   U S WEST will allow CO-PROVIDER to inspect or observe
                           its physical spaces which house or contain
                           CO-PROVIDER equipment or equipment enclosures at any
                           time upon completion of the physical collocation
                           quotation. Upon completion of the build out of the
                           physical space, U S WEST will furnish CO-PROVIDER
                           with all keys,

<PAGE>

                                                                          Part A

                           entry codes, lock combinations, or other materials or
                           information which may be needed to gain entry via
                           direct access to CO-PROVIDER's physical space

                  36.1.5   U S WEST agrees to logically partition any U S WEST
                           owned access device systems, whether biometric or
                           card reader, or types which are encoded identically
                           or mechanical coded locks on external and or internal
                           doors to spaces which house CO-PROVIDER equipment.

                  36.1.6   U S WEST agrees to limit the keys used in its keying
                           systems for spaces which contain CO-PROVIDER
                           equipment to the U S WEST supervisor for the specific
                           facility to emergency access only. CO-PROVIDER shall
                           further have the right to change locks where deemed
                           necessary for the protection and security of its
                           physical spaces and will provide the U S WEST
                           supervisor with the current key.

                  36.1.7   U S WEST shall control unauthorized access from
                           passenger and freight elevators, elevator lobbies and
                           spaces which contain or house CO-PROVIDER equipment
                           or equipment space in the same manner as U S WEST
                           provides such control for itself.

                  36.1.8   U S WEST will provide notification to designated
                           CO-PROVIDER personnel to indicate an actual or
                           attempted security breach of CO-PROVIDER physical
                           space in the same time frame as U S WEST provides
                           such notification to itself.

37.      NETWORK SECURITY

         37.1     U S WEST shall provide an appropriate and sufficient back-up
                  and recovery plan to be used in the event of a system failure
                  or emergency.

         37.2     U S WEST shall install controls to (a) disconnect a user for a
                  pre-determined period of inactivity on authorized ports; (b)
                  protect subscriber proprietary information; and (c) ensure
                  both ongoing operational and update integrity.

         37.3     Each Party shall be responsible for the security arrangements
                  on its side of the network to the Point of Interconnection.
                  The Parties shall jointly cooperate to analyze network
                  security procedures and cooperate to ensure the systems,
                  access and devices are appropriately secured and compatible.

38.      REVENUE PROTECTION

         38.1     U S WEST shall make available to CO-PROVIDER all present and
                  future fraud prevention or revenue protection features that
                  U S WEST provides to itself or others. These features include,
                  but are not limited to, operator screening codes, information
                  digits assigned such as information digits `29' and `70' which
                  indicate prison and COCOT pay phone originating line types
                  respectively, in accordance with the requirements established
                  by the FCC, call blocking of domestic, international blocking
                  for business and residence, 900, NPA-976 and specific line
                  numbers. U S WEST shall additionally provide partitioned
                  access to fraud prevention, detection and control
                  functionality within pertinent Operations Support Systems
                  ("OSS") which include, but are not limited to, Line
                  Information Data Base Fraud monitoring systems.

         38.2     Uncollectible or unbillable revenues resulting from, but not
                  confined to, provisioning, maintenance, or signal network
                  routing errors shall be the responsibility of the Party
                  causing such error.


<PAGE>

                                                                          Part A

         38.3     Uncollectible or unbillable revenues resulting from the
                  accidental or malicious alteration of software underlying
                  Network Elements or their subtending operational support
                  systems by unauthorized third parties shall be the
                  responsibility of the Party having administrative control of
                  access to said Network Element or operational support system
                  software.

         38.4     Each Party shall be responsible for any uncollectible or
                  unbillable revenues resulting from the unauthorized use of
                  facilities under its control or services it provides,
                  including clip-on fraud.

         38.5     The Parties shall work cooperatively to minimize fraud
                  associated with third-number billed calls, calling card calls,
                  and any other services related to this Agreement.

39.      LAW ENFORCEMENT INTERFACE

         39.1     U S WEST shall provide all necessary assistance to facilitate
                  the execution of wiretap or dialed number recorder orders from
                  law enforcement authorities.

40.      COLLOCATION

         40.1     General Description

                  40.1.1   COLLOCATION IS THE RIGHT OF CO-PROVIDER TO OBTAIN
                           DEDICATED SPACE IN U S WEST LOCAL SERVING OFFICE
                           (LSO) OR OTHER U S WEST LOCATIONS, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
                           LIMITED TO, U S WEST SERVING WIRE CENTER AND TANDEM
                           OFFICES, AS WELL AS ALL BUILDINGS OR SIMILAR
                           STRUCTURES OWNED OR LEASED BY U S WEST, WHETHER OR
                           NOT ON PUBLIC RIGHTS-OF WAY, THAT HOUSE U S WEST
                           NETWORK FACILITIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO,
                           VAULTS CONTAINING LOOP CONCENTRATORS OR SIMILAR
                           STRUCTURES, AND THE RIGHT TO PLACE EQUIPMENT IN SUCH
                           SPACES FOR THE PURPOSES OF INTERCONNECTION WITH U S
                           WESTS NETWORK OR ACCESS TO U S WEST'S UNBUNDLED
                           NETWORK ELEMENTS. COLLOCATION ALSO INCLUDES U S WEST
                           PROVIDING RESOURCES NECESSARY FOR THE OPERATION AND
                           ECONOMICAL USE OF COLLOCATED EQUIPMENT. (15)

                  40.1.2   Collocation is offered for network interconnection
                           between the Parties. CO-PROVIDER may cross connect to
                           other collocated parties via facilities provided by U
                           S WEST, provided that CO-PROVIDER's collocated
                           equipment is also used for interconnection with U S
                           WEST or access to U S WEST's unbundled Network
                           Elements.

                  40.1.3   CO-PROVIDER is responsible for bringing its own or
                           leased facilities to the U S WEST-designated Point of
                           Interface ("P0I"). U S WEST will extend CO-PROVIDER's
                           facilities from the P0I to the cable vault within the
                           wire center. If necessary, U S WEST may bring the
                           facilities into compliance with U S WEST internal
                           fire code standards and extend the facilities to the
                           collocated space.

                  40.1.4   CO-PROVIDER will be provided two (2) points of entry
                           into the U S WEST wire center only when there are at
                           least two (2) existing entry points for U S WEST
                           cable and when there are vacant entrance ducts in
                           both.

- ----------
(15)   MCIm Order, p. 19 at Issue 31 and AT&T Order Issue 10.


<PAGE>

                                                                          Part A

                  40.1.5   CO-PROVIDER MAY COLLOCATE TRANSMISSION EQUIPMENT
                           (INCLUDING DIGITAL CROSS CONNECT SYSTEMS AND REMOTE
                           SWITCHING UNITS (RSU)) to TERMINATE BASIC
                           TRANSMISSION FACILITIES. CO-PROVIDER MAY NOT
                           COLLOCATE EQUIPMENT USED TO PROVIDE ENHANCED
                           services. CO-PROVIDER must identify what equipment
                           will be installed, to allow for U S WEST to use this
                           information in engineering the power, floor loading,
                           heat release, environmental participant level, and
                           HVAC. CO-PROVIDER shall not USE RSUS TO ENABLE THE
                           BYPASSING OF SWITCHED ACCESS CHARGES. U S WEST WILL
                           BE PERMITTED TO AUDIT CO-PROVIDER'S REPORTING OF
                           LOCAL AND TOLL CALLS. AT CO-PROVIDER'S EXPENSE,
                           CO-PROVIDER WILL BE REQUIRED TO BLOCK THE ABILITY OF
                           RSUS TO BYPASS SWITCHED ACCESS CHARGES, IF IT BECOMES
                           FEASIBLE TO DO SO.(16)

                  40.1.6   CO-PROVIDER MAY COLLOCATE THE AMOUNT AND TYPE OF
                           EQUIPMENT IT DEEMS NECESSARY IN ITS COLLOCATED SPACE
                           IN ACCORDANCE WITH FCC RULES AND REGULATIONS.(17)

                  40.1.7   Expanded Interconnection Channel Termination (EICT).
                           Telecommunications interconnection between
                           CO-PROVIDER's collocated equipment and U S WEST's
                           network may be accomplished via an Expanded
                           Interconnection Channel Termination (EICT). This
                           element can be at the DS-3, DS-1, DS-0, or any other
                           technically feasible level, subject to network
                           disclosure requirements of the FCC, depending on the
                           U S WEST service to which it is connected. The terms
                           and conditions of the tariff for EICT are
                           incorporated only to the extent that they are agreed
                           to by the Parties. Within ninety (90) days (or other
                           acceptable time agreed to by the Parties) of the
                           Effective Date of this Agreement, the Parties will
                           meet to review the tariff and seek resolution on
                           disagreed items.

                  40.1.8   Consistent with U S WEST's internal practice, within
                           ten (10) Business Days of CO-PROVIDER's request for
                           any space, U S WEST shall provide information
                           available to it regarding the environmental
                           conditions of the space provided for placement of
                           equipment and interconnection, including, but not
                           limited to, the existence and condition of asbestos,
                           lead paint, hazardous substance contamination, or
                           radon. Information is considered "available" under
                           this Agreement if it is in U S WEST's possession or
                           files, or the possession of an agent, contractor,
                           employee, lessor, or tenant of U S WEST's that holds
                           such information on U S WEST's behalf.

                  40.1.9   U S WEST shall allow CO-PROVIDER to perform any
                           environmental site investigations, including, but not
                           limited to, asbestos surveys, which CO-PROVIDER deems
                           to be necessary in support of its collocation needs.
                           CO-PROVIDER shall advise U S WEST in writing of its
                           intent to conduct such investigation, and shall
                           receive written approval from U S WEST to proceed.
                           CO-PROVIDER shall indemnify U S WEST according to
                           Section 18 of Part A of this Agreement for any loss
                           or claim for damage suffered by U S WEST as a result
                           of CO-PROVIDER's actions during any site inspection.

                  40.1.10  If the space provided for the placement of equipment,
                           Interconnection, or provision of service contains
                           environmental contamination or hazardous material,
                           particularly, but not limited to, asbestos, lead
                           paint or radon, which makes the placement of such

- ----------
(16)   MCIm Order, p. 20 at Issue 32 and AT&T Order Issue 9.

(17)   MCIm Order, p. 20 at Issue 32 and AT&T Order Issue 9.


<PAGE>

                                                                          Part A


                           equipment or interconnection hazardous, U S WEST
                           shall offer an alternative space, if available, for
                           CO-PROVIDER's consideration

         40.2     VIRTUAL COLLOCATION

                  40.2.1   U S WEST shall provide virtual collocation for the
                           purpose of Interconnection or access to unbundled
                           Network Elements subject to the rates, terms and
                           conditions of this Agreement.

                  40.2.2   Upon mutual agreement, CO-PROVIDER will have physical
                           access to the U S WEST wire center building pursuant
                           to a virtual collocation arrangement.

                  40.2.3   CO-PROVIDER will be responsible for obtaining and
                           providing to U S WEST administrative codes, e.g.,
                           common language codes, for all equipment specified by
                           CO-PROVIDER and installed in wire center buildings.

                  40.2.4   CO-PROVIDER will be responsible for payment of
                           training of U S WEST employees for the maintenance,
                           operation and installation of CO-PROVIDER's virtually
                           collocated equipment when that equipment is different
                           than the equipment used by U S WEST. Training
                           conditions are further described in the Virtual
                           Collocation Rate Element section following.

                  40.2.5   CO-PROVIDER will be responsible for payment of
                           reasonable charges incurred as a result of agreed
                           upon maintenance and/or repair of CO-PROVIDER's
                           virtually collocated equipment.

                  40.2.6   U S WEST does not guarantee the reliability of
                           CO-PROVIDER's virtually collocated equipment, but U S
                           WEST is responsible for proper installation,
                           maintenance and repair of such equipment, including
                           the change out of electronic cards provided by
                           CO-PROVIDER.

                  40.2.7   CO-PROVIDER is responsible for ensuring the
                           functionality and interoperability of virtually
                           collocated SONET equipment provided by different
                           manufacturers.

                  40.2.8   CO-PROVIDER, as bailor, will transfer possession of
                           CO-PROVIDER's virtually collocated equipment to U S
                           WEST, as bailee, for the sole purpose of providing
                           U S WEST with the ability to install, maintain and
                           repair CO-PROVIDER's virtually collocated equipment.
                           Title to the CO-PROVIDER virtually collocated
                           equipment shall not pass to U S WEST.

                  40.2.9   CO-PROVIDER shall ensure that upon receipt by U S
                           WEST of CO-PROVIDER's virtually collocated equipment,
                           CO-PROVIDER will make available all access to ongoing
                           technical support to U S WEST, as available under the
                           equipment warranty or other terms and conditions, all
                           at CO-PROVIDER's expense. CO-PROVIDER shall advise
                           the manufacturer and seller of the virtually
                           collocated equipment that it will be installed,
                           maintained and repaired by U S WEST.

                  40.2.10  CO-PROVIDER's virtually collocated equipment must
                           comply with the Bellcore Network Equipment Building
                           System (NEBS) Generic Equipment Requirements
                           TR-NWT-000063, electromagnetic compatibility (EMC)
                           per GR-1089-CORE, Company wire center environmental
                           and transmission standards and any statutory (local,
                           state or federal) and/or regulatory requirements, all
                           of the foregoing which may be in effect at the time
                           of equipment installation or which may subsequently
                           become effective. CO-PROVIDER shall provide U S WEST
                           interface specifications


<PAGE>

                                                                          Part A

                           (e.g., electrical, functional, physical and software)
                           of CO-PROVIDER's virtually collocated equipment.

                  40.2.11  CO-PROVIDER must specify all software options and
                           associated plug-ins for its virtually collocated
                           equipment.

                  40.2.12  CO-PROVIDER is responsible for purchasing and
                           maintaining a supply of spares. Upon failure of the
                           CO-PROVIDER virtually collocated equipment,
                           CO-PROVIDER is responsible for transportation and
                           delivery of maintenance spares to U S WEST at the
                           wire center housing the failed equipment.

                  40.2.13  Where CO-PROVIDER is virtually collocated in a
                           premises which was initially prepared for virtual
                           collocation, CO-PROVIDER may elect to retain its
                           virtual collocation in that premises and expand that
                           virtual collocation according to the rates, terms and
                           conditions of this Agreement.

         40.3     PHYSICAL COLLOCATION

                  40.3.1   U S WEST shall provide to CO-PROVIDER physical
                           collocation of equipment necessary for
                           Interconnection or for access to unbundled Network
                           Elements, except that U S WEST shall provide for
                           virtual collocation where space is available or
                           expansion or rearrangement is possible if U S WEST
                           demonstrates to the Commission that physical
                           collocation is not practical for technical reasons or
                           because of space limitations, as provided in Section
                           251(c)(6) of the Act. CO-PROVIDER shall pay a
                           prorated amount for expansion of said space. U S WEST
                           shall provide such collocation for the purpose of
                           Interconnection or access to unbundled Network
                           Elements, except as otherwise mutually agreed to in
                           writing by the Parties or as required by the FCC or
                           the Commission, subject to the rates, terms and
                           conditions of this Agreement.

                  40.3.1.1 U S WEST SHALL PERMIT CO-PROVIDER TO USE VENDORS FOR
                           ALL REQUIRED ENGINEERING AND INSTALLATION SERVICES
                           ASSOCIATED WITH ITS COLLOCATED EQUIPMENT WHICH ARE
                           BEING COLLOCATED BY CO-PROVIDER PURSUANT TO THIS
                           AGREEMENT. WITHIN ONE HUNDRED AND TWENTY (120) DAYS
                           AFTER THE EFFECTIVE DATE OF THIS AGREEMENT, U S WEST
                           AND CO-PROVIDER SHALL COMPOSE AND AGREE ON A LIST OF
                           APPROVED VENDORS AND/OR AGREE ON MINIMUM
                           QUALIFICATIONS FOR SUCH CONTRACTORS CONSISTENT WITH
                           INDUSTRY STANDARDS, SUCH AGREEMENT NOT TO BE
                           UNREASONABLY WITHHELD. IN THE EVENT SUCH AGREEMENT
                           CANNOT BE REACHED AND THE DISPUTE RESOLUTION PROCESS
                           OUTLINED IN SECTION 27 ABOVE HAS NOT CONCLUDED ON THE
                           ISSUE OF APPROVED VENDORS, THE LIST OF APPROVED
                           VENDORS MAINTAINED BY U S WEST AS OF THE EFFECTIVE
                           DATE OF THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE THE DEFAULT LIST
                           UNTIL THE CONCLUSION OF THE DISPUTE RESOLUTION
                           PROCESS.(18)

                  40.3.2   Where CO-PROVIDER is virtually collocated in a
                           premises which was initially prepared for virtual
                           collocation, CO-PROVIDER may elect, unless it is not
                           practical for technical reasons or because of space
                           limitations, to convert its virtual collocation to
                           physical collocation at such premises in which case
                           CO-PROVIDER shall coordinate the construction and
                           rearrangement with U S WEST of its equipment (IDLC
                           and transmission) and circuits for which CO-PROVIDER
                           shall pay U S WEST at applicable rates, and pursuant
                           to the other terms and

- ----------
(18)   AT&T Order, p. 8 at Issue 9c.


<PAGE>

                                                                          Part A

                           conditions in this Agreement. In addition, all
                           applicable physical collocation recurring charges
                           shall apply.

                  40.3.3   CO-PROVIDER will be allowed access to the P0I on
                           non-discriminatory terms. CO-PROVIDER owns and is
                           responsible for the installation, maintenance and
                           repair of its equipment located within the space
                           rented from U S WEST.

                  40.3.4   CO-PROVIDER must use leased space as soon as
                           reasonably possible and may not warehouse space for
                           later use or sublease to another provider. Physical
                           collocation is offered on a space-available,
                           first-come, first-served basis.

                  40.3.5   The minimum standard leasable amount of floor space
                           is one hundred (100) square feet. CO-PROVIDER must
                           efficiently use the leased space and no more than
                           fifty percent (50%) of the floor space MAY BE USED
                           FOR STORAGE CABINETS AND WORK SURFACES. CO-PROVIDER
                           AND U S WEST MAY NEGOTIATE OTHER STORAGE ARRANGEMENTS
                           ON A CASE-BY-CASE BASIS.(19) CO-PROVIDER MAY STORE
                           SPARES WITHIN ITS COLLOCATED SPACE.

                  40.3.6   CO-PROVIDER's leased floor space will be separated
                           from other competitive providers and U S WEST space
                           through cages or hard walls. CO-PROVIDER may elect to
                           have U S WEST construct the cage, or choose from U S
                           WEST approved contractors to construct the cage,
                           meeting U S WEST's installation Technical Publication
                           77350. Any deviation to CO-PROVIDER's request must be
                           approved.

                  40.3.7   The following standard features will be provided by
                           U S WEST:

                           (a)      Heating, ventilation and air conditioning.

                           (b)      Smoke/fire detection and any other building
                                    code requirement.

                  40.3.8   U S WEST Responsibilities

                           (a)      Design the floor space within each location
                                    which will constitute CO-PROVIDER's leased
                                    space.

                           (b)      Ensure that the necessary construction work
                                    is performed on a timely basis to build
                                    CO-PROVIDER's leased physical space and the
                                    riser from the vault to the leased physical
                                    space.

                           (c)      Develop a quotation specific to
                                    CO-PROVIDER's request.

                           (d)      Extend U S WEST-provided and owned fiber
                                    optic, copper OR COAXIAL(20) cable,
                                    whichever is more efficient, from the P01
                                    through the cable vault and extend the cable
                                    to CO-PROVIDER's leased physical space or
                                    place the cable in fire retardant tubing
                                    prior to extension to CO-PROVIDER's leased
                                    physical space.

- ----------
(19)   AT&T Order, p. 10 at Issue 10(a).

(20)   AT&T Order, p. 10, Issue 10(a).


<PAGE>

                                                                          Part A

                           (e)      Installation and maintenance and all related
                                    activity necessary to provide Channel
                                    Termination between U S WEST's and
                                    CO-PROVIDER's equipment.

                           (f)      Work cooperatively with CO-PROVIDER in
                                    matters of joint testing and maintenance.

                  40.3.9   CO-PROVIDER Responsibilities

                           (a)      Determine the type of enclosure for the
                                    physical space.

                           (b)      Procure, install and maintain fiber optic,
                                    copper or COAXIAL(21) facilities up to the
                                    U S WEST designated P01

                           (c)      Provide for installation, maintenance,
                                    repair and service of all CO-PROVIDER's
                                    equipment located in the leased physical
                                    space.

                           (d)      Ensure that all equipment installed by
                                    CO-PROVIDER complies with Bellcore Network
                                    Equipment Building System Generic Equipment
                                    requirements, U S WEST environmental and
                                    transmission standards, and any statutory
                                    (local, federal, or state) or regulatory
                                    requirements in effect at the time of
                                    equipment installation or that subsequently
                                    become effective.

                  40.3.10  The installation of any Interconnection service will
                           be coordinated between the Parties so that
                           CO-PROVIDER may utilize those services once
                           CO-PROVIDER has accepted its leased physical space.

                  40.3.11  If, at any time, U S WEST reasonably determines that
                           the equipment or the installation does not meet
                           standard industry requirements, such failure being
                           due to actions of CO-PROVIDER or its agents,
                           CO-PROVIDER will be responsible for the costs
                           associated with the removal, modification to, or
                           installation of the equipment to bring it into
                           compliance. If CO-PROVIDER fails to correct any
                           noncompliance within thirty (30) calendar days or as
                           soon as reasonably practical after the receipt of
                           written notice of non-compliance, U S WEST may have
                           the equipment removed or the condition corrected at
                           CO-PROVIDER's expense.

                  40.3.12  If, during installation, U S WEST reasonably
                           determines that CO-PROVIDER activities or equipment
                           are unsafe, non-industry standard or in violation of
                           any applicable laws or regulations, U S WEST has the
                           right to stop work until the situation is remedied.
                           If such conditions pose an immediate threat to the
                           safety of personnel, interfere with the performance
                           of U S WEST's service obligations, or pose an
                           immediate threat to the physical integrity of the
                           conduit system or the cable facilities, U S WEST may
                           perform such work and/or take action as is necessary
                           to correct the condition at CO-PROVIDER's expense.

                  40.3.13  U S WEST shall provide basic telephone service with a
                           connection jack as requested by CO-PROVIDER from U S
                           WEST for the collocated space. Upon CO-PROVIDER's
                           request and following the normal provisioning
                           process, this service shall be available at the
                           CO-PROVIDER collocated space on the day the space is
                           turned over to CO-PROVIDER by U S WEST.

- ----------
(21)   AT&T Order, p. 10, Issue 10(a).


<PAGE>

                                                                          Part A

                  40.3.14  Where available, U S WEST shall provide access to
                           eyewash stations, bathrooms, and drinking water
                           within the collocated facility on a twenty-four (24)
                           hour per day, seven (7) day per week basis for
                           CO-PROVIDER personnel and its designated agents.

                  40.3.15  U S WEST shall provide CO-PROVIDER with written
                           notice five (5) Business Days prior to those
                           instances where U S WEST or its subcontractors may be
                           performing work that could reasonably potentially
                           affect CO-PROVIDER's service. U S WEST will make
                           reasonable efforts to inform CO-PROVIDER by telephone
                           of any emergency related activity prior to the start
                           of the activity that U S WEST or its subcontractors
                           may be performing that could reasonably potentially
                           affect CO-PROVIDER's service, so that CO-PROVIDER can
                           take any action required to monitor or protect its
                           service.

                  40.3.16  U S WEST shall provide information regarding the
                           location, type, and cable termination requirements
                           (i.e., connector type, number and type of pairs, and
                           naming convention) for U S WEST point of termination
                           to CO-PROVIDER within five (5) Business Days of
                           CO-PROVIDER's acceptance of U S WEST's quote for
                           collocated space.

                  40.3.17  U S WEST shall provide the dimensions for CO-PROVIDER
                           outside plant fiber ingress and egress into
                           CO-PROVIDER collocated space within five (5) Business
                           Days of CO-PROVIDER's acceptance of U S WEST's quote
                           for collocated space.

                  40.3.18  U S WEST shall provide the sizes and number of power
                           feeders for the collocated space to CO-PROVIDER
                           within ten (10) Business Days of CO-PROVIDER's
                           acceptance of U S WEST's quote for collocated space.

                  40.3.19  U S WEST shall provide positive confirmation to
                           CO-PROVIDER when construction of CO-PROVIDER
                           collocated space is fifty percent (50%) completed.
                           This confirmation shall also include confirmation of
                           the scheduled completion and turnover dates.

                  40.3.20  [Intentionally left blank for numbering consistency]

                  40.3.21  With the exception of Subparagraph (b) below, U S
                           WEST shall provide the following information to
                           CO-PROVIDER within five (5) Business Days or as
                           reasonably necessary upon receipt of a written
                           request from CO-PROVIDER:

                           (a)      additional work restriction guidelines.


<PAGE>

                                                                          Part A

                           (b)      U S WEST or industry technical publication
                                    guidelines that impact the design of U S
                                    WEST collocated equipment, unless such
                                    documents are already in the possession of
                                    CO-PROVIDER. The following U S WEST
                                    Technical Publications provide information
                                    regarding central office equipment and
                                    collocation guidelines:

                                             77350    Central Office
                                                      Telecommunications
                                                      Equipment I Installation
                                                      and Removal Guidelines
                                             77351    Central Office
                                                      Telecommunications
                                                      Equipment Engineering
                                                      Standards
                                             77355    Grounding - Central Office
                                                      and Remote Equipment
                                                      Environment
                                             77386    Expanded Interconnection
                                                      and Collocation for
                                                      Private Line Transport and
                                                      Switched Access Services

                                    CO-PROVIDER may obtain the above documents
                                    from:
                                             Faison Office Products Company
                                             3251 Revere St., Suite 200
                                             Aurora, Colorado 80011
                                             (303) 340-3672

                           (c)      appropriate U S WEST contacts (names and
                                    telephone numbers) for the following areas:

                                             Engineering
                                             Physical & Logical Security
                                             Provisioning
                                             Billing
                                             Operations
                                             Site and Building Managers
                                             Environmental and Safety

                           (d)      escalation process for the U S WEST
                                    employees (names, telephone numbers and the
                                    escalation order) for any disputes or
                                    problems that might arise pursuant to
                                    CO-PROVIDER's collocation.

                  40.3.22  Power as referenced in this Agreement refers to any
                           electrical power source supplied by U S WEST for
                           CO-PROVIDER equipment. U S WEST will supply power to
                           support CO-PROVIDER equipment at equipment specific
                           DC and AC voltages. At a minimum, U S WEST shall
                           supply power to CO-PROVIDER at parity with that
                           provided by U S WEST to itself. If U S WEST
                           performance, availability or restoration falls below
                           industry standards, U S WEST shall bring itself into
                           compliance with such industry standards as soon as
                           technologically feasible.

                           (a)      Central office power supplied by U S WEST
                                    into the CO-PROVIDER equipment area, shall
                                    be supplied in the form of power feeders
                                    (cables) on cable racking into the
                                    designated CO-PROVIDER equipment area. The
                                    power feeders (cables) shall efficiently and
                                    economically support the requested quantity
                                    and capacity of CO-PROVIDER equipment. The
                                    termination location shall be mutually
                                    agreed upon by the Parties.

                           (b)      U S WEST power equipment supporting
                                    CO-PROVlDER's equipment shall:


<PAGE>

                                                                          Part A

                                    i.       comply with applicable industry
                                             standards (e.g., Bellcore, NEBS,
                                             IEEE, UL, and NEC) or
                                             manufacturer's equipment power
                                             requirement specifications for
                                             equipment installation, cabling
                                             practices, and physical equipment
                                             layout;

                                    ii.      have redundant power feeds with
                                             physical diversity and battery
                                             back-up as required by the
                                             equipment manufacturer's
                                             specifications for CO-PROVIDER
                                             equipment, or, at minimum, at
                                             parity with that provided for
                                             similar U S WEST equipment at that
                                             location;

                                    iii.     provide central office ground,
                                             connected to a ground electrode
                                             located within the CO-PROVIDER
                                             collocated space, at a level above
                                             the top of CO-PROVIDER equipment
                                             plus or minus two (2) feet to the
                                             left or right of CO-PROVIDER's
                                             final request;

                                    iv.      provide an installation sequence
                                             and access that will allow
                                             installation efforts in parallel
                                             without jeopardizing personnel
                                             safety or existing services of
                                             either Party;

                                    v.       provide cabling that adheres to
                                             Bell Communication Research
                                             (Bellcore) Network
                                             Equipment-Building System (NEBS)
                                             standards TR-EOP-000063;

                                    vi.      provide Lock Out-Tag Out and other
                                             electrical safety procedures and
                                             devices in conformance with the
                                             most stringent of OSHA or industry
                                             guidelines; and

                                    vii.     ensure that installed equipment
                                             meets Bellcore specifications.

         40.4     COLLOCATION RATE ELEMENTS

                  40.4.1   COMMON RATE ELEMENTS

                           The following rate elements are common to both
virtual and physical collocation:

                           (a)      Quote Preparation Fee. This covers the work
                                    involved in developing a quotation for
                                    CO-PROVIDER for the total costs involved in
                                    its collocation request.

                           (b)      Entrance Facility. Provides for fiber optic
                                    cable on a per two (2) fiber increment basis
                                    from the point of interconnection utilizing
                                    U S WEST owned, conventional single mode
                                    type of fiber optic cable to the collocated
                                    equipment (for virtual collocation) or to
                                    the leased space (for physical collocation).
                                    Entrance facility includes riser, fiber
                                    placement, entrance closure,
                                    conduit/innerduct, and core drilling.

                           (c)      Cable Splicing. Represents the labor and
                                    equipment to perform a subsequent splice to
                                    the CO-PROVIDER provided fiber optic cable
                                    after the initial installation splice.
                                    Includes a per-setup and a per-fiber-spliced
                                    rate elements.


<PAGE>

                                                                          Part A

                           (d)      48 Volt Power. Provides 48 volt power to the
                                    CO-PROVIDER collocated equipment. Charged on
                                    a per ampere basis.

                           (e)      48 Volt Power Cable. Provides for the
                                    transmission of -48 Volt DC power to the
                                    collocated equipment. It includes
                                    engineering, furnishing and installing the
                                    main distribution bay power breaker,
                                    associated power cable, cable rack and local
                                    power bay to the closest power distribution
                                    bay. It also includes the power cable
                                    (feeders) A and B from the local power
                                    distribution bay to the leased physical
                                    space (for physical collocation) or to the
                                    collocated equipment (for virtual
                                    collocation).

                           (f)      Inspector Labor. Provides for the U S WEST
                                    qualified personnel necessary when
                                    CO-PROVIDER requires access to the P01 after
                                    the initial installation or access to its
                                    physical collocation floor space, where an
                                    escort is required. A call-out of an
                                    inspector after business hours is subject to
                                    a minimum charge of four (4) hours.
                                    Maintenance Labor, Inspector Labor,
                                    Engineering Labor and Equipment Labor
                                    business hours are considered to be Monday
                                    through Friday, 8:00 am to 5:00 pm and after
                                    business hours are after 5:00 pm and before
                                    8:00 am, Monday through Friday, all day
                                    Saturday, Sunday and holidays.

                           (g)      Expanded Interconnection Channel
                                    Regeneration. Required when the distance
                                    from the leased physical space (for physical
                                    collocation) or from the collocated
                                    equipment (for virtual collocation) to the
                                    U S WEST network is of sufficient length to
                                    require regeneration.

                           (h)      U S WEST will provide external
                                    synchronization when available.

                           (i)      U S WEST will provide 20 hertz ringing
                                    supply when available.

                  40.4.2   PHYSICAL COLLOCATION RATE ELEMENTS

                           The following rate elements apply only to physical
collocation arrangements:

                           (a)      Enclosure Buildout. The Enclosure Buildout
                                    element, either Cage or Hardwall, includes
                                    the material and labor to construct the
                                    enclosure specified by CO-PROVIDER or
                                    CO-PROVIDER may choose from U S WEST
                                    approved contractors to construct the cage,
                                    meeting U S WEST's installation Technical
                                    Publication 77350. It includes the enclosure
                                    (cage or hardwall), air conditioning (to
                                    support CO-PROVIDER loads specified),
                                    lighting (not to exceed 2 watts per square
                                    foot), and convenience outlets (3 per cage
                                    or the number required by building code for
                                    the hardwall enclosure). Also provides for
                                    humidification, if required. Pricing for
                                    Enclosure Buildout will be provided on an
                                    individual basis due to the uniqueness of
                                    CO-PROVIDER's requirements, central office
                                    structure and arrangements.

                           (b)      Floor Space Rental. This element provides
                                    for the rental of the floor space provided
                                    to CO-PROVIDER pursuant to a physical
                                    collocation arrangement.


<PAGE>

                                                                          Part A

                  40.4.3   VIRTUAL COLLOCATION RATE ELEMENTS

                           The following rate elements apply only to virtual
collocation arrangements:

                           (a)      Maintenance Labor. Provides for the labor
                                    necessary for repair of out of service
                                    and/or service-affecting conditions and
                                    preventative maintenance of the CO-PROVIDER
                                    virtually collocated equipment. CO-PROVIDER
                                    is responsible for ordering maintenance
                                    spares. U S WEST will perform maintenance
                                    and/or repair work upon receipt of the
                                    replacement maintenance spare and/or
                                    equipment for CO-PROVIDER. A call-out of a
                                    maintenance technician after business hours
                                    is subject to a minimum charge of four (4)
                                    hours. Maintenance Labor, Inspector Labor,
                                    Engineering Labor and Equipment Labor
                                    business hours are considered to be Monday
                                    through Friday, 8:00 am to 5:00 pm and after
                                    business hours are after 5:00 pm and before
                                    8:00 am, Monday through Friday, all day
                                    Saturday, Sunday and holidays.

                           (b)      Training Labor. Provides for the billing of
                                    vendor-provided training for U S WEST
                                    personnel on a metropolitan service area
                                    basis, necessary for CO-PROVIDER virtually
                                    collocated equipment which is different from
                                    equipment used by U S WEST. U S WEST will
                                    require three (3) U S WEST employees to be
                                    trained per metropolitan service area in
                                    which the CO-PROVIDER virtually collocated
                                    equipment is located. If, by an act of U S
                                    WEST, trained employees are relocated,
                                    retired, or are no longer available, U S
                                    WEST will not require CO-PROVIDER to provide
                                    training for additional U S WEST employees
                                    for the same virtually collocated equipment
                                    in the same metropolitan area. Fifty percent
                                    (50%) of the amount of training billed to
                                    CO-PROVIDER will be refunded to CO-PROVIDER,
                                    should a second collocator or U S WEST in
                                    the same metropolitan area select the same
                                    virtually collocated equipment as
                                    CO-PROVIDER. The second collocatoror US WEST
                                    will be charged one half of the original
                                    amount paid by CO-PROVIDER for the same
                                    metropolitan area.

                           (c)      Equipment Bay. Provides mounting space for
                                    the CO-PROVIDER virtually collocated
                                    equipment. Each bay includes the seven (7)
                                    foot bay, its installation, and all
                                    necessary environmental supports. Mounting
                                    space on the bay, including space for the
                                    fuse panel and air gaps necessary for heat
                                    dissipation is limited to 78 inches. The
                                    monthly rate is applied per shelf.

                           (d)      Engineering Labor. Provides the planning and
                                    engineering of the COPRO VIDER virtually
                                    collocated equipment at the time of
                                    installation, change or removal.

                           (e)      Installation Labor. Provides for the
                                    installation, change or removal of the
                                    CO-PROVIDER virtually collocated equipment.

         40.5.    COLLOCATION INSTALLATION INTERVALS

                  40.5.1   U S WEST shall have a period of thirty (30) calendar
                           days after receipt by CO-PROVIDER of a Request for
                           Collocation to provide CO-PROVIDER with a written
                           quotation containing all nonrecurring charges and
                           fees for the requested collocation (the "Quotation
                           Preparation Period"). CO-PROVIDER shall make payment
                           of fifty percent (50%) of the nonrecurring charges
                           and fees upon acceptance of the


<PAGE>

                                                                          Part A

                           quotation ("Initial Payment") with the remainder due
                           upon completion of the construction. In the event
                           CO-PROVIDER disputes the amount of U S WEST's
                           proposed nonrecurring charges and fees, CO-PROVIDER
                           shall deposit fifty percent (50%) of the nonrecurring
                           charges and fees into an interest bearing escrow
                           account prior to the commencement of construction
                           ("Initial Deposit"). The remainder of the
                           nonrecurring charges and fees shall be deposited into
                           the escrow account upon completion of the
                           construction. Upon resolution of the dispute, the
                           escrow agent shall distribute amounts in the account
                           in accordance with the resolution of such dispute and
                           any interest that has accrued with respect to amounts
                           in the account shall be distributed proportionately
                           to the Parties. U S WEST shall complete installation
                           pursuant to the CO-PROVIDER Request for Collocation
                           within a maximum of three (3) months after the
                           Initial Payment or Initial Deposit for physical or
                           virtual collocation. If there is a dispute between
                           U S WEST and CO-PROVIDER regarding the amount of any
                           nonrecurring charges and fees, such dispute shall be
                           resolved in accordance with Section 27 above. The
                           pendency of any such dispute shall not affect the
                           obligation of U S WEST to complete collocation within
                           the installation intervals described above.

41.      TECHNICAL REFERENCES - COLLOCATION

         Subject to Sections 1.3.1 and 1.3.2 of this Part A of this Agreement,
U S WEST shall provide collocation in accordance with the following standards:

         41.1     Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers (IEEE)
                  Standard 383, IEEE Standard for Type Test of Class 1 E
                  Electric Cables, Field Splices, and Connections for Nuclear
                  Power Generating Stations;

         41.2     National Electrical Code (NEC), use most recent issue;

         41.3     TA-NPL-000286, NEBS Generic Engineering Requirements for
                  System Assembly and Cable Distribution, Issue 2 (Bellcore,
                  January 1989);

         41.4     TR-EOP-000063 Network Equipment-Building System (NEBS) Generic
                  Equipment Requirements, Issue 3, March 1988;

         41.5     TR-EOP-000151, Generic Requirements for 24-, 48-, 130-, and
                  140- Volt Central Office Power Plant Rectifiers, Issue 1
                  (Bellcore, May 1985);

         41.6     TR-EOP-000232, Generic Requirements for Lead-Acid Storage
                  Batteries, Issue 1 (Bellcore, June 1985);

         41.7     TR-NWT-000154, Generic Requirements for 24-, 48-, 130, and
                  140- Volt Central Office Power Plant Control and Distribution
                  Equipment, Issue 2 (Bellcore, January 1992);

         41.8     TR-NWT-000295 Isolated Ground Planes: Definition and
                  Application to Telephone Central Offices, Issue 2 (Bellcore,
                  July 1992);

         41.9     TR-NWT-000840, Supplier Support Generic Requirements (SSGR),
                  (A Module of LSSGR, FR-NWT-000064), Issue 1 (Bellcore,
                  December1991);

         41.10    TR-NWT-001 275 Central Office Environment
                  Installations/Removal Generic Requirements, Issue 1, January
                  1993; and

<PAGE>

                                                                          Part A

         41.11    Underwriters' Laboratories Standard, UL 94.

42.      NUMBER PORTABILITY

         42.1     INTERIM NUMBER PORTABILITY (INP)

                  42.1.1   GENERAL TERMS

                           (a)      The Parties shall provide Interim Number
                                    Portability (INP) on a reciprocal basis to
                                    the extent technically feasible.

                           (b)      Until permanent number portability is
                                    implemented by the industry pursuant to
                                    regulations issued by the FCC or the
                                    Commission, the Parties agree to provide INP
                                    to each other through Remote Call
                                    Forwarding, Direct Inward Dialing, or other
                                    appropriate means as agreed to by the
                                    Parties.

                           (c)      Once permanent number portability is
                                    implemented pursuant to FCC or Commission
                                    regulation, either Party may withdraw, at
                                    any time and at its sole discretion, its INP
                                    offerings, subject to advance notice to the
                                    other Party with sufficient time to allow
                                    for coordination to allow the seamless and
                                    transparent conversion of NP Customer
                                    numbers to permanent number portability.
                                    Upon implementation of permanent number
                                    portability pursuant to FCC regulations,
                                    both Parties agree to conform and provide
                                    such permanent number portability. The
                                    Parties agree to expeditiously convert
                                    Customers from interim number portability to
                                    permanent number portability, provided that
                                    the interim service is not removed until the
                                    Customer has been converted.

                           (d)      U S WEST will update and maintain its Line
                                    Information Database ("LIDB") listings for
                                    numbers retained by CO-PROVIDER and its
                                    Customer and restrict or cancel calling
                                    cards associated with these forwarded
                                    numbers as directed by CO-PROVIDER. Further,
                                    U S WEST will not block third party and
                                    collect calls to those numbers unless
                                    requested by CO-PROVIDER.

                           (e)      The ordering Party shall specify, on a per
                                    telephone number basis, which method of INP
                                    is to be employed and the providing Party
                                    shall provide such method to the extent
                                    technically feasible.

                           (f)      Where either Party has activated an entire
                                    NXX, or activated a substantial portion of
                                    an NXX with the remaining numbers in that
                                    NXX either reserved for future use or
                                    otherwise unused, if these Customer(s)
                                    choose to receive service from the other
                                    Party, the first Party shall cooperate with
                                    the second Party to have the entire NXX
                                    reassigned in the LERG (and associated
                                    industry databases, routing tables, etc.) to
                                    an End Office operated by the second Party.
                                    Such transfer will be accomplished with
                                    appropriate coordination between the Parties
                                    and subject to appropriate industry
                                    lead-times for movement of NXXs from one
                                    switch to another.

                  42.1.2   DESCRIPTION OF SERVICE

                           (a)      Interim Number Portability Service ("INP")
                                    is a service arrangement that can be
                                    provided by U S WEST to CO-PROVIDER or by
                                    CO-PROVIDER to U S WEST.


<PAGE>

                                                                          Part A

                           (b)      INP applies to those situations where an
                                    end-user Customer elects to change service
                                    providers, and such Customer also wishes to
                                    retain its existing or reserved telephone
                                    number(s). INP consists of providing the
                                    capability to route calls placed to
                                    telephone numbers assigned to one Party's
                                    switches to another Party's switches.

                           (c)      INP is available as INP-Remote Call
                                    Forwarding ("INP-RCF") permitting a call to
                                    a U S WEST assigned telephone number to be
                                    translated to CO-PROVIDER's dilatable local
                                    number. CO-PROVIDER may terminate the call
                                    as desired. Additional capacity for
                                    simultaneous call forwarding is available
                                    where technically feasible on a per path
                                    basis. CO-PROVIDER will need to specify the
                                    number of simultaneous calls to be forwarded
                                    for each number ported.

                           (d)      DID is another INP method that makes use of
                                    direct inward dialing trunks. Each DID trunk
                                    group used for INP is dedicated to carrying
                                    DID INP traffic between the U S WEST end
                                    office and the CO-PROVIDER switch. Traffic
                                    on these trunks cannot overflow to other
                                    trunks, so the number of trunks shall be
                                    conservatively engineered by U S WEST. Also,
                                    inter-switch signaling is usually limited to
                                    multi-frequency (MF). This precludes passing
                                    Calling Line ID to the CO-PROVIDER switch.

                           (e)      RI-PH will route a dialed call to the U S
                                    WEST switch associated with the NXX of the
                                    dialed number. The U S WEST switch shall
                                    then insert a prefix onto the dialed number
                                    which identifies how the call is to be
                                    routed to CO-PROVIDER. The prefixed dialed
                                    number is transmitted to the U S WEST tandem
                                    switch to which CO-PROVIDER is connected.
                                    Route indexing is only available with seven
                                    (7) digit local dialing.

                           (f)      The prefix is removed by the operation of
                                    the tandem switch and the dialed number is
                                    routed to CO-Provider's switch so the
                                    routing of the call can be completed by
                                    CO-PROVIDER.

                                    i.       DN-RI is a form of RI-PH that
                                             requires direct trouncing between
                                             the U S WEST switch to which the
                                             ported number was originally
                                             assigned and the CO-PROVIDER switch
                                             to which the number has been
                                             ported. The U S WEST switch shall
                                             send the originally dialed number
                                             to the CO-PROVlDER switch without a
                                             prefix.

                                    ii.      U S WEST shall provide RI-PH or
                                             DN-RI on an individual telephone
                                             number basis, as designated by
                                             CO-PROVIDER. Where technically
                                             feasible, calls to ported numbers
                                             are first directed to the
                                             CO-PROVIDER switch over direct
                                             trunks but may overflow to tandem
                                             trunks if all trunks in the direct
                                             group are occupied.

                                    iii.     For both RI-PH and DN-RI the trunks
                                             used may, at CO-PROVIDER's option,
                                             be the same as those used for
                                             exchange of other local traffic
                                             with U S WEST. At CO-PROVIDER's
                                             option, the trunks shall employ SS7
                                             or in band signaling and may be one
                                             way or two way.

                           (g)      INP is subject to the following
                                    restrictions:


<PAGE>

                                                                          Part A

                                    i.       An INP telephone number may be
                                             assigned by CO-PROVIDER only to
                                             CO-PROVIDER's Customers located
                                             within U S WEST's local calling
                                             area and toll rating area that is
                                             associated with the NXX of the
                                             ported number. This is to prevent
                                             the possibility of Customers using
                                             number portability to extend the
                                             local calling area.

                                    ii.      INP is applicable only if
                                             CO-PROVIDER is engaged in a
                                             reciprocal traffic exchange
                                             arrangement with U S WEST.

                                    iii.     INP is not offered for NXX Codes
                                             555, 976, 960 and 1+ sent-paid
                                             telephones, and Service Access
                                             Codes (i.e., 500, 700, 800/888,
                                             900). INP is not available for FGA
                                             seven-digit numbers (including
                                             foreign exchange (FEX), FX and
                                             FX/ONAL and foreign Central Office
                                             service).. Furthermore, INP numbers
                                             may only be used consistent with
                                             network efficiency and integrity,
                                             i.e., inhibitions on mass calling
                                             events.

                                    iv.      The ported telephone number will be
                                             returned to the switch which
                                             originally had the ported number
                                             when the ported service is
                                             disconnected. The normal intercept
                                             announcement will be provided by
                                             the porting company for the period
                                             of time until the telephone number
                                             is reassigned.

                                    v.       Within thirty (30) days after the
                                             Effective Date of this Agreement,
                                             U S WEST shall provide CO-PROVIDER
                                             a list of those features that are
                                             not available for INP telephone
                                             numbers due to technical
                                             limitations.

                  42.1.3   ORDERING AND MAINTENANCE

                           (a)      CO-PROVIDER is responsible for all direct
                                    interactions with CO-PROVIDER's end users
                                    with respect to ordering and maintenance.

                           (b)      U S WEST shall exchange with CO-PROVIDER SS7
                                    TCAP messages as required for the
                                    implementation of Custom Local Area
                                    Signaling Services (CLASS) or other features
                                    available in the U S WEST network.

                           (c)      Each Party's designated INP switch must
                                    return answer and disconnect supervision to
                                    the other Party's switch.

                           (d)      U S WEST shall disclose to CO-PROVIDER any
                                    technical or capacity limitations that would
                                    prevent use of a requested INP in a
                                    particular switching office.

                           (e)      The Parties will develop and implement an
                                    efficient deployment process to ensure call
                                    routing integrity for toll and local calls,
                                    with the objective to eliminate Customer
                                    downtime.

                           (f)      For INP, CO-PROVIDER shall have the right to
                                    use the existing U S WEST 911 infrastructure
                                    for all 911 capabilities. When RCF is used
                                    for CO-PROVIDER subscribers, both the ported
                                    numbers and shadow numbers shall be stored
                                    in the ALI databases. CO-PROVIDER shall have
                                    the right to verify the accuracy of the
                                    information in the ALI databases via direct


<PAGE>

                                                                          Part A

                                    connection to the SCC ALI database pursuant
                                    to the same process and procedures SCC makes
                                    available to U S WEST.

         42.2     Permanent Number Portability (PNP)

                  42.2.1   UPON implementation of Permanent Number Portability
                           (PNP) pursuant to FCC regulations, both Parties agree
                           to conform and provide such Permanent Number
                           Portability. To the extent consistent with the FCC
                           rules as amended from time to time, the requirements
                           for PNP shall include the following:

                  42.2.2   Subscribers must be able to change local service
                           providers and retain the same telephone number(s)
                           consistent with FCC rules and regulations.

                  42.2.3   The PNP network architecture shall not subject
                           alternate local exchange carriers to any degradation
                           of service compared to U S WEST in any relevant
                           measure, including transmission quality, switching
                           and transport costs, increased call set-up time and
                           post-dial delay, and CO-PROVIDER shall not be
                           required to rely on the U S WEST network for calls
                           completing to its ported Customers.

                  42.2.4   When an office is equipped with PNP, in accordance
                           with the procedures specified by the North American
                           Numbering Council, the NXXs in the office shall be
                           defined as portable and translations will be changed
                           in the Parties' switches to open those NXXs for
                           database queries.

                  42.2.5   When an NXX is defined as portable, it shall also be
                           defined as portable in all PNPcapable offices which
                           have direct trunks to the given switch.

                  42.2.6.  Upon introduction of PNP in an Metropolitan
                           Statistical Area ("MSA"), the applicable switches
                           will be converted according to a published schedule
                           with no unreasonable delay. All portable NXXs shall
                           be recognized as portable, with queries launched from
                           these switches.

                  42.2.7   Prior to implementation of PNP, the Parties agree to
                           develop, implement, and maintain efficient methods to
                           maintain 911 database integrity when a subscriber
                           ports to another service provider. The Parties agree
                           that the Customer should not be dropped from the 911
                           database during the transition.

                  42.2.8   When a subscriber ports to another service provider
                           and has previously secured a reservation of line
                           numbers from the donor provider for possible
                           activation at some future point, these reserved but
                           inactive numbers shall "port" along with the active
                           numbers being ported by the subscriber. So long as
                           CO-PROVIDER maintains the reserved numbers, U S WEST
                           shall not reassign said numbers. The Parties will
                           allocate the revenue generated from number
                           reservations in accordance with a schedule to be
                           mutually agreed upon by the Parties within ninety
                           (90) days of the Effective Date of this Agreement.

                  42.2.9   During the process of porting a subscriber, the donor
                           service provider shall implement the 10-Digit trigger
                           feature, when the technology is made available in
                           each switch in accordance with the schedules adopted
                           by the FCC. When the donor provider receives the
                           porting request, the unconditional trigger shall be
                           applied to the subscriber's line at the time that has
                           been agreed to via the Western Region LNP Operations
                           Guidelines in order to overcome donor network time
                           delays in the disconnection of the subscriber.
                           Alternatively, when an activation notice is sent to
                           an NPAC to trigger a broadcast to service provider
                           databases, the donor


<PAGE>

                                                                          Part A

                           switch shall have its translations changed to
                           disconnect the subscriber's line within thirty (30)
                           minutes or less after the donor network Local SMS's
                           has received the broadcast. Porting requests that
                           require coordination between service providers, in
                           accordance with the guidelines, will be handled on a
                           case-by-case basis and will not be covered by the
                           above.

                  42.2.10  Both CO-PROVIDER and U S WEST shall:

                           (a)      support all emergency and operator services.

                           (b)      use scarce numbering resources efficiently
                                    and administer such resources in a
                                    competitively neutral manner.

                           (c)      jointly cooperate with each other to provide
                                    the information necessary to rate and bill
                                    all types of calls.

                           (d)      jointly cooperate with each other to apply
                                    PNP consistently on a nationwide basis, and
                                    in accordance with all FCC directives.

                  42.2.11  A ten-digit code, consistent with the North American
                           Numbering Plan, shall be used as a network address
                           for each switch that terminates subscriber lines,
                           i.e., an end office. This address shall support
                           existing six-digit routing and may be implemented
                           without changes to existing switch routing
                           algorithms. In existing end offices, this address
                           shall be selected from one of its existing NPA-NXXs.
                           New end offices shall be assigned an address through
                           normal administrative processes.

                  42.2.12  PNP employs an "N-1" (N minus 1) Query Strategy for
                           interLATA or intraLATA toll calls, by which the
                           originating carrier will pass the call to the
                           appropriate toll carrier who will perform a query to
                           an external routing database and efficiently route
                           the call to the appropriate terminating local carrier
                           either directly or through an access tandem office.

                  42.2.13  U S WEST shall furnish CO-PROVIDER with the first six
                           (6) digits of the originating address when it
                           supplies CO-PROVIDER with the Jurisdiction
                           Information Parameter for the originating address
                           message.

                  42.2.14  U S WEST agrees to begin the introduction of PNP to
                           end user subscribers who may begin changing local
                           service providers and retaining their existing
                           telephone number based on the time line set out by
                           the FCC in its Telephone Number Portability Order (CC
                           Docket No. 95-116), or in accordance with a
                           Commission order if such time for introduction of PNP
                           set by the Commission is earlier than would result
                           under the FCC Order.

                  42.2.15  The generic requirements for the PNP alternative will
                           be implemented in accordance with industry-standard
                           specifications.

                  42.2.16  For a local call to a ported number, the originating
                           carrier is the "N-1" carrier. It will perform an
                           external database query as soon as the call reaches
                           the first PNPcapable switch in the call path and pass
                           the call to the appropriate terminating carrier. A
                           PNP-capable originating switch shall query on a local
                           call to a portable NXX as soon as it determines that
                           it (the originating switch) does not serve the dialed
                           number.


<PAGE>

                                                                          Part A

                  42.2.17  U S WEST shall be the default carrier for database
                           queries where CO-PROVIDER is unable to perform its
                           own query due to abnormal conditions. CO-PROVIDER
                           shall be the default carrier for database queries
                           where U S WEST is unable to perform its own query due
                           to abnormal conditions.

                  42.2.18  U S WEST will provide CO-PROVIDER PNP for subscribers
                           moving to a different location, or staying at the
                           same location, within the same rate center area.

                  42.2.19  U S WEST will work cooperatively with other local
                           service providers to establish the Western Region
                           Number Portability Administration Center/Service
                           Management System (SMS). The SMS shall be
                           administered by a neutral third party to provide for
                           the efficient porting of numbers between carriers.
                           There must be one (1) exclusive NPAC per portability
                           State or region, and U S WEST shall provide all
                           information uploads and downloads regarding ported
                           numbers to/from, respectively, the exclusive NPAC. U
                           S WEST and CO-PROVIDER shall cooperate to facilitate
                           the expeditious deployment of PNP through the process
                           prescribed by the FCC, including, but not limited to,
                           participation in the selection of a neutral third
                           party and development of SMS, as well as SMS testing
                           for effective procedures, electronic system
                           interfaces, and overall readiness for use consistent
                           with that specified for provisioning in this
                           Agreement.

         42.3     REQUIREMENTS FOR INP AND NP

                  42.3.1   [Intentionally left blank for numbering consistency]

                  42.3.2   CUT-OVER PROCESS

                           The Parties shall cooperate in the process of porting
                           numbers from one carrier to another so as to limit
                           service outage for the ported subscriber. This shall
                           include, but not be limited to, each Party updating
                           its respective network element translations within
                           fifteen (15) minutes following notification by the
                           industry SMS, or ported-to local service provider,
                           and deploying such temporary translations as may be
                           required to minimize service outage, e.g.,
                           unconditional triggers. In addition, CO-PROVIDER
                           shall have the right to determine who initiates the
                           order for INP in specific cut-over situations. The
                           time frames in this paragraph shall be pursuant to
                           Generic Requirements for SCP Application and GTT
                           Function for Number Portability, Issue 0.99, January
                           6,1997 and subsequent versions which may be adopted
                           from time to time. The Parties shall cooperate to
                           review and, if necessary, adjust the above time frame
                           based on their actual experiences.

                  42.3.3   TESTING

                           U S WEST and CO-PROVIDER shall cooperate in
                           conducting CO-PROVIDER's testing to ensure
                           interconnectivity between systems. U S WEST shall
                           inform CO-PROVIDER of any system updates that may
                           affect the CO-PROVIDER network and U S WEST shall, at
                           CO-PROVIDER's request, perform tests to validate the
                           operation of the network. Additional testing
                           requirements may apply as specified by this
                           Agreement.

                  42.3.4   ENGINEERING AND MAINTENANCE

                           (a)      U S WEST and CO-PROVIDER will cooperate to
                                    ensure that performance of trunking and
                                    signaling capacity is engineered and managed
                                    at levels which are at least the same level
                                    of service as provided by U S WEST to its


<PAGE>

                                                                          Part A

                                    subscribers and to ensure effective
                                    maintenance testing through activities such
                                    as routine testing practices, network
                                    trouble isolation processes and review of
                                    operational elements for translations,
                                    routing and network fault isolation.

                           (b)      Additional specific engineering and
                                    maintenance requirements shall apply as
                                    specified in this Agreement.

                  42.3.5   RECORDING AND BILLING

                           The Parties shall provide each other with accurate
                           billing and subscriber account record exchange data
                           necessary for billing their subscribers whose numbers
                           have been ported.

                  42.3.6   OPERATOR SERVICES AND DIRECTORY ASSISTANCE

                           With respect to operator services and directory
                           assistance associated with NP for CO-PROVIDER
                           subscribers, U S WEST shall provide the following:

                           (a)      While INP is deployed and prior to
                                    conversion to PNP:

                                    i.       The Parties acknowledge that
                                             technology, as of the Effective
                                             Date of this Agreement, does not
                                             permit the provision of BLV/BLI to
                                             ported numbers. When such becomes
                                             available in the U S WEST network,
                                             such technology shall be made
                                             available to CO-PROVIDER.

                                    ii.      U S WEST shall allow CO-PROVIDER to
                                             order provisioning of Telephone
                                             Line Number (TLN) calling cards and
                                             Billed Number Screening (BNS), in
                                             its LIDB, for ported numbers, as
                                             specified by CO-PROVIDER. U S WEST
                                             shall continue to allow CO-PROVIDER
                                             access to its LIDB. Other LIDB
                                             provisions are specified in this
                                             Agreement.

                                    iii.     Where U S WEST has control of
                                             Directory Listings for NXX codes
                                             containing ported numbers, U S WEST
                                             shall maintain entries for ported
                                             numbers as specified by CO-PROVIDER
                                             in accordance with the Listings
                                             Section of this Agreement.

                           (b)      When PNP is in place:

                                    i.       The provisions in Section 42.3.6
                                             preceding, shall apply when PNP is
                                             in place.

                                    ii.      If Integrated Services Digital
                                             Network User Part (ISUP) signaling
                                             is used, U S WEST shall provide the
                                             Jurisdiction Information Parameter
                                             in the SS7 Initial Address Message.
                                             (See Generic Switching and
                                             Signaling Requirements for Number
                                             Portability, Issue 1.0, February
                                             12, 1996 (Editor - Lucent
                                             Technologies, Inc.)).

                                    iii.The  Parties shall provide, when
                                             received from the NPAC, a 10-Digit
                                             Global Title Translation (GTT) Node
                                             for routing queries for TCAP based
                                             operator services (e.g., LIDB). The
                                             acquiring company will provide the
                                             GTT to the NPAC. The NPAC will
                                             distribute this information to the
                                             donor company and all other
                                             parties.


<PAGE>

                                                                          Part A

                                    IV.      U S WEST OSS shall meet all
                                             requirements specified in "Generic
                                             Operator Services Switching
                                             Requirements for Number
                                             Portability", Issue 1.1, June 20,
                                             1996, as updated from time to time.

43.      DIALING PARITY

         43.1     The Parties shall provide dialing parity to each other as
                  required under Section 251(b)(3) of the Act or state law or
                  regulation as appropriate.

         43.2     U S WEST shall ensure that all CO-PROVIDER Customers
                  experience the same dialing parity as similarly-situated
                  Customers of U S WEST services, such that, for example, for
                  all call types: (a) an CO-PROVIDER Customer is not required to
                  dial any greater number of digits than a similarly-situated U
                  S WEST Customer; and (b) the CO-PROVIDER Customer may retain
                  its local telephone number, so long as the Customer continues
                  receiving service in the same central office serving area.

44.      DIRECTORY LISTINGS

         44.1     DIRECTORY LISTINGS GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

                  44.1.1   This Section 44 pertains to Directory Listings
                           requirements for the appearance of CO-PROVIDER end
                           user Directory Listings in directory assistance
                           service or directory product.

                  44.1.2   U S WEST shall include in its master Directory
                           Listing database all list information for CO-PROVIDER
                           Customers.

                  44.1.3   U S WEST shall not sell or license, nor allow any
                           third party, the use of CO-PROVIDER Customer Listings
                           without the prior written consent of CO-PROVIDER. U S
                           WEST shall not disclose nor allow any third party to
                           disclose non-listed name or address information for
                           any purpose other than what may be necessary to
                           complete directory distribution.

                  44.1.4   CO-PROVlDER Customer Listings in the U S WEST
                           Directory Assistance database and Directory Listing
                           database shall be co-mingled with Listings of U S
                           WEST and other CLEC Customers.

                  44.1.5   Each CO-PROVIDER Customer Primary Listing shall be
                           provided, at no charge, the same white page listings
                           that U S WEST provides its Customers.

                  44.1.6   Each CO-PROVIDER business Customer Primary Listing
                           shall be provided, at no charge, the same yellow page
                           classified courtesy Listings that U S WEST provides
                           its Customers.


<PAGE>

                                                                          Part A

                  44.1.7   U S WEST shall also ensure that its directory
                           publisher publishes all types of Listings for
                           CO-PROVIDER Customers that are available to U S WEST
                           Customers under the same terms, and conditions,
                           including, but not limited to: -

                           (a)      Foreign listings
                           (b)      Reference listings
                           (c)      Information listings
                           (d)      Alternate call listings
                           (e)      Multi-line listings
                           (f)      Multi-line/Multi-owner listings

                  44.1.8   CO-PROVIDER end user Listings properly identified by
                           CO-PROVIDER as State, Local, and Federal government
                           Listings shall be appropriately coded in the U S WEST
                           Directory Listing database. U S WEST will provide
                           government code information to CO-PROVIDER.

                  44.1.9   The listing and handling of CO-PROVIDER listed and
                           non-listed telephone numbers shall be at least at
                           parity with that provided by U S WEST to its own
                           Customers, including CO-PROVIDER customers who have
                           ported telephone numbers from US WEST.

                  44.1.10  U S WEST shall ensure that its directory publisher
                           publishes CO-PROVIDER sales, service, billing, and
                           repair information for business and residential
                           Customers, along with the CO-PROVIDER logo in the
                           customer information/guide pages of each directory at
                           no charge to CO-PROVIDER.

                  44.1.11  US WEST is responsible for maintaining Listings,
                           including entering, changing, correcting, rearranging
                           and removing listings in accordance with CO-PROVIDER
                           orders. Upon request, and at least one (1) month
                           prior to a given white page directory close, a method
                           of reviewing and correcting Listings will be
                           provided.

                  44.1.12  FOR WHITE PAGES AND YELLOW PAGES ADVERTISING, U S
                           WEST SHALL ENSURE THAT (a) U S WEST'S DIRECTORY
                           PUBLISHER SELL SUCH ADVERTISING ON A
                           NONDISCRIMINATORY BASIS TO CO-PROVIDER CUSTOMERS, (b)
                           CHARGES FOR SUCH ADVERTISING WILL BE BILLED BY U S
                           WEST'S DIRECTORY PUBLISHER IN THE SAME MANNER AS IT
                           BILLS FOR U S WEST'S CUSTOMERS' ADVERTISEMENTS, AND
                           (c) CO-PROVIDER SHALL RECEIVE COMMISSIONS OR OTHER
                           COMPENSATION FROM U S WEST'S DIRECTORY PUBLISHER ON
                           ALL COMPENSATION GENERATED BY SUCH ADVERTISING AT NO
                           LESS THAN THE COMMISSION OR COMPENSATION RATE PAID TO
                           U S WEST OR ANY OF ITS AFFILIATES.(22)

                  44.1.13  U S WEST will permit CO-PROVIDER Customers to place
                           orders for Premium Listings and privacy listings.
                           CO-PROVIDER will be charged for Premium Listings and
                           privacy listings at U S WEST's general exchange
                           tariff rates less the wholesale discount rate. The
                           Premium and privacy listing charges will be billed to
                           CO-PROVIDER and itemized at the telephone number
                           sub-account level.

                  44.1.14  U S WEST shall ensure a third party distributes
                           appropriate alphabetical and classified directories
                           (white and yellow pages) and recycling services to
                           CO-PROVIDER Customers at parity with U S WEST end
                           users, including providing directories, a) upon
                           establishment of new service; b) during annual mass
                           distribution; and c) upon Customer request.

- ----------
(22)   Procedural Order, July 14,1997, pages 6-8.


<PAGE>

                                                                          Part A

                  44.1.15  AT NO CHARGE, USWEST SHALL ENSURE THAT EACH DIRECTORY
                           COVER INDICATES INCLUSION OF CO-PROVIDER CUSTOMER
                           LISTINGS.(23)

                  44.1.16  U S WEST will provide the option of having CENTREX
                           users listed when CO-PROVIDER purchases CENTREX type
                           services for resale.

                  44.1.17  CO-PROVIDER SHALL RECEIVE THE SAME TREATMENT AS U S
                           WEST RECEIVES WITH RESPECT TO WHITE AND YELLOW PAGE
                           MATTERS.(24)

         44.2     SCOPE

                  44.2.1   CO-PROVIDER grants U S WEST a non-exclusive license
                           to incorporate Listings information into its
                           Directory Assistance database. CO-PROVIDER shall
                           select one of two options for U S WEST's use of
                           Listings and dissemination of Listings to third
                           parties.

                           EITHER:

                           (a)      Treat the same as U S WEST's end user
                                    listings - No prior authorization is needed
                                    for U S WEST to release Listings to
                                    directory publishers or other third parties.
                                    U S WEST will incorporate Listings
                                    information in all existing and future
                                    Directory Assistance applications developed
                                    by U S WEST. CO-PROVIDER authorizes U S WEST
                                    to sell and otherwise make Listings
                                    available to directory publishers. Listings
                                    shall not be provided or sold in such a
                                    manner as to segregate end users by carrier.

                           OR:

                           (b)      Restrict to U S WEST's Directory Assistance
                                    services -- Prior authorization required
                                    from CO-PROVIDER for all other uses.
                                    CO-PROVIDER makes its own, separate
                                    agreements with U S WEST, third Parties and
                                    directory publishers for all uses of its
                                    listings beyond DA. U S WEST will sell or
                                    provide Listings to directory publishers
                                    (including U S WEST's publisher affiliate)
                                    or other third Parties only after the third
                                    party presents proof of CO-PROVIDER's
                                    authorization. Listings shall not be
                                    provided or sold in such a manner as to
                                    segregate end users by carrier.

                           (c)      U S WEST SHALL BE ENTITLED TO RETAIN ALL
                                    REVENUE ASSOCIATED WITH ANY SALES PURSUANT
                                    TO SUBPARAGRAPHS (a) AND (b) ABOVE.(25)

         44.3     U S WEST will take reasonable steps in accordance with
                  industry practices to accommodate non-published and non-listed
                  Listings provided that CO-PROVIDER has supplied U S WEST the
                  necessary privacy indicators on such Listings.

- ----------
(23)   Arizona Bench Order, May 29, 1997, p. 1600, Procedural Order, July 14,
       1997 at page 9.

(24)   Arizona Bench Order, May 29, 1997, p. 1600, Procedural Order, July 14,
       1997 at page 9.

(25)   Procedural order, July 14, 1997 at page 10.


<PAGE>

                                                                          Part A

         44.4     CO-PROVIDER RESPONSIBILITIES

                  44.4.1   CO-PROVIDER AGREES TO PROVIDE TO U S WEST ITS end
                           user names, addresses and telephone numbers in a
                           standard mechanized format, as utilized by U S WEST.

                  44.4.2   CO-PROVIDER will supply its ACNA/CIC or CLCC/OCN, as
                           appropriate, with each order to provide U S WEST the
                           means of identifying listings ownership.

                  44.4.3   CO-PROVIDER REPRESENTS THE END USER information
                           provided to U S WEST is accurate and correct.
                           CO-PROVIDER further represents that it has reviewed
                           all listings provided to U S WEST, including end user
                           requested restrictions on use such as non-published
                           and non-listed.

                  44.4.4   CO-PROVIDER is responsible for dealings with, and on
                           behalf of, CO-PROVIDER's end users on the following
                           subjects:

                           a)       All end user account activity, e.g., end
                                    user queries and complaints.

                           b)       All account maintenance activity, e.g.,
                                    additions, changes, issuance of orders for
                                    Listings to U S WEST.

                           c)       Determining privacy requirements and
                                    accurately coding the privacy indicators for
                                    CO-PROVIDER's end user information. If end
                                    user information provided by CO-PROVIDER to
                                    U S WEST does not contain a privacy
                                    indicator, no privacy restrictions will
                                    apply.

45.      [INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK FOR NUMBERING CONSISTENCY]

46.(26)  U S WEST DEX ISSUES

         U S WEST AND CO-PROVIDER AGREE THAT CERTAIN ISSUES, SUCH AS YELLOW PAGE
         ADVERTISING, DIRECTORY DISTRIBUTION, ACCESS TO CALL GUIDE PAGES, AND
         YELLOW PAGE LISTINGS, WILL BE THE SUBJECT OF NEGOTIATIONS BETWEEN
         CO-PROVIDER AND DIRECTORY PUBLISHERS, INCLUDING U S WEST DEX. U S WEST
         ACKNOWLEDGES THAT CO-PROVIDER MAY REQUEST U S WEST TO FACILITATE
         DISCUSSIONS BETWEEN CO-PROVIDER AND U S WEST DEX.

47.      ACCESS TO POLES, DUCTS, CONDUITS, AND RIGHTS OF WAY

         47.1(27) EACH PARTY SHALL PROVIDE THE OTHER PARTY NONDISCRIMINATORY
                  ACCESS TO POLES, DUCTS, RIGHTS-OF-WAY AND CONDUITS IT CONTROLS
                  ON TERMS, CONDITIONS AND PRICES AS DESCRIBED HEREIN. WHILE THE
                  LANGUAGE IN SECTION 47 DESCRIBES THE PROVISION OF POLES,
                  DUCTS, RIGHTS-OF-WAY AND CONDUITS BY U S WEST TO CO-PROVIDER,
                  THE LANGUAGE IN THIS SECTION SHALL APPLY RECIPROCALLY TO THE
                  PROVISION BY CO-PROVIDER TO U S WEST OF POLES, DUCTS,
                  RIGHTS-OF-WAY AND CONDUITS NOT USED BY CO-PROVIDER TO PROVIDE
                  EXCLUSIVELY LONG DISTANCE SERVICES.(28)

         47.2     [Intentionally left blank for numbering consistency]

- ----------
(26)   MCIm Order, p. 23 at Issue 36 and AT&T Order Issue 70.

(27)   MOIm Order, p. 22 at Issue 35.

(28)   MCIm Order, p.22 at Issue 35; Procedural Order, July 14,1997 at pages
     10-11.


<PAGE>

                                                                          Part A

         47.3     DEFINITIONS

                  "Poles, ducts, conduits and ROW' refer to all the physical
                  facilities and legal rights which provide for access to
                  pathways across public and private property. These include
                  poles, pole attachments, ducts, innerducts, conduits, building
                  entrance facilities, building entrance links, equipment rooms,
                  remote terminals, cable vaults, telephone closets, building
                  risers, rights-of-way, or any other requirements needed to
                  create pathways. These pathways may run over, under, across or
                  through streets, traverse private property, or enter
                  multi-unit buildings. A Right-of-Way ("ROW") is the right to
                  use the land or other property owned, leased, or controlled by
                  any means by U S WEST to place poles, ducts, conduits and ROW
                  or to provide passage to access such poles, ducts, conduits
                  and ROW. A ROW may run under, on, or above public or private
                  property (including air space above public or private
                  property) and shall include the right to use discrete space in
                  buildings, building complexes, or other locations.

         47.4     REQUIREMENTS

                  47.4.1   U S WEST shall make poles, duct, conduits and ROW
                           available to CO-PROVIDER upon receipt of a request
                           for use within the time periods provided in this
                           Section providing all information necessary to
                           implement such use and containing rates, terms and
                           conditions, including, but not limited to,
                           maintenance and use in accordance with this Agreement
                           and at least equal to those which it affords itself,
                           its Affiliates and others. Other users of these
                           facilities, including U S WEST, shall not interfere
                           with the availability or use of the facilities by
                           CO-PROVIDER.

                  47.4.2   Within ten (10) Business Days of CO-PROVIDER's
                           request for specific poles, ducts, conduits, or ROW,
                           U S WEST shall provide any information in its
                           possession or available to it regarding the
                           environmental conditions of such requested poles,
                           ducts, conduits or ROW route or location including,
                           but not limited to, the existence and condition of
                           asbestos, lead paint, hazardous substance
                           contamination, or radon. Information is considered
                           "available" under this Agreement if it is in U S
                           WEST's possession or files, or the possession of an
                           agent, contractor, employee, lessor, or tenant of U S
                           WEST's that holds such information on U S WEST's
                           behalf. If the poles, ducts, conduits or ROW contain
                           such environmental contamination, making the
                           placement of equipment hazardous, U S WEST shall
                           offer alternative poles, ducts, conduits or ROW for
                           CO-PROVIDER's consideration. U S WEST shall allow
                           CO-PROVIDER to perform any environmental site
                           investigations, including, but not limited to, Phase
                           I and Phase II environmental site assessments, as
                           CO-PROVIDER may deem to be necessary.

                  47.4.3   U S WEST shall not prevent or delay any third party
                           assignment of ROW to CO-PROVIDER.

                  47.4.4   U S WEST shall offer the use of such poles, ducts,
                           conduits and ROW it has obtained from a third party
                           to CO-PROVIDER, to the extent such agreement does not
                           prohibit U S WEST from granting such rights to
                           CO-PROVIDER. They shall be offered to CO-PROVIDER on
                           the same terms as are offered to U S WEST. U S WEST
                           SHALL EXERCISE ITS EMINENT DOMAIN AUTHORITY WHEN
                           NECESSARY TO EXPAND AN EXISTING ROW OVER PRIVATE
                           PROPERTY IN ORDER TO ACCOMMODATE A REQUEST FROM
                           CO-PROVIDER FOR ACCESS TO SUCH ROW.(29) CO-PROVIDER
                           shall

- ----------
(29)   AT&T Order, p. 30 at Issue 55.


<PAGE>

                                                                          Part A

                           reimburse U S WEST for U S WEST's reasonable costs,
                           if any, incurred as a result of the exercise of its
                           eminent domain authority on behalf of CO-PROVIDER in
                           accordance with the provisions of this paragraph.

                  47.4.5   U S WEST shall provide CO-PROVIDER equal and
                           non-discriminatory access to poles, ducts, conduit
                           and ROW and any other pathways on terms and
                           conditions equal to that provided by U S WEST to
                           itself or to any other Person. Further, U S WEST
                           shall not preclude or delay allocation of these
                           facilities to CO-PROVIDER because of the potential
                           needs of itself or of any other Person, except a
                           maintenance spare may be retained as described below.

                  47.4.6   U S WEST shall not attach, or permit other entities
                           to attach facilities on, within or overlashed to
                           existing CO-PROVIDER facilities without CO-PROVIDER's
                           prior written consent.

                  47.4.7   U S WEST AGREES TO PROVIDE CURRENT DETAILED
                           ENGINEERING AND OTHER PLANT RECORDS AND DRAWINGS FOR
                           SPECIFIC REQUESTS FOR POLES, DUCTS, CONDUIT AND ROW,
                           INCLUDING FACILITY ROUTE MAPS AT A CITY LEVEL, AND
                           THE FEES AND EXPENSES INCURRED IN PROVIDING SUCH
                           RECORDS AND DRAWINGS, ON THE EARLIER OF TWENTY (20)
                           BUSINESS DAYS FROM CO-PROVIDER'S REQUEST OR THE TIME
                           WITHIN WHICH U S WEST PROVIDES THIS INFORMATION TO
                           ITSELF OR ANY OTHER PERSON.(30) Such information
                           shall be of equal type and quality as that which is
                           available to U S WEST's own engineering and
                           operations staff. U S WEST shall also allow personnel
                           designated by CO-PROVIDER to jointly examine with U S
                           WEST personnel, at no cost to CO-PROVIDER for such
                           personnel, such engineering records and drawings for
                           a specific routing at U S WEST Central Offices and U
                           S WEST Engineering Offices upon ten (10) days'
                           written notice to U S WEST. U S WEST acknowledges
                           that the request for information and the subject
                           matter related to the request made under this Section
                           shall be treated as Proprietary Information.

                  47.4.8   U S WEST shall provide to CO-PROVIDER a Single Point
                           of Contact for negotiating all structure lease and
                           ROW arrangements.

                  47.4.9   U S WEST shall provide information regarding the
                           availability and condition of poles, ducts, conduit
                           and ROW within five (5) Business Days of
                           CO-PROVIDER's request if the information then exists
                           in U S WEST's records (a records based answer) and
                           within twenty (20) Business Days of CO-PROVIDER's
                           request if U S WEST must physically examine the
                           poles, ducts, conduits and ROW (a field based answer)
                           ("Request"). CO-PROVIDER shall have the option to be
                           present at the field based survey and U S WEST shall
                           provide CO-PROVIDER at least twenty-four (24) hours'
                           notice prior to the start of such field survey.
                           During and after this period, U S WEST shall allow
                           CO-PROVIDER personnel to enter manholes and equipment
                           spaces and view pole structures to inspect such
                           structures in order to confirm usability or assess
                           the condition of the structure. U S WEST shall send
                           CO-PROVIDER a written notice confirming availability
                           pursuant to the Request within such twenty (20) day
                           period ("Confirmation").

                  47.4.10  RESERVATION. FOR THE PERIOD BEGINNING AT THE TIME OF
                           THE REQUEST AND ENDING NINETY (90) DAYS FOLLOWING
                           CONFIRMATION, U S WEST SHALL RESERVE SUCH POLES,
                           DUCTS, CONDUIT AND ROW FOR CO-PROVIDER THAT
                           CO-PROVIDER MAY

- ----------
(30)   MCIm Order, p. 22, Issue 35.


<PAGE>

                                                                          Part A

                           REASONABLY REQUEST. CO-PROVIDER SHALL PAY AN
                           APPROPRIATE RESERVATION FEE MUTUALLY AGREED UPON BY
                           THE PARTIES FOR SUCH RESERVATION AND SHALL ELECT
                           WHETHER TO ACCEPT THE POLES, DUCTS, CONDUITS, OR ROW
                           WITHIN THE NINETY (90) DAY PERIOD FOLLOWING
                           CONFIRMATION. CO-PROVIDER MAY ACCEPT SUCH FACILITIES
                           BY SENDING WRITTEN NOTICE TO U S WEST ("ACCEPTANCE").

                           47.4.10.1   RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL. DURING THE
                                       RESERVATION PERIOD, IF ANOTHER PARTY,
                                       INCLUDING U S WEST, MAKES A BONA FIDE AND
                                       GOOD FAITH REQUEST FOR THE USE OF ANY
                                       POLES, DUCTS, CONDUITS OR ROW THAT
                                       CO-PROVIDER HAS PREVIOUSLY RESERVED,
                                       CO-PROVIDER SHALL HAVE A "RIGHT OF FIRST
                                       REFUSAL" OVER THESE FACILITIES. IF
                                       CO-PROVIDER CHOOSES TO EXERCISE ITS RIGHT
                                       OF FIRST REFUSAL, IT SHALL DO SO BY
                                       PROVIDING U S WEST WRITTEN NOTICE OF SAME
                                       WITHIN TEN (10) BUSINESS DAYS FOLLOWING
                                       RECEIPT OF WRITTEN NOTICE FROM U S WEST
                                       ADVISING CO-PROVIDER, OF THE BONA FIDE
                                       AND GOOD FAITH REQUEST.

                           47.4.10.2   EXERCISE OF RIGHT OF FIRST
                                       REFUSAL/RESERVATION. TO ENSURE PROPER USE
                                       OF RESERVED FACILITIES, AFTER THE
                                       EXPIRATION OF THE RESERVATION PERIOD OR
                                       UPON EXERCISE OF ITS RIGHT OF FIRST
                                       REFUSAL, WHICHEVER OCCURS EARLIER,
                                       CO-PROVIDER MUST BEGIN PAYING THE
                                       APPROVED RATE FOR ACCESS (WHETHER OR NOT
                                       IT HAS ACTUALLY INSTALLED CONDUIT OR
                                       CABLE) AND SHALL BEGIN CONSTRUCTION ON
                                       THE FACILITY WITHIN SIX (6) MONTHS, OR
                                       RELEASE ITS RESERVATION.

                  47.4.11  RESERVATION. AFTER ACCEPTANCE BY CO-PROVIDER,
                           CO-PROVIDER SHALL HAVE SIX (6) MONTHS TO BEGIN
                           ATTACHMENT AND/OR INSTALLATION OF ITS FACILITIES TO
                           THE POLES, DUCTS, CONDUIT AND ROW OR REQUEST U S WEST
                           TO BEGIN MAKE READY OR OTHER CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITIES.
                           ANY SUCH CONSTRUCTION, INSTALLATION OR MAKE READY BY
                           CO-PROVIDER SHALL BE COMPLETED BY THE END OF ONE (1)
                           YEAR AFTER ACCEPTANCE. CO-PROVIDER SHAII NOT BE IN
                           DEFAULT OF THE 6-MONTH OR 1-YEAR REQUIREMENT ABOVE IF
                           SUCH DEFAULT IS CAUSED IN ANY WAY BY ANY ACTION,
                           INACTION OR DELAY ON THE PART OF U S WEST OR ITS
                           AFFILIATES OR SUBSIDIARIES.

                  47.4.12  Make Ready. U S WEST shall rearrange, modify and/or
                           make ready existing poles, ducts, conduit and ROW
                           where necessary and feasible to provide space for
                           CO-PROVIDER's requirements. Subject to the
                           requirements above, the Parties shall endeavor to
                           mutually agree upon the time frame for the completion
                           of such work within five (5) days following
                           CO-Provider's request; provided, however, that any
                           such work required to be performed by U S WEST shall
                           be completed within sixty (60) days or a reasonable
                           period of time based on standard construction
                           intervals in the industry, unless otherwise agreed by
                           CO-PROVIDER in writing.

                  47.4.13  New Construction. After Acceptance, U S WEST shall
                           complete any new construction, relocation or
                           installation of poles, ducts, conduits or ROW
                           required to be performed by U S WEST or any U S WEST
                           construction, relocation or installation requested by
                           CO-PROVIDER within a reasonable period of time based
                           on standard construction intervals in the industry or
                           sixty (60) days after obtaining all governmental
                           authority or permits necessary to complete such
                           construction relocation or installation. If U S WEST
                           anticipates that construction, relocation or
                           installation will go beyond standard industry
                           intervals or the sixty (60) day period, U S WEST
                           shall immediately notify CO-PROVIDER and the Parties
                           shall mutually agree on a completion date.


<PAGE>

                                                                          Part A

                  47.4.14  CO-PROVIDER shall begin payment for the use of newly
                           constructed poles, ducts, conduit, and ROW upon
                           completion of such construction and installation and
                           confirmation by appropriate testing methods that the
                           facilities are in a condition ready to operate in
                           CO-PROVIDER's network or upon use (other than for
                           testing) by CO-PROVIDER, whichever is earlier.

                  47.4.15  CO-PROVIDER shall make payment for construction,
                           relocation, rearrangements, modifications and make
                           ready in accordance with Section 3.5 of Attachment 1
                           of this Agreement.

                  47.4.16  CO-PROVIDER SHALL BEGIN PAYMENT FOR THE USE OF
                           EXISTING POLES, DUCTS, CONDUIT AND ROW WITHIN NINETY
                           (90) DAYS FOLLOWING CONFIRMATION. (31)

                  47.4.17  CO-PROVIDER may, at its option, install its
                           facilities on poles, ducts, conduit and ROW and use
                           CO-PROVIDER or CO-PROVIDER designated personnel to
                           attach its equipment to such US WEST poles, ducts,
                           conduits and ROW.

                  47.4.18  If available, US WEST shall provide CO-PROVIDER space
                           in manholes for racking and storage of cable and
                           other materials as requested by CO-PROVIDER.

                  47.4.19  U S WEST shall rearrange, modify and/or make ready
                           any conduit system or poles with retired cable by
                           removing such retired cable from conduit systems or
                           poles to allow for the efficient use of conduit space
                           and pole space. U S WEST SHALL TAKE ALL REASONABLE
                           STEPS TO EXPAND ITS FACILITIES TO ACCOMMODATE
                           CO-PROVIDER'S REQUEST, AND SHALL DO SO IN ACCORDANCE
                           WITH THE TIME FRAMES SET FORTH IN THIS SECTION
                           47O(32) Before denying access based on a lack of
                           capacity, U S WEST must explore potential
                           accommodations with CO-PROVIDER.

                  47.4.20  Where U S WEST has innerducts which are not, at that
                           time, being used or are not reserved as emergency or
                           maintenance spare in accordance with FCC rules and
                           regulations, U S WEST shall offer such ducts for
                           CO-PROVIDER's use.

                  47.4.21  Where a spare innerduct does not exist, U S WEST
                           shall allow CO-PROVIDER to install an innerduct in U
                           S WEST conduit, at CO-PROVIDER's cost and expense. U
                           S WEST must review and approve any installation of
                           innerduct in any U S WEST's duct prior to the start
                           of construction. Such approval shall not be
                           unreasonably delayed, withheld or conditioned.
                           CO-PROVIDER shall provide notice to U S WEST of any
                           work activity not less than twenty-four (24) hours
                           prior to the start of construction.

                  47.4.22  Where U S WEST has any ownership or other rights to
                           ROW to buildings or building complexes, or within
                           buildings or building complexes, U S WEST shall offer
                           such ROW to CO-PROVIDER.

                           (a)      Subject to the approval of the building
                                    owner, if required, the right to use any
                                    available space owned or controlled by U S
                                    WEST in the building or building complex to
                                    install CO-PROVIDER equipment and
                                    facilities;

- ----------
(31)   MCIm Order, p. 22 at Issue 35.

(32)   AT&T Order, Issue 54.


<PAGE>

                                                                          Part A

                           (b)      Subject to the approval of the building
                                    owner, if required, ingress and egress to
                                    such space; and

                           (c)      Subject to the approval of the building
                                    owner, if required, the right to use
                                    electrical power at parity with U S WEST's
                                    rights to such power.

                  47.4.23  Whenever U S WEST intends to modify or alter any
                           poles, ducts, conduits or ROW which contain
                           CO-PROVIDER's facilities, U S WEST shall provide
                           written notification of such action to CO-PROVIDER so
                           that CO-PROVIDER may have a reasonable opportunity to
                           add to or modify its facilities. CO-PROVIDER shall
                           advise U S WEST, in writing, of its intentions to add
                           or modify the facilities within fifteen (15) Business
                           Days of U S WEST's notification. If CO-PROVIDER adds
                           to or modifies its facilities according to this
                           paragraph, CO-PROVIDER shall bear a proportionate
                           share of the costs incurred by U S WEST in making
                           such facilities accessible.

                  47.4.24  CO-PROVIDER shall not be required to bear any of the
                           costs of rearranging or replacing its facilities, if
                           such rearrangement or replacement is required as a
                           result of an additional attachment or the
                           modification of an existing attachment sought by any
                           entity other than CO-PROVIDER, including U S WEST.

                  47.4.25  U S WEST shall maintain the poles, ducts, conduits
                           and ROW at its sole cost. CO-PROVIDER shall maintain
                           its own facilities installed within the poles, ducts,
                           conduits and ROW at its sole cost. In the event of an
                           emergency, U S WEST shall beg in repair of its
                           facilities containing CO-PROVIDER's facilities within
                           a reasonable time frame based on industry standards
                           or a time frame requested by CO-PROVIDER. If U S WEST
                           cannot begin repair within the requested time frame,
                           upon notice and approval of U S WEST, which approval
                           shall not be unreasonably withheld, CO-PROVIDER may
                           begin such repairs without the presence of U S WEST
                           personnel. CO-PROVIDER may climb poles and enter the
                           manholes, handholds, conduits and equipment spaces
                           containing U S WEST's facilities in order to perform
                           such emergency maintenance, but only until such time
                           as qualified personnel of U S WEST arrives ready to
                           continue such repairs. For both emergency and
                           non-emergency repairs, CO-PROVIDER may use spare
                           innerduct or conduits, including the innerduct or
                           conduit designated by U S WEST as emergency spare for
                           maintenance purposes; provided, however, that
                           CO-PROVIDER may only use such spare conduit or
                           innerduct for a maximum period of ninety (90) days.

                  47.4.26  In the event of a relocation necessitated by a
                           governmental entity exercising the power of eminent
                           domain, when such relocation is not reimbursable, all
                           parties shall share pro rata in costs for relocating
                           the base conduit or poles and shall each pay its own
                           cost of cable and installation of the facilities in
                           the newly rebuilt U S WEST poles, ducts, conduits and
                           ROW.

48.      BONA FIDE REQUEST PROCESS FOR FURTHER UNBUNDLING

         48.1(33) Any request for Interconnection or access to an unbundled
                  Network Element not already available via price lists, tariff,
                  or as described herein shall be treated as a "Request" under
                  this Section.

- ----------
(33)   The MCIm Order, p. 9 at Issue 10, sets forth a stricter time line for U S
       WEST to follow in responding to BFRs than does the following agreed-upon
       language. The Parties have subsequently agreed to the time frames as set
       forth in this Section.


<PAGE>

                                                                          Part A

         48.2     U S WEST shall use the Bona Fide Request ("BFR")process as
                  described in this Section 48, to determine the technical
                  feasibility of the requested Interconnection or Network
                  Element(s) and, for those items found to be technically
                  feasible, to provide the terms and timetable for providing the
                  requested items. Additionally, elements, services and
                  functions which are materially or substantially different from
                  those services, elements or functions already provided by U S
                  WEST to itself, its Affiliates, Customers, or end users may,
                  at the discretion of CO-PROVIDER, be subject to this BFR.
                  process.

         48.3     A Request shall be submitted in writing and, at a minimum,
                  shall include: (a) a complete and accurate technical
                  description of each requested Network Element or
                  Interconnection; (b) the desired interface specifications; (c)
                  a statement that the Interconnection or Network Element will
                  be used to provide a Telecommunications Service; (d) the
                  quantity requested; (e) the location(s) requested; and (f)
                  whether CO-PROVIDER wants the requested item(s) and terms made
                  generally available. CO-PROVIDER may designate a Request as
                  Confidential.

         48.4     Within forty-eight (48) hours of receipt of a Request, U S
                  WEST shall acknowledge receipt of the Request and review such
                  Request for initial compliance with Subsection 48.3 above. In
                  its acknowledgment, U S WEST shall advise CO-PROVIDER of any
                  missing information reasonably necessary to move the Request
                  to the preliminary analysis described in Subsection 48.5
                  below.

         48.5     Unless otherwise agreed to by the Parties, within thirty (30)
                  calendar days of its receipt of the Request and all
                  information necessary to process it, U S WEST shall provide to
                  CO-PROVIDER a preliminary analysis of the Request. As
                  reasonably requested by CO-PROVIDER, U S WEST agrees to
                  provide status updates to CO-PROVIDER. U S WEST will notify
                  CO-PROVIDER if the quote preparation fee, if any, will exceed
                  $5,000. CO-PROVIDER will approve the continuation of the
                  development of the quote prior to U S WEST incurring any
                  reasonable additional expenses. The preliminary analysis shall
                  specify whether or not the requested Interconnection or access
                  to an unbundled Network Element is technically feasible and
                  otherwise qualifies as a Network Element or Interconnection as
                  defined under the Act.

                  48.5.1   IF U S WEST determines during the thirty (30) day
                           period that a Request is not technically feasible or
                           that the Request otherwise does not qualify as a
                           Network Element or Interconnection required to be
                           provided under the Act, U S WEST shall so advise
                           CO-PROVIDER as soon as reasonably possible of that
                           fact, and promptly provide a written report setting
                           forth the basis for its conclusion but in no case
                           later than ten (10) calendar days after making such
                           determination.

                  48.5.2   If U S WEST determines during the thirty (30) day
                           period that the Request is technically feasible and
                           otherwise qualifies under the Act, it shall notify
                           CO-PROVIDER in writing of such determination, no
                           later than ten (10) calendar days after making such
                           determination.

                  48.5.3   Unless otherwise agreed to by the Parties, as soon as
                           feasible, but no more than ninety (90) calendar days
                           after U S WEST notifies CO-PROVIDER that the Request
                           is technically feasible, U S WEST shall provide to
                           CO-PROVIDER a Request quote which will include, at a
                           minimum, a description of each Interconnection and
                           Network Element, the quantity to be provided, the
                           installation intervals (both initial and subsequent),
                           the impact on shared systems software interfaces, the
                           ordering process changes, the functionality
                           specifications, any interface specifications, and
                           either:


<PAGE>

                                                                          Part A

                           (a)      the applicable rates (recurring and
                                    nonrecurring), including the amortized
                                    development costs, as appropriate pursuant
                                    to Section 48.5.4 below, of the
                                    Interconnection or Network Element; or

                           (b)      the payment for development costs, as
                                    appropriate pursuant to Section 48.5.4
                                    below, of the Interconnection or Network
                                    Element and the applicable rates (recurring
                                    and nonrecurring), excluding the development
                                    costs.

                  48.5.4   The choice of using either option (a) or (b) above
                           shall be at U S WEST's sole discretion. A payment for
                           development cost, however, is appropriate only where
                           CO-PROVIDER is the only conceivable user of the
                           functionality (including consideration of U S WEST as
                           a potential user) or where the requested quantity is
                           insufficient to provide amortization.

         48.6     If U S WEST has used option (a) above in its Request quote,
                  then, within thirty (30) days of its receipt of the Request
                  quote, CO-PROVIDER must indicate its nonbinding interest in
                  purchasing the Interconnection or Network Element at the
                  stated quantities and rates, cancel it Request, or seek remedy
                  under the dispute resolution section of this Agreement.

         48.7     If U S WEST has used option (b) above in its Request quote,
                  then, within thirty (30) days of its receipt of the Request
                  quote, CO-PROVIDER must either agree to pay the development
                  costs of the Interconnection or Network Element, cancel its
                  Request, or seek remedy under the dispute resolution section
                  of this Agreement.

         48.8     If U S WEST has used option (b) in its Request quote and
                  CO-PROVIDER has accepted the quote, CO-PROVIDER may cancel the
                  Request at any time, but will pay U S WEST's reasonable
                  development costs of the Interconnection or Network Element up
                  to the date of cancellation.

         48.9     US WEST wiII use reasonable efforts to determine the technical
                  feasibility and conformance with the Act of the Request within
                  the first thirty-two (32) days of receiving the Request. In
                  the event U S WEST has used option (b) above in its Request
                  quote and U S WEST later determines that the Interconnection
                  or Network Element requested in the Request is not technically
                  feasible or otherwise does not qualify under the Act, U S WEST
                  shall notify CO-PROVIDER within ten (10) Business Days of
                  making such determination and CO-PROVIDER shall not owe any
                  compensation to U S WEST in connection with the Request. Any
                  quotation preparation fees or development costs paid by
                  CO-PROVIDER to the time of such notification shall be refunded
                  by U S WEST.

         48.10    To the extent possible, U S WEST will utilize information from
                  previously developed BFRs to address similar arrangements in
                  order to shorten the response times for the currently
                  requested BFR. In the event CO-PROVIDER has submitted a
                  Request for an Interconnection or a Network Element and U S
                  WEST determines in accordance with the provisions of this
                  Section 48 that the Request is technically feasible, the
                  Parties agree that CO-PROVIDER's subsequent request or order
                  for the identical type of Interconnection or Network Element
                  shall not be subject to the BFR process. To the extent U S
                  WEST has deployed an identical Network Element under a
                  previous BFR, a subsequent BFR is not required. For purposes
                  of this Section 48.10, an "identical" request shall be one
                  that is materially identical to a previous request with
                  respect to the information provided pursuant to Subsections
                  (a) through (e) of Section 48.3 above.

         48.11    In the event of a dispute under this Section 48, the Parties
                  agree to seek expedited Commission resolution of the dispute,
                  to be completed within twenty (20) days of


<PAGE>

                                                                          Part A

                  U S WEST's response denying CO-PROVIDER's BFR, and in no event
                  more than thirty (30) days after the filing of CO-PROVIDER's
                  petition. Alternatively, the Parties may mutually agree to
                  resolve any disputes under this section through the dispute
                  resolution process pursuant to Section 27, Part A of this
                  Agreement.

         48.12    All time intervals within which a response is required from
                  one Party to another under this Section 48 are maximum time
                  intervals. The Parties agree that they will provide all
                  responses to the other Party as soon as the Party has the
                  information and analysis required to respond, even if the time
                  interval stated herein for a response is not over.

49.      AUDIT PROCESS

         49.1     As used herein, "Audit" shall mean a comprehensive review of
                  services performed under this Agreement. Either Party (the
                  "Requesting Party") may perform up to three (3) Audits per
                  12-month period commencing with the Effective Date.

         49.2     Upon thirty (30) days' written notice by the Requesting Party
                  to the other Party (the "Audited Party"), the Requesting Party
                  shall have the right, through its authorized representative,
                  to make an Audit, during normal business hours, of any
                  records, accounts and processes which contain information
                  related to the services provided and performance standards
                  agreed to under this Agreement. Within the above-described
                  30-day period, the Parties shall reasonably agree upon the
                  scope of the Audit, the documents and processes to be
                  reviewed, and the time, place and manner in which the Audit
                  shall be performed. The Audited Party agrees to provide Audit
                  support, including appropriate access to and use of the
                  Audited Party's facilities (e.g., conference rooms,
                  telephones, copying machines).

         49.3     Each Party shall bear its own expenses in connection with the
                  conduct of the Audit. The reasonable cost of special data
                  extractions required by the Requesting Party to conduct the
                  Audit will be paid for by the Requesting Party. For purposes
                  of this Section 49.3, a "Special Data Extraction" shall mean
                  the creation of an output record or informational report (from
                  existing data files) that is not created in the normal course
                  of business. If any program is developed to the Requesting
                  Party's specifications and at the Requesting Party's expense,
                  the Requesting Party shall specify at the time of request
                  whether the program is to be retained by the Audited Party for
                  reuse for any subsequent Audit. Notwithstanding the foregoing,
                  the Audited Party shall pay all of the Requesting Party's
                  external expenses (including, without limitation, the fees of
                  any independent auditor), in the event an Audit results in an
                  adjustment in the charges or in any invoice paid or payable by
                  the Requesting Party hereunder in an amount that is, on an
                  annualized basis, more than the greater of (a) one percent
                  (1%) of the amount in dispute or (b) $10,000.

         49.4     Adjustments, credits or payments shall be made and any
                  corrective action shall commence within thirty (30) days from
                  the Audited Party's receipt of the final audit report to
                  compensate for any errors or omissions which are disclosed by
                  such Audit and are agreed to by the Parties. The highest
                  interest rate allowable by law for commercial transactions
                  shall be assessed and shall be computed by compounding daily
                  from the time of the original due date of the amount of
                  dispute.

         49.5     Neither such right to examine and audit nor the right to
                  receive an adjustment shall be affected by any statement to
                  the contrary appearing on checks or otherwise.

         49.6     This Section 49 shall survive expiration or termination of
                  this Agreement for a period of two (2) years after expiration
                  or termination of this Agreement.


<PAGE>

                                                                          Part A

         49.7     All transactions under this Agreement which are over
                  thirty-six (36) months old are no longer subject to Audit.

         49.8     All information received or reviewed by the Requesting Party
                  or the independent auditor in connection with the Audit is to
                  be considered Proprietary Information as defined by this
                  Agreement. The Audited Party reserves the right to require any
                  non-employee who is involved directly or indirectly in any
                  Audit or the resolution of its findings as described above to
                  execute a nondisclosure agreement satisfactory to the Audited
                  Party. To the extent an Audit involves access to information
                  of third parties, the Audited Party will aggregate such
                  competitors' data before release to the Requesting Party, to
                  insure the protection of the proprietary nature of information
                  of other competitors. To the extent a competitor is an
                  Affiliate of the Audited Party (including itself and its
                  subsidiaries), the Parties shall be allowed to examine such
                  Affiliate's disaggregated data, as required by reasonable
                  needs of the Audit.

         49.9     AN "EXAMINATION" SHALL MEAN AN INQUIRY REASONABLY REQUESTED BY
                  EITHER PARTY INTO A SPECIFIC ELEMENT OF OR PROCESS WHERE THE
                  REQUESTING PARTY RAISES A DISPUTE CONCERNING SERVICES
                  PERFORMED BY THE OTHER PARTY UNDER THIS AGREEMENT AND SUCH
                  DISPUTE HAS NOT BEEN RESOLVED THROUGH THE ESCALATION PROCESS
                  DESCRIBED IN THIS AGREEMENT. ONLY THAT INFORMATION THAT IS
                  NECESSARY TO RESOLVE THE DISPUTE IN ISSUE MUST BE PROVIDED IN
                  THE COURSE OF AN EXAMINATION AND THE TOTAL TIME INVOLVED IN AN
                  EXAMINATION FOR EACH PARTY MAY NOT EXCEED THREE (3) PEOPLE FOR
                  THREE (3) DAYS. APPROPRIATE PROVISIONS OF THIS SECTION 49 THAT
                  APPLY TO AUDITS SHALL ALSO APPLY TO EXAMINATIONS, EXCEPT THAT
                  EITHER PARTY MAY CONDUCT ONLY A TOTAL OF NINE (9) EXAMINATIONS
                  AND AUDITS PER YEAR, WITH A MAXIMUM OF THREE (3) AUDITS PER
                  YEAR.(34)

50.      MISCELLANEOUS SERVICES

         50.1     Basic 911 and E91 1 General Requirements

                  50.1.1   Basic 911 and E911 provides a caller access to the
                           appropriate emergency service bureau by dialing a
                           3-digit universal telephone number (911). Basic 911
                           and E911 access from Local Switching shall be
                           provided to CO-PROVIDER in accordance with the
                           following:

                  50.1.2   Each Party will be responsible for those portions of
                           the 911 System for which it has reasonable control,
                           including any necessary maintenance to each Party's
                           portion of the 911 System.

                  50.1.3   E911 shall provide additional routing flexibility for
                           911 calls. E911 shall use Customer data, contained in
                           the Automatic Location Identification/Data Management
                           System ("ALI/DMS"), to determine to which Public
                           Safety Answering Point (PSAP) to route the call.

                  50.1.4   If available in the U S WEST network, U S WEST shall
                           offer a third type of 911 service, S911. All
                           requirements for E911 also apply to S911 with the
                           exception of the type of signaling used on the
                           interconnection trunks from the local switch to the
                           E911 Tandem.

- ----------
(34)   Arizona Bench Order, May 29, 1997 Hearing, p.1613.


<PAGE>

                                                                          Part A

                  50.1.5   Basic 911 and E911 functions provided to CO-PROVIDER
                           shaII be at least at parity with the support and
                           services that U S WEST provides to its Customers for
                           such similar functionality.

                  50.1.6   Basic 911 and E911 access from Local Switching shall
                           be provided to CO-PROVIDER in accordance with the
                           following:

                           50.1.6.1    U S WEST shall conform to all state
                                       regulations concerning emergency
                                       services.

                           50.1.6.2    For E911 provided to resold lines or in
                                       association with unbundled switching, U S
                                       WEST shall use its service order process
                                       to update and maintain Customer
                                       information in the ALI/DMS data base.
                                       Through this process, U S WEST shall
                                       provide and validate Customer information
                                       resident or entered into the ALI/DMS data
                                       base.

                  50.1.7   US WEST shall provide for overflow 911 traffic
                           consistent with US WEST policy and procedure.

                  50.1.8   Basic 911 and E91 1 access from the CO-PROVIDER local
                           switch shall be provided to CO-PROVIDER in accordance
                           with the following:

                           50.1.8.1    If required by CO-PROVIDER, U S WEST
                                       shall interconnect direct trunks from the
                                       CO-PROVIDER network to the E911 Tandem
                                       for connection to the PSAP. Such trunks
                                       to the E91 1 Tandem may alternatively be
                                       provided by CO-PROVIDER.

                           50.1.8.2    In government jurisdictions where U S
                                       WEST has obligations under existing
                                       agreements as the primary provider of the
                                       911 System to the county, CO-PROVIDER
                                       shall participate in the provision of the
                                       911 System as follows:

                                       (a)   Each Party shall be responsible for
                                             those portions of the 911 System
                                             for which it has control, including
                                             any necessary maintenance to each
                                             Party's portion of the 911 System.

                                       (b)   U S WEST shall be responsible for
                                             maintaining the E-91 1 database.

                           50.1.8.3    If a third party is the primary service
                                       provider to a government agency,
                                       CO-PROVIDER shall negotiate separately
                                       with such third party with regard to the
                                       provision of 911 service to the agency.
                                       All relations between such third party
                                       and CO-PROVIDER are totally separate from
                                       this Agreement and U S WEST makes no
                                       representations on behalf of the third
                                       party.

                           50.1.8.4    If CO-PROVIDER or an Affiliate is the
                                       primary service provider to a government
                                       agency, CO-PROVIDER and U S WEST shall
                                       negotiate the specific provisions
                                       necessary for providing 911 service to
                                       the agency and shall include such
                                       provisions in an amendment to this
                                       Agreement.


<PAGE>

                                                                          Part A

                           50.1.8.5    Interconnection and database access shall
                                       be priced as specified in Attachment 1 to
                                       this Agreement or at any rate charged to
                                       other interconnected carriers, whichever
                                       is lower.

                           50.1.8.6    CO-PROVIDER will separately negotiate
                                       with each county regarding the collection
                                       and reimbursement to the county of
                                       applicable Customer taxes for 911
                                       service.

                           50.1.8.7    U S WEST shall comply with established,
                                       competitively neutral intervals for
                                       installation of facilities, including any
                                       collocation facilities, diversity
                                       requirements, etc.

                           50.1.8.8    In a resale situation, where it may be
                                       appropriate for U S WEST to update the
                                       ALI database, U S WEST shall update such
                                       database with CO-PROVIDER data in an
                                       interval no less than is experienced by
                                       U S WEST Customers, or than for other
                                       carriers, whichever is faster, at no
                                       additional cost.

                  50.1.9   The following are Basic 911 and E911 Database
                           Requirements:

                           50.1.9.1    The ALI database shall be managed by U S
                                       WEST, but is the property of U S WEST and
                                       any participating telephone company and
                                       CLEC for those records provided by the
                                       company.

                           50.1.9.2    US WEST, or its agent, will be
                                       responsible for maintaining the E-911
                                       Data Base. U S WEST, or its agent, will
                                       provide a copy of the Master Street
                                       Address Guide ("MSAG"), and periodic
                                       updates, to CO-PROVIDER.

                           50.1.9.3    Copies of the MSAG shall be provided
                                       within twenty-one (21) calendar days from
                                       the time requested and shall be provided
                                       on diskette, magnetic tape, or in a
                                       format suitable for use with desktop
                                       computers.

                           50.1.9.4    CO-PROVIDER assumes all responsibility
                                       for the accuracy of the data that
                                       CO-PROVIDER provides to U S WEST for MSAG
                                       preparation and E-91 1 Database
                                       operation.

                           50.1.9.5    CO-PROVIDER shall be solely
                                       responsible for providing CO-PROVIDER
                                       database records to U S WEST for
                                       inclusion in U S WEST's ALI database
                                       on a timely basis.

                           50.1.9.6    CO-PROVIDER will provide end user data to
                                       the U S WEST ALI database that are Master
                                       Street Address Guide (MSAG) valid.

                           50.1.9.7    CO-PROVIDER will update its end user
                                       records provided to the U S WEST ALI
                                       database to agree with the 911 MSAG
                                       standards for its service areas.

                           50.1.9.8    U S WEST and CO-PROVIDER shall arrange
                                       for the automated input and periodic
                                       updating of the E911 database
                                       information related to CO-PROVIDER end
                                       users for resold lines in accordance with
                                       Section 10.1 of Attachment 2 to this
                                       Agreement. CO-PROVIDER may request,
                                       through the BFR process, similar
                                       arrangements for CO-PROVIDER customers
                                       served on a non-resale basis. U S WEST
                                       will furnish CO-


<PAGE>

                                                                          Part A

                                    PROVIDER any variations to NENA
                                    recommendations required for ALI database
                                    input. The cost of magnetic tape transfer
                                    shall be borne by CO-PROVIDER.

                           50.1.9.9    U S WEST and CO-PROVIDER shall arrange
                                       for the automated input and periodic
                                       updating of the E91 1 database
                                       information related to CO-PROVIDER end
                                       users. For resold services, U S WEST
                                       shall work cooperatively with CO-PROVIDER
                                       to ensure the accuracy of the data
                                       transfer by verifying it against the
                                       Master Street Address Guide (MSAG). For
                                       CO-PROVIDER's customers served by
                                       unbundled Network Elements or through
                                       CO-PROVIDER's own facilities, CO-PROVIDER
                                       shall ensure the accuracy of its 911 data
                                       by verifying it against the MSAG.

                           50.1.9.10   CO-PROVIDER shall assign an E911 database
                                       coordinator charged with the
                                       responsibility of forwarding CO-PROVIDER
                                       end user ALI record information to U S
                                       WEST or via a third-party entity, charged
                                       with the responsibility of ALI record
                                       transfer. CO-PROVIDER assumes all
                                       responsibility for the accuracy of the
                                       data that CO-PROVIDER provides to U S
                                       WEST.

                           50.1.9.11   The Parties shall maintain a single point
                                       of contact to coordinate all E911
                                       activities under this Agreement.

                           50.1.9.12   For resold services, CO-PROVIDER shall
                                       provide information on new Customers to
                                       U S WEST within one (1) Business Day of
                                       the order completion. U S WEST shall
                                       update the database within two (2)
                                       Business Days of receiving the data from
                                       CO-PROVIDER. If U S WEST detects an error
                                       in the CO-PROVIDER provided data, the
                                       data shall be returned to CO-PROVIDER
                                       within two (2) Business Days from when it
                                       was provided to U S WEST. CO-PROVIDER
                                       shall respond to requests from U S WEST
                                       to make corrections to database record
                                       errors by uploading corrected records
                                       within two (2) business days. Manual
                                       entry shall be allowed only in the event
                                       that the system is not functioning
                                       properly. CO-PROVIDER may request,
                                       through the BFR process, similar services
                                       from U S WEST for their customers who are
                                       served on a non-resale basis.

                           50.1.9.13   The Parties will cooperate to implement
                                       the adoption of a Carrier Code (NENA
                                       standard five-character field) on all ALI
                                       records received from CO-PROVIDER, when
                                       those standards, NENA-02-OON, are adopted
                                       by the industry standards process. U S
                                       WEST will furnish CO-PROVIDER any
                                       variations from NENA recommendations
                                       required for ALI database input. The
                                       Carrier Code will be used to identify the
                                       carrier of record in INP configurations.

                           50.1.9.14   CO-PROVIDER will provide end user data to
                                       the U S WEST ALI database utilizing
                                       NENA-02-001 Recommended Formats For Data
                                       Exchange, and Recommended Standard For
                                       Street Thoroughfare Abbreviations and
                                       Protocols For Data Exchange and Data
                                       Quality utilizing NENA Recommended
                                       Formats for Data Exchange document dated
                                       June 1993.


<PAGE>

                                                                          Part A

                           50.1.9.15   U S WEST shall identify which ALI
                                       databases cover which states, counties or
                                       parts thereof, and identify and
                                       communicate a point of contact for each.

                           50.1.9.16   U S WEST will provide CO-PROVIDER with
                                       the identification of the U S WEST 911
                                       controlling office that serves each
                                       geographic area served by CO-PROVIDER.

                           50.1.9.17   U S WEST shall provide to CO-PROVIDER,
                                       for CO-PROVIDER Customers, E911/911 call
                                       routing to the appropriate Public Safety
                                       Answering Point ("PSAP") for resold
                                       lines. U S WEST shall provide and
                                       validate CO-PROVIDER Customer information
                                       to the PSAP in the same fashion as it
                                       does for its own Customers. U S WEST
                                       shall use its service order process to
                                       update and maintain, on the same schedule
                                       that it uses for its end users, the
                                       CO-PROVIDER Customer service information
                                       in the ALI/DMS used to support E91 1/911
                                       services. CO-PROVIDER may request,
                                       through the BFR process, similar services
                                       from U S WEST for their customers who are
                                       served on a non-resale basis.

                           50.1.9.18   CO-PROVIDER exchanges to be included in
                                       U S WEST's E911 Database will be
                                       indicated via written notice and will
                                       not require an amendment to this
                                       Agreement.

                  50.1.10  The following are Basic 9lI and E911 Network
                           Requirements:

                           50.1.10.1   U S WEST, at CO-PROVlDER option, shall
                                       provide a minimum of two (2) E911 trunks
                                       per jurisdictional area, or that quantity
                                       which will maintain P0I transmission
                                       grade of service, or the level of service
                                       provided by U S WEST to itself, whichever
                                       is the higher grade of service. These
                                       trunks will be dedicated to routing 911
                                       calls from CO-PROVIDER switch to a U S
                                       WEST E911 tandem.

                           50.1.10.2   U S WEST shall provide CO-PROVIDER a data
                                       link to the ALI/DMS database or permit
                                       CO-PROVIDER to provide its own data link
                                       to the ALI/DMS database. U S WEST shall
                                       provide error reports from the ALI/DMS
                                       database to CO-PROVIDER immediately after
                                       CO-PROVIDER inputs information into the
                                       ALI/DMS database. Alternately,
                                       CO-PROVIDER may utilize U S WEST or a
                                       third party entity to enter Customer
                                       information into the database on a demand
                                       basis, and validate Customer information
                                       on a demand basis.

                           50.1.10.3   U S WEST shall provide the selective
                                       routing of E911 calls received from
                                       CO-PROVIDER switching office. This
                                       includes the ability to receive the ANI
                                       of the CO-PROVIDER Customer, selectively
                                       route the call to the appropriate PSAP,
                                       and forward the Customer's ANI to the
                                       PSAP. U S WEST shall provide CO-PROVIDER
                                       with the appropriate CLLI codes and
                                       specifications regarding the tandem
                                       serving area associated addresses and
                                       meet points in the network.

                           50.1.10.4   Copies of E911 Tandem Boundary Maps shall
                                       be available to CO-PROVIDER. Each map
                                       shows the areas served by that E91
                                       tandem. The map provides CO-PROVIDER the
                                       information necessary to set up its
                                       network to route E911 callers to the
                                       correct E911 tandem.


<PAGE>

                                                                          Part A

                           50.1.10.5   CO-PROVIDER shall ensure that its switch
                                       provides an eight-digit ANI consisting of
                                       an information digit and the seven-digit
                                       exchange code. CO-PROVIDER shall also
                                       ensure that its switch provides the line
                                       number of the calling station. In the
                                       event of a change in industry standards,
                                       the Parties shall cooperate to
                                       incorporate the changed standards in
                                       their respective networks.

                           50.1.10.6   Each ALI discrepancy report shall be
                                       jointly researched by U S WEST and
                                       CO-PROVIDER. Corrective action shall be
                                       taken immediately by the responsible
                                       party.

                           50.1.10.7   Technical specifications for E911 network
                                       interface are available through U S WEST
                                       technical publication 77338. Technical
                                       specifications for database loading and
                                       maintenance are available through the
                                       third party database manager-- SCC.

                           50.1.10.8   U S WEST shall begin restoration of E911
                                       and/or E911 trunking facilities
                                       immediately upon notification of failure
                                       or outage. U S WEST must provide priority
                                       restoration of trunks or networks outages
                                       on the same terms/conditions it provides
                                       itself and without the imposition of
                                       Telecommunications Service Priority
                                       (TSP).

                           50.1.10.9   U S WEST shall identify any special
                                       Operator-assisted calling requirements to
                                       support 911.

                           50.1.10.10  Trunking shall be arranged to minimize
                                       the likelihood of central office
                                       isolation due to cable cuts or other
                                       equipment failures. There will be an
                                       alternate means of transmitting a 911
                                       call to a PSAP in the event of failures.

                           50.1.10.11  Circuits shall have interoffice, loop and
                                       carrier system diversity when such
                                       diversity can be achieved using existing
                                       facilities. Circuits will be divided as
                                       equally as possible across available
                                       carrier systems. Diversity will be
                                       maintained or upgraded to utilize the
                                       highest level of diversity available in
                                       the network.

                           50.1.10.12  Equipment and circuits used for 911 shall
                                       be monitored at all times. Monitoring of
                                       circuits shall be done to the individual
                                       circuit level. Monitoring shall be
                                       conducted by U S WEST for trunks between
                                       the tandem and all associated PSAPs.

                           50.1.10.13  Repair service shall begin immediately
                                       upon receipt of a report of a
                                       malfunction. Repair service includes
                                       testing and diagnostic service from a
                                       remote location, dispatch of or in-person
                                       visit(s) of personnel. Technicians will
                                       be dispatched without delay.

                           50.1.10.14  All 911 trunks must adhere to the
                                       Americans with Disabilities Act
                                       requirements.

                           50.1.10.15  The Parties will cooperate in the routing
                                       of 911 traffic in those instances where
                                       the ALI/ANI information is not available
                                       on a particular 911 call.


<PAGE>

                                                                          Part A

                           50.1.10.16  CO-PROVIDER is responsible for network
                                       management of its network components in
                                       compliance with the Network Reliability
                                       Council Recommendations and meeting the
                                       network standard of U S WEST for the 911
                                       call delivery.

                  50.1.11  Basic 911 and E911 Additional Requirements

                           50.1.11.1   All CO-PROVIDER lines that have been
                                       ported via INP shall reach the correct
                                       PSAP when 911 is dialed. U S WEST shall
                                       send both the ported number and the
                                       CO-PROVIDER number (if both are received
                                       from CO-PROVIDER). The PSAP attendant
                                       shall see both numbers where the PSAP is
                                       using a standard ALI display screen and
                                       the PSAP extracts both numbers from the
                                       data that is sent.

                           50.1.11.2   US WEST shall work with the appropriate
                                       government agency to provide CO-PROVIDER
                                       the ten-digit POTS number of each PSAP
                                       which sub-tends each U S WEST E91 1
                                       Tandem to which CO-PROVIDER is
                                       interconnected.

                           50.1.11.3   U S WEST will provide CO-PROVIDER with
                                       the ten-digit telephone numbers of each
                                       PSAP agency, for which U S WEST provides
                                       the 911 function, to be used by
                                       CO-PROVIDER operators for handling
                                       emergency calls in those instances where
                                       the CO-PROVIDER Customer dials "0"
                                       instead of "911."

                           50.1.11.4   CO-PROVIDER will provide U S WEST with
                                       the ten-digit telephone numbers of each
                                       PSAP agency, for which CO-PROVIDER
                                       provides the 911 function, to be used by
                                       U S WEST operators for handling emergency
                                       calls in those instances where the U S
                                       WEST Customer dials "0" instead of "911."

                           50.1.11.5   U S WEST shall notify CO-PROVIDER
                                       forty-eight (48) hours in advance of any
                                       scheduled testing or maintenance
                                       affecting CO-PROVIDER 911 service, and
                                       provide notification as soon as possible
                                       of any unscheduled outage affecting
                                       CO-PROVIDER 911 service.

                           50.1.11.6   CO-PROVIDER shall be responsible for
                                       reporting all errors, defects and
                                       malfunctions to U S WEST. U S WEST shall
                                       provide CO-PROVIDER with the point of
                                       contact for reporting errors, defects,
                                       and malfunctions in the service and shall
                                       also provide escalation contacts.

                           50.1.11.7   CO-PROVIDER may enter into subcontracts
                                       with third parties, including CO-PROVIDER
                                       affiliates, for the performance of any of
                                       CO-PROVIDER duties and obligations stated
                                       herein.

                           50.1.11.8   U S WEST shall provide sufficient
                                       planning information regarding
                                       anticipated moves to SS7 signaling for
                                       the next twelve (12) months.

                           50.1.11.9   U S WEST shall provide notification of
                                       any pending tandem moves, NPA splits, or
                                       scheduled maintenance outages, with
                                       enough time to react.

                           50.1.11.10  U S WEST shall provide "reverse ALI"
                                       inquiries by public safety entities,
                                       consistent with U S WEST's practices and
                                       procedures.


<PAGE>

                                                                          Part A

                           50.1.11.11  U S WEST shall manage NPA splits by
                                       populating the ALI database with the
                                       appropriate new NPA codes, consistent
                                       with U S WEST's practices and procedures
                                       for resold services.

                           50.1.11.12  US WEST must provide the ability for
                                       CO-PROVIDER to update 911 database with
                                       end user information for lines that have
                                       been ported via INP or NP.

                           50.1.11.13  The data in the ALI database shall be
                                       managed by US WEST but is the property of
                                       U S WEST and all participating telephone
                                       companies.

                  50.1.12  Performance Criteria. E-91 1 Database accuracy shall
                           be as set forth below:

                           50.1.12.1   Accuracy of ALI (Automatic Location
                                       Identification) data submitted by
                                       CO-PROVIDER to U S WEST will be measured
                                       jointly by the PSAPs and U S WEST. All
                                       such reports shall be forwarded to
                                       CO-PROVIDER by U S WEST and will indicate
                                       incidents when incorrect or no ALI data
                                       is displayed. A report regarding any
                                       inaccuracy shall be prepared by U S WEST.

                           50.1.12.2   Each discrepancy report will be jointly
                                       researched by U S WEST and CO-PROVIDER.
                                       Corrective action will be taken
                                       immediately by the responsible party.

                           50.1.12.3   Each party will be responsible for the
                                       accuracy of the Customer records it
                                       provides.

         50.2     DIRECTORY ASSISTANCE SERVICE

                  50.2.1   U S WEST shall provide for the routing of directory
                           assistance calls (including, but not limited to, 411,
                           555-1212, NPA-555-1212) dialed by CO-PROVIDER
                           Customers directly to either the CO-PROVIDER
                           Directory Assistance service platform or U S WEST
                           Directory Assistance service platform as specified by
                           CO-PROVIDER.

                  50.2.2   CO-PROVIDER Customers shall be provided the
                           capability by U S WEST to dial the same telephone
                           numbers for access to CO-PROVIDER Directory
                           Assistance that U S WEST Customers use to access U S
                           WEST Directory Assistance.

                  50.2.3   U S WEST shall provide Directory Assistance functions
                           and services to CO-PROVIDER for its Customers as
                           described below until, at CO-PROVIDER's discretion,
                           U S WEST routes calls to the CO-PROVIDER Directory
                           Assistance Services platform.

                           50.2.3.1    U S WEST agrees to provide CO-PROVIDER
                                       Customers with the same Directory
                                       Assistance service available to U S WEST
                                       Customers.

                           50.2.3.2    U S WEST shall notify CO-PROVIDER in
                                       advance of any changes or enhancements to
                                       its Directory Assistance service, and
                                       shall make available such service
                                       enhancements on a non-discriminatory
                                       basis to CO-PROVIDER.

                           50.2.3.3    U S WEST SHALL PROVIDE DIRECTORY
                                       ASSISTANCE to CO-PROVIDER Customers in
                                       accordance with U S WEST's internal
                                       operating


<PAGE>

                                                                          Part A

                                       procedures and standards, which shall, at
                                       a minimum, comply with accepted
                                       professional and industry standards.

                           50.2.3.4    U S WEST shall provide CO-PROVIDER with
                                       the same level of support for the
                                       provisioning of Directory Assistance as
                                       U S WEST provides itself.

                           50.2.3.5    Service levels shall comply, at a
                                       minimum, with Commission requirements for
                                       Directory Assistance.

                           50.2.3.6    U S WEST AGREES TO maintain an adequate
                                       operator work force based on a review and
                                       analysis of actual call attempts and
                                       abandonment rate.

                           50.2.3.7    SUBJECT TO THE APPLICABLE PROVISIONS OF
                                       THE APPLICABLE COLLECTIVE U S WEST
                                       BARGAINING AGREEMENTS, CO-PROVIDER SHALL
                                       BE PERMITTED TO PARTICIPATE IN ALL CALL
                                       MONITORING ACTIVITIES AVAILABLE TO U S
                                       WEST AND TO REMOTE CALL MONITOR AS
                                       CUSTOMARILY PRACTICED BY THE OUTSOURCE
                                       CUSTOMERS OF CALL CENTERS.(35)

                           50.2.3.8    U S WEST shall provide the following
                                       minimum Directory Assistance capabilities
                                       to CO-PROVIDER Customers:

                                       (a)   A maximum of two (2) Customer
                                             listings and/or addresses or U S
                                             WEST parity per CO-PROVIDER
                                             Customer request.

                                       (b)   Name and address to CO-PROVIDER
                                             Customers upon request, except for
                                             unlisted numbers, in the same
                                             states where such information is
                                             provided to U S WEST Customers.

                                       (c)   For CO-PROVIDER customers who are
                                             served exclusively through resold
                                             U S WEST retail services,
                                             CO-PROVIDER may resell U S WEST's
                                             Directory Assistance call
                                             completion services to the extent
                                             U S WEST offers call Directory
                                             Assistance completion to its own
                                             end users. For CO-PROVIDER
                                             customers who are served from an
                                             CO-PROVIDER switch, CO-PROVIDER may
                                             request Directory Assistance call
                                             completion services through the BFR
                                             process Such BFR process shall
                                             address the identification of the
                                             CO-PROVIDER end user at the U S
                                             WEST Directory Assistance platform
                                             for purposes of routing and billing
                                             of intraLATA and interLATA toll
                                             calls.

                                       (d)   The U S WEST mechanized interface
                                             with the U S WEST subscriber
                                             listing database is not available
                                             for CO-PROVIDER as of the Effective
                                             Date of this Agreement. When the
                                             mechanized interface is available,
                                             U S WEST will populate the
                                             Directory Assistance Database in
                                             the same manner and in the same
                                             time frame as for U S WEST
                                             Customers.

                                       (e)   Any information provided by a
                                             Directory Assistance Automatic
                                             Response Unit (ARU) shall be
                                             repeated the same number of

- ----------
(35)   Arizona Bench Order, May 29, 1997 Hearing, pp. 1613-1614.


<PAGE>

                                                                          Part A

                                             times for CO-PROVIDER Customers as
                                             for U S WEST Customers.

                                       (f)   When an CO-PROVIDER Customer served
                                             on a resale or unbundled switching
                                             basis requests a U S WEST directory
                                             assistance operator to provide
                                             instant credit on a directory
                                             assistance call, the U S WEST
                                             directory assistance operator shall
                                             inform the CO-PROVIDER Customer to
                                             call an 800 number for CO-PROVIDER
                                             Customer service to request a
                                             credit. The accurate identification
                                             of CO-PROVIDER as the customer's
                                             local service provider by the U S
                                             WEST directory assistance operator
                                             requires the use of separate
                                             CO-PROVIDER trunks to the Directory
                                             Assistance Platform.

                           50.2.3.9    For resold lines and unbundled switching,
                                       U S WEST shall provide data regarding
                                       billable events as requested by
                                       CO-PROVIDER.

                           50.2.3.10   U S WEST agrees to (a) provide to
                                       CO-PROVIDER operators, on line access to
                                       U S WEST's directory assistance database
                                       equivalent to the access provided to U S
                                       WEST operators; (b) allow CO-PROVIDER or
                                       an CO-PROVIDER designated operator bureau
                                       to license U S WEST's subscriber listings
                                       database on terms and conditions
                                       equivalent to the terms and conditions
                                       upon which U S WEST utilizes such
                                       databases; and (c) in conjunction with
                                       branded or unbranded directory assistance
                                       services pursuant to Section 8 of this
                                       Part A, provide caller-optional directory
                                       assistance call completion service which
                                       is comparable in every way to the
                                       directory assistance call completion
                                       service U S WEST makes available to its
                                       own users. CO-PROVIDER may, at its
                                       option, request U S WEST not to provide
                                       call completion services to CO-PROVIDER.

                           50.2.3.11   In addition to charges for directory
                                       assistance, when call completion for an
                                       intraLATA toll call is requested, the
                                       applicable charge for the completion of
                                       such intraLATA toll call will apply.

         50.3     OPERATOR SERVICES

                  50.3.1   U S WEST shall provide, for the routing of local
                           Operator Services calls (including, but not limited
                           to, 0+, 0-) dialed by CO-PROVIDER Customers directly
                           to either the CO-PROVIDER operator service platform
                           or U S WEST operator service platform as specified by
                           CO-PROVIDER.

                  50.3.2   CO-PROVIDER Customers shall be provided the
                           capability by U S WEST to dial the same telephone
                           numbers to access CO-PROVIDER operator service that
                           U S WEST Customers dial to access U S WEST operator
                           service.

                  50.3.3   U S WEST shall provide Operator Services to
                           CO-PROVIDER as described below until, at
                           CO-PROVIDER's discretion, U S WEST routes calls to
                           the CO-PROVIDER local Operator Services platform.

                           50.3.3.1    U S WEST AGREES TO PROVIDE CO-PROVIDER
                                       CUSTOMERS THE same Operator Services
                                       available to U S WEST Customers. U S WEST
                                       shall make available its service
                                       enhancements on a non-discriminatory
                                       basis.


<PAGE>

                                                                          Part A

                           50.3.3.2    U S WEST shall provide the following
                                       minimum Operator Service capabilities to
                                       CO-PROVIDER Customers:

                                       (a)   U S WEST shall complete 0+ and 0-
                                             dialed local calls, including
                                             0-Coin, Automatic Coin Telephone
                                             Service (ACTS) and the completion
                                             of coin calls, the collection of
                                             coins, and the provision of coin
                                             rates.

                                       (b)   U S WEST shall complete 0+
                                             intraLATA and, when offered,
                                             interLATA toll calls. The Parties
                                             will cooperate to develop industry
                                             standards to include the end user's
                                             PlC in operator services signaling
                                             and the development of associated
                                             routing procedures.

                                        (c)    U S WEST shall complete calls for
                                               CO-PROVIDER's Customers that are
                                               billed to calling cards and other
                                               commercial cards on the same
                                               basis as provided to U S WEST own
                                               customers and CO-PROVIDER shall
                                               designate to U S WEST the
                                               acceptable types of special
                                               billing.

                                       (d)   U S WEST shall complete
                                             person-to-person calls.

                                       (e)   U S WEST shall complete collect
                                             calls.

                                       (f)   U S WEST shall provide the
                                             capability for callers to bill to a
                                             third party and complete such
                                             calls.

                                       (g)   U S WEST shall complete
                                             station-to-station calls.

                                       (h)   U S WEST shall process emergency
                                             calls.

                                       (i)   U S WEST shall process Busy Line
                                             Verify and Busy Line Interrupt
                                             requests.

                                       (j)   U S WEST shall process emergency
                                             call trace in accordance with its
                                             normal and customary procedures.

                                       (k)   U S WEST shall process
                                             operator-assisted directory
                                             assistance calls.

                                       (l)   U S WEST operators shall provide
                                             CO-PROVIDER Customers with long
                                             distance rate quotes to the extent
                                             U S WEST provides such rate quotes
                                             to its own end users. Based on
                                             technology available as of the
                                             Effective Date of this Agreement,
                                             the provision of rate quotes to
                                             CO-PROVIDER Customers requires a
                                             separate CO-PROVIDER trunk group to
                                             the U S WEST operator services
                                             platform to identify the caller as
                                             an CO-PROVIDER Customer.

                                       (m)   U S WEST operators shall provide
                                             CO-PROVIDER Customers with time and
                                             charges to the extent U S WEST
                                             provides such time and charges to
                                             its own end users. Based on
                                             technology available as of the
                                             Effective Date of this Agreement,
                                             the


<PAGE>

                                                                          Part A

                                             provision of time and charges to
                                             CO-PROVIDER Customers requires a
                                             separate CO-PROVIDER trunk groi.~
                                             to the U S WEST operator services
                                             platform to identify the caller as
                                             an CO-PROVIDER Customer.

                                       (n)   U S WEST shall route 0- traffic to
                                             a "live" operator team.

                                       (O)(36) AT THE ELECTION OF CO-PROVIDER,
                                             WHEN AN CO-PROVIDER CUSTOMER
                                             REQUESTS A U S WEST OPERATOR TO
                                             PROVIDE INSTANT CREDIT ON AN
                                             OPERATOR SERVICES CALL, THE U S
                                             WEST OPERATOR SHALL EITHER INFORM
                                             THE CO-PROVLDER CUSTOMER THAT A
                                             CREDIT WILL BE GRANTED, OR SHALL
                                             INFORM THE CO-PROVIDER CUSTOMER TO
                                             CALL A TOLL FREE NUMBER FOR
                                             CO-PROVIDER CUSTOMER SERVICE TO
                                             REQUEST A CREDIT. U S WEST SHALL
                                             PROVIDE ONE (1) TOLL FREE NUMBER
                                             FOR BUSINESS CUSTOMERS AND ANOTHER
                                             FOR RESIDENTIAL CUSTOMERS.

                                             (i)      FOR RESOLD OPERATOR
                                                      SERVICES, U S WEST SHALL
                                                      CREDIT THE CO-PROVIDER
                                                      ACCOUNT IN ACCORDANCE WITH
                                                      THE SAME CREDIT PROCEDURES
                                                      WHICH ARE APPLIED TO U S
                                                      WEST'S OWN RETAIL
                                                      CUSTOMERS;

                                             (ii)     FOR OPERATOR SERVICES
                                                      OFFERED AS AN UNBUNDLED
                                                      NETWORK ELEMENT, U S WEST
                                                      SHALL CREDIT THE
                                                      CO-PROVIDER ACCOUNT FOR 50
                                                      PERCENT OF THE CHARGES,
                                                      EXCEPT WHERE A GREATER
                                                      CREDIT IS REQUIRED BY THE
                                                      COMMISSION'S SERVICE
                                                      QUALITY RULES AND
                                                      REGULATIONS.

                                       (p)   U S WEST shall provide caller
                                             assistance for the disabled in the
                                             same manner as provided to U S WEST
                                             Customers.

                                       (q)   When available to U S WEST end
                                             users, U S WEST shall provide
                                             operator-assisted conference
                                             calling to CO-PROVIDER.

                  50.3.3   U S WEST shall exercise at least the same level of
                           fraud control in providing Operator Service to
                           CO-PROVIDER that U S WEST provides for its own
                           operator service, where the CO-PROVIDER fraud control
                           data is in U S WEST's LIDB database.

                  50.3.4   U S WEST SHALL PERFORM billed number screening when
                           handling collect, third party, and calling card
                           calls, both for station to station and person to
                           person call types.

                  50.3.5   SUBJECT TO THE APPLICABLE PROVISIONS OF THE
                           APPLICABLE COLLECTIVE U S WEST BARGAINING AGREEMENTS,
                           CO-PROVIDER SHALL BE PERMITTED TO PARTICIPATE IN ALL
                           CALL MONITORING ACTIVITIES AVAILABLE TO U S WEST AND
                           TO REMOTE CALL MONITOR AS CUSTOMARILY PRACTICED BY
                           THE OUTSOURCE CUSTOMERS OF CALL CENTERS.(37)

                  50.3.6   U S WEST shall direct Customer account and other
                           similar inquiries to the Customer service center
                           designated by CO-PROVIDER.

- ----------
(36)   Procedural Order, July 14,1997, page 11-12.

(37)   Arizona Bench Order, May 29, 1997 Hearing, p. 1617.


<PAGE>

                                                                          Part A

                  50.3.7   U S WEST shall provide an electronic feed of Customer
                           call records in "EMR" format to CO-PROVIDER in
                           accordance with the time schedule mutually agreed
                           between the Parties.

                  50.3.8   U S WEST shall update the Line Information Data Base
                           ("LIDB") for CO-PROVIDER Customers. Additionally, U S
                           WEST must provide access to LIDB for validation of
                           collect, third party billed, and LEC card billed
                           calls.

                  50.3.9   Where INP is deployed and when a BLV/BLI request for
                           a ported number is directed to a U S WEST operator
                           and the query is not successful (i.e., the request
                           yields an abnormal result), CO-PROVIDER may request,
                           through the BFR process, that the operator confirm
                           whether the number has been ported and direct the
                           request to the appropriate operator.

                  50.3.10  U S WEST shall allow CO-PROVIDER to order
                           provisioning of Telephone Line Number ("TLN") calling
                           cards and BNS,, in its LIDB, for ported numbers, as
                           specified by CO-PROVIDER. U S WEST shall continue to
                           allow CO-PROVIDER access to its LIDB.

                  50.3.11  Toll and Assistance ("T/A") refers to functions
                           Customers associate with the "0" operator. Subject to
                           availability and capacity, access may be provided via
                           operator services trunks purchased from U S WEST or
                           provided by CO-PROVIDER via collocation arrangements
                           to route calls to CO-PROVIDER's platform.

                  50.3.12  Automated Branding - ability to announce the
                           carrier's name to the Customer during the
                           introduction of the call.

                  50.3.13  Interconnection to the U S WEST Toll and Assistance
                           Operator Services from an end office to U S WEST T/A
                           is technically feasible at least at three (3)
                           distinct points on the trunk side of the switch. The
                           first connection point is an operator services trunk
                           connected directly to the T/A host switch. The second
                           connection point is an operator services trunk
                           connected directly to a remote T/A switch. The third
                           connection point is an operator services trunk
                           connected to a remote access tandem with operator
                           concentration capabilities.

                  50.3.14  All trunk interconnections will be digital.

                  50.3.15  The technical requirements of operator services type
                           trunks and the circuits to connect the operator
                           positions to the host are covered in the Operator
                           Services Switching Generic Requirements ("OSSGR")
                           Bellcore Document number FR-NWT-000271.

                  50.3.16  BUSY LINE VERIFY AND INTERRUPT

                           50.3.16.1   At the request of CO-PROVIDER operators
                                       or Customers, U S WEST operators will
                                       perform Busy Line Verify ("BLV") and/or
                                       Busy Line Interrupt ("BLI") operations
                                       where such capacity exists.

                           50.3.16.2   When possible and where consistent with
                                       the service U S WEST provides to its own
                                       Customers and/or end users, U S WEST
                                       shall engineer its BLV/BLI facilities to
                                       accommodate the anticipated volume of
                                       BLV/BLI requests during the busy hour.
                                       CO-PROVIDER may, from time to time,
                                       provide its anticipated volume of BLV/BLI
                                       requests to


<PAGE>

                                                                          Part A

                                       U S WEST. In those instances when
                                       failures occur to significant portions of
                                       the BLV/BLI systems and databases and
                                       those systems and databases become
                                       unavailable, U S WEST shall promptly
                                       Inform CO-PROVIDER.

                           50.3.16.3   BLV IS PERFORMED WHEN ONE PARTY'S
                                       Customer requests assistance from the
                                       other Party's operator or operator bureau
                                       to determine if the called line is in
                                       use; provided, however, that the operator
                                       bureau will not complete the call for the
                                       Customer initiating the BLV inquiry. Only
                                       one (1) BLV attempt will be made per
                                       Customer operator bureau call, and a
                                       charge shall apply whether or not the
                                       called party releases the line.

                           50.3.16.4   BLI is performed when one Party's
                                       Customer requests assistance from the
                                       other Party's operator bureau to
                                       interrupt a telephone call in progress
                                       after BLV has occurred. The operator
                                       bureau will interrupt the busy line and
                                       inform the called party that there is a
                                       call waiting. The operator bureau will
                                       only interrupt the call and will not
                                       complete the telephone call of the
                                       Customer initiating the BLI request. The
                                       operator bureau will make only one (1)
                                       BLI attempt per Customer operator
                                       telephone call and the applicable charge
                                       applies whether or not the called party
                                       releases the line.

                           50.3.16.5   Each Party's operator bureau shall accept
                                       BLV and BLI inquiries from the operator
                                       bureau of the other Party in order to
                                       allow transparent provision of BLV/ BLI
                                       traffic between the Parties' networks.

                           50.3.16.6   Each Party shall route BLV/BLI Traffic
                                       inquiries over direct trunks between the
                                       Parties' respective operator bureaus.
                                       Unless otherwise mutually agreed, the
                                       Parties shall configure BLV/BLI trunks
                                       over the Interconnection architecture
                                       defined in Attachment 4 to this
                                       Agreement.

         50.4     DIRECTORY ASSISTANCE AND LISTINGS SERVICE REQUESTS

                  50.4.1   These requirements pertain to U S WEST's Directory
                           Assistance and Listings Service Request process that
                           enables CO-PROVIDER to (a) submit COPRO VIDER
                           Customer information for inclusion in U S WEST
                           Directory Assistance and Directory Listings
                           databases; (b) submit CO-PROVIDER Customer
                           information for inclusion in published directories;
                           and (c) provide CO-PROVIDER Customer delivery address
                           information to enable U S WEST to fulfill directory
                           distribution obligations.

                           50.4.1.1    [Intentionally left blank for numbering
                                       consistency]

                           50.4.1.2    U S WEST will accept the following
                                       Directory Listing Migration Orders from
                                       CO-PROVIDER, valid under all access
                                       methods, including, but not limited to,
                                       Resale, Unbundled Network Elements and
                                       Facilities-Based, and will process the
                                       orders in a mechanized format:

                                       (a)   Migrate with no Changes: Maintain
                                             all directory listings for the
                                             Customer in both Directory
                                             Assistance and Directory Listing.
                                             Transfer ownership and billing for
                                             listings to CO-PROVIDER.


<PAGE>

                                                                          Part A

                                       (b)   Migrate with Additions: Maintain
                                             all directory listings for the
                                             Customer in both Directory
                                             Assistance and Directory Listing.
                                             Incorporate the specified
                                             additional listings order. Transfer
                                             ownership and billing for the
                                             listings to CO-PROVIDER.

                                       (c)   Migrate with Deletions: Maintain
                                             all directory listings for the
                                             Customer in both Directory
                                             Assistance and Directory Listing.
                                             Delete the specified listings from
                                             the listing order. Transfer
                                             ownership and billing for the
                                             listings to CO-PROVIDER.

                           50.4.1.3    The Directory Listings Migration Options
                                       should not be tied to migration options
                                       specified for a related service order (if
                                       any) such that a service order specified
                                       as migration with changes may be
                                       submitted along with a directory listing
                                       order specified as migration with no
                                       changes.

                           50.4.1.4    U S WEST shall enable CO-PROVIDER to
                                       electronically transmit multi-line
                                       listing orders.

                           50.4.1.5    U S WEST agrees to work cooperatively
                                       with CO-PROVIDER to define specifications
                                       for, and implement a daily summary report
                                       of, Directory Service Requests. The
                                       summary information will include, but is
                                       not limited to, the following
                                       information:

                                       (a)   White page listings text and format
                                             (name, address, phone, title,
                                             designation, extra line
                                             requirements)

                                       (b)   Listing Instruction codes

                           50.4.1.6    To ensure accurate order processing, U S
                                       WEST shall provide to CO-PROVIDER the
                                       following information, with updates
                                       within one (1) Business Day of change and
                                       via electronic exchange:

                                       (a)   A matrix of NXX to central office
                                       (b)   Geographical maps, if available, of
                                             U S WEST service area
                                       (c)   A description of calling areas
                                             covered by each directory,
                                             including, but not limited to, maps
                                             of calling areas and matrices
                                             depicting calling privileges within
                                             and between calling areas
                                       (d)   Listing format rules
                                       (e)   Listing alphabetizing rules
                                       (f)   Standard abbreviations acceptable
                                             for use in listings and addresses
                                       (g)   Titles and designations

                           50.4.1.7    Based on changes submitted by
                                       CO-PROVIDER, U S WEST shall update and
                                       maintain Directory Assistance and
                                       Directory Listings data for CO-PROVIDER
                                       Customers who:

                                       (a)   Disconnect Service
                                       (b)   Change carrier
                                       (c)   Install Service
                                       (d)   Change any service which affects
                                             Directory Assistance information
                                       (e)   Specify Non-Solicitation
                                       (f)   Are Non-Published, Non-Listed, or
                                             Listed


<PAGE>

                                                                          Part A

                           50.4.1.8    U S WEST shall not charge for storage of
                                       CO-PROVIDER Customer information in the
                                       Directory Assistance and Directory
                                       Listing systems.

                           50.4.1.9    CO-PROVIDER shall not charge for storage
                                       of U S WEST Customer information in the
                                       Directory Assistance and Directory
                                       Listing systems.

         50.5     DIRECTORY ASSISTANCE DATA

                  50.5.1   This Section refers to the residential, business, and
                           government Customer records used by U S WEST to
                           create and maintain databases for the provision of
                           live or automated operator assisted Directory
                           Assistance. Directory Assistance data is information
                           that enables telephone exchange carriers to swiftly
                           and accurately respond to requests for directory
                           information, including, but not limited to, name,
                           address and phone numbers. Under the provisions of
                           the Act and the FCC's Interconnection Order, U S WEST
                           shall provide unbundled and non-discriminatory access
                           to the residential, business and government Customer
                           records used by U S WEST to create and maintain
                           databases for the provision of live or automated
                           operator assisted Directory Assistance. CO-PROVIDER
                           MAY COMBINE THIS ELEMENT WITH ANY OTHER NETWORK
                           ELEMENT FOR THE PROVISION OF ANY TELECOMMUNICATIONS
                           SERVICE. (38)

                  50.5.2   U S WEST SHALL PROVIDE AN INITIAL load of Customer
                           records and Customer list information to CO-PROVIDER,
                           in a mutually-agreed-to format, via electronic
                           transfer, within thirty (30) calendar days of the
                           Effective Date of this Agreement. The initial load
                           shall include all data resident in the U S WEST
                           Databases and/or systems used by U S WEST for housing
                           Directory Assistance data and/or Customer listing
                           data. In addition, the initial load shall be current
                           as of the prior Business Day on which the initial
                           load is provided.

                  50.5.3   U S WEST shall provide CO-PROVIDER daily updates to
                           the Customer records and Customer list information in
                           a mutually-agreed-to format via electronic transfer.

                  50.5.4   U S WEST SHALL PROVIDE THE ABILITY for CO-PROVIDER to
                           electronically query the U S WEST Directory
                           Assistance Database and listings Database in a manner
                           at least consistent with and equal to that which U S
                           WEST provides to itself or any other Person.

                  50.5.5   U S WEST shall provide CO-PROVIDER a complete list of
                           ILECs, CLECs, and independent telephone companies
                           that provided data contained in the database.

                  50.5.6   On a daily basis, U S WEST shall provide updates (end
                           user and mass) to the listing information via
                           electronic data transfer. Updates shall be current as
                           of one (1) Business Day prior to the date provided to
                           CO-PROVIDER.

                  50.5.7   U S WEST shall provide CO-PROVIDER access to
                           Directory Assistance support databases. For example,
                           CO-PROVIDER requires access to use restriction
                           information including, but not limited to, call
                           completion.

                  50.5.8   Directory Assistance data shall specify whether the
                           Customer is a residential, business, or government
                           Customer.

- ----------
(38)   MCIm Order, p.11, Issue 14; CO-PROVIDER Order, p. 13, Issue 25.


<PAGE>

                                                                          Part A

                  50.5.9   Directory Assistance data shall be provided on the
                           same terms, conditions, and rates that U S WEST
                           provides such data to itself or other third parties.

                  50.5.10  U S WEST shall provide complete refresh of the
                           Directory Assistance data upon request by
                           CO-PROVIDER.

                  50.5.11  US WEST and CO-PROVIDER will cooperate in the
                           designation of a location at which the data will be
                           provided.

51.      UNUSED TRANSMISSION MEDIA(39)

         51.1     DEFINITIONS

                  51.1.1   Unused Transmission Media is physical inter-office
                           transmission media (e.g., optical fiber, copper
                           twisted pairs, coaxial cable) which have no lightwave
                           or electronic transmission equipment terminated to
                           such media to operationalize transmission
                           capabilities.

                  51.1.2   DARKFIBERIS EXCESS FIBER OPTIC CABLE WHICH HAS BEEN
                           PLACED IN A NETWORK AND IS NOT CURRENTLY BEING LIT BY
                           ELECTRONICS FROM ANY CARRIER. Dark Fiber, one type of
                           Unused Transmission Media, is unused strands of
                           optical fiber. Dark Fiber also includes strands of
                           optical fiber which may or may not have Iightwave
                           repeater (regenerator or optical amplifier) equipment
                           interspliced, but which has no line terminating
                           facilities terminated to such strands. Unused
                           Transmission Media also includes unused wavelengths
                           within a fiber strand for purposes of coarse or dense
                           wavelength division multiplexed (WDM) applications.
                           Typical single wavelength transmission involves
                           propagation of optical signals at single wavelengths
                           (1.3 or 1.55 micron wavelengths). In WDM
                           applications, a WDM device is used to combine optical
                           signals at different wavelengths on to a single fiber
                           strand. The combined signal is then transported over
                           the fiber strand. For coarse WDM applications, one
                           (1) signal each at 1.3 micron and 1.55 micron
                           wavelength are combined. For dense WDM applications,
                           many signals in the vicinity of 1.3 micron wavelength
                           and/or 1.55 micron wavelength are combined.

         51.2     WHILE U S WEST IS NOT REQUIRED TO PROVIDE UNUSED TRANSMISSION
                  MEDIA, OTHER THAN DARK FIBER,(40) CO-PROVIDER MAY, SUBJECT TO
                  THE AGREEMENT OF U S WEST, LEASE COPPER TWISTED PAIRS, COAXIAL
                  CABLE OR OTHER UNUSED TRANSMISSION MEDIA.

         51.3     REQUIREMENTS

                  51.3.1   Subject to Section 51.2 above, U S WEST shall make
                           available Unused Transmission Media to CO-PROVIDER
                           under a lease agreement or other arrangement.

                  51.3.2   U S WEST shall provide a single point of contact for
                           negotiating all Unused Transmission Media use
                           arrangements.

- ----------
(39)   All bolded language in this Section is included per MCIm Order, pp. 8-9
       at Issue 9c and CO-PROVIDER Order Issue 22.

(40)   MCIm Order, pp. 8-9 at Issue 9c and AT&T Order Issue 22.


<PAGE>

                                                                          Part A

                  51.3.3   CO-PROVIDER MAY test the quality of the Unused
                           Transmission Media to confirm its usability and
                           performance specifications.

                  51.3.4   Where Unused Transmission Media is required to be
                           offered or is agreed to be offered by U S WEST, U S
                           WEST shall provide to CO-PROVIDER information
                           regarding the location, availability and performance
                           of Unused Transmission Media within ten (10) Business
                           Days for a records based answer and twenty (20)
                           Business Days for a field based answer, after
                           receiving a request from CO-PROVIDER ("Request").
                           Within such time period, U S WEST shall send written
                           or electronic confirmation or any other method of
                           notification agreed to by the Parties of availability
                           of the Unused Transmission Media ("Confirmation").

                  51.3.5   Where Unused Transmission Media is required to be
                           offered or is agreed to be offered by U S WEST, U S
                           WEST shall make Unused Transmission Media available
                           for CO-PROVIDER's use in accordance with the terms of
                           this Section 51 within twenty (20) Business Days or a
                           reasonable time frame consistent with industry
                           standards after it receives written acceptance from
                           CO-PROVIDER that the Unused Transmission Media is
                           wanted for use by CO-PROVIDER. Splicing of CO-
                           PROVIDER fiber may be performed at the same points
                           that are available for U S WEST splices.

         51.4     REQUIREMENTS SPECIFIC TO DARK FIBER

                  51.4.1   CO-PROVIDER may test Dark Fiber leased from U S WEST
                           using CO-PROVIDER or CO-PROVIDER designated personnel
                           subject to Section 51.2. U S WEST shall provide
                           appropriate interfaces to allow testing of Dark
                           Fiber. U S WEST shall provide an excess cable length
                           of twenty-five (25) feet minimum, where available,
                           for fiber in underground conduit. U S WEST shall
                           provide splicing of CO-PROVIDER fiber to U S WEST
                           Dark Fiber under normal circumstances (e.g., no
                           construction) in metropolitan areas within seventeen
                           (17) calendar days of CO-PROVIDER's request, and
                           within thirty (30) calendar days of a request in a
                           non-metropolitan area. CO-PROVIDER may request
                           expedited splicing, which shall be subject to
                           available U S WEST resources.

                  51.4.2   For WDM applications, U S WEST shall provide to
                           CO-PROVIDER an interface to an existing WDM device or
                           allow CO-PROVIDER to install its own WDM device
                           (where sufficient system loss margins exist or where
                           CO-PROVIDER provides the necessary loss compensation)
                           to multiplex the traffic at different wavelengths.
                           This applies to both the transmit and receive ends of
                           the Dark Fiber.

         51.5     U S WEST MAY NOT RESERVE FUTURE CAPACITY OF ITS DARK FIBER FOR
                  ITS OWN USE, WITH THE exception of maintenance or emergency
                  spare. Maintenance and emergency spare ALSO WILL BE FOR THE
                  BENEFIT OF ANY CLEC WHICH HAS LEASED DARK FIBER FROM U S WEST.
                  FIBER WHICH U S WEST HAS INCLUDED AS PART OF ITS LOCAL SERVICE
                  RATE BASE, AND UPON WHICH IT RECEIVES A RATE OF RETURN, BUT
                  WHICH IS USED FOR OTHER THAN LOCAL SERVICE WILL BE SUBJECT TO
                  RECLAIM BY CLECS IN SUPPORT OF THEIR PROVISIONING OF LOCAL
                  SERVICE.(41)

         51.6     PORTIONS OF THE BANDWIDTH OF THE FIBER MAY BE SECTIONED AND
                  CO-PROVIDER MAY SHARE THE BANDWIDTH WITH U S WEST AND OTHER
                  CLECS.

- ----------
(41)   Procedural Order, July 14, 1997 at pages 12-13.


<PAGE>

                                                                          Part A

         51.7     THE FIBER SHOULD BE USED EFFICIENTLY AND TO A REASONABLE LEVEL
                  OF CAPACITY. CO-PROVIDER'S REQUEST TO LEASE DARK FIBER MUST
                  ESTABLISH THAT ANOTHER NETWORK ELEMENT OF COMPARABLE EXPENSE
                  CANNOT SATISFY CO-PROVIDER'S NEEDS. AT ITS DISCRETION,
                  CO-PROVIDER MAY SHARE FIBER CAPACITY WITH OTHER PARTIES, AND
                  SUCH SHARED-USE MAY JUSTIFY CO-PROVIDER'S NEED FOR THE FIBER.

         51.8     U S WEST MAY REVOKE THE LEASE OR OTHER USE ARRANGEMENT AND
                  RECLAIM ITS FIBER OR BANDWIDTH WITH TWELVE (12) MONTHS NOTICE
                  TO CO-PROVIDER, IF U S WEST CAN ESTABLISH THAT THE FIBER IS
                  NECESSARY TO MEET ITS BANDWIDTH REQUIREMENTS OR THOSE OF
                  ANOTHER REQUESTING CLEC, PROVIDED THAT THE ORIGINAL CLEC'S
                  TRANSPORTATION IS PROVIDED FOR BY ALTERNATIVE MEANS AND AT
                  COMPARABLE PRICES AND QUALITY. THE CONVERSION TO THE
                  ALTERNATIVE MEANS SHALL BE AT THE EXPENSE OF THE NEW USER OF
                  THE DARK FIBER, WHETHER THAT BE U S WEST OR ANOTHER CLEC. ONE
                  OF THE ALTERNATIVES MEANS TO BE CONSIDERED BY U S WEST WILL BE
                  THE SHARING OF BANDWIDTH.

         51.9     IF CO-PROVIDER OBTAINS ACCESS TO U S WEST'S DARK FIBER,
                  CO-PROVIDER SHALL MAKE ITS DARK FIBER AVAILABLE TO U S WEST ON
                  A COMPARABLE AND RECIPROCAL BASIS. THIS SECTION 51.9 SHALL NOT
                  TAKE EFFECT UNTIL CLECS (OTHER THAN WIRELESS CLECS) OPERATING
                  WITHIN U S WEST'S ARIZONA SERVICE TERRITORY PROVIDE SERVICE TO
                  AT LEAST 200,000 ACCESS LINES.

52.      SERVICE STANDARDS(42)

         U S WEST will provide all Local Resale, Ancillary Functions, Network
         Elements or Combinations in accordance with service standards,
         measurements, and performance requirements that are expressly specified
         in this Agreement and Attachment 5 hereto. In cases where such
         performance standards are not expressly specified, U S WEST will
         provide all Local Resale, Ancillary Functions, Network Elements or
         Combinations in accordance with performance standards which are at
         least equal to the level of performance standards and/or quality of
         service that U S WEST provides to itself, its Affiliates, to other
         CLECs, or other quality of service requirements imposed by the
         Commission, whichever is higher, in providing Local Resale, Ancillary
         Functions, Network Elements or Combinations to itself, to its end-users
         or to its Affiliates. If CO-PROVIDER requests a higher level of service
         than that provided by U S WEST to itself, CO-PROVIDER shall make the
         request pursuant to the BFR process.

         52.1     DEFINITIONS

                  PENDING ADOPTION OF SERVICE STANDARDS RULES BY THE COMMISSION,
                  THE FOLLOWING INTERIM PROVISIONS SHALL APPLY.

                  52.1.1   "SPECIFIED PERFORMANCE COMMITMENT" MEANS THE
                           COMMITMENT BY U S WEST TO MEET THE PERFORMANCE
                           CRITERIA FOR ANY SPECIFIED ACTIVITY DURING THE
                           SPECIFIED REVIEW PERIOD. THE SPECIFIED REVIEW PERIOD
                           SHALL BE THE SAME PERIOD AS U S WEST PROVIDES ITSELF
                           FOR EXISTING PERFORMANCE CRITERIA AND SHALL BE NINETY
                           (90) DAYS FOR NEW PERFORMANCE CRITERIA. THE STANDARD
                           OF PERFORMANCE FOR EACH OF THE MEASUREMENTS OF
                           PERFORMANCE IN ARIZONA SHALL BE THE QUALITY OF
                           SERVICE WHICH U S WEST PROVIDES IN ARIZONA TO EITHER
                           ITSELF, ITS TEN LARGEST END USER CUSTOMERS IN THE
                           AGGREGATE, INDEPENDENT LECS IN THE AGGREGATE, OTHER
                           CLECS IN THE AGGREGATE, OR OTHER QUALITY OF SERVICE
                           REQUIREMENTS IMPOSED BY THE COMMISSION, WHICHEVER IS
                           HIGHEST. NEITHER


- ----------
(42)   Section added per MCIm Order, p.17 at Issue 28 and AT&T Order, p.20 at
       Issues 36, 73, and 74.


<PAGE>

                                                                          Part A

                           PERFORMANCE PENALTIES NOR CREDITS WILL BE IMPOSED FOR
                           FAILURE TO COMPLY WITH SERVICE STANDARDS.

                  52.1.2   "SPECIFIED ACTIVITY" INCLUDES, BUT IS NOT LIMITED TO,
                           THE FOLLOWING ACTIVITIES:

                           (a)      INSTALLATION ACTIVITIES -- APPLY TO RESOLD
                                    SERVICES, UNBUNDLED LOOPS, UNBUNDLED
                                    SWITCHING, AND INTERIM NUMBER PORTABILITY:

                                    (i)      INSTALLATION INTERVALS OFFERED
                                             (MEASURED FROM APPLICATION DATE TO
                                             ORIGINAL DUE DATE);

                                    (ii)     INSTALLATION COMMITMENTS MET;

                                    (iii)    INSTALLATION REPORTS WITHIN SEVEN
                                             (7) DAYS (PERCENT OF REPORTS PER
                                             TOTAL OF NEW, TO OR CHANGE ORDERS).

                           (b)      REPAIR ACTIVITIES -- APPLY TO RESOLD
                                    SERVICE, UNBUNDLED LOOPS, UNBUNDLED
                                    SWITCHING, AND INTERIM NUMBER PORTABILITY:

                                    (i)      OUT OF SERVICE CLEARED IN LESS THAN
                                             TWENTY-FOUR (24) HOURS (PERCENT OF
                                             TOTAL OUT OF SERVICE REPORTS);

                                    (ii)     REPORT RATE PER 100 ACCESS LINES;

                                    (iii)    REPAIR COMMITMENTS MET;

                                    (iv)     OUT OF SERVICE AND SERVICE
                                             AFFECTING CLEARED IN LESS THAN
                                             FORTY-EIGHT (48) HOURS;

                                    (v)      REPAIR REPEAT REPORTS WITHIN THIRTY
                                             (30) DAYS (PERCENT OF REPEATS PER
                                             100 ACCESS LINES).

                           (c)      TRUNKING ACTIVITIES-- INCLUDES
                                    INTERCONNECTION TRUNKS:

                                    (i)      DEFECTS PER ONE MILLION CALLS
                                             (DEDICATED FACILITIES/TRUNKSIDE
                                             ONLY).

                  52.1.3   "PERFORMANCE CRITERIA" MEANS, WITH RESPECT TO A
                           SPECIFIED REVIEW PERIOD (I.E., A CALENDAR MONTH OR
                           QUARTER), THE PERFORMANCE BY U S WEST FOR THE
                           SPECIFIED ACTIVITIES FOR CO-PROVIDER WILL MEET OR
                           EXCEED THE AVERAGE PERFORMANCE BY U S WEST FOR EACH
                           RESOLD OR UNBUNDLED NETWORK ELEMENT THE TOTAL
                           UNIVERSE OF FOR EACH SPECIFIED ACTIVITY.

         52.2     FAILURE TO MEET THE PERFORMANCE CRITERIA

                  IF, DURING A SPECIFIED REVIEW PERIOD, U S WEST FAILS TO MEET
                  THE PERFORMANCE CRITERIA, U S WEST WILL USE ITS BEST EFFORTS
                  TO MEET THE PERFORMANCE CRITERIA FOR THE NEXT SPECIFIED REVIEW
                  PERIOD. IF U S WEST FAILS TO MEET THE PERFORMANCE CRITERIA FOR
                  TWO (2) CONSECUTIVE PERIODS, THE PARTIES AGREE, IN GOOD FAITH,
                  TO ATTEMPT TO RESOLVE SUCH ISSUES THROUGH NEGOTIATION OR
                  NON-BINDING ARBITRATION. THIS PARAGRAPH SHALL NOT BE CONSTRUED
                  TO WAIVE EITHER PARTY'S RIGHT TO SEEK LEGAL OR REGULATORY
                  INTERVENTION AS PROVIDED BY STATE OR FEDERAL LAW. CO-PROVIDER
                  MAY SEEK REGULATORY OR OTHER LEGAL RELIEF INCLUDING REQUESTS
                  FOR SPECIFIC PERFORMANCE OF U S WEST'S OBLIGATIONS UNDER THIS
                  AGREEMENT.


<PAGE>

                                                                          Part A

         52.3     Limitations

                  U S WEST'S FAILURE TO MEET OR EXCEED ANY OF THE PERFORMANCE
                  CRITERIA CANNOT BE AS A RESULT, DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY, OF A
                  DELAYING EVENT. A "DELAYING EVENT" MEANS (A) A FAILURE BY
                  CO-PROVIDER TO PERFORM ANY OF ITS OBLIGATIONS SET FORTH IN
                  THIS AGREEMENT, (B) ANY DELAY, ACT OR FAILURE TO ACT BY A
                  CUSTOMER, AGENT OF SUBCONTRACTOR OF CO-PROVIDER, OR (C) ANY
                  FORCE MAJOR EVENT. IF A DELAYING EVENT PREVENTS U S WEST FROM
                  PERFORMING A SPECIFIED ACTIVITY, THEN SUCH SPECIFIED ACTIVITY
                  SHALL BE EXCLUDED FROM THE CALCULATION OF U S WEST'S
                  COMPLIANCE WITH THE PERFORMANCE CRITERIA.

         52.4     RECORDS

                  U S WEST SHALL MAINTAIN COMPLETE AND ACCURATE RECORDS, FOR THE
                  SPECIFIED REVIEW PERIOD, OF ITS PERFORMANCE UNDER THIS
                  AGREEMENT FOR EACH SPECIFIED ACTIVITY AND ITS COMPLIANCE WITH
                  THE PERFORMANCE CRITERIA. U S WEST SHALL PROVIDE TO
                  CO-PROVIDER SUCH RECORDS IN A SELF-REPORTING FORMAT. THE
                  PARTIES AGREE THAT SUCH RECORDS SHALL BE DEEMED PROPRIETARY
                  INFORMATION.

         52.5     COST RECOVERY

                  U S WEST RESERVES THE RIGHT TO ATTEMPT TO RECOVER THE COSTS,
                  IF ANY, ASSOCIATED WITH THE CREATION OF THE ABOVE REPORTS AND
                  STANDARDS THROUGH A FUTURE PROCEEDING BEFORE A REGULATORY
                  BODY.

         52.6     CO-PROVIDER AND U S WEST ACKNOWLEDGE AND UNDERSTAND THAT THE
                  PERFORMANCE AND QUALITY OF SERVICE STANDARDS OUTLINED IN THIS
                  SECTION MAY BE SUPPLANTED OR SUPPLEMENTED BY THE GENERIC
                  PROCEEDING TO BE HELD BY THE COMMISSION TO DETERMINE PERMANENT
                  QUALITY OF SERVICE MEASUREMENTS/LIQUIDATED DAMAGES.(43)

53.      Entire Agreement

         53.1     This Agreement shall include the Attachments, Appendices and
                  other documents referenced herein all of which are hereby
                  incorporated by reference, and constitutes the entire
                  agreement between the Parties and supersedes all prior oral or
                  written agreements, representations statements, negotiations,
                  understandings, proposals and undertakings with respect to the
                  subject matter hereof.

         53.2     If a provision contained in any U S WEST tariff conflicts with
                  any provision of this Agreement, the provision of this
                  Agreement shall control, unless otherwise ordered by the FCC
                  or the Commission.

54.      RESERVATION OF RIGHTS

         54.1     The Parties acknowledge that the terms of this Agreement were
                  established pursuant to an order of the Commission. Any or all
                  of the terms of this Agreement may be altered or abrogated by
                  a successful challenge to this Agreement (or the order
                  approving this Agreement) as permitted by applicable law. By
                  signing this Agreement, neither Party waives its right to
                  pursue such a challenge.

- ----------
(43)   MCIm Order, p. 17 at Issue 28 and AT&T Order, p. 20 at Issues 36, 73,
       & 74.


<PAGE>

                                                                          Part A

         54.2     The Parties enter into this Agreement without prejudice to any
                  position they may have taken previously, or may take in the
                  future in any legislative, regulatory, or other public forum
                  addressing any matters, including matters related to the types
                  of arrangements prescribed by this Agreement.

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be
executed by their respective duly authorized representatives.

ADVANCED TELECOMMUNICATIONS, LNC.**      U S WEST COMMUNICATIONS, LNC.**



- -----------------------------------      ---------------------------------------
Signature                                *Signature

F. LYNNE POWERS                          KATHERINE L. FLEMING
- -----------------------------------      ---------------------------------------
Name Printed/Typed                       Name Printed/Typed

VICE PRESIDENT- FINANCE                  VICE PRESIDENT- INTERCONNECTION
- -----------------------------------      ---------------------------------------
Title                                    Title

- -----------------------------------      ---------------------------------------
Date                                     Date

*    Signed as ordered by the arbitrator/commission in Docket Nos.
     U-2428-96-417, E-1051-96-417, U- 3175-96-479 and E-1 051-96-479. Signature
     does not indicate agreement with all aspects of the arbitrator's decision,
     nor does it waive any of U S WEST's right to seek judicial review of all or
     part of the agreement, or to reform the agreement as the result of
     successful judicial review.

**   This Agreement is made pursuant to Section 252 (i) of the Act and is
     premised upon the Interconnection Agreement between AT&T Communications of
     the Mountain States, Inc. and U S WEST Communications, Inc. (the
     "Underlying Agreement"). The Underlying Agreement was approved by the
     Commission on July 31, 1997.

With respect to this Agreement, the Parties understand and agree:

i)       The Parties shall request the Commission to expedite its review and
approval of this Agreement.

ii)      Notwithstanding the mutual commitments set forth herein, the Parties
are entering into this Agreement without prejudice to any positions they have
taken previously, or may take in the future, in any legislative, regulatory, or
other public forum addressing any matters, including those relating to the types
of arrangements contained in this Agreement. During the proceeding in which the
Commission is to review and approve the Agreement, U S WEST may point out that
it has objected, and continues to object, to the inclusion of the terms and
conditions to which it objected in the proceedings involving the approval of the
Underlying Agreement.

iii)     This Agreement contains provisions based upon the decisions and orders
of the FCC and the Commission under and with respect to the Act. Currently,
court and regulatory proceedings affecting the subject matter of this Agreement
are in various stages, including the proceedings where certain of the rules and
regulations of the FCC are being challenged In addition, there is uncertainty in
the aftermath of the Supreme Court's decision in AT&T CORN, ET AL. V. IOWA
UTILITIES BOARD. Based on that uncertainty, and the regulatory and judicial
proceedings which will occur as a result of that decision, the Parties
acknowledge that this Agreement may need to be changed to reflect any changes in
law. The Agreement


<PAGE>

                                                                          Part A


has not been corrected to reflect the requirements, claims or outcomes of any of
the Proceedings, although the pricing does reflect the Commission's most current
generic order, if any. Accordingly, when a final, decision or decisions are made
in the Proceedings that automatically change and modify the Underlying
Agreement, then like changes and modifications will similarly be made to this
Agree~1ent. In addition, to the extent rules or laws are based on regulatory or
judicial proceedings as a result of the recent Supreme Court decision, this
Agreement will be amended to incorporate such changes.

iv)      Subsequent to the execution of this Agreement, the FCC or the
Commission may issue decisions or orders that change or modify the rules and
regulations governing implementing of the Act. If such changes or modifications
alter the state of the law upon which the Underlying Agreement was negotiated
and agreed, and it reasonably appears that the parties to the Underlying
Agreement would have negotiated and agreed to different term(s) condition(s) or
covenant(s) than as contained in the Underlying Agreement had such change or
modification been in existence before execution of the Underlying Agreement,
then this Agreement shall be amended to reflect such different terms(s),
condition(s), or covenant(s). Where the parties fail to agree upon such an
amendment, it shall be resolved in accordance with the Dispute Resolution
provision of this Agreement.

v)       This Agreement shall continue in force and effect until terminated by
either Party. The Agreement can be terminated on thirty (30) days notice, if
another Interconnection Agreement will not replace the current Agreement. If
there is a replacement Interconnection Agreement, one Party can notify the other
Party that it is requesting Section 25 1/252 negotiations under the Federal
Telecommunications Act of 1996 ("Act"). That notification will trigger the
timeframes and procedures contained in Section 252 of the Act. In the event of
such notice, the arrangements between our companies shall continue and be
governed by the terms of the expired agreement until the new agreement is
approved by the appropriate state commission.



© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission